+"
ato wegen erienmrmeantenps Srretiateln .
eerie

aha ie ea s
vacmetn hr eieraAnioch cit rats

)
S45
<

HARVARD UNIVERSITY

LIBRARY

OF THE

MUSEUM OF COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY

SI Ss

t

FROM THE

LOUIS CABOT FUND

(CLASS OF 1858)

ees 1A ITS] eis 7 pie

44) DORAL

a

ed Bul N
SH yee LAT

1
i

i

wel}

ti
Wun

ees

fish
ne

TAN

i
ii

ie

- pec 12 88

he CANADIAN
FIELD-NATURALIST

VOLUME XLV

1931

OTTAWA, CANADA.

ib 1)
Ik ¥

ad
H
i
}

{

Th?
i
ee
i) i
4s
he
4

.
i:
\

(

5

i

oo

Se pimp eS

Se pei te

i a

E]VOL. XLV, No.1 ~ : | ys JANUARY, 1931,

A! Ai IN! I TT) Te © i
SM ANY
My Vou JRALIST

Gia PMS oe

Naat iy

VY

ISSUED JANUARY 2nd, 1931.
_ Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter

THE OTTAWA FIELD- NATURALISTS’ CLUB

Patrons: |
THEIR EXCELLENCIES THE GOVERNOR-GENERAL AND VISCOUNTESS WILLINGDON

President: HARRISON F. LEwIs,-34 Grosvenor Ave., Ottawa.

1st Vice-President: C. M. STERNBERG 2nd Vice-President: M. E. Wises
Secretary: BERTRAM A, FAUVEL, 263 McLEop St. Treasurer: WILMOT LuLoyD, 582 Mariposa Avenue,
ORF Ea i Cee @- - - Roekeliffe Park.

Additional Members of Council: F. J. Avcock, H. M, Ami, Miss M. E. CowAN, Messrs. H. G. CRAW-

FORD, NORMAN CRIDDLE, R. E. DELURY, Miss FAITH FYLES, MESSRS. HERBERT GROH, ANDREW
HALKETT, | D. JENNESS, ‘Cc. BE, JOHNSON, A. G. KINGSTON, "EB. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELEY,
DOUGLAS’ LEECHMAN, HOoyEs LLoyD, W. T. Macoun, M. O. MALTE, MARK G. MCELHINNEY, G.
A. Miuime, A. E. PORSILD, EB. E. PRINCE, J. DEWEY SopEr, P. A. 'TAVERNER, E. F. G. WHITE,
W.. WINTEMBERG, J.F. WRIGHT and Presidents of Affiliated Societies.

ah It IE Ne Net

Editor: ©
DoucLas LEECHMAN _
National Museum, Ottawa, Canada

Associate Editors:

IOIEINNEISS 26:26. croc caar ay te eee Anthropology CLYDE. PATCH 8). cr ee Herpetology
INE OM EAU TE a ee Ve ean as Botany R. M. ANDERSON............ -,. Mammalogy
HER ATCHEORD of cia einae. Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN............ Marine Biology
ARTHUR GIBSON... ..).......0-- Entomology Ps AL TAVERNER <2 Jcsuct oe eee Ornithology
Mths vAT COCK 6522050 8 cee ee eee Geology Bh. ME KONDO ook ee ae Palzontology
CONTENTS

PAGE
The Unnatural History of the Beaver. By Charles Macnamara....................0..+.--. a
On the Daily Movements of the Coregonine Fishes. By John Lawson Hart.................. ast
What is Meant by the Term “‘Wild Life Conservation?” By J.A.Munro................... ee! bw

An Expedition to Sub-Arctic Canada, 1924-1925. By Capt. J. C. Critchell-Bullock (Continued) 11
Statement of Financial Standing, ee Field-Naturalists’ Club at the Close of the Year,

VOZ9-TOB80 eo eis el OS 98) SUPT Ss en Ue gk ee A er ie LS,
Fifty-second Annual Report, Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club............... Bs es 6 19°
Notes and Observations:—

Nesting of the Lark Sparrow. By Hi: MOS. Dalewie to. pee) 5 eee 21

Lapland Longspurs Singing from Trees. By Ri JPG RUG Cen. a nh ae ee neat tne ait es 21

Nesting of the Piping Plover (Charadrius meloda) in Alberta. By Frank L. Farley...... 21

Japanese Starling at Alert Bay, B.C. By W.E. Saunders.................-....----. 22

Book Review—Bird Picture Cards. By W.ES..

3 The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ Cus have been issued
#: since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, 2
i two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes; and these have =
# been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is i
i## issued monthly, except for the months of June, July and.August. Its scope is the sda fo =
i## of the results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Ficld-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful plage among
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

| WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club
582 Mariposa
Rockehite’ Park, OTTAWA, CaNapa.

MOY

S
Sy

Le

oo
oO
Co

\

-

OR
CES

BID

Male Marbled Godwit visiting nest.

Female sitting.

Copyright:

H. H. PITTMAN

|

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. XLV

OTTAWA, CANADA, JANUARY, 1931

No. 1

THE UNNATURAL HISTORY OF THE BEAVER
By CHARLES MACNAMARA

VERYBODY speaks highly of the truth,
but only a few philosophers and scientists
are really satisfied with it. Most people
find it duli, and must brighten it with

enlivening additions. Probably this is because

familiarity breeds contempt. The marvellous
is marvellous only at first; when we have lived
with it a while it becomes the common-place.

Thus the facts about the beaver are wonderful

enough, but they will not do by themselves, and

there is no animal in the world of which so many
untrue stories are told.

The Book of Genesis does not say what Adam
called the beasts of the field that were brought
unto him to name, and so we do not know if the
beaver was among them. Nor is there extant a
bill-of-lading of the Ark to inform us if Noah had
them in his cargo. As floods are their regular
business, it is likely beavers would have scorned
the refuge of the Ark. Neither are they men-
tioned elsewhere in the Bible. Being animals of
the cool watery forests of the North, they were
unknown to these peoples of the hot and arid
South. It seems a pity that Solomon did not
know them. If he had, he would probably have
directed his sluggard to the beaver instead of to
the ant as an example of industry.

But another great Ancient had some acquaint-
ance with them, and Aristotle (884-322 B.C.) in
his Historia Animalium writes of the beaver with
far more scientific restraint than he exhibits
with other animals. Quite unimpeachably he
says: ““The beaver is flatter than the otter and
has strong teeth; it often at night time emerges
from the water and goes nibbling at the bark of
aspens that fringe the riversides.”’ Ancient folk-
lore must have been full of fabulous tales of the
beaver, but Aristotle, if he knew them, repeats
none of them.

Such reticence was not to be expected of the
loquacious Pliny the Elder (A.D. 23-79). With
him the unnatural history of the beaver begins.
Of course, all he says about the animal is not
untrue. With commendable accuracy he states
that “‘with its teeth it can cut down trees on the
banks of rivers just as with a knife.” And we

cannot blame him much when he relates at great
length all the manifold aliments that are cured
by ‘‘castoreum’’, a secretion found in a pair of
small glands on the beaver’s belly. Up to the
time of Linnzeus, while authors might entitle their
works Historia Animalium, or De Natura Ani-
malium or Liber Animalibus, they really discoursed
on materia medica rather than on zoology. And
to this day castoreum is still a popular remedy,
listed in all modern pharmacopoeias and even
“‘official’’ in some of them.

But Pliny transfers to the beaver what Aris-
totle says about the otter: that when it bites a
man (“particularly a hunter’ is interpolated
fifteen hundred years later by Olaus Magnus) it
never lets go until it hears a bone crack. Pliny’s
chief contribution to our subject however, is the
story that the beaver when pursued bites off its
castoreum glands (long believed to be its testes)
and leaves them for the hunter, hoping he may
be satisfied with them and give up the chase.
Later, on the authority of a Roman physician,
Sextius, Pliny denies the truth of the story. But
it was too interesting to be so easily suppressed
and it was repeated for many centuries. Clau-
dius Aelianus (ca. A.D. 220) a Latin who spoke
Greek so perfectly that he was known as the
‘“Honey-tongued’’, adorns the story with a few
additions. He says that if the beaver after
biting off the glands is still pursued, he stands up
and shows the hunters that the glands are gone.
This was thoughtful of the beaver, as besides
saving its own life, it spared the hunters unneces-
sary trouble; for Aelianus says, ‘“‘they do not
care much for the flesh’, and apparently in the
third century there was no market for beaver
skins. But the beaver could be sly also, and was
not above deceiving the poor hunter. ‘For while
still possessing the glands, oftentimes it com-
presses them so that they cannot be seen, and on
exhibiting itself, the hunter thinks they are gone
and desists.”

The story of the beaver’s self-amputation had
a great success with medieval writers, and appears
in all the Bestiaries of the middle ages, those edi-
fying works that pointed morals for mankind

2 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

from the habits, real and mythical, of animals.
Phillippe of Thaon, in his Bestiary written about
1130, on the strength of this story, derives the
French name of the animal ‘‘castor” from ‘‘chatre”’
(castrate). And he draws the allegory that the
beaver is the holy man who triumphs over the
pleasures of the flesh.

Our next contributor to the beaver’s unnatural
history is the distingusihed Dominican, Albertus
Magnus (1206-1280) who besides writing volu-
minously on scholastic philosophy, summed up in
his Liber Animalibus all the natural history know-
ledge of his day. His collected works run to 21
folio volumes, and who has read them these
hundred years? To his admirers he was known
as ‘“‘Albert the Great”, but his detractors nick-
named him “The Ape of Aristotle’. In treating
of the beaver, however, he. fails to imitate the
discretion of his master, and records several
fabulous stories. One of the most striking of
them, which tells how beavers were supposed to
convey building material to their houses, was
repeated by natural history writers for the next
five hundred years, each author adding a few
details of bis own. Perhaps the best version is
found in Topsell’s Historie of Four-footed Beasts,
first published in London 1608, the text here given
being from the second edition of 1658.

“.. . the tree being down and prepared, they
take one of the oldest of their company, whose
teeth could not be used for cutting (or as some
say, they constrain some strange Beaver whom
they meet withal) to fall flat on his back...
and upon his belly lade they all their timber,
which they so ingeniously work and fasten into
the compass of his legs that it may not fall, and
so the residue by the tail draw him to the water
side where these buildings are to be framed: and
this the rather seemeth to be true, because there
have been some such taken that had no hair on
their backs but were pilled; which being espied
- by the hunters, in pity of their slavery or bond-
age, they have let them go away free.”

In his wearisome poem of antiquarian lore
Polyolbion, Milhael Drayton (1563-1631) offers
an improvement on the crude tail drawing method.
He says the beaver keeps the load in place with
his tail, while he takes a stick by the middle in
his teeth, and
“*, . at both ends the rest
Hard holding with their fangs unto the labour

pressed
Going backwards towards their homes, their loaded
carriage led.”’

Albertus also seems to be the first to publish
the statement that beavers build their houses of
two or three stories with balconies, so as to suit

[VoL. XLV

the varying height of the water. He errs also in
asserting that they eat fish as well as bark. But
he balks at the story that the beaver never takes
its tail out of the water, and that in winter it
compels the otter to keep stirring the water
around its tail so as to prevent it from freezing.
The market for beaver pelts was depressed about
the year 1250 when Albertus wrote. He says:
“‘And the skin of the beaver is between black and
brown; at one time it was precious, but now is
of little value.”

_ The Renaissance may have brought new life
to philosophy, literature and art, but it did not do
much for zoology. We find the natural historians
of the 16th century repeating all the absurdities
of the classical and medieval writers, and adding
new fictions of their own.

Olaus Magnus (1490-1558) a great Swedish
ecclesiastic who lived most of his life in Rome,
published his Historia de Gentibus Septentrionali-
bus in 1555. A wonderful storehouse of curious
information, this work deals not only with the
peoples of the north, as its title might indicate,
but with the animals as well. He rehearses much
of Aristotle, Pliny and Albertus on the beaver,
and records some new and unreliable particulars
of his own. For instance, beavers keep their tails
and hind legs in the water as a bait for fish.
According to the size of the castoreum glands, “as
they are either elevated or depressed, farmers
prepare their fields in higher or lower places on
account of the greater or lesser flooding of the
waters.” His description of the beaver’s tail, as
given in an old English translation, reads: “For
the tail is scaly like a fish, hard and thick as
leather, and is distinguished strangely by many
secret knots, and it is most delicate meat and
medicine for those that are hurt in their guts.”
Beaver skine were up again at this time. ‘The
skins of these animals are soft like feathers and
therefore valuable, being a wonderful protection
against the severity of the cold, and are highly
prized garments of great and illustrious men.”

The Swiss scholar Konrad Gesner (1516-1565) -
was a bibliographer, linguist and botanist as well
as a zoologist. He undertook a catalogue of all
writers who had ever lived, with the titles of their
works, and he wrote an account of 180 known
languages. His Historia Animalium in four
folio volumes (Zurich: 1551-1558) is said to mark
the starting point of modern zoology, although it
is principally taken up with therapeutics. Top-
sell’s Historie of Four-footed Beastes is an abridged
paraphrase of Gesner in English.

In his chapter on the beaver, which amounts
to nine folio pages, Gesner enjoys himself as a
linguist in discussing the names of the animal in

of a captive beaver.

January, 1931]

ten different languages, and he gives a description

of the teeth from an examination he himself made
But almost all the rest of
his matter is copied from other writers, to whom
he is very carfeul to give credit, attributing state-
ments even to Author obscurus and Author incertus.

_ An original contribution is the addition of crabs

to the beaver’s supposed bill of fare, and as a
variation on an old theme, he says a person bitten
by a beaver ‘“‘cannot be cured unless he hears the

-erashing of the teeth.”

Gesner has some doubts about the truth of the
story that beavers load wood onto one of their
fellows and draw him by the tail, but he is inclined
to accept it as it is vouched for by ‘‘that learned
and trustworthy man Olaus Magnus.’” An Author
obscurus says the beaver is very gentle, but Gesner

cannot believe that an animal provided with

such sharp and destructive teeth could be gentle
by nature or made so by training. He tells how
beavers are sometimes captured by breaking open
the top of their house and putting in a dog who
drives the beaver into a net set at the exit. But
according to an Author incertus the dog some-
times gets the worst of it. To*quote Topsell:
“Some affirm that she (the beaver) rouzeth up
her body, and by the strong savour thereof she
driveth away the dogs.”

Nearly five of the nine pages composing the

chapter are taken up with castoreum and other

parts of the beaver as medicine. Castoreum was
such.an universal remedy, the wonder is that any
one who could obtain it ever died. Its virtues
must suffer from the same fatal exception as those
of the mandragora. “The root of the mandra-
gora”’, says Phillipe of Thaon, “is a sovereign
remedy. It cures everything—except death.”
Gesner himself died of the plague at the early
age of 49 years.

A most unmerited stigma is inflicted on the
beaver by “that famous Doctor of Physick” John

- Caius (1510-1573) founder of Caius College,

Cambridge, and physician successively to Edward

’ VI, Queen Mary and Queen Elizabeth. Among

his many works is a treatise, De Canibus Britan-
nicis. In trying to account for a dog mentioned
by Beotius called the Fisher, ‘“‘which seeketh for
fish by smelling among rocks and stones’’, Caius
suggests that it might be intended for the beaver
which is called a water dog by Aelianus; and he
proceeds: ‘I know likewise thus much more, that
the Beaver doth participate this property with
the Dog, namely that when fishes be scarce, they
leave the water and range up and down the land,
making an insatiable slaughter of young Lambs
until their paunches be replenished, and when

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 3

they have fed themselves full of Flesh, then return
they to the water whence they came.”

Some more than dubious information is given
on the beavers of the River Obi in Siberia by a
Russian ambassador, Everard Ysbrandts Ides,
who set out from Muscovy in March, 1692, to
travel overland to China. An account of his
journey appears in a collection of travels edited
by Drake, London, 1770. After repeating the old
errors that beavers live on fish and make slaves
of some of their number, His Excellency intro-
duces a couple of novelties:

“They fell trees with their teeth, which they
carry to their dwellings, and there hack out the
wood to a certain length, which they artificially
fix together, making chests, in which they lay up
store of provisions for the winter. When the
season approaches in which the females beavers
bring forth their young, the whole body of them
go together, and frequently gnaw a large tree
till it falls down: they then convey it to their
holes by the water, and rear it upright before the
entrance of the holes, so artificially, that the tree
stands perpendicular in the water above four feet
deep, and is so firmly fixed, that though the wind
blows ever so hard the tree remains in its place.”

So far we have been dealing with the Old World
beaver, which was generally more valued for its
supposed therapeutic properties than for its fur.
But with the discovery of America, the fur took
on a new importance, and beaver skins were one
of the chief exports from the northern colonies.
Beavers originally existed in enormous numbers
in North America. They were found almost
everywhere, and were easy to observe; neverthe-
less nearly all the accounts of them brought back
by explorers and travellers repeat the classic
myths with new errors grafted on.

Early European writers, while fairly explicit
and mostly wrong on the architecture of the
beaver lodge, make no mention of the dam. The
Old World beavers they knew seemingly never
built dams, or so rarely as to escape common
observation. It was not until news began to come
out of America that the beaver dam appears in
literature.

One of the earliest descriptions is by Nicolas
Denys (1598-1688) who spent most of his long
and troublous life in Acadia as a trader and titular
governor of the coast. In 1672 he published at
Paris, a Description Geographical and Historical of
the Coasts of North America, with the Natural His-
tory of the Country. The natural history includes
a long account of the beaver, much of which is
quite authentic; but Denys exaggerates the in-
telligence of the animal, setting it above all
others, “not excepting even the Ape”; and the

4 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

way, according to him, that a beaver colony is
organized for work would be creditable to any
human enterprise.

The building of a dam, he says, is directed by
a head architect, who keeps continually visiting
the different parts of the work. Under him are
eight or ten commandants supervising the work-
men, who may “assemble together as many as
two, three or four hundred Beavers and more”.
The workers are divided into carpenters, masons,
masons’ labourers, diggers, hod-men and loaders.
“Bach attends to his trade without meddling
with anything else. Each lot of tradesmen has
a commandant with them who oversees their
work, and shows them how it should be done. If
they are neglectful of their duty, he chastises them,
beats them, and throws himself on them, and
bites them to keep them at their tasks’. They
have stones to sharpen their teeth on, and they
knock off work for dinner from eleven to two.
They are alleged to beat the earth on the dam
with their tails to harden it. “When they are
beating like this with their tails, they can be
heard for a league in the woods”, apparently a
confused reference to the loud alarm signal the
beavers make by slapping the water with their
tails. Denys says quite correctly that beavers do
not eat fish, but live off the bark of the aspen.
He thinks, however, that the winter wood supply
is stored in the lodge under cover to keep it dry.
“Tf it were to get wet the bark would spoil, and
it would be no longer good to eat’’. In reality
the wood is piled in the water close to the house,
so as to be readily accessible when the ice forms,
and the quantity usually stored is far more than
could be stowed away in the lodge.

A comparatively mild offender is the Rev.
Pére de Charlevoix, S.J. (1682-1761) whose
elaborate History of New France was published in
1754. He was a professor in the City of Quebec
from 1705 to 1709, and travelled extensively
throughout the country. He gives a very good
description of the pile of wood the beavers store
in their pond as a provision for the winter, and
he will not accept the statement of the Indians
that beavers have an organized government,
language and laws. But he says they always
fell trees toward the water, an erroneous belief
still prevalent; and he lapses in describing their
tail as serving for a trowel and a hod to carry mud.

The beaver’s naked scaly tail always excited
wonder, and before the sun of Linnaeus rose, it
determined the animal’s place in nature, consign=
ing him to a strange classification. Charlevoix
says: ‘‘Besides by its Tail, it is wholly a Fish, and
it has been judicially declared such by the Faculty
of Medecine of Paris, and in consequence of this

[VoL. XLV

Declaration, the Faculty of Theology has decided
that its flesh may be eaten on fast days.”* How-
ever, the reverend fathers could seldom take
advantage of this Declaration, as no beavers were
to be found near their establishments. As for
the beaver meat that the Indians preserved by
smoking: “I can assure you, Madam,” writes
Charlevoix to a correspondent, “I know of noth-
ing Worse.”

The monumental Histoire Naturelle of George
Louis Le Clerc, Comte de Buffon (1707-1788) is
renowned for its florid style rather than for its
accuracy. Buffon was not a profound investi-
gator himself, and relied largely on the writings
of others. Thus his chapter on the beaver is mostly
a compilation. He says he rejected stories which
“swollen by the marvellous, seemed to go beyond
the truth, and even sometimes all probability’.
But however severe his intention, he failed to draw
the line in the right place, and his account of the
beaver is full of errors.

A tame beaver sent him from Canada was never
given a chance to build a dam or house, and
Buffon’s observations were confined to its food
habits. Consequently he thought beavers build
their dam by felling a tree across the stream, and
setting stakes up against it which they plant in
holes dug in the bottom. Between the stakes
they wind branches, and plaster them with mud
using their tails as trowels. Their houses of two
or three stories are built on piles, and have a
window in them which he describes rather ob-
securely as serving “as a balcony for the enjoy-
ment of the air and to bathe during the greater
part of the day; they sit there upright, the head
and front parts of the body raised, and all the
hind parts plunged in the water; this window
is carefully pierced, the opening of it is high
enough never to be closed by the ice which in the
climate where the beavers dwell is sometimes two
or three feet thick; they then lower the sill —
(tablette) by cutting the piles, and make an
opening to the water under the ice.”

Their habit of sitting half in and half out of the
water seems to have changed the nature of their
flesh. ‘“The front parts have the quality, taste
and consistence of animals of the earth and air;
those of the thighs and tail have the smell, taste
and all the qualities of fish. This tail... is
really a true portion of a fish attached to the body
of a quadruped.”

Another compiler, and who borrowed a good
deal from Buffon, was the English naturalist,
Thomas Pennant, (1726-1798). He wrote a

*Deny says: ‘‘There are also in these parts three kinds
of fish of fresh water which have four feet, the Muskrat, the.
Otter and the Beaver’’.

January, 1931]

number of large volumes on Zoology, but was
more celebrated in his day for his Tours in Scot-

land than for his natural history. His Arctic

Zoology is mostly copied from other authors, and
in the case of the beaver, his selection of some of
the material is quite uncritical.

“They have a chief or superintendent in the
works, who directs the whole. The utmost atten-
tion is paid him by the whole community. Every
individual has his task allotted, which they under-
take with the utmost alacrity. The overseer
gives a signal, by a certain number of sharp taps
with his tail expressive of hisorders. Themoment
the artificers hear it, they hasten to the place
thus pointed out, and perform the allotted labour
whether it is to carry wood, or draw clay or re=
pair any accidental breach. They have also their
centinels, who by the same kind of signal, give
notice of any apprehended danger. They are
said to have a sort of slavish beaver among them

(analogous to the drone) which they employ in

servile works and domestic drudgery.’’—a curious
confusion of such opposites as a drone and a
drudge.

Few of the writers quoted so far pretended to
any personal knowledge of the beaver and its
habits; they did little more than repeat what
others had said. In general their misstatements
were not intentional, and were mostly due to
carelessness and credulity.

This excuse cannot be offered for the next two
authors we come to. Their falsehoods are deli-
berate, and they describe impossible scenes which
they assert they witnessed themselves. First
we consider le Sieur Claude Le Beau.

In 1727 a certain Claude Le Beau, a young man
of good family, was shipped off from Paris to New
France by his relations for some misconduct at
home, a common method in those days of dispos-
ing of troublesome younger sons, and not unknown
even now. Le Beau obtained employment in a
government office in Quebec, but did not mend
his ways, for in 1730 a reward was offered for his
arrest for an unspecified crime. The description
of his person is unflattering: ‘‘of small size, wear-
ing a brown wig, his face marked with small
pox, eyes small, dark and deeply set, and he
stutters a little in his speech.”” Meantime he had
fled disguised as a savage, and induced some of
the Indians from the village of Lorette near
Quebec to take him with them on their travels
through what is now the New England States.
Here he spent some years, and eventually sailed
from the English colonies in a ship for Holland.
In 1738 his Avantures appeared at Amsterdam
in two volumes.

The work shows some acquaintance with the

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 5

habits of the Indians, but in detail is quite un-
reliable. For instance, he asserts he hunted white
bears on the banks of the Chaudiere River, and
caught trout four feet long in Lake Champlain.
His account of the beaver is largely imaginary.
One day while his savages were preparing their
meal, he says he stole away to the river ‘‘in the
hope of perhaps seeing some beavers at work
there.”’

“T advanced quietly on all fours, to see without
being seen, these beautiful born architects of
whom I had heard so many marvels. I was
already quite close when a certain noise that I
heard, exciting my curiosity more and more,
induced me to stand upright behind a large tree,
to see more at my ease what caused it.

“Tt was then that without moving from my
place, I saw quite a hundred of these animals
occupied on a work as admirable as it was sur-
prising. There were a dozen of them, who
pressing close to one another, and standing on
their hind feet, were sawing or rather cutting
with their teeth a large tree about 12 feet in cir-
cumference, whilst more than fifty others were
occupied in cutting and trimming the branches
of another tree already fallen. ... The most
amusing part to me was to see two seated on their
tails, solely occupied in watching the workers and
in preventing any advance on the side that the
tree which they were cutting ought to fall. Sev-
eral others a little farther off, seemed to me to
act_as inspectors or overseers to direct the work,
it might be in hurrying the idle, or helping to
roll away stones, or to take away the cuttings
which sometimes impeded the workers too much,
or in reloading those who let the mortar fall, while
others finally who represented masons, prepared
this same mortar mixed with rich earth which
others had brought to them from the bottom of
the river, and a little gravel collected on the bank.

“This gravel well hardened or beaten together
in this clay as much by their tails as by their feet,
would afterwards become hard and keep sound
at the bottom of the water, as a cement capable
of strengthening their dams, and a mortar fit to
build the lodges with.”

Giacomo Constantio Beltrami (1770-1855) a
political refugee from Italy, found his way out
to the American frontier about 1823. In that
year he was at Fort St. Anthony on the Missis-
sippi, and there attached himself to the exploring
expedition of Major Stephen H. Long, which he
accompanied as far as Pembina. In 1824 he
published at New Orleans an account of his
alleged discovery of the sources of the Missis-
sippi.

6 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

A lack of truthfulness that would surprise no
one in a politician is a fatal defect in an explorer.
Major Long says of Beltrami’s work: ‘He has
recently published a book which we notice merely
on account of the fictions and misrepresentations
it contains.”

This indictment is certainly true of what
Beltrami says about the beaver. He blandly
states that he does not know what others “even
Buffon from his closet”, have written on the sub-
ject; ‘I will communicate what I have seen and
learned on the spot respecting this surprising
animal.”

He then proceeds to describe the dam as built
of sharpened stakes driven into deep holes which
the beavers dig in the earth, with branches of
trees placed crossways against the stakes and the
interstices filled with mortar. “This mortar,” he
says, ‘becomes harder than the celebrated cement
known among the Romans.” This description
is obviously copied from Buffon, and such a dam
Beltrami can never have seen “‘on the spot.”

Such other high-lights from his account may
be quoted. “Their house, built likewise of wood,
and plastered, is of two stories and double. It is
long in proportion to the number of the tribe that
are to inhabit it.

“The first story serves in common, as a maga-
zine for provisions, and is under water; the second
is above, and serves them for lodging rooms,
where each family has its appartment.” “The
beavers are divided into tribes, and sometimes
into small bands only, of which each has its chief,
and order and discipline reign there, much more,
perhaps, than among the Indians, or even among
civilized nations.”’

“Their magazines are invariably provisioned in
summer, and no one touches them before the
scarcity of winter is felt, unless extraordinary
circumstances render it absolutely necessary, but
never in any case does any one enter except by
the authority and in the presence of the chief.
Their food consists in general of the bark of trees,
principally that of the willow, and of all trees
which belong to the poplar family. Sometimes
when bark is not found in sufficient quantity they
collect the wood, and inthis case they cut it into
bits with their teeth.

“Bach tribe has its territory. If any stranger
is caught trespassing he is brought before the chief,
who for the first offence punishes him ad correc-
tionem, and for the second deprives him of his
tail, which is the greatest misfortune that can
‘happen to a beaver, for their tail is their cart,
“upon which they transport, wherever it is desired
mortar, stones, provisions, etc., and it is also
the trowel, which it exactly resembles in shape,

used by them in building. This infraction of the
law of nations is considered among them as so
great an outrage, that the whole tribe of the
mutilated beaver side with him, and set off
immediately to take vengeance for it.

“In this contest, the victorious party, using the
rights of war, drives the vanquished from their
quarters, takes possession of them, and places a
provisional garrison, and finally establishes there
a colony of young beavers. . .

“The Indians have related to me in a positive
manner another trait of these animals, but it is
so extraordinary that I leave you at liberty to
believe or reject it. They assert, and there are
some who profess to have been ocular witnesses,
that the two chiefs of two belligerent tribes
sometimes terminate the quarrel by single combat,
in the presence of the two hostile armies, like the
people of Medieve, or three against three, like
the Horatii and Curiatii of antiquity. Beavers

marry, and death alone separates them. They.

punish infidelity in the female severely, even with
death. ...

“The Great Hare at Red Lake wished to make
me believe that, having come to a spot where
two tribes of beavers had just been engaged in
battle, he found about fifteen dead or dying on
the field, and other Indians, Sioux and Chippeways,
have also assured me that they have obtained
valuable booty in similar circumstances. It is a
fact that they have sometimes taken them with-
out tails. I have seen such myself.”

The unnatural history of the beaver reaches its
high-water mark in Beltrami. No other writer
has put forward so many deliberate falsehoods
as personal observations. The errors of practi-
cally all subsequent authors of any pretention are
mere slips due mostly to faulty observation.

What still remains one of the best accounts of
the beaver was written a generation before Bel-
trami by Samuel Hearne (1745-1792) the Hudson’s
Bay Company employee who first explored the
course of the Coppermine River, and was a
horrified witness of the massacre by his Indian
companions of a party of inoffensive Eskimo
at a place near the mouth of the river ever since
called Bloody Falls. About the only lapse Hearne
makes is in saying that beaver dams are always
built with a convex curve upstream so as to resist
the current. Later and more extended investi-
gation has shown that this is not the case.

American Natural History (8 vols. Philadelphia,
1826) by John D. Goodman, M.D., Professor of
Natural History in the Franklin Institute of
Pennsylvania, is a painstaking work. Intended
to include all known mammals of North America,
it begins quite logically with a treatise on “Homo

[Vou. XLV —

ye

_ autumn gales will do the rest’’.

J anuary, 1931]

sapiens of the American or red variety.’’ Nor is
it confined to existing species; it discourses also
on the ‘“‘Giant Sloth’’, the ‘‘Gigantic Mastodon”’
and the “‘Fossil Elephant.’”’ Godman’s chapter on
the beaver is almost entirely copied from Hearne,
and consequently is in general accurate and
reliable. But while he devotes 16 pages to show-
ing up the errors of other writers, and ridicules the
oft-repeated statement that beavers use their tail
for a trowel, he himself writes: ‘‘As soon as any
part of the material is placed where it is intended
to remain, they turn around and give it a smart
blow with the tail.”

The same mis-statement is repeated in Lewis
H. Morgan’s The American Beaver and its Works
(Philadelphia 1868) the first extensive mono-
graph on the subject, and barring a slip like this,
a most admirable book.

No exception can be taken to H. T. Martin’s
elaborate Castorologia (Montreal, 1892) or A. R.
Dugmore’s finely illustrated book The Romance
of the Beaver (London, 1914). But Thompson-
Seton in his Life Histories of Northern Animals
(New York, 1909) makes a curious mistake in
saying that the beaver ‘‘never plasters the lodge
with mud outside. All lodges are finished out-
side with sticks.”” Evidently at the time he wrote
this he had never seen an occupied lodge in the
fall or winter.

Enos A. Mills In Beaver World (Boston and New
York, 1918) has had experience with beavers
vouchsafed to no other naturalist, and he attri-
butes far more intelligence to them than other
writers will allow.

The Outlines of Science edited by Prof. J. Arthur
Thomson (London and New York: 1922) propo-
gates an error in stating that the beaver, “‘to save
itself more trouble than is necessary, will stop
when it has gnawed the trunk till there is only a
narrow core left, having the wit to know that the
This work also
repeats the popular fallacy that beavers cut deeper
into a tree on the side nearest the water; and it
remarks artlessly: ‘There is no doubt that
beavers make dams of brushwood, stones and
mud, thereby securing a larger area for their
wood-cutting and easier conditions of transport.”

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 7

From my present point of view, The Beaver, its
Works and its Ways (Baltimore, 1927) by E. R.
Warren, is a most unsatisfactory book. I can
find nothing wrong in it.

Two last items of unnatural history may be
entered in this record. 'They belong to the body
of oral tradition—at least I have never seen them
printed in a book. You may hear them from
some Truthful James of a shantyman as you sit
on a bench in the sun outside a lumber depot, or
perhaps as you watch the cook at a drive camp

burying his bake kettles in the sand.

One story begins rather remotely about pota-
toes. Some people can’t live without them.
Jack Morden was so fond of them that when they
ran out in a shanty where he was working on the
Petewawa he undertook to carry in a bagful on
his back from the Depot, a matter of some 18
miles. It got dark on him when he was only
about half way back to the shanty, and wolves
began to howl so close behind him, that scared
as much for his potatoes as for himself, he climbed
a tree and dragged the potatoes up after him.
Sure enough, three wolves came down the road,
and began jumping around the tree. When they
saw they could not reach him they quit after a
while, and two of them lay down while the third
wolf trotted off. In half an hour he came back
with two beavers, who set to work at once to
gnaw down thetree. They had quite a big notch
in it when a gang of habitants drawing hay to
the shanty came along and frightened them
and the wolves away. Jack had potatoes for his
breakfast in the morning.

The other story is about a tame beaver that
belonged to the handyman in Nadeau’s shanty
the year he was on the Winoway river up above
the Quinze. The beaver had the run of the camp,
and every night he used to gather up all the socks
and moccasins and build a dam with them across
the floor. The men did not mind this much,
although they used to swear a good deal looking
for their moccasins in the morning. But when
the beaver took to upsetting the water barrel
to see if his dam was tight, he went too far, and
was moved out to the handyman’s shop for the
rest of the winter.

8 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

ON THE DAILY MOVEMENTS OF THE COREGONINE FISHES
By JOHN LAWSON HART

HE occupation by fish of an element
different from our own unfortunately
Sin) results in our knowledge of their move-
=< ments being dependent on circumstan-
tial evidence rather than upon direct observation.
The conclusions of the present contribution are
drawn from such circumstantial evidence and they
are presented in the belief that data better in kind
are unlikely to be available.

In order to gain information on the time of
day at which fish are most active, a gang of gill
nets was lifted at sunrise and sunset each day and
was returned to the water in the same place imme-
diately after removing and recording the fish
taken in it.

The gang of nets used in the experiment con-
sisted in the following order of one hundred and
fifty foot lengths of four and one-half, three, and,
one and one-half inch gill nets and fifty-foot lengths
of five, four and one-half, four, three and one-half,
three, two and one-half, two, and, one and one-
half inch gill nets.

The experiment was carried out in Macdiarmid
harbour in Lake Nipigon. The gang of nets was
set approximately parallel to shore in the southern
parts of the harbour. Depths at different parts
of the net were as follows: at the four and one-
half inch end, sixty feet; at the middle, thirty-
eight feet; at the one and one-half inch end,
twenty-eight feet.

The experiment continued for four days from
September 10, 1925, to September 14. The nets
were visited in the morning between six o’clock
and a quarter after six o’clock, in the evening
between seven o’clock and half-past seven o’clock.
Accordingly, the nets were in the water for ap-
proximately eleven hours during the night and
thirteen hours during the day.

Seven species of fish were taken in the nets
during the course of the experiment: the common
whitefish, Coregonus clupeaformis (Mitchill); the
cisco, Leucichthys sp.; the round whitefish,
Prosopium quadrilaterale (Richardson); the com-
mon sucker, Catostomus commersonii (Lacépéde)
the pike, Hsox lucius Linnaeus; the yellow perch,
Perca flavescens Mitchill; and the sauger, Stizo-
stedion canadense (Smith).

In the accompanying table are shown the
times and dates when the various species were
taken. The size of the net which has no direct
bearing on the matter under discussion has been
omitted in order to simplify the table.

Number Number
taken from|taken from
nets in nets in
morning evening

Date
1925

Kind of Fish

Ciscoe Bee

Ps)

°

&

5

ov

c=

=

a

Eh

nan

er
|} em rsto eo
rere! | a

Ciscoe) nese eg

ox! |

Sept. 13....|Common whitefish......
Round whitefish........
Common sucker........

J rol |

Ciscoe eee Re ae es

Four days. .|Common whitefish......
Cisco REE ee
Round whitefish........
Common sucker........
Bike sige els ce Sere
Yellow perch...........
Sauper. ony in Geta aoe

rar
SCOPAWOH | PND | END | KEN eS

S| |
NHRO a

The results of the experiment as illustrated in
the table show that in Lake Nipigon atthe depths
and season of the investigation, coregonine
fishes (ciscoes and whitefishes) are captured in
greater numbers at night than in the daytime.
This may be considered as proof of considerable
activity during the night at least. The failure
to capture coregonine fish during the daylight
hours may be due either to comparative quies-
cence during the day or to their ability to avoid
the net in better light. The latter possibility
appears less likely in view of the capture of
rather greater numbers of the suckers, pike,
saugers and perch during the day time. There
ean be little doubt but that a difference in habit
between coregonine and the other fishes in Lake
Nipigon is indicated by the results. However, an
attempt to repeat the experiment in water of
greater depth in Lake Ontario failed to give cor-
roborating results.

It is of interest to note the way in which the
catch fell off during the experiment. This may
have been due either to catching out the fish in
the immediate vicinity of the set or more prob-
ably to a reduction in the efficiency of the nets
resulting from four days continuous use without
either drying or liming.

The experiment was carried out by an Ontario
Fisheries Research Laboratory field party con-
sisting of Prof. W. J. K. Harkness, Dr. D. S.

)

January, 1931]

Rawson and the writer. Without the financial
assistance of the laboratory and the cooperation

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 9

of its personnel, the experiment would have been
impossible.

WHAT IS MEANT BY THE TERM “WILD LIFE CONSERVATION?”
By J. A. MUNRO

E ARE accustomed to hearing that our
IW) wild life is a national possession which
we hold in trust for posterity. We have

seen the caption Wild Life a National
Heritage on many a newspaper article dealing with
conservation. So often have these words been
used, by sportsmen and by conservationists, that
the phrase has almost become a slogan, and, as
often is the case with slogans, there is danger
that the meaning be lost in the rhythm of the
words.

Just what, exactly, is meant by the term wild

life?
_ I take it that a literal interpretation is not
intended as this would include all wild living
things. So the term generally is used in a re-
stricted sense to include only wild birds and
mammals and with this definition there is no
present quarrel.

But, there is an increasing tendency upon the
part of some sportsmen to indentify as wild life
only certain bird and mammal species which are
classified as game, and to foster the increase of
these species at the expense of all other birds and
mammals. I submit that under such a policy
our wild life will cease to be a national possession
and become the heritage of a class which is rela-
tively few in number.

Considering the meaning of the word conserva-
tion as applied to wild life its connotations are
many and varied. To some people it suggests
merely restrictive legislation, to others it implies
a policy of non-intervention. In my opinion the
word implies:

1. Scientific research.

2. Adequate wild life sanctuaries.
3. Education of the public.

4. Law inforcement.

-These are named in what are believed to be the
order of their importance. Scientific research is
held to be fundamental because knowledge must
necessarily be the basis for the intelligent main-
tenance of wild life, for educating the public as
to its value and for framing regulations as to its
use.

In my opinion the term conservation does not
imply a policy of hands off in connection with the

*A paper read at the bi-annual conference of Provincial
and Federal Game Officials, Ottawa, August 21-22, 1930.

maintenance of wild life. Certainly it does not
mean that all bird and mammal species should
be completely protected at all times and under
all conditions. Most assuredly it recognizes the
necessity of controlling certain birds and mammals
whose increase in certain districts conflicts with
agricultural and other interests. But certainly
also it implies that some thought be given to the
welfare of the native bird species which, although
not classified as game, are of absorbing interest
to many of our people. I refer to the hawks and
owls and to non-game birds generally.

It is here that an apparent conflict of interests
has arisen between conservationists. On the one
hand the sportsman, who is working for the
preservation of game birds and game mammals
in order that the sport he loves may be perpe-
tuated; on the other hand the nature lover who
is concerned with the welfare of wild life in
general. To the nature lover the future of, let
us say, a grebe or a loon, almost any bird in fact,
is just as important as the future of a game bird;
whereas the attitude of many sportsmen towards
general bird protection is apathetic, or even
directly antagonistic. The sportsman’s present
warfare against hawks and owls illustrates the
latter feeling. With the effect of this campaign
against the raptores I am not at the moment
concerned. I wish merely to point out the evil
it has done to the cause of conservation, which is
this: stirred up by broadsides of emotional pro-
paganda, both for and against predatory bird
control, conservationists have divided into two
hostile camps and years of effort towards a sym-
pathetic understanding between sportsman and
nature lover may have been undone. Sane
conservation may be endangered because the
extremists on both sides of the argument are
taking control. It has been suggested that hawks
of all species should be exterminated so that no
guilty individual may escape and it has been said
that hawks of all species should be protected in
order to prevent the killing of a single beneficial
individual.

Undoubtedly predatory bird and mammal
control has an important place in conservation
but sportsmen are prone to emphasize this beyond
all reason. It is stated frequently that if pre-
dators are killed off there will be no need for
game laws—a wish certainly fathered this thought.

10 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

The apathetic attitude towards general bird
protection on the part of some sportsmen may be
illustrated by the following question which fre-
quently is asked. ‘‘Why do you protect gulls (or
loons, or grebe, as the case may be)? What good
are they? You can’t eat them.” To the people
who ask this question it would seem that the
beautiful organisms known as birds, which have
been a source of inspiration since man emerged
from barbarism, mean nothing in themselves; at
the best they are unnoticed, at the worst they are
considered merely as marks at which to shoot.

As for the results of organized hawk and owl
killing this much may be said. Usually such
campaigns call for the killing of the Accipitrine
hawks, (the Goshawk, Cooper’s Hawk and Sharp-
shinned Hawk), of Eagles, Falcons and the
Horned Owl, which are known to feed on game
birds. Unfortunately very few sportsmen can
distinguish between the different hawk and owl
species, so much indiscriminate shooting takes
place. Generally speaking the destructive hawks
are wary and swift-flying, the beneficial species
unsuspicious and slower in flight, consequently it
is the beneficial species which most frequently are
shot. Thus the price paid in innocent victims
may be out of proportion to the number of des-
tructive hawks accounted for.

I would cite as an example the serious reduc-
tion in numbers of the entirely beneficial Swain-
son’s Hawk which has taken place in southern
Alberta and Saskatchewan during the past de-
cade, and which may be attributed to the activity
of hunters. In the early part of the hunting
season it is common to find many carcasses of
these birds hanging from fence posts or lying on
the trails and this is the case in British Columbia
also. These hawks have been shot by well-
meaning sportsmen in the mistaken idea that they
were destroying enemies of game birds.

On the other hand, the Sharp-shinned Hawk,
- which lives almost exclusively on birds is rarely
shot by sportsmen, according to my experience.
The impression seems to be that the destructive
qualities of the hawk is in proportion to its size.

So far as the Accipitrine Hawks are concerned
there does not appear to be the slightest danger
of their extermination, but the future of the
faleons is another matter. The Prairie Falcon
and the rare Duck Hawk are shot whenever
possible, and, owing to their comparative scarcity
it is possible that the future of these species will
be endangered under continued persecution. It
is quite true that the falcons are destructive,
from the sportsman’s standpoint, nevertheless
there is a sentiment in favour of their protection.

Admitting, for argument’s sake, that the

[Vou. XLV

destruction of these faleons will result in an
increase of game birds; is that reason sufficient
for the extirpation of the former? Let us exa-
mine the viewpoint of the nature lover —to whom
a bird is a subject of study, not an object of sport
—using the Prairie Falcon and the European
Partridge as a text. Here we have to do witha
native bird combining strength, courage, beauty
of form, and swiftness of flight to a marked
degree. Within their nesting territory the fe-
male, sometimes the male also, will swoop at an
intruder with a defiance of danger that commands
respect. The Prairie Falcon is a spirited and
dashing pirate. To witness this bird pursue and
strike down its quarry affords one of the most
thrilling spectacles in the world of birds. Such
a sight marks a red-letter day in the calendar of
the nature student.

On the other side we are considering an intro-
duced game bird of pleasing appearance. He
lies well to a dog, affords a sporting shot when -~
flushed and is highly palatable. But there is
little about the European Partridge to interest
the nature student. Is it to be wondered that
some of them prefer the falcon? It all depends
on the point of view.

Or consider the Golden Eagle. The very name
arrests the attention—so interwoven is it with
our poetry and our folk-lore. People have been
known to travel hundreds of miles merely to
watch these kingly birds at home, (a nesting site
on the ledge of some lofty cliff may be used year
after year by a pair of Eagles which mate for
life). Such a nature lover will say “What if my
eagles do take an occasional fawn (which I very
much doubt) have Inorightsin the matter? Am
I not a citizen and a tax payer? If I prefer watch-
ing eagles to hunting deer do I have to apologize?’’

Of course the sportsman’s rerort is, “I finance
game protection, therefore I shall do as I see fit”
and to this, at the moment, there is no reply.

Another difference of opinion concerning con-
servation has risen between the angler and
commercial fisherman on the one hand and the
nature student on the other. It may be stated
briefly that fishermen are inclined to attribute
the depletion of the fisheries, in part at least, to
the activity of certain bird and mammal species:
whereas nature students assert that any reduction
in the number of food or game fishes is a Cone
tively recent condition and due primarily to man’s
interference with natural conditions.

In point of fact there are practically no data
available on the subject. In the meantime the
destruction of certain bird species is advocated
in the belief that their removal will benefit the
fishing industry.

"<u

January. 1931]

_ The question of the relationship between birds
and fishes is more complex than most people
realize. The layman assumes that the presence
of fish-eating birds in waters inhabited by food
fishes is detrimental to fishing interests. This
is pure assumption and the contrary has been
demonstrated. For example a recent study of
the stomach contents of mergansers from Okana-
gan Lake, British Columbia, shows that the food
of these birds consisted entirely of coarse fishes
and crustaceans. In destroying these fish, which
are competitors of the more valuable game and
food fishes, the birds actually are of benefit to
fishing interests.

Considered from an economic standpoint a
bird species may be a benefit in one locality and
a source of loss in another. Were these local
problems investigated by scientific methods and
the results made public, it seems to me, that the
differences between angler and nature lover might
be reconciled. At the present time the nature
lover is protesting that fish-eating birds, wherever
found, are condemned to death by the angler on
purely circumstantial evidence.

The nature lover obtains pleasure and recreation
in seeking close association with wild life, and
bird life usually is his chief interest. He believes
in protecting birds because they are the most
interesting things in the world, because so many
people love them, because of their educational
value and because of their place in our world of
art and literature. While he is aware that birds
help to control the spread of noxious insects and
rodents, and hence are useful to man, he thinks
this reason for bird-protection is over-emphasized.
He is not dollar-minded and resents the assump-
tion that each bird species must be worth so
much in cash before we extend out protection.
He dislikes to see human morality ascribed to
birds—such a one is good, such another is bad.
Good and evil as attributes of a bird seems to

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

11

him a child-like conception. This is the nature
lover’s attitude as I understand it.

‘Wild Life a National Heritage.’ Is our nature
lover entitled to a voice in its future? I think so.

The breach between the nature lover and the
sportsman is widening. Can the sportsman
carry on alone indefinitely? I presume to doubt
it:

The nature students of Canada comprise a
large and influential body with a force of public
opinion behind them. The membership of the
twenty natural history societies in Canada is
comprised largely of people whose chief interest

_is in the conservation of wild life. It has been
taken for granted that the aims of a Game Pro-
tective Association and a Natural History Society .
are mutually exclusive. I believe the contrary.
to be the truth. It seems most desirable to
advocate close co-operation between two sections
of our people who, with some minor differences,
are working for the same ends. I believe sports-
men should take the initiative by sponsoring scien-
tific research and nature study, and thus encour-
age the nature student to join his associations.
Furthermore it is suggested that such a broaden-
ing of aims might well be reflected in the title of
his organization and the Rod and Gun Club or
the Fish and Game Association might become a
“Wild Life Protective Association’’.

The foregoing may be summarized as follows:

1. The term ‘‘wild life’ is interpreted to mean
all wild birds and mammals.

2. These belong to the people as a whole, not
to any special class.

3. Wild life conservation means the protection
of all wild birds and mammals, in a greater or
less degree, so that the existence of no species
may be threatened.

4. Protection to be effective must be based on
the results of scientific research.

5. There is urgent need for unity of effort,
amongst all who turn to nature for recreation.

~ AN EXPEDITION TO SUB-ARCTIC CANADA, 1924-1925
By CAPT. J. C. CRITCHELL-BULLOCK

(Continued from page 218, Vol. XLIV)

S REMARKED elsewhere the valley
along which we travelled is somewhat

SIS) bird life, especially of game birds. Ducks
and geese were most noticeably scarce.

Copious notes on many of the species were
kept, but it has been possible to give here only
the briefest outline of the observations made.

remarkable for a comparative lack of.

Owing to the difficulties encountered extensive
nesting and collecting could’ not be proceeded
with. A list of the collections made is given
below:—

Cepphus grylle mandti.
Harelda hyemalis.
Lagopus rupestris.
Anser albifrons.

Gavia adamsi and eggs.

12 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Gavia stellata and eggs.

Larus argentatus and eggs.
Sterna paradisaea and eggs.
Stercorarius longicaudus.
Slercorarius parasiticus.
Eureuntes pusillus.

Aegiatitis semipalmata and eggs.
Otocoris alpesiris.

Calcarius lapponicus and eggs.
Plectrophenax nivalis.

Spizella monticola.

Passerculus sandwichensis.
Acanthis linaria and eggs.
Anthus rubescens.

Archibuteo lagopus.

Falco peregrinus and eggs.

*The above specimens are in the collections of the Na-
tional Museum of Canada, Ottawa.
Lagopus lagopus.
Perisoreus canadensis.
Corvus corax principalis.
Pisobia maculata ? .
Branta canadensis.

Colymbus auritus (Linn). HORNED GREBE.—

A pair of grebes probably referable to this species
were observed on the water surrounding the ice
on Smart Lake on June 6th, 1925. They were
the only grebes seen on the journey.

Gavia adamsi ‘Gray). YELLOW-BILLED LOON.—

This notable loon was abundant in the region
traversed particularly along Hanbury River. It
was first noted on Artillery Lake on September
28th, 1924, when several individuals were ob-
served flying south at a great height. They were
again noted on the following day, but until next
spring no more were seen.

The first Yellow-billed Loon observed during
1925 passed northwest on May 30th, but they
were not noted as abundant until June 7th when
a specimen was collected. The following day five
were seen, the next day two, then six, then one,
then two, and so on.

On June 27th, two nests of this species were
found and the eggs collected. They were found
on islands in running water a few miles after
leaving Sifton Lake. Both nests were very close
to the water, each nest containing two eggs. The
eggs of one nest were found to vary considerably
in size, a fact that I have tried to show by photo-
graphing them together on a caribou skin. The
eggs of one nest were found to be well incubated,
although those of the other were fresh enough to
make good eating.

On July 1st another nest was found, both of
the eggs being freshly laid. Here the nest was

[VoL. XLV

(

found some distance from the water. Having
been built on an island in a lake it was evident
that the drop in water had not been considered.
This species continued as far east as Aberdeen
Lake, but after that lake was passed I record none.

Gavia stellata (Pontoppidan). - RED-THROATED
Loon.—This loon was nowhere abundant although
it was a very wide ranging species in the country
travelled by us. It was observed most frequently
along the lower Hanbury, and about Aberdeen
Lake.

A nest was discovered on a small island in
Sifton Lake on June 25th, 1925. I collected the
nest and the female bird. Within five yards of
the loon’s island was a rock and on this rock a
Herring Gull was nesting. The nest of the Red-
throated Loon found was rather more elaborately
built than those of the Yellow-billed, contained
more material, was softer, and a considerable
amount of moss of various kinds had been worked
into it. '

Gavia immer (Brunn). COMMON LOON.—
This species was but rarely observed along the
route travelled. The first made their appearance
on August 2nd, when five were seen flying together.
Loons apparently referable to this species were
noted on subsequent occasions, but the date
given represents the only occasion on which they
came close enough to be recognized definitely.

Gavia arctica. ARctTIcC LOON.—This species was
occasionally observed between Beverly Lake and
the outlet of Schultz Lake. In a pond near Aber-
deen Lake on August 19th I observed an adult
female with two young birds unable as yet to fly.

Stercorarius pomarinus (Temm). POMARINE
JAEGER—This Jaeger was first observed on June
ist when nine birds in three flocks were seen
flying north. Specimens were collected but no
nests found. Their habits and foods seem to ~
resemble those of S. parasiticus, but their range
eastward seems more limited and none was
noted east of the last timber on Thelon River.
Like S. parasiticus these birds seem to prefer the ©
treeless country, and none were observed flying
in the wooded districts along our route, although
they often occurred in the open places between
isolated clumps.

Stercorarius parasiticus (Linn). PARASITIC
JEAGER—This was the more common of the two
jeagers met with on the trip, and, although it
was never numerous, few days would pass without
one or more being seen during the summer.
The species was not noticed until May 30th, 1925,
when two were seen flying in a northerly direc-
tion. Specimens were collected, but unfortun-
ately no nests were found.

January, 1931]

The stomach contents of most of these birds
were found to consist of mice, although occasion-
ally the remains of egg shell found would testify
to the fact that this jaeger considers anything
lawful prey. Several mice were taken from the
stomachs of jaegers, but on no occasion was the
head of a mouse found swallowed. It would
appear as though this bird tears the heads off
mice before eating them. Jaegers were rarely
seen after Beverly Lake, and all of those seen
east of the timber on Thelon River were referable
to this particular species.

Larus argentatus (Pontoppidan). HERRING
GULL.—This gull is found throughout the entire
region traversed by us, but in no places was it
noted as plentiful. The largest colony was in
the delta of the Thelon-Dubawnt Rivers. There
on one small island about twenty pairs were dis-
covered with their young. The first colony of
any size was on a large rock in the centre of
Macdonald Falls on Hanbury River. There were
about thirty were seen nesting.

In 1924 the last of this species in the form of a
juvenile bird was observed on Artillery Lake on
September 29th. In 1925 the first of the species
arrived flying north at 8 pm., May 18th. The
first nests were discovered on June 10th near the
headwaters of Hanbury River; the eggs were
fresh. It was with interest we noted that wher-
ever loons were found nesting gulls’ nests would
also be found. ;

An incident at Helen’s Falls caused us some
little amusement. Three pairs of these gulls had
thought wise to nest within a few feet of a pair of
Rough Legs, and it seemed that the two species
derived the utmost pleasure from annoying and
frightening each other as much as possible.

During summer when the caribou meat was so
extremely poor we derived considerable benefit on
several occasions from eating gulls. No other
game could compare with it for nutritious quali-
ties, and had Herring Gulls only been more num-
erous we should have been saved much anxiety
and hunger. When the birds first come in from
the coast in the spring they are very fat, and re-
main in this condition until well into the summer.
The young birds as favoured by men at the
trading posts, of course, have not the nutriment
that the older flesh has.

Larus brachyrhynchus (Rich.) SHORT-BILLED
GULL.—A small gull* measuring seventeen and a
quarter inches long, shot on August 6th at our

*The identification of this species is rendered certain
by an excellent photograph of a recently killed, practically
adult bird and the measurements and colour notes of the
collector whereby it appears to be a smallish white gull with
gray mantle, black wing tips with white specula, yellow bill
and legs, the former yates colour spot. This can only be
the Short-billed Gull._— P.A.T.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 13

camp on Thelon River, at a point about seventy=
five miles west of Beverly Lake seems referable
to this species, and it is gratifying to note that
this constitutes an easterly record for the species.

These gulls were first observed on July 29th a
few miles to the northeastward of Grassy Island
on Thelon River. They were not numerous and
only fourteen individuals were seen throughout
the entire journey. During the first week of
August four birds of the year were observed,
but these were the only juveniles noted. Their
most easterly occurrence was the place at which
the specimen shot was found.

Sterna paradisea (Brunn). ARCTIC TERN.—

This widely distributed species was. found,
throughout the region traversed, in fair numbers.
It was not noted during the fall of 1924, and I
do not record observing it until June 7th when
one bird was seen on Campbell Lake flying in a
northerly direction. After this date the species
was regularly noted but it was not until June 27th
that more than one a day was observed. On

‘that date a flock of six was noticed. On June

29th about thirty were observed in two flocks.

I do not note detecting this species eastwards
of Chesterfield Inlet, but on September 7th a
few were seen along the east coast of Hudson Bay.
These terns were first found nesting on July 3rd,
a nest of two eggs being discovered on the crest
ofa cone-shaped island. On July 27th the young
had left their nests, and on that date very small
juvenile birds were seen staggering over the sand.
At this time the parent birds were very fierce and
on one occasion when I was occupied with photo-

- graphic work near a nesting place I received several

pecks on the head that drew blood.

On August 17th young terns of the year were
observed flying strongly though they had not the
speed of the adults. Their movements corres-
ponded more to the lazy flapping of sea gulls.
Terns collected during the summer were found to
have been living solely on mosquitoes and spiders. :

Mergus serrator (Linn).—RED-BREASTED MER-
GANSER—Along Hanbury River this species was
comparatively abundant, and during a day’s
travel as many as twenty-five to forty might be
counted. The first of the species observed was
seen on Pike’s Portage on September 9th, 1924,
and on the 22nd of the same nomth, three were
seen on Artillery Lake. Thier next occurrence
was at Smart Lake June 9th, 1925, when one pair
was noted. Another was seen on the following day,
but hereafter none was seen until July Ist. After
this date they commenced to be seen frequently,
on July 4th six were seen, on the 7th eleven, on
the 8th two, on the 9th three, until on the 12th
thirty were noted. At this time and for some

14 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

days past they had been moulting, and could
not fly. Their powers of endurance, as well as
their lack of sense was remarkable, and they
would flap laboriously down the river, half in the
water and half out, in front of our canoes all day
long.

They appear to have been numerous along
Thelon River as well, and on July 29th I note
fourteen, quite unable to fly, on the 30th twenty-
one, and on the 31st thirty-two. All these were
apparently males. Females were not seen after
June 10th. The last were observed on August
6th, twenty-four being seen in one unhappy
bunch flopping down-stream before us. They
were not seen further east than the last woods
on Thelon River.

Dafila acuta (Linn). PintaiL Duck.—This
species was exceedingly rare, five only being seen
and those occurring near Campbell Lake early
on the morning of May 25th. Five were seen
flying together.

Marila marila (Linn.)—Scaup Duck—This
is another rare species and only once were
these ducks definitely recognized, six being seen
in the water on the western reach of Hanbury
River on July 12th, 1925.

Harelda hyemalis (Linn). OLD-sQUAW DUCK.
—This is the most common duck of the region
under review, but is nowhere abundant. When
entering the treeless plains during September,
1924, I expected to find this species between old
Fort Reliance and Artillery Lake, but except for
a solitary individual at the extreme southern end
of Artillery Lake on September 13th none at all
was observed.

Their next occurrence was on June Ist near
Campbell Lake. Thereafter they appeared to be
scattered out all over the country but in small
numbers, and to observe as many as twenty ina
day would be unusual. They were most numer-
ous between Lac du Bois and the lake I have
named after Radford and Street during the latter
' part of June. Their nests, however, were no-
where found. None at all was seen after reaching
Thelon River. During the latter part of June
and early July most of those representing this
species were recognized to be male birds.

Oidemia deglandi (Bonap.) WHITE-WINGED
SCOTER.—This species was only twice observed,
first on June 27th at Sifton Lake, and secondly
at Helen’s Falls on July 20th.

Anser albifrons (Hartl). AMERICAN WHITE-
FRONTED GoOOoSE.—This species was nowhere
common, but a few were found breeding along
Hanbury and Thelon River. Various specimens
were collected including a downy juvenile on July
12th. These geese were first observed on May

[VoL, XLV

81st near Campbell Lake. They were usally
seen flying in twos and threes. A flock was seen
on June 25th consisting of six. Two broods were
noted on July 29th, but eastwards of the timber
on Thelon River none were recorded. The largest
flock observed was on July 28th, when twelve
were seen flying together.
on July 29th.

Chen hyperboreus (Pall). LESSER SNOW GOOSE.
—Geese probably referable to this species were
seen at irregular intervals. The first were ob-
served on May 27th when twenty-two flew north
over Campbell Lake. Their next occurrence was
August 14th, when five passed southwards. On
August 25th the last of these species were ob-
served when twenty-five in one flock flew east
along lower Thelon River.

Branta canadensis (Linn). CANADA GOOSE.—
This species was first noted on September 15th,
1924, when, at about 3 a.m., the call of these birds
was heard as they were migrating south. Their
northward migration was not noted by us and it
appears they-did not pass over us during the
spring of 1925. Their next occurrence was June
27th on Sifton Lake when three individuals were
observed, one ‘appeared much smaller than the
others and I took it for the Hutchin’s Goose.

A single individual was noted on June 28th,
but after that none were observed until August
7th, when twenty were seen composing a flock,
this was just west of Beverly Lake. Between
August 11th and 15th we were in the sandy gravel
country around Beverly Lake, and here hundreds
of these geese were seen congregated on the islands.

. During this time many flocks of from twenty to

thirty individuals were observed flying south.
From the height at which they were flying, how-
ever, and their general behaviour, it did not
appear to me as though any real migration had
started on that date. On August 27th at the
mouth of the Thelon-Dubawnt Rviers about fifty
individuals were seen, several of which were in a
moulting condition and could not fly.

Cygnus sp. ? SwAN.—Swans were of rare occur-
rence in the region travelled by us, and were
noted only on two occasions.
seen near Campbell Lake on May 26th, when five

were noted flying in a northerly direction. Swans

were next seen on Thelon River, when a single
pair, which refused to fly, was found on July 30th,

Grus canadensis (Linn). LitTLE BROWN CRANE.

—This species seems to be common throughout

the region under review. The first was noted on

May 24th, one being observed flying in a southerly
direction.
above Lake Hanbury, a pair being seen walking
on a gravel ridge a short distance inland from the

Some were moulting ©

They were first ~

These cranes were next observed just —

|

- to have gone south.

January, 1931] _

river. Subsequently several were seen on Thelon
River, a flock of five being photographed at the
entrance to Beverly Lake on August 10th.

Pisobia bairdi ? (Coues). BAIRD SANDPIPER.
—A sandpiper conforming to the size and descrip-
tion of this species was shot on July 27th, but
unfortunately the specimen was lost. This bird
was found to be the most characteristic of the
region, it was first noted on June 11th, and ex-
tended as far as Baker Lake, where it was still
found in numbers at the end of August.

Pisobia maculata ? (Vieill). PECTORAL SAND7
PIPER.—1T wo birds that I saw and observed closely
through binoculars on May 25th at Campbell
Lake appeared referable to this species. Unfor-
tunately I was unarmed and was unable to collect
them. This was their only occurrence, although on
June 11th another bird was seen in flight that I
have noted as being identical so far as it was
possible to see.

Squatarola squatarola (Linn). BLACK-BELLIED
PLOVER.—We were surprised to find this bird of
rare occurrence, particularly as its breeding
grounds are said to be the northern treeless coun-
try. The species was observed but once at the
western end of Aberdeen Lake on August 16th,
two individuals being seen.

Ereunetes pusillus (Linn).—SEMIPALMATED SAND-
PIPER.—This species is characteristic of the western
portion of the region traversed and occurs more
or less abundantly. It was first recorded on
May 31st when four were seen flying in a north-
easterly direction. It was almost daily noted
eastwards of Campbell Lake, but it was much less
frequently observed after Thelon River had been
reached, in fact it may be said to be of rare oc-
currence eastwards of Dickson Canyon. Nesting
places unfortunately were not discovered.

Charadrius semipalmata (Bonap.). SEMIPAL=
MATED PLOVER.—This species was one of the most
widely distributed along our route. It was noted
on Artillery Lake during the fall of 1924, but I
failed to note the date on which it was supposed
Its first occurrence during
1925 was May 30th, when two were seen near
Campbell Lake. It was not noted as plentiful,
however, until more sandy country in the vicinity
of Sifton Lake was reached towards the middle
of June. Here the species was found breeding
two nests being discovered on June 25th and
26th. As was to be expected this species occurred
more numerously in certain localities, and where
stretches of rocky and unfavourable river banks
and lake shore lines intervened the species was
found often to be scarce. These plovers were not
seen east of Schultz Lake.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 15

Lagopus lagopus (Linn). WILLOW PTARMIGAN.
—This species occurs abundantly about Artillery
Lake, but along Thelon River it is scarce. It was
first noted on September 16th, 1924, when seven
half-white individuals were seen feeding together
on the ground. They commenced to move south
on September 26th, and on that date about three
hundred were seen flying towards the timber. All
apparently had left by October 15th, and on that
date a few almost white individuals were observed.
Just before this they were so tame that several
were killed with sticks. I observed this species
migrating northwards in the timber near old Fort
Reliance on April 24th, but did not observe them
in the treeless country until May 4th. After
that date they were numerous, but with the melt-
ing of the snow they seemed to pass further north-
ward.

On June Ist I note that I believed this species
to have paired. No nests were discovered during
the journey, but a female in full summer plumage
with a brood of chicks that could fly was noticed
on July 24th. Many amusing characteristics of
the bird were noted, the most strange perhaps
being in the instance of a male bird chasing another
of the same sex. In order to attract these birds
we had set up a decoy in the form of a partially
skinned specimen. When looking out of the tent
I saw the two birds mentioned coming over a
little hillock towards us, running at top speed,
both making as much noise as possible. The
bird that was leading (the one being chased)
passed the decoy we had set up without appar-
ently noticing it; not so with the other bird
however; when he fetched alongside he made a
peculiar noise to attract the attention of his
fleeing enemy. The necessary attention forth-
coming, he then proceeded to attack viciously the
bird we had set up. Having, after a minute or so,
reduced the decoy to a mass of feathers and gore,
he desisted and strutted towards his enemy, blood
on his beak and (I imagine) a glitter in his eye.
It proved too much for the other ptarmigan,
which forthwith beat a hurried and undignified
retreat.

Lagopus rupestris (Gmel). Rock PTARMIGAN.
—This species was common throughout the winter
in the vicinity of our winter camp. It was first
observed on October 6th when two individuals
were noted. It was not seen daily in any numbers,
however, until after L. lagopus had passed south,
on October 15th. During the colder days of
winter these ptarmigan became quite tame, and
would allow one to walk within two or three
yards of them. They were usually in flocks of
about a dozen individuals.

This species was last observed in any numbers

16 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

on June 6th, and all had disappeared by July
2nd, one pair being seen on July ist. This
ptarmigan has a great appeal for me. It consti-
tuted the only sign of bird life during a rather
irksome winter, and its unobtrusive ways and
gentle croaking call provided a tempering effect in
a region in which one is favoured with little
variety.

Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis (Gmel).
ROUGH-LEGGED HAwWK.—This Arctic species was
the most common of the hawks of the region, and
it extends throughout the whole of the region
under review. I first noted the bird on Septem-
ber 21st, and almost every day until October 23rd
one or more would be seen. None were observed
after this until March 2nd when a hawk, probably
referable to this species, was seen flying south.
The next occasion on which they were seen was
April 24th, and following that date they com-
menced to be more numerous.

Nests were observed on several occasions the
first being at the Dickson Canyon, where on July
15th a nest of two young was observed in the cliff
face. Another nest just below Helen’s Falls on
Hanbury River on July 20th also contained two
young; these were fledged downy, though still so
young as to be incapable of much movement.

A specimen collected in May was found to have
been living on caribou flesh.

Falco islandus. WHITE GYRFALCON.—Two
large almost pure white falcons only were ob-
served by us, the first on October 23rd, and the
second on February 25th, both being seen hunting
over Casba River.

Falco rusticolus gyrfaleo (Linn). GYRFALCON.
—Efforts were made to secure specimens of the
hawks and falcons, but our efforts were not attend-
ed with much success, and no specimens of this
particular species were taken. Hawks of various
species were occasionally observed flying about,
and I am inclined to believe that this gyrfalcon is
an inhabitant of the region traversed, and I noted
that falcons which I believed to be referable to
this species were observed at various places. As
however, I have had little experience with this
particular bird and as it was found possible to
examine none in the flesh I can give no definite
ruling on the matter.

Falco peregrinus anatum (Bonap). Duck HAWK.
—KHastward of Lac du Bois to Baker Lake this
falcon occurs more or less numerously, and from
almost every cliff we passed would come to our
ears the uncouth, fierce cry of this powerful bird.
They were found breeding in several places though
time only allowed us to inspect and collect one
nest. This was at the place where the bird was

[VoL. XLV —

first observed, namely near Timber Rapid on
Hanbury River.

The nest, containing four well-incubated eggs,
was found on a ledge in a cliff face at a height of
about thirty-five feet above the water, the cliff
facing southeast. Three old nests were found on
the same eldge, testifying to the fact that the
same or other birds of this species had nested there
for four different years at least. Immediately —
alongside this ledge on a jutting rock six feet from
the falcon’s nest was found a last year’s nest of
the Rough-legged Hawk.

The male bird which was collected was very
fat though badly infected with parasitical worms.
The stomach was found to contain eight young
longspurs and larks, and the crop other young
birds as well as an adult Horned Lark. This was
on July lst. This species next occurred at Helen’s
Falls on July 18th where a nest of three young
was found; it was inaccessible, however. Here as
at all other places where these falcons were nesting
the adult birds attacked us with the greatest fury,
swooping down from great heights at incredible
speed, and passing over our heads within a few
feet. On occasions I would endeavour to bring
these fierce birds down with my collecting gun,
but the amount of shot they would carry, and —
the number of times they would return to the
attack when sorely wounded greatly surprised me.
They are certainly most courageous.

On July 30th I note that the behaviour of the
old birds gave the impression that the young
were probably moving about, although juvenile
birds were not observed during the trip.

Cryptoglaux funerea (Richardson). ARCTIC SAW-
WHET OwL.—Small hornless gray owls were noted
during June in the treeless region as far north as
Hanbury River, and it is probable that they were
referable to this species. Unfortunately we did
not succeed in securing specimens.

Nyctea nyctea (Linn). SNowy Ow.u.—This
interesting owl was usually seen when least
expected. The first of the species was de-
tected near Casba River on October 20th. It
next made its appearance on October 23rd. Then ©
it was not observed until December 16th, when
two were seen sitting on a glacial erratic near the
mouth of Casba River. When disturbed they
flew away south. Another was observed on
February 17th in the vicinity of our house, sitting
on a rock. On the night of May 21st-22nd was
its next occurrence, when a single individual was
noted sitting, apparently roosting, on a prominent
rock on the summit of a high ridge. The last of
these owls was seen on May 29th.

Otocoris alpestris (Oberholser). HORNED LARK.
—The last of the Horned Larks observed by us in

—_

“seen.

January, 1931]

1924 left the treeless country on November 4th.
They reappeared on May 16th at the northern
end of Artillery Lake. As far as the eastern end
of Sifton Lake they were fairly numerous, but
eastward of that lake they were but very rarely

The first we discovered by watching a jaeger.
What it contained we could not tell, because by
the time we arrived he had eaten whatever was
init. That was on June 21st. A nest of partially
fledged young was found on June 28rd. At first
we thought it contained only three young birds,
but as something caused us to move the birds we
found that underneath was one very small, under-
fed individual. We enlarged the nest to provide
the necessary room for him. We were camped
by this nest for some days, and at the end of the
third day we observed that the female bird dis-
appeared, possibly killed by a jaeger. After this
the male-bird manfully proceeded with the task
of bringing up the family.

Two more nests were discovered on June 25th,
one containing four and the other five eggs; the
eggs were not incubated. In each instance the
nest was found built into a little natural cup on
the top edge of a fold in the ground about six
inches high. The nests faced either south or
slightly east of south. The nests were constructed
of grass or fine twigs and usually had one or two
feathers lining them, in every instance the nest
would be so situated that the twigs of some small
bush would practically conceal it from view.

Perisoreus canadensis (Linn). CANADA JAY.
—The whiskey jack is of common occurrence
everywhere except in the treeless region. It was
noted as far north as the edge of the forest and
appears to winter there.

It was noted in the timber along Thelon River,
but not more than three pairs were seen, the first
pair being observed by Hornby on August Ist.

Corvus corax principalis (Ridgw). NORTHERN
RAVEN.—This well-known bird was rare in the re-
gion under review, and was but occasionally seen.
It was observed on Artillery Lake during the fall of
1924, and it appeared to go south on October 9th,
seven being seen flying in a southerly direction on
that date. On the 10th a few more were seen,
however, but the last of this species left the tree-
less country in our vicinity on October 20th. Its
next occurrence was on February 21st when one
unfortunate individual left one of his toes in a
fox trap. Following this it was not seen until
the middle of June. I believe that not more
than a dozen were seen during the whole journey.

Nests were not discovered, but old nests were
found inland at a point about twenty-five miles
south of Walmsley Lake in a locality where shelter

THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Four nests of this species were found.

1

was afforded by a few spruce trees. Whenever
this place was visited ravens were found to be
flying about, and I am of the opinion that they
remained there throughout the entire winter.
Loxia leucoptera (Gmel). WHITE-WINGED CROSS=
BILL.—This species was not observed on the Nore-
thern Plains. Hornby, however, reports seeing
these birds at the edge of the timber on Artillery
Lake on February 12th, seeing ten in a flock.

Acanthis linaria (Linn). REDPOLL.—
This species was first noted on June 15th on
Sifton Lake, and until August 11th, when the
delta of Dubawnt River was reached it was of
common occurrence. The presence of this species
I believe generally testified to the fact that
timber or scrub spruce existed in the vicinity.
Specimens were taken, and a nest of four eggs three
inches off the ground in a small bush on June 20th.

Plectrophenax nivalis (Linn). SNOWFLAKE.—
These birds were frequently seen in the region,
although at no time were they as numerous as I
would have expected. In my diary I do not note
observing the species until September 22nd, 1924,
at a point on the eastern shore of Artillery Lake
near its northern extremity. At this time they
were associating with Lapland Longspurs. The
last of them were seen on November 13th when
three passed over Casba River flying in a southerly
direction, the last of the small birds.

On April 6th during a gale small birds were
next observed in the treeless region. ‘Two birds
probably referable to this species suddenly ap-
peared out of the drifting snow, but rising above
the crest of the hill on the lee side of which they
were flying, they were immediately blown away
again and lost to sight. It was but a momentary
view that I obtained, and I was at a loss to deter-
mine the species. I note the occurrence here as
being the first occasion on which small birds were
observed during 1925. Thenext occasion on which
these birds were noted was May 6th, when a large
flock was observed flying north. During this
season the time of greatest movement for north-
ward migrating birds was from 2:30 to 3:30 in the
morning.

On May 19th Snowflakes were observed flying
south. We took this to be a sign of bad weather
ahead, and on the following day a fierce gale set
in. By June 1st I note that most of the small
birds had paired off, and on June 8rd a large
colony of birds of this species was found paired on
a small island in Campbell Lake. During the
journey eastwards we often looked for their nests,
but all along Thelon River and Hanbury River
in the spring and summer the species was rare
and no nests were found. They were feeding on
mosquitoes. On August 19th these birds were.

18 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

again forming into flocks, about twenty individuals
toa flock. By September 5th on Baker Lake they
were more numerous and in larger flocks and
inclined to move southward. On September 20th
at Port Harrison on the far side of Hudson Bay
they were still in some numbers. Several speci-
mens were collected.

Calcarius lapponicus (Linn). LAPLAND LONG-
SPUR.—This species was first observed on the last
portage from Great Slave Lake into Artillery
Lake on September 12th. As we passed north-
wards we commonly found them in small flocks
flying with the Snowflakes. By October ist
many had passed south, and none were seen after
October 9th. The next record of them is on
May 11th when a few were seen flying north.
By May 24th, however, I note them as very
numerous. On June 7th a few of them had paired,
and on June 17th a new nest containing five eggs
was found. A neat nest of coarse grass lined
with ptarmigan feathers, situated on the south
side of a tuft of grass. The Lapland Longspurs
at this time were not to be found near Snowflakes,
but they shared their nesting grounds with Horned
Larks with which they seemed on very friendly
terms.

On July lst two nests were found, one con-
tained. well incubated eggs and the other newly
hatched young. On August 20th this species
was observed flying again in small flocks. Their
range extends from Artillery Lake to Hudson Bay
except that they are not to befound in the woodea
portion of the Thelon Valley.

Spizella monticola (Gmel). TREE SPARROW.
—This bird was found to be exceedingly rare
along our route. Only one individual was ob-
served, and I was fortunate enough to secure it
as a specimen. It was taken on Sifton Lake on
June 15th near a very small clump of scrub spruce,
an isolated growth standing no higher than four
feet.

Passerculus sandwichensis alaudinus (Bonap).
WESTERN SAVANNAH SPARROW.—L first noted this
species in the treeless region in the vicinity of
Campbell Lake on May 26th. They were rare,

[Vou. XLV

however, and were not seen after the end of that
month nor in any other locality than that namec.

Planesticus migratorius (Linn). ROBIN.—
The Robin was noted at old Fort Reliance dur-
ing the summer of 1924, and as far north as Burr
Lake on Pike’s Portage, but when travelling
northward of that lake along the eastern shore of
Artillery Lake no specimens were seen. It was
next observed in the woods along Thelon River,
but nowhere was it found in numbers as one is
inclined to believe one would from reading
Tyrrell’s account. About three pairs were seen
during the latter part of July and the beginning
of August.

Riparia riparia (Linn). BANKeSwWALLOW.—
A large colony of swallows probably referable
to this species was found in a cut portion of the
river bank just opposite Tyrrell’s Hawks’ Rock
on the lower Hanbury River. The species was
entirely confined to a stretch of bank about two
hundred yards long, and altogether about a
hundred pairs were nesting there. This was on
July 22nd.

Anthus rubescens (Tunstall). Prrit.—Speci-
mens of this species were collected, and it is
interesting to note that it was discovered only
in the timber of Thelon River. Along that
portion of our route it occurred more frequently
than any other bird, and was the most notable
inhabitant of the timbered stretches.

Penthestes sp. ?. CHICKADEE.—A Chickadee
was noted in the treeless country on November
Ath, 1924. I failed to secure it as a specimen,
unfortunately. No other occurrence of this
genus was noted.

Hylocichla sp. ?. THRUSH.—Occasional
glimpses were caught of birds, that I took to be
thrushes, in the vicinity of Dickson Canyon.
Specimens, unfortunately, were not secured.
There are clumps of timber in sheltered places
in the vicinity of the Canyon, and as I cannot
make any better ruling I suggest that thrushes
are to be found at this point.

(To he continued)

January, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 19

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL STANDING, OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB, AT THE CLOSE OF THE YEAR, 1929-1930

Audited and found correct:
November 28, 1930.
P. KINGSTON,
HARRISON F’. LEWIS,
Auditors.

x ASSETS LIABILITIES
Balancer Sank. wos 2 SN $426.86 NIL.
Bllswmeceivable sce eS ae Aes olen eels 79.87 IBalamcecweiG Oise SS tan Valais Te No bd Mee $506.73
$506.73 $506.73
RECEIPTS DISBURSEMENTS
Balance, November 20, 1929....... $428 .33 Printing and Mailing ‘‘Naturalist”’.... $1,268.55
Membership—Current............. 1,091.67 GIG OT Wasa eatin Soe ane Ea Oho ue 90.00
AGW AN CO 2 09. oe sos 62.66 Separates and Illustrations.......... 300.59
PAG VENbISCMeNTtS: =. tie clos aeons 65.00 Postage and Stationery.............. 69.88
aeke INamUbersiis oooh cc sonev a sal lear 334.45 Binding, Misc., Advertising.......... 62.24
Separates—-Ilustrations............ 234.80 Bankidiscountena ce wes5 asses. 21.55
Mas CellANeCOUS is. iintoee ibs Sel ined 22.76 Balance, November 28, 1930......... 426.86
$2,239.67 $2,239.67
Audited and found correct:
November 28, 1930.
P. KINGSTON, WILMoT LLOYD,
Harrison F. LEwIs, Treasurer.
Auditors.
STATEMENT, RESERVE FUND, NOVEMBER 22, 1930
a ASSETS LIABILITIES
Victory Bonds—1934 Issue......... $1,050.00 NIL.
Balancommbamle. oS er 220.57 (Bal aAMee ty i ee DRI GRen Agia A Og $1,270.57
$1,270.57 $1,270.57
RECEIPTS DISBURSEMENTS
Balance, November 26, 1929....... $158.97 NIL.
Interest—Bonds.................. 57.75
Panik -)s ges RES Len tah 3.85 @ashtin Banks aie or ees es $220.57
$220.57 $220.57

W. T. MAcoun, Chairman.
WILMoT LLOYD, Treasurer.

-FIFTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT, OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB
Annual Meeting, Tuesday, December 2nd, 1930, National Museum

1. MEETINGS.—During the past year three
meetings of Council were held at the following
residences of its members: Messrs. W. J. Win-
temberg, Mr. C. Sternberg and Miss Faith Fyles,
with the average attendance of 15, approximately
50% of the membership of the Council.

2. LECTURES.—Unfortunately the club held

no lectures during the year. Communications
were received from a lecture bureau offering the
services of Captain Knight to lecture on the
“Golden Eagle’ but this had to be refused as the
fees were beyond the means of the Club.

38. EXCURSIONS.—The usual four annual
excursions were held during the month of May.

20 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

The first on Geology in the vicinity of Lemieux
Island, south side of Ottawa River. Leader, Dr.
F. J. Aleock. The second on Amphibians at
Rockcliffe Park in the vicinity of Mackay Lake.
Leaders: Dr. R. M. Anderson, Messrs. G. A.
Miller, Herbert Groh and Mr. Robert Lockwood.
The third, and always the most popular, was on
Birds and other Natural History at Fairy Lake.
Leaders: Dr. Ralph De Lury, Messrs. Hoyes
Lloyd, G. A. Miller, Herbert Groh and C. E.
Johnson. The fourth and the last at Britannia on
Botany. Leaders: Miss Cowan, Miss Faith
Fyles, Dr. R. M. Anderson, Messrs. Herbert
Groh and Robert Lockwood. The attendance
at these excursions were larger than last year,
being augmented by the Normal School students
under the guidance of Mr. G. A. Mliler.

4. COMMITTEES.—Mr. Hoyes Lloyd and
Dr. Harrison F. Lewis again represented the Club
on the International Committee for Bird Protec-
tion. Mr. W.S. Hart, Vice-President of Province
of Quebec Society for the Protection of Birds,
also a member of the Club, represented this
society at the annual meeting of the Royal Society
held in Montreal in May last.

Dr. M. O. Malte, Chief Botanist, National
Herbarium of Canada, a member of the club Coun-
cil, represented the Club at the International
Botanical Congress held in Cambridge, England,
in August last.

5. PUBLICATION COMMITTEE’S' RE-
PORT.—Mr. Hoyes Lloyd, Chairman of the
Publication, Committee, submits the following
report: ‘The publication of the Club, The Cana-
dian Field-Naturalist, has been issued regularly
and on time. The Publisher and the Editor
deserve great credit for this, and for the general
excellence of the paper in matter and make-up.
This is attested by the many favourable com-
ments from readers. We feel that the Club has
done its part in maintaining the publication at its
present high standard, and all that the Committee
requires is additional support in the matter of
members.”

6. FINANCES.—Mrs. Hoyes Lloyd, our very
efficient Treasurer, states in her report that the
Club has a surplus of $466.83, an increase over
last year’s surplus ef $38.83, which I am sure you
will agree is most satisfactory, although the
Club again lost in membership during the year.
Two complete sets of The Canadian Field-Natural-
ist were sold to institutes in the U.S.A., which
greatly augmented this year’s surplus. It is
regretted that the sale of these two complete sets
will be the last as there are no more available.
Therefore if any members know where numbers
prior to 1889 could be obtained, it would be a

[Vot. XLV

great financial help to the Club, as these sets are
always in demand.

7. ROAD-SIDE MARKERS.—The Ottawa
Field-Naturalists’ Club has undertaken to point
out to the public by means of Road-side Markers,
some of the interesting changes which have ac=
companied the geological development of the
district. In this connection two markers were
placed on the Government Driveway by permis-
sion of the Federal District Commission, adjacent
to Mackay Lake. This was done through the
personal efforts of Dr. E. M. Kindle. These
stones were made by Messrs. C. M. Sternberg and
A. Miles. We extend the grateful thanks of the
Club to these gentlemen.

8. COUNCIL.—In retiring from office your
Council feel that the past year has been successful,
both financially and otherwise, but urges all
members to try to increase the membership for
the coming year to enable the Club to issue a —
better paper, especially in the way of illustrations.

To the incoming executive and Council we
wish every success on the Club’s entering on the
58rd year of its existence.

Honorary President: Honorary Secretary:

HARRISON F. LEWIS BERTRAM A. FAUVEL.

POND LIFE AND THE MICROSCOPE

At the Annual Meeting of the Ottawa Field-
Naturalists’ Club held at the National Museum
of Canada, Mr. W. E. Harris, in an address en-
titled ‘‘Pond Life and the Microscope” showed
to an appreciative audience what an amateur
microscopist and photomicrographer can do when
he tries. In addition to lantern slides of photo-
graphs taken from material mounted by the
speaker, both mounted and living objects were
projected on the screen at magnifications up to
200 diameters. The essentials of the demonstra-
tion were: a 400 candle-power lamp, six inch
condenser, cooling tank, a one-inch objective, a
screen, some old soap boxes and lots of black
paint. With considerable experience of natural
history societies both in Canada and the Old
Country, the writer has seldom seen micro-pro-
jection so successfully carried out, and gladly
takes this opportunity of making a brief record
of some of the objects shown at the meeting.
The lantern slides included: collecting apparatus,
photomicrographs of parts of Dytiscus, water
mite, Cyclops, Daphnia, Hydra, Melicerta, Vor-
ticella, rotifers, Stentor, Volvox, snail eggs, sun
animalcule. Objects projected through the mi-
eroscope included parts of Dytiscus and water
boatman, dragon fly larva, culex larva, Cypris.
Daphnia; living Daphnia, Cyclops and Hydra.
In using these and others to illustrate his address,

Py

January, 1931]

Mr. Harris brought home to his audience the
labour and patience involved in this type of
work. Long may he and others continue such

S

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 21

work—in spite of jazz, radio, movies and bridge
parties.—F.J.F.

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS ;

NESTING OF THE LARK SPARROW.—The nesting
of the Lark Sparrow (Chondestes grammacus
grammacus) in Southern Ontario, is perhaps of
sufficient rarity and interest to be worthy of
recording in The Canadian Field-Naturalist.

Credit for the discovery belongs to J. F. Calvert,
and although he claims it was a case of luck or
chance, it would appear that, coupled with these
factors, there was at least a certain amount of
keen observation.

The birds were found on May 24th, 1930, and
on Mr. Calvert’s return to the city (London) the
following day, the news was passed around and
an expedition organized to visit the locality the
following week.

On May 31st some half dozen members of the
Mcllwraith Ornithological Club, with Mr. Cal-
vert as guide, motored to Walsingham where the
nest had been found, situated on the ground, just
below an overhanging bank alongside the road
about half a mile south of the village. When we
arrived, the nest, which on May 24th had con-
tained four eggs, was found to have in it young
birds, one of which stretched up its head and
neck for food as we came near. The parents
were not in sight, but in a few minutes, one, pre-
sumably the female, put in an appearance in a
nearby tree, with food in its mouth. After wait-
ing for some minutes to assure itself that all was
safe, it flew to the ground and after feeding the
young, settled down upon the nest. The male
bird had in the meantime arrived upon the scene,
and during the next few minutes gave us a splen-
did opportunity of becoming well acquainted as
it leisurely moved about on the bare roadway in
excellent light and at very close range. It was
interesting to note that it walked rather than
hopped. The only thing that might have added
to the pleasure of the occasion would have been
to hear its song, but although we remained inthe
vicinity for quite a while, it did notfavour us. As
we prepared to take our leave, we went over near
to the nest where we could plainly see the mother
bird sitting closely and all the while keeping an
eye on us, wondering, possibly, what all the fuss
was about.

From 1878 to 1889 one or two pairs of Lark
Sparrows nested regularly near London, but
since that date records for this section of the
province have been few and far between, the last

apparently being a pair near Komoka in the
summer of 1900.—E. M. S. DALE.

LAPLAND LONGSPURS SINGING FROM TREES.—
On March 17th, 1929, while crossing a field just
north-east of Toronto, the writer was attracted
by a strange chorus of bird song coming from a
large oak tree standing in the field. A closer
approach revealed a flock of about a dozen small
birds perched among the upper branches. They
would remain silent for a short time, then with
a few opening notes, the whole flock seemed to
join in a sweet, indescribable, twittering song,
regularly interspersed with short, clear whistles
which made it rather distinctive. The birds
proved to be Lapland Longspurs, most of them
apparently in a plumage resembling the typical
female, although it was impossible to be positive
of details viewing the birds with only the sky as
a background. Enough was seen, however, to
make the identification quite certain.

On March 28rd, 1930, about two miles directly
east from the above mentioned location, I had a
very similar experience. This time the birds,
seven of them, were in an apple tree and as they
were lower than on the first occasion and allowed
quite a close approach a better view was obtained.
As before, a majority seemed to be in an indeter-
minate plumage, probable changing from winter
to spring, but two or three, viewed at close range,
were in full, adult, spring male dress. This flock
was very restless, constantly flying from branch
to branch about the tree. The singing perform-
ance was as before, all the birds appearing to
join in the chorus, though it is probable that
only the males, if both sexes were present, were
singing.

I do not think it would be possible to give a
transcription of the song on paper, especially as
it was never heard from a single bird, but some
idea may be gained by stating that it had the same
form as a Goldfinch or Siskin chorus, the only
distinctive feature beng the short whistle before
mentioned. On both occasions when the birds took
flight the usual Longspur ch-r-r-r was heard.—
R. J. RUTTER.

NESTING OF THE PIPING PLOVER (Charadrius
meloda) IN ALB&RTA.—While canoeing on a small
lake about fifteen miles north-west of Camrose,
on June 15th, 1930, in company with Mr. Arthur

22 i ; THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Twomey, a visit was made to a low, rocky island
where a dozen or more Common Terns and several
pairs of Avocets were nesting. This island is
about 300 feet in length and 100 feet in breadth
and at its highest point is about five feet above
the present level of the lake. Vegetation is
entirely absent on the sandy surface of the island
but numerous rocks scattered over the higher
portions provide partial shelter for the nesting
birds.

Immediately upon landing, a bird note entirely
new to both observers was heard, and was the
cause of much speculation as to its origin. It
was a soft, low, muffled whistle repeated at irre-
gular intervals and appeared to come from a
considerable distance. At the time it was sug-
gested that it might be a bird on the mainland
half a mile distant. While progressing along the
center of the island towards its northern point, a
small, light-coloured wader was seen flying along
the shore line; it alighted about 150 feet ahead of
us close to another bird which we took to be its
mate. Upon a closer approach if was clearly
evident that the notes were uttered by these birds,
which at the time were believed to be either
Piping Plovers or Semipalmated Plovers (Chara-
drius semipalmata). So close did we approach the
birds that their throats could be seen expanding
and contracting every time they whistled. They
seemed to be interested only in the northern point
of the island and when disturbed always returned
to that locality. Believing that they might have
a nest in the vicinity, I remained to watch the
actions of the strangers, while Mr. Twomey went
on to another island for further investigations.
During an hour of watching the birds showed
little interest in me and continued to feed along
the shore, sometimes at quite a distance from
each other, occasionally calling with their soft
notes. When it was apparent that their only
thought was hunting food, I moved slowly toward
_ their favourite area and within a few minutes my
eyes fell on a slight depression in the fine gravel

[VoL. XLV

in which was a single egg. There was no attempt
at nest building or lining and the egg lay on several
brownish flat pebbles. The nest was about 40
feet from the water and was entirely in the open.
The birds showed little concern when I was
inspecting the nest and surroundings.

We again visited the island on June 23rd and —

found that the nest contained four eggs, which
were taken and are now in the National Museum
at Ottawa. On this occasion we had our glasses
and examined the birds at close range and were
satisfied that they were Piping Plovers. This is,
I believe, the first record of their nesting in Al-
berta, and it is the first time I have observed them
in my thirty years’ residence in this province.—
FRANK L. FARLEY.

JAPANESE STARLING AT ALERT BAY, B.C.—On
page 24, Vol. XLIV, of The Canadian Field-
Naturalist, I reported the Japanese Starling at
Alert Bay, B.C., on the authority of Miss Edna
Moorhouse, who had spent a few years at Alert
Bay. Miss Moorhouse was no more familiar
with the bird than I was with the details of its
range, but she took the word of her friends there

that the bird was a Starling. Publication of the —

note brought forth a prompt question from Mr.
J. A. Munro, who is well posted on the ornithology
of British Columbia, and ever since then I have
been trying to get more exact information, which
has now arrived, in the form of a reply from a
friend of Miss Moorhouse to the effect that the
birds are not really Starlings, but are, as Mr.
Munro suggested, Brewer’s Blackbirds.—W. E.
SAUNDERS.

CORRECTION.—Through an unfortunate error,

the caption under the excellent photograph on.

page 205, Volume 44, December, 1930, was made
to read ‘‘Female Goldfinch about to feed young’’.
Reference to the photograph makes it obvious
that it is the male bird.

BOOK REVIEW

BIRD PICTURE CARDS—A Series of 60 Coloured
Bird Post Cards with descriptive matter, pub-
lished by the National Museum of Canada,
Ottawa. Price $1.00 postpaid or two for five
cents singly.

The National Museum of Canada has issued a
set of sixty coloured plates of common birds by
Allan Brooks in posteard size for use in schools
and by private individuals. The name of the
artist guarantees a high quality of work in the
picture and the reproduction is good.

\

The text, doubtless by P. A. Taverner, is in
his usual happy vein and enumerates the inter-
esting and economic points of each species very
well.

If any criticism were to be offered it would be
that the series is a mingling of East and West
that does not lend itself to the greatest utility in
either section. But as there are only three ex-
clusively eastern birds pictured, and only about a
dozen exclusively western ones, this criticism
carries little weight.

Siew

January, 19381]

Someone made a slip in christening the White-
breasted Nuthatch with the new name of the
“Carolina Nuthatch’. The bird is no more a
denizen of Carolina than he is of Ohio or Canada,
and this translation of his scientific name will
bewilder some beginners without accomplishing
any good purpose.

Bird students feel themselves used sufficiently
badly by having the Latin names changed, and
this has grown to be such an inconvenience that
it has resulted in the discontinuance of their use
by many students, and they are very likely to
refuse to use everyone’s new-fangled English
names and to stick to the old ones, whose meaning
is understood. The Committee in charge of the
Check List for the American Ornithologists’
Union made an attempt to standardize the

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 23

English names in their last publication, and they
ordered that the Pigeon Hawk be known henceforth
as the Pigeon Falcon, but the ordinary every-
day student goes blithely on his way, using the

old and familiar cognomen of Pigeon Hawk and

relegates the suggested change to the limbo of
unappreciated wisdom. Other similar suggestions
received the same treatment and it is to be hoped
that those official adjudicators of changes in Latin
names will take the hint.—-W.E.S.

Note.—Regarding the above criticism it seems well to
point out that these cards were published by the Dominion
Government for Dominion use west as well as east and it seem-
ed most proper to diversify them for that purpose

As to the authority for the use of the name ‘‘Carolina
Nuthatch”. This is a revival of a once current term and not
a new creation. As the picture in question illustrates the
Slender-billed Nuthatch of the west as well as it does the
White-breasted Nuthatch of the east is seemed that an in-
elusive specific title was called for rather than a limiting sub-
specific one such as the reviewer suggests.—P.A.T.

24 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [VoL. XLV

“
¢ F,
h

Crabtree Limited

aT
Card Filing Systems Artists and
f N li | Designers
or Naturalists
As makers of the Library :
Bureau line of Card Filing BLUEPRINTERS
Devices in Canada, we ae ENGRAVERS
in a position to supply al
Naturalists with cards and CON aa
trays where they can read- stipe bamennece cos
ily index all their observa- : PHOTO :
tions and notes

LITHOGRAPHERS

fee Martin Ltd.

OTTAWA, CANADA

Printers of The Canadian Field-Naturatist

228 Albert Street
Ottawa, Ont.

Publishers of the Autobiography of John Macoun, M A

Che Autobiography of
John Macoun, M.A.

Canadian Naturalist and Explorer

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB has a few bound

copies of this book for sale at $3.00 each, postage paid.

The book of 305 pages is neatly bound, and this may be

your last chance to secure a copy because this work will
probably not be reprinted.

Send orders with cheques payable at par, Ottawa, to the Hon-
orary Treasurer, Wilmot Lloyd, 582 Mariposa Ave., Rock-
cliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

“~~

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF

) _ MANITOBA
Be 1929-30

esident Emeritus: J. J. GOLDEN; Honorary President:
NORMAN CRIDDLE; Past President: A. M. Davipson, M.D.;
esident: Pror. R. A WARDLE; Vice Presidents: H. M.
SPEECHLY, M.D., C. Ww. Lowe, M.Sc., G. SHIRLEY BROOKS,
.. G. LAWRENCB, J. B. WALLIS, M. A H. C. PEARCE; Trea-
er: NORMAN LOWE, 317 Simcoe Street; Auditor: R. M.
‘OMAS; Social Convener: Mrs. G. SHIRLEY Brooks; General
ecretary: B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 392 Woodlawn Street, Deer
,0dge, Winnipeg; Executive Secretary: MRS. L. R. SIMPSON.
NITHOLOGICAL SECTION—Chairman: A. BURTON
ESHAM; Secretary: J. R. MoRTON. ENTOMOLOGICAL
: CTION—Chairman: G. SHIRLEY Brooks; Secretary:
Rs. L. R. Simpson. BOTANICAL SECTION Chairman:
M. BRADSHAW; Secretary: Mrs. H. T. Ross. GEO-
LOGICAL a ae ae W. H. RAND; Secretary:
é, iH. STOKES. . gy

Meetings are held each ‘Monday evening, except on holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University,
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
oon during May, June and September, and on public holidays
uring July and August.

COLUMBIA, VICTORIA, B.C.

onorary President: C. C. PEMBERTON, 806 Quadra Street,
Victoria, B.C.; First Vice-President: WM. HUDSON, 606
ouglas Street, Victoria, B.C.; Second Vice-President: H.
LETHABY, 608 View Street, Victoria, B.C.; Honorary Secre-
y: WM. A. NEWCOMBE, Provicial Museum, Victoria, B.C.;
Honorary. Treasurer: RENA G. JONES, St. Margaret’s School,
_ Victoria, B.C.

=

j ALBERTA NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

onorary President: Mr. J.J. GAETZ, Red Deer, Alta.; Presi-

RS. W. A. CASSELS, Red Deer, Alta.; Second Vice-President:
R. S. PAMELY, Red Deer, Alta.; Directors: Mrs. G. F. Root,
Tetaskiwin, Alta.; MR. sO FARLEY, Camrose, Alta.; MR.
W. A. CassELs, Red Deer, Alta.; Mr. B. Lawton, Edmon-
ton, Alta.; Mr. K. BowMAN Edmonton, Alta.; PRor. W.
Rowan, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alta.; Mr. T. E.
ANDALL, Camrose, Alta.; Honorary Secretary-Treasurer:
RS. S. PAMELY, Red Deer, Altas.<

The meetings of this Society are held in Red Deer on the
last Friday of each month except during July and August and
perhaps September. The annual SER is held in Red Deer
the last Friday in November. :

LONDON, ONT.

‘resident: Eur rere! R.R. No. 7, London, Ont.; Recording
scretary: MISS NINA M. NortTH, 328 St. George Street,
mndon, Ont.; Corresponding Secretary and Treasurer: E. M.
DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London ,Ont.;, Members qualified
answer questions: W. E. SAUNDERS, 240 Central Avenue,
ondon, Ont.; C. G. WATSON, 201 Ridout Street South,
ondon, Ont.; J. F. CALVERT, 461 Tecumseh Avenue, London,
mt.; E. M.S. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.

Meetings held the second Monday of the month, except
during the summer. |

ANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

Honorary President: L. S. KiLIncK, LL.D., Preident eer
of B.C.; President: JoHN DAvipson, F.L.S B.S.E.,
niversity of B.C.; Vice-President: Pror. M. ye Sr terre
onorary Secretary: C. F. CoNNoR, M.A., 3529 W. 2nd Avenue,
ancouver, B.C.; First Assistant Secretary: B. J. Woop, B.A.;
md Assistant Secretary: MR. A. R. WOOTTON; Honorary
Treasurer: A. H. BAIN, 2142 Collingwood Street, Vancouver,
Librarian: J. D. TURNBULL; Members of Executive:

[ks. FRANK MCGINN, MR. R. A. Etre le Mr. M. M.
opps, Mr. J. L. PLoMMER, Mrs. C. G. McCRIMMON; Au-
tors: H. G. SELWoopD, W. B. Woops.
ortnightly meetings in the University Buildings from

ptember to April (inclusive). Semi-monthly excursions from
lay to August: (inclusive).

mt: MR. C. H. SNELL, Red Deer, Alta.; First Vice-President: hi

/ McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,

Affiliated Societies

PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY F OR THE
si PROTECTION “OF BIRDS.

$e) “eh ix

Honorary President: * “DR. a0 GAMMELL; Past * Presidents:
Mr. L. McI. TERRILL, MR. NAPIER SMITH; President: MR.
W. S. Hart; Vice-Presidents: Mr. A. P. MURRAY, MRS. (Os
F. DaLe; Vice President and Treasurer: Mr. HENRY MOUS-
LEY; Recording Secretary: Mr. H. A. C. JACKSON; Corres-
ponding Secretary: Miss K. D. MALCOURONNE; Curator of
Slides: Miss EmMity LUKE.

Mr. J. W. Buckie, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, Hon. JUSTICH
E. E. HowArpD, Miss EDITH Morrow, Miss M. 8S. NICOLSON,
Mr. W. A. OSWALD, MR. R. A. OUTHET, MRS. JOHN RITCHIE,
Miss H. Stone, Miss MaupD SHAtTH, Mr. L. MclI. SPACKMAN.

Address all communications to the Society at P.O. Box
1185, Montreal, P.Q., Canada.

eaters

e SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
Be -- NATURELLE DU CANADA — :
ce awe al Kf we
a = Bureau” de direction pour 1930-31 _

Haaron Honoraire: Son Excellence LE VICOMTE WILLINGDON,
G.C.S.1., G.C.M.G., G.C.1.E., G.B.E., Gouverneur-Géneral
de la Puissance du Canada; Vice-Patron Honoraire: Honorable
M. H. G. CARROLL, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de
Québee; Bureau de Direction pour 1929: Président: R. MERE-
DITH, N.P.; ier vice-président: Dr. J.-H. BERNIER; 2eme
vice-président: G. Stuart AHERN; Secrétaire-trésorier: LOUIS
B. Lavoie; Chef de la section scientifique: Dr. D. A. DERY;
Chef de la section de Propagande éducationnelle: ADRIEN
FALARDEAU, C.R.; Chef de la section de protection: MAJOR
Jos. MATTE; Chef de la section d’information scientifique et
pratique: EDGAR ROCHETTE, M.P.P.; Directeurs: Dr. S,
GAUDREAU, RONALD LINDSAY, GEO. M. MITCHELL.
Secrétaire-trésorier: Louis-B. LAVOIE,
38 Sherbrooke Street, Québec.

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1929-30.

Honorary President: Proressor A. P. COLEMAN; President:
Pror. J. R. DyMOND; Vice-Presidenits: MR. J. H. FLEMING,
Dr. N. A. POWELL, Mr. Couin S. FARMER; Secretary: MR.
F. P. Ips, (Dept. of Biology, University of Toronto); Publicity
Secretary: Dr. L. B. Jackes; Treasurer: MR. FRED H.
BRIGDEN; Executive Committee: PRor. R. B. THOMPSON, PROF-
E. M. WALKER, Messrs. STUART L. THOMPSON, J. A. PAR-
TRIDGE, A. M. PATTERSON, #). B. S. LoGier, W. H. WRIGHT,
Dr. McKInLEy; Committee on Conservation: Mr. R. G.
Dineman; Leaders: Birds—Mussrs. J. H. FLEMING, STUART
L. THOMPSON, L. L. SNyDER, J. L. BAILLIE; Mammals—
Pror. J. R. Dymonp, Mr. E. C. Cross; Reptiles and Am-
phibians—Messrs. EB. B. S. LoGier, WM. LERAy; Fish—
Pror. J. R. DyMOND, PROF. W. J. K. HARKNESS; Insects, etc.
—Pror. BE. M. WALKER, DR. N. ForD, Mr. BE. P. IDE; Botany
—Pror. R. B. THOMSON, PRor.H. B. SE Oey: Dr. G. Wager
Geology—PrRor. A. MCLEAN.

We would ask the Officers, and more
particularly the Secretaries, of all the
Affiliated Societies to assist us tn our
task of building up the circulation of
this magazine. By securing every
member as a subscriber we can truly
make this magazine into one of the
saad Natural History publications
of America.

Grant-Holden-:

Graham Limited

Outfitters to |
Surveyors & Engineers

Manufacturers of

High-Grade Tents
Tarpaulins & Sleeping Bags

WRITE FOR CATALOGUES

147 Albert Street
OTTAWA,

A New PEST-PROOF INSECT BOX

THE HOOD
INSECT BOX

Special Features of the HOOD BOX:

1. Pest-proof
2. Wooden Frame
3. High shoulder,
protecting specimens
4 Excellent pinning bottom
5. High quality box at low cost

PRICE $1.25 EACH

SPECIAL RATES IN QUANTITY

For full description ask for circular No. 298

WARD’S

NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84 College Avenue, ROCHESTER, N.Y.

EQUIPMENT

ATTRACT THE INSECT FEED- |}

BIRD GARDEN ||

ING BIRDS TO YOUR GARDEN ||

H. M. B

Oa goles CHICKADEE |] _

BELL

PRICE $1.00
Postage Paid

Fill with melted fat and hang outside ||

your window, whether town or country, |)
and the Chickadees will be your abiding ||

friends.

Feeding
EMesfing
* Box -

Se em

H.M.B. NESTING & FEEDING |]
BOX 3) ||

PRICE $4.00 POSTAGE PAID

C18 A TT EN.
810 Hastings St. W.,
VANCOUVER, B.C.

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-N aturalist to advertisers

is 36.943

fae voL. XLV, No. 2 | FEBRUARY, 1931

= LPS

J
‘aq

Pecan ee
Tere -
a=
Lad

= eh

~ _
=
“Tay
‘)
pa 4

(

(

nt Vien

vi ihe if ,

ISSUED FEBRUARY 2nd, 1931.
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter

> |
THE OTTAWA. F IELD- NATURALISTS CLUB —
“4
oe 9
President: HARRISON F. LEwIs, 34 Grosvenor Ave., Ottawa. eet ey
1st Vice-President: C. M. STERNBERG 2nd Vice-President: M.E. WILSON — £
Secretary: GORDON S. POSTLETHWAITE, 25 Rupert St. Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, 582 Matos Ave.
3 : Rockcliffe Park.
Additional | Members of Council: F. J. Aucock, R. M. ANDERSON, Miss M. E. Cowan, Messrs. H. G.
CRAWFORD, NORMAN CRIDDLE, R. E. DeLury, BERTRAM A. FAUVEL, HERBERT GROH, ANDREW |
| HALKETT, | (Dy \JENNESS, C.| E, JOHNSON, A. @ Kineston, E. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELEY, Ra
DoucLas LEECHMAN, HovEs LuoypD, W. mY, Macoun, M.O. MALT#, MARK G. McELHINNEY, GAGs 4
MILLER, A. E, PORStLD, E. E. PRINCE, J. DEWEY SoPER, P. A. ESTEE E. F. G. WHITE, or
W. J. WINTEMBERG, and Presidents of Affiliated Societies. =
Editor: ort
DouGLAs LEECHMAN “e
National Museum, Ottawa, Canada.
Associate Editors: as eee
DTN NESS heuer eee Pel Anthropology CLYDE L. PATCH..... PO ene Herpetology
AVEC TO: IMPARPE ieee ice as eens aoa Botany R: M. ANDERSON... ii...) some Mammalogy
RR ATCHRORD 25405 2.3. Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN............ Marine Biology —
ARTHUR (GIBSON. 1 oo es Entomology P. A. TAVERNER................Ornithology
F, 7 BE COCKE cise ye ce taht ean Geology BME KENDEEA 2 se eee Ralesn ang oa
CONTENTS nee
PAGE
Obituary Dr. Henry Mare Ami\’ (By-AvN 4 ia). isco ees eee are ee ee 20am
Places of Special Geological Interest in Ontario and 1 Quebec. By M. E. Wilson . 2 cabee A ea ree 5, Seo naa
Horestry vs: Game, Cover... By Otto Schierbeck.... 62.0) 3. fa23 Ve ee = Pele a!
Wnsuspecting Chickadees. By: Harrison F. Lewis... . 2) ..0....2-¢ chee ee $01 8 Ooi
“An Expedition to Sub-Arctic Canada, 1924-1925. By Capt. J. C. Graseae seule (Conétudied Stee
Christmas Bird Census; 19380 2.282) oR eRe ei ee een Toe et 35.8
Notes and Observations:— ; aoe :
Elk Remains in Norfolk County. By Monroe Landon..................0.00eeeeeee. ae AO
Unusual ‘Bird-bandinesReturn. SB ysis ee eat eee ey nee ene foe ee Li. AONE e
Notes on the Acadian Sharp-tailed Sparrow (Passerherbulus nelsoni subuamea): at sm
Kamouraske, Quebec.» By. Willie laa Brie. fac. on ee ate wl a 40
The Prothonotary Warbler. By WH SAUCES: Gye teen atin cies gee eee een af FGM yy
The Acadian Flycateher:;” “By W.. E. Saundersinies evince ol lo oe eee ih Ale
A Second Record of the Saury or Billfish (Scombresox saurus) from the Gulf of St. Law- Hh
rence... By Ji Re DYMGN Aeros eee eae ceca ee a Rote Aloe
Occurrences of Some Southern Sulphur Butterflies at Vineland, Ontario. By W. E.
Hurlbut. 2 anid tk some mes i UES AG Meise |g a AZ aa
Book:Review. “By. HUH Un isa rue ie ee hemes yt HINT A aes ya baae Ne pe 42) es

Official Canadian Record of Bird-banding Return: Pop aepy ery i kets sect a Sa Dinnel 2cge he US

Segeneesnccccececscocccnenessooccecsec0000scousssEs0c05ecnc0ceccenoceuccnnessoconsceccnsussesacscnannssen0cnsceusspnsnnsenseucdccscseccsnesssccesssscseccsnccnscscegosscseusesses
SRcGeeceecseccnecsecscenscccccccacsesscccsscesscceacsccacceos sonetececed SUCcGGSRGSsestssSeneeseencsuasccceeccceccsecescesscescessecsenustuncsecccnsecnsscneccnnnceeccasaseccnaeeesae
SccscesocesccccsscpsccarcscccsccerscccnssecssccecescccccccsessesceccusccuceccesscasccecdcescesuencsccocssserecssasuseSsccesSuneechensecssecuussecgucsasueuGeessuchseunssGeneessseees

ote The official publications) of THE OTTAWA FIELp-NATURALISTS’ CLuB have been ee
3: since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886,
#! two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes; and these have #
#: been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is #

issued monthly, except for the months of June, J uly and August. Its scope is the publication
of the results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-N aturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among eg
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa. Ave.,
Rockcliffe’ Park, OTTAWA, CaNaDA.

The Canadian F ield-Naturalist

VOL. XLV

OTTAWA, CANADA, FEBRUARY, 1931

No. 2

DR. HENRY MARC AMI

HE, Ottawa; Field-Naturalists’ Club has
sustained a heavy loss in the death of
TT AN Dr. Henry Mare Ami, one of its oldest
: = and most honoured members. And
not only so, for Canada at large has lost a great
scientific man.. Indeed to estimate his value
we would need to go far afield, for so versatile
was Dr. Ami, that beyond his immediate special-
ties, his knowledge and interests in very many
subjects rendered him a well-known man, not
only all over Canada but also in the United
States and in Europe.

He was primarily a geologist, deeply trained
in paleontology and archeology, but -withal,
whether in zoology or botany, he was an eminent
naturalist. Yet alluding to what he was as a
scientist does not fully portray the man. Those
who knew him well could hardly have been long
in his presence without being impressed with the
knowledge he possessed of general literature,
music, and art. His tastes were manifold, and
_ if he delved into the earth in his search for relics
and fossils, he also glimpsed into the Cosmos
and spoke of the stars. Dr. Ami was an optimist,
and the writer of this obituary has ever remem-
bered a few words spoken by him when the two
of us were walking alone at the close of one of the
naturalists’ excursions. The words were these:
“Everything is trying to go one better.”

With all his learning, Dr. Ami was most ap-
proachable, and no matter how elementary a

‘

question might be he answered it with a grace
and a sympathy that tended to enlighten the
questioner. This and his congenial manner made
him popular at the naturalists’ excursions and at
the lectures. At the excursions for years he was
a leader and instructor, and his addresses under
the pine trees, in open meadows, or by lake or
stream, had a stimulating effect upon the minds
of those who heard him speak. As a lecturer
also he had a happy way of addressing his auditors
and of holding their attention as he explained
the pictures thrown upon the screen, many of
which were from photographs taken‘ by himself
in the open field of nature.

Of late years Dr. Ami devoted himself to pre-
‘historical research work in France, in connection
with which he had brought to light a mass of
information that must prove to be of lasting
value. So well was he known through his scien-
tific accomplishments during long years that
many title and honours were bestowed upon him.
The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club may be
congratulated that it has had such a man among
its members, for with his mental endowments
and the fruits of bis work, it may be long before
Canada, in what was especial to him, again sees

-his like.

All that is oral of Dr. Ayni is den away
“under the ground, but his real personality abides
and is cherished in our memories. rahe H.

PLACES OF SPECIAL GEOLOGICAL INTERES T IN ONTARIO AND QUEBEC

I—Ripple Marks near Perth,

By M. E.

HEN the Paleozoic sea advanced into
hn the lower Ottawa valley it filled in the
bod | irregularities of the Precambrian pene-

* plained surface with sandstone. This
aa known as the Potsdam sandstone,
from the locality in New York state where it was

Lanark County, Ontario
WILSON

‘first described, is usually not more than ’100- feet
thick but in one of the two Ottawa Dairy well
borings, the only boring in Ottawa that has been
drilled completely through the Paleozoic. sedi-
ments into the Precambrian, 290 feet of sandstone
were intersected. This thickness, however, is

26 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[Vot. XLV

' Figure 1.—Quarry in “Transition Beds,” on the farm of Mr. H. J. Hands, Lot 10,
Concession II, Drummond Township, Lanark County, Ontario, where remarkably well
preserved ripple marks may be seen.

certainly exceptional and local. The Potsdam
sandstone is succeeded by the sandy dolomitic
limestone or limey dolomite of the Beekmantown,
the change from the Potsdam to the Beekman-
town taking place in most places transitionally,
beds of sandstone up to four feet thick alternating
with beds of sandy dolomitic limestone. These
alternating beds formerly known as “Transition
Beds”, but now called Theresa in New York
state, are usually thin, the maximum thickness so
far observed by the writer being 30 to 40 feet in
the vicinity of Smiths Falls.

The sandstone of the Potsdam and the Tran-
sition Beds is ripple marked in many places, the
ripples being for the most part of the unsym-
metrical type. _The greater part of the ripples trend
northeast-southwest or east-west and the steeper
side of the crests of the ripples are on their south-
east or south sides indicating that the current by
which they were formed came from the north-
west or north.

During the past season the writer encountered
some exceptionally perfect ripple marks in sand-
stone of the Transition beds in a quarry excavated
for road material on the farm of Mr. H. J. Hands,
Lot 10, Concession II, Drummond Township,
Lanark County, Ontario. The quarry lies about

3 miles northeast of Perth and 300 yards north of
the second line of Drummond which forms a part
of the original stage road from Perth to Ottawa,
and the most probable route of the proposed
Ottawa-Sarnia highway.

The mode of occurrence of the ripples in thin
beds on the quarry floor is shown in Figure 1.
They occur nearly everywhere throughout the
entire extent of the quarry which is over 200 feet
long by 100 feet wide and throughout a vertical
range of about 14 inches. The total thickness of
strata exposed in the quarry face is about 5 feet.
This consists of thin bedded sandy dolomitic
limestone, in which beds or zones and lenses of
white sandstone up to 1 inch thick are inter-
calated sparingly near the top but more abun-
dantly near the bottom.- Closer views of the
ripple marks are shown in Figures 2 and 3. Al-

_though these ripple marks were formed during

the early Paleozoic and hence are almost certainly
several hundred million years old they are as
perfect as the day they were made. In Figure 3
it can be seen that sun cracks have been super-
imposed on the ripple marks. This shows that
the ripple-marked beds were dried by the sun
before the succeeding bed was laid down and
hence were deposited on an intertidal flat.

p

February, 1931] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

FIGURE 2.—Ripple Marks on floor of Hands Quarry near Perth. This Quarry lies
about 300 yards north of the original Perth-Ottawa stage road which is also the probable ~
route of the Ottawa-Sarnia Highway.

FIGURE 3.—Ripple Marks intersected by Sun Cracks on floor of Hands Quarry near
Perth, Ontario. The presence of the Sun Cracks show that these strata were deposited
on an intertidal flat,

27

28 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[Vou. XLV

FORESTRY VS. GAME COVER
By OTTO SCHIERBECK

AME conservation and protection is
rapidly develoving into a science. In

the olden days, and to a certain extent

ES rx)

a to-day, our game laws were formulated
on the basis of popular opinion, the say-so of
guides and woodsmen, and sentiment. They
should, however, be formulated on the basis of
scientific study of the biology of the game animals.
What applies to the game laws applies, perhaps
in a higher degree, to th. game refuges and game
sanctuaries which are now being set aside all over
the Dominion and the United States for the con-
servation of wild life. First ot all it applies to
the selection of the areas, and last but not least
to the treatment of them. In this paper, I shall
deal with the latter phase of this question.

One of the platforms of the Canadian Forestry
Association, and of foresters in general, is that
forestry and game conservation go hand in hand.
One of our strongest arguments for fire protection
is the destruction of wild life during a forest
fire, and the destruction of the cover and browse
following a fire. This argument is right, of
course. Forest fires have, perhaps, contributed
more to the destruction of our wild life than has
the hunter’s gun, and fire protection is, therefore,
highly essential in a game sanctuary. But fire
barrens, with their profuse abundance of berries
—raspburries, chokecherries, huckleberries, blue-
berries, etc.—are nevertheless essential in every
game sanctuary. Unfortunately, up to the
present time the carelessness of visitors, campers,
etc., has taken care of this quest’on and I think
that in general there are sufficient fire barrens in
our game sanctuaries to take care of our wild life.
However, the question might arise in some game
sanctuaries, where it would be necessary to burn
/ areas in order to create for the animals the weer
necessary berry grounds.

Another essential form of vegetation on bar-
rens, especially those where caribou, elk and to
a. certain extent deer are kept, is the reindeersmoss,
the grey lichen so commonly found on rocky
barrens, which is necessary as a winter food for
the aforementioned animals. This reindeer moss
is very easily destroyed by forest fires, and comes
back very slowly, the Biological Department at
Washington having made a study of the question
and come to the conclusion that it takes from
thirty to forty years to replace this vegetation

after a forest fire. The Province of Nova Scotia

' did have quite a stand of woodland caribou, but

about thirty or forty years ago it was swept from
end to end by disastrous forest fires, due to a set-
tlement scheme launched by the Provincial
Government. Those forest fires destroyed the
reindeer-moss and to-day, as a consequence, the
caribou have disappeared. The reindeer-moss is
now coming back but I doubt if thecaribou will
follow it, and it will in all probability be necessary
to plant new stock of this game animal.

The fire barrens on which the reindeer-moss is
now growing are, however, graduelly returning
to forests which, by their shade, are killing the
reindeer-moss. I have no doubt that similar
conditions exist on many, of our game reserves,
the reindeer-moss being crowded out by the
second-growth forest. It might, therefore, be
necessary to cut this second growth away in
order, so to speak, to cultivate the reindeer-moss.

That fire barrens are essential to the wild life
of the forest was well known by the Indians and
it was common for them, especially for the sake
of providing trapping grounds for bears, to start
forest fires. In the olden days they seem to
have had the knack of regulating those forest
fires but nowadays, unfortunately, in the north
country they seem to have forgotten it and a
number of forest fires are, without doubt, due to
the Indians burning barrens for the purpose of
providing berry grounds for the wild animals.

Another very important question from a game
conservation standpoint is the ground cover, the
so-called “second storey’ under the principal
forest trees. Most of our big game animals
depend on this second storey for their food, the
most important trees, from a browsing stand-
point, being the striped maple, red maple, dog-
wood, several honeysuckles (Lonicera), ete.
The sudden disappearance of ‘some species or
other of big game animals from a certain region
is without doubt due to the disappearance of
their favourite browse, either from cutting or
fire; and, quite frequently, to the fact that the
forest grows mature and too dense, thereby killing
off the second storey. There is a continual fight
going on in the forest between the different species
of trees, the more shade-enduring ultimately
gaining the supremacy over the less shade-en-
during, soil conditions and site of course playing

February, 1931]

an important part. The change of the predomin-
ant type affects the under storey very much, and
in many cases it might be advisable to put a guid-
ing hand in this fight in order to maintain the
proper under storey. This treatment might be
altogether contrary to forestry principles, the
principles recognized for growing the greatest
amount of the best-producing, most valuable
trees on the soil best adapted for them.

Some game animals have a special preference
for certain plants or shrubs. For instance, I can
mention that the white-tailed deer are especially
fond of the so-called “ground hemlock” (Taxus
canadensis) which, in Nova Scotia, is found as a
ground vegetation under hemlock. The deer
gather together on the lakes surrounded by hem-
lock stands, the ground hemlock being very
prolific on the edge of lakes. Large flocks of deer
are quite frequently seen on those lakes, from
which the snow is generally swept clear, browsing
on the ground hemlock. The cutting of the
hemlock stands will cause the ground hemlock
to disappear as it can only exist and thrive under
the shade of older trees. I have noted the dis-
appearance or diminution of the deer stand in
sections of the country where old hemlock stands
have been cut extensively. It might, therefore,
be advisable to keep the stands intact even if they
are over-mature and fit for cutting.

I have in the foregoing just mentioned a few
examples to illustrate my point. Most of the
game reservations or game sanctuaries are located
on land belonging to the Crown, on land over
which the game authorities have absolute control.
The greatest demand with regard to forestry in
later years has been for working plans—plans
that provide for the harvesting of the forest on
the principle of sustained yield. The Govern-
ments of the different Provinces and States are
now all busy preparing these working plans, and
without doubt many of our game preserves or
sanctuaries are being cruised and surveyed for
this purpose.

I wish to draw the attention of officers in
charge of game protection on these reserves to the
necessity of making provision in their working
‘plans for the welfare of the game through the
necessary abundance of the different shrubs,
berry bushes, mosses, etc. Therefore, when a
working plan is under preparation the game
authorities should be called in for consultation,
being prepared to supply sufficient statistics to
give their demands weight. The foresters have
all the statistics for the preparation of working
plans on the basis of sustained yield at their
finger tips—they are undertaking detailed cruises,
measuring diameter and height of trees, exam-

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 29

ining growth, etc., in order to help them in their
determinations. What are the game authorities
doing? As far as I know, nothing. Have we as
yet come to an understanding of the necessary
browse area required by our different big game
animals? Is there anybody who has yet prepared
a list of the shrubs or plants which our big game
animals prefer? Has anyone ever prepared a
list of berries or seeds demanded by our game
birds? Is there anyone who has made a study
of the growing conditions of those shrubs which
are so necessary to the welfare of our game, and
has anyone ever given a thought to the best
methods of growing those shrubs or to the treat-
ment of the forest in order to make them thrive?
We are very much in need of scientific research
in this connection.

When a working plan is under preparation by
foresters, the game authorities should be able to
furnish data stating the stand of big game which
it is desired that the forest reserve should main-
tain. The area of barrens required should be
laid down, also the area of hardwood forest, with
its undergrowth of browse, the area of conifers
demanded, and regulations for the treatment of
the mature forest so as to produce browse should
be taken into consideration.

Last, but not least, it should be remembered
that our game sanctuaries and game reserves are
not established for the purpose of perpetuating
game alone, but also with a view to the creation
of national playgrounds. Aesthetic considerations
are therefore of extreme importance in the treat-
ment of the forest.

Many a famous lake derives its fame from single
groups of especially beautiful trees, from forest-
clad islands, from groves of exceptionally magni-
ficent trees, and in many cases a single, solitary

tree is of extreme importance from an esthetic

standpoint. .Those groves and trees should be
exempt from lumbering, but on the other hand
they should be treated by forest experts in such
a way as to prolong their life as far as possible.
Many a trail or woodland road derives its beauty
from the stands through which it passes, from
the majesty and grandeur of exceptionally old
and beautiful trees, such as Douglas Fir, or White
Pine stands; or it might be through hardwood
stands which by their colouring in the hunting
season in the fall, produce an unforgettable
beauty. Even if it should be decided to start
lumbering those stands, the beauty might still be
conserved by leaving uncut strips on both sides
of the road from three to four hundred feet in
width. Logging slash along tourist driveways or
trails is always ugly and a hindrance to fire pro-
tection. A special beauty might be due to glades

30 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

or meadows where a single, solitary tree, such as
an oak, elm or pine, has a beautifying effect. It
might be advisable not alone to protect those
groups, but also to prevent the meadow or glade
from growing up into second growth forest.

All these questions are of extreme importance
and should be well considered in the forestry
treatment of our national parks. The tourist’s
dollar is fast becoming more and more important

[VoL. XLV

in Canada, and in order that its flow may not be
minimized but increased these questions are all of
great importance. The authorities in charge of
our national parks are doing splendid work in
building trails, camps, and so one, but these im-
provements and expenditures may easily become
valueless if the game disappears due to lack of
brewse or if the natural beauty of the parks is
blemished through lumbering.

UNSUSPECTING CHICAKDEES
By HARRISON F. LEWIS

ZEN, in early childhood, I first mani-
fested an active interest in the wild
birds about my home, I was given the
oft-repeated advice that, in order to
make their close acquaintance, I should put salt on

their tails, which would result in my catching them
with ease. Success in the application of this

formula has never been my lot, but the experiences
narrated below show that, in some cases, at least,
the use of salt is not essential.

On a cnilly day, with drizzling rain, about the
year 1915, as I was walking on the outskirts of
Wolfville, Nova Scotia, I saw a Black-capped
Chickadee (Penthestes atricapillus atricapillus)
feeding in a leafless alder bush. There was
nothing unusual in its appearance, but the fact
that it did not seem to heed me in the least when
my path led me within a few feet of it attracted
my attention. Wondering a little how near the
bird I would have to go before it actively evaded
me, I paused a moment, then stepped slowly in
its direction. When I had advanced to the outer
twigs of the bush in which it was busily feeding,
it still appeared unaware of my presence, so,
while expecting to see it fly away at any moment,
I slowly extended my hand toward it. When my
fingers were close to it I suddenly closed them
upon it and had it securely in my grasp. The
Chickadee seemed greatly surprised at this
occurrence and struggled violently for a moment
in a futile attempt to free itself, but I believe
that my own surprise was equal to that of the
bird, for I had confidently anticipated its escape
rather than its capture.

When I had recovered a little from the first
shock of unexpected success, I began to doubt
whether the Chickadee could be in good health.
“Perhaps,” I thought, “it has from some cause
lost the ability to fly’. I took it into a neigh-
bouring house and showed it to one or two other
persons, holding it in my hand all the while, then
I carried it to the open door and released it. It

it nearly faced me.

flew away at once with strong, sustained flight
as though in the best of condition.

No other experience comparable to this was
mine until October 14, 1930, on the morning of
which day I was investigating duck-foods on
Lake Ramsay, at Sudbury, Ontario. While canoe-
ing near the north shore of the lake, in cool, cloudy
weather, with a light north-east breeze, I heard
the notes of Hudsonian Chickadees (Penthestes
hudsonicus hudsonicus), which were evidently in
a residential district of the city bordering the
lake. Most of the houses in this part of the city
are surrounded by private lawns, provided with
birches and other broad-leaved shade trees,
forming an environment which it is not unusual
for these Chickadees to visit in autumn in this
latitude.

A few minutes later, the hour being about half-
past nine in the morning, I went ashore and
walked up one of the city streets in the vicinity
from which the Chickadee notes had come. As I
passed the city pumping station, a trim brick
building with limited, well-kept grounds about it,
my attention was attracted by some fern clumps
that still showed bright green in an otherwise
dismantled flower-bed bordering the foundation
of the building. These fern clumps were about a
foot in diameter and very neat in appearance, the
small, numerous fronds rising only some two
inches from the ground near the center of each
clump and then reclining uniformly all around
with their tips lying on the soil in a cirele. This
arrangement of the fronds left a small cup-like
hollow in the center of each clump, and as I
looked at them I was suddenly aware that a
Husdonian Chickadee crouched motionless in
one of these hollows. Its side was toward me,
but its head was rotated in my direction, so that
Its position on the circular
fern clump resembled closely that of a garnish on
a salad, and, though very unusual, had an appear-
ance of neatness and symmetry that, in conjunc-

A

February, 1931]

tion with the pronounced colour contrast of brown
back and green foliage, was most attractive.
After admiring this pretty picture and wonder-
ing what the bird was doing there, I approached
to investigate, walking slowly, but without
elaborate precautions. The bird did not move,
although it presumably saw me, for its bright eyes
were wide open. When I stood beside it, I grad-
ually stooped down, extended my hand until my
fingers were close about the little body, then
suddenly grasped it. As in the previously-
described experience, fifteen years earlier, the
bird and I shared the resulting surprise. As soon
-as I touched the little creature, it struggled
violently in an effort to escape, but without

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 31

avail, for I held it securely and harmlessly. I
carried it to a yard about one hundred yards
away and showed it to Mr. A. B. Smith, of Sud-
bury. After I had held it for some four or five
minutes, I released it, whereupon it immediately
flew vigorously to the upper part of a birch tree
near at hand, where it perched and called for
some time, in no way panic-stricken. Shortly
afterward, it flew away.

In neither of the instances deseribed had I

- been carrying on the feeding of small birds in

the vicinity nor been doing anything else to make
them unusually tame, nor, as far as I am aware,
had any one else been doing so.

wR |
AN EXPEDITION TO SUB-ARCTIC CANADA, 1924-1925
By CAPT. J. C. CRITCHELL-BULLOCK

GAME CONSERVATION

(Concluded from page 18)

VEN the views of the idealist change
materially with regard to this subject
very soon aiter as his stock of provisions
runs low, and he finds himself faced with
visions of starvation. No matter how great his
love of wild-life he will eventually dispense with
sentiment. It is all a matter of degree, his finer
feelings may cause him to disregard the first pangs
of hunger, especially if some alternative to killing
a particular species of game appears likely to
present itself in the form of an animal appealing
less to the zsthetic sense. But sooner or later
the primitive forces in him will assert themselves,
his finger will crook impulsively (and instinc-
tively) round the trigger, and, should he be for-
tunate, over rolls another fine animal.

On the next occasion when he is faced with the
problem the matter presents itself in a rather
different light. He remembers the anxiety he
suffered, the long days of waiting and hoping,
wasted days when he was too weak to go about
his business, he remembers the good meat he
allowed to pass simply because of his idealism,

- meat that he was forced to procure after all. He

may chuckle to himself for his narrowness of

mind. But whatever he does, when next provi-
sions run low he arms himself with rifle and
cartridges, walks to the nearest herd of deer and
picks out the finest looking buck. He can see
what he is getting, there is some satisfaction in
it, he forgets that his hooks and nets may catch
fine fish the following day. All he knows is that
they mezy not, and that by that time the deer
may have passed on.

This is how the Indian thinks, in part at any
rate, but unfortunately he has exaggerated the

seriousness of his position. The Indian says ‘TI
have a large family, they have a large capacity
for good meat and so have I. To-morrow the
caribou may be here in hundreds, but for the
next six months there may be no sign of them.
If I shoot six they will last me two weeks, if I
shoot twelve I shall have sufiicient for twice that
period’. The Indian in consequence shoots all
that he can. Five days later more caribou pass.
Apart from the fact that his last killing was
difficult to cache well, so that much of it has been
eaten by other animals, these fresh deer happen
to pass a little closer to home, fresh blood makes
good eating, hides are valuable both to himself
and to the trader, tongues make good trade, and
fresh killings attract more fur, fur being good
trade also. Once again he kills as many as he can.

His father and his grandfather did so, since then
there has apparently been no change in the times,
caribou are as numerous as ever, so surely it can
do no harm.

A period of starvation may ensue, the animal
comes out in man, self-preservation is his only
thought. The stern struggle for existence hardens
him. Generations of hardship have been the
lot of his kind,. cruelty has been his portion,
cruelty as dealt him by circumstance. Any day
may be his last. He may not consider it in this
light but nevertheless he knows it instinctively
and subconsciously. What to him is a bullet in
the heart of a caribou?

The Indians on the south shore of Great Slave
Lake and of Artillery Lake are Yellowknives and
hunters.’ They live a nomadic existence. Often
they live on what they can shoot. They become
therefore connoisseurs of meat, but they are not
epicures such as we of the civilized world are.

382 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Which of us will sit down to table for every meal
for years with no more varied diet than fish and
meat, just the two, nothing else? In a caribou
carcass there is little variation. Except for the
back-fat, the marrow, the tongue, parts of the
internal organs, and the head, all is much the
same. Even an animal shows a distinct prefer-
ence for certain pieces. So does the Indian, he
likes a change now and again, the ever-lasting
boil becomes monotonous, I might even say that
a change becomes necessary. The change to a
fish diet in the spring certainly seems to be, they
long for it, even sicken for it.

‘ne has but to live as the Indian does to appre-
iate more or less accurately his positicn, but
until one realizes his position justice in the matter
of game conservation can with difficulty be ad-
ministered.

Game and wild-life are conserved presumably
for economic reasons of national importance;
occasionally the fact that a certain species at one
time numerous is in danger of extermination is a
governing tactor in its enforcement, even though
that species is of no real economic importance to
the State. Local tribunes are wont at times to
demand the conservation of certain species for
sentimental reasons alone, regardless of the fact
that the animal in question has a more harmful
influence on economics than otherwise. This is
not the case in the country under review. ll the
animals conserved are of actual or potential value
to Canada or the rest of the world.

Although the birds deserve mention the country
through which we passed is comparatively speak-
ing not a bird country, and the wooded valley of
the Thelon is remarkably destitute of bird-life.

On Great Slave Lake the sea gulls no doubt
suffer to a considerable extent during the nesting
season, when the post natives put out in boats
and collect their eggs in thousands. This, how-
ever, has gone on for centuries and it is doubtful
whether it makes any appreciable impression on
their numbers.

Some steps might possibly be taken to control
the “birds-nesting” on Hudson Bay, from what I
could gather it would appear that annual excur-
sions are organized by the traders and natives to
the nesting colonies in the vicinity of most of the
posts, and that boatloads of the eggs of game
birds are collected for eating. 'The extermination
of certain species that habitually used to breed
along these coasts and along the Labrador coast
has doubtlessly been occasioned by the robbing of
the nests.

It would be easier to organize measures of
control than, later, to attempt the re-establish-
ment of certain species. Although the Black

[VoL. XLV

Guillemot (Cephpus grylle) is usually understood
to nest alone, rather than in colonies, it would
appear that along the east coast of the Bay they
are found nesting in rookeries. Advantage is
taken of this fact, and I heard that enormous
numbers of their eggs are taken every year.
This bird is now not so numerous in Hudson Bay
as I expected.
Of course, after the winter the diet of salted
meats and canned goods to which the trader is
reduced in those districts where caribou and
other game is with but the greatest difficulty
secured, becomes decidedly unpalatable and the
change to fresh eggs is a welcome relief. Strict
conservatory measures would therefore constitute
a hardship and could with difficulty be enforced.

The shortage of fresh meat in the posts along
the coast surprised me, and I have often wondered
why some form of simple though effective ice-
house has never been introduced. The com-
panies’ steamers that call during the summer
could well bring a quantity of frozen meat instead
of the livestock which is now imported, and this
innovation would assist to a large extent to pre-
vent the depletion of game.

The most important matter with which we
have to deal, however, is the protection of the
Caribou (Rangifer arcticus) and the Musk-oxen
(Ovibos moschatus).

Their existence is chiefly endangered by the
advance of civilization. As the tide advances
so, in converse ratio, the game retreats until,
brought to bay on the last of its range, it gradu-
ally falls before our deadly weapons, the products
of civilization. Before the advent of the white
man with his destructive inventions, and the
introduction of a market value for hides and meat,
these two species were in little danger of extinc-
tion. The community dependent on them for
food and raiment was small, the methods they
employed to secure the necessities of life were
such that slaughter at all times of the year was
impossible. The biggest killings were usually
made when the herds were least likely to suffer
from depredations; does were rarely killed at
that time of the year when their destruction would
mean the death of the unborn calf as well.

Now, however, the facilities that advacement
offers, provide all and sundry with the means of
destruction at any time of the year, and almost
in any locality.

Comparatively speaking, the native is now
neither the poor Indian nor the starving Eskimo.
He knows that should, hard times crown his efforts
and should he be in the vicinity of a trading post,
he has but apply for further debt, to be set on his
feet again. There are many in the north country

February, 1931]

who hold that it is now the “poor” white man
rather than the poor Indian, the latter having but
few responsibilities. .
One of the matters that caused me no little
surprise was the caribou hide trade. When we
reached Pike’s Portage at the beginning of Sep-
tember, 1924, a number of Indians were met
returning from the hunting grounds carrying large
packs. Each individual was packing about thirty
hides. Questioning them we found that they were
for sale at the trading posts at the rate of six dol-
ars per hide. Apparently there is a market for
almost an unlimited number.

As I did not pass through Resolution or Smith
on my return I had no opportunity of finding out
the number that is annu:lly exported in this
manner. But it must be large. As deer skin
clothing is the only really suitable garment for
use on northern trails in winter, nothing can
compare with it for warmth and lightness, a ban
placed on the exportation of these hides would
entail considerable discomfort to those who
travel in all weathers in the Northwest Terri-
tories and the introduction of such a measure is
hardly to be contemplated. Nevertheless the
fact that only picked hides are worth while
bringing must have its effect when it is realized
that probably only fifty per cent of the caribou
at this time of the year, the summer, have hides
that will find favour with the residents at the posts.

At Baker Lake I saw the return of a hunting
party, three men, who had killed in less than a
week seventy caribou, yet they brought back
with them only five hides and a little meat, only
a quarter of a load for the seventeen-foot canoe
in which they were travelling. On the other
side of Hudson Bay, however, there were hundreds
of Eskimos in desperate need of hides for winter
clothing.

When hunts are conducted under the super-
vision of white men a distinct change is noticed.
About thirty miles along the southern shore of
the same lake we saw a camp of hunters. They
were the police party, three Eskimos with a con-

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 33

stable in charge. Unfortunately I have forgotten
the constable’s name, but he certainly deserved
credit for the manner in which he had conducted
his hunt. They had shot a number of caribou,
but a good locality had been selected, the caribou
had evidently been chosen before being shot,
every caribou as it had been shot had been packed
into camp and butchered, every hide without
exception had been carefully cleaned and baled,
and all the meat systematically prepared for ship-
ment to the post.

Apparently impossible to educate natives
along these lines, so that they will conduct their
hunts in an orderly manner, for one thing they
are spread out over so vast a country, individually
and by single families, that it is impossible to
administer them.

Most fortunately the position as it now stands
is reasonably satisfactory. Although the num-
erous trading establishments along the coast must
have their effect in limiting the caribou migra-
tions, the fact that no posts have yet been built
in the interior, in the heart of the caribou and
musk-ox country, leaves all but the flankers of the
annual movements immune from _ systematic
slaughter.

The natives do not travel as much as they
used to do, and we found no sign of recent camps
anywhere along our line of travel between Ar-
tillery Lake and Aberdeen Lake. In fact there is
a huge area lying between Kazan River and the
Coppermine River, as far south as Dubawnt

‘Lake, and (except for the Back’s River Eskimos)

as far north as the coast wherein game find
comparative immunity. The Back’s River Es-
kimos who live solely on caribou meat and live in
the interior throughout the winter, must kill large
numbers, but they are a small community, D.
Jenness believes not more than thirty individuals.
They are now given to trading with the posts on
the coast, King William Island, Kent Peninsula,
and Ellice River, and it may be imagined that
before long they will become absorbed by the
coast Eskimos.

FISH

The fish listed below are those only that were observed
in the more northern waters we traversed. The fish of Atha-
basca River, Slave River, and Great Slave Lake are too well
known to require mention here.

The numbers and weights of fish daily taken by us were
noted, as well as the various places in which they were taken.
To give such lengthy detail does not seem necessary, and I
have treated the matter as concisely as possible.

Catostomus catostomus (Forster). NORTHERN
SUCKER.—Tyrrell states that this species is
abundant in Artillery Lake. We fished with nets
in this lake until the end of November, but suc-
ceeded in catching only one representative of this
species.

It occurs infrequently along Thelon River at
the average weight of about three and a half
pounds. We were surprised to find it in some
numbers at the foot of Dickson Canyon. How
it came there we could not imagine with a several
hundred feet fall above where it was found and
a sheer drop of fifty feet immediately below.

Amphiodon alosoides (Rafinesque). GOLDEYE.—
This species was caught near the nouth of Taltson
River and as far east as the Narrows on Great

34 | THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Slave Lake; it was not found elsewhere along our
route.

Coregonus sp. WHITEFISH.—This species is
abundant in Great Slave Lake as far as.old Fort
Reliance. In Artillery Lake it was found in
small numbers, five being caught in two months
only, fish weighing but four pounds.

It extends thereafter to Baker Lake, though in
some localities it is, of course, more numerous
than in others, according to the nature of the
country through which the rivers are flowing.
The best whitefish fishing we had was at the
western extremity of Aberdeen Lake, where in
one night we caught twenty, weighing five pounds
each, in one net.

Leucichthys sp. ? (Richardson). TULLIBEE.—
This species was first caught east of the Narrows
on Great Slave Lake, but it was not abundant.

During October it was found to be numerous in
Artillery Lake, but after November ist it was only
occasionally caught. Its next occurrence was at
Schultz Lake where one of three pounds was
caught. I examined it carefully and it struck me
as being slightly different to those that we had

caught further west the previous year. It was
not seen further east.
Cristivomer namaycush (Walbaum). LAKE

TROUT.—This fish inhabits all the waters travelled
by us, but on Thelon River it is not so plentiful
as Tyrrell leads one to believe. One of these

. (VoL. XLV |

trout caught in Artillery Lake on November 11th
weighed 31 lbs. This species also occurred in the |
small lake at the foot of Dickson Canyon.
caught here weighed 1014.lbs., and measured 281%
inches long, 15 inches in girth.

Thymallus signifer © Richardson. ARCTIC
GRAYLING.—This species was first caught in
Great Slave Lake just east of the Narrows. Its
next occurrence was at the foot of Dickson
Canyon, where two were taken, it also occurs
below Helen’s Falls and at the last falls of Han-
bury River. Below Helen’s Falls the species is
numerous and afforded us some little amusement
with the wet fly. The species does not appear
to inhabit the waters to the east of the mouth of
Hanbury River.

Cottus cognatus Richardson. BULLHEAD.—
Lake trout were found living on these small
cottoids along Hanbury River. We found that a
partly digested fish of this species taken from the
stomach of a trout and placed on a hook provided
the best bait for large individuals of the species
C. namaycush. This species was not observed in
Thelon River.

Lota maculosa Le Sueur. Locue.—This
voracious fish is almost absent in the Han-
bury-Thelon system. It was caught only once
during the journey from Great Slave Lake to
Hudson Bay.

LIST OF LEPIDOPTERA COLLECTED AT PORTAGE GROVE FALLS,
HANBURY RIVER, N.W.T., ON JULY 6-8, 1925

DIURNALS
- Hurymus bootht Curt. 1M.
Eurymus hecla var. glacialis McLach. 1M.
Eurymus paleno var. chippewa Edw. 3 M.,
1F.
Oeneis taygete Hbn. 2M.
Oeneis semidea var. arctica Gibs.
Erebia rossi Curt. 4 M.,1F.

1M.

Brenthis polaris var. americana Strand. 1 M.
Bienthis freija var. tarquinius Curt. 1M.
Brenthis improba Buti. 1M.

Brenthis aphirape var: triclaris Hbn.

NoctTuIDAE
Agrotiphila quieta Hbn. 1M.

LYMANTRIIDAE
Gynaephora rossi Curt. 1F.

LIST OF INSECTS COLLECTED

Trichoptera:

Chilostigma preterita Walk., S.E. Sifton Lake,
June 27, (H. & B.); Campbell Lake, n.w., June
3, J. Hornby.

Plecoptera:

1 ? specimen, Hanbury River, July 4, (H. &
B.). _M. needed.

Diptera:

Tipula arctica Kby. 2 F. Hanbury Lake to
Hanbury River Portage, Grove Falls, July 6-8,
1925. 4
Hymenoptera:

Bremus arcticus Kby., Hanbury Lake to Han-

bury River Portage, Grove Falls, July 6-8, 1925.
Bremus sp., S.E. Sifton Sean eee River,

June 22, 1925.

Galeonrn: fc
Agabus tristis. Hanbury River, July 4, 1925.
Stereocerus similis, Campbell Lake, N.W.,

June 3, 1925 (Hornby).

Silpha lapponica, Hanbury River, July 4, 1925.
Lepyrue sp. near palusiris, Burr Taiee Sent 1.
1926. —

Note: The above collection of Lepidoptera = proved most

_ interesting and contains species which have heretofore’ been

known only from the extreme North. Eurymus boothi was
taken by the Canadian Arctic Expedition around Coronation

One.

February, 1981] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 35

Gulf' and is also known from Baffin Land. Erebia rossi and is the first authentic specimen which we have from the Cana-
Brenthis improba might also be mentioned as great rarities. dian Arctic region.—J. McDUuNNouGH, Chief, Division of
Noctuid, Agrotiphila quieta, described from Northern Europe, Systematic Entomology.

LIST OF PLANTS COLLECTED BETWEEN SIFTON LAKE AND ABERDEEN

LAKE
Thelypteris fragrans (dL) Nieuwl. Scented Loments (albino).

Shield Fern. Hedysarum boreale Nutt. Northern Loments.
Deschampsia euespitose: (L.) Beauv. Tufted Epilobium latifolium L. Broadleaved Willow-

Hair Grass. herb.

Festuca rubra L. var. arenaria Fr. Creeping Pyrola grandiflora Rad. Wintergreen. —

Fescue. -. Kalmia polifolia Wang. American Laurel.
Elymus arenarius L. var. villosus Mey. Lyme Andromeda polifolia L. Wild Rosemary, Moor-
Grass. wort.

Carex concolor R. Br. Sedge. Loiseleuria procumbens (L.) Desv. Trailing
Habenaria obtusata Richards Small Northern Azalea.

Bog Orchis. Arctostaphylos alpina (L.) Spreng. ~ Alpine
Salix sp. Willow. Bearberry.

Polygonum viviparum. L. Bistort. Rhododendron lapponicum (L.) Wg. Lapland
Silene acaulis L. Moss Campion. Rose Bay.
Stellaria longipes Goldie var. Edwardsii Wats. Vaccinium Vitis-idea L. var. minus Lodd. Rock

Chickweed. Cranberry.

Cerastium alpinum L. Mouse-ear Chickweed. Vaccinium Oxycoccos L. Small Cranberry.

Rorippa palustris (L.) Bess. Marsh Cress. Vaccinium uliginosum L. Bog Bilberry.

Anemone Richardsonii Hook. Anemone. Vaccinium uliginosum L. f. microphyllum Lge.

Draba sp. (too incomplete). Draba. Bog Bilberry.

-Parnassia palustris L. Marsh Grass of Par- Statice labradorica (Wallr.) Hubb. & Blake

nassus. Sea Pink.

Saxifraga tricuspidata Rottb. Three-toothed Castilleja pallida (L.) Kunth. Indian Paint-
. Saxifrage. brush.

Saxifraga HirculusL. Yellow Marsh Saxifrage. Pedicularis lapponica L.. Lapland Pedicularis.

Rubus Chamemorus L. Cloud-berry. Pedicularis sudetica L. ?. Pedicularis.

Rubus acaulis Michx. Arctic Bramble. Pinguicula vulgaris L. Butterwort.

Dryas integrifolia M. Vahl. Dryade. Lobelia Kalmii L. Brook Lobelia.

Potentilla sp. Cinquefoil. Erigeron uniflorus L. One-flowered Eeabane.

._ Lupinus nootkatensis Don. var. Kjellmanii Saussurea angustifolia DC. Saw-wort.

Ostf. Lupine. Arnica alpina (L.) Olin. Alpine Arnica.
Astragalus alpinus L. Alpine Milk Vetch. Antennaria alpina (L.) R. Br. Alpine Ever-
Hedysarum Mackenzii Richards. Purple Lo- lasting.

ments. Taraxacum sp. (too imperfect). Dandelion.
Hedysarum M ackenzit var. albiflora. Purple (THE END)

CHRISTMAS BIRD CENSUS, 1930

CAMROSE, ALBERTA, December 25, 1930.— 18 species and about 882 individuals. (Same
Camrose to Dried Meat Lake and Battle River observers saw Golden Eagle and Pileated Wood-
Spruce woods, and return. 10 am. to 4 pm. pecker previous day, December 24th. Our
Clear and mild, 6 inches of snow, west wind, first winter record for eagle. Pileated Wood-
temperature at start 20° above, return 25°, 20 pecker approached easily within 100 feet several
miles by motor, 5 miles on foot; observers to- times. Snowy Owl and Northern Shrike seen
gether. Birds observed: : during Christmas week.)—ARTHUR C. TWOMEY

_ Hungarian Partridge, 10; Ruffed Grouse, 4; and FRANK L. FARLEY.

Sharp-tailed Grouse, 5; Hairy Woodpecker, nAe
Downy Woodpecker, 1; Magpie, 5; Blue Jay, 8; | COURTENAY, VANCOUVER ISLAND, BRITISH
Pine Grosbeak, 100; Common Redpoll,, 500; CoLumpBia, December 26, 1930.—From Courtenay
Hoary Redpoll, 20; Snow bird; 200; Brown along the river and road to Comox, from there by
Creeper, 2; Black-capped Chickadee, 25. Total: road to Point Lazo, nine miles; observers together

36

and separate, by car and on foot.

The winter to date has. been very mild with little
wind. The following is the list of birds observed:
Western Grebe, 15, Hoelbell’s Grebe, 10, Horned
Grebe, 37; Loon, 40; Pacific Loon, 70; Red-
throated Loon, 3; California Murre, 12; Marbled
Murrelet, 2; Glaucous-winged Gull, 325; Thayer’s
Gull, 15; Short-billed Gull, 56; White-crested
Cormorant, 4; Violet-green Cormorant, 71;
American Merganser, 9; Red-breasted Mergan-
ser, 10, Hooded Merganser, 7; Mallard, 250;
Widgeon, 200; Canvas-back Duck, 2; Ring-
necked Duck, 1; Greater Scaup, 1000, Lesser
Scaup, 6, American Golden-eye, 1000; Barrow’s
Golden-eye, 10; SBuffle-head, 250, Harlequin
Duck, 50, Old Squaw, 25, American Scoter, 150;
White-winged Scoter, 2000; Surf Scoter, 1000;
Northwest Heron, 2; Black Brant, 5; American
Coot, 20; Red-backed Sandpiper, 150; Kildeer,
9; Oregon Ruffed Grouse, 1; Cooper’s Hawk, 1;
Kingfisher, 5; Harris’s Woodpecker, 3; Gairdner’s
Woodpecker, 1; Northwest Pileated Woodpecker,
2; Northwest Flicker, 5; Western Meadowlark,
5; Raven, 2; Northwest Crow, 300, Steller’s
Jay, 2; Pine Siskin, 20; Oregon Junco, 12;
Rusty Song Sparrow, 25; Oregon Towhee, 5;
Seattle Wren, 7; Western Winter Wren, 4;
Chestnut-backed Chickadee, 20; Western Golden-
crowned Kinglet, 1, (Introduced) Pheasant, 4.
Total species, 55; total individuals, 7266.—
ALLAN BROOKS and THEED PEARSE.

SUMMERLAND, OKANAGAN LAKE, BRITISH COL-
UMBIA, December 21, 1930.—From 8 a.m. to 4
p.m. Cloudy, with south wind. Average tem-
perature, 30°. Light snow falling in early a.m.
Snow 9 inches in hills to little or none on lake
front. By car from Penticton to Trout Creek;
thence on foot along four miles of lake front and
adjoining fruit benches, back to pine-clad hills,
being the municipality of Summerland and Ex+
perimental Station. Observers in three parties.
Simpson and Young together. Birds observed:
Horned Grebe, 1; Herring Gull, 3; Hooded
Merganser, 2; Red-breasted Merganser, 3; Mal-
lard, 12; American Golden-eye, 3; Bufflehead, 8;
American Coot, 855 (est.); Wilson’s Snipe, 5;
Killdeer, 1; California Quail, 230 (est.); Pheasant,
32; Bald Eagle, 3; Pigmy Owl, 1; Hairy Wood-
pecker, 4; Downy Woodpecker, 1; Flicker, 43;
Magpie, 38; Clarke’s Nutcracker, 1; Evening
Grosbeak, 95 (est.); Cassin’s Finch, 10; White-
winged Crossbill, 75 (est.); Hoary Redpoll; 2;
Redpoll, 70; Goldfinch, 12: Tree Sparrow, 1;
Shufeldt’s Junco, 420 (est.); Rusty Song Sparrow,

42; Bohemian Waxwings, 260 (est.); Northern »

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Weather, still,
cloudy, good visibiility. Temperature 35° to 42°..

[VoLn. XLV

Shrike, 5; Winter Wren, 1; Slender-billed ‘Nut-
hatch, 5; Red-breasted Nuthatch, 21; Pygmy
Nuthatch, 12; Long-tailed Chickadee, 21; Moun-
tain Chickadee, 5; Golden-crowned Kinglet, 4;
Townsend’s Solitaire, 2; Robin, 70. Total
species, 39; total individuals, 2,384. Also 75
English Sparrows.—S. A. LIDDELL, E. M. Tart,
H. M. SIMPSON and T. YOUNG, JR.

ATHENS, ONTARIO, December 30, 1930.—West
of Athens to Lyndhurst and return, 24 miles by
car, 9.30 a.m. to 12.30 p.m., and to Addison and
along Highway 29, and return, 18 miles by car,
1.30 p.m. to 3.00 p.m. Temperature, 32° at
start, 21° on return. Dull and cloudy, some
snow falling in morning. Wind southwest, light
to moderate in afternoon. About 3 inches of
snow on the ground. The following list was
observed: Ruffed Grouse, 2; Blue Jay, 2; Crow
2, Starling, 50+, Snow Bunting, 500+, Chick-
adee,4. Totalspecies,6, total individuals, 560+.
Pine Grosbeaks, Redpolls, Woodpeckers and
Waxwings were unaccountably absent MURRAY
W. CurRTIS.

LONDON, ONTARIO, December 27, 1930.—This
year the Mcllwraith Ornithological Club took the
annual Christmas Bird Census on Saturday,
December 27th, the weather proving ideal for the
occasion. The temperature at the start, about 8
a.m. was 82°, rising to 34° at midday and falling
again to 29° at 5 pm. Although the sky was
overcast all day, the visibility was quite good and
the three inches of snow on the ground made
walking easy. The streams were pretty well frozen
up except in the rapids, and the wind which was

fairly fresh and from the west was not strong .

enough or cold enough to interfere with the work.

The observers, some eighteen all told, were
divided into nine parties, some of them working
in the morning and others in the afternoon, prac-
tically from daylight until dark. The country
covered was the same as previous years, particular
attention being given to the Thames valley west
from the city.. In the morning one party visited
Wonnacott’s farm while another worked west
along the river from Kilworth and met the Wonna-
cott party at Komoka Bridge. At the same time
another group went to Hyde Park by train and
followed the river from that point to Byron. All
these river parties found ducks remarkably scarce,
with the exception of Blacks which are now

coming to be looked upon as regular winter visi- |
Only one Merganser, no doubt American ’

tors.
was seen and no Golden-eyes at all. An Old
Squaw which had been at the Byron bridge a
week or two previously was not located. But

February, 1931]

while ducks were scarce, Gulls were everywhere
in evidence, probably 150: all told being seen
which is certainly a record for London for winter
and only a few below the largest number ever
noted here. While motoring north and west of
the city on December 20th, we had found three
hawks, so a party was despatched to cover that
district in the hope of finding some of them again
or, perhaps, running across a Snowy Ow! of which
quite a few have been reported this winter. They

failed to find a Snowy but picked up dead a |

Screech that had evidently been killed the night
before. A Sparrow Hawk, noted on the 20th, was
however, found perched in the same lone tree in
the middle of a field, surely a most obliging bird.
A complete absence of Crossbills, Grosbeaks,
Redpolls and other such northern visitors helped
to keep our list down so that it is slightly below
1929 and 1928, but we feel that the list given
below pretty well represents the winter popula-
tion of this district as the favourite haunts were
all visited and if the birds had been around they
would surely have been seen.

Herring Gull, 150; American Merganser, 1;
Black Duck, 38, Ruffed Grouse, 1; Pheasant,
14; Sharpshinned Hawk, 3; Red-tailed Hawk, 38;
Sparrowhawk, 1; Screech Owl, 2; Kingfisher, 1;
Hairy Woodpecker, 1 (very scarce); Downy
Woodpecker, 21; Red-headed Woodpecker, 2
(have been around all winter); Flicker, 2; Blue
Jay, 82 (very common); Crow, 449; Starling, 255;
Meadowlark, 1; Purple Finch, 32; House Spar-
row, hundreds, but not so many as usual; Gold-
finch, 40; Snow Bunting, 125 (one flock); Tree
Sparrow, 106; Slate-coloured Junco, 7 (scarce);
Song Sparrow, 1; Cardinal, 7 (scarce), Northern
Shrike, 2 (more reported this winter than any
other year on record); Brown Creeper, 13 (one
flock of five); White-breated Nuthatch, 22;
Red-breasted Nuthatch, 6 (quite a while since we
have had them present in such numbers in winter);
Black-capped Chickadee, 47; Golden-crowned
Kinglet, 24; Robin, 1. Total, 33 species; 1,459
individuals, plus House Sparrows—McILWRAITH
ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, E. M.S. DALE, Secretary,

OTTAWA, ONTARIO, December 21, 1930.—The
Christmas Bird Census of 1930 in the Ottawa
area was taken on December 21 by twenty ob-
servers on nine routes radiating out from the city
for the most part in well established ways. Con-
ditions were very fine and observations were made
throughout the whole interval of daylight: Sun-
rise, 7.40 a.m., sunset, 4.22 p.m.; temperatures,
23°, 8 a.m., 33° 1:30 pm., and 31°, 3-15 p.m.;
cloudiness decreasing from 80 to 5 per cent.
average 35; southwest breezes moderating through-

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 5

out the day; snow, 3 in. to 15 in., average 6 in:,
fairly hard underneath, making the walking
unusually easy. The parties, and the routes
taken in NESW order were: (1) Hoyes Lloyd and
A. E. Porsild, 7 a.m. to 4 p.m., north bank of the
Ottawa River, east of Gatineau to Templeton
and return, 16 miles by auto, 7 on foot; (2)
Elizabeth Lloyd, Helen Lloyd, H. A. Lloyd,
Wilmot Lloyd and Mrs. A. E. Porsild, 9 a.m. to
1.30 p.m., Rifle Ranges, cemetery, Rockcliffe
village, 5 miles on foot; (3) R. M. Anderson, 10
a.m. to 12 m., Pretoria bridge, through Ottawa
East, to garbage dump, along Rideau River to
Riverdale Ave., 5 miles on foot; (4) J. Skillen and
R. Sternberg, 8.45 a.m. to 3.00 p.m., out Heron
Road, then south, then west to R.R., up track, .
then through bush, 18 miles on foot; (5) C. E.
Johnson and C. M. Sternberg, 8.40 a.m. to 3.30
p-m., from south end of Bronson Ave., to Whyte’s
Bridge, C.P.R. track and back by Metcalfe Road,
10 miles on foot; (6) D. B. De Lury and R. E. De
Lury, 8 a.m. to 3.15 p.m., Experimental Farm,
Rideau River and Canal to Hog’s Back, Black
Rapids and return, 16 miles on foot; (7) W. H.
Lanceley and F. H. Ostrom, Billings’ Bridge,
Bowesville Road, Hog’s Back, Prescott Highway,
returning by Merivale Road, 10.80 a.m to 4.30
p.m., 25 miles by auto, 7 miles on foot, (8) R.
Lockwood and H. Wright, 8.45 a.m. to 4.50 p.m.,
by R.R. and car tracks, to Aylmer, back of Aylmer,
to Wychwood and Deschenes, 14 miles on foot,
(9) G. Lathe and H. F. Lewis, 7 a.m. to 4 p.m.,
Ottawa south, to Hull, to Gatineau Point, up east
side of the river, back road to Cantley, returning
by main road to Farmer’s Rapids, 5 miles -by
auto, 16 on foot—OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS
CLUB, per R. E. De L.

(See next page for tabulated Ottawa returns)

PAKENHAM, ONTARIO, December 26, 1930.—
9am.to4 p.m. Dull sky, mild, no wind; 3 in.
snow; temperature 30° at start, 34° at return.
Twelve miles on foot, observers together.

American Golden-eye, 2; Blue Jay, 21; Euro-
pean Starling, 27; White-winged Crossbill, 84
(est.); Redpcll, 15; Snow Bunting, 132; English
Sparrow, 6; White-beasted Nuthatch, 3; Red-
breasted Nuthatch, 15; Black-capped Chickadee,
10. Total: 10 species, 315 individuals.

Seen recently: 2 Grouse, December 24 and 25;
Northern Shrike, December 24; Arctic Three-
toed Woodpecker, December 25.

The presence of Red-breasted Nuthatch is
noteworthy as they have been absent from any
of our records since November, 1927. Grouse
are plentiful but could not be found on census
day.—EDNA G. Ross, ALLAN Ross and V. M. Ross

38 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

| (VoL. XLV |

OTTAWA CHRISTMAS BIRD CENSUS —

SPECIES ROUTES: 1 2

American Merganser........]......]...... 1 neces
American Golden-eye.......)......).0..../0.....

Canada Ruffed Grouse...... 1

Goshawk

BGreattlored Owle eee ere ee

Hairy Woodpecker..........|...... Ae
Downy Woodpecker........ oe 5
Arctic Three-toed Wood-

SiGe hirer ae pact te Cee elt fale RN Bes

Bronzed Grackle...........|......].....0/...20.-

Pine Grosbeak............. 13
House Sparrow............. 8

ener ee

Purples s 22 Ee eh Na ap OE Ne, eae EAR EE

White-winged Crossbill...... 8
Redpoll

Bine Siskin Cul anne.

Snow Bunting............. reve Si emer cara bee:

FRFCELS PAlTOW (134 6 Pie | Ae

SONGS PALT OWE ie kites colons Mipeene ictal reitedey eed outa re
IBohemianWaxwinf. os io ae esl seeelo se ae
Northernishrikke: (an ou) neue nue acumen aa TiN cet
Brown Creepers: os BT Oe eee eee e..

White-breasted Nuthatch. ... 5 10
Red-breasted Nuthatch..... 19
Chickadee (Black-capped). .. 9 30

Golden-crowned Kinglet.....]......]......]J......
180] ov bow ds Secreta AM ee aa ee Fe i LY De SA a

Total individuals...........

‘otalSpecies: ..).. 07 8.06: i122 5

TORONTO, ONTARIO, December 28, 1930.—The
Brodie Club of Toronto organized their 6th
Christmas Bird Census for Sunday, December
28th, 1930, and with six parties in the field made
the usual survey of the territory in and near the
city.

The weather was dull and there was quite a
flurry of snow about noon, but the ground was
practically bare as there has been very little snow-
fall during the month. Small ponds and streams
were frozen sufficiently firm to bear a man’s
weight and there was no thawing during the day.
Thermometer readings of the Toronto Observa-
tory were: 8 a.m., 32°; noon, 32°; 4 p.m., 35°;
8 p.m., 33°. The wind varied from 11 to 17 miles
and was from the southwest.

‘Among the birds observed were a number of
quite rare winter residents but only two of ex-
ceptional interest, the Brown Thrasher and the
Towhee. The former was discovered by No. 2

Sharp-shinned Hawk........|...... sa kale

ee eee elo we ew we

eee se eo ele we ee we

Goldfinch este en Nh eli ete ele ‘Be tfan ee a:

ee ee ee fee ee we

CC eC CC CC Ga

eee te eta e we wef oe ew ee oO ele we © wwf ee ee we wf ww ww

ee ee CC

ee ee wef ee ww wo

——__ } | ff ==

—————___} |

party in a vacant lot on Soudan Avenue in North
Toronto. It was foraging among some bushes in
company with House Sparrows while under
observation and seemed to bea perfectly healthy
specimen. The only other winter record for
Toronto is from the notes of Stuart Thompson, .
who saw one near the Humber River on Janu-

ary 16, 1926. Because, however, of some slight

doubt attached to this record, Mr. Thompson,
with the caution of a true naturalist, has refrained
from publishing it. Winter records of the Thrash-

er from any part of Ontario are rare indeed.

The Towhee, a well plumaged male, was

found by No. 1 party in East York Township,

about a mile to the northeast of the city. This
bird had been seen by the writer on December
14th, and now, two weeks later, it was found
within a few yards of the same place. The site
chosen for its winter residence was a small
ravine with open fields on one side and a thickly

.- wooded hill on the other.

February, 1931]

side the Towhee seemed to be finding the neces-
sary sustaining food by scratching among the
fallen leaves and when approached by the census
party it flew directly to the base of a hemlock
which had been partly uprooted and disappeared
into the dark recesses beneath the roots. This is
probably its permanent shelter and it is to be
hoped that no mink or weasel passes that. way
during the night. This is the third Toronto
winter record.
_. The absence is notable on this year’s list of such
_ winter birds as Pine Grosbeak, Purple Finch
_ Siskin and Snow. Bunting. Last year eleven
species of native sparrows were noted, this year
only six. The small.numbers of. practically all
' species, compared with other years is also worthy
of mention, though the number of species is quite
_ up to average. House, Sparrows are not counted

1 Can. Field Nat., 42: 23, 1930.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

On the wooded hill-

39

individually as to give the numbers seen on an
occasion like this might only lead to a false im-
pression of their abundance. There may be
fluctuations but there are still tens of thousands
of House Sparrows in the city and as the activi-
ties of the census parties are chiefly confined to
the outlying sections any birds seen by them are
only stragglers from the main centre of popula-
tion.

After being an easy first on the 1928 and 1929
lists, the Starling goes to seventh place, with only
57 birds recorded. This is not consistent with
the year-round records of the Starling at Toronto,
as they have been steadily increasing. It has
been noted, this winter, however, that they seem
to.be more generally distributed in small numbers
throughout the city rather than in large flocks in
the open country, and this may be a partial ex-
planation. Whether or not this indicates a de-
finite trend in Starling habits in this locality re-
remains to be seen.

CHRISTMAS BIRD CENSUS OF THE BRODIE CLUB, TORONTO

‘SPECIES ~~ ROUTES:

oo OO C S| —§ |S |

Great Black-backed Gulla ees ea es EGE ARG PACA AI

Herring Gull

Red-head Duck
Scaup Duck
Golden-eye
- Old Squaw

Red-tailed Hawk................
Sparrow Hawk
Long-eared Owl.................
Short-eared Owl............ fete tek

ce re ey

Downy Woodpecker
Blue Jay
rawr ete Mate LU it Sas babeded vi
Sarang

es re er ey

sr ry

CC

DLE, SDATEOW 63e50=.6 4550, se paw idntsy ieee ,
Slate-coloured Junco.............|.. See

BpeMe SDAITOW ss tee eee |e Srasoncugeled ate me tienen

Towhee

ee

Brown Thrasher.......... a ache erleaste acs

ese se ee wo eee

Chickadee

ees ese ee ee eo ee ee ow ow we ee te we we

Total Species, 37.

CC es fn ee rd

Meeritie batt Ul be ee at eee nse salt. dhe Oe Wok a he Aen see one se
Be americantMerganser 2.5.06. 0c). | aetna et i ce

Cooper's Hawk) . 22365 08 2 oo. ee SCRE Sir icxce Leer ae eer LN Be aS

Ce ee rr ry

Maken aleliatettere) si aie als nate ate fete ale ehw' fede) elisiard vee Plas le ele: witele Aisne onc.e te ie altel s cere alee 6 6 ieee oe

ahesehie job a éx0) tinh simlie}iemeltelts |t)si(s, sje) (6)is).e) =i piene «(a .alleke .ejfhs) sip atie eu sie,

Cedar Waxwing........... Sse ee be - rte 1S ee ee eee
PEC HORE SATUCO Cie Oe hi oc hema gins Salih = +t

Nee

CC Cs ee ee es (er

Pe See ee er ee

By alolinialie walle tia elie/(s) ajie)(e) le) ieliere l=) 94 ef ielis/ pie re \s\ ier lel 8) 911°)
ee we ew oe
ee ee ee ee

ee eye 6 2 0 ofc « wc 0 0.6 ef es ae © 2 2 oes pte ee

ofte! eo ave. e wif ete 6 0 afer eo 0 piste: enc, en el ate
ovis) jello: ever oe) wile hi ehiajet ais se) slepeneriet a ange) ie,
w) site ee © © a)\fce css ee) 0 © |= «ekm,et eo) 9 ad] eerie lei ies a) 4
atlel (eve: oielhetiel fiele) o\ial oflal eifat |je' stiemey episaie: ie.
dewexiehe le) oeiti | oe BEC U se WVepeiioieleane, cay

ifs) ©) sila) ee ja) ie\)>aes ce) efele,cos)ie = tt ) (Snoe(< AR iad eniab estat a: haven

oe =
JHEP RONENOPNOD

Total Individuals, 925

40 : THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

EHighteen observers were divided into six parties
as follows: (1) E. J. Deacon, R. J. Rutter—
Eastern Don Valley and adjacent parts of East
York Township. (2) L. L. Snyder, H. H. Brown,
T. F. Mcllwraith, H. B. Macklin, K. B. Jackson
—Reservoir Park, Lawrence Park and northward
to York Mills. (8) C. Hope, F. Smith—Cedar-
vale and Mount Dennis. (4) J. L. Baillie, Jr.,
Paul Harrington—High Park and Humber Valley
north ot Lambton. (5) R. V. Lindsay, F. H.
Emery, M. Speers—Lake Shore from Exhibition
Grounds to Sunnyside and High Park. (6) S. L.
Thompson, G. Bell, L. J. Milne, J Townson,—
Ashbridge’s Bay and Fisherman’s Island.

Some other birds of interest which have been
observed at Toronto since December Ist are:
Canvasback Duck, Snowy Owl, Red-headed
Woodpecker, Red-winged Blackbird, Rusty Black-
bird and White-throated Sparrow.—THE BRODIE
CuuB, R. J. RuTTErR, Secretary.

VINELAND, ONTARIO, December 238, 1930.—

This year the local bird enthusiasts made their

census on two routes: (1) Three observers, 9.15
a.m. to 1.20 p.m., traversed the side of the Escarp=

[VoL. XLV

ment, several wooded valleys and, followed the
frozen Twenty Mile Creek through a large area
of marsh; (2) Two observers, in the afternoon,
walked through part of the Experimental Farm,
along the lake shore and the banks of the Jordan
Pond. Weather conditions were poor at first the
day being dull, temperature 22°, but shortly
before noon the sun began to shine brilliantly and
the temperature rose to 28°. ‘Two inches of snow
covered the ground. The combined list follows:
Herring Gull, 2; Ring-necked Pheasants, 4;
Ruffed Grouse, 1; Hairy Woodpecker, 1; Downy
Woodpecker, 1; Horned Lark, 2; Blue Jay, 4;
Crow, 2; Starling, 5; House Sparrow, several;
Goldfinch, 1; Tree Sparrow, 50; Slate-coloured

_Junco, 48; Song Sparrow, 2; Cedar Waxwing, 20;

Golden-crowned Kinglet, 12. (Three unidenti-
fied: sparrows, probably either Swamp or song
sparrows, and two unidentified Blackbirds, prob-
ably either Rusty or Red-winged Blackbirds,
were seen among the reeds of the Twenty Mile
Creek marsh.) Total species, 16, total indivi-
duals, 160.—G. H. Dickson, J. A. GOLDIE, W. J.
K. HARKNESS, W. E. HURLBURT and E. F. PAL-
MER.

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS

ELK REMAINS IN NORFOLK CouNTy.—As pub-
lished information of the occurrence of elk (Cervus
canadensis) in Ontario is so meagre, the following
contribution may be of value.

My father, who was born in this county in 1833,
told me that he had been told, when a young boy,
by an old hunter, that the latter had seen elk in
this county when he was a boy. About the
year 1911 while pulling an elm stump of 80 inches
diameter in a wet place on my farm (Lot 19,
Concession VI, Charlotteville township) I uncover-
ed a pair or more of elk horns. There were 2 pieces
of 30-36 inches length and 3 inches diameter of
the heavier part of the horn and also some shorter
pieces about 2 inches in diameter. These showed
the prongs, but the points were gone. I took
them to the barn where they lay in an open shed
for some years, but they became soft after ex-
posure to air and I noticed only one piece a foot
long a year ago. Mr. M. M. Smith of Simcoe

has in his possession elk horns found within half a.

mile of that town and also some from Long Point
Island.—MONROE LANDON.

UNUSUAL BIRD-BANDING RETURN.—Copeia
(1930:83-84) reports that among the stomach
contents of a male Alligator mississippiensis
(Daudin) which was taken on a hook in South
Carolina were five aluminium bird bands. This

“constitutes, it is believed, the first banding
returns reported through such a medium, atlhough
it is well known, of course, that alligators must
take a toll of certain marsh and water birds.
From the action of the stomach juices the bands
in question are considerably pitted. This condi-
tion, in two instances, causes difficulty in deciph-
ering some of the figures. The [U.S.] Biological
Survey has advised that these bands are from
young little blue herons, Florida cxzrulea (L.) and
Louisiana herons, Hydranassa tricolor ruficollis
(Gosse), banded June 18, 1929, in a nesting
colony located at Yough Hall Plantation, Charles-
ton County. The pond containing this colony
is about a mile and a half in a straight line from
the spot where the alligator was taken. The inter-
vening country consists mainly of cultivated
fields, with some woods and swamp land, and while
it is fairly certain that this particular alligator
was in the habit of making overland journeys, it
is thought that they were in another direction.
For this reason and because all the bands repre-
sented different broods, it seems probable that
the herons, on attaining sufficient growth; visited
the flats and marshes. at. or near the spot miter
the alligator was killed.”’—D.L.

NOTES ON THE ACADIAN SHARP-TAILED SPAR-
ROW (Passerherbulus nelson. subvirgatus) AT —

February, 1931]

KAMOURASKA, QUEBEC.—At Kamouraska, Que-
bee, from Cape Taché to the Desjardins Islets, is
an area several hundred yards wide and about
two miles long that the waters of the St. Lawrence
estuary cover only during very high tides in
spring and fall. This area is covered in summer
with tall plants, commonly called salt grass, and
scattered over it are numerous pools of salt, muddy
water.

It is among this grass that the Acadian Sharp-
tailed Sparrow nests, and there it must be sought.

The male bird is easy to observe at nesting
time, for he sings frequently, although his song
is weak and not particularly musical. At times
he may be seen perched on a dry plant-stalk or
on a dead branch washed up by the tides; at
other times he will rise almost vertically for
several yards, to drop down again, singing, among
‘the grass.

In autumn, however, it is very different.
Young and adults, living among the grass, will
almost never take flight unless they are surprised
at very close range, when they fly a few yards only
and are not seen again.

On June 1, 1929, in traversing this area, I did
not see a single individual of this species. On
June 8 I returned to the place again, but was
able to discover only one singing individual. On
the 28rd of June I went back once more to the
same place, and in a distance of a mile I met six
individuals and had also the pleasure of finding
for the first time in my experience a nest con-
taining five eggs, of which two were partially
incubated.

The nest was constructed wholly of grass and
was entirely concealed by dead grass arched over
it in the shape of an inverted V, with an entrance
to the nest on one side only.

The female Sparrow flushed from the nest close
to my feet and ran on the ground for about thirty
yards, then took flight and returned to perch a
few yards from the nest, where it preened its
plumage without giving any sign of anxiety.

The Acadian Sharp-tailed Sparrow appears to
reach the extreme northern limit of its range at
Kamouraska, for there are some springs when only
a single individual can be found in this area, where
it may have been common the year before.—
WILLIE LA BRIE.

THE PROTHONOTARY WARBLER.—This bird
has for years been looked upon as a straggler in
Ontario, but this year (1930) produces hints that
it is a regular breeder in the southwestern penin-
sula. On June 15th, accompanied by Messrs.
Lindsay and Emery of Toronto and Patterson
of London, we found one of these birds in full

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 41

song in the high trees of Rondeau Park. It was
living right around a certain restricted location
where it apparently had an attraction, doubtless
in the form of a mate on her nest. Spurred by
this discovery, Mr. and Mrs. McKone, Messrs.
Dale, Calvert. and Watson went down on the
22nd and found the bird not only where it had
been seen before but found at least two other
singing males in other places. Freedom from
dogs and guns tends to make Rondeau Park an
inviting sanctuary for the ornithologist and there
is little doubt that next year it will be still more
thoroughly explored.

Previous records in Canada are very scanty,
although they have been more frequent in recent
years. London has two and Toronto two or
three, Point Pelee one and I think a couple from
Hamilton. So it is quite possible that other
breeding grounds may be discovered as the south-
western tier of counties is more thoroughly
worked.—W. E. SAUNDERS.

THE ACADIAN FLYCATCHER.—Every time I
have been in Rondeau Park in recent years I
have heard one or more of these Flycatchers
giving their explosive call and on both the 15th
and the 22nd of June of this year (1930), the
parties that found tke Prothonotary tound the
Acadian also. It will be remembered that these
birds have occurred apparently under breeding
conditions in other parts of Kent and Welland
Counties, and they are doubtless in Essex also.
On the 28rd of June, 1930, a short investigation
in woods southwest of Glencoe in Middlesex
County disclosed a male who was apperently a
resident. These records hint at the breeding of
this species in at least four counties, and yet we
have never succeeded in getting a single migration
record for Point Pelee, which makes it appear as
though the bird has some peculiar style of migra-
tion such as the Olive Side has, the latter bird
being rarely seen in southern Onterio, although
it is a widespread summer resident in the northern
parts of the Province—W. EH. SAUNDERS.

A SECOND RECORD OF THE SAURY OR BILLFISH
(Scombresox saurus) FROM THE GULF OF ST.
LAWRENCE.—Through the kindness of Dr. Harri-
son F. Lewis, of the National Parks of Canada
Branch, Ottawa, a second record of the occurrence
of Scombresox saurus in the Gulf of St. Lawrence
has been given me. A specimen 13) inches in
length was taken in a salmon net at Rocky Bay
about 45 miles west of the western end of the
Stiait of Belle Isle. The fishermen who took it
had never seen a specimen like it before. The
previous record was also made by Dr. Lewis.

42

(Canadian Field-Nat. 41:47, 1928)—J. R. Dy-
MOND.

OCCURRENCE OF SOME SOUTHERN SULPHUR
BUTTERFLIES AT VINELAND, ONTARIO.—On Aug-
ust 2, 1930, I captured two large Sulphur butter-
flies at the flowers in our garden. The weather
had been quite warm for several days and this
day was especially hot with a strong southwest
wind blowing. Both specimens were rather
battered.

The specimen, which I have at hand now, has
a wing expanse of three inches with a ground
colour of light yellow, though many of the scales
are missing. There are marginal rows of black
spots on fore and hind wings with an inner row
of similar spots on the fore wings. The outer
margins of the hind wings are orange. Both
specimens were taken to Mr. F. P. Ide of the
Department of Biology, University of Toronto.
Mr. Ide concluded that they were female speci-
mens of either the Large Orange Sulphur (Catop=

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

silia agarithe) or the Red-barred Sulphur (C.
philea), but probably the former species. Both
species are native of the southern Mississippi
Valley and southwest.

On October 13, 1930, I saw another large
Sulphur on the Highway about three miles west
of St. Catharines. It was of a much brighter
yellow colour than the specimens captured in
August and the wings appeared relatively perfect.
It flew down a hillside and disappeared before I
could stop my car.

The Orange Sulphur Butterfly (Hurymus
eurytheme) has been very common here this
autumn. The first one was noticed on September
4, 1930, and it was seen again on September 11,
22 and in fact almost any time I covered any
amount of territory in my car. On October 6th
five specimens were captured in about half an
hour.
I noticed on several occasions that the males
seemed to outnumber the females five or ten to
one.—W. E. HURLBUT.

BOOK REVIEW

- AMERICAN WATERFOWL: THEIR PRESENT SITU-
ATION AND THE OUTLOOK FOR THEIR FUTURE.
By John C. Phillips and Frederick C. Lin-
coln, with illustrations by Allan Brooks and
A. L. Ripley. Houghton-Mifiin Company,
1930. ;

This convenient volume of 300 pages presents
a sane, unemotional, and well-considered survey
of its subject. The authors have not only drawn
upon their extended personal experiences and
knowledge and the information to be found in the
literature of the subject, but have wisely sought
the advice of experts in many special sub-divisions
of their field, thus increasing and fortifying the
authority with which they speak.

The opening chapter, dealing with ‘““The North
American Breeding Areas’ of our valuable
waterfowl, should be a revelation to those who
“think of Canada as a vast henyard for wild ducks,
geese, and swans, extending north from the
Canadian Pacific Railroad to the frozen Polar
seas, east to Newfoundland, and west to Van-
couver Island’’. It is shown that far the larger
part of American sporting ducks are raised in the
Central Prairie region anc in Alaska, and that the
value of the prairie region for this purpose is
being rapidly and seriously reduced by extension
of agricultural operations and reduction of water
areas.

Chapters on the North American Wintering
Grounds and Migration follow. Without going
into excessive or technical detail, the authors

succeed in giving fair and comprehensive pictures
of these complex and important subjects in a
form that is readily grasped. In doing this they
make much use of information obtained by recent
bird-banding activities.

It is unfortunate that the maps used in the
three chapters above-mentioned are far from
being up-to-date in their representation of pro-
vincial boundaries. Those used in the chapters
on Breeding Areas and Wintering Grounds rep-
resent Manitoba in the old rectangular form that
it has not possessed since 1912, and show corres-
pondingly old boundaries for Ontario and Quebec,
and are therefore at least eighteen years old.
The map used in the chapter on migration shows
the present boundaries of Manitoba, but still
retains out-of-date northern boundaries for On-
tario and Quebec: The use of such antiquated
cartography is the more difficult to understand
in view of the great activity of the Canadian
Government in the distribution of up-to-date
maps.

“Drainage and Irrigation’, “Shooting as an
Adverse Factor’, ‘Poisons, Diseases, and Para-
sites’, ‘“‘Natural Enemies”, and “Oil Pollution”
are considered carefully as the principal adverse
factors encountered by North American weter-
fowl at the present time. Drainage operations
are wide-spread and have very serious effects in
the United States, but as yet are not of great
importance in Canada. The conclusion of the
authors concerning lead-poisoning of waterfowl

These all seemed in excellent condition. °

,

February, 1931]

' from the swallowing of shot is rather depressing,
not to say hopeless, as they think “that the
disease will continue and even increase’, that
“The ultimate conclusions as to its effect upon
the supply of waterfowl are hazardous to ima-
gine’, and that ‘Dr. Wetmore states that no
practical suggestions can be given to alleviate
the danger to wild-fowl from this cause.” The
inventive genius of the present day should surely
be able to cope with this situation either by
substituting some other weapon for the shot-gun
or by making shot from some material other than
uncombined lead. Failure to solve the problem
means the end of waterfowl hunting in the mea-
‘surably near future, and despair is never to be
recommended.

The following statement about so called ‘‘ver-
min’ seems especially worthy of commendation:

“After a careful consideration of the matter,
we believe that as generally used ‘vermin’ includes
all animals that kill other animals that man
himself desires to kill. In other words by some
distortion of his mental processes, man has rele-
gated [!] to himself the right to kill and denies this
to all other creatures of the earth. We would
not, of course, imply that there is no such thing
as vermin, for the term seems particularly ap-
propriate for the feral house cat and the brown
rat, animals that have no natural place in the
economy of the wild life of our continent, and for
whose presence man is solely responsible. Also
we appreciate that upon game farms or reserva-
tions, devoted to the increase of certain species
of game birds or mammals, the control of many
species of predatory animals must be carried on
by the proper authorities. But we do wish here
to register our opposition to the senseless slaughter
of hawks, owls, gulls, harmless snakes, and other
species that only too frequently are killed on
sight, merely because it is thought that they may
at some time kill a duck or some other game
bird.”

The stand is taken “that, with the increase of
sheoters, the maintenance of a strictly demo-
cratic system of so-called free shooting would
turn the odds against the birds to an overwhelm-
Ing extent’’, and that “the club and preserve idea
has developed as the natural outcome of a dim-
inishing supply of game confronted by an in-
creasing army of shooters’. Reference is made
to “the absurdity of the theory that there would
be plenty of ducks and geese to satisfy all sports-
-menif all the preserved areas were opened to the
public.” These are probably the most conten-
tious points in the entire volume and they will by
no means meet with universal acceptance. That
the authors have marshalled their arguments well

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 43

and that existing conditions and developments on
this continent show a distinct trend in the direc-
tion that they indicate cannot, however, be
gainsaid.

' A well-reasoned and stimulating chapter on
“Conservation of Waterfowl in General” sum-
marizes the situation as follows:

“Conservationists, the optimistic ones, may
look forward to the day when we may provide
for a greatly increased stock of wild-fowl, but this
day is not in sight. The best that we can do,
faced as we are with an ever-lessenirig area of
optimum feeding and breeding grounds, is to
ensure the maintenance of what stock we have
left. Even this would be, in our opinion, a very
considerable feat of accomplishment.”

Comment may be made that we can do even
better than this when we, as a species, learn to
control our own species as well as our fellow-
species.

There follows a chapter on “Waterfowl Food-
Plants” and another entitled ‘““Methods of Taking
Ducks, with some Remarks on the Ethics of the
Various Practices’. The latter comtains an
interesting calculation leading to the conclusion
that in the United States there are from 1,000,000
to 2,000,000 duck shooters, whose investment in
special equipment used in connection with this
sport is from $100,000,000 to $200,000,000.

An Appendix contains a list of such wild Swans,
Geese and Ducks as are, in the authors’ opinion,
entitled to be considered ‘“‘North American Game
Waterfowl’’, with their common names and ranges
and some notes on their present status and their
body weights.

The excellent illustrations of waterfowl in
flight, by Allan Brooks, and the headpieces by
A. L. Ripley, add much to the attractiveness of
what is, in every way, a well-made volume.

There is a mathematical error of some moment
on page 135, where it is concluded, from a con-
sideration of the Mallard population, that a
production of four or five mature young Mallards
per pair of adults will result in a population in the
fall migration practically double that of the
preceding spring migration. This, of course,
should be treble, not double, and the difference,
when applied to most of the game ducks of North
America, is a large one.

In considering the different artificial mortality
rates of different species as shown by bird-banding
returns, the authors do not take into account the
undoubted failure of some killers of banded birds
to report them, nor the probable regional varia-
tion in the proportion of such failures to the total
of banded birds taken. This variation may be
due to regional differences in education, habit of

44 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

mind, and extent of illegal shooting, and may be
large enough to distort the basic facts when com-
parison is made between the artificial mortality
rates of species such as the Mallard and the
.Black Duck, which in large part are shot in very
different areas. It is the reviewer’s opinion also
that, other things being equal, waterfowl migrat-
ing coastwise, where complete safety from shoot-
ing is always close at hand, a short distance
seaward, always have lower mortality rates from
shooting than do those migrating over inland areas,
where such areas of safety are few and compara-
tively small. This will affect comparisons be-
tween mortality rates of species that differ in the
proportions in which their migrations are coast-
wise or inland.

The statement on page 227 that ““The Norbeck-
Andresen Bill was signed by President Coolidge
in May, 1928” is an error. The signing of the
bill, an important event in the history of conser-
vation in North America, took place on February
18, 1929.

It seems regrettable that, in the excellent sum-

OFFICIAL CANADIAN RECORD

[VoL. XLV

marized account of waterfowl food-plants, their
preferred habitats, and the methods of intro-
ducing them, the calciphiles, with the exception
of Chara, are not distinguished as such, for many
of these plants do require a supply of calcium and
attempts to introduce them where this is not
available, depending only on the information
given by this work, may be expensive failures.

On page 280 the statement is made, concerning
the Canadian Government, that “They have
already shown their disapproval of the automatic
shotgun by banning its use in some Provinces’,
but the fact is that the Regulations under the
Migratory Birds Convention Act, of Canada,
forbid the killing of migratory game birds by the
vse of an automatic gun anywhere in the Dom-
inion, and have done so continuously since 1920. ©

Every person interested in our wild Ducks and
Geese, whether as hunter, conservationist, or-
nithologist, nature-lover, or agriculturist, should
read this much-needed work with care, and think
about the basic problems so ably discussed in its
pages—H.F.L.

OF BIRD-BANDING RETURNS

Published by authority of the National Parks of Canada Branch, Department of the Interior,
Canada

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1922

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 700,471, banded by
Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island, in Bittern Lake,
12 miles west of Camrose, Alberta, on June 21,
1922, was shot at a place sixty miles north of
Prince Albert, Saskatchewan, on September 19,
1929.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 19238

GANNET, No. 296,540, yg., banded by William
M. Duval, at Bonaventure Island, Quebec, on
September 18, 1923, was found in a stable at
Grand Mira, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia, about
September 8, 1929. When found the bird was
unable to fly and died shortly after it had been
fed on clams.

BLACK DUCK, No. 297,390, banded by H. S.
Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on October 8,
1923, was shot at Christian Island, Georgian Bay,
Ontario, on October 20, 1929.

CANADA GOOSE, No. 202,128, caught at
Kingsville, Ontario, during the first week in May,
1923, by Jack Miner, banded by Hoyes Lloyd at
Ottawa, Ontario, on June 7, 1923, free to migrate
by fall of 1923, was killed at a place north of Fort
George, James Bay, Quebec, during the fall of
1926.

HERRING GULL, No. 309,461, juv., banded
by Harrison F. Lewis, at Coacoacho, Saguenay
County, Quebec, on August 11, 1924, was shot at
George’s Cove, Newfoundland Labrador, on Aug-
ust 28, 1929.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1924

BLACK DUCK, No. 323,327, banded by H. 8S.
Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on October 4,
1924, was shot at East Brewster, Massachusetts,
on October 1, 1929.

CROW, No. 227,831, yg., banded by R. H.
Carter, Jr., at Muscow, Saskatchewan, on July 20,
1924, was killed by a dog at a place two miles east
of Muscow, Saskatchewan, on July 1, 1929.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1925

MALLARD, No. 309,656, banded by F. W.
Robl, at Ellinwood, Kansas, on February 9, 1925,
was shot at a place eight miles north of Shoal
Lake, Manitoba, on September 28, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 324,026, banded by L. V.
Walton, at Cuivre Island, Firma, Missouri, on
March 11, 1925, was shot at Kelvington, Saskat-
chewan, on September 15, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 324,036, banded by L. V.
Walton, at Cuivre Island, Firma, Missouri, on
March 16, 1925, was shot at a place twelve miles
west of Kelvington, Saskatchewan, on October
26, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 309,767, banded by Reuben
Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on August 9,
1925, was shot at Lake Etta, Kidder County,
North Dakota, on September 17, 1929.
RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1926

GREAT BLACK-BACKED GULL, No. 418,-

February, 1931]

724, banded by Harrison. F. Lewis, on Eastern
Island, St. Mary Islands, Saguenay County, Que-
bec, on August 4, 1926, was caught in a fish net at
a place ten miles off Low Point, Sydney Harbor,
Nova Scotia, during the month of September, 1928.
GREAT BLACK-BACKED GULL, No. 418,-
782, juv., banded by Harrison F. Lewis, at Boat
Islands, Saguenay County, Quebec, on August
7, 1926, was shot at Cape St. George, Newfound-
land; on September 30, 1929.
MALLARD, No. 409,020, banded by F. C.
Lincoln, at Bath, Illinois, on January 6, 1926, was
shot at Punnichy, Saskatchewan, on October 1,

1929.

MALLARD, No. 409,574, ad., f., banded by
F. C. Lincoln, at Bath, Illinois, on January 8,
1926, was. shot at Ponass Lake, Saskatchewan, on
October 4, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 388,588, juv., banded by Paul
E. Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 29,
1926, was shot at Hardesty, Texas County, Okla-
homa,.on November 2, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 421,995, banded by D. H.
Bendick, at Grathside Farm, Leduc, Alberta, on
October 23, 1926, was shot at Hely River, Yuma
County, Arizona, on December 23, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 421,998, banded by D. H.
Bendick, at Grathside Farm, Leduc, Alberta, on
October 23, 1926, was killed at Snake River,
fifteen miles below Grand View, Idaho, on Janu-
ary 6, 1929.

BLACK DUCK, No. 418,048, banded by C. R.
Weinberger, at- Oakdale, New York, on April 7,
1926, was shot at Megantic Lake, Quebec, on
September 2, 1929.

‘BLACK DUCK No. 457,537, banded by H.S
Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario; on October 6,
1926, was shot at Port Clinton, Ohio, on Novem-

ber 4, 1929.

BLACK DUCK, No. 457,887, banded by H. S.
Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on October 13,
1926, was reported as killed during the fall of
1926, at a place north of Fort George, James Bay,
Quebec. This is a doubtful record because it
shows that this bird was killed far north of the
plate where it was banded and during the same

fall.

, BLACK DUCK, No. 464,166, banded by H. &.
Osler,.at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on October 15,
1926, was caught in a muskrat trap at North
Brook, Ontario, on April 8, 1929, and died later.
. BLACK DUCK, No. 464,178, banded by H. S.
Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on October 15,
1926, was shot on the Ohio River, Brush Creek
Island, Kentucky, on January 24, 1928. .

» BLACK DUCK, No. 464,242, banded by H.S.
Osler; at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on October 18,
1926, was shot at Pigeon River, three miles north
of ‘Omemee, Ontario, on September 26, 1929.

PINTAIL, No. 380,044, banded by E. W. Eh-
mann, at Lake Merritt, Oakland, California, on
November 8, 1926, was caught at Burstall, Sas-
katchewan, on June 15, 1929.

' LESSER SCAUP DUCK, No. 464,338, banded
by H.S. Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on Oc-
tober 24, 1926, was shot at Bainesville, Ontario,
about November 19,1928.

RING-NECKED DUCK, No. 464,339, banded
by H. S. Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on
October 24, 1926, was shot at Deer Bay, Peter-
boro County, Ontario, on October 10, 1929.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 45

COOT, No. 880,458, banded by E. W. Eh-
mann, at Lake Merritt, Oakland, California, on
November 8, 1926, was caught in a fish net at
Lesser Slave Lake, Alberta, on September 3, 1929.

SLATE-COLORED JUNCO, No. 184,535,
banded by Mrs. J. S. Chamberlain, at Amherst,
Massachusetts, on April 8, 1926, was killed by a
eat, at Lequille, Nova Scotia, about April 15, 1929.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1927

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 544,388, yg., band-
ed by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island in Bittern
Lake, twelve miles west of Camrose, Alberta, on
June 22, 1927, was killed at a place fourteen miles
southedst of Edmonton, Alberta, on October 12,

929.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 544,449, yg., band-
ed by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island in Bittern
Lake, twelve miles west of Camrose, Alberta, on
June 22, 1927, wasfound at Cheyenne, Wyoming,
on September 16, 1929.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 544,675, yg., band-
ed by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island in Bittern
Lake, twelve miles west of Camrose, Alberta, on
June 22, 1927, was shot at Pincher Station, Al-
berta, on September 24, 1929.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 544,939, yg., band-
ed by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island in Bittern
Lake, twelve miles west of Camrose, Alberta, on
June 22, 1927, was found dead at Nanton, Al-
berta, on October 1, 1929.

COMMON TERN, No. 432,845, banded by W.
B. Purdy, at Gull Island, St. Clair Flats, Michi-
gan, on July 17, 1927, was found dead at Rondeau
ae Park, Morpeth, Ontario, on September

MALLARD, No. 602,364, banded by F. H.
Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on September 26,
1927, was shot at Lake Saskatoon, Grande
Prairie, Alberta, on September 2, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 555,605, ad., m., banded by
F. H. Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on October 12,
1927, was shot at Lesser Slave Lake, Alberta, on
October 25, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 594,224, banded by F. H.
Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on November 1, 1927,
was shot at Humboldt, Saskatchewan, on Sep-
tember 21, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 594,457, banded by F. H.
Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on November 4, 1927,
was shot at Little Bow River, southwest of Vulcan,
Alberta, some time between November 4, 1927,
and October 14, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 595,571, banded by F. .H.
Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on November 12,
1927, was shot at a place thirty-five miles north-
west of Calgary, Alberta, on September 16, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 595,609, banded by F. H.
Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on November 12, 1927,
was shot at Buffalo Lake, nea) Mirror, Alberta, on
October 4, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 595,667, ad., f., banded by
F. H. Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on November
12, 1927, was shot at a place four miles north of
High Prairie, Peace River District, Alberta, on
November 7, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 595,747, ad., m., banded by
F. H. Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on November
13, 1927, was shot at Kootenay Flats, near Nelson,
British Columbia, on October 31, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 597,056, banded by F. H.
Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on November 238, 1927,

46 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

was shot at Fort Saskatchewan, Alberta, on Oc-
tober 8, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 465,920, f., banded by R. H.
Bruce, at Rockwood Park Sanctuary, St. John,
New Brunswick, on November 26, 1927, was shot
at Hampton, Kings County, New Brunswick, on
September 27, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 465,936, m., banded by R. H.
Bruce, at Rockwood Park Sanctuary, St. John,
New Brunswick, on November 28, 1927, was shot
at Hampton, Kings County, New Brunswick, on
September 17, 1929.

BLACK DUCK, No. 557,606, banded by W. B.
Large, at Rochester, New York, on December 4,
1927, was shot at Lake St. Peter, Quebec, on
September 20, 1929.

PINTAIL, No. 555,781, im., banded by F. H.
Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on October 20, 1927,
was shot at Lesser Slave Lake, Alberta, on Oc-
tober 22, 1929.

CHIMNEY SWIFT, No. 191,124, banded by
R. B. Glover, at Milton Junction Wisconsin, on
May 18, 1927, was found dead at Cobourg, On-
tario, on September 2, 1929.

CROW, No. 456,522, banded by W. E. Saunders
and Jack Miner, at Kingsville, Ontario, on Jan-
uary 20, 1927, was killed about two miles from
place of banding, on January 6, 1930.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1928

BLACK GUILLEMOT, No. 560,106, yg.,
banded by Oliver L. Austin, Jr., at Nunarsuk
Island, Newfoundland Labrador, on August 11,
1928, was killed at Port au Port, Newfoundland,
on July 21, 1929.

BLACK GUILLEMOT, No. 365,633, yeg.,
banded by Oliver L. Austin, Jr., at a Cliff at

Cunningham Island southeast of Grady, New-.

foundland Labrador, on August 20, 1928, was
killed at Eagle River, Sandwich Bay, Newfound-
-land Labrador, on August 27, 1929.

COMMON MURREH, No. 302,674, juv., band-
ed by Harrison F. Lewis, at Fog Island Sanctuary,
Saguenay County, Quebec, on August 9, 1928, was
shot at Harbor Buffett, Placentia Bay, Newfound-
land, on February 12, 1929.

COMMON MURRE, No. 302,681, juv., banded
by Harrison F. Lewis, at Fog Island Sanctuary,
Saguenay County, Quebec, on August 9, 1928,
was killed at Flowers Cove, Newfoundland, dur-
ing the month of March, 1929.

BRUNNICH’S MURRE, No. 560,073, ad.,
banded by Oliver L. Austin, Jr., at Nunarsuk
Island, Newfoundland Labrador, on August 11,
1928, was shot at Shambler’s Cove, Bonavista
Bay, Newfoundland, on November 1, 1929.

GLAUCOUS-WINGED GULL, No. 233,000,
nestling, banded by Theed Pearse and G. D. Sprot,
at Mitlenatch Island, Gulf of Georgia, British
Columbia, on August 11, 1928, was caught at the
First Narrows of Burrard Inlet, British Columbia,
on or about December 15, 1928.

GREAT BLACK-BACKED GULL, No. 560,-
264, yg., banded by Oliver L. Austin, Jr., at a
small inlet on the southeast side of Sandy Island

near Ford’s Harbor, Newfoundland Labrador, on ~

August 10, 1928, was found dead in a herring net
at Lennox Island, Port Hill, Prince Edward
Island, on May 1, 1929. :

HERRING GULL, No. 408,087, banded by
W. B. Grange, about June 18, 1928, at Sister
Islands, Green Bay, off Ephraim, Door County,

[VoLt. XLV

Wisconsin, and killed at Muscowpetung Indian
Reserve, Qu’Appelle Valley, Saskatchewan, on
September 16, 1929.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 555,181, juv., band-
ed by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island, north end
of Bittern Lake, fifteen miles northwest of Cam-
rose, Alberta, on June 23, 1928, was found at
Point Gabrillo Light Station, Mendocino, Cali-
fornia, on July 22, 1929.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 555,236, juv.,
banded by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island, north
end of Bittern Lake, fifteen miles northwest of
Camrose, Alberta, on June 23, 1928, was shot at
La Grande, Oregon, during the month of Octo-
ber, 1929. |

DOUBLE-CRESTED CORMORANT, No.
303,791, banded by Bert Lloyd, at the north end
of Last Mountain Lake, Saskatchewan, on July 21,
1928, was killed at Baton Rouge, Louisiana, on
October 5, 1929.

DOUBLE-CRESTED CORMORANT, No.
302,399, juv., banded by Harrison F. Lewis, at
Lake Island, Cape Whittle, Saguenay County,
Quebec, on August 2, 1928, was shot at Webb’s
Cove, Deer Island, Stonington, Maine, on Oc-
tober 8, 1928.

DOUBLE-CRESTED CORMORANT, No.
302,528, juv., banded by Harrison F. Lewis, on
Egg Rock, Cape Whittle Sanctuary, Saguenay
County, Quebec, on August 4, 1928, was drowned
in a fish net at Currituck Sound, North Carolina,
—reported on January 23, 1929.

DOUBLE-CRESTED CORMORANT, No.
302,564, juv., banded by Harrison F. Lewis, at
a rock near Hay Stack Island, Wolf Bay Sanctuary,
Saguenay County, Quebec, on August 8, 1928,
was shot at Troise Island, on the northeast coast
of Newfoundland, during the summer of 1928.

MALLARD, No. 496,324, banded by Paul O.
Willson, at Brighton, Colorado, on January 15,
1928, was killed at Edmonton, Alberta, on May ~
6, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 420,948, banded by F. W.
Robl, at Ellinwood, Kansas, on February 9, 1928,
was shot at a place twenty miles north of Melita,
Manitoba, on March 7, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 405,264, banded by T. E.
Musselman, at Quincey, Illinois, on March 13,
1928, was shot at Humboldt, Saskatchewan, on
October 19, 1929. | eal

MALLARD, No. 456,652, banded by John
Broeker, at Portage des Sioux, Missouri, on
March 16, 1928, was caught by a dog at Gurney-
ville, Alberta, on July 29, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 557,027, partial albino, band-
ed by Bert Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on
July 21, 1928, was shot at Melville, Saskatchewan,
on November 4, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 379,952, banded by J. A. M.
Patrick, near Willowbrook, Saskatchewan, during
the month of August, 1928, was killed at Fonehill,
Saskatchewan, on September 4, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 379,963, banded by J. A. M.
Patrick, near Willowbrook, Saskatchewan, during
the month of August, 1928, was killed at Fonehill,
Saskatchewan, on September 4, 1928

MALLARD, No. 388,608, f., banded by Paul
E. Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 20,
1928, was killed at Spring Creek, 18 miles west of
San Angelo, Texas, on January 29,1929.

MALLARD, No. 388,623, banded by Paul E.
Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 23,

February, 1931]

1928, was shot at Badger Lake, north of Arlington,
South Dakota, on October 13, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 388,625, banded by Paul E.
Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 24,
1928, was shot at Orchard, Nebraska, on Decem-
ber 28, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A600,001, f., banded by
George J. Bills, at Sauvies Island, Oregon, on
September 5, 1928, was shot at Mission City,
British Columbia, on October 15, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 597,789, banded by F. H.
Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on September 22, 1928,
was killed in the vicinity of Sturgeon Lake, near
Calais, Alberta, on July 10, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 598,190, im., m., banded by
F. H. Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on September
24, 1928, was shot at Wynndel, British Columbia,
on October 19, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 388,660, banded by Paul E.
Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on September
30, 1928, was killed at Hereford, Texas, on De-
cember 27, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 466,073, f., banded by R. H.
Bruce, at the Guy H. Humphrey Sanctuary,
Hampton Station Marsh, Kings County, New
Brunswick on October 7, 1928, was shot on the
shore of the State of Rhode Island, near the
boundary of Massachusetts, shortly before Dec-
ember 12, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 466,078, f., banded by R. H.
Bruce, at Guy H. Humphrey Sanctuary, Hampton
Station Marsh, Kings County, New Brunswick,
on October 7, 1928, was shot at Victoria Beach
Annapolis County, Nova Scotia, on November
30, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 555,461, banded by F. J.
Keller, at Antioch, Nebraska, on October 14,
1928, was killed at Baptiste Lake, Alberta, on
April 24, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 557,165, partial albino, band
ed by Bert Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan,
on October 15, 1928, was shot at Farragut, Iowa,
on October 15, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 557,133, banded by Bert
Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on October
16, 1928, was shot at Burlington, Iowa, on No-
vember 15, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 557,135, f., banded by Bert
Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on October
16, 1928, was shot at De Witt, Arkansas, on No-
' vember 1, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 557,136, f., banded by Bert
Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on October
16, 1928, was killed at Terrebonne Parish, Louisi-
ana, on December 30, 1928.

ALLARD, No. 557,140, banded by Bert
Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on October
16, 1928, was shot at Last Mountain Lake, fifty
miles northwest of Regina, Saskatchewan, on
November 22, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 557,141, f., banded by Bert
Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on October
16, 1928, was shot at Saline River, Arkansas, on
November 28, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 557,155, m., banded by Bert
Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on October
17, 1928, was shot at Cherokee, on the Salt Fork
of the Arkansas River, Oklahoma, on November
28, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 557,100 banded by Bert
Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on October

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 47

25, 1928, was killed at Carthage, South Dakota,
on December 10, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 557,206, ad., banded by Bert
Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on October
26, 1928, was shot at Shickley, Nebraska, on
November 9, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 557,208, ad., m., banded by
Bert Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on Oc-
tober 27, 1928, was shot on the Arkansas River,
Kay County, Oklahoma, on December 29, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A622,012, ad., f., banded by
H. Agersborg, at Meredosia Bay, Lllinois, on No-
vember 20, 1928, was shot at the Pine.Creek In-
dian Reservation, Lake Winnipegosis,: Manitoba,
during the month of October, 1929. B&R’ i

BLACK DUCK, No. 497,406, banded by A.
Rotch, at Brewster, Massachusetts, on December
31, 1928, was shot at Grondines, Quebec, on Sep-
tember 29, 1929.

PINTAIL, No. 601,788, banded by E. W.
Ehmann, at Oakland, California, on January 17,
1928, was shot in the Yukon Territory, on July
19, 1929.

PINTAIL, No. 601,963, banded by E. W.
Ehmann, at Lake Merritt, Oakland, California,
on January 17, 1928, was shot at Czar, Alberta,
on September 24, 1929.

PINTAIL, No. 332,789, ad., m., banded by F.
W. Robl, at Ellinwood, Kanass, on February 11,
1928, was shot at Big Quill Lake, near Kandahar,
Saskatchewan, on October 26, 1929.

PINTAIL, No. 600,277, banded by Wm. P.
Sparks, at Waco, Texas, on February 14, 1928,
was shot at Mildmay Park, Saskatchewan, on
September 15, 1929.

PINTAIL, No. 600,618, ad., f., banded by F.
W. Robl, at Ellinwood, Kansas, on March 1, 1928,
wee et at Edmonton, Alberta, on October 1,
1929. ;

PINTAIL, No. 208,413, banded by Fred Brad-
shaw, at Lucky Lake, Saskatchewan, on July 28,
1928, was shot at Los Banos, California, on Jan-
uary 14,1929. This bird was picked up at Lucky
Lake, afflicted by ‘‘duck disease’ and absolutely
helpless. It was taken one hundred and twenty-
five (125) miles to Regina, given fresh water for a
few days and liberated in Wascana Lake, Regina.

PINTAIL, No. A602,636, m., banded by R. M.
Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Reserve,
Chilliwack, British Columbia, on November 9,
1928, was shot at Sumas Prairie, British Colum-
bia, on November 25, 1928.

LESSER SCAUP DUCK, No. 388,657, juv.,
banded by Paul E. Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Al-
berta, on September 29, 1928, was shot at Moreno
Dam, San Diego County, California, on Decem-
ber 16, 1928.

CANADA GOOSE, No. 466,025, banded by
R. H. Bruce, at St. John, New Brunswick, in the
late summer of 1928, was killed by flying against
the cabin of a boat at Hilliard’s Timber Pond,
Portland, New Brunswick, on August 24, 1929.
This bird was imported as a gosling from New-
foundland and was later given to the Rockwood
Park Sanctuary, St. John, New Brunswick.

SCREECH OWL, No. 209,792, juv., banded by
G. W. Knechtel, at a place one and one-half miles
north of Kitchener, Ontario, on May 18, 1928,
was killed at a place twelve miles north of Guelph,
Ontario, on October 26, 1928.

BLACK-HEADED JAY, No. 506,927, im.,
banded by T. T. and E. B. McCabe, at Indian-

48 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

point Lake, Barkerville, British Columbia, on
September 22, 1928, was recovered at Canim
Lake, British Columbia, on October 1, 1928.

BRONZED GRACKLE, No. 522 AOMia eas,
banded by R. H. Carter, Jr. at Muscow, Saskat-
chewan, on May 20, 1928, was shot at Frankslake,
Saskatchewan, on September 3, 1929.

PINE GROSBEAK, No. 424, 599, banded by
Paul Kuntz, at Winnipeg, Manitoba, on Novem-
ber 24, 1928, was taken in the same locality in
which it was banded, on November 25, 1928, and
died during the day.

ROBIN, No. 467, 945, ad.,m., banded by T. T.
and EH. B. McCabe, at Indianpoint Lake, Barker-
ville, British Columbia, on April 26, 1928, was
found at Slaton, Texas, on February 9, 1929.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1929 -

GLAUCOUS-WINGED GULL, No. 299,703,
banded by G. D. Sprot, at Cobble Hall, Vancouver
Island, British Columbia, on August 3 1929, was
vo Ruskin, British ‘Columbia on February

0

MALLARD, No. 231,439, banded by Allen
Green, at Oakville, Towa, on January 7, 1927, was
caught i in a muskrat trap at Big Lake, Manitoba,
on May 1, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 202,436, yg., banded by
Fred Bradshaw, at Quill Lake, Saskatchewan, on
June 10, 1929, was shot at Guernsey, Saskatchewan,
on October iL, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 362,001, yg., banded by Frank
L. Farley, at Miquelon Lake, near Camrose,
Alberta, on June 12, 1929, was shot at Wauneta,
Nebraska, on November idl, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 235,865, banded by R. H.
Carter, on a slough one and one-half miles north
of Muscow, Saskatchewan, on July 14, 1929, was
shot at a place seventeen miles southeast of
Broadview, Saskatchewan, on October 26, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 326,318, m., banded by F. R..

Butler, at Elk Lake Game Farm, Saanich, Van-
couver Island, British Columbia, on August 29,
1929, was shot at Thedis Lake,, Vancouver, Island
British Columbia, on October 15, 1929.
MALLARD, No. 388,668, m., banded by Paul
E. Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 2,

1929, was shot at Perryvale, Alberta, on Novem-
ber 1, 1929.

[Von. XLV

MALLARD, No. 388,692, banded by Paul E.
Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 7,
1929, was shot at Park Court, Alberta, on Oc. -
tober Pally MAY e

MALLARD, No. 388,699, banded by Paul E.
Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 8,
1929, was shot at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, during
the fall of 1929.

MALLARD, No. 388,808, banded by Paul E.
Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 8,
1929, was killed in a trap by a stray dog, in the
Gas boty in which it was banded, on August
20

MALLARD, No. 388,806, banded by Paul E.
Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 8,
1929, was shot at Chico, California, on December

MALLARD, No. 388,807, m., banded by Paul
E. Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 8,
1929, was shot at Copan, Oklahoma, on Novem-
ber 14, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 388,816, m., banded by Paul
E. Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberiss on August 8,
1929, was shot at Labadieville, Louisiana, on
December 29, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 388,822, f., banded by Paul
E. Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 9,
1929, was shot at Waterloo, Montana, on Novem-
ber il, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 388,823, f., banded by Paul
E. Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 9,
1929, was shot in Lee County, Texas, on January
13s 1930.

MALLARD, No. 388,839, banded by Paul E.
Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 21,
1929, was shot at Kadoka, South Dakota, on
November Uy NEA).

SHOVELLER, No. 209,329, juv., banded by
J. A. Briggs, at Edenwold, Saskatchewan, on
July 30, 1929, was shot some time between July
30, 1929, and October 11, 1929,—reported by a
resident of Edenwold, Saskatchewan.

SHOVELLER, No. 209,330, juv., banded by
J. A. Briggs, at Edenwold, Saskatchewan, on
July 30, 1929, was shot at Edenwold, Saskat-
chewan, on September 16, 1929.

SHOVELLER, No. 368, 265, banded by Philip
Siemens, at Hepburn, Saskatchewan, on August
11, 1929, was shot at Waldheim, Saskatchewan, on
September 20, 1929.

"NATURAL, HISTORY SOCIETY OF
_ . MANITOBA

1929-30
resident Emeritus: J. J. GOLDEN; Honorary President:
RMAN CRIDDLE; Past President: A. M. DAVIDSON, M.D.;
esident: PROF. teas WARDLE; Vice Presidents: H. M.
_ SPEECHLY, M.D., C: W. Lows, M.Sc., G. SHIRLEY BROOKS,
G. LAWRENCE, J. B. WALLIS, M.A., H. C. PEARCE; Trea-
< : NORMAN LOWE, 317 Simcoe Street; ‘Auditor: 'R. M.
‘THOMAS; Social Convener: Mrs. G. SHIRLEY Brooks; General
retary: B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 392 Woodlawn Street, Deer
dge, Winnipeg; Executive Secretary: Mrs. L. R. SIMPSON.
NNITHOLOGICAL SECTION—Chairman: "A. BURTON
TRESHAM; Secretary: J. R. ORTON: ENTOMOLOGICAL
$I accor man: G. IRLEY Brooks; Secretary:
V R. SIMPSON. BOTANICAL SEC TION—Chairman:
Iss B. ir. BRADSHAW; Secretary: Mrs. H. T. Ross. GEO-
GICAL SECTION—Chairman: W. H. RAND; Secretary:
TOKES.
Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays.
: m October to April, in the physics theatre of the University,
. _ Winnipeg. ‘Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
pecn during May, June and September, and on public holidays
, during July and August.

ATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF BRITISH
COLUMBIA, VICTORIA, B.C.

erary President: C. C. PEMBERTON, 806 Quadra Street,
Victoria, B.C.; First Vice-President: WM. HUDSON, 606

ouglas Street, Victoria, B.C.; Second Vice-President: H.
ETHABY, 608 View Street, Victoria, B.C.; Honorary Secre-
ry: WM. A. NEWCOMBE, Provicial Museum, Victoria, B.C.;
orary Treasurer: RENA G. JONES, St. Margaret’s School,
ictoria, B.C.

\LBERTA. NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

onorary President: “Mr. J. J. GArtTz, Red Deer, Alta.; Presi-
lent: Mr. C. H. SNELL, Red Deer, Alta.; First Vice-President:
RS. W. A. CASSELS, Red Deer, Alta.; Second Vice-President:
Mr. S. PAMELY, Red Deer, Alta.; Directors: Mrs. G. F. Root,
¢ Me taskiwin, Alta.; Mr. EF. L. FARLEY, Camrose, Alta.; MR.
. A. CASSELS, Red Deer, Alta.; Mr. B. LAWTON, Edmon-
=n Alta.; -Mr. K. BowMAN Edmonton, Alta.; Pror. W.
ROWAN, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alta.; Mr. T. E.
NDALL, Camrose, Alta.; Honorary SPE ECL al
ins. S. PAMELY, Red Deer, Alta.

The meetings of this Society are held in Red Deer on the
; Friday of each month except during J uly and August and
haps September. The annual meetingis held in Red Deer
the last Friday in November. ~

cILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,

; LONDON, ONT.

sident: ELI DAvis, R.R. ‘No. 7, London, Ont.; Vice-
resident: EDISON MATTHEWS, 25 Wyatt Street, London, Ont.;
cording Secretary: ERNE FRANKS, 195 ‘Duchess Ave.,
sondon, Ont.; Corresponding Secretary and Treasurer: E. M.
. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.; Members qualified
_ to answer questions: W. E. SAUNDERS, 240 Central Avenue,
ie C. G. WATSON, 201 Ridout Street South,
ndon, Ont.; J. F. CALVERT, “461 Tecumseh Avenue, London,
3. E. M. s. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.
Meetings held the second Monday of ‘the month, except
during the summer.

.NCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

a ore, President: L. S. Kuinck, LL.D., President Univer-

of B.C.; President: JOHN DAVIDSON, | ELS F.B.S.E.,
versity of B.C.; Vice-President: Pror. M. Y. WILLIAMS;
onorary Secretary: C.F. Connor, M.A., 3529 W. 2nd Avenue,
Vancouver, B.C.; First Assistant Becieein B. J. Woop, B.A.;
Second Assistant Secretary: Mr. A. R. WOOTTON; Honorary

=

Librarian: J. D. TURNBULL; Members of Executive:
FRANK MCGINN, Mr. R. A. CumMING, Mr. M. M.
opps, Mr. J. L. PLoMMER, Mrs. C. G. MCCRIMMON; Au-
H. G. SELwoopD, W. B. Woops.

Fortnightly ‘Meetings in the University Buildings from
eptember to April (inclusive). Semi-monthly excursions from
ey to August Gnciisine)-

PROTECTION OF BIRDS

onorary President: Dr. I. GAMMELL; Past Presidents:
L. MclI. TERRILL, MR. NAPIER SmitH; President: MR.
'S. HART; Vice-Presidents: MR. A. P. MURRAY, Mrs. C.
DALE; Vice President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY MOUuSs-
; Recording Secretary: Mr. H. A. C. JACKSON; Corres-
ding Secretary: Miss K. D. MALCOURONNE;. Curator of
des: Miss EMiLy LUKE.

Mr. J. W. BUCKLE, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, HON. Justicn
E. Howarp, Miss Epitd Morrow, Miss M. S. NICOLSON,

‘reasurer: A. H. BAIN, 2142 Collimetraod Street, Vancouver, -

oe ‘Affiliated Societies

Mr. W. A. OSWALD, MR. R.A - OUTHET, MRS. JOHN RITCHIR,
Miss H. STONE, Miss MAuD SEATH, Mr. L. McI. SPACKMAN.

Address all communications to the Society at P.O. Box
1185, Montreal, P.Q., Canada

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
‘NATURELLE DU CANADA

Bureau de direction pour 1930-31
Patron Honoraire: Son Excellence LE VICOMTE WILLINGDON,
G.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., G.C.I.E., G.B.E., Gouverneur-Géneral
de la Puissance du Canada; Vice-Pairon H onoraire: Honorable
M. H. G. CARROLL, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de
Québec; Bureau de Direction pour 1929: Président: R. MERE-
DITH, N.P.; Jer vice-président: Dr. J.-E. BERNIER; 2éme
vice-président: G. STUART AHERN; Secrétaire-trésorier: Louis
B. LAVOIE; Chef de la section scientifique: Dr. D. A. DERY;_
Ghef de la section de Propagande éducationnelle: ADRIEN
FALARDEAU, C.R.; Chef de la section de protection: MAJOR
Jos. MATTE; Chef de la section d’information scientifique et
pratique: EDGAR ROCHETTE, M.P.P.; Directeurs: DR. S,
GAUDREAU, RONALD LINDSAY, GEO. M. MITCHELL.
Secrétaire-trésorier: LouIs-B. LAVoIn, ~~
38 Sherbrooke Street, Québec.

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’

CLUB
- ~ OFFICERS FOR 1929-30. i
Honorary President: PRoFESSoR A. P. COLEMAN; President:
Pror. J. R. DyMOND; Vice-Presidents: Mr. J. H. FLEMING,

Dr. N. A. POWELL, MR. CouiIn S. FARMER; Secretary: MR.
F. P. IDE, (Dept. of Biology, University of Toronto); Publicity
Secretary: Dr. L. B. JACKES; Treasurer: MR. FRED H.
BRIGDEN; Executive Committee: Pror. R. B. THOMPSON, PROF-
E. M. WALKER, Messrs. STUART L. THOMPSON, J. A. PAR-
TRIDGE, A. M. PATTERSON, FE. B. S. LocGier, W. H. WRIGHT,
Dr. McKINLEY; Committee on Conservation: MR. R. G.
DINGMAN; Leaders: Birds—Merssrs. J. H. FLEMING, STUART
L. THOMPSON, L. L. SNYDER, J. L. BAILLIE; Mammals—
Pror. J. R. DyMOND, Mr. E. C. Cross; Reptiles and Am-
phibians—Messrs. E. B. S. Locier, WM. LERAy; Fish—
Pror. J. R. DyMOND, PRoF. W. J..K. HARKNESS; Insecis, etc.
—Pror. BE. M. WALKER, DR. N. ForD, Mr. BE. P. Ipr; Botany
—Pror. R. B. THoMSOoN, PRor.H. B. SIFTON, oe G. WRIGHT;
Geology—Pror. A. MCLEAN.

Crabtree Limited

Artists and
Designers

BLUEPRINTERS
ENGRAVERS
COMMERCIAL
PHOTOGRAPHERS

PH O.T OO:
LITHOGRAPHERS

| a98 Albert Street
Ottawa, Ont.

Card Filing Systvcas
for Naturalists

As makers of the Library
Bureau line of Card Filing
Devices in Canada, we are

in a position to supply all

Naturalists with cards and

trays where they can read-

ily index all their observa-
tions and notes

Lowe-Martin Ltd.

OTTAWA, CANADA

Printers ef The Canadian Field-Naturalist
Publishers of the Autobiography of John Mecoun, M A

} A New PEST-PROOF INSECT BOX

THE HOOD
INSECT BOX

Special Features of the HOOD BOX:

1. Pest-proof
2. Wooden Frame

3 High shoulder,
protecting specimens

4 Excellent pinning bottom
5. High quality box at low cost

PRICE $1.25 EACH ©

SPECIAL RATES IN QUANTITY

For full description ask for circular No. 298

WARD’S

) NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84 College Avenue, ROCHESTER, N.Y.

BIRD GARDEN
‘EQUIPMENT .

ATTRACT THE INSECT FEED-
ING BIRDS TO YOUR GARDEN |

THE...
H.M.B. |] -
CHICKADEE |} —
BELL | 1
PRICE $1.00 ©
Postage Paid

|
|

Fill with melted fat and hang outside
your window, whether town or couniry, |
and the Chickadees will be your sepa |

tee . :

Feeding
éNesting
* Box -

HLM.B. Ee & FEEDING ©

. PRICE $4.00 POSTAGE PAID

Cc. T. BATTEN
810 Hastings St. W.,
VANCOUVER, B.C.

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers

pe te ty i arte laa iB es Ws ONTO eh | ig Ca eect ee ee
te q * ak vo 7 . i ive ot 5

gies 13

2 VOL. XLY, No. 3. | MARCH, 1931

uM

a)
#
All
Pal.
ee INS
‘ Ny

No
f

aes ele : e
a iN ae WS hall
\ ae li lan |

a re A i \i Ai EAN |
My Ye aA | \ : Nhs

LISMEDRtT ISTS’ CLUB

ISSUED MARCH 2nd, 1931. ~,
- Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as pecend: class matter

- fa

Notes on the Home Life of the Virginia Rail. By Henry Mousley...............%......... me

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB

President: HARRISON F'. LEWIS, 34 Grosvenor Ave., Ottawa.
1st Vice-President: C. M. STERNBERG and Vice-President: M. E. WILSON
Secretary: GORDON o POSTLETHWAITE, 25 Rupert St. Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, 582 Mariposa Ave.

thal eh TAs Rockcliffe Park.

Additional Members 4) Council; F.J.Aucock, R. M. ANDERSON, Wes M. E. Cowan, Messrs. H. G.
CRAWFORD, NORMAN CRIDDLE, R. E. DELURY, BERTRAM A. FAUVEL, HERBERT GROH, ANDREW
HALKETT, D. JENNESS, C. E. JOHNSON, A. G. KINGSTON, E. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELEY,
DOUGLAS ‘LEECHMAN, HovEs LLoyp, W. T. Macoun, M.O. MAure, MARK G. McELHINNEY, G. Ae

_ Miuimr, A. E. PORSILD, E. E: PRINCE, ds DEWEY Soper, P. A. TAVERNER, E. F. G. ‘WHITE,
W. J. WINTEMBERG, and Presidents of Affiliated Societies.

Editor:
_ Dovueias LEECHMAN
National Museum, Ottawa, Canada.

Associate Editors: fe aR.
GENNESS 20). hes ene. ages Anthropology CLYDE L. PATCH: ... 2°. .; Goaeeoa Herpetology —

D. a
NIV OR VEAL TR hr UN reco ee ot auereee Botany R. M. ANDERSON......... :...Mammalogy —
Ho AUNT CHPORD 22, oc. 8 we Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN............ Marine Biology —
oe GIBSON Sa ee eee Entomology Pi A. TAVERNER :: 52 s)oue ae Ornithology

PAT COCK sake ote een mi iowe cen Geology E. M. KINDLE. Pah LON Oe ae ee Palzontology

CONTENTS
PAGE
Contributions to the Knowledge of Extreme North-Eastern Labrador. By Bernhard Hantzsch —
Roadside, Markers... By EH. M? Kindle.) 6:0) 0 6 ei 55

The Relation of Canada Geese and Brant to Commercial Gathering of Eel-Grass in the St. Law- fies
rence Estuary... By Harrison BE: Lewis.0 3. ek ee oo op ee ee aie
Canada’s Heritage of Wild Life—Some Economic Aspects. By Miss Florence ‘A. UE ae 6

Seiches: |. By ©. H: O/ Donoghue. cnc oe es
Amphibians and Reptiles of the Athabaska and Great Slave Lakes Region. By Francis Harper
Ay Wolf at: the: Door!) By; Hoyes: Lloyds 0. ee ke ME Sites
Notes and Observations: Sao
The Value of Detailed Bird-banding Records. By Harrison F. Lewis.................
Least Bittern on the Island of Orleans, Quebec, P.Q. By R. Meredith................
Winter Records of Towhees in Toronto. By RicD Ussher hess ae ee a
Lewis’s Woodpecker (Asyndesmus lewisi) in Cenlaal Alberta. By Frank L. Farley......
New Map of Canada............ RECS ea Nee oN MISTER SUED Ae et ath a ee
Correction 2 aoa ae eg Sg doe ie oY een aoe Re ae Man eM Ie Ne er
Book Reviews:

Our Great Outdoors. Mammals. By R.M. Wer deans: Bec aie alee

fH The official publications of ‘THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued
#: since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, |
? two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes; and these. have
#3 been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is
# issued monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication
of the results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each

The Membership Committee Se The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its oar place among
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

WILMOT LLOYD,
Otiawa Field-Naturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Ave.,
Rockcliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA.

The @anadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. XLV

OTTAWA, CANADA, MARCH, 1981

No. 3

Ow

~ CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF EXTREME NORTH-EASTERN
LABRADOR

By BERNHARD HANTZSCH

‘‘Beitrage zur Kenntnis des nordéstlichsten Labradors,
yon Bernhard Hantzsch, Mitteilungen des Vereins fir Erd-
kunde zu Dresden, Dresden, Volume 8, 1909, pp. 168-229.
Volume 9, 1909, pp. 245-320.

(Translated from the original German text in the Library of
Congress, Washington, D.C., by M. B. A. Anderson, M.A.,
Ottawa, 1928.)

Original pagination given in the text.

[P. 168]

HE purpose of the following work is to
Ah present a short, comprehensive descrip-
pari) tion of the extreme north-eastern parts
———— of Labrador, about north of latitude
59°30’ N. It reviews the few publications, which
give original information concerning this region,
but pictures chiefly the travels, investigations,
observations and inquiries of the writer during a
stay in that district in 1906. In spite of brevity
and lack of completeness it may possess justifica-
tion for publication, because those districts are
not easily reached and are, therefore, seldom
visited from a scientific standpoint. The few
white people living there have hardly any object
in publishing a description of the district in which
they live.

My journey to those districts was to serve first
of all as practical preparation for a larger expedi-
tion to Baffin Island, and then natural history
investigations, especially such as concerned the
avifauna. My ornithological results! have been
published in the April and July numbers, 1908,
Journal fiir Ornithologie (Professor Dr. Reichenow).
I use some of the descriptions from this in the
present work.

The course of the journey was as follows. On
July 2nd, 1906, I left the docks of London? on
board the mission ship Harmony [P. 169]. Our
course lay down the Thames and then along the
south coast of England. We sighted the last
European shores with the Scilly Isles, and then

1‘‘Contribution to the Knowledge of the Avifauna of North-
Eastern Labrador,’ Bernhard Hantzsch. Translated by M.
B. A. Anderson and R. M. Anderson from ‘‘ Beitrag zur Kennt-
nis der Vogelwelt des nord6stlichsten Labradors,” Journal
fiir Ornithologie, Leipzig, Volume 56, 1908. The Canadian
Field-Naturalist, Jan., Feb., March, Apr., May, Sept, Oct.,
Noy., Dec., 1928. Jan., Feb., Mar., 1929.

set our course W.N.W. into the open Atlantic.
We had adverse winds most of the time, so that
on many days we did not advance 9s much as
one hundred nautical miles, and we could rarely
sail. But a strong southeast storm blew on
July 19th, and inside of twenty-four hours we
advanced over two hundred nautical miles. Our
four-hundred-ton ship, which had formerly sailed
North Russian waters and had then had steam
engines installed, proved to be an excellent sailing-
vessel. In spite of this, however, she was over-
taken by the dark onrushing waves. Late in the
evening of July 21st we caught our first sight of
moving ice-floes, not much farther than one
hundred nautical miles from the coast of north-
eastern Labrador. The next morning and after-
noon the ship had to break through a broad belt
of ice, in order to reach open water again after
turning aside to S.E. The temperature of the
air was about +3° C. [87.4°F.], the wind blew
gently from the S.W., thin fog covered sea and
ice, and settled on the rigging of the ship, so that
large drops of water dripped incessantly on the
deck. We were hindered during the following
days by fog, wind, rain and ice from making
observations, so that we had to wait for clearer
weather, moving slowly, stopping or even drifting
along with the currents. According to a later
statement by the captain, Mr. J. E. Jackson, we
did not drift towards the south during these days,
as was to be assumed from the maps but rather
towards the north. According to this there seems
to be a current along the coast of Resolution Is-
land, which juts so far out, that is opposed to
the great Arctic current which moves southward.
This phenomenon may explain [P. 170] the well-
known abundance of driftwood on Resolution
Island, which may come from Hudson Bay and

2 Upon request permission was granted me by the Breth-
ren’s Society for Furtherance of the Gospel among the Heathen
(S.F.G.) in London (that is, the society which has been caring
for the support of the Labrador mission for more than a
hundred years) after kind recommendation by the board of
directors of the Moravian brothers in Berthelsdorf at Herrnhut
in Saxony, to travel on the little steamer under Captain J. E.
Jackson from London to Labrador and from there to New-
foundland.

50 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Ungava Bay, as it consists mostly of short stalks,
branches and twigs. Such narrow adverse cur-
rents are found frequently in similar localities.
Often indeed they afford the only possibility, even
if a dangerous one, of passing certain promon-
tories and straits in an opposite direction to the
main current influenced of course by the tides.
The coastal formation or islands situated in front
of the coast induce movements of this nature.
On the evening of Juiy 24th we sighted land at
last rather near us, the higher parts of which were
entirely veiled in clouds. The coast was presently
identified as North-Eastern Labrador and so the
next morning we steamed northward. Countless
icebergs were floating about on the ocean. Occa-
sionally we saw thirty at one time. Pack-ice was
to be found only here and there though on the
coast the fog lifted gradually, and the supposition
of the captain that the coast was that of Resolu-
tion Island became more probable and, after the
appearance of the sun about noon, a certainty.
When the snow-covered heights of Loks Land
appeared in the distance at the northern end of
Frobisher Bay, we turned round and journeyed
south to Hudson Streit.

Resolution Island was discovered and apparent-
ly named in 1578 by one of the first explorers in
those parts of the ocean, Sir Martin Frobisher, but
up to the present it has never been explored more
carefully. In earlier times this island with its
abundance of animal life and wood was said to
have been visited regularly by Eskimos (ef. Kohl-
meister and Kmoch, Journal of a Voyage etc.,
London, 1841, p. 41); now this seldom takes
place, because even the natives fear the strong
and incalculable currents along these coasts.
The whole island looks like a deserted, dark,
mountain world, which rises up from the coast
rather precipitously in the northeastern part, but
quite gradually in the south. At the time of our
visit there was still an abundance of old snow in
all the gullies, but the limit of the snow does not
reach apparently even up to the highest parts in
theinterior. The northerly east coast along which
we travelled, possesses many low islands stretched
out in front of it, which [P. 171] are not shown
on the accompanying sketch because of their
small size and proximity to the land. I could
see with the glasses that they were thickly covered
with heaths, here and there with grasses and
plants also, and on the whole made a not unfa-
vourable impression. Northwest from the pre-
cipitous Cape Resolution there are about six
islands arranged in a chain formation, which
extend far out into the sea, seem to have a con-
tinuation in flat reefs and therefore might be
dangerous for coast navigation. This chain of

|

[VoL. XLV

islands, however, is said to mark a harbour located
on the main coast which Captain James Blandford,
with the steamer Nimrod, sought in August, 1898,
for shelter from the ice and storm. As a parti-
cipant in this voyage, Mr. Julius Lane in Killinek,
told me that the place showed a depth of forty or
fifty, but in the middle only nine, fathoms.
Not very far south from Cape Black Bluff, close
to the shore, a dome-shaped small island rises
up, which is covered in its upper part by bright
green grass, which attracts attention even from
afar. On the whole northeastern coast of Lab-
rador there is no similar ‘“‘Green Island.” The
extraordinarily fresh growth of grass owes its
existence to the guano of the countless sea-birds,
especially Kittiwakes, which nest in great num-
bers on the rocky, steep precipitous slopes of the
mountain and use the upper part of it as a frequent
resting place, a sight which can be observed on
almost all northern bird mountians.

After turning about at Cape Black Bluff we
came again into thick ice at the northern entrance
to Hudson Strait, which was identified as bay-ice
from Hudson Strait [P. 172], namely Ungava
Bay, on account of its quality and its frequently
dirty brown colour, and which was driving out
towards the ocean. Occasionally there were
small heaps of smooth stones on the cakes, still
more frequently traces of seals and other animals,
which had rested there. A. P. Low says that the
north of the mouth of Hudson Strait at this time
of year shows much more ice than the south.
(Cruise of the Neptune, 1906, p. 7). During our
stay at this locality after a fortunate break through
the above mentioned belt of ice, we soon came
again into more open water; indeed the whole
north of Hudson Strait, as far as we could see,
appeared to be rather free of ice; only a narrow
strip had formed firmly quite near the land.
South from that open belt the ocean was filled
with ice as far as Button Islands and Labrador,
which according to the change of tides packed
together firmly in an interminable expanse or
separated. again and left long open leads. With
changing fortune we now drove about until
August 4th between Resolution Island, Meta
Incognita, Akpatok, and the northeast of Ungava —
Bay without being able to break through the broad
ice field. The open water observed in the north
of Hudson Strait seemed to flow towards the inside
and to bring with it the icebergs from Davis
Strait, namely from Grinnel glacier in the south
of Frobisher Bay northwest of Resolution Island;
the real south coast of Baffin Island is said to
possess no glaciers (A. P. Low, l.c., p. 67). The
remaining part of Hudson Strait during our stay
showed a current from west to east, that is,

March, 1931]

towards the open ocean. This current was on
the whole steady, though influenced by winds and
tides. This movement of the water was so strong,
that even in calm weather, the ice could be seen
moving slowly along the coast. Our ship was
naturally carried along with it. In the northeast
of Ungava Bay the current is also directed towards
the outlet of Hudson Strait and to such an extent
that at night we drifted forty nautical miles
north, the same distance which we could cover by
day with much trouble in order to escape the
squeezing pressure of the ice in Hudson Strait.
It is easy to understand, how the main current
directed towards the outside forms very danger-
ous whirlpools at Resolution Island [P. 173] when
it meets the northern current going towards the
inside. The Eskimos do not venture to cross the
strait at the present time, even in water quite free
of ice. Gray Strait between Button Islands and
Labrador has strong ane adverse currents likewise,
which change accorting to tides and wind, but as
a rule move from the outside to the inside. At
least this strait was free from ice earlier than
Hudson Strait and Ungava Bay. A broad open
strip formed along the coast apparently because
of the water flowing inward, which we could not
reach before August 4th. Icebergs come into
the inside of Ungava Bay from Gray Strait also,
and the powerful giants which had settled near
Kiilinek may have come this way asarule. I do
not wish to go into a detailed discussion of ice
conditions for the different years. As far as may
be known from the different publications by
visitors to this district, entrance into Gray and
Hudson Straits is rarely possible before the last
third of July. The safest time for navigation is
between the middle of August and end of Sep-
tember. Later in the year the ocean remains
free of ice as a rule for four to six weeks longer,
but thick fog, as well as violent autumn storms,
united with driving snow, make a sojourn in those
waters dangerous.

Our stay in the ice-covered sea was not mono-
tonous by any means. Many a time our senses
were captivated, when the surrounding country
lay before us in the cold, clear morning light,
when the gentle morning breeze skipped about on
all the glittering ice cakes and played with the
waves which, rippling mysteriously, whispered
fairy-tales to one another. Or when we sat on
deck in the warm midday sunshine and gazed
longingly over toward the distant dark land,
which we could never reach. Then the air above
the vapour-covered, water vibrated, now and then
a melting ice-cake fell apart in countless pieces
and a round seal would rise to the surface with

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 51

big curious eyes, to stare suspiciously at the huge
dark ship.

And [P. 174] when finally the sun was about to
go to rest, then once more it kissed all the thousand
white, green and blue ice cakes and breathed over
them with a memorable, infinitely delicate, yellow
red. The open spaces of water lay between in
deep dark blue shadows. But that was not
always the case. The sun sank, dark clouds
arose phantom-like in the sky, the wind arose
from its sleep and, howling, hunted across the
wide expanse of sea and land. The ship began
to groan and tremble under the heavy blows of
the hard ice, and with great difficulty succeeded
in escaping the mighty icebergs, which without
ceasing, slowly but surely moved along, doubly
eerie in the night of raging storm.

The parts of the sea are dangerous, where the
swell of the water becomes very marked, as we
observed it especially northwest of Button Islands.
This phenomenon is said to represent the after
effect of violent storms in neighbouring localities,
here especially in the open ocean, and to depend
upon the nature of the floor of the ocean. Even
in quiet weather the water moved in powerful,
long, parallel folds, formed deep valleys and high
round crests and presented the appesrance of a
hilly landscape. The loose ice-cakes lying near
one another are carried up and down and strike
against the ship with powerful force especially in
the wave valleys—still more noteworthy were the
movements of the ice at the change of the tides.
The greatest difference between high-tide and
low-tide in these waters is nine metres [about thirty
feet]. While the ice-cakes as a rule shove against
one another and open regularly and slowly, all
at once they move forward very quickly in wide
straits. Often the different strips take a different,
even an opposite direction, affording excellent
opportunity for the study of the theory of ocean-
currents; at last they strike together, bank up
against one another, turn about in a circle and
go to pieces under the force of the collision. Ina
few minutes the ship, which had been lying in
open water, is closely beset by the ice-cakes,
which on every side tumble over and shove
against one another with a crashing noise. It
does not seem then as if we were on the ocean,
but in a wild land of ice. This dangerous con-
fusion [P. 175] at the change of the tides, which
is one of the most remarkable phases of nature
which I have ever seen, lasts perhaps half an
hour. Then the ocean quietens down, and the
ship has again escaped for the present the greatest
danger of being crushed. Fortunately during our
stay in the ice the ice-cakes were already rotten
and broke to pieces often at the first shock. Now

52 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

and then the captain had the ship fastened to an
especially large ice-cake, which was moving along
but slowly, but the strong ropes often tore loose
with a dull crack, and it was difficult or impossible
to get another hold with the other ice anchors.
The temperature of the air, which I read daily at
eight o’cleok in the morning, two o’clock in the
afternoon and nine o’clock in the evening, varied
very little, that is, only between 0° and -+8°C.
[82°F. and 37.4° F.]. Once, on August 2nd, it
reached the unusual height of +8°C. [46°F.] but
on the same beautiful day sank to 0°C. [32°F.]
toward evening. At noon of this day there was
much dripping from ail the ice masses towering
up above us, large cakes fell to pieces by them-
selves; in other cases the clear, crystal bright ice
became murky and opaque. At night the tem-
perature fell repeatedly a little below freezing
point, so that the wet ship’s ropes became hard
and the fresh water ponds on larger ice-cakes,
from which we often renewed our water supply, in
the morning showed a thin coating of ice. The
temperature of the sea water was usually a little
under 0°C. [82°F.]. The winds came principally
from S.W. or W. seldom from S.E.; on July 30th
we had a storm from N.E. Fog frequently pre-
vailed. Often rain fell, usually only in fine drops.
On the evening of July 26th some streaks of light-
ning were perceived in the cloud-covered sky, but
no thunder followed. We observed no Northern
Lights at this time. Almost daily though, espe-
cially on clear mornings and forenoons, the horizon
was changed by mirages, which had to be closely
examined at times, in order to recognize them as
such. Over the real land or sea first of all an
indistinct, inverted picture appeared, often indi-
cated indistinctly only by trembling, perpendi-
cular lines, connected with this a clearer third
[P. 176] stratum, which represented the locality
concerned in its natural position. Perhaps the
phenomenon changed, became sharper in outline
or waveringly more indistinct, but was to be seen
usually for hours at a time. When it broke up
especially toward evening, the upper stratum arose
like a cloud, but only indicated higher above the
horizon without being in direct contact with the
pictured district by means of a middle stratum.
Occasionally there were present in such observa-
tions real clouds, which had detached and raised
themselves from the higher mountains of the
land. Repeatedly we could see the uppermost

stratum of the mirage and often found out from »

that, whether there was ice, open water or land
on the distant horizon. Thus we sighted the
island Akpatok—that is to say, where there are
Akpat (Uria lomvia) in great numbers—only in
mirage, and recognized at the beginning of

[VoL. XLV

August because of this mirage, that there must
be open water near the land behind the immense
ice belt, which separated us from the Labrador
coast. The accompanying sketches can indicate
the phenomenon only in outline; it would lend
itself to representation in colours better. That
the clearness of the air at times was extraordinary,
and permitted the most distant localities to be
recognized distinctly, deserves also to be men-
tioned.

Because of the unexpectedly long crossing back
and forth in the northeast of Ungava Bay the coal
supply at our disposal had almost been exhausted.
The upper deck was covered by the freight of the
ship, which was especially large, [P. 177] because
a fine mission house was to be erected in Killinek.
Therefore when on August 4th the ice between us
and the land appeared to be somewhat looser, the
break through was forced for the last time at the
expenditure of the greatest energy and caution on
the part of the captain and his crew. Bravely
the ship fought against the masses of ice; every
narrow lead, every loose place between the cakes
was utilized; here and there thougl, where the
passage was completely blocked, the ice had to be
shoved aside and broken to pieces with full steam.
Finally, after a battle lasting perhaps for five hours,
the victory was won and we sailed in the open
water. How proudly our good ship, unharmed,
steamed toward the land after the accomplish-
ment, which seemed to us like a deliverance.
We crossed one more very tumultuous ocean
current, the continuation of the opposite current
rushing through Gray Strait in the south, which
in many places shot along as fast as a mountain
torrent, at others bubbled and seethed as if the
water were boiling. Here and there at the edge
of it deep whirlpools appeared, in the neighbour-
hood of which the water was quite smooth. About
nine o’clock we cast anchor in the inlet of Port
Burwell, which was still covered closely with ice,

The neighbourhood of the present mission
station of Killinek may have been inhabited by
Eskimos from ancient times. This fact does not
come from information from the inhabitants
handed down to posterity, but finds its confirma-
tion in the numerous huts and graves, long since
fallen to pieces, which are present in part also in
localities uninhabited to-day, such as Button
Islands. Whether the size of the native popula-
tion in earlier times was considerably smaller, as.
the Eskimos themselves think, or not, cannot be
proved. The deserted state of districts formerly
inhabited may not justify this conclusion, since
at the present time they no longer seek out the
best hunting places, but seek association with
white people. Ancient dwelling sites haye been

FS RS. eens

March, 1981]

found in the most northern part of the district;
for example near Cape Chidley from where con-
nection was made with Button Islands with their
abundance of animals and wood, and according
to tradition, even as far as Resolution Island. A
more distant locality preferred was that of [P.
178] MacLelan Strait (Ikkerasak) and the Tun-
nusuatsuk Peninsula, mapped southeast of Port
Burwell, which I shall describe later. From both
of these main dwelling places they took long
journeys down to Ungava Bay to the south of it
or along the Labrador coast as far as Aulatsivik
and Nackvak, and when, in the second half of
the eighteenth century, mission stations were
erected there, Nain, 1771, as far as even these.
How much our little Eskimo race in the most
extreme north of East Labrador mingled with the
inhabitants of the more southern districts, or even
of Baffin Island, is uncertain. According to the
accounts of old women, alliances with the inhab-
itants of the southern and even western Ungava
Bay may have always taken place.

Concerning the intercourse of the first Euro-
pean discoverers of these regions with the natives
little is known. In general the natives seem to
have behaved in an unfriendly way toward the
strangers, perhaps by reason of the unhappy
occurrences which they had experienced when
coming into contact with the Indians or even with
the Indians themselves. The viking Lief Erickson
was perhaps the first one to come in touch with
the inhabitants of Labrador. As early as 1004
his brother Thorwald was slain by the natives of
the newly discovered districts. For centuries
nothing more was heard concerning the legendary
lands. Not until 1497 did the Venetian, John
Cabot, come to Labrador; in 1501 Gasparo
Cortoreale, who named the region Terra Labra-
dor, stole fifty-seven Eskimos to use as slaves,
and then himself perished, along with his ship.
In 1517 Sebastian Cabot, the son of the one
mentioned above, seems to have sailed with Eng-
lish ships up Hudson Strait as far as Foxe Channel.
Later explorers had less success. In 1576, how-
ever, Sir Martin Frobisher arrived in the district,
and investigated South-Eastern Baffin Island on
his famous three journeys of 1576-78. In 1588
John Davis came to our more limited district. He
found the entrance to what was later known as
Hudson Strait and named the most north-eastern
cape of the apparent mainland in honour of John
Chidley though, to be sure, the Cape was. not
definitely located. In 1610 Hendrik Hudson navi-
gated the ocean-strait named in his honour and
[P. 179] before he discovered Hudson Bay, came
to the north-eastern part of Ungava Bay and the
Island of Akpatok (Desire Provoketh).

As early

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 53

as 1612 Sir Thomas Button sailed through Gray
Strait between Cape Chidley and the islands
named after him; in the following years still other
ships visited the district. Then discoveries
ceased there, apparently for almost two centuries.
In 1811 the two Labrador missionaries Kohl-
meister and Kmoch of Okak navigated for the
first time in a large boat with four Eskimo families
the strait known in later times as MacLellan
Strait. Their attention had been drawn to these
districts by some Eskimos, who had come here
from Nachvak and Killinek. Fortunately they
reached the south of Ungava Bay and returned in
the autumn to Okak by the same route, keeping
close to the coast. According to their reports?
the main settlement of the Killinek people of that
time was on the above mentioned Tunnusuatsuk
land.

In the later decades of the nineteenth century
navigation to this district gradually became more
active; especially vessels of the Hudson Bay
Company, Scottish whalers, Newfoundland fish-
ing vessels and occasionally even some expedition
ships visited the district. Regular traffic did
not begin until toward the end of the century.
The present harbour of Killinek was discovered
by Commander Gordon, an observation station
erected there in 1885 and given the name Port
Burwell (A. P. Low, Cruise of Neptune, 1906, p.
7). Gradually some Eskimo families took up
residence, at least temporarily, at the place visited
by the white people. Since the beginning of the
nineties the firm of Job Brothers of St. Johns,
Newfoundland, sent a steemer annually into these
waters, especially on account of the codfish catch.
That experienced Captain, James Blandfort,
discovered several small, but sheltered, harbours
in the district and carried on trade with the
inhabitants at Cape Chidley. [P.180] Now and
then other fishing vessels came up the Labrador
coast, such as that of Captain Monroe, who
died about 1896 in Port Burwell and was buried
there. A high rock’ pyramid, visible for a long
distance, south of the present buildings, marks
the place. In 1898 four small wooden houses
were erected by the firm of Job Brothers in Port
Burwell and thereby a settled trading station was
established which received the name Blandfort
Station or also Bishop Jones Village (compare
missionary publication of the United Brethren,
1901, p. 96.) The agent for this station was Mr.
Julius Lane, who still lives in Killinek. The
Eskimos named the place Kikkertaujak (= penin-

3 Journal of a Voyage from Okak on the coast of Labrador
to Ungava Bay, westward of Cape Chidley. Undertaken to
explore the coast, and visit the Esquimaux in that unknown
Region by Benjamin Kohlmeister and George Kmoch, mis-
sionaries of the Church of the Unitas Fratrum or United
Brethren. London, 1814.

‘54 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

sula); on the maps it is usually called Port
Burwell. From now on the neighbourhood was
visited repeatedly by missionaries of the United
Brethren from other Labrador stations. In spite
of this at the beginning of the new century a mis-
sionary of the English Colonial and Continental
Church Society, Mr. Stewart, came here, who,
however, did not understand the language of the
Eskimos and therefore exerted little influence.
In 1902 the station was offered for sale by the
Newfoundland firm to the London Society for
the Furtherance of the Gospel, and in 1904 was
acquired by this society. The Rev. Mr. Stewart
went to Ft. Chimo in the south of Ungava Bay, a
missionary, S. Waldmann, of the United Brethren
was named leader of the new Moravian mission
station, the only foreign settlement in the district,
which now changed its name back to Killinek.
This Eskimo word means “‘those who live farthest
toward the outside,” that is to say most northern
in Labrador, but is a term which the inhabitants
applied originally to their dwelling places at Cape
Chidley or in a wider sense to the whole island
neighbourhood north of Ikkerasak.4 [P. 181]
Gradually different Eskimo families became
accustomed to pass the autumn and winter regu-
larly at the station, especially as they found there
many profitable means of support. They received,
under favourable conditions, the loan of large nets
for the autumn catch of seals and traps for the
winter catch of foxes, but could not exchange
these much-needed hunting implements for
European products, to which they had accustomed
themselves only too quickly. The fact that some
of the most intelligent people also strove for
spiritual teaching, which was offered only in a
slight measure before the station was taken over
by the mission company, increased the number of
members of the community. During the winter
of 1904-5, according to the statement of the
missionary, Mr. Waldmann, forty-four Eskimos
stayed at Killinek and also erected in that place
three houses of stone, earth and wood to which
they came back in the following winter after their

4 This disregard for the older name Port Burwell is un-
pleasant. In general though the principle must be upheld
that the right of geographic nomenclature belongs to that
publication which is the first to name a locality so that it can
be located from another quarter certainly, a circumstance
which was the case here. For this reason I contend for example
the name Grenfell Channel or ‘‘ Tickle’? used for MacLelan
Strait is not justified, since the older name permits it to be
known clearly what is meant. (Compare Report of an Official

' Visit to the Coast of Labrador by His Excellency the Governor
of Newfoundland, during the month of August, 1905, St.
Johns, N.F.L. 1906, p. 18). If it is wished to connect the
name of a worthy man with a locality, then it should relate
to a place which possesses no other name or at the most a
native name. (The physician, Dr. Wilfred Grenfell, is sup-
erintendent of the Royal National Mission to Deep Sea Fish-
ermen and is one of the best informed persons in respect to
the Labrador coast.) To introduce new names arbitrarily in
place of older ones, is not justified without foundation and new
map publication.

_[VoL. XLV

summer hunting trips. In the autumn of 1905,
the missionary, Mr. Waldmann, left Killinek on
the mission steamer, in order to spend leave of
absence in Germany after long years of work in
Labrador, and to give his attention to the construc-
tion of the new mission house planned for the
station. The missionary, Mr. W. Perrett, took
his place until the next year. Hence I had the
favourable opportunity of speaking with Mr.
Waldmann in the winter of 1905-6 here in Saxony,
and later the pleasure of travelling to Killinek
with him and his charming wife, along with two
younger brothers of the church appointed for the
mission service, as well as two mission brides.
After our arrival there, the unloading of the
portable wooden house furnished by an English
firm caused great trouble. [P. 182] Ice, storm
and rain often hindered effective work for days
at a time, so that the departure of the Harmony
could not take place until August 22nd. Port
Burwell was not entirely free of ice however as
late as September 22nd. In the autumn of 1906
only the stone foundaion of the new mission
house was finished, especially as the unskilled
natives were not of very great help. In the
winter of 1906-7 the number of inhabitants in the
community amounted to eighty-seven persons,
among whom were forty children; but at Christ-
mas time people came from Aulatsivik also (Labra-
dor coast). With these the number of Eskimos
rose to one hundred and five persons. Other
families are expected from the south of Ungava
Bay (Mission publication of the Moravian
brothers. Missionsblatt der Briidergemeine, 1907,
p. 271), since they can live more pleasantly in
the neighbourhood of Killinek under the direction
of high-principled missionaries, who are supported
both by the church and the government, than in
dependance on private contractors, who are liable
to the government for custom duties and taxes
and in the end have to obtain as favourable trade
profits as possible. The building of the mission
house was carried on busily up to September, 1907,
so that as early as the fifteenth of this month the
first Civine service was held in it (2bzd., 1908, p.
13). Inthe winter the house was ready for occu-
pation. On March 1, 1908, the first fifteen natives
were received into the church, twenty candidates
for baptism received instruction from the mis-
sionary, Mr. Waldmann (ibid., p. 341). At the
end of August of that yearthe Governor of New-
foundland, His Excellency William McGregor,
who had already been there in 1905, visited the
station for a second time, and expressed a very
favourable opinion about the mission and natives
(in letter of 24th September, 1908). Killinek
gives promise of great growth. The contentious

March, 1931]

question whether the district is to belong politically
to Canada or to Newfoundland has not yet been
decided according to the official statement kindly
given me by the governor. It would be desirable
to have all the Labrador missions of the Moravian
Brothers under the same government. Accord=
ing to the explanation of the Canadian govern-
ment official, Major Moody of the Canadian
Mounted Police, however, Canada claims it
as her property. They do not intend to collect
taxes from the mission property, [P. 183] as the
Newfoundland government has never done so
either in the case of the Labrador missions (Mis-
sionsbldtter, 1908, p. 13). As a return the
mission supports church and school without pay
and takes care of other institutions of public
benefit. It is said that a lighthouse is to be
erected at Port Burwell on a projecting rock, also
a government building south of the present sta-
tion, which is intended as a centre for all customs,
which are obtained from ships of private com-
panies. As explained, they wish all persons, who
import into Canadian Arctic regions any sort of
goods, to pay beforehand the fixed duty in Port
Burwell, something which may not be so easily
accomplished in practice. Certainly our station
is the most suitable place for the Canadian North-
Hastern districts as it commands the whole
hinterland of Hudson Strait and, in a certain
sense also, the Western Davis Strait Harbour and
entrance are reported as favourable for such a

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 55

purpose, and free of ice proportionately longer,
than all other Canadian harbours coming into
this question. Perhaps the young station is going
to develop in such a way that, after a number
of years, it is going to offer quite a different
picture to the one I present in the following.

On August 5th we landed and I found accom-
modation in the mission house, such as it was.
Later, after the sailing of the Harmony, half of a
small wooden building on the hill was to be given
over to me, a spacious room on the ground floor.
At the present time an Eskimo from Nain was
still living there with his family. He had caused
himself to be brought to Killinek about a year
before as a so-called national helper in order to
assist the heathen there to Christianity and to
good ways. But he found little sympathy, in
spite of the fact that he was a gentle, kindly man,
therefore he felt lonely and forsaken, became ill
and weak, so that they considered it best to send
him back to Nain again. There I saw him again
in October merry and happy. They say that
homesickness is often so strong with the Eskimos,
that they become ill or even die from it.

The desire now seized me to utilize the summer
with its long days in a rather long excursion down
the Ungava Bay coast [P. 184]. However, I did
not get my boxes until some days later, so that I
investigated the neighbourhood of the station first
of all.

(To be continued)

ROADSIDE MARKERS
By E. M. KINDLE

OAD MAPS are useful as every traveller
knows, but finger boards, pointing him
to the desired road, are even more useful.
Natural history guide books are likewise
valued by the wise naturalist, but roadside mark-
ers directing him to notable features in the geo-
logy or geography of a region are still better.
The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club has recognized
the value of such devices in guiding the attention
of the public to features of natural history interest
by placing two markers in the vicinity of McKay
Lake near Ottawa during the past summer. These
markers star for every passerby two significant
events in the recent geological development of
the charming landscape which has McKay Lake
for its dominant feature.

The skill of individual members of the club in
certain lines has enabled it to use a type of marker
which may possibly resist the ravages of time
nearly as well as the lake itself. The markers

used are cement duplicates of a glacial boulder,—
the lettering appearing on a face made flat to
receive it. The lettering impressed in the cement
is the work of Mr. Arthur Miles. For the cement
facsimiles of a glacial boulder which carry brief
references to phases of the lake’s history, the
Club is indebted to Mr. C. M. Sternberg, Mr. J.
Skillen and Mr. Proulx.

The annual variation in the level of McKay
Lake amounts to no more than a few inches. But
a bed of white marl crowded with fresh water
shells which borders the southern and eastern
shore at a level approximately 20 feet above the
present lake indicates that it once maintained for
a considerable period a level about 20 feet higher
than the level of the historic period. One of the
two markers established this year directs atten-
tion to the mar] bed of this old lake shore formed
when the lake had an area about twice that of
the present lake. All lakes, whether they are 10

56, THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [VoL. XLV

Fic. 1. General view of McKay Lake showing mari bed and sand pits.

feet or 1,000 feet deep, are transient features of
the landscape, destined to extinction by deepening
of the outlet stream and consequent drainage,
climatic changes or by filling with the lake’s own
deposits. The 20 foot drop from this lake’s old
level is due to the first named agency.

A second marker which is placed beside the
highway skirting this lake, where the wise tra-
veller may stop to admire the lake’s beauty,
advises him that it is relatively youthful as com-

pared with many of its sister lakes in the Lauren-

tian hills north of the Ottawa valley.

Fic. 2. Marl bed and underlying sands and gravels.

MEARE SSSSz

March, 1931]

Nearly all the lakes north of the
Ottawa valley came into existence
as the great continental ice cap
drew back toward the north, leav-
ing many of the pre-glacial valleys,
which it had overspread at the
beginning of the Ice Age, blocked
in various places with moraines.
This conversion of graded stream
valleys into lakes by the irregular
dumping of ice-transported debris
produced thousands of the Ontario
and Quebec lakes, but not all of
them. After the birth of these
glacier-begotten lakes, a depres-
sion of the Ottawa and St. Law-
rence valleys brought the Ottawa
valley a few hundred feet below
sea level, and the marine clays
and sand were laid down, produc-
ing the generally level terraces
which are conspicuous features
nearly everywhere along the Ottawa and St. Law-
rence valleys. When the region was finally up-
lifted again, a few depressions, resulting perhaps
from tidal rips or eddies, interrupted the otherwise
level plains of submarine origin and these formed
a second and considerably younger series of lakes
_than those which in the higher lands had persisted
from the time of the withdrawal of the ice.
McKay Lake belongs to the younger sea-born
lakes, and one of the recently placed markers
directs attention to the difference in age between
the glacier-born and the sea-born lakes of Ontario.

It is believed that the information which such
roadside markers may give the passerby will add
much to the interest of the vacation trip of the
auto tourist. The geologist would certainly wel-
come such information, displayed as geological
finger-boards directing him to significant features

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 57

‘Fic. 3. Roadside marker at McKay Lake, Ottawa.

in areas unfamiliar to him. The writer, if he
were driving from Canada to the southern states
would like to find on the highway followed a
roadside marker indicating just where the con-=
tinental ice cap stopped (and started on its
retreat to Greenland) after covering more than
half of North America. Many of our fellow
naturalists would doubtless, be glad to encounter
geological finger boards pointing to the limits of
Neptune’s conquest a few thousand years ago,
when the sea submerged Parliament Hill. The-
writer hopes that during the year the columns of
The Canadian Field-Naturalist may be able to
report the placing of a marker on the Kingsmere
road indicating-the exact position of the highest
Pleistocene sea beach formed during the last
marine submergence of the Ottawa valley.

THE RELATION OF CANADA GEESE AND BRANT TO COMMERCIAL GATH-
ERING OF EEL-GRASS IN THE ST. LAWRENCE ESTUARY*

By HARRISON F. LEWIS

HE inhabitants of the village of Isle
Verte, Quebec, which is situated on the
southern shore of the St. Lawrence
estuary about 130 miles below Quebec
City, have carried on a commerce in dried eel-
grass (Zostera marina L.) for the past 30 years.
This plant, which is a familiar sight on most
sheltered, north temperate seashores, growing from

*This article may be had in French, on application to the
Commissioner, National Parks of Canada, Ottawa.

|

about half-tide mark to a depth a few feet below
low-tide mark, covers large, but definitely limited,
areas of tidal flats near Isle Verte. Its dried
leaves and stems are quite widely used in industry,
especially for insulation for buildings, and for
upholstering furniture. When farmers who own
water frontage in the vicinity mentioned found
that there was a market for the plant, apparently
they first gathered the extensive windrows of dead
and broken leaves that naturally drifted ashore,

58 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

especially after severe storms. Such gathering of
eel-grass that has drifted ashore is still a common
practice in many places, but at Isle Verte it was
long ago replaced by more aggressive methods,
which were developed, no doubt, because of a
rather brisk demand upon the circumscribed local
supply and because a better quality of material
was obtained by harvesting the plant direct from
pure stands than by taking what the sea had cast
ashore mingled with coarser sea-weeds and other
flotsam.

The present method of harvesting eel-grass at
Isle Verte is to anchor a scow at high tide in a
selected position over the tidal flats, and await
the fall of the tide; then, when the water has
become sufficiently low, to mow the eel-grass near
the scow with scythes, gather the mowed material
into the scow, and proceed to shore with the loaded
craft on the rising tide. The flats being extensive
and the run-off of the water among the eel-grass
plants being much hindered and delayed by the
plants themselves, there is generally not less than
six inches of water on the greater part of the flats,
even at low tide, and this water supports the plants
sufficiently to permit the blade of the scythe to
_be thrust among them for mowing, which would
not be possible if the water all ran off and left the
weak, flexible leaves and stems prostrate on the
mud. Harvesters formerly mowed a given stand
of eel-grass not oftener than once in two or three
years, but of late years some of them at least
have apparently been mowing the same areas
annually. When the eel-grass has been brought
to shore, it is carted into mown fields, where it is
spread and turned until dry, after which it is
baled and stored for shipment. Harvesting this
plant is carried on from June to September. The
actual harvesters generally sell to local dealers
who ship to all parts of the continent. The eel-
grass growing near Isle Verte is the variety
angustifolia Hornem., which, having narrower and
finer leaves than those of the typical variety, is
somewhat more valued for upholstering.

A few years ago dried eel-grass sold in Isle Verte
for $40.00 a ton, and at that time the principal
local dealer in the material shipped as much as
3600 tons a year. .At present the price is about
$20.00 a ton and, at this price, the dealer just
referred to shipped only about 600 tons in 1929.
The price is only one-half of what it was, and the
local shipments are only about one-sixth as great
as formerly.

The rootstocks or rhizomes of eel-grass form a
very important food of Canada Geese and Brant.
According to W. L. McAtee, in charge of Food
Habits Research for the United States Biological
Survey, “The Brant feeds almost exclusively on

(VoL. XLV

eel grass and Canada Geese, when in waters
supplied with it, take considerable quantities
also.” The tidal flats in front of Isle Verte and
the waters of the St. Lawrence River in that
vicinity are a great natural feeding and resting
place for many thousands of Canada Geese, and
for hundreds, if not thousands, of Brant, on their
spring and fall migrations, and there they have
doubtless eaten eel-grass rhizomes from time
immemorial.

In March, 1929, Messrs. Frangois Couveron
and John Lévesque, of Isle Verte, petitioned the
Dominion Government to permit them and other
farmers in that vicinity to hunt wild geese in the
spring of each year, in order to Crive these birds
away from the growing eel-grass, because they
claimed that the geese, by eating eel-grass rhi-
zomes in spring, were reducing the stands of this
plant, and that this was the factor responsible
for the decline in the annual eel-grass harvest in
the neighbourhood of Isle Verte.

Having been instructed by the Commissioner
of the National Parks of Canada to report on this
petition, I visited Isle Verte on November 14,
1929, April 24, May 14, and September 5, 1930,
and examined the areas from which eel-grass is
harvested and interviewed the petitioners and
other interested parties. It would be very de-
sirable to make much more extended and frequent
observations when endeavouring to solve a
problem of this character, but as this has not
been practicable in this instance, this report has
been prepared to cover the information gathered.

There is no question but that Canada Geese
and Brant, when present in large flocks at Isle
Verte, as they are each spring and fall, eat large
quantities of eel-grass rhizomes, as they have
done from time out of mind. The rhizomes of
this plant are a very important staple article in
their diet. The question is whether or not
such feeding is sensibly injurious to commercial
harvesting of the plant. If it is, the matter is
serious, for eel-grass is a food of geese and brant
in arms of the sea on the Atlantic coast of North
America from Labrador to South Carolina and
on many other coasts as well, and it is now being
gathered for commercial use in many places.

To answer a question of this kind correctly
requires a knowledge of the habits of the plant
and of its methods of growth and reproduction,
as well as a knowledge of the habits of the birds.
Search of the literature has shown that there is
still a great deal of uncertainty about some im-
portant details in the life history of eel-grass,
2lthough the main outlines of its morphology and
phenology have been worked out and are most
interestingly presented in a recent paper by Pro-

March, 1931]

fessor W. A. Setchell, of the University of Cali-
fornia.

Briefly, eel-grass, which is a spermatophyte
or seed-bearing plant, although often popularly
looked upon as a.moss or an alga, reproduces
both by its seeds and by vegetative multiplication
of its rhizomes. The rhizomes are rooted at a
slight depth in sand or mud and bear a number
of narrow, greer, ribbon-like leaves, commonly
one to four feet long, which, when surrounded by
water and unaffected by waves or currents, tend
- to stand vertically, but which lie prostrate if leit
dry by the falling tide. The activities of this
plant are very strictly governed by the tempera-
ture of the water immediately surrounding it.
When that temperature is below 50° F., or above
68° F., or when it is falling from some point
above 68° F., there is practically no activity on
the part of the plant. When the temperature, in
spring, rises past 50° F., vegetative activity begins,
and the plant grows and develops until the tem-
perature of 59° F. is reached, when vegetative
activity largely gives place to reproductive ac-
tivity and the plant flowers and matures its seed.
If a temperature as high as 68° F. is eventually
reached, this causes cessation of all activity.

At Isle Verte the water temperature among the
eel-grass on April 24, 1930, was 31° F. to 32°F.,
which indicates that no growth of any kind had
taken place that spring up to that time. Such
leaves, 12 to 16 inches long, as were borne by the
plants seen there on that date must have grown
in the previous summer. On May 14, 1930,
temperatures of 58° F., 54° F., and 57° F. were
found in water among the eel-grass on the flats
at Isle Verte at low tide, the day being fine.
The air temperature at the same time was only
45° F., and the higher temperatures in the water
on the flats was doubtless due to direct insolation.
Such temperatures indicate that, in that locelity,
eel-grass is able to begin vegetative growth prior to
_ the middle of May. At what date the water
temperatures here reach 59° F., permitting the
beginning of reproductive activity, is unknown,
and whether the water temperature here in
summer reaches or exceeds 68° F., is uncertain.
It would seem likely that it would do so tempor-
arily in shallow pools exposed to full insolation
on the flats at low tide on fine summer days, but
whether or not this would be sufficient to check
reproductive activity, in view of the probable
prompt lowering of temperature by the rising
tide, is also uncertain.
on these flats at low tide at dusk on September
5th, 1930, a cloudy day, was 60° F., indicating
that reproductive activity, unless it had been
previously checked by temperatures exceeding 68°

The water temperature -

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 59

F., was still possible at that date. R.H.M’Gon-
igle reports a surface temperature of only 51.8° F.
at Isle Verte pier on September 27, 1923, indi-
cating that reproductive activity of eel-grass in
that vicinity must then have ceased and that
the plant was about to enter its winter condition
of rest.

I have examined all the specimens of eel-grass
preserved in the National Herbarium and found
the following only, with ripe seeds:

Place Date
Brackley, Pomt wes E ps ee ede se August
Yarmouth) eNeSicastat ap isey. fa haes August 22
Bass River, Kent Co., N.B........ August 10
Pointe au Maurier, Saguenay Co., P.Q.August 23
GreateBras,d7Or oN St. 4405 eeeen August 28

It therefore appears entirely probable that,
elong the shores of eastern Canada, this plant
drops its seeds chiefly in August.

The seeds germinate on the soil of the flats
where they lodge and develop small, simple seed-
lings, with two opposite fascicles of roots below,
a short, slender stem without elongated internodes,
and, at the upper end, the first bud, or “‘turion”,
with 6 or 7 leaves. This development probably
occupies 211 of the first growing season of the young
plant. In the second growing season there is further
vegetative activity, with elongation of about 7
internodes of the turion, loss of leaves along the
elongating portion, development of a new ter-
minal turion at the tip of the elongated rhizome
with 6 or 7 large leaves, and development of two,
or sometimes more, lateral turions or shoots, each
smaller than the terminal turion. There is no
reproductive activity in the plant’s life history up
to this point. In the third growing season the
older portions of the rhizome die and are abjointed,
leaving the terminal turion and the two lateral
turions as three separate plants. The terminal
turion, under appropriate conditions of tempera-
ture, develops flowers and matures fruits, and
then, apparently, dies and drifts away, although
it is not certain that it perishes in localities. where
the water temperature never exceeds 68° F.
Meanwhile what were the two lateral turions
develop vegetatively as the primary turion did
in the previous growing season, and at the end
of the third growing season from germination
each of them shows a terminal turion with elon-
gated internodes and two smaller lateral turions,
each with two axillary buds. In the fourth
growing season each of these plants acts as the
original plant did in the third growing season, the
terminal turions producing seed and the lateral
turions developing vegetatively. This process,
under ideal conditions, goes on indefinitely, not
only maintaining the species, but doubling the

60 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

number of individual plants each year without
dependence upon seed production. This consti-
tutes the plant’s method of vegetative reproduc-
tion, and is probably its chief method of main-
taining stands once established, while seeds are
the principal means of colonizing new areas.

Detailed inquiry on the ground as to the exact
complaints and requests of the petitioners has
given the following results:

The eel grass harvest is smaller than it was
formerly. This they attribute to

1. The fact that the plants are now only about
20 inches high when cut, whereas it is claimed that
they were formerly four feet high.

2. A thinner growth of the plant in the stands.

3. The extension of bare spaces, occurring fre-
quently among the eel-grass and apparently suite
able for its growth, but not occupied by it at all

All of these occurrences they attribute to the
fact that Canada Geese and Brant in large num-
bers: feed on the rhizomes of the eel-grass in the
spring. They claim that, relatively at least, such
feeding is a new factor, because these birds were
formerly kept off the flats by spring shooting,
and also because the birds are becoming much
more numerous from year to year under the pro-
tection afforded them by the Migratory Birds
Convention.

Their desire now is to have each land-owner
concerned in the harvest of eel-grass at Isle Verte
given an individual permit to fire at Canada
Geese on the eel-grass flats in the spring and to
kill not more than five of them in one year under
any onesuch permit. They claim that this would
keep the birds off the areas that are harvested,
thus preventing all damage, while permitting them
to feed on the outer beds of eel-grass that are
not mowed because they are never bared by the
tide.

Let it be noticed first that decrease in the
market price of eel grass may be largely respon-
sible for the decreased amount harvested at Isle
Verte. The price has fallen to half of what it
was formerly and the decline in the amount har-
vested and shipped has accompanied this fall in
price. Independent local opinion at Isle Verte
is to the effect that the relationship between the
price and the quantity of eel-grass harvested is
very close and direct, and that a price of $20.00
a ton fails to induce many potential eel grass
gatherers to take the trouble to harvest, dry, and
bale the material.

The alleged decrease in size of the plants from
a general height of 4 feet to one of 20 inches
cannot conceivably be attributed to the work of
Geese and Brant. These birds cannot by any
means eat all the adult plants on these flats and

[VoL. XLV

leave only the young ones of the second season.
Their unsystematic feeding habits, if they thin
out the plants in any area, should give those that
remain an opportunity to grow larger than those
in unmolested stands, rather than smaller.

The decrease in size of the plants is probably
due chiefly to systematic mowing, often practiced
annually over the same area. Examination of
such mowed areas shows that, while seedlings in
their first season’s growth largely escape injury
by the scythe, older plants are cut through the
rhizome below the lateral turions. Apparently
this does not kill the plants, as such material
gathered at Isle Verte on an area mowed three
weeks previously shows smal! new leaves sur-
rounding the cut end of the rhizome but there
can be little doubt that plants that have received
such a severe setback will not be able to develop
fruiting stems in the following season, but will
proceed with vegetative growth, much like the
second season’s growth of plants from seed. In
accord with this are the results of examination of
eel-grass plants collected at Isle Verte on Septem-
ber 5, 1930, from an area that had been mowed in
1929. These plants show a height of about 20°
inches but no sign of flowers or fruits, or of having
ever borne flowers or fruits. As plants of eel-grass
in the fruiting stages are markedly larger than
plants showing vegetative growth only, other
conditions being equal, there is no doubt that when
annual mowing prevents the development of
fruiting stems of the majority of the plants in a
given stand, the average height of the stand in
the latter part of the summer will be considerably
less, from this cause alone, than it otherwise
would be.

Prof. Setchell, in a letter dated May 22, 1930;
has pointed out that mowing operations might
seriously reduce the small stored supply of carbo-
hydrates in the eel-grass plants. This would
probably restrict growth of such plants in the
following season to some extent, resulting in a
lower average height for the stand. Both of
these factors limiting growth are the direct result
of annual mowing operations.

There is possibly a third factor operating at the
same time to restrict growth of eel-grass plants
at Isle Verte. Residents there complain that, for
some years past, wintry weather has continued
late in the season and warm spring weather has
been late in coming and, when it did come, has
developed quickly. They state that these con-
ditions are in marked contrast to the earlier,
more protracted development of spring that they
observed prior to recent years. As vegetative
growth of eel-grass takes place only during that
period in spring and early summer when the

March, 1931]

surrounding water is warming from 50° F. to
59° F., former protraction of this period may
have resulted in greater growth and larger plants,
while its shortening, if it actually occurs, as it
probably would under conditions such as are
reported, may tend to restrict vegetative growth
and cause the eel-grass plants to be shorter.

Elevation of the general level of the flats, due
to deposition of silt or to elevation of the entire
region, would probably reduce the height of the
eel-grass stands, but I have no evidence of such

elevation and local residents claim that they are

unable to observe it.

As to the complaint that existing stands of eel-
grass are thinner than they used to be, that is,
that they contain fewer plants per unit of area, it
is difficult to obtain any definite facts to support
the complaint. An area that Mr. John Lévesque,
one of the petitioners, indicated to me as being
too thinly covered with plants appeared to me to
be very densely covered with them. He said
that he considered the plants to be too few there
because he found that the yield from such an
area was too light, but there is nothing to show
that the light yield was not due entirely to the
shortness of the plants, and not to lack of abun-
dance of individuals. Two counts of plants on
measured areas, selected as typical, and about
two miles apart, gave 269 to the square foot in
one case and 276 to the square foot in the second
case. These results agree surprisingly well,
average 272.5 plants to the square foot, and indi-
cate a fairly dense growth.

Thinning may, however, occur as the inevitable
result of close annual mowing. It has been shown
above how this probably prevents seed formation,
and if it is so close as to sever the main rhizome
below the lateral turions, as it appears to be in
the examples studied, it must also prevent vege-
tative reproduction. Individual plants dying
from various causes in such an area (and it will be
shown that close mowing probably raises the
mortality rate due to winter conditions) cannot
therefore be replaced except from occasional
plants that escape the scythe or by seed brought

“to the mowed area from elsewhere, and this con-
dition may result in thinning.

Bare spaces, from a yard to several rods in
diameter, occur frequently among the eel-grass on
the flats. The soil in such areas is apparently
similar to that on either side of them and entirely
suitable to growth of eel-grass and yet the plant
is absent. On some parts of the flats such bare
spaces constitute more than 50% of the surface
over large areas. It is possible that some of these
bare spaces are due to the feeding actitivies of
Geese and Brant, although the lack of system in

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 61

the birds’ feeding habits makes this very doubtful.
On April 24 and May 14, 1930, my inspections of
conditions at Isle Verte, made under immediate
direction of the complainants and at periods
selected by them, when the damage was alleged
to be greatest, failed, as they themselves admitted,
to reveal any damage by birds of any consequence
whatever. Most of the bare spaces are probably
due to ice action. The flats become covered in
winter with heavy ice, two to three feet thick,
which in April breaks up, drifts about, and finally
drifts away. Mr. Charles Morency, a commercial
eel-grass harvester, situated at Trois Pistoles, 11
miles east of Isle Verte, explains what happens
as follows:

“Tf it happens that the ice takes its departure
in a gale when the tide is not very high the result

-is that the ice drags away and pulls up the root

[rhizome] of the eel-grass and plows furrows [in
the bottom], and it requires a season for the
plant to re-establish itself.”

Prof. Setchell has also, in his letter of May 22,
1930, pointed out a likely method of establishment
of these bare spaces when he says, ““‘The mowing
operations might seriously cut down the carbo-
hydrate supply of the Zostera plants and this
supply is so small, so far as storage is concerned,
that it may do very serious damage in starving
out and killing off the rhizomes, which have a
rather serious time to winter over in your colder
waters.”’ Formation of bare spaces in this way,
as a direct result of mowing, easily explains any
increase in such areas in recent years.

This inquiry into the detailed complaints made
by eel-grass harvesters of Isle Verte, upon which
their petition for spring shooting was based,
indicates, then, that, in so far as decrease in the
amount of eel-grass actually harvested there is
concerned, it is probably much affected by the
price offered, and, in so far as decrease in the
amount of eel-grass available for harvesting is
concerned, it is not proven but is probably actual,
and, if it occurs, is apparently due chiefly to the
practice of mowing the eel-grass, particularly where
mowing is carried on annually over the same
area, and can be caused only in a very slight
degree, if at all, by the feeding activities of Canada
Geese and Brant.

The suggestion has been made that suitable
plots of eel-grass should be selected and marked
off, and that one of these should be left unmowed,
one should be mowed annually, one should be
mowed every two years, and one should be mowed
every three years, in order to determine experi-
mentally the results of such mowing operations.
This is an excellent plan, and it is to be hoped

62 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

that it will be carried out, but unfortunately it is
outside the possibilities of this present inquiry.

Prof. C. H. Ostenfeld, late Director of the
University Botanical Garden, of Copenhagen,
Denmark, kindly sent me a letter, dated Septem-
ber 25, 1930, in which he described conditions
relating to the eel-grass industry in Denmark.
His remarks are as follows:

“Zostera marina is quite common here in the
shallow water along the coasts of my country and
is used there as a manure sometimes also to fill
mattresses and other implements and for packing
purposes, but it has as far as I know never been
used so much that the beds of it are mowed. The
amount of it is so great, that to our purposes the
masses loosened in the autumn and thrown ashore
have been large enough.

“T have, therefore, no experience with regard
to the effects of mowing, on the other hand the
activities of Geese, which also with us on their
migrations assemble in large numbers in our
waters, have had no restricting influence so far.

“Personally I should think that the birds are
not responsible for the diminution of the amount
of Zostera with you; I should think that the
mowing and all the injuries of the plants connected
with this mowing are the causes, and should
suggest that a restriction of the mowing in one
way or another would help the growing of Zostera
on your tidal flats. I do not know the tempera-
ture the year round of the water over the sand
flats, but I think that your winter is more severe
than ours, and that, of course, has that influence
on Zostera, that it does not have the same vigour
as it has here in Denmark. As we have prac-
tically no tides with us, Zostera lives in the water
and is only quite exceptionally exposed to the air.
It is green the whole year round and does also
grow (but slowly) in the winter.”

In conclusion, comparison with conditions in
two other areas where Canada Geese feed ex-
tensively on eel-grass rhizomes may be presented.

Mr. Charles Morency, of Trois Pistoles, Quebec,
only 11 miles from Isle Verte, states that he has
been harvesting eel-grass by mowing for about 20
years and obtains an average of 50 tons a year,
although the amount obtainable varies. He has
no complaint to make about the eel-grass supply
or the effect upon it of the feeding activities of
Canada Geese, on the contrary he says, in a
letter dated September 23, 1930: “In the Trois
Pistoles River, where the Geese occur in such

[VoL. XLV

great number, far from observing that the Geese
destroy the eel-grass, we even prove it to be
better [than elsewhere].”’

Mr. Robie W. Tufts, Chief Federal Migratory
Bird Officer for the Maritime Provinces, has sent
me the following interesting account of conditions
in two harbours on the south-west coast of Nova»
Scotia:

“The harbours of Port Joli and Port le Herbert,
in Shelburne and Queens [Counties], Nova Scotia,
are theresort or some 20,0000, more or less, wild
geese, which have visited this section from De-
cember to late March since the memory of man.
These shallow waters were created a sanctuary for
these birds about fifteen years ago and it is
believed by interested observers on the ground
that the congregation of these birds is slowly
increasing year by year. In fact it is now be-
lieved that the harbors will not support greater
numbers, for, by the time the birds are ready
to leave for the north, which, as, above stated, is
usually the last week in March, the flats appear
to be virtually stripped of eel-grass and the birds
are feeding along the shores among the rocks,
where of course they are in more or less danger
at all times from poachers. In spite of this great
concentration of birds on a relatively limited
feeding area (Port Joli being a mile and a half
long by a mile wide and Port le Herbert two
and a half miles long by one-half mile wide
approximately) each autumn when they return
the flats are covered with a luxuriant growth
which shows no impairment whatsoever as a result
of being so completely stripped the previous
winter.”

These comparisonsagree with the finding made
at Isle Verte itself, that Canada Geese do not
seriously injure stands of eel-grass by their natural
methods of feeding on them, and there is therefore
no reason to permit spring shooting to alter their
normal feeding habits.

It is suggested that areas where the eel-grass
production shows a decline should not be mowed
oftener than once in every two years, at most.

LITERATURE CITED

1. SETCHELL, WILLIAM ALBERT. Morphological and Phen-
ological Notes on Zostera marina L. _ University of California
Publications in Botany. Vol. 14, No. 19, pp. 389-452, 59
figures in text. University of California Press. Berkeley,
California, 1929.

2. M’GoNIGLE, R. H. Marine Borers on the Atlantic
Coast of Canada. The Honorary Advisory Council for
Scientific and Industrial Research. Report No. 15. Ottawa,
925.

March, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 63

CANADA’S HERITAGE OF WILD LIFE—SOME ECONOMIC ASPECTS
By MISS FLORENCE A. BROWN

ANADA’S wild life is of inestimable
value, both from a sentimental and from
pened a financial viewpoint. Education along

the lines of conservation is teaching the
people of Canada more and more to appreciate
the fact that the wild fur-bearing animals, the
game animals, and the birds are a heritage to be
enjoyed, to be used, and to be passed on to pos-
terity in undiminished numbers. The world
without wild animals roaming the forests and
plains and without birds to fill the air with song
would be a sorry and unromantic place. How-
ever, the object of this paper as presented from
the statistician’s point of view, is to deal not with
romance but with the value in dollars and cents
to Canada of its wild life. Of that wild life, the
most important part are the fur-bearing animals.
The fur trade has always played an important
part in Canada’s history, and to it is due the early
colonization of the country. Champlain, for
example, was the purchasing agent of a fur trading
company, and so later on were Sir Alexander
Mackenzie, who first crossed the continent in
quest of furs, and Sir James Douglas, the first
Governor of what is now British Columbia.
Beaver was the pelt most highly prized in early
times, and was of such importance in the seven-
teenth century that it was made the Canadian
currency. The export to France about this time
amounted yearly to from 15,000 to 20,000 pelts.
To-day the annual production of raw furs amounts
to between three and four million pelts, with total
value ranging from 15 to 20 million dollars.
Beaver is no longer of paramount importance to
the fur trade, as its value of output now represents
only about 11 per cent of the total annual raw fur
production of the country, and though the value
of the beaver is about $2,000,000 per annum it
has been supplanted as first in order of value by
muskrat and silver fox. This latter fur has come
into prominence owing to the rapid expansion of
the fox farming industry. Fur farming is the
outcome of the increasing demand for furs of high
quality, and the pelt of the ranch bred animal is
becoming an important factor in the annual crop
of furs. Indeed, in the years to come the fur
trade may have to look to the fur farm to supply
the larger part of the furs. Four years ago the
number of pelts from ranch-bred animals repre-
sented only five per cent of the total raw fur
production of the Dominion, but in 1929 the
proportion had risen to twelve and a half per
cent. Indeed the statistics which are available
for the last decade, show that the number of fur-

bearing animals on fur farms has increased from
8,000 in 1919 to 260,000 in 1928, and their value
from $3,200,000 in 1919 to $16,400,000 in 1928.
Then there are the industries complementary to
the fur trade, viz., fur dressing and fur goods
manufacturing, which are carried on in Canada
on a large scale. In 1928, the latest year for
which statistics of these industries are as yet
available, there were 12 establishments in Canada,
engaged in the dressing and dyeing of fur skins
and the total number of skins treated in that
year was 7,974,020. There has been a contiuual
increase during the past three years in the number
of skins treated, and it is probable that the
statistics for the year 1929 will show a further
increase. A large number of the skins treated in
fur dressing establishments are of foreign origin,
including mole, opossum, goat, Persian lamb and
rabbit. Finally, the fur goods industry, which
manufactures men’s and women’s fur coats,.fur
collars, cuffs, neckpieces, fur trimming, etc.,
showed a value of production in 1928 of $20,756,-
071, gave employment to over 3,000 people, had
a salary and wage bill of nearly four million dollars,
and used furs and other materials to the value
of nearly 14 million dollars. The number of
establishments in operation was 225.

The fisheries of the Atlantic coast were the
first lure which attracted Europeans to the
shores of Canada, and they still play an important
part in the economic life of the Dominion, more
particularly in the Maritime Provinces and
British Columbia. At the present time they
furnish employment to some 80,000 persons and
have an annual production valued at some 55
million dollars. But apart from these commercial
fisheries, which are carried on mainly for gain,
there are the inland fisheries which are carried
on for food or for sport. Many a pioneer settler
has kept the wolf from the door by fishing, and
many a cottager has reduced his vacation expenses
besides getting a good deal of fun by adopting
what is called the method of direct acquisition.
Further many others come long distances for the
express purpose of catching such famous game
fish as the salmon of the Restigouche, the black
bass of the Ontario and Quebec Highlands, and
the trout of the Nipigon. Incidentally the
wealthier among these devotees of Isaac Walton
give employment to several hundred guides during
the summer season.

The wild animals and the fish of the interior
waters of Canada are now, in the Eastern pro-
vinces and British Columbia, and will soon be

[VoL. XLV

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

64

10 6GL‘686‘T$ 88° 979‘ 6PZIPL’ 6SL‘ZZTIST ZES‘OFTISP FEP‘8L |86'LG0‘9FL$ |Z6' TOS‘ ZOr$ [00 168‘ L9TI98 SE9 aes}

LV LZ8‘89%'T$ |LG SL6‘ZOZPL 6EL‘ZZTIST SES‘ OFTIST PEP‘ SLE

Pameoe © 9-8 SoTao YS
IW pue ower) [e,07,

ee ewe

*** 9uley) [810],
Ce ee eS sqydieexy ouley) 134410
"-“sesueorq sieddeiy,
S}IWIOg OSOOT[ “PIsery
Sesuedr'yT Joeq “piseyy
"***|S9sueory JUepIsel-U0 Ny

se ee ee ee ee

ccc ee ee "*SOL1OUII19 J, jo sostaT
29:.0.00.00'0 BS o0G6 SesusdIT Sepinsy
oN Goad. da osc'n|| wo ooo Sesueory aulery
6000 010,c 09016 see eee Sesusory S19
-[eoq Ing pue ouler
Se eae See "-*-sing uo AyesoY
>HNV+)
aCe CCC NCmC arc in “ Solleysty [230.1
oO Oct-06 G06 cio|la Otec 6x0 szdiesey 13410
0 en "Ys uo seryyeAoy
Bi acese tinier elhc oe stee tee aes SIOATY
pue sexe] jo sesearyT
Ske Oe Re EL hos Leta ican sasuaory
suljsuy pue SUIysly
:SHINGHSIT

80 798‘ 968$ [26 ZES‘ Esz$ os G68 TL$|9E"GE9° ses]

Ger G79 COl- 2 3 3 oe 10° 672'S 00°92 00° 000°LP \Sz°Saz'¢ L9°S86°ST 00° TSS 98 GE9'ZS
G8 28S‘ EL ‘sis oite | eo tipifefelts Male) lalla\(ete)laiiellel lelts 6, GQ 2682S se ee eee “"- 100° 061‘ TS eee eee eee oe ew eee ee eee we ole ee ee wee
00° 8Sr'L ee ee ew ee ww Dsoeo-0 0 Gen 5 Otho Oo ofc O80 6 HONDO coe eee ee ww 00 8SPr‘L ee ee ew we ew oe eco ° eee ee
9° &86‘F9 OO OeO) Once ONY EO Id Oe Oinecad oO Osrelhcepet Oo Oded OOO} ooo 0 oo "189° €96‘F9 . . . e . ° cee ° . . °
00 '088‘69 em ee ee ew elu ew eh tw we te ew el sw wt tw . eee eee ewe 00°088‘69 se eee oer oe eee . oe oes eee eee eee
GZ’ 098‘ ¢9 odo 5.9050 oO l]o d ofa aia . OollGio oo OO oo OC Olle oo oD . . eee eos ester ‘1ez°098‘¢9 nooo * eee ee ee
00° Z81T‘9 OUODOD DOO Ollo0 too 6 Oona ee ee ew ww 9060 6 D6 00°298‘S Saar avast (VY) a )VAS PCC et et ee
G9°921'907 = |LG'SL6°ZOZ|PZ G68'69 |GZ ELT‘ es | seo eg aes § gee NO Se LS = (Ba A |
GaSe OV ooo a O0'E65 Firs Sve JE |) eet Gh e79'F8 00° SET'ss 000982 |"
Sie ale GCS mesic fe 9F 22‘ 9F$|FZ 96S‘ LOS|GP PET TE$|0L° 160 OIT$ |00'6TS‘OL$ |E9 P98'S$ |
FS 186‘ 019% T8219 ‘9F¢ oO 00 Gd Dp Oyo Oho Soto Do OO DyloeG Oo Geo Go G70. 5 O C6 861 6rEs 00° 690‘ 6LT¢ 81 866‘ S6$ coOU0tbG oO a 6 .
9Z 601 ‘¥Z Oa -o 080 0 O-Os0MON) C0 oo O Deo olgrd |}O O° 60 Oooo oe . eee ee ae 87 S6S‘9 oDo Dood doo oOo QL SIL‘ 8I ooo0c oOo oO
ZI SOL ‘ST C0 BC 080 0) 6 020 1), -G*0sm omden Oo OO lPor oso CO O O60 Deol o oop 0-0-0 -de0 0 ZL S9L ‘SL CoO c0 uo 0 0.Uro Ooo Goo 0 Onn bolo 0 Oto oo O00
GZ 'SZ0‘ SkI OO OOO O80 0.04) OO 6 On Doo Geodho o Oo 6 oO Gl)a%G 0 6 OO 06 oo llo mn GO O80 Hb o-oo 0 GZ &Z0‘ E&I see ew re ee we els we ew ew oe ew
16 Ter‘ L6R$ 18° 319‘ 9F$ Ser oo oo oD ONS oto oo OO On Oooo OD OOo oO ce ees ‘9zes GL eF0‘9r¢ 00° 288‘ LLE$ SL inalaki 6hieMe) telveltaare

124 OL, ‘Oya “eV "yseg “ue ‘quO ‘and aN ‘SN

Tad

sjdiaoay fo savinog

(worsragy 07 49alQnG)

6661 UVAA AHL YOX SLdIGOUU SHIUAHSIA GNV ANVO LNANNUYAAOD TVIONIAOUd

March, 1931]

in all the nine provinces, the property of the
province. The provincial treasuries benefit ac-
cordingly, both directly and indirectly. The
direct revenue derived by the provinces from
licenses, royalties, etc., is not large. In 1929
the total for all the nine provinces was only
$1,939,759, of which $670,932 is credited to
fisheries and $1,268,827 to game. The large
items in the latter were the royalty on furs,
which amounted to $331,727, and the amount
paid for game licenses, $406,127. Ontario was
the leading province in the matter of direct
revenue from fish and game with a total in 1929
of $746,058, followed by Quebec with $402,302.
The foregoing does not include revenue from
licenses, etc., in the Northwest Territories, the
total for which in 1929 was about $65,000. Atable
is attached, which shows, by provinces, the
revenue derived in 1929 from each of the several
kinds of licenses, royalties, ete. The great bulk
of those who take out hunting and fishing licenses
are part-time or casual workers, the census of
‘1921 showing only 2,201 persons, including eight
women, whose main occupation was recorded as
hunter or trapper. The total number is ex-
clusive of the Northwest Territories, as figures
for that area are not available.

The wild life of Canada is undoubtedly a
leading factor in attracting tourists to the Dom-
inion, and the tourist trade is an immense source
of income to Canada. We sell to the foreign
tourist, board, lodging, and the products of our
industries to the value of many milloins of dol-
lars each year. The United States tourist, thou-
sands of whom visit Canada annually, is allowed
to bring into his own country imports to the
value of one hundred dollars, free of duty, and
undoubtedly the value of goods thus exported

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 65

from Canada reaches a very large sum each year.
Estimates have been made by the Dominion
Bureau of Statistics of the expenditure of tourists
from other countries in Canada, based on infor-
mation supplied by numbers of selected tourists
and the figure for 1929 is placed at $299,188 ,000.
It is of course impossible to estimate what pro-
portion of this was spent by sportsmen who visited
Canada to hunt and fish, but the amount was
probably considerable. The forests end streams
of our provinces offer unsurpassed attraction to
sportsmen, not only in the game and fish which
they provide, but in the beauty of scenery, ex-
cellence of climatic conditions, and in rest and
quiet “far from the madding crowd.’’ The fame
of the National Parks of Canada is world-wide
and tourists both from home and abroad are
visiting them in increasing numbers each year.
The tourist in Western Canada seldom fails to
visit Banff or Jasper. The game preserves main-
tained by the various provinces are also regarded
as beauty spots by the tourist. Then in addition
to the sum spent by foreign tourists, there is the
amount spent by Canadian tourists, of which the
Bureau has no record. Reports, however, show
that Canadians spent outside of Canada 111
million dollars, and it is probable that they spent
much more at home in holiday and business
trips. Altogether it would seem that it is the
“out-of-doors”? with all that this implies, that is
the magnet for the foreign tourist in Canada and
for the Canadian tourist at home.

Finally there is the value to the agriculturist
of the insectivorous birds, which, in feeding on
the crop-destryoing insects, save Canada annually
millions in dollars, the value of crops which would
be lost if the insect hordes were allowed to advance
unchecked by these feathered friends of mankind.

NOTES ON THE HOME LIFE OF THE VIRGINIA RAIL*
By HENRY MOUSLEY

HESE short notes refer to a pair of Vir-
ginia Rails that for two years at least,
Bip 1927 and 1929, have made their home in

a small bog or swamp on the outskirts
of Verdun. How much longer that may be pos-
sible is problematical, seeing that an army of
workmen is now engaged in laying pipes of
various descriptions with a view, apparently, to
converting this little swamp into highly desirable
lots for small villas, as the estate men will no

*Read before the Province of Quebec Society for the Pro-
tection of Birds, Montreal, Oct. 14, 1929 (illustrated).

doubt describe the site at some future date.

Other interesting birds that have found a home
here during the past four years, are the Wilson’s
Snipe, and Rose-breasted Grosbeak, besides in-
numerable Yellow Warblers, Sparrows, SHELTIE,
Red-winged Blackbirds, and the like.

The first nest of the Virginia Rail was found on
June 17th, 1927, in a tuft of sedges in a very wet
place, which at that date contained ten eggs, but
which later on came to grief from some cause or
another, but not before my friend, Mr. Napier
Smith, had taken pictures of the incubating bird.

66 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Whether the birds nested there in 1928, I am
unable to say, but in 1929, on June 6th, another
nest was found, also containing ten eggs, but
built in a somewhat drier situation, although
only a few yards distant from the one of 1927.
On this occasion photographs of the nest and
eggs only were taken, but two days later (June
8th) I spent five hours at the nest, obtaining sev-
eral interesting pictures of the incubating bird.
As far as I can remember, the camera was set up
about four feet from the nest, for which I was to
suffer later, as it took four hours before the female
became accustomed to it and would venture on
the nest. The first picture taken shows the front
of the nest partially concealed by a screen of
long grasses, the female always leaving by the
back door as it were. After taking this picture,
another view was obtained with these grasses
removed, thus allowing the eggs to be seen, and
the female when sitting on them. During these
proceedings, the female was not far off, and having
finally adjusted the shutter to give an exposure
of one-fiftieth of a second, I retired with the release
to some bushes about thirty feet away, in high
hopes of some early pictures, as the female had
given me the impression of not being particularly
shy. However, this was not the case, as it was
four hours before she ventured on the nest. At
first I thought it was myself that was causing the
trouble, as I took no especial pains entirely to
conceal my whereabouts, both birds often being
in close proximity to my hiding place, when they
could hardly have failed to see me. However, as
time went on, I could see it was really the near-
ness of the camera to the nest that was respon-
sible for the shyness of the female. Often she
would approach close to the nest, and then go
round and round it always as it were with her
eye on that dread camera. This went on for
nearly four hours, during which time she, and the
male bird at times, would keep up an almost
incessant series of little pig-like grunts. By this
time, I was getting about worn out, and had almost
decided to give the business up. Only those who

[VoL. XLV

have made home life studies will know my state
of mind, and what I felt like when, on taking a
last look at the nest, I saw the female actually
walking onto it. All the discomforts of the past
four hours—it was very hot—were forgotten in
that one moment, but it was of short duration,
for she was off again in a second. However,
nothing happened, and the dread camera remain-
ing as motionless as ever, she made another
attempt, and this time remained a little longer
before walking off again. Finally, she came on
almost with a rush, and this time just as she was
in the act of pulling up the grasses over the front
of the nest, again to form the blind, I released the
shutter, and obtained a picture of her with a
blade of grass actually in her mouth. On her
next visit—ten minutes later—she went through
the same procedure as before, only on this occa-
sion I refrained from releasing the shutter, until
her head was almost obliterated by the grasses
she had lifted up. Upon her again leaving the
nest—on my appearance to re-set the shutter—
these grasses fell down and partially covered the
eggs, of which I took a picture before the removal
of the grasses once more. At her next, and sub-
sequent visits, no attempt was made to re-erect
the blind, the last three pictures showing her
covering or endeavouring to cover the eggs.

The rapidity with which these pictures were
taken—one every ten minutes—goes to prove
that once the bird had overcome its fear of the
camera, it cared little or nothing whether I came
into the limelight or not, which of course I had
to do after each picture was taken in order to re-set
the shutter. In more than one instance I noticed
she had retired no further than just beyond the
edge of the nest. Considering she had behaved
so well at the finish, I now decided to leave her
in peace, hoping that eventually the brood would
be brought off in safety, a thing much to be doubted
in view of the fact that this little swamp is over-
run with boys, whose depredations have been only
too evident on several occasions, by broken eggs
or pulled down nests.

March, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 67

SEICHES
By C. H. 0’ DONOGHUE

Y friend Dr. Kindle called attention to the
very interesting phenomenon of Seiches
in the last issue of The Canadian Field-
Naturalist and commented on the silence
on this topic in text-books of geology. However
this may be, it is a common phenomenon, very
well known to limnologists and one that has
received a considerable amount of attention in
Europe. Indeed the word itself comes from Lake
Geneva where the phenomenon was well known
back in the middle ages. I have myself noticed
it in Lake Winnipeg several times in the summer
of 1918; in Lake Brereton, Man., in 1922; in Lake
Louise, Banff National Park in 1925; in Maligne
Lake, Jasper National Park in 1926 and in Fox
Lake, Ont., in 1927.

A seiche is a standing or stationary oscillation
of the whole lake and is observable as a rhyth-
mical rise and fall of the water surface not due to
any obvious cause such as wind, rain, snow, etc.
The vertical movements are accompanied by more
obscure horizontal movements. On days when the
air is still and the surface of the lake to the naked
eye apparently motionless, this phenomenon can
be observed readily by the following means.
Drive a rule or suitably graduated stick into the
bottom of the lake in a sheltered position and
watch it from time to time or continuously. The
water will be seen to rise and fall rhythmically,
the distance between the highest and lowest
points is termed the range, half of this the ampli-
tude and the time between one peak and the next
the period. This is only a rough and ready
method applicable under limited conditions but
various instruments are available and a number in
use which keep this and other records in an
accurate manner. Unless deliberate watch is
kept seiches are overlooked save when they are
exceptionally large or occur in special circum-
stances such as the one recorded by Captain
Morris and quoted by Dr. Kindle

Although known for centuries the first time a
seiche was recorded with an attempt at scientific
accuracy was in 1730 by Fatio de Duillier, a Swiss
engineer. Marked seiches occurred in a number
of the lakes in Scotland on the 1st of November,
1755, that in Loch Lomond having a period of
about 10 minutes and a maximum amplitude of
21% feet. These became well known since they
coincided with the earthquake in Lisbon with
which striking disaster they become associated
in the public mind. It is possible that this may
have prompted Captain Morris to remark “This

phenomenon often happens’”’ when he encountered
a striking manifestation of it less than nine years
later. Since that time an enormous. number of
records have been obtained in various parts of the
world and an extensive literature on the subject
has grown up. Seiches with a 15-hour period
have been recorded by A. J. Henry (U.S. Weather
Bureau Bull. J. No. 262, 1902) in Lake Erie.

Since Lake Geneva is the home of the word it
is fitting that it should still be the classic centre
of the investigations. A splendid self-registering
limnograph was set up at Sécheron in 1877 by
Plantamour and has been operated ever since.
Its records are supplemented by those taken at
other stations on the lake. Any one interested
in this truly fascinating subject would do well to
consult Forel’s magnificent’ monograph ‘‘Le
Léman”’, Vol. II, 1895, Lausanne; Halfbass ‘Der
heutige Stand der Seiches—Forschung”,, Zeitschr.
Ges. Erdk., 1907; for the mathematical aspects
Chrystal ‘‘Hydro-dynamical Theory of Seiches”
Trans. Roy. Soc. Hdin., Vol. xli, 1905, and lastly
the same author’s article in ‘““Bathymetrical Survey
of the Scottish Fresh-Water Lochs” by Murray
& Pullar, Vol. 1, 1910. These will provide a
satisfactory background and indicate lines of
work. Many persons with summer cottages on
the lakes with which Canada is so bountifully
provided have opportunities of accumulating
data on this subject and I should like to support
most heartily Dr. Kindle’s plea that they do so.
Ii their work could be co-ordinated by some
central body such as the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’
Club it should not be difficult by means of simple
instruments and the synchronisation now made
possible by radio to obtain records over a rela-
tively wide area that might prove of considerable ~
value. Dr. Kindle is to be congratulated on
having brought to light a record that has, I think,
escaped previous workers.

To turn now to quite another matter, I should
like to direct particular attention to the last work
mentioned above, which is one of great usefulness
and yet does not seem to be sufficiently widely
known. It is the first volume of what is probably
the most complete bathymetrical survey of the
lakes of any country that has yet been made. It
contains much fundamental information on lim-
nological subjects and last but by no means least
it includes an exhaustive ‘Bibliography of Lim-
nological Literature” compiled by J. Chumley of
the Challenger office which is practically complete
down to 1908.

68 , THE CANADIAN FIELD-NAURALIST

[VoL. XLV

AMPHIBIANS AND. REPTILES OF THE ATHABASKA AND GREAT SLAVE
LAKES REGION —
By FRANCIS HARPER

HE following notes have resulted from
two trips to this region. In 1914 I
accompanied a party from the Geological

Survey of Canada, in charge of Dr.
Charles Camsell, which had for its principal
object the exploration of the Tazin and Taltson
Rivers. In May and early June we traveled down
the Athabaska River from Athabaska Landing
to its mouth. On June 30 we left Lake Atha-
baska at about its northernmost point and then
journeyed by way of the Tazin and Taltson Rivers
to Great Slave Lake, which we reached on August
15. From this lake we returned homeward by
way of the Slave and Athabaska Rivers, complet-
ing the trip in early October.

The 1920 trip was made under the auspices of
the United States Biological Survey, with the
support of Dr. John C. Phillips. My associates
in the field were Hamilton M. Laing and J. Alden
Loring. In early April we left Edmonton by rail
for the “End of Steel” near McMurray, and in
May proceeded down the Athabaska River to its
delta, remaining in this vicinity till late July.
We then traveled eastward on Lake Athabaska
as far as Poplar Point and the MacFarlane River
and returned to the west end of the lake in late
August. On September 30 we began our home-
ward journey, reaching McMurray on October
9 and Edmonton on November 10.

During the course of the general biological in-
vestigations made on both trips, some attention
was paid to herpetology. Only four species of
amphibians and a single species of snake were
recorded by Preble (1908, pp. 500-502) from the
Mackenzie Basin. The present paper contains
some additional notes on the distribution and
seasonal activities of the same forms, three of
which, however, appear under names somewhat
different from those employed by Preble.

Most of the localities mentioned may be found
on one or the other of two maps accompanying
papers by Camsell (1916) and myself (1931).

Bufo hemiophrys Cope.—Dakota Toap.—On
May 15, 1914, I collected two of these toads in a
muddy pool on the wooded slope between the
business district of Edmonton and the Saskat-
chewan. On May 18 I saw one at Rochester and
two in a small pool by the river at Athabaska
Landing. Here I heard their trilling at night.
The species was again noted in voice on May 25
along the Athabaska several miles above Little

Buffalo River, and on May 31 near the mouth of
Firebag River,- where it was common.

On May 18, 1920, I heard s single toad trilling
along the east branch of the Athabaska Delta, at
a temperature of about 40°-45° F. On August

_ 10 two very small specimens were collected by

Hamilton M. Laing on the sandy bank of the
MacFarlane River near its mouth

Under the name of Bufo lentiginosus wood-
housei, Preble (1908, p..501) records toads in this
region north to Fort Smith. It seems reasonable
to assume that all belong to the same species as
the two specimens which I collected at Edmonton
in 1914. These are 69 and 63 mm., respectively,
in length from snout to vent. They agree closely
with the description of Bufo hemiophrys, especi-
ally in such diagnostic characters as the cranial
crests and the metatarsal tubercles. The paro-
toids are broadly oval, averaging about 11 X 8mm.
The larger specimen is distinctly, the smaller one
indistinctly, spotted on breast and belly. The
identification of the toads of this region as hemi-
ophrys means a considerable extension of the known
range of the species, hitherto given as North
Dakota and Manitoba.

Pseudacris septentrionalis (Boulenger).—Nor-
THERN SWAMP CRICKET FRoG.—In 1914 I heard
the castanet-like trilling of this species at Edmon-
ton on May 15 and 16, and on the former date
collected some eggs (which were identified by
Dr. A. H. Wright) in a muddy pool on a wooded
slope beside the Saskatchewan. On May 17 I

- discovered some of the authors of the chorus in a

vegetation-filled pool in a wet, bush-bordered
meadow on the outskirts of the city. When I
reached the edge of the pool, they became silent,
but after a few minutes I saw half a dozen of the
little creatures sticking their heads above the
water and trilling more or less continually, with
distended throats. Two were readily captured
when I waded into the pool for them. -

Choruses of this frog were heard, especially
during the evening and night, at Athabaska
Landing, near Grand Rapids, near Steepbank
River, near Pierre au Calumet, and at other
points along the Athabaska River, May 18 to 31.
It was quite abundant on the Athabaska Delta,
and another specimen was taken there. During
this period (late May and early June) the ther-
mometer frequently went close to the freezing
point, and once or twice thin ice formed on quiet
water overnight. I heard the species commonly

March, 1931]

at Chipewyan, June 10 to 19. On August 25 I
collected a specimen along the shore at Resolu-
tion, and on the following day I detected the note
of Pseudacris on the Slave River delta. :

All four specimens agree satisfactorily with
Boulenger’s description (1882, p. 335) of the type
from Great Bear Lake, except that the tympanum
is not “nearly as large as the eye’’; it is scarcely
half the diameter of the eye. In all of them the
heel falls a little short of the tympanum. when the
posterior limb is extended forward along the side.

In 1920 the trilling of this species was first heard
at La Saline at dusk on May 11. For the next
six weeks it was recorded commonly and almost
daily. In the meantime we traveled down the
Athabaska and camped on its delta from May
18 to 24 and from June 2 to 22. The trilling was
also heard on Goose Island, May 27, along the
Riviére des Rochers, June 29, and at Egg Lake
June 30. By this time the spring song season
was evidently over. From May 14 to 24, when
the species was heard every day, the minimum
temperature I recorded was 31° and the maximum
68.5°. Though probably the most abundant
amphibian of the region, this little creature is so
elusive that an individual collected at Egg Lake
on July 14 was the only one I actually saw during
the entire season. It was sitting on a rock about
a foot from the water. On September 2 (with
the temperature probably about 60°) I heard a
hoarse and listless autumnal trilling at several
points along the Quatre Fourches Channel. I
recorded what seemed to be the notes of Pseud-
acris on the evening of September 22 (when the
temperature was about 48°) on the Athabaska
Delta, and even as late as October 21 (when the
temperature was above freezing) on Stony Moun-
tain south of McMurray.

Rana cantabrigensis Baird.—NORTHERN WOOD
Froc.—In 1914 this frog was first found on May
21 several miles below Swift Current Rapid on
the Athabaska. In June it appeared very abun-
dant on the Athabaska Delta, and common in the
Quatre Fourches marshes and in the woods near
Chipewyan. The species was observed in small
numbers on Lake Athabaska near the mouth of
Charlot River, at Hill Island Lake, and near
Kolethe Rapids on the Tazin River. On July 31
specimens about three-quarters of an inch long
were abundant along the Taltson River just above
its junction with the Tazin. Individuals were
seen a few miles below Tsu Lake, and at the
mouth of Pierrot Creek on the Taltson River. At
Resolution Wood Frogs were abundant, August
22 to 26, and I saw a great many, both dead and
alive, in some surveryors’ excavations, from which

they could not escape after having fallen in. A.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 69

number of others were observed along the Slave
River between the delta and Pointe Ennuyeuse,
August 26 to 30.

Specimens were taken at the following points:
Athabaska River below Swift Current Rapids;
Athabaska Delta; Lake Athabaska near Slate
Island; and Resolution.

In 1920 the species was in voice at La Saline,
May 11 to 14; between this point and the Atha-
baska Delta, May 14 to 16; on the delta itself,
May 17 to 23 and June 2, 9, and 14; and on Goose
Island, May 24 to 30. On May 16 and 17, near
the head of the delta, the chorus was tremendous.
The clucking notes of an individual are commonly
given three or four in a series: crut, crut, crut,
crut. The last of the spring notes were heard on
June 14, but there was an autumnal recrudescence
of song, with two or three notes in a series, on the
Athabaska Delta daily from September 19 to 22.
During these September days the temperature
ranged in the neighbourhood of 50° when the
notes were heard.

In May, during the height of the spring chorus,
the species was rarely seen, but in June, along
the main branch of the delta, and in July, at Egg
Lake, a good many individuals were seen, both
in marshes and on land. They were fairly easy
to catch even in the water, for if they ducked
beneath the surface, they seldom stayed down,
but almost immediately came up again a little
farther on.

Specimens were taken on the Athabaska Delta;
on Lobstick Island, off Chipewyan; at Egg Lake;
and on Lake Athabaska near Oldman River, and
at Poplar Point. Others were noted at Fair
Point, August 21, and along the Quatre Fourches
Channel, September 2 and 3. The last one of the
season was seen on the Athabaska Delta on
September 25. ,

Rana pipiens Schreber.—LEOPARD FRoG.—In
1914 three or four large Leopard Frogs were seen
on July 2 at a muskeg pond just south of Thluicho
Lake, and a similar number on August 5 at Natla
Rapids on the Taltson River. A specimen was
collected in each locality. Others were noted at
a rapid on the Taltson abovt 9 miles below Tsu
Lake, August 10, and on the Slave River below
McConnell Island, August 28. All of these
records appear to represent extensions of the
previously known range of the species.

During the entire season of 1920 I did not meet
with the species anywhere.

Thamnophis sirtalis parietalis (Say).—WESTERN
GARTER SNAKE.—On May 17, 1914, during a
walk of a mile or so along the north side of the
Saskatchewan at Edmonton, I came across six
Garter Snakes and collected one. The north

70 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

bank of the river was then sunny and warm,
though ice masses still clung to the steep and
shady south bank. The specimen was identified
by Dr. Alexander G. Ruthven, who remarked
that “It is darker in color than usual, but the
northern specimens of both T. sirtalis and T.
sirtalis parietalis run to darker colors than the
southern ones.”

James Daniell, of Chipewyan, spoke of finding
many of these snakes under pieces of limestone
near Birch River. He also mentioned their
occurrence on Birch Mountain and near Fort

[VoL. XLV

Smith. In 1920 Jack Stark reported the species
at Peace Point. ;

LITERATURE CITED

BOULENGER, G. A. 1822. Catalogue of the Batrachia
Salientia in the collection of the British Musuem, second
edition. London: pp. xvi-+-505, 30 pl., numerous fig.

CAMSELL, CHARLES. 1916. An exploration of the Tazin
and Taltson Rivers, North West Territories. Memoir 84,
Geol. Ser. 69, Geol. Surv. Canada, pp. iii+124, 18 pl., map.

HARPER, FRANCIS. 1931. Physiographic and faunal areas
in the Athabaska and Great Slave Lakes region. Ecology,
vol. 12, 1931, pp. 18-32, 5 fig. ,

PREBLE, E. A. 1908. A biological investigation of the
Athabaska-Mackenzie region. N. A. Fauna, No. 27, Bureau
of Biol. Surv., U.S. Dept. Agric., pp. 1-574, 25 pl., 16 fig.

A WOLF AT THE DOOR!
(metaphorically, not mammalogically, speaking)
By HOYES LLOYD, Chairman, Publication Committee.

N FEBRUARY 1, 1931, The Ottawa
Field-Naturalists’ Club had approxi-
f I A mately a membership of 539. Curiosity
ane impelled me to sort these members
geographically and the result was as shown in
the table below.

It takes about 80 paid up memberships for a
year to pay for printing and distributing one
number of The Naturalist. We print nine num-
bers. Thus it would take 720 members, or 181
more than we have, to pay for the printing of
one volume of The Naturalist. The burden of
printing The Naturalist as well as the burden of
finding a way round this apparently insuperable

financial difficulty falls upon the Council of the
Club. The old Club has more than fifty years of
background. It has put all its hard-won resources
behind The Canadian Field-Naturalist so that
there would be a Canadian place of publication,
a journal of record, for Canadian Natural History.
It has done this and borne the heat of the day
in the labour of getting out the paper and doing
the business routine. The Ottawa workers appre-
ciate all that the affiliated clubs have done and
merely wish to place these facts before them and
the outside members, and to urge them to keep
up the good work, especially in the matter of
sending the treasurer some new members.

ONTARIO Other
P.E.I.| N.S. | N.B. | Que. | Man. | Sask. | Alta. | B.C. | N.W.| Y.T. | U.S. | Foreign | Total —
Ottawa Rest of Ont. w British
92 120 Pie es ee ey ie en ea ne
212 9 | 7 foe hover) er Wart) 200] 40: | 3), | alle a aie

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS

THE VALUE OF DETAILED BIRD-BANDING
RECORDS.—The following extract from a recent
personal letter from Dr. Wilbur K. Butts of
Milliken University, Decatur, Illinois, is pub-
lished as a statement reflecting the actual prac-
tical experience of a research worker relying to a
large extent upon data obtained by the bird
banding method. Dr. Butts is the author of “A
Study of the Chickadee and White-breasted Nut-
hatch by Means of Marked Individuals’, which
was his thesis for the Ph.D. degree at Cornell
University, and which is now being published
serially in Bird-Banding, beginning with the

number for October, 1980. His statement is an
indication of the real value to such research
workers of the instalments of the Official Canadian
Record of Bird Banding Returns, as they are
being published in The Canadian Field-Naturalist:

“It would indeed be a pity if The Canadian
Field-Naturalist finds it necessary to cut down the
amount of space given to bird-banding returns.
For the investigator who is making life-history
studies of some particular species of bird it is
extremely valuable to have all the information
possible regarding banding records. The records
published in The Canadian Field-Naturalist are

March, 1931]

more useful as far as they go, than those pub-
lished by the United States Biological Survey,
since they contain more details.””—HARRISON F
LEWIS.

LEAST BITTERN ON THE ISLAND OF ORLEANS,
QUEBEC, P.Q.—On September 13th, 1920, when
in company with my friend, Mr. W. Basil Cham-
berlain, of England, I was shooting Snipe in a
marsh at Ste. Famille, on the north shore of the
Island of Orleans, in the St. Lawrence River, near
Quebec, I shot at what I thought was a Rail but
when I picked it up saw it was not a Rail, but a
bird that was strange to me, and Mr. Chamber-
lain identified it as a Least Bittern (Ixobrychus
exilis (Gmelin) ). Subsequently, on consulting
descriptions of this species, I was satisfied that
this identification was correct. At a later date I
- showed a photograph of this bird to Dr. Harrison
F. Lewis, who, of course, recognized it at once.
I note that the late C. E. Dionne states (Les
Oiseaux de la Province de Quebec, 1906, p. 119)
that he had seen only four specimens of this species
killed in the vicinity of Quebec City.—R. MERE-
DITH.

WINTER RECORDS OF TOWHEES IN TORONTO.—
In ten years observation of birds, I have two
records of the Towhee occurring at Toronto in
winter. During November and December, 1922,
four birds; two of either sex, were observed in a
patch of mixed woods near North Toronto and
they were seen up to the end of January, 1923.
They were obtaining food by scratching through
the snow to the dead leaf litter—also eating
Chokecherry and Elderberries, and on January
13 four or five were seen in the tops of Beech
trees in company with Blue Jays, apparently
easting the nuts, or possibly buds. The usual
loud chewink and a lazy tsee-ee note were heard.

My other record is a single bird in brushy
woods at York Mills on December 12, 1926.

Two records near King, Ont., thissummer may
be of interest. 4

On July 27 two pure white Little Blue Herons
were observed by a small lake and were watched
for some time with glasses at fairly close range.
They stayed for three days.

On August 17 a male Golden-winged Warbler
was seen with other small birds in mixed hard-
woods—the writer’s first record of this warbler.—
R. D. USSHER.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 71

LEWIS’S WOODPECKER (Asyndesmus lewisi) IN
CENTRAL ALBERTA.—While motoring on the
south-eastern side of Big Hay Lake, on Sunday,
October 12th, 1930, in company with Mr. C. S.
Bailey of Camrose, a Lewis’s Woodpecker flew
across the road in front of the car, and was im-
mediately recognized as such. By the time the
car was stopped it had alighted on a branch of a
leafless poplar, less than 75 yards from the car,
and allowed a close approach and inspection.
Although I had my glasses in hand it was unneces-
sary to use them, so confiding was the bird. Being
quite familiar with this woodpecker in its natural
habitat in the mountains of British Columbia and
the State of Washington there could be no doubt
as to its identity.

Lewis’s Woodpecker has been observed several
times, and I believe collected by Mr. T. E. Ran-
dall in the Sullivan Lake country, about 100 miles
southeast of Big Hay Lake, but its proper status
in Alberta must be considered a rare straggler
from the mountains. The bird observed at Big
Hay Lake is the only one I have seen in Alberta,
and it might constitute a northern record for its
appearance in the province.—FRANK L. FARLEY.

New Map oF CANADA.—A very interesting map
of Canada in colours on a scale of one hundred
miles to the inch, that indicates the country’s
resources, main railways, forests and agricultural
areas, has been issued by the National Develop-
ment Bureau, Department of the Interior at
Ottawa.

The map affords a comprehensive idea of the
location of Canada’s mines; water power, devel-
oped and undeveloped; fisheries; various types
of farming, and other outstanding resources. It
is of such convenient size as to be suitable for
ready reference, and should prove of value to
educationalists, business men, and, in fact, to all
those who are connected with, or interested in, the
development of Canada’s resources.

Copies of the map may be obtained free of
charge by adults from the aforementioned Bureau.

CoRRECTION.—Mallard No. 231,439, banded by
Allen Green at Oakville, Iowa, on January 7,
1929, (not January 7, 1927, as recorded in The
Canadian Field-Naturalist, Vol. XLV, No. 2,
page 48), was caught in a muskrat trap at Big
Lake, Manitoba, on May 1. 1929.

Hi, THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

BOOK REVIEWS

OuR GREAT OUTDOORS. MAMMALS. By C. W.
G. Eifrig, Instructor in Nature Study, River
Forest, Illinois. Rand, McNally & Company,
New York, Chicago, San Francisco, 1928.
pp. xiv, 255, illustrations 177.

This little book on mammals is the first of a
series of nature study books announced by the
Rand McNally Company. Others are to follow,
one on birds, another on the remaining verte-
brates, one on the invertebrates, and finally one
on plants. The author was formerly a resident
of Ottawa and was well known as an active
member of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club
and a keen field student of ornithology and
botany, which studies he enthusiastically pur-
sued when permitted by the duties of his pastor-
ate, and we are well assured that he made good
use of his eyes and ears while making long buggy
and sleigh trips to visit small settlements in the
back districts. Prof. Eifrig was a charter mem-
ber of the American Society of Mammelogists,
and was recently honoured by election as 2 mem-
ber of the American Ornithologists’ Union, of
which he had. been an Associate for twenty-eight
years.

This book is not intended as a complete manual
of mammals, but will be useful to teachers and
as an interesting and instructive reading book for
pupils in the schools. It consists mainly of
biographies and short sketches of mammals,
treating most of the common North American
species, and others which should be known for
their peculiar structure of body, mode of life,
manner of getting food, and adaptation to en-
vironment. For good pedagogical reasons, the
author has wisely given most space to the mam-
mals of North America, as it is important to
know something about our animal neighbours.
A rather good feature, which is different from
most American popular nature books, is the
introduction of a few notable forms of mammal
life from foreign countries, pointing out their
relationship to our familiar mammals.

While the book is written in a fairly simple
style, the author has succeeded in packing large
amounts of reliable information into a small
space in an entertaining way. In the many
cases where it has been necessary to condense
the statements, the author has been successful
in the very difficult feat of generalizing without
serious errors, and few statements can be seriously
criticized. It is hardly correct to say that the
Arctic hare is white throughout the year, for,
except in the extreme north of Greenland, the

Arctic hare has a more or less complete change
into a dark summer coat. We also question the
advisability of quoting a statement on the useful-
ness of long-tailed shrews which seems to be
largely theoretical. It is known that these shrews
will kill one another and sometimes kill a mouse
when confined together.
clean up an occasional nest of young mice, it is
extremely doubtful whether they destroy many
adult mice at large. The statement is made
that on a hundred-acre farm four shrews to the
acre might dispose of 3,800 mice a year, or
almost a thousand to a shrew. The larger short-
tailed shrew (Blarina) is a stronger hunter than
the long-tailed shrew, but shrews feed largely on
grubs and larve, and it is well known that some

- species of mice and voles are found in large

numbers on the same ground with plenty of shrews,
and have waves of periodic fluctuation in num-
bers regardless of carnivorous enemies.
Suggestions are given in the Appendix for
teachers desiring to use the book for material for
stories to younger children, and as source for
compositions. A glossary of the more technical
terms is given, and a good bibliography for use
in selecting school and teacher libraries in nature
study, particularly books on mammal life. The
book is well worth having and even the old
naturalist may find something of interest and
bring some of his half-forgotten mammal lore up
to date.—R.M.A.

GUIDE TO THE STUDY OF FRESH-WATER BIOLOGY.
By James G. Needham and Paul R. Need-
ham. Pp. 81, pl. 24. C. C. Thomas, Pub-
lisher, Springfield, Illinois. 1930.

Any pond-life enthusiast who seesa copy of this
very useful little work will most urgently desire
to obtain a water-proofed copy, for he will be sure
to slip it in his field collecting-set, and just as
sure will he be to get it wet sooner or later in the
day. Two very useful purposes are served by
this guide: the easy and quick recognition of
common specimens caught in fresh water; and
very practical hints to the man who wants to
know how to go about collecting in, and studying,
various bodies of moving and standing water.
Analytical keys and very numerous plates are
the principal features which strike one on casual
examination; it is only a more careful perusal
that allows one to realize the amount of experience
and understanding that has gone into its compila-
tion. Altogether it is a book well worth having;
two amateur microscopists have already tried to
“borrow” my copy!—DouGLAs LEECHMAN.

[VoL. XLV

While shrews may

_ NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
: MANITOBA
1929-30

President “Emeritus: J. J. GOLDEN; Honorary President:
- NORMAN CRIDDLE; - Past President: A. M. DAVIDSON, M.D.;
President: Pror. R.A WARDLE; Vice Presidents: H. M-
SPEECHLY, M.D., C. Ww. Lowe, M.Sc., G. SHIRLEY BROOKS,
_ A. G. LAWRENCE, J. B. WALLIS, M.A., H. C. PEARCE; Trea-
_surer: NORMAN LowE, 317 Simcoe Street; Auditor: R.M.
_ THOMAS; Social Convener: MRS. G G. SHIRLEY Brooks; General
_ Secretary: B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 392 Woodlawn Street, Deer
Lodge, Winnipeg; Executive Secretary: Mrs. L. R. Simpson.
» ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION—Chairman:

A. BURTON
_ GRESHAM; Secretary: J. R. Morton. ENTOMOLOGICAL
| SECTION—Chairman: G. SHIRLEY Brooks; Secretary:

Mrs. L
; Miss B. M. BRADSHAW; Secretary: Mrs. H. T. Ross.
- LOGICAL SECTION—Chairman:

P. H. SToKss.

BOTANICAL SECTION Chairman:
W.-H. RaAnbD; Secretary:

L. R. SIMPSON.

__ Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays

from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University,
' Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
‘noon during May, June and September, and on public holidays
during July and August.

McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,

:
P:

LONDON, ONT. ;
President: Ett DAvis, R.R. No. 7, London, Ont.; Vice=
President: EDISON MATTHEWS, 25 Wyatt Street, London, Ont.;

_ Recording Secretary: VERNE FRANKS, 195 ‘Duchess Ave.,
London, Ont.; Corresponding Secretary ‘and Treasurer: E. M.
_ $. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.; Members qualified
E: to answer questions: W. EH. SAUNDERS, 240 Central Avenue,
London, Ont.; C. G. WATSON, 201 Ridout Street South,
Re zendon. Ont.; J. F. CALVERT, 461 Tecumseh Avenue, London,
i Ont.; BE. M. Ss. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.

Moctings held the second Monday of the month, except
x ‘during the summer.

: ‘VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

Honorary President: L. S. KLINCK, LL.D., President Univer-
sity of B.C.; President: JOHN DAvipsoN, F.L.S., F.B.S.E.,
University of B.C.; Vice-President: .PRoF. M. Y. WILLIAMS;
‘Honorary Secretary: C. F. CONNoR, M.A., 3529 W. 2nd Avenue,
aaa B.C.; First Assistant Secretary: B. J. Woon, B.A.;
_ Second Assistant Secretary: Mr. A. R. WooTTON; Honorary
_ Treasurer: A. H. BAIN, 2142 Collingwood Street, ‘Vancouver,
B.C.; Librarian: J. D. TURNBULL; Members of Executive:
Mrs. FRANK McGInN, Mr.’ R. A. CuMMING, MR. M. M.
- Donps, - Mr. J. L. PLommer, Mrs. C. G. McCRIMMON; Au-
‘ditors: H. G. SELWoop, W. B. Woops.

i? Fortnightly meetings in the University Buildings from

_ September to April (inclusive). Semi-monthly excursions from
_May to August (inclusive).

_ PROVIN CE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
_ PROTECTION OF BIRDS

Sr anrary President: DR. I. GAMMELL; Past Presidents:
Mr. L. MclI. TERRILL, MR. NAPIER eer President: MR.
es ‘. Hart; Vice-Presidents: Mr. A. P. MURRAY, MRs. C.
ae. DALE; Vice President and Treasurer: Mr. Henry Mous-
LEY; Recording Secretary: Mr. H. A. C. JACKSON; Corres-
‘ponding Secretary: Miss K. D. MALCOURONNE; Curator of
Slides: Miss Emity LUKE.

~ Mk. J. W. BUCKLE, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, HON. JUSTICE
ELE. HOW AD: Miss EDITH Morrow, Miss M. S. NICOLSON,
Mr. W W. A. OSWALD, MR. R. A. OUTHET, Mrs. JOHN RITCHIE,
_ Miss H. STONE, Miss MAupD SEaTu, Mr. L. McI. SPACKMAN.
. Address all communications to the Society at P.O. Box
1185, Montreal, P.Q., Canada

- sOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

_ Bureau de direction pour 1930-31

‘3

G.C.S.1., G.C.M.G., G.C.I.E -B.E., Gouverneur-Géneral
dela Puissance du Canada; Vice-Patron Honoraire: Honorable
_M. H. G. Carrouu, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de
- Québec; Bureau de Direction pour 1929: Président: R. MERE-
_ DITH, N.P.; ier vice-président: Dr. J.-E. BERNIER;
i vice-président: G. STUART AHERN; Secrétaire-trésorier: LOUIS
_B. LAvorgE; Chef de la section scientifique: Dr. D. A. DrERY;
' Chef de la section de Propagande éducationnelle: ADRIEN
_ FALARDEAU, C.R.; Chef de la section de protection: MAJOR
- Jos. MATTE; Chef de la section d’information scientifique et
; pratique: EDGAR RoOcHETTE, M.P.P.; Directeurs: Dr. S,
_ GAUDREAU, RONALD Linpsay, GEO. M. MITCHELL.
Secrétaire-trésorier: Louts-B. LAVOIE.
38 Sherbrooke Street, Québec.

E Patron Honoraire: Son Excellence LE VICOMTE WILLINGDON,

/

2éme -

Affiliated Baciebes

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1929-30.

Honorary President: PROFESSOR A. P. COLEMAN; President:
Pror. J. R. DYMOND; Vice-Presidents: MR. J. H. FLEMING,
Dr. N. A. POWELL, MR. CoLIN S. FARMER; Secretary: MR.
F. P. IDE, (Dept. of Biology, University of Toronto); Publicity
Secretary: Dr. L. B. JAckes; Treasurer: MR. FRED H.
BRIGDEN; Executive Committee: PRoF. R. B. THOMPSON, PROF-
E. M. WALKER, Mgsssrs. STUART L. THOMPSON, J. A. PAR-
TRIDGE, A. M. PATTERSON, E. B. S. Locimr, W. H. WRIGHT,
Dr. McKINLEY; Commitiee on Conservation: Mr. R. G.
DINGMAN; Leaders: Birds—MeEssrs. J. H. FLEMING, STUART
L. THompson, L. L. SNyDER, J. L. BAILLIE; Mammals—
Pror. J. R. DyMonpD, MR. E. C. Cross; Reptiles and Am-
phibians—MEssrs. E. B. S. Locier, WM. LERAy; Fish—
Pror. J. R. DyMOND, PROF. W. J. K. HARKNESS; Insects, etc.
—Pror. E. M. WALKER, DR. N. ForD, Mr. HE. P. IDE; Botany
—Pror. R. B. THOMSON, PRorF.H. B. SIFTON, Dr. G. WRIGHT;
Geology—PrRoF. A. MCLEAN. :

We would ask the Officers, and more
particularly the Secretaries, of all the
Affiliated Societies to assist us in our
task of building up the circulation of
this magazine. By securing every
member as a subscriber we can truly
make this magazine into one of the
leading Natural History publications ©
of America.

Crabtree Limited

Artists and
Designers

BLUEPRINTERS
ENGRAVERS

COMMERCIAL
PHOTOGRAPHERS

PH Ort: OF:
LITHOGRAPHERS

228 Albert Street
Ottawa, Ont.

Card Filing Systems
for Naturalists

As makers of the Library
Bureau line of Card Filing
; Devices in Canada, we are

in a position to supply all

Naturalists with cards and

trays where they can read-

ily index all their observa-
tions and notes

Lowe-Martin Ltd.

OTTAWA, CANADA

Printers ef The Canadian Field-Naturalist .
Publishers of the Autobiography of John Macoun,M A

A New PEST-PROOF INSECT BOX

THE HOOD
INSECT BOX

Special Features of the HOOD BOX:

1. Pest-proof
2. Wooden Frame

3. High shoulder,
protecting specimens

4 Excellent pinning bottom
5. High quality box at low cost

PRICE $1.25 EACH

SPECIAL RATES IN QUANTITY
For full description ask for circular No. 298

WARD’S
NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT
84 College Avenue, ROCHESTER, N.Y.

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers

BIRD GARDEN |
EQUIPMENT

ATTRACT THE INSECT FEED- |]
ING BIRDS TO YOUR GARDEN |]

CHICKADEE |}
BELL |i

PRICE $1.00 _
. Postage Paid

Fill with melted fat aa hang outside \}
your window, whether town or country,
and the Chickadees will be your ee

ge i

H.M.B. NESTING & FEEDING }|
| BOX |

- PRICE $4.00 POSTAGE PAID

Cc. T. BATTEN |
810 Hastings St. W.,
VANCOUVER, B.C.

Bs a4 o. :'.
VOL. XLV, No. 4 APRIL, 1931 4

ea ~~ eee

=a =,
~35
(

f

PN I ee On ee ee
da Fak

a 1 it
Soe’ o

Ce oe ee

mp

~ Pah Seow gage
ee on SS a

ilk TRON

SRAUSRALISTS” CLUB

ISSUED APRIL Ist. 1931.
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second- clase matter

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB

President: HARRISON F. LEwIs, 34 reves Ave., Ottawa. ng
1st Vice-President: C. M. STERNBERG 2nd Vice-President: M. E. WILSON
Secretary: GORDON Ss. Baits 25 Roe St. Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, 582 Mariposa Ave.

FAWN al - Rockeliffe Park
Additional Members of Co nes: a J, pee R. M. ANDERSON, Miss M. E. Cowan, Messrs. H. G.
CRAWFORD, NORMAN ( RIDDLE, R. E. DrELuRY, BERTRAM "A, FAUVEL, HERBERT GROH, ANDREW ay
HALKETT, D. JENNESS, C. E. JOHNSON, A. G. KINGSTON, FE. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELEY, —
DOUGLAS "LEECHMAN, HoyEs Lioyp, W. TT. MaAcown, M.0O. MALTE, MARK G. McELHINNEY, G. A.
Miuurr, A. E. PORSILD, E. E. PRINCE, J. DEWEY Soper, P. A. TAVERNER, E. F. G. ‘Waits,

Wi. od. WINTEMBERG, and Presidents of Affiliated Societies. :

7 pr
Editor:

DOUGLAS LEECHMAN
National Museum, Ottawa, Canada.

Associate Editors: eae
ODO TENNESS) 3 3)ci tc. Greta ia Anthropology CLYDE L. PATCH Gee es aA oa ....Herpetology —

IVE OPAIVEAT IE in Oa Ree ed Botany R. M. ANDERSON...... eae Mammalog
Be Re ATCHPORD I oe ees Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN.......... .. Marine Biolo
ARTHUR GIBSON.............. -..Entomology ; P. A. TAVERNER...... PLR EN Se Ornitholo

PO UATE COCK ae ic5 ean see Stubs Geology — E. M.KINDLE........ Vues pe .Palzontolo

. CONTENTS

Five Years’ Progress in a Bird Sanctuaries of the North Shore of the Gulf of St. [ee
By Harrison FH .Lewis ioc in se 2a Be ee
Reminiscences of the ae Life of the Black-billed Cuckoo. By Henry Mousley........ Wea as
“Observations on Canadian Freshwater Crustacea Made in 1927-29. By Frits Johansen......
The Pilot Black-snake in Ontario. By Robert V. Lindsay.................0.0.0 0002s e ee
Contributions to the Knowledge of Extreme North-Eastern Labrador. By ee Hantasch
Obituary—James H. Emerton... By. Norman Criddle.... 0.00.00... 00 s22 2.1
Notes and Observations: a
Bufo cognatus cognatus from Alberta. By E. B.S. Logier.....................0+0000>
Fresh-water Mussel and Coot Kill Hach Other. By A. Higgs........................
Hawk Found in South America was Apparently Banded in Canada....................
The Clay-coloured Sparrow at Hawkestone, Simcoe County, Ontario. By L. L. Snyder. . Besbaavt$)]:
Bob-white Quail Liberated in Alberta. By JAS Miamron ico oe eS See tea ee 9
White-throated Sparrow in Winter. By J. Murray Speirs......... oo Ao a ee eters
Unusual Behaviour of Woodcock in Autumn. By Victor E. Gould.......... LN RN Gea
Book Reviews

HH The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued
cf since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Oitawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886,
: two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes; and these have
aie continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is

a issued monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication
i qt the results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa ‘Field-Naturaliety’ Club is making a special effort

increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader

_ who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its en place amon}
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, ‘4
582 Mariposa Ave., ; re |
Rockeliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA. |

ep

- The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. XLV

OTTAWA, CANADA, APRIL, 1931

No. 4

FIVE YEARS’ PROGRESS IN THE BIRD SANCTUARIES OF THE NORTH
SHORE OF THE GULF OF ST. LAWRENCE
By HARRISON F. LEWIS

IN 1925, on recommendation of the Min-
ister of the Interior, Canada established
by Order-in-Council, under authority of
the Migratory Birds Convention Act,

ten sanctuaries for sea birds on the north shore
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Each of these sanc-
tuaries consisted of two or more islands conven-

iently situated for purposes of protection and
already supplying nesting sites to large numbers
of sea fowl, together with the adjacent waters.

As soon as possible after the establishment of these
sanctuaries, each one was supplied with a part-
time warden who was a resident of the vicinity,
and appropriate posters were put up at landing-
places and other suitable points about the peri-
phery of each reserved land area to indicate to

all comers that all hunting, gathering of eggs, or

other molestation of wild birds was prohibited
there. Since that time there has been practically
no break in the actual protection of any of these
sanctuaries by warden service and it is of interest
to inquire what changes, if any, are to be dis-
covered in the bird populations that annually
nest in them.

As a basis for obtaining information of this
kind, and as a matter of record, a census of the
sea bird populations nesting or presumably nest-
ing within these sanctuaries was taken in 1925,
the year of their establishment, and was published
in The Canadian Field-Naturalist for November,
1925, page 177. It was stated at that time that
the figures given were as accurate as it had been

_possible to make them and that they were in part

the result of careful counts and in part of conser-
vative estimates, made by the fresent writer A
slight, but unfortunate, type-setter’s error occurr-
ed in the publication of these figures, for the total
number of Eiders in all the sanctuaries, which
reads as 6,540 in the published report, should
have read 6,450; a difference of 90.

During the summer of 1930 I revisited each of
these sanctuaries and made a new census of the
birds nesting or apparently nesting in each one of
them. This work was done very carefully and

actual counts of the birds present or of their nests
or nest cavities or eggs were made whenever
possible. In those cases where, because of the
large number of birds involved, or for other rea-
sons, it was necessary to have recourse to estimates,
these were made with great care and with as large
a basis of definite count as possible, the method
of making partial counts and obtaining the final
total estimate by carefully judged multiplication
of these being commonly employed for work of
this character. As an indication of the care
given to making the census, it may be mentioned
that three and one-half days of hard labor were
devoted to taking the census in St. Mary Islands
Bird Sanctuary, and two days were spent by two
men in counting the occupied Puffin burrows on
Perroquet Island, in Bradore Bay, while from
one-half day to one day was spent in census-
taking in each of the other sanctuaries. All the
sanctuaries except Betchouane Bird Sanctuary
and Birch Islands Bird Sanctuary are practically
devoid of forest, which makes the work of taking
such a census much shorter and easier than it
would be otherwise. There is no doubt that,
owing to more time being available and to my
increased personal familiarity with'the ground to
be covered and with the work to be done, the
census of 1930 was more complete and exact than
that of 1925. Where this appears to affect the
comparison to be presented, appropriate comment
will be made later.

In reaching the totals to be presented to you it
has happened in several instances that the results
of accurate counts in some parts of a sanctuary
are added to the results of estimates covering the
remaining parts. For instance, the total of 256
Herring Gulls recorded in Wolf Bay Sanctuary is
made up from my notes, which show a count of
36 birds on one island, an estimate of 80 birds at
another island, and another estimate of 140 birds
at a third island. As some criticism of this
method of uniting estimates and the results of
counts in one total is current, it may be well to
point out that it rakes for the greatest obtainable

74

BIRDS

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

SEA-BIRDS BREEDING IN SANCTUARIES ALONG

SANC
BircH BET- WATSHI- Foc Wor
ISLANDS CHOUANE SHOW ISLAND Bay
1925 | 1980 | 1925 | 19380 | 1925 | 1980 | 1925 | 1980 | 1925 1930

Ae REd throated SOON Mie sis sek teste oa ete tll acoso bel lop avaersse |e Suen age nel tea Me eR aearee A Geile Rea eee ee
BaP uftin pie hie eer wee ae ray. Sarasa es cael wey Teel Srevatace aa] Laroet areas 300 GRU E nano he Si eos Glos crn collase’e a 6 3000 6950
CES Black Guillem Gt:aey iin 6 stein cos, noe eee ae er OTA eee ae Os Hapeoaee mead [to ene nee poe age 14 60 poy [ecg ab 16
Dei COmM ONS MULre ss hs cos hes A eae e ee a IU case ee cura ee CAT, Se cede 2 DMAP ES RST WANA ga 64 | 2586 314 208
re MEvaAZOr=pilladwA ules sda pee athe nh RPE Ics we] UMaine eal 0 Posse 300 210 60 20 20 20 | 2150 5636
Pee Kat tiwalke;G ull ee ei ain ateeene Meteo peal [Pee allie eee eee Gee a |
G. Great Black-backed Gull.................... 12 24 16 220 276 80 152 122 166
Hicielernin giGull Mis) ce ace cere Boe oes 60 306 200 550 200 166 80 210 100 256
een g=pilled Gulls eee hee yee tee ee aces PAT vas sy hard oak feelin | PARE ge Deore ee | Ae | 210 PA vl Mates meee |e Say:
Veer Caspian ern). aS Gyesi ch SUNN She ae re BE, ra Re esa Penta nye i ea te I ae (PA 60 QO) See one ie ee
Kei@ommonpherns ery sae cies amt ye ny ear Ot einen yee 570 200 120 500 490 56 LOM) 5 ee OE aceehpeteans
Me sao ANCE C WIGEMMy, tee cicciiossl tec GNe sees Hee eDe beetles eirct eccte ja tenet | eoane crea 30 AO aye 50 20 6 fee A Oo ee
NE. Double-crested (Cormorant. <jaiesc ise cilesos ood Pes oka eel fetes tee even teseets | Paes a Tepe I ere 750 694 280 392
INS dved-breasted Merganser... os as cco seal sete ste IT | eG ealielierays atell tonatlel aed evra ype PBEM N el ieee ba i
O. Black Duck............. SORA URN une Mate Icha Pa BE Aisa a HL (CA Teal RAN GR 2 hl aise aaa PA eu
PeiGreen-wingedt Neale elit ae MS RSM Mel SS on Se ecient da TN ec 2 Quilpie al See ig
Qi American Hider). 0 62. bec op os He susie, 620 | 1076 300 | 1002 | 3850 | 3964 400 760 100 ATA
EEO AVANT eR case eee ee oon es Where PAE ONG 692 | 2002 | 13864 | 2420 | 4880 | 4954 | 1794 | 4644 | 6068 14098

crs GEATNMOR OSS Vz erstei ave eoaclocl eatin Sia ooo ee +1310)...... +1056)...... ee Neee nec + 2850|ees ee +8030
Ss opotted Sandpipers sein viteectecas fa) phase atoll acer asl Memes Ba Naish: 18 lake erat LOG) cies 16
Ara SemipalmatedcPlover s,s cccte me cc cckin er Riedell eee hes alle tene eaese | eleaear oem eae foal [ey apa et [eee a at Ba eaten ich Si oo
GRANDELO TAT seiicisc tare para h oeea Clee eeaess |e bem s 2004 |...... DADAM eee BOWES Ws oa on 4668 |...... 14114

accuracy, if it is necessary to use estimates at all,
and this is true whether or not the possible error
in the estimates exceeds that number, of known
accuracy, that is added to them. For if the
estimates used contain a certain possible error,
forming a certain proportion of their total, then,
by adding one or more accurate numbers, contain-
ing no error, to them, we increase the sum total
without increasing the included possible error, and
must therefore reduce the proportion of such
possible error to the whole. The only valid
objection to forming a sum total by adding
together estimates and the results of accurate
counts is that, if the fact that the sum total is
composed partly of estimates is not stated, the
sum, not being in round numbers in most cases,
may give a false appearance of complete accur-
acy, but this is easily avoided by mentioning the
fact that estimates have been used as a partial
basis for the results given.

A comparison of the results of the censuses of
1925 and 1930 in the ten bird sanctuaries on the
north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence is shown
in detail in the accompanying table.

Most of the sanctuaries show very satisfactory
increases in their bird populations in the five-year
period under consideration. It will be noted,

however, that Watshishow Bird Sanctuary shows
an increase of only 2 per cent. This Sanctuary
consists of a straggling series of small, bare islets,
with the surrounding waters, and has a total
length of about 11 miles. It is principally import-
ant as our best sanctuary for Eiders, of whose
nests I have found as many as 95 at one time on
one islet in this reserve, but it also contains many
Gulls and Terns. The small increase in the bird
life in this sanctuary in the past 5 years is prob-
ably due to the fact that, on account of its large
size and its numerous excellent harbors, in which
passing boats frequently take shelter, it is unusu-
ally difficult to protect.

Cape Whittle Bird Sanctuary shows an actual
decrease of 73 per cent of the bird population
present in 1925, and is the only one of the sanc-
tuaries not to show an increase. While it has
been guarded like the others, it has been notably
unfortunate, and the decrease in its bird popula-
tion is due to two very conspicuous happenings.
A flour-laden freight steamer was wrecked in the
western end of the sanctuary, close to the most
important nesting island, in the late summer of
1928, but it remained partly above water until
the following winter. Within a few days after
the wreck took place, hundreds of fishermen in

eS

oe cay,

-

April, 1931] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 15
NORTH SHORE OF GULF OF ST. LAWRENCE
TUARIES
CAPE St. Mary St. BRADORE Gain or| % Gain
WHITTLE ISLANDS MERE AOE AUGUSTINE BAy pore Loss or Loss
1925} 1930] 1925 {| 1930 1925 19380 |1925 1930 |1952 1930 1925 1930
PACA arctan cl| Metis! 10 12 2 2 8 (|e baa ene | ee 24 26 +2 +8%
1335) [ee aie bee 1250 DAAIGS Birra. Patotpce tu beamed alin ri Vista 51000 | 52650] 55550 | 62562 | +7012 | +13%
Ce Aare is. o 130 196 100 280 30 15 On eee lla oe 320 750 | +430 | +134%
D. | 3062] 900 | 3600 AD OAs ele pert Ie ey YA ek Pigs eee LO 200 150 7240 8048 | +808} +11%
E. | 400] 120 | 3500 3362 50 AZO. |e eee s| ee ee 4100 5000 | 10580] 14488 | +3908 | +37%
TR lec oclls Meet [Me Meena 6) PSP eter motes ema leet [ea Mana RW! Ie eathu Ml Ion | lene or tl VA rceee teal Fe ec ee 6 +6 0
G. 70 24} 150 360 250 200 40 HII tee rsa! la es 968 1302 | +384] -+35%
H. 30 26 | 200 718 100 300 50 ile Keys Meereanee lo Meat 1020 2642 | +1622 | +159%
They Wechsler (eng 60 BOE ene ZOOM a we ee oes 270 376 | +106] +39%
Te fobs s slo et ons al | ses ee RR ee URS 0012) TE ree eae es UR LAO Need 60 90 +30] +50%
ERs I a cy aol Stee ko | ly Sees CEs (EPR SRS ot [aN (EE ee [ea Dae ol SNR ene Cee | AR mer 756 1190 | +484] +57%
Tee Was ais ella we Ca ed leat eel Le erG RENT [ACS apres eae Roa re et] Ue ae Ie care NER 96 50 —46 | —48%
ints |) SBE Le T RS ST Pea Sa ei Ieee (Ps aee al (ret N eie! Ic-3e (eSeet 1364 1086 | —278 | —20%
Nis jlevie aval leis cecal ieee See mania Ione rec 2OMR eee Dis |e aS i Baas crea ates Se 32 +32 -)
oO. Al exes $l Rye hoylet laleee Ba ei HGR Be Ri IAA ea Ula at En Um kp tn mee scer ed Lal an aa (A ae 2 a —6 | —100%
Be lS con Alls Settle Stee Bis eee i ee Meta Cae Na eal (eae ed Lea eae 2 Cal ogee A [BN pe
Q. 80 10 | 500 454 400 300 | 200 TAGE | eee, A Meena ise 6450 8186 | +1736 | +27%
3978 | 1080 | 9340 | 11752 962 1272 | 328 814 |55300 | 57800 | 84706 | 100836 |-+16130 | +19%
R. =2898]...... SEPM Hae ee ae S310) |beeee = ASG lease FRAN Nooo soane EP 1G1S On lec ees | ee
SEP B 2 Ola er Ar paraer nt aiae | RREE ene eoivete ate Aa lisecee ARIE ene EF) Weebaeie pelt | a La
Ts: | ORS | Soe eae Shikeye tere 10 |e. OAs Saree Gul CG. AQ at SUE
pei 5 LOSAuePe ye ee THTSS! ogee mel Le Selene ee S20 uber pel DS LOn eee Neel OO9G4a| werent | een aa
motorboats assembled from far and near to much of its former abundance of bird life. A

obtain as much of the flour as they could and for
weeks thereafter salvaging operations, generally
of a very noisy character, were going on about
the wrecked vessel on every fine day. In spite
of the constant oversight of bird wardens, spe-
cially detailed to guard the birds in the vicinity
at this time, the birds were naturally much dis-
turbed by this occurrence, and a great many of
them moved to quieter areas. Then, beginning in
the autumn of 1928 and continuing throughout
the summer of 1929, the Department of Marine
built a new lighthouse and fog alarm station on
the largest island in the eastern end of the sanc-
tuary. This meant that 20 to 30 men lived on
the island, which is very small, for months at a
time, while blasting, drilling, and other noisy
operations were carried on. Consequently, most
of the nesting birds left that vicinity also. As the
sanctuary has only a very small land area, divided
into two groups of islets, a western and an
eastern, and as these were both very seriously
disturbed by the above-mentioned unavoidable
occurrences, the resident bird population was
greatly reduced. The sanctuary is still main-
tained, in the expectation that, now that condi-
tions have become more quiet, it will regain

distinct tendency in that direction is already
evident.

Fog Island Bird Sanctuary, which has a varied
sea-bird population of about a dozen species,
including the only colony of Caspian Terns on
this coast, shows a very strong gain in population
of 159 per cent in the 5 years of its existence.
This is an actual and very creditable gain, and
one that is readily recorded with fair definiteness,
for it consists chiefly in an increase in the number
of Common Murres that raise their young here,
and the number of them recorded in this case
contains no estimated part, but is based upon
actual counts of the “eggs in place. Since each
breeding pair of Murres has but one egg at a
time, the number of birds breeding in one of their
colonies is at least twice the number of eggs found.
Of course, this method of discovering the number
of Murres breeding in a place is practicable only
when they lay their eggs in plain view on the
bare rock, as they do here, instead of in cracks
and crevices, as they do in some other colonies.
In Fog Island Bird Sanctuary the Murres lay
their eggs among the nests of a large colony of
Double-crested Cormorants on a rocky islet just
east of Fog Island itself. The Cormorants have

76 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

been there each year for a long time, but the
Murres have come only in recent years. They
were first observed there in 1925, when 32 eggs,
representing 64 birds, were counted. Since then
the number of Murres’ eggs in this colony has
increased every year, until in 1930 I counted
personally 1,298 eggs, representing 2,586 Com-
mon Murres. This increase is due in large part
to the strict prevention of molestation of this
colony of Double-crested Cormorants, among
whose nests the Murres apparently like to place
their eggs. Such a great increase in the Murre
population in this sanctuary cannot be entirely
due to local reproduction, in view of the fact that
a pair of these birds does not raise more than one
young one in a year. Some of the increase must
represent the shifting of birds from elsewhere
into the sanctuary.

In the case of Wolf Bay Bird Sanctuary, among
whose bird population Puffins and Razor-billed
Auks are the most abundant species, there has
doubtless been an excellent actual increase in
numbers of breeding birds since 1925, yet I must
add that I suspect that this is an instance in
which the census of 1925 did not do justice to the
number of birds then present, and that part of
the apparent increase shown is really due to the
fact that the census of 1930 was much more
complete and was guided by increased experience
in work of this character, particularly under the
conditions existing in this sanctuary, where
thousands of the birds nest among large heaps of
boulders and broken rocks, which makes it very
difficult to determine their numbers.

Mecattina and St. Augustine Bird Sanctuaries
have comparatively small bird populations because
they are on a part of the coast where destruction
of bird life in the nineteenth century and in the
early part of the twentieth century was particu-
larly severe. They show, however, a very fair
proportionate increase for the five years of pro-
tection. The exceptionally large proportionate
increase recorded in the case of St. Augustine
Bird Sanctuary is largely due to a fine colony of
Ring-billed Gulls, numbering about 300 birds,
that has recently moved into this sanctuary from
elsewhere.

On the two small islands, Perroquet and Greenly,
which make up the land area of Bradore Bay Bird
Sanctuary, at the western end of the Strait of Belle
Isle, there are more nesting sea-birds in the proper
season than in all the rest of these sanctuaries put
together. Most of the birds here are Puffins,
some of which nest on Greenly Island, which was
made famous by the landing there, in 1928, of
the German trans-Atlantic aeroplane Bremen, but

most of which nest on Perroquet Island. On the

[VoL. XLV

latter island, by dividing the surface into long
narrow areas marked off by stakes pushed into the
turf, we are able to count the Puffin burrows in
use. In 1925 we counted thus 22,102 burrows,
while our similar count in 1930 showed 21,575,
indicating a slight decrease. The increase of these
birds on Greenly Island more than made up for

.the slight decrease on Perroquet Island, so that

the sanctuary as a whole shows a modest gain for
the five-year period.

For the ten sanctucries taken as a whole the
increase in numbers of breeding birds, from 1925
to 1930, is 16,130 or about 19 per cent.

The following paragraphs present brief comments
concerning each of the non-passerine species
recorded in the censuses of these sanctuaries.

The numbers of the Red-throated Loon (Gavia
stellata) are nearly stationary. The figures given
for the resident population of this species in 1930
are the result of accurate counts and are believed
to be complete.

The Puffin (Fratercula arctica arte) shows a
moderate gain in numbers.

In the case of the Black Guillemot (Cepphus
grylle grylle) I believe that the population present
in 1925 must have been larger than is indicated
by the figures given in this report, and that the
subsequent increase that resulted in the popula-
tion of 750 birds recorded, almost entirely as the
result of careful counts, in 1930 was not actually
as great a change as the figures indicate.

The Common Murre (Uria troille troille) shows
only a moderate increase, the large gain in Fog
Island Bird Sanctuary being nearly all off-set by
a large loss in Cape Whittle Bird Sanctuary.

The Razor-billed Auk (Alca torda), or Tinker, —

is somewhat more numerous in the sanctuaries
than is the Common Murre, and the figures ob-
tained indicate a greater increase for it. I believe
that some of this indicated increase for this species
is actual, but that some of it is due to underestim-
ates made in 1925.

Kittiwakes (Rissa tridactyla tridactyla) were
found guarding three fresh nests, without con-
tents, in Betchouane Bird Sanctuary, on June 8,
1930.

The Great Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus)
shows a moderate gain.

On the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
Herring Gulls (Larus argentatus) nest in compara-
tively small, scattered groups, instead of in large
colonies such as are found around the mouth of
the Bay of Fundy and elsewhere. They have
made a very real and substantial increase in
numbers in the sanctuaries under discussion, and
I believe that this increase is very correctly re-
flected by the tabulated figures.

ie ae

bos

April, 1931]

The Ring-billed Gull (Larus delawarensis) does
not show very strong attachment to its nesting-
places. Very slight disturbances, by man or by
other predatory species, may cause an entire
colony of these birds to move from one nesting-
place to another, perhaps miles away. Conse-
quently, groups of these Gulls may appear as
breeders in a sanctuary at any time or may
suddenly leave, so that, while the figures shown
happen to record a gain in the five-year period
considered, this is the chance result of such
' shifting of colonies and I uo not attach much
significance to it.

The little colony of Coues’s Caspian Terns
(Sterna caspia imperator) on Fog Island, which
is the only colony of this species known in Canada
east of Georgian Bay, is increasing slowly under
rigid protection of its nesting-ground, where it
has suffered no known losses in the past five years,
except those of a few young killed by inclement
weather. Banding returns have shown certain
losses of birds from this colony when on their
migration.

The Common Terns (Sterna hirundo) in the
sanctuaries are making a real and satisfactory
increase in numbers. Colonies of this species
shift about almost as readily as Ring-billed Gulls,
but seem somewhat more appreciative of the pro-
tection afforded by the sanctuaries and, once
settled in one of them, tend to remain there.

The figures presented in the case of the Arctic
Tern (Sterna paradisea) are believed to be con-
servative, but are very unsatisfactory, and are
set down only to complete this account as well
as possible, since this species undoubtedly nests
in some of the sanctuaries. The unsatisfactory
character of these figures is due to difficulties
experienced in field identification of this species.
Arctic Terns nest in small numbers in some of the
colonies of Common Terns along the north shore
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, as may be ascertained
by positive identification of an occasional indivi-
dual under favorable circumstances, but I have
found it quite impossible to distinguish all the
Arctic Terns in a large flock of flying Terns of
both species and thus determine their numbers
satisfactorily. It is certain that they are very
much less abundant here than the Common Tern.

The Double-crested Cormorant (Phalacrocorax
auritus auritus) shows a loss in numbers of 278, a
greater decrease in the five-year period than that
of any other species included in these censuses.
While it is generally unprotected in this region, it
is given the full benefit of the protection of the
sanctuaries when it chooses to nest in them, as
it does now in two of those under discussion.
The loss recorded is attributable partly to the

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST q7

disturbances in Cape Whittle Bird Sanctuary, and
partly to killing outside the sanctuary areas, both
on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence
and along the migration route of these birds.

Red-breasted Mergansers (Mergus serrator)
nest along the north shore of the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, both on islands and on the mainland.
The numbers that happen to be resident in the
sanctuaries may vary from year to year, and I
do not know that such variations possess any
special significance. We happen to have found
none in the sanctuary areas in 1925, vetlie we
found 32 there in 1930.

The case of the Black Duck (Anas rubripes
subsp.) in these sanctuaries is very similar to
that of the Red-breasted Merganser; that is
the species nests on the mainland near the coast
and also, to some extent, on the coastal islands.
The change recorded is, it is true, just the oppo-
site of that recorded for the Merganser, for,
whereas 3 pairs of Black Ducks were found nesting
in the sanctuaries in 1925, none were found there
in 1930, but this has no significance that I know
of; it is the result of chance.

The Green-winged Teal (Neition carolinense), of
which a single pair nests in Fog Island Bird
Sanctuary, is the only species to show no change
from one census to the other. Their number is
probably not constant, for it is almost certain
that two pairs nested in this sanctuary in 1928.

The most numerous and characteristic Duck in
these sanctuaries is the American Eider (Soma-
teria mollissima dresseri), which has made a gain
of about 27 per cent in the five years under review.
These birds hatch large numbers of young annu-
ally, but such factors as destruction of young by
Great Black-backed Gulls and killing of grown
birds in other parts of their range by oil pollution
and by gunning doubtless play a large part in
retarding increase.

The shore-birds, the Spotted Sandpiper (Actitis
macularia) and the Semipalmated Plover (Chara-
drius semipalmatus), nest in some of these sanc-
tuaries. No count of the numbers so nesting was
made until 1930, when 88 Spotted Sandpipers
and 40 Semipalmated Plovers were recorded.
Adding these numbers to the total of 100,836
breeding sea-fowl recorded in the ten sanctuaries,
we obtain a grand total of 100,964 non-passerine
protected birds nesting in these reserved areas.
In spite of all opposing factors, some of which
operate in this region and some in other parts of
the ranges of the species concerned, this bird
population has made an increase in numbers of
about 19 per cent in the five years during which
its nesting grounds have been maintained as

18 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

sanctuaries. While a more rapid increase may
be wished for, the results actually obtained in a
region where decrease of bird life was the rule
for centuries offer ground for encouragement to

[Vou. XLV

conservationists and form one more vindication
of the method of the protection of wild life by the
establishment of complete sanctuaries of limited
extent.

REMINISCENCES OF THE HOME LIFE OF THE BLACK-BILLED CUCKOO*
By HENRY MOUSLEY

Y FIRST experience of the home life of
the Black-billed Cuckoo began on July
20th of the year 1929, when, in a
large wood at Chambly, some twenty
miles south of Montreal, I found a nest containing
one egg as well as two young birds varying greatly
in size and feathering. Just previous to locating
this nest, I had discovered a record plant of that
rare little fern the Lance-leaved Grape Fern (Botry-
chium angustisegmentum) 25 cm. in height, thus
exceeding by 2.5 cm. the extreme height given in
Gray’s Manual of Botany, when our attention—
I was in the company of Mr. L. M. Terrill at the
time—was directed to a peculiar wheezing or
hissing kind of noise rendered in a gradually
increasing volume.

Moving in the direction of the sound, it was
somewhat of a surprise at last to find that it
proceeded from the younger of the above two
cuckoos. The light was not very good at the
time—it was 7 p.m.—nevertheless, we obtained
some very fair pictures of the nest and its con-
tents. It was interesting to note the upright
statuesque pose of the elder of the two birds—not
unlike that of a bittern or cedar waxwing—which
seems characteristic of the species, for I obtained
a similar picture some weeks later, showing this
identical pose, and came across another by Mr.
Lynwood M. Chance in the July issue of American
Photography, not only showing this same thing,
but likewise depicting the second young bird in
the “‘porcupine”’ stage before the bursting of the

-feather sheaths. 'The two photographs are almost
identical, even to the bill of the standing bird
being in close proximity to a twig which in each
instance passes close to the nest. During our
stay of half an hour the younger bird was very
restless and apparently hungry, continually open-
ing its mouth—the cavity of which seemed to me
to be of a bright rather than a dull red as des-
cribed by Prof. Herrick—whilst giving vent to
the peculiar hissing notes already descrbied. The
elder bird on the contrary remained motionless
the whole time—except once when it jumped out
of the nest on the too near approach of my friend
—never uttering a single note, although the parents

[ML

*Read before the Province of Quebee Society for the
Protection of Birds, Montreal, Oct. 14, 1929 (illustrated).

—I think both were present—were continually
calling in nearby trees or shrubs. Owing to the
distance from home, this nest was not visited again,
but fortunately another one containing two eggs
was found by Mr. Terrill on August 22nd near St.
Lambert, which was easier of access—being only
six miles south of Montreal—although not nearly
so conveniently situated, being seven feet six
inches up in a small birch tree, whilst the previous
one was‘only four feet above the ground in a
small shrub, making photographing it an easy
matter. It was not until three days later, or on
August 25th, that I was able to visit this second
nest when, instead of eggs, two very ugly, blind,
and nearly naked black-skinned nestlings, met
our gaze. They, apparently, had only emerged
from their shells—at varying times—that very
day, as they left the nest seven days later—also
at varying times—as all self-respecting cuckoos
should. They were very silent and sluggish the
whole time we were with them although I have ~
pictures showing one of them with its mouth wide
open, but this pose was obtained only through
compulsion. Their dull black skins were sparsely
sprinkled with snow-white “hairs’ the feather
tubes of a down which never unfolds, as we are
told by Prof. Herrick.

The legs and bill were blue-black, the former
being exceptionally strong, enabling them as I
found out later, to cling very tenaciously to one’s
fingers or any other support they came in contact
with, or when falling during the climbing stage—
which lasts about a fortnight—to grasp and pull
themselves upright again, even by one leg alone,
with the help of the bill like the young Hoatzin of
the Amazons, to which the Cuckoos are regarded
by some authorities as related.

The next time I visited them was on September
1st, when I narrowly missed seeing that wonderful
change from the “porcupine” or ‘‘mailed” stage
as it has been called into the full plumage of a
cuckoo. In this species, as some of you no doubt
are aware, the feathers remain sheathed up to the
time when the young bird is ready to leave the
nest, at which juncture the sheaths burst liberating
their contents and the young bird often in the
course of six or seven hours becomes fully feathered
and able to leave the nest. No better accounts

April, 1931]

of this singular and wonderful change can be found,
I think, than those of Prof. Francis H. Herrick,
the Life and Behaviour of the Cuckoo in the Journal
of Experimental Zoology for September, 1910, and
Dr. A. H. Cordier’s Birds, Their Photographs and
Home Life, 1923, from which I quote the follow-
ing:—“At the end of seven days the young
Cuckoo (yellow-billed) resembled a porcupine
more than a bird. I now cut the limb holding the
nest and brought it to the ground. Within three
feet of it I then put up the umbrella tent that I
might at close range observe minutely the rapid
transition of a porcupine-looking object into a
fully feathered beautiful Rain Crow. I entered
the tent with my camera at 9 a.m. Soon the
parents renewed their feedings. What anxious,
expectant and sizzling moments I spent in that
tent that August day, for five or six hours, no one
can imagine unless he has endured the same.
Did i enjoy it? Every second was a thrill of
pleasure, of new experience and added knowledge.
The first picture was made at nine o’clock. This
shows the young by the unhatched egg; the horny,
sheathed feathers were fully two inches long,
making the bird look like a porcupine. About
ten thirty the sheaths began to burst, and with
each split a fully formed feather was liberated.
This process took place with such rapidity that it
reminded me of the commotion in a corn popper
or a rapidly blooming flower. All the while I
was within three feet of the bird, and could see
every new feather, as it blossomed, so to speak.

At three p.m., six hours after the first picture was

taken, I made another photograph, showing this
same bird in the full plumage of a Cuckoo, except
the long tail. This was one of the most remark-
able transformations in so short a time that I
have ever witnessed in any living, blooded thing.

“Thirty minutes after its transformation the
young bird left the nest and posed three feet from
it for a last picture. I then emerged from the
tent, looking like one who had been imprisoned in
the hot room of a Turkish bath, but thoroughly
satisfied and rather proud of having had such a
rare opportunity of actually seeing at close range a
Cuckoo’s appearance change from that of a repul-
sive porcupine to that of a beautiful bird whose
feathers presented lovely delicate blue greys and
varying browns”.

Certainly, I was not so fortunate as Dr. Cordier,
for I did not witness this rapid transformation
from such close quarters for when I arrived at the
nest only one young bird could be seen standing
up in it, in the same statuesque upright position

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 79

already referred to. It was whilst photographing
it that I fortunately happened to look up into the
branches of a nearby tree and there sure enough
was the other young bird, which must have just
left the nest previous to my arrival. This I
secured and placed on a small twig some distance
below the one in the nest, where it stood perfectly
still and erect, with the head not quite so upturned
as on the previous occasions described. It was
then that I noticed a difference in the two, the one
on the twig being smoother, fuller plumaged and
more lively, whilst the one in the nest looked
dejected, with a ragged and thinner plumage.
This improved as time went on and more of the
feather-shafts burst, and eventually after some
hours the bird assumed a more natural and easy
pose.

In the meantime the other young bird had left
the perch on which I had placed it, and after
performing several climbing feats with small
flights interspersed, in the vicinity of the nest,
eventually disappeared, and I was unfortunately
unable to locate it again. This decided me to
remove the other from the nest and photograph
it if possible before it became too lively. In this,
I think I was not only successful, but somewhat
fortunate, the resulting picture showing the fea-
thering of the bird not quite so far advanced as
in Dr. Cordier’s picture, several of the shafts not
yet having burst, especially those of the tail,
whilst some may have been bursting at the time
the pictures were being taken, judging from the
fluffy appearance of some parts, more especially
above the tail. After having taken several pic-
tures, I replaced it in the nesting tree, having
been with it about five hours. During nearly
the whole of this time one of the parents—most
probably the female—remained in the immediate
vicinity, giving vent to a monotonous Kuk-Kuk
which was anything but soothing to one’s nerves,
but apparently had no effect upon the young bird
in the nest which remained for the most part of
the time absolutely erect and motionless the same
as I found it on arrival. At that time the female
had a large smooth green caterpillar in her beak
which was evidently intended for one of the
young, but upon catching sight of me, she prompt-
ly devoured it herself—a thing most birds do if
surprised near their nests with food in their mouths.
I had high hopes of securing a picture of her feed-
ing the young, but she never attempted this,
although I do believe she enticed the elder one
away from the immediate vicinity of the nest,
and there fed it, this accounting for my having
lost it, as previously mentioned.

80 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[Vot. XLV |

-OBSERVA TIONS ON CANADIAN FRESHWATER CRUSTACEA MADE IN
1927-29
By FRITS JOHANSEN

1927
I. OTTAWA:

WING to my absence in Europe, no ob-
servations were made during the months
of April and May. When I returned to
Ottawa in the middle of June, the fairy-

shrimps (Hubranchipus gelidus) had disappeared,

their season being past.

When visiting Graham Bay Station near Bri-
tannia, Ont., on June 19th, I noticed that in the
pool upon the pasture (see May 28, 1922) there
were still some clam shrimps (Limnetis gouldii)
left swimming around in the muddy water here.
I secured 10 specimens, nine of which had a size
of 244-3 mm., and one 4 mm. long. Not having
any container with me, I kpet them in a piece of
paper, and when in the evening I placed them
in water most of them were still alive, which
shows their tenacity of life.

A week later (June 26) I was at Tenaga on the
Gatineau River, Que., and in the pond on the
fields on the west side of the river, where I have
collected L. gouldit in previous years, some were
still swimming around. I secured about 10
specimens, of a size between 3 and 4 mm.; the
females now carried eggs. In the beginning of
July, I visited both the pools at the mountain
road outside of Hull, Que. (July 1), and the pools
at Billings Bridge, Ont. (July 4), at both of which
places I have secured L. gouldii previously;
but I found no signs of them now, though some
of the pools still contained a little water.

quo)

II. Hupson StRAIt:

From the middle of July until the end of Oc-
tober this year (1927) I was attached as Biologist
to the Canadian Hudson Strait Expedition, thus
having an opportunity to observe the freshwater
life (an almost virgin field) on both sides of Hudson
Strait. On Nottingham Island, which lies on
the northern side, at the west end of the Strait
and where I was from August 4th to 17th inclusive,
I found six kinds of Entomostraca, namely two
kinds of Cladocera (Daphnia pulex and Eurycercus
lamellatus, identified by Dr. C. Juday, Madison,
Wis.); a red brown Copepod (Diaptomus sp. ?);
the circumpolar tadpole-shrimp, Lepidurus arc-
ticus; and two kinds of fairy-shrimps, viz., the
circumpolar Branchinecta paludosa, and the
Canadian-Greenland Arctic species, Artemiopsis
Stefanssonii. In a shallow rock pool on ‘‘Meta
™cognita’’ (the outer part of Lake Harbour),

Baffin Land, on the north side of the middle of
the Strait, I found, on August 23, three kinds of
Entomostraca, viz., the microscopic Cladocer
Chydorus sphericus (identified by Dr. C. Juday);
a yellow-brown Ostracod (Cyprinotus incongruens,
identified by Dr. Tressler, Madison, Wis.); a
Copepod (probably female Diaptomus bacillifer,
identified by Dr. C. D. Marsh, Washington,
D.C.); and a female Branchinecta paludosa.

At Wakeham Bay, Ungava, on the south side
of the middle of the Strait, I stayed from August
24 to September 10th, inclusive, and from Oc-
tober 5th to 15th inclusive, collecting 4 kinds
of Entomostraca, viz., two Cladocera (Daphnia
pulec and Eurycercus lamellatus, identified by
Dr. Juday), a Copepod (Diaptomus Hiseni, iden-
tified by Dr. G. Marsh), and the fairy-shrimp
Branchinecta paludosa.

Finally, I collected at Port Burwell, on the
south side at the eastern end of the Strait, from
September 12th to October 8rd inclusive, 6 kinds
of Entomostraca, viz., the Cladocer, Daphnia
pulex (identified by Dr. Juday); the Ostracod,
Cyprinotus incongruens (identified by Dr. W. L.
Tressler); the Copepod, Diaptomus Hiseni (iden-
tified by Dr. C. Marsh); the tadpole-shrimp
Lepidurus arcticus; and two fairy-shrimps, Bran-
chinecta paludosa and Artemiopsis Stefanssonit.
No clam-shrimps (Conchostraca) have ever been
observed in the Hudson Strait area. A few
remarks about the interesting finds of freshwater
Entomostraca in Hudson Strait in 1927 follow.

Artemiopsis Stefanssonit.—I can see no import-
ant difference between my specimens from Hudson
Strait 1927, and the ones I collected in ponds at
Bernard Harbour, Dolphin and Union Strait,
N.W.T., in 1915-16, and have described and
figured in 1922 (Report Canadian Arctic Expedi-
tion 1913-18, Vol. VII, Part G, pp. 26-31, Ottawa).
The specimens from various ponds and lakes on
Nottingham Island 1927, had a length of about
half a centimeter (the females largest and with
eggs), though many of the specimens from the
first collection (August 6) were immature. A
month later I collected about 1 cm. long speci-
mens of both sexes in certain ponds upon the
main island forming the (inside of the) harbour at
Port Burwell; also here the females carried eggs
and were copulating freely with the (smaller and
paler) males. We thus have three localities (allin
the Canadian Arctic) for this interesting fairy-
shrimp; and to them I am able to add a fourth,

April, 1931]

namely, the west coast of Greenland (about lat.
70°N.), after having examined, in the Zoological
Museum, Copenhagen, in 1928, so called “Artemia
gracilis’’, collected here by W. Lundbeck in 1890
(described and figured by C. Wesenberg-Lund in
Vid. Medd. Naturhist. Foren. Kbhvn. for 1894,
pp. 95-104, Pl. I; and by the German Drygalski
Expedition in 1893 (described and figured by E.

-Vanhoeffen in Groenland-Exped. der Gesellsch.

fuer Erdkunde zu Berlin 1891-93, Vol. II, pp.
167-68, fig. 10, 1897).

Another species (A. bungei, Sars) of this genus:

occurs in eastern Siberia (Johansen, 1922, p. 31),
and has lately been found upon Novaja Zembla,
by Jaschnov (Bericht Wissenschaftl. Meeresinst.
Vol. 12, Moscow, 1925, pp. 49-76), as mentioned
by Oekland (Land und Suesswasserfauna von
Novaja Semlja, Oslo 1928, Rep. Scientif. Results
Norweg. Exped. to Novaja Semlja 1921, Zoology
No. 42, pp. 56-106).

Branchinecia paludosa.—As was to be expected,
this cireumpolar fairy shrimp was found to be

very common in the Hudson Strait area in 1927,

though never before recorded from here. The
nearest records hitherto were the bottom of
Ungava Bay, Hamilton Inlet, Greenland,
Fullerton, opposite Southampton Island (see
Johansen 1922, pp. 16-17), and as mentioned
later in this article, I found it to be very common
at Port Churchill, on the west side of Hudson
Bay, in 1929. The specimens (both sexes) from
Nottingham Island (middle of August 1927) had
a length of 1-2 em.; while the ones (females only)

_ from Lake Harbour, August 23, 1927, were 2 cm.

long. The ones (both sexes) from Wakeham Bay
and Port Burwell (end of August to middle of
October, 1927) had a length of 2-214 cm., and
were found even after 2 inches thick of ice covered
the ponds here.

Lepidurus arcticus—The specimens of this
circumpolar tadpole-shrimp collected in certain
deeper ponds or lakes on Nottingham Island in
the middle of August, 1927, had a length of 1-2
cm., and the larger females had a couple of ripe
(red) eggs in the broodpouch (11th pair of legs).
The ones (females with eggs) collected in a pond

_ upon the main island at Port Burwell, during the

last half of September, 1927, had a length of 2-3
em. and were found only in the deeper, mud-
covered part of the pond, where they “‘ploughed”
through the bottom or “browsed” among its
vegetation. These two records from Hudson
Strait fill in a large gap in the known distribution
of this species, the nearest localities hitherto
known being King William Land, Ellesmere
Land and Greenland (see Johansen, 1922, pp.
4-5). The Port Burwell record is of particular

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

81

interest, as being, besides Pribyloff Islands and
the mountains of Scandinavia, the most southerly
occurrence of this species (see Oekland, 1928, pp.
71-72, fig. 23).

Eurycercus lamellatus (=E. glacialis)—The
occurrence of this large Cladocer on Nottingham
Island and at Wakeham Bay is also of interest,
there being only one other record of it from the
eastern part of the Canadian Arctic, namely
Labrador (see Report Canad. Arctic Exped. 1913-
18, Vol. VII, Part H, Ottawa, 1920, pp. 6-7). As
will be mentioned later in this article, I found
it in a lake at Port Churchill, on the west side of
Hudson Bay in 1929.

Regarding the Copepods, Dr. Marsh tells me
in his letter of May 9, 1930, that the species
(Diaptomus Eiseni) from Port Burwell and Wake-
ham Bay was hitherto known only from Nebraska,
Labrador and Siberia, having been found only
once in each place. The species (D. bacillifer)
from Lake Harbour is a European species; and
was in America hitherto only known from Ber-
nard Harbour, N.W.T. (see Rep. Canad. Arct.
Exxped., 1913-18, Vol. VII, Part J, Ottawa, 1920,
p. 7).

Besides Entomostraca, other interesting fresh-
water invertebrates were secured by me in Hudson
Strait in 1927; and as the species are so few, they
may be mentioned in this article.

In a deeper pond-lake, situated upon the
smaller island forming the north side of Port
Burwell, Ungava, I noticed on September 27,
1927, a number of freshwater Amphipods swim-
ming around. I secured 30 of them, and they
proved to be the typical Canadian species Gam-
marus limnzus (identified by Dr. C. Shoemaker,
Washington, D.C.). I have discussed the dis-
tribution of this species in The Canadian Field-
Naturalist, 34: 129-32, 1920,, so it is sufficient
to state that the nearest records hitherto known
were the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence;
Charlton Island in James Bay; and Bernard
Harbour, Dolphin and Union Strait, N.W.T.

In the various lakes and ponds upon Notting-
ham Island (middle of August, 1927) I found some
Oligochaete worms, which according to Prof.
Frank Smith of Hillsdale, Mich., probably are
Lumbriculus variegatus (letter of June 22, 1928,
from Dr. P. S. Welch, Mich.), known from the
Alaskan and Western Canadian Arctic (see Rep.
Canad. Arctic Exped., 1913-18, Ottawa, 1919,
Vol. IX, Part A, p. 4).

In the ponds at Port Burwell, examined in-
September 14th, 1927, I also secured tiny fresh-
water clams (Pisidium sp.); it was the same
pond in which Lepidurus arcticus occurred (see
above). A number of aquatic insects, mites, |

82 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Turbellaria, etc., were of course also secured in
the various bodies of fresh water examined in
Hudson Strait in 1927; freshwater sponges were
however, not observed.

To round off the picture of lower macroscopic
freshwater life in Hudson Strait as examined in
1927, it should be mentioned that trout (accord-
ing to Dr. W. C. Kendall of Freeport, Maine,
belonging to the arctic Salvelinus alpinus group)
were said to occur at Cape Wolstenholme; and I
secured a number of them both on Nottingham
Island, at Wakeham Bay, and at Port Burwell.
The 10-spined Stickleback (Pygosteus pungitius)
I found to be exceedingly common upon Notting-
ham Island, and also at Wakeham Bay; while
the freshwater form of the 3-spined (Gasterosteus
aculeatus) was found in lakes at Lake Harbour
and Wakeham Bay. Remarkable was the com-
plete absence of Sticklebacks in freshwater at
Port Burwell (in spite of careful search), though
both species (P. pungitius and G. aculeatus) occur
in Baffin Land and on the mainland of Labrador
(G. aculeatus also in western Greenland). Prob-
ably the stickle-backs have not yet spread out
to the islands forming Port Burwell Harbour.

1928

The month of April this year was very cold
and wintery at Ottawa, delaying the arrival of
spring. Temperatures during the month were
all below 51°F., except the maxima on April 7
(75°F.) and April 30 (56°F.). The Rideau River
began breaking up on April 1st, and rose toa
great height during the first week of April; while
the Ottawa River began breaking up a week into
April, and also rose high.

The first week of May had milder weather
(between 40° and 80°F.), except May 6 (86°-50°
F.) May 2, 4 and 7 were clear; April 28-May 1
(inclusive), and May 3 had much rain; May 5-6
overcast cloudy weather.

On May 5 I visited the pools upon the fields
between Wrightville and Fairy Lake, Hull, Que.
They were now all ice-free, but only in one of
them (not one in which I had found fairy-shrimps
before) did I find Eubranchipus gelidus, securing
a dozen specimens of both sexes, 1-112 cm. long.
The males had well developed claspers (2nd pair
of antennae) and frontal organs; the females
with unripe eggs. Air and water in this pool had
a temperature of about 60°F. (about 5.30 p.m.).

The next day I was at Billings Bridge, Ont.,
and looked carefully for E. gelidus in the pools
here upon the fields near the brick factory; but
saw no sign of them nor of Limnetis gouldii. The
pools were now fairly well separated (the smallest
ones had dried up) because the Rideau River had

[VoL. XLV

now subsided considerably. I then went to
Hog’s Back, and in the low-lying pool on Brule’s
quarry where I have found them before, I noticed
E. gelidus, and secured 7 of them, two of which
were 14-34 em. long and the rest 1-114 cm. long.
The larger ones comprised one male and four
females, less developed sexually than the ones
secured yesterday.

These 1-144 em. long E. gelidus from, May 5-6,
had probably hatched on April 30 or May 1; the
14-34 em. long ones probably a couple of days
later. The time of hatching this year was thus
about the same as in 1926 (see Canadian Field-
Naturalist, 41: 1382, 1927.

The second week of May, 1928, had tempera-
tures between 32° and 74°F. (maximum every day
above 59°F.). Weather clear, cloudy and warm,
except rain on May 10-11.

The third week of May (1928) had tempera-
tures between 36° and 74°F. (maximum every
day above 60°F.). May 16 and 21 were clear;
May 15, 18, 20, 28, overcast, and rain on May
17, 19, 22 and 24.

The last ten days of May (1928) had tempera-
tures between 42° and 68°F. (maximum tempera-
tures every day above 53°F.). Rain every day
except May 26-27 (cloudy) and 30 (clear).

On June Ist, I left for Europe and preparations
for this trip prevented any observations around
Ottawa during the middle and end of May (1928).

1929

In 1929 I first returned to Ottawa on July 7,
too late for any observations on Euphyllopoda ~
here this year. In the middle of the month I
left for Port Churchill, on the west side of Hudson
Bay, reaching the then limit of the Hudson Bay
Railway (mile 445; 65 miles from Port Churchill)
on July 22. I stayed over a day here, and during
an excurison along the creek, I was fortunate
enough to secure both Hubranchipus gelidus and
Limnetis gouldii in pools left in the swamps
(marshes) surroundnig the creek (remains of
higher water-level?). I only saw one specimen
of each species; the fairy-shrimp (EH. gelidus)
was a one-inch long female with bright orange
colours (head-appendages, foliaceous legs; tail,
etc.) and a bright rose-coloured, globular egg
sack with orange ripe eggs. The Clam-shrimp
(L. gouldii) was half grown (11% mm. in diameter),
and with a pale yellowish brown colour. The
other freshwater animals here -(as_ observed)
consisted of two kinds of frogs; minnow (?)-fry,
and small trout; aquatic insects, ete., and Mol-
luses (Physa, Lymnxa, Spherium). The finding
of E. gelidus and L. gouldii here was most inter-
esting and important, as the locality probably

ea eee

April, 1931]

represents the northern limit (about lat. 58°N.)
for both species on the west side of Hudson Bay.
E. gelidus also occurs in Alaska and Yukon Terri-
tory, but in the rest of Canada there were hitherto
no records of it further north than Winnipeg,
Ottawa and Montreal (see Canadian Field-
Naturalist, 35: 27-28, 1921. As for L. gouldti
(=L. brachyurus), it also occurs in Alaska and
Yukon Territory, but the other northernmost
records in Canada hitherto known were Wetaskiwin,
Alta., Estevan, Sask., Ottawa and Montreal (see
Canadian Field-Naturalist, 35: 89-91, 1921, For
both species (EH. gelidus and L. gouldii) the
northernmost records lie within the limit of trees.

As soon as I reached Port Churchill on July
23, 1929, I observed that the circumpolar fairy-
shrimp Branchinecta paludosa was extremely
common in most of the rock and tundra-pools
here (no other Euphylloopoda occurred here).
Adults and almost adults (1-14 cm. long) of
both sexes were found from the end of July on;
but in the end of August their numbers had been
greatly reduced, and they had disappeared entirely
from several of the pools, though both sexes
were still found (2 cm. long). I also noticed
then a difference in size of this species according
to the particular pool (pond) in which they
occurred; only’in one place had they attained
the maximum size (214 em. long), known for this
species. Interesting was the finding of vast
numbers of this fairy-shrimp in the pools filling
out the holes (cavities) at the northeast and
southeast corners (former wells?) of the ruins of
Prince of Wales Fort (entrance to Port Churchill),
on August 29th. The species occurred (in certain
ponds) all during September and the first half of
October (last ones collected October 18) on both
sides of Churchill River, even after new ice had
covered the pools. The last remaining ones were
all females.

The other freshwater Entomostraca found here
at Port Churchill in 1929 were Cladocera (Daphnia
pulex; a few Hurycercus lamellatus, etc.); Cope-
pods Diaptomus sp. ?); and Ostracoda; they were
found as late as October 26 under half an inch of
new icein tundra pools. Several even of the larger

THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 83

ponds here at Port Churchill, dried up completely
(before the frost came in the beginning of October),
and the life in them was thus finished earlier than
in other ponds.

Besides Entomostraca, the lower macroscopic
freshwater life at Port Churchill consisted of
aquatic insects, and mites, ete.; Turbellaria,
Oligochaeta, Snails (Lymnxa, Aplexa or Physa);
and (in two lakes) freshwater sponges (Spongilla
sp. ?). Interesting was also the finding of small
earthworms (Lumbricus sp. ?) under stones in a
tundra swamp, and of naked slugs (Limaz sp. ?)
here.

Contrary to what I found in Hudson Starit in
1927, the lakes, brooks and ponds at Port Churchill
contained no sticklebacks or trout; though the
former (Pygosteus pungitius) were common in beach
pools, lagoons and their outlets; and the latter
(S. alpinus) in the river itself even in brackish
water. A number of larger freshwater fish,
Whitefishes (Coregonide), Ling, Pike, Pickerel,
Sucker, Grayling, etc.) occur in Churchill River
and its tributaries.

In connection with the above observations on
Canadian freshwater life, I would call attention
to some recent papers by others on the subject.

H. SPANDL has published a monograph on the
freshwater Amphipods of the whole world, in his
“Studien ueber Suesswasser-Amphipoden I (Sitz.
ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien, Mathem.-Naturviss.
Klasse, Abteil I, Vol. CXX XIII, 1924, pp. 431-
525, pl. 1-II and text-figures), in which the
Canadian, Alaskan and Arctic forms will be found.

The occurrence of Pontoporeia and Mysis in
Wisconsin lakes is discussed by C. Juday and
EK. A. Birge in “Ecology”, 8: 445-52, 1927.

Isopods (Mancasellus tenax), Amphipods (Gam-
marus limneus, Hyalella knickerbockert) and
Mysis relicta have been recorded from Lake Simcoe,
Ont., by Rawson in Univ. Toronto Studies, Biolog.
Series, No. 31, 1928, pp. 90, 97-98.

J. D. Soper records the freshwater fishes Sal-
velinus alpinus, Gasterosteus aculeatus and Py-
gosteus pungitius from southern Baffin Land
collected by him in 1924-26 (Museum Bulletin No.
53, Ottawa, 1928, pp. 116-7).

THE PILOT BLACK-SNAKE IN ONTARIO
By ROBERT V. LINDSAY

F THE relative abundance and distribu-
_tion of any single species of animal is
to be determined by the number of
published records of its occurrence within
a given area, obviously then the Pilot Black-
Snake (Elaphe o. obsoleta) may be aptly considered

a rare reptile in Ontario. In view of the large
size of the serpent and its decided partiality for
open fields, meadows and roadways, the marvel
is that so few specimens have ever been taken.
In fact, a search of the literature will reveal only
one reference to its occurrence, at Point Pelee in

84 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Essex County. This record appeared in The
Canadian Field-Naturalist for May, 1925 (page
93) where Mr. E. B. S. Logier states that the
late Mr. C. W. Nash took several specimens there,
one of which, taken November 2, 1915, measured
six feet three inches in length.

In addition to this single published account,
five additional records of this snake have come to
light, besides those from Frontenac County, the
publication of which is the purpose of this article.
The first of these unpublished records appeared
under the heading of ‘“The Snakes of Ontario” in
the Toronto Mail and Empire of October 6, 1894,
where the late Dr. J. H. Garnier says ‘‘Coluber
obsoletus, pilot racer, reported south of Windsor,
Essex county’. At Point Pelee Mr. W. E.
Saunders caught one on November 29, 1909,
which was identified as a Pilot Snake by the late
Professor John Macoun (according to Mr. Saun-
ders’ notes). The third record refers to the cast
of a specimen now in the Ontario Provincial
Museum at Toronto, taken in Essex county in
September, 1913, by the late Mr. C. W. Nash.
In that institution there is a splendid live speci-
example of EH. o. obsoleta living in comfortable
quarters under the care of Mr. Robert Virtue.
The snake was captured on August 22, 1928, by
Mr. W. Robertson at Fonthill, Welland county
(in the Niagara peninsula) and sent to the Mu-
seum. It appears that Mr. Robertson, a farmer,
while busily engaged in a harvest field on the
above date observed the reptile as it dropped
from a forkful of oats in transit. With commend-
able nerve Mr. Robertson promptly seized the
surprised serpent and its preservation marked a
new locality (175 miles east of Essex) for this
snake in Ontario. The snake feeds regularly, in
captivity, on a diet of house mice, but will not
submit to handling, appearing every bit as wild
and untamable as it did on the day of its arrival.
The fifth unpublished record of its occurrence
was made by Mr. Logier of the Royal Ontario
Museum of Zoology, who informs me that while
engaged in a faunal survey investigation of
Prince Edward county with a party of Museum
biologists during the summer of 1930, he was
told of a large black snake that had been found
near Picton during recent years. Mr. Logier is
inclined to the belief that it was H. o. obsoleta.
Picton, it might be mentioned, is about 125 miles
east of the Fonthill record.

In Frontenac County I have seen four speci-
mens of the Pilot Snake, two in 1929 (not pre-
served) and two in 1930, the 1930 specimens
being later carefully examined by Mr. W. J.
_ LeRay, of the University of Toronto, Dept. of
Biology, who confirmed my tentative identifica-

[VoL. XLV

tion. The first onethat I saw, (on August 5, 1929)
was a badly damaged specimen on the dirt road-
way at Battersea—sixteen miles north of Kingston).
The snake had evidently been lying there for
several days and a cursory examination of ‘it
sufficed, for certain obvious reasons. The smooth
lateral scales in contrast to the feebly-keeled dorsal
scalation was convincing proof of its being none
other than Elaphe o. obsoleta. Mr. Ralph Sleeth,
a farmer living a quarter of a mile east of Batter-
sea, told me that five days previously he had
killed the serpent in his hayfield and that his dog
had probably carried the remains to the road.
Mr. Sleeth stated that it was positively the first
black snake he had ever seen on his property and
was sufficiently interested to measure the animal,
the total length being four feet eight and a half
inches. On the same day another specimen of
E. o. obsoleta was discovered on the roadway at
Godfrey (thirty miles north of Kingston), which
is approximately the northern limit of the lime-
stone formation in the county. This one had
suffered irreparable damage through coming into
too close contact with the ubiquitous and devas-
tating motor car. It was not preserved.

On August 14, 1930, we again paid Battersea
a visit and singularly enough found the remains
of another Pilot Snake on the roadway less than a
hundred feet from the spot where the first speci-
men was found a year previously. Preserving
the specimen, we resumed our journey until
within a mile of Inverary (five miles northwest of
Battersea) where we noticed another fairly large
Pilot Snake lying on the roadside. Being only
recently killed and in a much better state of
preservation we preserved it too, four feet one
inch being its total length.

In a recent communication, Mr. Clyde L.
Patch, of the National Museum of Canada,
states that this snake has been recorded from
Massachusetts and southern New York. The
discovery of specimens in Frontenac county
would, then, appear to extend the formerly known
range considerably farther north.

The other day it was my privilege to peruse
the late Mr. C. W. Nash’s old journals and I
found many interesting notes of which the fol-
lowing extract is of special interest.

“In a letter of July 20, 1906, (filed) Mr. John
Ewart of Yarker says, ‘On one or two occasions
I think I have run across the black snake near
Sydenham, S. Frontenac. They were black and
shiny on back and not mottled like the water
snake, and do not make for the water when dis-
turbed as the water snake does. They sometimes
climb trees which is pretty good evidence they
are not water snakes. This was some years ago

\

April, 1931]

and they were by no means common, but if I
have a chance will secure a specimen.’ ”’
Apparently this gentleman was satisfied that

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

85

he had found something pretty good, but for
some unknown reason he neglected to carry out
his good intentions.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF EXTREME NORTH-EASTERN
LABRADOR
By BERNHARD HANTZSCH ©

“‘Beitrige zur Kenntnis des nordéstlichsten Labradors,
von Bernhard Hanizsch, Mitieilungen des Vereins fiir Erd-
kunde zu Dresden, Dresden, Volume 8, 1909, pp. 168-229.
Volume 9, 1909, pp. 245-320.

(Translated from the original German text in the Library of
Congress, Washington, D.C., by M. B. A. Anderson, M.A.,
Ottawa, 1928.)

Original pagination given in the text.

(Continued from page 55)

HE whole district exhibits rocky, moun-
tainous landscapes for the most part, as
Figure 2 [in the original] typically shows.
The neighbourhood nearest to Killinek
does not rise higher than 100 to 120 meters above
the sea, the peaks in the east of the land, espe-
cially of Kallaruselik, up to 500 meters. South
of MacLelan Strait the mountain masses rise up
to a height of perhaps 1,000 meters, in some peaks
perhaps even still higher. On the whole the
formation of these gneiss mountains is rounded
and undulating. In all parts, though, are found
fields of boulders, steep rocky declivities and
deep cut valleys, so that almost always it is neces-
sary to climb over a confused mass of stones, or
climb up and down. The natives, it is true, in
their favourite hunting grounds know the most
convenient and safest connecting paths between
the different places, but if it is wished to cover no
set distances, but roam through the district as
an explorer, who would like to investigate every
possible thing, then in general it is necessary to
give up travelling on the level tracts of country.
Often long detours are necessitated; indeed many
times even with companions who knew the place,
I scrambled about so, that we found no way out
and had to retrace long distances. If you are

T

SS

(IN)
let)

on the summit of the high range then you can

often travel in a certain direction for kilometers
over rock worn quite smooth which has a deserted
and rigid appearance, like a lava stream. The
wind travels across this with unbridled force, so
that no plant life develops here. Only in shel-
tered clefts, gorges and intervening valleys in the
midst of such level surfaces are moss, grasses and
flowers. According to all indications these rocky
flats worn so peculiarly smooth have been caused
by earlier glaciers which at some time may have
covered the district to a. considerable extent,
perhaps in part as an “ice-cap”, but now as far

as is known, occur nowhere else in Labrador. A
little to the north indeed, in southeastern Baffin
island, there are at the present time such glacier-
ized localities. It is assumed, that the move-
ments of the [P. 185] former glaciers radiated
from the interior of the land to the coasts (com-
pare A. P. Low, Report on an Exploration of
Part of the South Shore of Hudson Strait and of
Ungava Bay, Geological Survey of Canada, vol.
XI, 1899, p. 45 L), and Robert Bell suspects that
the whole northeastern corner of Labrador at
that time rose much higher above the level of the
Atlantic Ocean than now. The bed of Hudson
Strait at that time may have represented a large
land valley, which was apparently also covered
with glaciers (Report of an Exploration on the
Northern Side of Hudson Strait, /.c., 1901, p. 29
M). This theory explains strikingly the present
nature of our district: its slight absolute height
opposite the mainland of Labrador, the towering
up of Button Islands, as the remains of earlier
highlands, the rugged, rough surfaces of the more
precipitous summits, which tower up from the
mass of ice as former “Nunataks” (horns), the
polished state of the plateaus, situated between
these horns, caused by the grinding action of
glaciers. Also the presence of mighty moraines,
as well as isolated erratic blocks or even smaller
heaps of rocks, which remained behind in the bed
of the glacier, after it had melted, bore witness of
the earlier conditions.

As already remarked, the chief type of rock in
this locality is gneiss in all its possible combina-
tions. It appears not infrequently stratified in
ribbon-like layers, a thing which attracts atten-
tion particularly in such localities, where steeply
raised sites of rock were levelled by the grinding
action of glaciers. The different light and dark
strata then stand out in marked contrast. Here
and there the gneiss is shot through in broad
veins by pegmatite of a prevailing flesh colour, as
for example just at the entrance of the last inden-
tation of the harbour of Port Burwell, frequently
also farther southward in Ungava Bay. This
rock reminds one of marble to some extent, espe-
cially when it is wet, and is often so-called, there-
fore, by the white people of the district. Iseldom-
found overlying limestone, in most cases appearing

86

not even once, but brought thither either’ in
earlier periods of the earth by glaciers or in a
later time by the pack-ice. In 1904 Caldwell
collected also south of Port Burwell graphite and
[P. 186] a little iron-ore (A. P. Low, Cruise of
Neptune, 1906, p. 192, 245). Weathering of the
rocks in those districts proceeds exceptionaly
slowly, small bits of earth, therefore, occur
seldom in the wider strata. The results of closer
examination of a number of characteristic rock
specimens, which I brought with me, Dr. Johannes
Uhlig in Bonn, will have the kindness to publish
in the appendix. A. P. Low in 1904 collected in
the neighbourhood of Cape Chidley a great number
of limestones rich in petrifaction, which according
to his opinion had been brought thither from
Akpatok by the pack-ice. This island, as is
well known, consists entirely of Silurian rock. A
fossil coral found among these was described by
L. Lambe as Labyrinthites gen. nov. chidlensis sp.
nov. (A. P. Low, Cruise of Neptune, 1906, Appen-
dix IV, p. 328). H. M. Ami identified without
question among the petrifactions found of the
Silurian age the following species: Pachydicta sp.
indt., Sieberella galeata var. Chidleyensis Ami,
Trematospira sp. indt., Conchidium decussatum
Whiteaves and Clorinda lowi Ami n. sp. [loc. cit.
p. 355].

Long valleys are situated between the moun-’

tain heights, which are arranged rather frequently
in masses, in a chain formation. These may
represent partly former glacier beds, but are
changed from their original state and are covered
with rubble, sand and mud by flowing waters,
which do not spring from the rock in abundance,
but are formed only by the rain and the melting
snow. Here and there several broad, low valleys
covered with swampy stretches or with moss
extend upwards in different directions, which in
the summer time afford quite an inviting appear-
ance in the green of their vegetation. The neigh-
bourhood of Killinek does not posses in very great
numbers brooks and smaller rivers; they empty
mostly in ponds or lakes. Usually the bottom
of the valley shows moor-land, which can usually
be crossed without danger, grown over with mosses
and coarse grasses. I only broke through the
humus layer a few times up to my knees in a
clayey and very sticky slime, from which I could
pull my feet only with effort. The district has
an abundance of standing waters. In the vicinity
of Killinek [P. 187] almost every depression in
the ground shows a rather small or large pond,
every enclosed valley a deep, clear lake. At
times from a high point you overlook a whole
mass of such fresh waters surrounded by moun-
tains, which form a truly characteristic feature

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

joyous melodies.

[VoL. XLV

of the landscape. In general these mountain lakes
produce a gloomy effect, cold and dead. Since
the winter covers them half the year with a layer
of ice, the organic life in them cannot develop in
abundance. They harbour only a few of the
vertebrates, except an exceptionally small number
of water birds, perhaps a poor form of trout
(Salvelinus fontinalis),! but form the breeding
place for countless mosquitoes. The larger lakes
may be very deep, as I was assured by the Es-
kimos, who occasionally carry their kayaks out
to them, in order to hunt the swimming-birds
during the moulting season, when they cannot
fly. On the other hand you can judge the amount
of water even yourself in stormy weather, because
very large and high waves are formed. Probably
such deep waters do not freeze up entirely in the
winter. Often some of them are situated only a
little above the level of the sea, so that the tide
reaches them, and causes brackish water to occur.
On summer excursions the larger lakes form
frequently the most unpleasant hindrances to
travel. You can often travel so comfortably
along the shore, but rocks falling precipitously
into the water force the hunter to clamber across
the mountains in a wide arch, in order to reach
the shore lying on the opposite side of the lake.
In the winter the frozen lakes offer the most
suitable road for the sleds. The deep ponds and
lakes have not many islands. In their landscape
appearance they frequently resemble fjords of the
sea. .

If you ascend the mountain slopes in the sun-
shine from the clear, gravelly shore or the gloomy
banks of the moor, then occasionally animal and
plant life is shown in charming development.
Little singing birds, especially Pipits, Snow
Buntings, and Alpine Larks, call and sing their
Occasionally a Lemming (Di-
crostonyx hudsonius) [P. 188] or a mouse (Pero-
myscus maniculatus) (A)2 scurries across our path,
whose holes are frequently to be seen in dry
places; for they too, though twilight creatures,
love the warm sunshine. Flies and insects hum
about. Plainly coloured butterflies, especially
frequent the brownish Brentis polaris Boisd.,
more rarely the beautiful greenish yellow Oenis
semidea Say, occasionally perhaps owl butterflies
too. (I collected Colias nastes Boisd., Arctica
queuseli Payk., Anarta richardsont Thunb. and
Sympistes yetterstedti Stdgr. (B) flutter from flower

1 According to the kind identification of collected speci-
mens by Conservator E. Leonhardt of the Zoological Museum
in Dresden.

2 According to the kind identification of the collected
specimens by the following gentlemen: (A) Professor R. Mat-
schie, Zoological Museum in Berlin; (B) Dr. Jordan, Zoological
Museum, Tring, Engiand; (C) Professor Dr. von Heyden in
Bockenheim; Frankfurt on the Main; (D) Professor Dr. Fr.
Dahl in Berlin.

~ ae,
= J

April, 1931]

to flower or with outspread wings alight on a sun-
lit place, in order to stretch out comfortably in
the warmth. Delicate camboid beetles, especi-
ally Cryobius arcticola Chaud. and Amara alpina
Fabr. (C) scurry busily across the ground; I found
a small nimble swimming beetle, Hydroporus
lapponum Gyll. 3 in fresh water ponds. Spiders
are to be observed frequently, mainly apparently
Leimonia labradorensis Thor. (D) which carried
about carefully their little heap of eggs, cleverly
spun about with a web. All this world of small
creatures in sunny weather comes to the light,
while in rain and storm it seeks shelter under
leaves, stones, and in crevices and small holes.
The life-giving sun’s rays also bring countless
mosquitoes (especially Culex nigripes Zett.) to
maturity, which then persecute a man day and
night and torture him with their sharp stings.
The Eskimos suffer just as much almost from
these plagues as we do, so that at the present time
they like to obtain mosquito netting at the sta-
tion, to protect their faces in some measure. The
neighbourhood of Killinek is said to be somewhat
more favourable in this respect, than the Labrador
districts situated farther south, probably on
account of the harsh climate and slight vegetation.
So the warm summer time is really not the most
pleasant. You prefer the autumn, when clear
sunlit days alternate with cold nights, which
quickly kill the delicate insects.

[P. 189] The vegetation on the mountain
slopes is quite varied. While moss and grasses
prevail in the moist valleys and plains, higher
localities are covered more with lichens and
plants, in which are found, besides the delicate
mountain grasses, charming flowers which you
survey with double joy in those regions which are
desolate and for the most part so colourless. Fungi
are noted frequently; on account of the difficult
preparation of these, I refrained from making a
collection. Shrub-like plants in this district
attain a very insignificant height, seldom high
enough to rise more than 15 to 20 centimeters
above the ground. There is a complete absence of
real bushes or trees of any kind. The old, tough
stalks of the willows, which seldom exceed the
size of a lead-pencil, creep closely about on the
ground, only in an exceptional case do you find
a bush which is suitable for firewood. The higher
mountain summits and plateaus are mostly en-
tirely without vegetation. Indeed the district
on the whole is more desolate and inhospitable
looking than different parts of Baffin Island
situated farther north, or than the Labrador
country which is situated immediately to the
south.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 87

During my investigations in the vicinity of
Killinek, I made preparations, as I have remarked
for the first excursion of any length, which was to
take me down the coast to Ungava bay. Such a
trip in those districts is unsafe and difficult.
Travel on land can scarcely be considered by the
collecting naturalist, since carrying provisions
and eqvipment offers considerable difficulty.
Whenever Eskimos undertake marches of this
kind, they carry only the most necessary objects
along with them, but in spite of this often suffer
great need. To make use of dogs as pack animals
as is the custom in some other districts, in this
country is seldom done; such transport is always
an uncertain thing because of the restlessness and
wild nature of the dogs. As long as the snow
covers the ground and the waters are frozen, you
naturally use the dog sled as the quickest and
safest of all means of travel and transport. Flow-
ing [P. 190] inland waters which would be strong
enough to carry canoes and thus make possible
summer communication with the interior of the
country, are entirely lacking in the district
described by me. Since you meet by chance on
the whole east coast of Ungava bay, between
Killinek and George river, only a few Eskimo
families, and toward the Labrador cosat as far
as Aulatsivik, people dwell even more rarely,
there remains in the Summer no other possibility
for the collecting naturalist, than to journey along
the coast of the sea by boat, having no other
resource than himself and a small convoy, to
transport tent, sleeping bag and preserved foods
with all the necessities in this way, to travel to
favourable localities on land and from here to
conduct smaller excursions into the interior.

The most convenient method for such coast
journeys is the use of as small a boat as possible,
which in case of necessity can be handled by one
person alone, with which you can sail across
stretches of the sea and approach close to the
shore; a boat, which is also light enough to be
pulled up on the beach by few people. If you
join wandering Eskimos of whom usually only
the women and children travel in a boat, the
men, however, nearby in their kayaks, then you
are not free in your movements, and because of
the common welfare of the party may seldom
pursue special interets.

Hiring people for very large excursions causes
difficulties, since the country is so sparsely popu-
lated, and then, too, a clever man likes neither the
compulsion of any sort of direction, nor does he
find pleasure in leaving his family, in order to
accompany a stranger, who can only make himself
understood with difficulty. If you take several
people along, then they feel happier, but at the

88 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

time of my stay in Killinek it would have scarcely
been possible, to get hold of such people, since all
were being used for unloading the mission ship
and then later at building the mission house.
Moreover you need a larger, less convenient boat
to take along several people, and the tent as well
as the amount of provisions would have to corres-
pond to the number of people [P. 191]. Because
a clever Eskimo by hunting and fishing in favour-
able circumstances not only can get food and
skins in abundance, but also can provide himself
with European articles by payment with the
superfluous game, you are compelled in engaging
such an Eskimo to pay comparatively high prices,
perhaps one dollar (4.20 marks) a day, if you
wish to secure industrious people. Under existing
circumstances, I was happy in securing as a
companion an experienced man, the heathen
Eskimo [Paksau], about thirty years of age, who
proved to be a dependable, happy and clever
companion during our whole life together, even
if at times a rather stubborn comrade.

On August 11th we two started away from the
mission house. Our boat, which I rented from
the oldest Eskimo in the neighbourhood, seemed
as its owner, to have lived through many a
storm, but had been repaired by Paksau in
several days’ work, pitch used, and it had been
provided with new oars as well as a sail. To be
sure a little water leaked in constantly, so that
we had to bail it out every half hour or so, but
otherwise it proved to be serviceable; stood un-
harmed the many knocks, which it experienced
in landing on steep parts of the shore, as well as
many a jarring encounter with unseen reefs.
When the leaking of the boat became too bad,
we turned the boat over, after it was of course
completely unloaded on a flat place on the shore,
and drew it up on the land, whereupon Paksau
stopped the holes with moss, a work of hours,
then with the aid of heated stones melted the
adhering pitch and smoothed it over,and so gave
the outside of the boat new brilliancy even if
only a short new durability. He loved to do
this work, especially when it was fine weather,
and I had preparation work to do in my tent and
troubled myself little about him. If I went over
to his place of work now and then, in order to
show interest in his work with the hot stones, I
would occasionally find him lying in the grass
by the smoking fire, looking out across the sea
and smoking his pipe. Then he would begin to
laugh, when I caught him [P. 192] idle, while I
myself was working hard and would have liked
to have his help in the tent. He spoke with
excited words, which I did not understand at all,
whereupon I, too, laughing walked up to him,

[VoLt. XLV

and tousled his thick black hair, all of which was
a great joke to him. Perhaps I gave him a new
piece of tobacco too, left him sitting quietly, and
walked over to the boat, to investigate how far
along the gluing process had progressed. If I
looked over in his direction a quarter of an hour
later, I could be sure of seeing him again at his
tiresome work, tireless and not even glancing up.

The first days passed slowly; in the beginning
it was a question of working our way cleverly
between ice cakes; then violent southwest winds
kept us back. The temperature was raw, way-
ering between 3° and 5° centigrade [37.4° and 41°
F.]. Besides, a fine penetrating mist-like rain
trickled down, which shut off the landscape almost
entirely from sight. We had not real work,
since the excursions on land, already carried out
had brought us scarcely any results worth men-
tioning, and the unfriendly weather soon drove
us back to our tents. A survey of the coast
could not be thought of in the weather prevailing.
Besides the strong current which exists on that
coast, permitted us to travel toward the south
with the falling water, as long as we were depend-
ing upon oars alone and had no strong sailing
wind. I had to take hold diligently with the
rowing of the boat and the work on land, a cir-
cumstance which was the consequence of tra-
velling with only one person, because you lose
in this way much time for scientific investiga-
tions. At midday on August 14th the weather
became clear and sunny at last, so that we could
undertake a rather long journey across country.
We were situated a little north of 60 degrees
latitude. The landscape at this place displays
softer outlines than at Killinek; there are more
extended plains and broader valleys, the moun-
tains are more rounded. The fresh green grassy
slopes glimmered in the golden sunlight, countless
flowers grew in sheltered spots, over which the
brown butterflies fluttered. Wide-spread, splen-
did nature [P. 193] lay spread out before us pure
and clear, lonely and untouched. Even the wind
here spoke in mysterious words; it intonated
distinctly audible, bell-like sounds, a thing which
filled me with astonishment, because nowhere
else had I ever perceived this in the same way.
So the great mountainous world around and the
blue sky with its scattered white clouds become
a cathedral, where attentive creatures may
devoutly hear preaching concerning the glory of
creation. On August 16th we were able to sail
in the most splendid weather quite a distance
along the coast. Indeed it was scarcely possible
to put down on paper fast enough the confusion
of islands, peninsulas and inlets in our hurried
progress past them. The landscape continued

April, 1931]

to become flatter, often rising not more than 10
to 30 meters above the sea, the land more level
and more grassy, even if mighty desolate moun-
tain chains arose in the distant background upon
which wide stretches of snow were visible, while
such had not entirely vanished near the shore.
Our most southern camping place was situated
south of the large peninsula, which is said to be
ealled Natsitok. In these districts inside the
inlets there is a number of sandy beaches, also
marshy soil and earth cover larger stretches than
in the north, for which reason the vegetation is
much more abundant. The grass grows higher;
varieties of flowers other than those which occur in
Killinek, especially beautiful. bell-flowers, grow
in profusion. Shrubs, however, continue to be
quite insignificant. Here and there only low
willow bushes are seen, especially at some dis-
tance from the coast. Some shrubs are recog-
nized, which have been dead for a long time, but
in spite of that are still rooted firmly, so that
occasionally indeed the growth continues, for
which, a considerable period of time may be nec-
essary, as must be concluded from the toughness
of the wood and the rings, which can scarcely be
discerned, so closely do they lie together. A little
south, that is to say at Ablorilik, according to
the report of the Eskimos there is more bush
country, and in the extreme southeast of Ungava
bay, at George river, you find a scanty pine
forest. Traces of earlier human inhabitants
along the coast districts visited by me are not
present in abundance; here and there I found
old tent rings, [P. 194] fire-places and heaps of
bones, fallen graves and also house ruins and
stone men. The families, which formerly lived
at Ablorilik have moved to the stations, although
the whole coast has an abundance of seals, birds
and fish, and apparently also possesses good
fishing places.

On the evening of the 18th of August I observed
in a pond near our tent very large tadpoles of a
species of frog or toad, but I was not fortunate
enough to secure a specimen of it. It was here-
tofore not known that an amphibian occurs so
far north in Labrador. During the night I
heard several times short squeaking and trilling
noises. My intention of searching for the crea-
tures more closely the next morning was frus-
trated, since at dawn Paksau drove me out of the
sleeping bag, because the wind favourable for the
return home, which was blowing even the evening
before and hindering our progress, was still
holding. I had decided to return for the reason
_that we were very dependent upon the weather
with only our two oars, and did not know how
many days we would need to go to Killinek.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 89

Besides my ornithological collection was not
proving to be more abundant or more varied in
species than in the north. Things were just the
opposite with me because of the fact that even if
the travelling about was varied and interesting,
time for hunting and preparation was lost thereby.
Because of it the bird skins collected would not
dry and in the hurried packing and unpacking
took a bad shape. Without taking time for
breakfast, in the fresh, clear morning weather we

- took down the tent, shoved the boat into the

water, and travelled in all haste to the northeast.
Because favourable sailing wind blew, we held
our course directly to Killinek, rather far from
the coast. Only in especially clear and favour-
able weather did the Eskimos dare this with such
a small boat as ours. The weather changes
often extraordinarily fast, and storm, waves and
current have such powerful force far from the
land, that you lose all control of your craft, and
have to resign yourself helpless to the power of
the sea, a circumstance which may result disas-
trously in this reef-strewn, dangerous water even
with a good boat. [P. 195].

We fairly flew forward, so that the water foamed
on the bow, and saw the beautifully-shaped
splendid island mountain Omanak, later the
dangerous Pitsiulatse islands fall behind us.
But after we had the peninsula Nuvualuk behind
us about noon the wind died down quickly, fog
soon set in, and we had to betake ourselves as
quickly as possible nearer the coast. Finally we
arrived in the loose pack-ice, which toward the
west was closely packed in masses farther than
we could see. We rowed with all our strength
along the edge of the ice, in order to reach Killinek
the same day. Since there was an entire absence
of wind, and the water lay there calm as a mirror,
we made good progress forward, but had to make
some detours, in order to go out of the way of
large icebergs, which as we saw, had begun to
thaw and fall to pieces. Only too often we had
seen the bursting of such giants, when the water
round about them rose in great foaming waves
and the separate mighty ice blocks rocked to and
fro from the change in the equilibrium; in the
night we had also been frightened repeatedly by
reverberations like the sound of shooting, which
then occur, so we considered it advisable to stay
at some distance from the uncanny fellows, which
towered up as majestic and large as churches in
the foggy air. It is said indeed, that the bergs
which are ready to fall apart, go to pieces through
the stroke of the oars; and can destroy boat and
man near them. After tireless work, through
the ice and the fog, which granted us no kind of

90 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

a view, my companion with instinctive certainty
found the harbour of Killinek, where towards

JAMES H.

BORN, 1847

[VoL. XLV

evening we alighted on the land, quite satisfied.

(To be continued)

EMERTON

DIED, DECEMBER 5, 1930

AMES H. EMERTON, Arachnologist and
Artist, died on December 5, 1930.

Born at Salem, Mass., in 1847, he, in
due course, entered the local schools and
later assisted in his father’s drug store. At the
age of fifteen he was visiting the Essex Institute
where he came in contact with A. S. Packard and
other naturalists. To begin with his natural
history studies were somewhat generalized but
later he concentrated almost wholly upon spiders
on which he became a leading authority.

PS
WH.
WN
E «

Xd
BRAN) kx
WPI KS

AAA

While yet a young man, Mr. Emerton travelled
extensively and spent several months in Europe
where he visited various museums and made
comparisons of spiders and studied types. In
later life he, on several occasions, visited Canada;
attended an excursion of the Ottawa Field-Natur-
alists’ Club in 1916, and in company with Mr. J.
B. Wallis of Winnipeg, made a trip to the Pas
and Kettle Rapids along the Hudson Bay railway
in 1917.

His papers are both numerous and varied.
From Nathan Banks, in The Canadian Entom-
ologist, we learn that his first paper appeared in
“Psyche” in 1875 and this was followed by others
such as: “Structure and Habits of Spiders”;
“The Common Spiders of the United States’;
“Life on the Seashore’, and many more. A
majority of these articles were beautifully illus-
trated by the author. Altogether he is said by
Banks to have described over 350 species of spiders.
A list of the spiders of Canada, from his pen,
appeared in the Transactions of the Canadian

Institute, Vol. 12, 1917. He also contributed a
number of articles to The Canadian Field-Natur-
alist of which his “Spiders of Canada” is most
noteworthy.

As an artist Mr. Emerton is said to have
illustrated at least part of Packard’s ‘‘Guide to
the Study of Insects’, Packard’s “Monograph of
the Geometride’’, Scudder’s ‘“‘Butterflies of New
England”, Eaton’s “Fern Book’’, and the reports of
the United States Entomological Commission and
various other works He married Mary A
Hills in 1884, who predeceased him by approxi-
mately 32 years.

Mr. Emerton was an enthusiast and as such
he rarely permitted the social affairs of life to
interfere with its more scientific aspects. This
was interestingly brought to my attention when
he visited my home in Manitoba in 1917. Rising
with the sun in order to observe the spider webs
before the dew evaporated, he also retired with
that orb because darkness obscured what he
most desired to see.

He was a man of simple habits and one who
rarely, if ever, forgot his friends. He was ever
ready to encourage and assist the beginner or in
any other way to foster the study to which he
had devoted so much of his life. Finally, regoc-
nising that his personal usefulness must ulti-
mately cease he turned his thoughts to other
means of perpetuating the work he had so much
at heart. Among the donations left in his will
for scientific purposes was included five hundred
dollars towards the maintenance of The Canadian
Field-Naturalist —NORMAN CRIDDLE,

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS

Bufo cognatus cognatus FROM ALBERTA.—On
June 8, 1928, Mr. T. B. Kurata and I stopped
over between trains at Medicine Hat, Alberta,
and spent some hours collecting just outside the
city. A toad which Mr. Kurata picked up on
that occasion has proved to be Bufo cognatus
cognatus.

My identification of this specimen has been

confirmed by Professor Tracy I. Storer, to whom
it was submitted.—H. B. 8. LociEr.

FRESH-WATER MUSSEL AND Coot KILL EACH
OTHER.—While duck-hunting along the shores of
the Shuswap lake recently, I came upon a dead
coot lying close to the water. There was nothing
unusual in this, as these birds are occasionally

April, 1931]

found dead along this stretch of beach, but on
looking closer I saw that this one seemed to have
a fresh-water mussel or clam clutched tightly in
its beak. On examination, it was seen that the
mussel had the tongue and lower part of the bird’s
beak tightly clutched in its shell and, furthermore
the beak of the waterfowl, in turn, was tightly
clutching the mussel’s shell, each securely holding
- the other. The bird, evidently, had been dead
some days, as the eyes were completely gone, but,
otherwise, it was in good condition. To me it
seemed evident that the bird had grasped the
clam while feeding, and the shellfish had closed
its shell, thus holding the bird securely by the
lower part of the beak and tongue. No doubt
this killed the bird in a short time, and, when
dead, I suppose its beak became so rigidly fixed
as to prevent the clam from opening its shell—
A. Hiaes, Revelstoke, B.C.

HAWK FOUND IN SOUTH AMERICA WAS APPAR-
ENTLY BANDED IN CANADA.*—A bird, which is
said to have been a Swainson’s Hawk (Buteo
swainsont), wearing a celluloid ring, which is
described as being red on the inside and black on
the outside, and marked “50 Canada”, was
killed in the western part of Buenos Aires Pro-
vince, Argentine, South America, on November
27th, 1930. It would be very interesting to
know where this Hawk was banded and any
persons who are able to supply information with
regard to the banding of the above-mentioned
Hawk are requested to communicate with the
Commissioner, National Parks of Canada, Depart-
ment of the Interior, Ottawa.

Swainson’s Hawk is one of the abundant hawks
of Western Canada. It is one of the kinds com-
monly called Gopher Hawk, because of its fond-
ness for gophers which it helps to keep in check.

Bird Banding is being conducted by the Na-
tional Parks Branch and the United States
Bureau of Biological Survey, as a means of
studying the life histories of wild birds, and with
the help of voluntary co-operators throughout
Canada and the United States, very valuable
scientific information is being obtained concerning
our native birds. Any reports received concern-
ing the capture or finding of banded birds will be
greatly appreciated.

THE CLAY-COLOURED SPARROW AT HAWKESTONE,
SIMCOE COUNTY, ONTARIO.—In a small collection
of birds recently acquired by the Royal Ontario
Museum of Zoology there is a specimen of this
sparrow collected at Hawkestone on Lake Simcoe

*Mr. Jack Miner was also good enough to inform The
etiaiean Field-Naturalist of the recovery of this banded hawk.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 91

by Mr. H. B. Haugh, on May 28, 1930. This
bird was considerably outside the known range
of the species in Ontario and its occurrence there
can only be considered as accidental. Clay-
coloured Sparrows are rare and apparently irregular
summer resident birds of the London region!, but
it is not in this southern section of the province
that they are to be expected regularly in numbers.
The species more nearly attains this status in the
western part of the province, from Port Arthur?
to the Manitoba boundary. The only other
records which serve to suggest the possible occurr-
ence of the species elsewhere in Ontario are the
mention of it as a migrant at Sault Ste. Marie?
(Michigan or Ontario?) and the record of a
specimen collected at Port Huron, Michigan‘,
which is adjacent to the Ontario boundary.—L. L.
SNYDER, Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology.

BOB-WHITE QUAIL LIBERATED IN ALBERTA.—
In the autumn of 1928 a shipment of 23 Bob-
white Quail was taken in charge by Mr. Dan
Paton, Midnapore, Alberta. The birds were
kept in confinement during the winter and 19
survivors were liberated in March, 1929. These
birds remained in the neighbourhood during the
summer and frequently were heard and seen.
There is no information regarding their move-
ments during the next winter (1929-30) but in
the spring of 1930 several males and at least
two females were observed. The latter came
regularly to Mr. Paton’s feeding station. No
broods were encountered and the last definite
information is that at least one covey was seen
in September, 1930.—J. A. MUNRO.

WHITE-THROATED SPARROW IN WINTER.—In
the December 1930 issue, Mr. Clifford E. Hope
tells of his observations of the White-throated
Sparrow in the Toronto region and suggests that
other observations be recorded. I observed two
White-throated Sparrows on January Ist, 1929,
in the ravine behind the Government House,
Toronto. I was accompanied by Mr. Jared
McCutcheon. A light rain was falling.—J.
MURRAY SPEIRS.

UNUSUAL BEHAVIOUR OF WOODCOCK IN AU-
TUMN.—On October 17, 1930, several Woodcock
were seen at dusk flying out of a cover in the
Black River region near Wolfville, N.S. One

1E. M. S. Dale, ‘The Clay-coloured Sparrow at London,
Ontario’, Can. Field-Nat., 41; 64, 1927 ,

2 Walter Kaelz, ‘‘Some bird records for the Lake Superior
region of Ontario”, Can. Field-Nat., 37: 118, 1923. :

3 W. H. A. Preece, ‘‘The concentration of migrating birds
at Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario, in spring’, Can. Field-Nat.,
38:10, 1924, pa al

4 W. B. Barrows, ‘‘Michigan Bird Life”, 1912, p. 510.

92 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST:

bird, a male judging from its small size, was
observed to alight in a pasture. The “nasal
note” so commonly heard during the nesting
season was repeated several times. The bird
then sprang into the air and flew about, low and
erratically, for some moments. Then it descended
in a field and was neither heard nor seen again.
The performance was very reminiscent of the
“flight song’.

{[VoL. XLV

I have never heard of similar Woodcock be-
haviour in the autumn and I am of the opinion
that it is decidedly uncommon after the breeding
It is possible that the bird in question
was an immature male and the performance could
be classed in the same category as the occasionally
heard autumn songs of other species —VICTOR EH.
GOULD.

season.

BOOK REVIEWS

REPTILES, AMPHIBIANS AND FISHES: By C. W.
G. EHifrig. 249 pp. Illus. Glossary, In-
dex. Rand McNally and Co., 1930.

This book has the advantages of being well
illustrated and of sticking to a limited group of
vertebrates. As interesting supplementary read-
ing for school use, it has much to recommend it,
though the field-man going to it in search of a
definite fact, is apt to be disappointed. The
sections dealing with snakes and fishes are admir-
able in many ways, as is that on frogs. The
salamanders are somewhat inadequately treated,
however. Useful hints for aquarium and terrar-

ium lovers are found together with a glossary of.

technical terms and unusual expressions in the
back of the volume. The book is frankly aimed
at the public schools of the United States, but
Canada is by no means ignored as is so often the
case, even in more pretentious works on natural
history. The amazing statement (on page 156)
that the Saguenay has yielded soundings of five
thousand feet sent me scurrying for the ency-
ciopedia, but no confirmation could be found.
The greatest depth actually recorded is 1002 feet.
Too bad! It would have been wonderful adver-
tising stuff for the tourist agencies!—D.L.

ANIMAL LIFE OF YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK,

by Vernon Bailey, Chief Field Naturalist,
United States Biological Survey. Charles C.
Thomas, publisher. Springfield, Illinois, and
Baltimore, Maryland. 1930. Pages 1,
photographs 67, coloured plates 3, and life
zone map 1. Cloth bound. $4.00.

Several books and many shorter articles have
been written about the various phases, including
the wild life, of Yellowstone Park, the first and
probably the most famous national park in North
America. Yellowstone Park has attracted much
attention in the past on account of the remarkable
geological and scenic features within its borders.
During the time when large game animals were
a common sight in many other parts of the West,

the animal life in the park was not so much con-
sidered. Now that the large animals have dis-
appeared from a great part of the country, the
value of the great park is becoming apparent as a
refuge for vanishing species and a source from
which other parks and depleted regions may be
restocked. The great and increasing public
which is becoming interested in natural history
enjoys seeing these large animals which are seldom
observed elsewhere as well as the chance of stu-
dying the smaller animals and birds which live
here undisturbed by fear of firearms, traps, cats
and dogs.

Practically all of the animal life of Yellowstone
Park is native to the area, and the feeling is
against the introduction of exotic species, either
of animals or plants, although certain weeds and.
the English sparrows have crept in uninvited,
and certain species of trout have been brought in
to stock unoccupied streams and lakes and main-
tain good fishing.

The author, who is known to most of our readers
for his natural history articles and his various
Biological Survey monographs of mammals, as
well as his excellent work on the Mammals of
Glacier National Park, Montana, has made good
use of his own notes made during six different
seasons of field work in Yellowstone Park, from
1894 to 1926, and has had access to numerous
reports in the Biological Survey files.

After a short historical introduction, another
short chapter is devoted to the Life Zones of
Yellowstone Park, which run through Upper
Sonoran, Transition, Canadian and Hudsonian,
to the Arctic-Alpine. The most characteristic
species of plants, mammals, and birds of each zone
are named.

Chapter III, Mammals of Yellowstone, pp. 16-
187, takes up the greater part of the book, 65
species and subspecies being definitely recorded,
and two more mentioned as of doubtful occur-
rence. That the notes on these mammals will be
of interest to Canadian naturalists may be judged
by the fact that 53 out of the 65 forms are found
on our own Plains and Rocky Mountains, and

April, 1931]

most of the others are represented in Canada by
closely allied subspecies. Only three distinct
species, a chipmunk, bear and ground squirrel,!
mentioned in the list are not found in Canada,
and these two are closely akin to Canadian species
in appearance and habits. The Yellowstone
Park region has been fairly worked over by col-
lectors, and the author’s determinations may be
depended upon. In a book of this character he
has wisely devoted most of his space to very
interesting notes on life histories of all the species
mentioned, including the historical ups and downs
of the larger species of game animals since the
present park area was known to white men. Mr.
Bailey is one of the keenest living naturalists in
the study of mammalian life habits and has a
sympathetic insight into their psychology which
always makes his observations interesting. The
photographic illustrations are very well chosen
and are reproduced very well on good paper.

Chapter IV, Birds of Yellowstone Park, pp.
188-228, is more brief, giving a running account
of the species, followed by a brief systematic list of
the 211 species which are resident, migrant, or
breeding. The black rosy finch, gray-crowned
rosy finch, and Hepburn’s rosy finch (Lewucosticte),
which are all found in the park at some season,
have their life histories treated in considerable
detail. These three species of rosy finches are
well delineated on one coloured plate by O. J.
Murie. Mr. Murie’s coloured frontispiece of a
family of the Big Grizzly Bears of Yellowstone
Park is also well done. The third coloured plate
is of the Bald eagle by the late Robert Ridgway.

Chapter V devotes two pages to brief mention
of the most important species of fish, and refers
to another publication, Fishes of the Yellowstone
Park, by Hugh M. Smith and Wm. C. Kendall,
Document No. 904 of the Bureau of Fisheries.
Casual mention is made of 3 harmless snakes, 1
lizard, 1 pond turtle, 1 toad, 1 tree frog, 2 green
frogs, and 1 salamander, mentioned in Skinner’s
Yellowstone Nature Book, and it is stated that
several recent additions have been made, includ-
ing a rubber snake. Invertebrates are very
briefly mentioned in the single page of Chapter
VI, which suggests that much remains to be learn-
ed in an outdoor laboratory of such magnitude as
is offered by the park.

The book is clearly, simply, and readably
written, and is well worthy of study by any person
interested in the wild life of the Rocky Mountains
region, and it should have a place in all scientific
libraries—R. M. ANDERSON, National Museum of
Canada.

1 Zutamias umbrinus (Allen), Uinta Chipmunk, Citellus
armatus (Kennicott), Uinta Ground Squirrel, and Ursus mirus
Meariain Small Yellowstone Park Grizzly.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 93

NATURE NARRATIVES. By Austin H.Clark. Balti-
more: Williams and Wilkins Co. 1929. 135
pages.

An interesting little volume, filled with a sur-
prising amount of information about many and
various kinds of animals. The Spiny Ant-eater,
intoxicated sharks, perfumed butterflies, carniv-
orous plants, diatoms, all come in for their share
of attention. It should make excellent supple-
mentary reading in Nature Study and it is only
reasonable to predict that ‘“‘the author’s hope
that a perusal of the following pages will stimu-
late the reader to delve further into the subject
of biology” will in many cases be realized.—D.L.

THE CARCASSES OF THE MAMMOTH AND RHIN-
OCEROS FOUND IN THE FROZEN GROUND OF
SIBERIA. By I. P. Tolmachoff. Reprinted
from Transactions of the American Philosoph-
ical Society. New Series, Volume XXIII,
Part I, Article I, pp. 1-74, 1929.

Probably no other savant is so well prepared
as Dr. Tolmachoff to discuss and summarize the
voluminous literature relating to these interesting
remnants of an extinct fauna. The bibliography
which the author has prepared lists 87 titles.
His extensive journeys in northern Siberia which
have acquainted him with the geology of the
deposits holding these frost-conserved fossils
peculiarly fit him to evaluate the conditions
under which certain mammoth carcasses were
frozen and preserved perfectly enough to permit
trappers to use the meat for bait and dog feed.

The average reader of this interesting paper
will be surprised to learn that hunting mammoth
ivory has been an important industry in Siberia
for centuries. Peter the Great was interested in
the remains of the mammoth and issued a decree
to find out to what animal the “mammoth horns”
belonged. The views of travellers and scientists
concerning the cause of the extinction of the great
beasts which produced the ivory of northern
Siberia are critically examined and the folk-lore
concerning them is not neglected. When a boy
in Russia, Dr. Tolmachoff was told that the
northern elephants being too large to travel in
Noah’s ark had to be left behind and so perished
from the earth because of their great size. Some
Chinese writers held that the mammoth ivory
belonged to animals having a habit of life similar
to moles which could not live on the surface of
the earth and speedily died when they burrowed
through to the surface.

The commercial importance of fossil ivory has
been and is still far from negligible. Owing to

94 — ' THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

its ivory the mammoth became known a very long
time ago. ‘‘The first mention of the mammoth
is found in Chinese ceremonial books of the
fourth century B.C. It was certainly connected
with fossil ivory brought from Siberia to China
at that remote time. There are later records of
fossil ivory exported from Russia to Southern
Europe and Central Asia in the tenth century.
The throne of the Great Mogul Khan Kuyuk was
made presumably of Siberian ivory, which shows
that in the thirteenth century fossil ivory was
known in Mongolia in large amounts. There are
no exact data as to the export of Siberian ivory to
China, but, probably since the old days, this
commerce was carried on for centuries in a very
regular way. For the last two centuries this
trade has been carried on quite regularly, giving
the local population a very decent income. Being
important economically this industry has con-
tributed very much to the accumulation of infor-
mation about the mammoth.

The first direct mention of a frozen mammoth
carcass, Dr. Tolmachoff credits to Ides who as
an envoy of Peter the Great to China travelled
through Siberia in 1686 with a man who had
found a frozen foot with the girth of a man, and
the head of a mammoth. The first carcass of a
mammoth to supply remnants to a Museum was
found in 1799 in the delta of the Lenariver. Parts
of this including the short 10-inch tail and ears
over ten inches long were described by the zoolo-
gist: Adams. The most important mammoth
discovery was made in 1900 in Northeastern
Siberia on the Beresovea river. This find, known
as the Beresovea mammoth, disclosed an animal
with a tail much shorter than that of the Indian
elephant, but much thicker in its basal part.
Connected with the tail the mammoth had a
peculiar cover of the anus in the form of a fold
of the skin. Differing from other elephants the
feet of the mammoth had only four toes each.
The spiral-like tusks were not turned towards the
outside, but had their ends directed inwards and
downwards.” All the mammoth restorations
made previous to this discovery shows the tusks
pointing outwards. In 1906 an island north of
Siberia furnished a head preserving a trunk about
seven feet long.

A perfectly preserved rhinoceros carcass was
found in latitude 68°30’ showing the skin and
hair. Thirty-nine of the recorded discoveries of
carcasses Dr. Tolmachoff states refer to the mam-
moth and five to the rhinoceros. It is suggested
that this ratio is due not alone to the greater
abundance of the mammoth and its interest to
the ivory hunter, but to the different habits of
the two, the mammoth like the modern elephant

[VoL. XLV

being gregarious and the rhinoceros preferring
solitude.

In western Siberia the mammoth (Elephas
primigenius Glum.) ranges from 45° to the
extreme north shore. In eastern Siberia they
occur as far north as 76°47’ increasing in abun-
dance toward the north. It may be noted here
that they have been found equally far north in
the Canadian Arctic Archipelago (Kindle, Ameri-
can Journal Sci., 8: 183-5, 1924, figs. 1-3). Tusks
were formerly so abundant in the New Siberian
Islands as to make them a veritable mammoth
cemetery and ivory mine. Although having an
east-west range from the Pyrenees Mountains to
the Pacific they are absent or very rare in the
Scandinavian peninsula. This distribution is
explained as a result of the fact that Northeastern
Siberia was never glaciated, while the Scandi-
navian ice caps excluded the mammoth from that
part of Europe. |

The conclusion of Dr. Tolmachoff that the
mammoth lived in a climate not greatly differing
from that of the present seems well supported by
such significant facts as the perfect preservation
of the soft parts and even the blood of certain
carcasses which must have been frozen soon after
the death of the animals. He suggests that
winter food may have been procured in a more
southern zone than the northern tundra in a
sparsely forested region by migrating a few
hundred miles as the reindeer does.

The mammoth carcasses may occur, according
to Tolmachoff, in the vicinity of “rock ice” or
ground ice but never in it. The best finds have
generally been in the higher parts of the tundra
and near its surface, and all of them belong in the
opinion of Tolmachoff to the Post-glacial epoch.
Toll considers one bed of rock ice in the New
Siberian Isles a remnant of a Glacial ice sheet,
while Vollosovich claims that mammoth remains
occur between this and a later bed of ground ice
presumed to be connected with a second Glacial
epoch. This opinion Tolmachoff, like other
Siberian explorers, does not accept and insists
that Toll’s view of the glacial nature of ‘“‘rock ice”
must be completely abandoned. Quite correctly
Tolmachoff holds that no single theory is ade-'
quate to explain all the varieties or types of ground
ice. The reviewer would add that no discussion
of ground or “rock ice” in situations such as the
New Siberian Islands and the: Siberian Arctic
coast should overlook the observations made,
long ago by Dease and Simpson (Geographical
Journal, volume 8, pp. 218, 220), that in the
shallow sea on the Arctic coast of America the
bottom freezes and does not thaw out so soon
in spring as the surface of the land. This rela-

April, 1931]

tively late thawing of shallow sea ice affords
abundant opportunity for its burial by stream
dumped sediments in early spring floods and for
is occasional preservation as ground ice.

The preservation of the carcasses by freezing
Tolmachoff credits chiefly to the agency of mud

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 95

flows which in late summer covered bogged ani-
mals and which, frozen by the winter cold, pre-
pared the animals for indefinite refrigeration.
Photographs taken by the Canadian Arctic Ex-
pedition on the Arctic coast show well the consid-
erable volume of sediments which may be moved
in summer by these mud flows.—E. M. KINDLE.

96 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [VoL. XLV

Canada North of Fifty-six.

By Dr. E, M. Kinpie

(This article won the $1000 prize donated by the late Sir Wm. H. Price)

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB offers a limited
remainder of this splendid number, profusely illustrated,
at 50 cents each, postage paid. If ordered for schools,
etc., in quantities of ten or more the price is 40 cents each.
This is a splendid general article on Northern, Canada.

Send orders with cheques payable at par, Ottawa, to the Hon-
orary Treasurer, Wilmot Lloyd, 582 Mariposa Ave., Rock-
cliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

Che Autobiography of
John Macoun, M.A.

Canadian Naturalist and Explorer

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB has a few bound
copies of this book for sale at $3.00 each, postage paid.
The book of 305 pages is neatly bound, and this may be
your last chance to secure a copy because this work will
probably not be reprinted.

Send orders with cheques payable at par, Ottawa, to the Hon-
orary Treasurer, Wilmot Lloyd, 582 Mariposa Ave., Rock-
cliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

Affiliated Societies

a : MANITOBA
‘ 1929-30
President Emeritus: J. J. GoLDEN; Honorary Presidents
_ NORMAN CRIDDLE; Past President: A. M. DAVIDSON, M.D.;
President: Pror. R. A. WARDLE; Vice Presidents: H. M-
_ SPEECHLY, M.D., C. W. Lows, M.Sc., G. Sue Brooks,
PA. G. LAWRENCE, J. B. WALLIS, M.A., H. C. PEARCE; T'rea-
_ sgurer: NORMAN LOWE, 317 Simcoe Street; ‘Auditor: 'R. M.
THOMAS; Social Convener: MRs. G. SHIRLEY Brooks; General
Secretary: B. W. CARTWRIGHT, 392 Woodlawn Street, Deer
Lodge, Winnipeg; Hecutive Secretary: Mrs. L. R. SIMPSON.
ORNITHOLOGICAL SOON hat mane A. BURTON
_ GRESHAM; Secretary: J. R. MortoN. ENTOMOLOGICAL
| SECTION—Chairman: G. SHIRLEY BROOKS; Secretary:
_ Mrs. L. R. Sturson. BOTANICAL SECTION—Chairman:
a Miss B. a BRADSHAW; Secretary: Mrs. H. T. Ross. GHO-
4 Ee cae SECTION—Chairman: W. H. Ranb; Secretary:
TOKES.
___ Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University,
‘ Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
bs

’ NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
; 7 ee

noon during May, June and September, and on pu holidays
during. July and August.

a McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,

i

pe * LONDON, ONT.

President: Ent Davis, R.R. No. 7, London, Ont.; Vices
4 President: EDISON MATTHEWS, 25 Wyatt Street, London, Ont.;
Recording Secretary: VERNE FRANKS, 195 ‘Duchess Ave. us
London, Ont.; Corresponding Secretary and Treasurer: EK. M.
§. Dap, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.; Members qualified
to answer questions: a E. SAUNDERS, 240 Central Avenue,
e London, Ont.; C. G. WaTSON, 201 Ridout Street South,
_ London, Ont.; J.F. CALVERT, 461 Tecumseh Avenue, London,
bk Ont.; E. M. s. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.
Meetings held the second Monday of the month, except
a during the summer.
‘

VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

- Honorary President: L. S: Kuincx, LL.D., President Univer-
sity of B.C.; President: JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E.,
: University of B.C.; Vice-President: PRror. M. Y. "WILLIAMS,

Honorary Secretary: C. F. Connor, M.A., 3529 W. 2nd
Avenue, Vancouver, B.C.; First Assistant Secretary: Miss
Betty HerpD; 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mr. VERNON WIE-
pRICK; Honorary Treasurer: A. H. BAIN, 2142 Collingwood
ce Street, Vancouver, B.C.; Librarian: Mrs. McCrimMon;
Hh Members of Executive: Miss E. J. SMITH, Mr. J. D. TURNBULL,
Mr. B. J. Woop, Mr. P. L. Tart, Mr. R. J. CUMMING; Au-
Hi ditors: 1 en SELWoopD, W. "B. Woops.
All meetings at 8 p.m., Auditorium, Kocmal School, 10th
_ Avenue and Cambie Street, unless otherwise announced.

a PROTECTION OF BIRDS
ik Eericrn’y President: Dr. I. GAMMELL; Past Presidents:
Mr. L. MclI. TERRILL, Mr. NAPIER SMITH; President: MR.
Ww. S. Hart; Vice-Presidenis: Mr. A. P. MURRAY, MRs. C.
_ F. DALE; Vice President and Treasurer: MR. HENRY Mous-
_ LEY; Recording Secretary: Mr. H. A. C. JACKSON; Corres-
ponding Secretary: Miss K. D. MALCOURONNE; Curator of
_ Slides: ables EMILY LUKE. -
bic oes . W. BUCKLE, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, HON. JUSTICE
E. Howarp, Miss EDITH Morrow, Miss M. S. NICOLSON,
ates Ww. A. OSWALD, MR. R. A. OUTHET, Mrs. JOHN RITCHIE,
Miss H. SToNE, Miss MAUD SEATH, MR. L. McI. SPACKMAN.
__ Address all communications to the Soce at P.O. Box
1185, Montreal, P.Q., Canada

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Bureau de direction pour 1931

‘airon Honoraire: Son pexcellence LE VICONTE Wy nance
G.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., G.C.I G.B.E., Gouverneur-Gén
de la Puissance du Canada; Vite-Parvan ’Honoraire: Honora a
M. H. G. CARROL, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de
_ Québec; Bureau de Direction pour 1929: Président: G. STUART

Sai

Vice-Président: R. MEREDITH, N.P.; Secrétaire-trésorier: "Louis
Be LAVoIE; Chef de la section scientifique: Dr. D. A. DERY;
Chef de la section de Propagande éducationnelle: W. STUART
TKINSON; ee. de la section de protection: EDGAR ROCHETTE,
PP Chef de la section d'information scientifique
et pratique: Eres CooTE; trecteurs: DR. J.-E. BERNIER,
oR Jos. MATTE, Jos.-S. BLaIs.
Secrétaire-trésorier: Louis-B. LAVOIE
38, rue Sherbrooke, Québec.

_ PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE ~

_ AHERN; Jer Vice-Président: ADRIEN FALARDEAU, C.R.; 2éme-

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
- CLUB

\ OFFICERS FOR 1929-30.

Honorary President: PROFESSOR A. P. COLEMAN; President:
Pror. J. R. DyYMOND; Vice-Presidents: Mr. J. H. FLEMING, .
Dr. N. A. POWELL, Mr. Contin S. FARMER; Secretary: MR.
F. P. IpE, (Dept. of Biology, University of Toronto); Publicity
Secretary: Dr. L. B. JACKES; Treasurer: MR. FRED H.
BRIGDEN; Executive Committee: Pror. R. B. THOMPSON, PROF-
E. M. WALKER, MEssrs. STUART L. THOMPSON, J. A. PAR-
TRIDGE, A. M. PATTERSON, E. B. S. LoGier, W. H. WRIGHT,
Dr. McKINLEY; Committee on Conservation: Mr. R. G.
DINGMAN; Leaders: Birds—Messrs. J. H. FLEMING, STUART
L. THompson, L. L. SNYDER, J. L. BAILLIE; Mammals—
Pror. J. R. DyMonD, -Mr. E. C. Cross; Reptiles and Am-
phibians—MeEssrs. E. B. S. Locier, WM. LERAY; Fish—
Pror. J. R. DymMonp, Pror. W. J. K. HARKNESS; Insects, etc.
—Pror. E. M. WALKER, DR. N. ForD, Mr. E. P. IDE; Botany
—Pror. R. B. THOMSON, PrRor.H. B. SIFTON, Dr. G. WRIGHT;
Geology— PROF. A. McLEAN.

Oe
—aEuaaICIyIEIEylIyIyIyEEeEeEyEyEeEEEEEEE———EEEE————————E——

We would ask the Officers, and more
particularly the Secretaries, of all the
Affiliated Societies to assist us in our
task of building up the circulation of
this magazine. By securing every
member as a subscriber we can truly
make this magazine into one of the
fendine Natural History publications
of America.

Crabtree Limited

Artists and
Designers

BLUEPRI NTERS
ENG RAV ERS

COMMERCIAL
PHOTOGRAPHERS

> PHOTO :
LITHOGRAPHERS

228 Albert Street
3 Ottawa, Ont.

| Card Filing Systems
for Naturalists

As makers of the Library
Bureau line of Card Filing
Devices in Canada, we are
in a position to supply all
Naturalists with cards and
trays where they can read-
ily index all their observa-
tions and notes

Lowe-Martin Ltd. |

OTTAWA, CANADA

} A New PEST-PROOF INSECT BOX

THE HOOD
INSECT BOX

3. High shoulder,
‘protecting specimens

4 Excellent pinning bottom
5. High quaiity box at low cost

PRICE $1.25 EACH

SPECIAL RATES IN QUANTITY
For full description ask for circular No. 298

WARD’S

} NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

84 College Avenue, ROCHESTER, N.Y. #

ATTRACT THE INSECT FEED-

_ EQUIPMENT

ING BIRDS TO YOUR GARDEN

THE”
H. M. B. 1
CHICKADEE |}
BELL

PRICE $1.00
Postage Paid

Fill with melted fat and hang outside
your window, whether town or country,
and the Chickadees will be your abidin
; friends. — 2c ahaa

(ee TF

Showing removable :

H.M.B. NESTING & FEEDING
BOX ;

PRICE $4.00 POSTAGE PAID

Cc. T. BATTEN
810 Hastings St. W., |
VANCOUVER, B.C.

feo MOL. XEV, No.5 MAY, 1931

[Sa ae
SSE
=»

= x \
Fs2 ’

~
a
“Say
p mi
gry |

(es

FAG VA |

Gah (4 aN ePUBLIS E. BS. 9
FIELDWA SURBeRLISTS CLUB
ISSUED MAY Ist, 1931..

Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as sebtid-cleals matter

»

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB

President: HARRISON F.. LEWIS, 34 Grosvenor Ave., Ottawa. yee |
1st Vice-President: C. M. STERNBERG 2nd Vice-President: M. E. WILSON”
Secretary: GORDON S. POSTLETHWAITE, 25 Rupert St. Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, 582 Mariposa Ave.

Wane ld Rockcliffe Park.

ry

Additional Members of Council: F.J.Aucock, R. M. ANDERSON, Miss M. E. Cowan, Mgssrs.H.G.
CRAWFORD, NORMAN CRIDDLE, R. E. DeLury, BERTRAM A. FAUVEL, HERBERT GROH, ANDREW
HALKETT, D./JENNESS, C. E. JOHNSON, A. G. KINGSTON, E. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELEY,
DouGLAS LEECHMAN, HoyEs LLoyD, W. T. MAcoun, M.O. MALTE, MARK G. MCELHINNEY, G. A.
Miuuer, A. E. Porsitp, HE. EK. PRINCE, J. DEWEY Soper, P. A. TAVERNER, E. F. G. WHITE,
W. J. WINTEMBERG, and Presidents of Affiliated Societies.

Editor:
DouUGLAS LEECHMAN
National Museum, Ottawa, Canada.

Associate Editors:

IDA SENNESS 5, 62 open Ween ne Anthropology CLYDE. 15. PATCH). 3/528 eee Herpetology —
MIO 4 MATTE i Cusine ee wenn e Botany R. M. ANDERSON....... -.......Mammalogy —
BOR LATCHEORD 2c ccanaus eee Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN..... Renee _. Marine Biology
ARTHUR GIBSON...............- Entomology - P. A. TAVERNER..... | crutead at eae Ornithology
iD PAT COCK Se cit oie ile water a avs ke Geology E. M.KINDLE....... era Palzontology —
CONTENTS

& Some Plants of the Athabaska and Great Slave Lake Region By Francis Harper............
Mating and Oviposition in Pandalus dane. By Alfreda Berkeley Needler............ Bae 85'S
Amphibia, Reptilia and Mammalia of the Temagami District, Ontario. By A. F. Coventry. .
Notes on Birds of the Labrador Pensinsula in 1930. By Harrison F. Lewis............... petals
Esker at Tweed, Hastings County, Ontario. By M.E. Wilson.......... Pe oe ee We,

“Contributions to the Knowledge of Extreme North-Eastern Labrador. By Bernhard Hantzsc
First Canadian Record of Least Brown Bat. By Eli Davis..:.................0.0-0000: say
Excursions of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1931...................... a ft i
Annual Report, McIlwraith Ornithological Club, London, Ont., for the Year 1930.......... pokes
Members of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club and Subscribers to The Canadian Field-Natural-
iste May LOBT io le Oo oe en, SO ie earn ance ie 0 ee rr ae

EEESEESESSESISESSESEEEEsoi¢ssssensssossssessossssasossssensssossesanansesassassnsassssasassnsasassascstarascssasersassssosassasossasossaseasasessssaseaseseatessstassssastatesestssesessessases

= The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued —
#: since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, —

# two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes; and these have

#: been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is
= issued monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication #
iH of the results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each Ae

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among _
the leading Natural History publications in America. a

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club

582 Mariposa Ave.,

Rockeliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA.

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. XLV

OTTAWA, CANADA, MAY, 1931

No. 5

*
“SOME PLANTS OF THE ATHABASKA AND GREAT SLAVE LAKE REGION
By FRANCIS HARPER

HIS paper forms part of my report as
zodlogist of an expedition sent by the
ig aa Geological Survey of Canada in 1914 to
=== Great Slave Lake, with Charles Camsell
as leader and geologist. On May 19 our party
started downstream from Athabaska Landing,
Alberta, reaching the Athabaska Delta on June
2. We remained about the western end of Lake
Athabaska till June 24. On June 30 we left this
lake at about its northernmost point, traveling in
canoes by way of the previously unexplored Tazin
and Taltson Rivers to Great Slave Lake, which we
reached on August 15. The return journey was
made up the Slave and Athabaska Rivers. From
September 7 to 12 I made a side trip by horse-
back into the Wood Buffalo range from Fort
Smith, going for a distance of about 35 miles
southward from that post. We arrived once more
at Athabaska Landing on October 10.

The plants collected during the course of the
expedition were identified in part by the late
James M. Macoun, but mainly by Dr. M. O.
Malte, of the National Herbarium, National
Museum of Canada. The help thus given is
gratefully acknowledged.!

In the following list the localities and dates of
the specimens collected are mentioned first. Then
follow, in some cases, additional notes on such
topics as distribution, flowering and fruiting, and
economic uses. A few local names are included
in quotation marks.

Most of the localities between Lake Athabaska
and Great Slave Lake, that are mentioned herein,
may be found on one or the other of two maps
accompanying papers by Camsell (1916) and my-
self (1931). The area so frequently referred to
as the “Tazin Highlands” is defined in the last-
mentioned paper. It is roughly triangular in

_ shape, being bounded approximately on the west

by the lower Taltson River valley and the upper
Slave River valley, on the south by Lake Atha-

1In 1920, while in Washington, I borrowed the speci-
mens for re-examination in connection with a forthcoming
second trip to the region. I had assumed that the plants
were then safely returned to Ottawa, and have only recently
learned that they did not reach their destination. Unfortun-
ately all trace of them now seems lost.

baska, and on the northeast by a line extending
from near the east end of this lake through Hill
Island Lake to Great Slave Lake at a point a little
east of the mouth of the Taltson River.

It is only fitting that reference should be made
here to previous botanical work in the Athabaska
and Great Slave Lakes region. Our knowledge of
its flora is due chiefly to the collecting zeal of
such men as Sir John Richardson, John Macoun,
James M. Macoun, J. W. Tyrrell, and Edward A.
Preble. In his admirable summary of geographi-
cal and biological explorations in the Athabaska-
Mackenzie region, Preble (1908, pp. 54-85) has’
supplied information concerning the botanical
collections and reports made up to that time.
His list (1908, pp. 515-534) of the trees and
shrubs of the Athabaska-Mackenzie region in-
cludes not only his own records but many of
previous workers. Another list of plants, which
were collected or noted by Preble on a trip to the
region northeast of Great Slave Lake in 1907,
appears in Seton’s The Arctic Prairies (1911,
appendix H, pp. 328-338). In 1920, while working
under the auspices of the United States Biological
Survey, Hamilton M. Laing and I collected about
400 sheets of plants in the Athabaska Basin;
these were turned over to the United States
National Herbarium. In more recent years Dr.
and Mrs. H. M. Raup have undertaken an ex-
tensive investigation of the vegetation of the
Athabaska and Great Slave Lakes region, and
their results have begun to appear (1928, 19304,
1930B).

LIsT OF SPECIES

Cladonia spp. REINDEER “Moss’’.—Common
on rocks in the Tazin Highlands. In some
localities (such as Teseljiri Falls, Tthikethe
Gorge, and below Napie Falls) it grows in luxur-
iant cream-coloured masses nearly a foot in
depth.

Gyrophora spp. TRIPE DE ROCHE.—This main-
stay of starving explorers grows very abundantly
on the extensive rock exposures in the Tazin
Highlands.

Usnea spp.—Much Usnea was noted along the

98 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

lower Slave River, and on spruces and pines in
the Wood Buffalo range.

Sphagnum spp. SPHAGNUM Moss.—Occurs
generally throughout the region, and forms a
dense, deep mat in all muskegs. In a Dogrib
.encampment on the lower Taltson River I noticed
some sphagnum hanging up to dry in the bushes,
and learned that it was used to pack about the
babies in the bags that serve for cradles.

Polypodium virginianum L. Potyropy.—Pho-
tographed at Teseljiri Falls, Tazin River. Ap-
parently the same species noted at Tsalwor,
Soulier, and Tsu Lakes.

Cryptogramma. acrostichoides R. Br.—In muskeg,
Hill Island Lake, July 16.

Thelypteris spinulosa (O. F. Mill.) Nieuwl.—
Athabaska River at Pelican Portage, October 6.

Woodsia ilvensis (L.) R. Br.—Chipewyan,
June 11.

Equisetum arvense L.—Taltson River below
Napie Falls, August 2.

EKquisetum pratense Ehrh.—Athabaska River at
Calling River, May 20.

Equisetum sylvaticum L.—Hill Island Lake,

July 15.

Equisetum fluviatile
River, August 16.

Lycopodium annotinum L.—Mouth of Charlot
River, June 28.

Lycopodium complanatum L.—Athabaska River
at Pelican Portage, October 6.

Pinus Banksiana Lamb. Jack PINE.—This
pine was found practically throughout the terri-
tory covered during the season. It flourishes
especially on sandy soil, and yet, of all the trees
of the region, it seems best able to maintain a
foothold on the barest rocks. Though it lacks
the symmetry of the spires of balsam, spruce, and
tamarack, its furrowed bark and irregular, cone-
Jaden branches give it an appearance of picturesque
ruggedness and strength. Its green masses of
needles impart a cheerful tone to the scenery that
is scarcely given by the somber-hued spruces.

Along the Athabaska River the jack pine usually
appears on top of the ridges that border the steep-
sided valley. Throughout the greater part of
the Tazin Highlands it seems to be the predom-
inating conifer, since it thrives better than the
others on scanty soil. It was noticed that young
jack pines were growing up in a number of areas
that had been fire-swept. Many saplings have
their tops gnawed off by Snowshoe Rabbits, the
damage doubtless being done when the snow is
deep.

Along the Tazin River are many fine groves,
some of the trees attaining a height of 50 feet and
a diameter of a foot. On some of the barest of

L.—Mouth of Taltson

[VoL. XLV

the rocky hills, however, the trees are consider-
ably stunted. Along the border of the Hudsonian
Zone, in the vicinity of Hill Island Lake and
Soulier Lake, the maximum height seems to be
about 35 or 40 feet, and the maximum diameter
8 or 9 inches. Perhaps the finest specimens seen
during the trip were growing on a level area at
the junction of the Tazin and Taltson Rivers;
some of them reached a height of 60 or 70 feet,
and were over a foot in diameter. Along the
lower course of the Taltson River, below its Junc-
tion with the Tethul River, this species is gener-
ally seen on the occasional rock outcrops, being
less common there than farther upstream, in the
Tazin Highlands.

There is comparatively little pine along the
Slave River below Fort Smith. In the vicinity
of this post, however, it is common, and in the
Wood Buffalo country to the southward it occurs
in almost pure stands on sandy ridges.

The straight, slender trunks of young trees
(especially those from thick groves) make excel-
lent tent-poles, and are commonly used by the
natives for the conical framework of their tipis.
Of all the trees of the region, doubtless the jack
pine makes the best firewood.

Larix laricina (Du Roi) Koch. 'TAMARACK.—
The graceful tamarack, though distributed
throughout the wooded region, is much less com-
mon than the jack pine and the spruces. It is
found not only in muskegs and other swampy
places, but to some extent on drier ground as well.

It was noted at several places along the Atha-
baska, from Pelican Portage to a few miles below
McMurray; at Chipewyan; between Lake
Athabaska and Thluicho Lake (where it reaches
a height of about 70 feet); at Soulier Lake; along
Tazin River above Nettell Falls; along the lower
Taltson River; at Resolution; in extensive
muskegs near Fort Smith; and in the Wood
Buffalo range.

Picea canadensis (Mill.) BSP. WHITE SPRUCE.
(Kigs. 1, 2)—This widely distributed conifer is
the largest and doubtless the most important
tree of the region. It was noted everywhere
along the route we covered. On the steep sides
of the Saskatchewan Valley below Edmonton it
appears in scattered clumps among the predom-
inant deciduous growth of poplar and birch. In
the Athabaska and Slave River valleys it is
much more abundant than the jack pine. Along
the lower Athabaska some of the white spruces
have trunks a yard in diameter and easily overtop
the rest of the forest. Along the lower Slave
River this species makes up by far the greater
part of the practically unbroken forest stretching
away on each side. It is much used as firewood

—<—

May, 1931]

on the river steamers. In time, with the im-
provement of transportation facilities in the
region, it will probably be exploited as a source
of supply for the pulp and paper industries, as
suggested by Macoun and Malte (1917, p. 4).

In the Tazin Highlands the trees are consid-
erably smaller, comparatively few of them reaching
a height of more than 60 feeet. During our
descent of the Taltson River the white spruces
first appeared noticeably larger between Twin
Gorges and Tsu Lake, and continued to show
some increase in size as we proceeded to the
mouth of the river.

Picea mariana (Mill.) BSP. Buack SPRUCE
(Fig. 3)—This species was found in muskegs
along the Athabaska River, from Middle Rapid to
the vicinity of McKay. Along our route from
Lake Athabaska to Tazin Lake, and thence down
the Tazin River to its junction with the Taltson,
the black spruce was quite common. Though its
usual habitat is in muskegs, it was frequently
found here on very dry, rocky hills, where lichens
thickly covered the ground. On some of the hills
along the river below Nolan Falls it was so abun-
dant as practically to replace the jack pine. In

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 99

several places along the trail from Fort Smith into
the Wood Buffalo range, I noticed this species
growing in muskegs.

The black spruce generally has a scraggly,
bushy top that serves to distinguish it at a dis-
tance from the more symmetrical white spruce.

Abies balsamea (L.) Mill. BALSAM Fir.—This
beautiful conifer was found rather commonly
along the Athabaska River, from Calling River
to within 40 miles of Lake Athabaska.

Juniperus communis L. var. depressa Pursh.
Low JUNIPER.—Chipewyan, June 10; Grand
Rapids, October 1. Also noted along the lower
Athabaska River, at Thluicho Lake, Hill Island
Lake, Soulier Lake, Taltson River near junction
with Tazin River, and mouth of Taltson River.

Juniperus horizontalis Moench. CREEPING
JUNIPER.—Chipewyan, June 10. Also noted
along Tazin River at Tthikethe Gorge, at mouth
of Taltson River, and along Salt River and one
of its brackish tributaries.

Typha latifolia L. CAT-TAIL.—Noted in a
muskeg pond near Athabaska River 10 miles below
McMurray; at mouth of Taltson River; on Slave

FIGURE 1—Junction of the Tazin and Talison Rivers, Mackenzie

July 31, 1914.

Photo. by Francis Harper.

100

River delta; at salt lick in Wood Buffalo range;
and in marshes of Athabaska Delta.

Potamogeton Richardsonii (Benn.) Rydb.—Hill
Island Lake, July 15. Apparently the same
species noted in Tazin River below Nolan Falls;
in Taltson River below Tethul River; at mouth
of Taltson River; and in Great Slave Lake a few
miles farther west.

Najas flexilis (Willd.) Rostk. & Schmidt.—Hill
Island Lake, July 15.

Triglochin maritima LL.—Taltson River above
junction with Tazin River, July 31; near Salt
River, south of Fort Smith, September 12.

Sagittaria cuneata Sheld.—Bay east of mouth of
‘Taltson River, August 18.

Phragmites communis Trin. REED.—Abundant
in marshes of the Athabaska Delta.

Calla palustris L. WATER ARUM.—Muskeg
pond near Athabaska River, 10 miles below
McMurray, May 30.

Juncus balticus Willd—Salt lick in Wood
Buffalo range, September 9.

Allium sibiricum L.— Mouth of Charlot River,
June 28; Athabaska River above Mountain
Rapid, September 24. Noted commonly along
the Athabaska from McMurray to the vicinity
of House River, and still in bloom as late as
October 3.

Smilacina trifolia (L.) Desf—Common in
muskeg south of Thluicho Lake, July 3.

Maianthemum canadense Desf. 'TWO-LEAVED
SoLomon’s SEAL.—Chipewyan, June 10 and 18;
Athabaska River at Pelican Portage, October 5.

Disporum trachycarpum (S. Wats.) B. & H.—
North bank of Saskatchewan River, Edmonton,
May 17.

Sisyrinchium mucronatum Michx.—Athabaska
River at Pelican Portage, October 6.

Cypripedium passerinum Richards.—Low,
willow-grown island 3 miles west of mouth of
Taltson River, Great Slave Lake, August 19.

Habenaria hyperborea (L.) R. Br.—Slave River,
10 miles below Salt River, September 3.

Calypso bulbosa (L.) Oakes.—Chipewyan,
June 10.

Salix interior Rowlee. SAND-BAR WILLOW.?
—Athabaska River near Crooked Rapid, Sep-
tember 26.

Populus tremuloides Michx. ASPEN POPLAR;
QuakING ASPEN; “WHITE PopPLAR”’.—This is
one of the most abundant and most widely dis-
tributed trees of the entire region. It grows
generally on hills or on dry soil in valleys, appar-
ently avoiding low, damp ground. By May 18,
between Edmonton and Athabaska Landing, this

2 Many specimens of other willows were collected at
various points along the route of the expedition, but they
were not identified before the collection disappeared.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

species was well leaved out, being further advanced
than the balsam poplar. On the island at Mc-
Murray there was an especially fine grove of aspen
poplar, the trees growing to 90 feet or perhaps
higher. In the Tazin Highlands the species is
abundant and almost universally distributed, but
does not attain a large size, the maximum height
being 40 or 50 feet. It also grows extensively
along the lower Taltson and Slave Rivers. In the
Wood Buffalo range I saw specimens of both
species of poplar that were about 75 or 80 feet
high and nearly two feet in diameter.

By September 8, in the vicinity of Salt River,
the leaves had become yellow. At this season,
too, some of the foliage had taken on a delicate
lilac hue. In late September the colours of the
aspen poplar and the white spruce exhibited a
striking contrast on the sides of the Athabaska
Valley above McMurray, where these two are
the predominant trees, the poplars formed a
great expanse of bright yellow, in which the
somber green spruces appeared as dark patches.
By October 9 the poplars had shed their leaves
for the most part.

The smoke from the aspen poplar is decidedly
irritating to the eyes. Consequently the use of
this species for the camp fire is avoided when
other wood is available.

Populus balsamifera L. BALSAM POPLAR;
“BLACK POPLAR’’.—This attractive poplar was
noted throughout the territory we covered during
the season. It is found especially along river
banks and lake shores, and its place here might
be compared to that of the sycamore along water-
courses in the Eastern States. It grows com-
monly on alluvial soil, such as the deltas of the
Athabaska and Slave Rivers, where the other
poplar of the region (P. tremuloides) is scarcely
found. Its trunk is straighter and its branches
are much more symmetrical than those of the
aspen poplar. Large specimens of the balsam
poplar also have rougher bark. Its buds taste
gummy, while those of the aspen poplar are bitter.
By May 16, at Edmonton, leaves were about
half-grown, and by May 24, at Grand Rapids,
they were over two inches long. In the wind the
leaves of this species turn up, exposing their
light-coloured under surfaces, more than do those
of the aspen poplar.

In the Tazin Highlands the balsam poplar is
much less common than in the valleys of the
Athabaska and Slave Rivers. It also becomes
somewhat stunted there, no trees more than about
30 feet in height having been noticed. In a
number of places small specimens, no more than
six or eight feet high, were found growing apart

May, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

101

FIGURE 2.—South Shore of Great Slave Lake at Grant Point, Mackenzie, ten miles west of
Talison River

August 20, 1914.

from other trees well out on the sandy or gravelly
beaches of lakes.

In the Wood Buffalo range south of Fort Smith
the species is abundant, and attains a height of
75 or 80 feet and a diameter of nearly two feet.
‘Others of about equal size were noted at Pelican
Portage on the Athabaska. In the vicinity of
Fort Smith the leaves had turned yellow and
trusset brown by September 7.

The trunks of young trees make excellent
ridge-poles for tents.

_ Myrica Gale L. Sweet GALE.—Mouth of
Charlot River, June 28; Hill Island Lake, July
15; Tsu Lake, August 9. This fragrant shrub
was also noted at Tsalwor Lake, Tazin Lake, and
junction of Tazin and Taltson Rivers. It was
generally found by the shores of lakes or streams.

Betula papyrifera Marsh. CANOE BIRCH.—
This is a common tree nearly everywhere in the
territory covered during the season—along the
Saskatchewan at Edmonton, and throughout the
valleys of the Athabaska, Tazin, Taltson, and

Slave Rivers. It grows in a variety of situations,
from rocky hills to low, sandy shores. In the
Tazin Highlands it reaches a fair size (40 feet or
$0) in favourable spots, but remains rather stunted

Photo. by Francis Harper.

in exposed, rocky places. By August 6, in the
vicinity of Tsu Lake, the leaves on some of the
trees were showing a tendency to turn yellow.
By October 9, in the vicinity of Calling River, the
birches had shed their leaves for the most part.

I noticed birch-bark canoes on Lake Athabaska
and on the lower Taltson River. A large propore
tion of the natives, however, were using factory-
made canoes, or even rowboats.

Betula glandulosa Michx. ? DWwaArF BircH.—
Thluicho Lake, July 3; Tazin Lake, July 6. Also
noted at Hill Island Lake and at Tthikethe Gorge
on the Tazin River.

In the muskeg and prairie country immediately
south of Fort Smith I found great quantities of
dwarf birch. Here, on September 7, the leaves
were russet and red. The species was also noted
in the Wood Buffalo range.

Alnus crispa (Ait.) Pursh. GREEN ALDER.—
Grand Rapids, May 24; mouth of Charlot River,
June 28.

Alnus tenuifolia Nutt. RiveER ALDER.—Tazin
Lake, July 6; Taltson River below Napie Falls,
August 2. (Alders, of undetermined species,
were noted at numerous other places.)

Geocaulon lividum (Richards.) Fernald.—Mouth

102

of Charlot River, June 28; Taltson River below
Napie Falls, August 2. This interesting and
distinctive little plant was noted at various
places between Lake Athabaska and Great Slave
Lake, including Tazin Lake, Thainka Lake, Hill
Island Lake, junction of Tazin and Taltson
Rivers, Tsu Lake, mouth of Taltson River,
Mission Island, and Slave River at Grand Detour.
The berries had become orange-red by the end of
July. The species grows on rather dry ground.

Polygonum aviculare L..—In little pools on top
of rocks, mouth of Taltson River, August 16.

Polygonum amphibium L.—Junction of Tazin ©

and Taltson Rivers, July 30. Also noted in
latter river between Naili Falls and Twin Gorges,
and in Slave River at Grand Detour. In bloom,
July 31 and August 3. When growing on the
shore, the leaves are green, but those in the water
are reddish or purplish.

Polygonum Muhlenbergit (Meisn.) Wats.—Atha-
baska River near Cascade Rapid, September 25.

Chenopodium -capitatum (L.) Asch. STRAW-
BERRY BLIGHT.—Taltson River above Oracha
Falls, August 18. Common along the banks of
Slave River below Point Brfilée in August, and
along Athabaska River near Pelican Portage in
October.

Chenopodium album L.—Mouth of Taltson
River, August 16; Slave River near Pointe
Ennuyeuse, August 30.

Sagina nodosa (L.) Fenzl—Mouth of Charlot
River, June 28; Taltson River below Napie Falls,
August 2.

Arenaria verna L. var. propinqua (Richards.)
Fernald.—Tazin Lake, July 6.

Stellaria longipes Goldie var.—On rocks, Talt-
son River above Tsu Lake, August 6. (‘‘This
resembles S. longipes var. leta in colour of the
foliage, but differs from it and S. longipes itself in
having a pale capsule.’’—M. O. Malte.)

Stellaria longifolia Muhl.—Quatre Fourches
marshes, June 17; Slave River at Grand Detour,
September 2.

Nymphozanthus advena (Ait.) Fernald. YEL-
LOW POND-LILY.—In muskeg pond near Athabaska
River, 10 miles below McMurray, May 30. Also
noted in muskeg ponds south of Thluicho Lake
(buds opening, July 2) and near the outlet of
Tazin Lake; and in Hill Island Lake (in bloom,
July 16).

Ranunculus Purshit Richards.—Quatre
Fourches marshes, June 17; in muskeg, Taltson
River below Napie Falls, August 2.

Ranunculus lapponicus L.—In muskeg near
Thluicho Lake, July 2.

Ranunculus reptans L.—Rocky shore, mouth of
Charlot River, June 28; marshy shore, Taltson

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

River above its junction with the Tazin, July 31.

Ranunculus sceleratus L.—Resolution, August.
2PR

Anemone patens L. var. Wolfgangiana (Bess.)
Koch.—Athabaska River at Calling River, May
20 (in bloom); Chipewyan, June 14; Fort Smith,
September 6 (in bloom). Also noted at Thluicho —
Lake, Tazin Lake, junction of Tazin and Taltson
Rivers, Tsu Lake, and Athabaska River near
Middle Rapid. Some plants past bloom as early
as June 10.

Anemone multifida Poir.—Chipewyan, June 18.

Anemone canadensis L.—Athabaska River near
Crooked Rapid, September 26.

Caltha palustris L. Marsh MAricoLp.—In
bloom beside a muskeg pond near Athabaska River,

~ 10 miles below McMurray, May 30.

Delphinium Brownii Rydb. LARKSPUR.—This
beautiful species was common and in bloom in
open places in the Wood Buffalo range south of
Fort Smith, September 9 and 10, and near Salt
River, September 12.

Actza rubra (Ait.) Willd. RED BANEBERRY.—
Mouth of Taltson River, August 16.

Corydalis sempervirens (L.) Pers. PALE CoRy-
DALIS.—Tsalwor Lake, July 5. Apparently the
same species noted at Hill Island Lake, below
Soulier Lake (in brfilées), at Tsu Lake, and at
mouth of Taltson River.

Corydalis aurea Willd. GOLDEN CORYDALIS.—
Chipewyan, June 12; mouth of Charlot River,
June 28.

Sisymbrium brachycarpon Richards.—Resolu-
tion, August 22.

Erysimum cheiranthoides L.—Mouth of Taltson
River, August 16. ;
Barbarea stricta Andrz.—Mouth of Charlot

River, June 28.

Arabis brachycarpa (T. & G.) Britton —Mouth
of Taltson River, August 16.

Saxifraga austromontana Wieg.—Chipewyan,
June 10.

Saxifraga tricuspidata Rottb.—Mouth of Char-
lot River, June 28. Apparently the same species
was noted at various other points between Lake
Athabaska and Great Slave Lake, including Tazin,
Hill Island, Soulier, and Tsu Lakes, and the
mouth of the Taltson River.

Heuchera Richardsonit
Chipewyan, June 10 and 18.

Parnassia palustris L.—Taltson River below
Twin Gorges, August 4. Also noted at lower
points on this river and on an island off its mouth;
on Slave River delta; and at Resolution. Every-
where in bloom (August 4 to 25).

Ribes oxyacanthoides L. NORTHERN GOOSE-
BERRY.—Ripe gooseberries were found at Tthi-

R. Br.—On_ rocks,

i 55

May, 1931]

kethe Gorge on the Tazin River on July 29, and
later at Twin Gorges on the Taltson River and
on islands at the mouth of this stream. The
species grows abundantly in the clearing at
Resolution, and bore ripe fruit in late August.
It was also found in the Wood Buffalo range, and
along the Athabaska near Middle Rapid and at
Grand Rapids.

Ribes hudsonianum Richards. NORTHERN
BLACK CURRANT.—Mouth of Taltson River,
August 16; Athabaska River at Pelican Portage,
October 6. Also noted in the vicinity of Salt
River. Some of the ripe fruit, gathered on
August 16, made a good sauce.

Ribes prostratum L’Her. SKUNK CURRANT.—
Athabaska River, 5 miles below La Biche River,
May 20. Also noted at Hill Island Lake and vicin-
ity (with green fruit, July 14 and 16), and along
Tazin River below Nolan Falls (with ripe fruit,
July 27).

Ribes triste Pall. Swamp RED CURRANT.—
Grand Rapids, May 24.

Amelanchier alnifolia Nutt. NORTHWESTERN
SERVICEBERRY; ‘‘SASKATOON’’.—Grand Rapids,
May 24; McMurray, May 30. Also noted at Hill
Island Lake, Soulier Lake, mouth of Taltson River,

Wood Buffalo range, and various other points. -

On rocky ground at Chipewyan (June 10) and
Tazin Lake (July 6), plants only about a foot high
were in flower. Ripe fruit was first noted on
July 27 (Tazin River at Nettell Falls). In the

- Tazin Highlands most of the plants seemed to be

under two feet, though at Tsu Lake some were
four or five feet high. The berries are edible but
not delectable.

Fragaria cuneifolia Nutt.? WILD STRAWBERRY.
—Grand Rapids, May 24. Strawberries (of un-
determined species) were also noted at the fol-
lowing points: Lake Athabaska near Slate Island;

Tthikethe Gorge, Tazin River (ripe fruit, July

29); Tsu Lake; mouth of Taltson River; Mis-
sion Island; Grand Detour, Slave River; Wood
Buffalo range; and Pelican Portage, Athabaska

- River.

Drymocallis corymbosa Rydb.—On cliff, Taltson
River below Napie Falls, August 3.

Potentilla monspeliensis L.—Mouth of Charlot
River, June 28.

Potentilla palustris (L.) Scop.—Muskeg pond
near Athabaska River, 10 miles below McMurray,

_ May 30; in marsh, Hill Island Lake, July 14.

Also noted in muskeg pond south of Thluicho
Lake, and near Salt River.

Potentilla fruticosa L. SHRUBBY CINQUEFOIL.
—In muskeg, 5 miles south of Fort Smith, Sep-
tember 7. Also noted commonly along a brackish

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

108

tributary of Salt River and in the Wood Buffalo
range.

Potentilla tridentata Ait. THREE-TOOTHED CIN-
QUEFOIL.—Thainka Lake, July 11; Hill Island
Lake, July 15.

Potentilla Anserina L.—Athabaska River near
Mountain Rapid, September 24. Abundant on

. the river banks between this point and Athabaska

Landing.

Potentilla quinquefolia Rydb. ?—Chipewyan,
June 10; Tazin River at Tthikethe Gorge, July
29. (“These specimens seem to represent 3-
foliolate forms of P. quinquefolia.”—M. O. Malte.)

Potentilla glabrella Rydb.—Taltson River below
Tethul River, August 12. ;

Poteniilla multifida L.—Tazin Lake, July 6.

Rubus melanolasius Focke. RED RASPBERRY.
—Thluicho Lake, July 2; Tazin Lake, July 6;
Athabaska River at Pelican Portage, October 6.
The first ripe raspberries of the season were picked
on July 27 along the Tazin River below Nolan
Falls. The luscious fruit was also found at
Tthikethe Gorge, Twin Gorges, Tsu Lake, and
mouth of Taltson River. On August 20 some
Indian women were gathering the berries near the
mouth of Slave River. The species was noted
later near Salt River, and along the Athabaska
from Middle Rapid to Pelican Portage. A few
ripe berries were found still clinging to the vines on
October 4, 5, and 6. This raspberry grows on
dry ground, and thrives on rocks but thinly covered
with soil.

Rubus Chamemorus L. CLOUDBERRY.—On
July 1 and 2 the pretty white flowers of this little
plant were conspicuous among the sphagnum in
muskegs south of Thluicho Lake. On July 16 it
was in fruit at HillIsland Lake. I heard it spoken
of by the appropriate name of “‘muskeg berry’.

Rubus pubescens Raf. DWARF RASPBERRY.—
Woods on bank of Athabaska River, 10 miles
below McMurray, May 30.

Rubus acaulis Michx.—Chipewyan, June 18;
mouth of Charlot River, June 28.

Rosa acicularis Lindl. WiLD ROSE.—Chipe-
wyan, June 16 (first blossoms noted). One of the
commonest and most widely distributed shrubs
of the region. Noted at Edmonton; Athabaska
River at Pelican Portage, Grand Rapids, and
McMurray; Thluicho Lake; Hill Island Lake;
Tazin River at Tthikethe Gorge; Tsu Lake;
mouth of Taltson River; Slave River at Grand
Detour; Smith Portage; Wood Buffalo range
(especially abundant); and various other points.

Prunus pennsylvanica L.f. WILD RED CHERRY.
—Grand Rapids, May 24; McMurray, May 29;
Thluicho Lake, July 2; Athabaska River at
Pelican Portage, October 5. Apparently the

104

same species noted at Tazin Lake (a foot-high
plant in flower, July 6) and Tsu Lake.

Astragalus adsurgens Pall.—Wood Buffalo range
south of Fort Smith, September 10.

Astragalus tenellus Pursh—Salt River, Sep-
tember 8.

Oxytropis Lamberti Pursh—Salt River, Sep-

tember 8.

' _Hedysarum boreale Nutt.—Wood Buffalo range
south of Fort Smith, September 10.

Vicia americana Muhl. . VETcH.—Taltson Riv-
er below Tethul River, August 11.

Vicia americana Muhl. var. truncata (Nutt.)
Brewer. VETCH.—McMurray, September 23.

Lathyrus ochroleucus Hook.—Chipewyan, June
10 and 18; Wood Buffalo range south of Fort
Smith, September 10. Also noted at several
places along the Athabaska from McMurray to
Pelican Portage, and at Edmonton.

Geranium Bicknellii Britton Athabaska River
near Pelican River, October 6.

Callitriche palustris L.—Taltson River at mouth
of Pierrot Creek, August 15.

Empetrum nigrum L. CROWBERRY.—Mouth
of Charlot River, June 28; Tazin Lake, July 8.
Also noted at Hill Island Lake, Soulier Lake (with
dark berries, July 18), and mouth of Taltson
River.

Viola adunca Sm.—Edmonton, May 17.

Elzagnus argentea Pursh. SILVERBERRY.—

Grand Rapids, October 1.

Shepherdia canadensis (L.) Nutt. CANADIAN
BUFFALO-BERRY.—Edmonton, May 17; Thainka
Lake, July 11; Tsu Lake, August 7. Also noted
at Grand Rapids; Tazin River at Tthikethe Gorge
(ripe berries, July 29); lower Taltson River and
at its mouth; Resolution; Slave River at Grand
Detour; Salt River; and Smith Portage.

Epilobium angustifolium L. FIREWEED.—Mouth
of Charlot River, June 28; Tsalwor Lake, July 5;
‘Athabaska River at Pelican Portage, October 6.
Found in practically every locality we passed
through, including Tazin Lake, Thainka Lake,
Hill Island Lake, Soulier Lake, Tsu Lake, mouth
of Taltson River, Resolution, Slave River at Grand
Detour, Smith Portage, Wood Buffalo range,
Athabaska River at Middle Rapid and Grand
Rapids, and Edmonton. Especially noticeable in
places that have been swept by fire. In bloom
as late as August 31 (Slave River).

Epilobium glandulosum Lehm. var. adenocaulon
-(Haussk.) Fernald.—In marsh on island near
mouth of Taltson River, August 19.

Myriophyllum eaalbescens Fernald.—Bay near
mouth of Taltson River, August 18.

Aralia nudicaulis L. WILD SARSAPARILLA.—

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

Grand Rapids, May 24; Chipeywan, June 10 and
18.

Cicuta maculata L. SPOTTED COWBANE.—Tazin
River above Nettell Falls, July 27; marsh near
mouth of Taltson River, August 18.

Sium suave Walt. ? WATER PARSNIP.—Quatre
Fourches marshes, June 17. Also noted in
Taltson River between Naili Falls and Twin
Gorges, August 3 and 4.

Cornus canadensis L. BUNCHBERRY.—Chipe-
wyan, June 10 and18. One of the most abundant
and attractive of the smaller plants of the region.
Noted in many places between Athabaska and
Great Slave Lakes, including Thluicho Lake,
Tazin Lake, Thainka Lake, Hill Island Lake,
Soulier Lake, junction of Tazin and Taltson
Rivers, Smith Portage, and Wood Buffalo range;
also along Athabaska River below McKay, at
Middle Rapid, Grand Rapids, and Pelican Por-
tage. In bloom as late as August 17 (mouth of
Taltson River), but with red berries as early as
August 9 (Tsu Lake).

Cornus stolonifera Michx. var. riparia Rydb.
RED-OSIER DoGwoop.—Edmonton, May 17;
mouth of Taltson River, August 16; Slave River
delta, August 26. Also noted in many places
along the Athabaska River (including Pelican
Portage, House River, Grand Rapids, Middle
Rapid, McMurray, and below McKay); also
common along Slave River. Here and there it
forms a considerable proportion of the under-

_ growth along the banks of these rivers, but it is ©

less common on higher land. At Grand Rapids
it reaches a height of 8 or 10 feet. In bloom as
late as September 3 (Slave River).

Pyrola secunda L.—Tazin River near Nettell
Falls, July 27; Grand Rapids, October 1.

Pyrola grandiflora Rad—In woods, mouth of
Charlot River, June 28; Thluicho Lake, July 3.

Ledum grenlandicum Oeder. LABRADOR TEA.
—Calling River, May 20; Chipewyan, June 20
(first noted in bloom); mouth of Charlot River,
June 28. Also noted along Athabaska River at
Middle Rapid and below McKay; in many places
along our route northward from Lake Athabaska,
including Tazin Lake, Thainka Lake, Hill Island
Lake (past bloom, July 17), Soulier Lake, Twin
Gorges, and mouth of Taltson River; Resolution;
and Wood Buffalo range. In early July great

beds of the white flowers make a showy spectacle.

Found in practically all muskegs, and sometimes
on drier ground.

Ledum palustre L. NARROW-LEAVED LABRADOR
TEA—In muskeg (with L. grenlandicum), Hill
Island Lake, July 16; Soulier Lake, July 22.
Occurs chiefly in the Hudsonian Zone and north-
ward.

Thainka Lake, July 11;
_ mouth of Taltson River,

May, 1931]

Andromeda Polifolia L.—In muskeg, Thainka
Lake, July 11.

Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. BEAR-
BERRY.—Calling River, May 20; Chipewyan,
June 10. This little evergreen occurs nearly
everywhere in the region. Noted commonly
along Athabaska River; at many places along
our route northward from Lake Athabaska, in-
eluding Tazin Lake, Thainka Lake, Soulier Lake,
junction of Tazin and Taltson Rivers, and mouth
of Taltson River; at Resolution and Smith
Portage. On May 30 the plants bore lovely little
white flowers, with pink tips, and also fruit of the
previous year. Green berries were noted from
July 17 (Hill Island Lake) to August 9 (Tsu Lake).
Red berries were found on September 10 (Wood
Buffalo range).

The species flourishes particularly in rather
open places on sandy soil. It is nearly aiways
associated with jack pine
on sandy ridges, where
it forms a dense green
earpet of very inviting
appearance. The berries
seem to be a favourite
food of the Black Bear.

Arctostaphylos alpina
(L.) Spreng. ALPINE
BEARBERRY. — Common
in muskegs near Thluicho
Lake, July 2. Also
noted at Resolution, and
from Fort Smith south-
ward into the Wood Buf-
falo range (leaves turned
a very deep red, Sep-

tember 7).
Vaccinium canadense
Kalm. CANADA BLUE-

BERRY.— Tazin

July 6.
Vaccinium uliginosum

L. Bog BILBERRY.—

Lake,

August 16.

Vaccinium Vitis-Idxa
L. var. minus Lodd.
MOUNTAIN CRANBERRY.
—Mouth of Charlot
River, June 28. Fre-
quently noted in other
places between Lake
Athabaska and Great
Slave Lake, including
Tazin Lake, Hill Island

Lake, Soulier Lake (both May $1, 191}.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

105

green and red berries, July 22), junction of Tazin
and Taltson Rivers, Taltson River below Tethul
River, Resolution, and Wood Buffalo range;
also Athabaska River at Middle Rapid. Fre-
quently found in association with Arctostaphylos
Uva-ursi, but perhaps less abundant.

Primula mistassinica Michx.—Mouth of Charlot
River, June.

Androsace sepientrionalis L.—Chipewyan, June
18.

Glaux maritima L.—Salt lick, Wood Buffalo
range, September 9; along a brackish tributary of
Salt River, September 12.

Apocynum androsemifolium L. SPREADING Doc-
BANE.—Shore of Hill Island Lake, July 15. Ap-
parently the same species noted at Soulier Lake
and at Tthikethe Gorge, Tazin River.

Collomia linearis Nutt—Lower Taltson River,
August 12.

FIGURE3—A muskeg on the east side of Athabaska River about ten miles
below McKay, Alberta.

Showing Black Spruce, Labrador Tea, and
Sphagnum
Photo. by Francis Harper

106

Phacelia Franklinii (R. Br.) Gray.—Chipewyan,
June 18; Tsu Lake, August 9.

Mertensia paniculata (Ait.) G. Don.—Slave
River at Grand Detour, September 2; McMurray,
September 20.

Stachys palustris L.—Tsu Lake, August 6.

Mentha glabrior (Hook.) Rydb.—Hill Island
Lake, July 16; Tazin River above Soulier Lake,
July 18. Apparently the same species noted at
Tsu Lake.

Veronica scutellata L. MARSH SPEEDWELL.—
Near Salt River, September 8.

Castilleja pallida (L.) Spreng—Mouth of
Charlot River, June 28; Taltson River below
Twin Gorges, August 4. Although the plant of
this region goes currently under the name given
above, Dr. F. W. Pennell, the specialist on Seroe
phulariacez, informs me that it does not represent
the true pallida of eastern Asia.

Rhinanthus oblongifolius Fernald—Mouth of
Taltson River, August 16.

Utricularia intermedia Hayne.—Muskeg pond
near Athabaska River, 10 miles below McMurray,
May 30.

Plantago eriopoda Torr.—Salt River, south of
Fort Smith, September 8.

Galium boreale LL. NORTHERN BEDSTRAW.—
Taltson River at Twin Gorges, August 4, and
below Tethul River, August 11; Slave River at
Grand Detour, September 2; Athabaska River
below McKay, September 20, and at Pelican Pore
tage, October 6.

Galium triflorum Michx. SWEET-SCENTED
BEDSTRAW.—Athabaska River at Middle Rapid,
September 27.

Lonicera glaucescens Rydb.—Calling River, May
20; Chipewyan, June 18; Wood Buffalo range,
near Black Duck Lake, September 9.

Symphoricarpos albus (L.) Blake var. pauci-
florus (Robbins) Blake. SNOWBERRY—Mc-
Murray, September 23; Athabaska River at
Middle Rapid, September 27.

Symphoricarpos occidentalis Hook. WOLFBER-
RY.—Salt River, September 8; McMurray, Sep-
tember 23.

Linnza borealis L. var. americana (Forbes)
Rehder. TWINFLOWER.—Athabaska River be-
low McKay, September 20; Grand Rapids,
October 1. Also noted at Middle Rapid and
Pelican Portage, Athabaska River.

Viburnum pauciflorum Raf. FEW-FLOWERED
VIBURNUM.—Grand Rapids, May 24; Chipewyan,
June 10; Tazin Lake, July 8. Also noted at many
other points, including Tazin River above Hill
Island Lake (with green berries, July 14), Soulier
Lake, Tsu Lake (with red berries, August 9),

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

mouth of Taltson River, Mission Island, Slave
River at Grand Detour, and Smith Portage.

Adoxa Moschatellina L.—Athabaska River, 5
or 6 miles below La Biche River, May 20.

Campanula rotundifolia L. HAREBELL.—Thlu-
icho Lake, July 3 Gin bloom). Also noted at
various other places, including Hill Island Lake,
Soulier Lake, junction of Tazin and Taltson Rivers,
Tsu Lake, Mission Island, Wood Buffalo range,
Smith Portage, and Athabaska River at Middle
Rapid. In bloom at practically every point
where observed, up to September 27. One of
the loveliest of all the flowers of the region.

Aster Richardsonii Spreng.—Grand Rapids,
October 1.

Aster Lindleyanus T. & G.—Taltson River
below Tsu Lake, August 10, and below Tethul
River, August 11.

Aster salicifolius Ait——Tributary of Salt River,
September 12; Athabaska River near Cascade
Rapid, September 25, below Pointe La Biche,
September 30, and below Pelican Rapid, October 4.

Erigeron purpureus Ait—Athabaska River
below Pelican Rapid, October 4.

Achillea lanulosa Nutt.—Chipewyan, June 10
and 18; mouth of Charlot River, June 28; Taltson
River below Tethul River, August 11.

Achillea multiflora Hook.—Tsu Lake, August
9; Athabaska River near Brfilé Rapid, September
29.

Artemisia canadensis Michx.—Tazin River at
Tthikethe Gorge, July 29; junction of Tazin and ~
Taltson Rivers, July 30; Taltson River below
Napie Falls, August 2; Athabaska River at Middle
Rapid, September 27.

Artemisia vulgaris L. var. Tilesii Ledeb.—
Athabaska River near Cascade Rapid, Septem-
ber 25.

Artemisia frigida Willd.—Edmonton, May. 17;
Chipewyan, June 10; Salt River, September 8.

Petasites palmatus (Ait.) Gray.—In muskeg,
Soulier Lake, July 20. Apparently the same
species noted along Taltson River near Twin
Gorges; at Fort Smith; in the Wood Buffalo
range; and along the Athabaska River at Middle
Rapid and Pelican Portage.

Petasites sagittatus (Pursh) Gray.—In muskeg,
Taltson River below Napie Falls, August 2.

Taraxacum ceratophorum (Ledeb.) DC. DAN-
DELION.—Chipewyan, June 16; Tazin Lake, July
6 (in seed here, July 8).

Hieracium umbellatum L.—Junetion of Tazin
and Taltson Rivers, July 31. Also noted at Tsu
Lake, mouth of Taltson River, and Athabaska
River near Cascade Rapid. In bloom, July 31
to September 25.

May, 1931]

LITERATURE CITED

CAMSELL, CHARLES. 1916. An exploration of the Tazin
and Taltson Rivers, North West Territories. Memoir 84,
Geol. Sury. Canada, pp.. iii--124, 18 pl., map.

HARPER, FRANCIS. 1931. Physiographic and faunal areas

in the Athabaska and Great Slave Lakes region. Ecology,
vol. 12, 1931, pp. 18-32, 5 fig.
Macoun, J. M., and M. O. Matte. 1917. The flora of
ae aae Mus. Bull. No. 26, Geol. Surv. Canada, pp. 1-14,
pl.
PREBLE, EH. A. 1908. A biological investigation of the

Athabaska-Mackenzie region. N. A. Fauna No. 27, Bureau
of Biol. Surv., U.S. Dept. Agric., pp. 1-574, 25 pl., 16 fig.

Raup, H. M. 1928. The vegetation of the Fort Reliance
sand plains. A survey of the vegetation of Shelter Point,
aa iabasca Lake. Univ. of Pittsburgh Bull. XXV, pp. 75-

“1930a. The vegetation of the Fort Reliance sand-plain.
Annals Carnegie Mus., vol. 20, pp. 9-38, 6 pl., 2 fig.

19308. The distribution and affinities of the vegetation
of the Athabasca-Great Slave Lake region. Rhodora, vol.
32, October, 1930, pp. 187-208, 37 fig.

Raup, Lucy C. 1928. A list of the lichens of the Atha-
basca Lake region of northwestern Canada. Bryologist, vol.
31, pp. 83-85, 100-104.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

107

SeToN, E. T. 1911. The arctic prairies. New York:

pp. xvi+415, illus.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Fig. 1.—Junction of the Tazin and Taltson Rivers, Mac-
kenzie, from the north. The rocky, sparsely timbered hills
in the distance are very characteristic of the Tazin Highlands.
The larger and heavier growth on a level area in the foreground
includes jack pine (Pinus Banksiana), white spruce (Picea
canadensis), black spruce (Picea mariana), eanoe birch (Betula
Papyriiere) and aspen poplar (Populus tremuloides). July
31, 1914.

Fig. 2.—South shore of Great Slave Lake at:Grant Point,
Mackenzie, ten miles west of Taltson River. The trees on
this rocky point are white spruce (Picea canadensis). August
20, 1914.

Fig. 3—A muskeg on the east side of Athabaska River
about ten miles below McKay, Alberta, with characteristic
vegetation of black spruce (Picea mariana), Labrador tea
(Ledum grenlandicum), and sphagnum (Sphagnum sp.).
May 31, 1914. :

(Photographs reproduced by courtesy of the Geological Survey
of Canada.)

MATING AND OVIPOSITION IN PANDALUS DANAE?
By ALFREDA BERKELEY NEEDLER

N THE British Columbian coast there are
five species of shrimps that commonly
occur in the markets. Four of these
species belong to the genus Pandalus
and one to the closely related genus Pandalopsis.
Of the five, Pandalus dane is the most important
species near Vancouver and so was given most
attention in the study of the life history of these
forms. The following account deals with some
observations made during the autumn of 1929 on
one phase of the life history of Pandalus dane,
namely the mating and oviposition. The inves-
tigation was carried out at the Pacific Biological
Station, Nanaimo, and thanks are due to the
Biological Board of Canada for providing facilities
for the work.

The accounts hitherto given of the mating and
egg-laying habits of Decapods have been rather
scanty. These habits have been: described in
some detail for various crayfish, for the American
lobster, for the crabs Carcinus moenas and Cancer
pagurus, and for the prawn Atyephira compressa.

For this last species Ishikava (1885)? gives a
short but good account of the process of oviposi-
tion, which appears to be similar to that of Pan-
dalus dane, but he does not mention the mating
habits.

In order to study the mating habits of Pandalus
danz, a number of specimens were placed in
aquarial tanks early in October. At this time
the males have the organs of copulation on the
first pleopods and the appendices masculine on

ah ft | ul
ry

1 This work was carried out with the aid of a scholarship
from the National Research Council.

2 ISHIKAVA, C.—On the development of a freshwater crus-
tacean Atyephira compressa, de Haan. Quart. J. Micr. Sci.
2, Ser. 25, 1885.

the second much enlarged and covered with heavy
spines. This has been called the ‘‘active’ male
condition, and is a sign that the vasa deferentia
are packed with ripe sperms. In the females the
ovaries are filled with blue-green eggs and are
very conspicuous through the clear integument.

About fifteen members of each sex were taken
and at first the sexes were kept in separate tanks.
When desired (usually after a female had moulted)
a few males were placed in the tank with the
females. In this way it was possible more con-
veniently to watch the entire process. Later,
however, all the shrimps were kept together in
one tank and their uncontrolled, presumably
natural, actions were observed.

The process of mating and oviposition is always
preceded by a moult on the part of the female.
At this moult the pleopods develop the long
numerous setae charactersitic of ovigerous fe-
males. Sexually active males display no interest
in hard-shelled females and practically none in
soft-shelled ones that have not undergone this
final moult before oviposition. On one occasion
a female moulted in the tank but was not ready
for egg deposition. For some hours afterwards the
males showed more interest in this female than
in her hard-shelled comrades, but made no attempt
to mate. Thus it seems probable that some sub-
stance is secreted by all females (perhaps all
shrimps) that have recently moulted, but that this
is much stronger in those that are ready to mate.

If a sexually active male be placed in a tank
where there is a female recently moulted ready
for the ovigerous condition, his first reactions
are similar to those shown in the presence of food.
There is, to begin with, only a vague uneasiness,

108

but in a little while the male begins to feel about
in the water with the antenne, the third maxilli-
peds and the first pereiopods. He then advances,
obviously feeling rather than seeing his way,
towards the female and usually travels the last
few inches very quickly. Having reached the
female the male attempts to run up on her back.
Frequently he is immediately shaken off by the
female which is almost always larger than the
male, but, if successful, he swings himself under
her so that the anterior part of his abdomen is
under the posterior part of her thorax. Some-
times the female rolls over and the two shrimps
lie side by side. As a rule this mating process
takes only from fifteen seconds to one minute,
but on one occasion it lasted for fifteen minutes.
After mating the female will be found to have a
loose mass of sperms tucked in between the
bases of the last two pairs of pereiopods. A male
examined just after mating will be found to have
the organs of copulation on the first pair of pleo-
pods hooked together by their cincinnuli, and the
appendices masculine of the second pleopods
lying in between. It is easy to see how these two
pairs of appendices with their long spines serve
very effectively to guide the sperms from the
vasa deferentia to the thorax of the female.

As a rule the female moults at night, and, as
far as could be ascertained, the eggs are usually
laid about thirty-six hours after this moult.
Evidently mating can take place any time within
this thirty-six hours. One female moulted at 1.45
p.m. and was continuously watched from 9.00 the
next morning until she laid her eggs. According
to observations of other females it is believed
that her actions were fairly typical, so that they
will be described in some detail. The whole of
the day after moulting this shrimp was very quiet,
ate nothing, and only moved at intervals to clean
herself. This cleaning was mainly devoted to
the abdomen and pleopods, and was often accom-
panied by one or two circular movements of the
last pair of pereiopods similar to those mayle in
oviposition. About 11.00 p.m. she assumed a
vertical position clinging to one of the corners of
the tank, and cleaned her pleopods more and more
frequently. At 1.45 am. she suddenly descended
to the floor of the tank and began the process of
oviposition. The third pereiopods were almost
straight, so that the shrimp was perched on these
pereiopods, and the tip of the telson. Meantime
the fourth and fifth periopods were bent with their

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

tips held under the mid-line of the body. Through-
out oviposition the fifth pereiopods were in
constant motion and the fourth also moved from
time to time. This motion was very reminiscent
of a man elbowing his way through a crowd and,
presumably, is designed to help the eggs in their
passage down the oviducts. The pleopods were
also seen to move gently but continuously. After
leaving the oviducts the eggs passed in a steady
stream between the thoracic appendages to the
abdomen, and were deposited on the anterior
pleopods first. The whole process of oviposition
occupied about half an hour, but it was almost
another half hour before the female resumed an
ordinary position and began to walk about the
bottom of the tank.

It is believed that in the main the above would
be the procedure followed in a state of nature,
but obviously something was not quite right in
the artificial environment. This was shown by
the fact that none of the females succeeded in
fixing the eggs to the pleopods, and they were
always shaken off within an hour or. two of laying.
Ordinarily the eggs after deposition are surround-
ed by a clear membrane, threads of which attach
them to each other and to the pleopods. Now
this membrane of egg cement was not present
round any of the eggs laid in captivity, and it is
probable that some unfavourable condition pre-
vented the action of the glands which usually
secrete it. Just where these glands are situated
and how they act is still a matter of conjecture.

In going from the oviducts at the base of the
third pereiopods to the abdomen the eggs would _
pass over the aforementioned mass of sperms
tucked in. between the bases of the fourth and
fifth pereiopods. Now each of these sperms is
shaped something like a tin-tack with a three-
rayed head, each ray ending in a soft mass of
protoplasm, while the rest of the sperm is quite
rigid. The sperms with their sharp points are
easily collected by the eggs as the latter pass

over them and the points tend to penetrate into

the eggs. A number of eggs were examined after
being laid and in many cases a sperm could be seen
stuck into the egg. In most of these the contents
of the sperm appeared to have passed into the
egg leaving the somewhat collapsed “shell” on the
outside. Owing to the large quantity of yolk
material and consequent opacity of the egg, it
was impossible to see more of the process of fer-
tilization without sectioning the eggs.

May, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

109

_AMPHIBIA, REPTILIA AND MAMMALIA OF THE TEMAGAMI DISTRICT,
; ONTARIO
By A. F. COVENTRY

HE NOTES that follow deal with the
Amphibia, Reptilia and Mammalia found
in the neighbourhood of Lake Temagami.

They are compiled from the results of

several summers’ observation and two summers’
collecting, and it is probable that they give a
fairly complete picture of the forms inhabiting
the area under consideration; it is, however, not
unlikely that further work will add a number of
species to the list.

The area from which the data are drawn is
practically continuously covered with untouched
forest of the white pine belt, with here and there
stretches of white birch and poplar, and in places
yellow birch; there are some pure stands of red
pine. Their area lies in the southern part of the
Canadian Zone, but Alleghanian elements, such
as elm and red oak, occur with some frequency.
This feature has been noted by Soper.!

Lakes and ponds of all sizes are numerous, but
there are few permanent streams of any consider-
able size. The shores of the lakes are for the
most part stony, and here and there sheer faces
of rock rise some two hundred feet from a talus
at the water’s edge; locally there are sandy
beaches, and the more sheltered bays are often
muddy and reedy. The smaller ponds merge
gradually into the bogs. A very usual type is a
shallow sheet of water, held up by a beaver dam
or otherwise, the bottom of which is deep, soft
mud, and which is more or less completely sur-
rounded by quaking bog. This condition leads
naturally to marshes in which there is no perma-
nent open water, or at most a meandering stream,
and which are composed of a typical Sphagnum-

_ Kalmia association. There are also numerous
alder swamps, sometimes almost free from large

_ timber, elsewhere heavily shaded.

It will be seen then that within the general

- uniformity of the area there is sufficient variety of

_ detail to provide habitats for a considerable
- number of species such as may properly be ex-

pected in these environments.

AMPHIBIA
CAUDATA

Triturus ‘viridescens viridescens (Rafinesque)
Newt.—One red land form taken in a pit on
_ Island 315 in 1927; cannot be common.

Records marked by an asterisk (*) are supported by speci-
Mens in the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology. All mea-

_ surements are given in millimetres; L signifies total length,
T length of tail vertebrae, H.F. length of hind foot.

*Ambystoma maculatum (Shaw). SPOTTED
SALAMANDER.—I have often found spawn at the
heads of swampy bays that seems certainly to
belong to this species, but I have not found the
metamorphosed animal.

*Ambystoma jeffersonianum (Green). JEFFER-
SON’S SALAMANDER.—Abundant on Island 758,
which is about thirty acres in extent and sandy
rather than rocky. Most specimens from this
source are under five inches in length and all are
more extensively marked with blue than specimens
from southern Ontario.

*Plethodon cinereus (Green). RED-BACKED SA-
LAMANDER.—Common and variable in colour.

SALIENTIA

“Bufo americanus Holbrook. CoMMON TOAD.
—Very abundant. The markings are generally
more brilliant than those of southern Ontario
specimens, often with well-developed red coloura-
tion. The head frequently has a shape that
strongly suggests Bufo fowleri Garman. The
adults leave the water after spawning about the
middle of June, and may occasionally be heard
singing as late as the end of August.

Hyla crucifer Wied. SPRING PREPER.—TIs heard
singing during June in most quiet bays after
sundown, and again sporadically in September.

*Rana septentrionalis Baird. MINK Froc.—
Apparently not common; identified specimens
have been found in only two sites. One specimen
was caught in a mousetrap about eight feet from
the water’s edge.

*Rana catesbiana Shaw. BULLFROG.—Local in
ponds with swampy margins.

*Rana clamitans Latreille. GREEN FRoG.—
One of the commonest frogs about ponds, marshes
and streams; in colour olive or brown rather than
bright green.

*Rana pipiens Schreber. LEOPARD FRoG.—
Abundant in marshes; always small and generally
of a bright, almost metallic, green with bright
yellow lateral ridges.

*Rana cantabrigensis Baird. NORTHERN WooD
Froc.—Not uncommon in the bush during the
summer. The adults have left the water after
spawning by the first week in June.

REPTILIA
SERPENTES

Diadophis punctatus (Linnaeus). RING-NECKED
SNAKE.—One specimen seen so far, in 1928.

110

Liopeltis vernalis (Harlan). GREEN SNAKE.—
One specimen seen so far, in 1929.

*Thamnophis sirtalis sirtalis (Linnaeus). GAR-
TER SNAKE.—Not at all uncommon; of the usual
type, sometimes with red markings. It appears
to vary widely in abundance from year to year.

*Storeria occipito-maculata (Storer). RED-BEL-
LIED SNAKE.—One specimen, caught in 1930.

TESTUDINATA

_ *Chrysemys marginata marginata (Agassiz).
PAINTED TURTLE.—Occurs here and there in
suitable localities.

Chelydra_ serpentina (Linnaeus). SNAPPING
TURTLE.—Reported from various points in the
area.

MAMMALIA
INSECTIVORA

*Condylura cristata (Linnaeus). STAR-NOSED
MoLE.—Only one specimen, found dead in a
creek leaving a typical Kalmia-swamp to flow
into the main lake. A specimen of this species
is in the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology from
Kirkland Lake, some ninety miles further north.

*Sorex cinereus cinereus Kerr. CINEREOUS
SHREW.—Abundant. Average measurements of

sixteen specimens collected in 1929 are: L., 91.55,

T., 38.8; H.F., 11.4, figures notably smaller than
those given by Anthony?. Averages for seven-
teen specimens taken in 1930 are: L., 100.5;
T., 41.5; H.F., 12.3; these correspond very closely
with Anthony’s? figures. The figures for the two
seasons combined are: L., 96; T., 40.1; H.F.,
11.8. The largest specimen taken in 1929 had a
total length of 99.5; in 19380, 112. These shrews
were much more abundant in 1929 and formed a
constant element in catches, both in damp and
dry localities; in 1930 they were less abundant
and were almost limited to the damper places. It
is possible that the marked differences in size are
connected with this.

*Sorex palustris albibarbis (Cope). WATER
SHREW.—Taken at only one site, by the torrent
draining Gull Lake near where it flows into Lake
Temagami. Apparently not common. or else
hard to trap, since only two specimens were ob-
tained by intensive trapping along the rocky,
overgrown slope that constitutes the side of the

valley close above the stream’s edge. L., 148;
J Weep Us lel pel):
*Blarina brevicauda brevicaudal (Say). LARGE

SHORT-TAILED SHREW.—Generaly distributed.
The average measurements of ten specimens are:
L., 115.4; T., 22; H.F., 14.9; smaller in all
respects than typical figures.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

CHEIROPTERA

Myotis keeniti septentrionalis (Trouessart).
LITTLE BROWN BAT.—Taken once and identified.
by Dymond.

CARNIVORA

Ursus americanus americanus (Pallas). BLACK
BEAR.— Rarely seen in smmer, but not uncommon.

Marites americana americana (Turton). MArR-
TEN.—Not common, and, according to trappers,
of poor, pale colour. —

Martes pennanti pennanti (Erxleben).
—Not common.

Mustela cicognani cicognant Bonaparte.
PARTE WEASEI..—Seen occasionally.

Mustela vison vison Schreber. MINK.—Not
rare. Sometimes, especially over food, this
species will allow a very close approach. I have
seen one dragging a lake trout of about three and
a half pounds (taken from the fish-box at the
water’s edge) towards its den below a cedar root
refuse to abandon its booty in spite of the approach
of three men, one of whom tried to retain the fish
by holding it against the ground with a canoe
paddle.

Lutra canadensis canadensis (Schreber). OTTER.
—Rare. I have seen slides on the Sturgeon River

Mephitis mephitis mephitis (Schreber). SKUNK.
—Widely distributed but not common.

Vulpes fulvua (Desmarest). RED Fox.—Not
common. .

Canis lycaon Schreber. TIMBER WOLF.—Not
rare, especially farther away from Lake Tema-
gami.

Lynx canadensis canadensis Kerr. LYNxX.—
Rare, but seen occasionally, even close to Lake
Temagami.

FISHER.

BONA-=

RODENTIA

Marmota monax canadensis (Erxleben). WoopD-
CHUCK.—Reported from New Liskeard and may
occur near Temagami.

*Tamias striatus lysteri (Richardson). HASTERN

CHIPMUNK.—Not general; occurs in widely
separated colonies throughout the area. Aver-
age measurements of three specimens: L., 239;
T., 95; H.F., 38. The only other record of this
form so far north appears to be that of Soper!,
who reports it from Hound Chutes on the Mon-
treal River below Latchford; this is some ten
miles farther north than Sandy Inlet, Lake Tema-
gami, whence my specimens come.
_ Eutamias minimus borealis (Allen). WESTERN
CHIPMUNK.—Seen on the road between North
Bay and Temagami, and on the shore of the
North Arm of the lake, but unfortunately not
collected. Soper! reports it very scarce in the
Reserve, and my observations confirm this.

May, 1931]

*Sciurus hudsonicus gymnicus Bangs. RED
SQUIRREL.—Very common throughout the area.
For the greater part of the summer each animal
appears to dominate a definite region of bush to
the exclusion of other individuals. Average mea-
surements of eight specimens: L., 293; T., 113;
H.F., 44.7.

*Glaucomys sabrinus sabrinus (Shaw). NorR-
THERN FLYING SQUIRREL.—Apparently not un-
common; it has been observed a number of times
on Islands 315 and 578, where it has been known
to enter cabins in search of food. Settlers report

seeing this form often in winter when felling trees:

for firewood. The average measurements of two
specimens are: L., 272; T., 117; H.F., 34.

Castor canadensis canadensis Kuhl. BEAVER.
—Nearly extinct in this area, in spite of attempts
to re-establish itself. It is trapped out as soon as
it reappears.

*Peromyscus maniculatus gracilis ((LeConte).
LECONTE WHITE-FOOTED Mouse.—The com-
monest mouse, caught everywhere in both the
brown and grey phases. The material collected
is very considerably smaller than the typical
measurements given by Osgood‘, and shows
leanings towards P. m. maniculatus (Wagner).
It may be noted that for five grey-phase females
the average measurements are: L., 165; T., 83;
i.e. the tail slightly exceeds the body in length.
The average measurements for twenty specimens
Sterile ly coos; “bL.B, 19.7. Lt is) of in-=
terest that four grey-phase females were pregnant,
though this colour is the “immature” of Anthony?,
the ‘‘adolescent”’ of Osgood.. It is perhaps worth
remarking that the average measurements over
the two summers for eighteen males and twenty-
two females show the males to be smaller than the
females; females: L., 172.4; T., 84.2; H.F.,
19.6; males: L., 164.1; T. 80.38; H.F., 19.8.

*Clethrionomys gapperi gapperi (Vigors). RED-
BACKED VOLE.—Seems to be generally distributed,
but is more abundant in some spots than in others,
notably on Island 578, some thirty acres in extent
sandy and partly cleared, where it is the dominant
mouse. The average of twenty-one specimens is:
L., 133.1; T., 35.9; H.F., 18.4., 7.e. small com-
pared with Bailey’s® figures. My figures show a
considerable difference in size between the sexes;
the average of eight males is: L., 127.6; T., 34.9;
H.F., 18.4; of thirteen females: L., 138.5; T.,
37; H.F., 18.4. This form breeds at least well
_ on into September.

*Microtus pennsylvanicus fontigenus (Bangs).
_ Forest MEADOW MousEe.—This species was col-
lected by Soper! at one point, and he reports
_ signs of it elsewhere. It is represented in my

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

111

collection by one immature specimen taken in
1929.

Microtus chrotorrhinus chrotorrhinus (Miller).
YELLOW-CHEEKED VOLE.—Not abundant but
apparently well distributed. The first specimens
were taken at the same site as the Water Shrew,
others later at points up to eight or ten miles
away and across the main lake. In all seven
were collected, four immature. The colouring
of the Temagami specimens is typical; their
measurements, compared with those given by
Bailey®, are small: L., 147.7; T., 42.7; H.F.,
19.7. The skull characters, especially those of
m2, are decisive, making this the third record for
Ontario. Saunders? and Snyder’ have reported
the two earlier finds.

*Zapus hudsonius hudsonius (Zimmerman).
MEADOW JUMPING MousE.—Not common, but
taken in two widely separated spots. The aver-
age measurements of the two animals caught
(both females) are: L., 205.5; T., 124.7; H.F.,
31, i.e. considerably less than Preble’s? measure-
ments. Soper! reports Z. hudsonius from a point
a few miles north and west of Lake Temagami.

*Napxozapus insignis insignis (Miller). Woop-
LAND JUMPING MousE.—Not common, but taken
in three localities about the south end of the lake.
The average of the measurements of five specimens
isse Lis Zoous “hey LAG os ew oes lees SInail
compared with Preble’s? figures for this sub-species,
except for the hind-foot. The skull characters
indicate perhaps a slight leaning towards N. 7.
abietorum; the colours of the Temagami speci-
mens are, however, much duller than those of
N. 1. abietorum from the Lake Nipigon region,
now in the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology.
Soper! reports N. insignis from two points north
and west of Lake Temagami, with measurements
smaller than mine; it is presumably this form.

*Ondatra zibethica zibethica (Linnaeus). MusK-
RAT.—Common; more often burrows than builds
houses. Measurements: L., 618; T., 270;
ES ao

Erithizon dorsatum dorsatum (Linnaeus). Por-
CUPINE.—Not common; it is unusual to see more
than one or two specimens in a summer.

Lepus americanus americanus Erxleben. VARY-
ING HARE.—Not uncommon in some years;
appeared to be on the increase in 1930.

ARTIODACTYLA

Odocoileus virgineanus borealis (Miller). WHITE-
TAILED DEER.—Quite common and often seen.

Alces americana americana (Clinton). MOoossE.
—Common, though rarely seen near the main
lake by summer visitors except in the fly season.

112
- Rangifer caribou caribou (Gmelin). CARIBOU.
—Does not now occur in this area. In 1901

‘Parsons! reported “‘the forests abound in game
of all kinds, chief among them being the moose,
bear, red deer, and caribou’, and again ““The
country lying south and east of Smoothwater L.
and northwest of Wakima L. and river seemed to
be the best suited to these cautious animals, as
it is rough and hilly country’. Comparison of
this report with those of natives of the Temagami
district makes it probable that the Caribou was
beginning to desert this region at the time the
report was written.

DISCUSSION

A consideration of the data will suggest that
while the area is in general well-stocked with
forms of the Canadian Zone, the Alleghanian
element noticeable in the vegetation is to be found
also in the fauna. In this connection it is to be
noted that the area is rather less than one hundred
miles south of the watershed where this crosses
the same meridian of longitude.

_ The Urodela found in Temagami are absent
from Abitibil!; they seem unable to pass the
height of land. Triturus and perhaps also
Ambystoma maculatum seem to be near the
limits of their range in Temagami. Of the Anura
only Bufo americanus and Rana pipiens are
reported from Abitibi!!, a notable falling off. The
absence of Pseudacris triseriatus is noteworthy
since it is reported as ranging north to Hudson’s
Bay (Dickerson)!2; it may have been overlooked.

Of the Reptilia collected in the Temagami
region only Thamnophis sirtalis is known to occur
at Abitibi!l, and the other species of snakes from
Temagami are so scarce as to suggest that they
are near the limit of their range. This is probably
also true of Chrysemys marginata, since its dis-
tribution is very scattered.

The small mammals are with few exceptions
smaller than the average typical dimensions, and
since all measurements were made in the flesh
this difference may have some significance,
though possibly not the same for all forms.

The records of Bats are undoubtedly incomplete
owing to the difficulties of collecting.

Among the Rodents Microtus chr. chrotorrhinus
is at the altitude of Temagami a northern form.
Glaucomys s. sabrinus is also northern. It is
possible that the Temagami material shows a
tendency towards Glaucomys s. macrotis (Mearns),
but since none of the specimens are fully grown
this cannot be certainly decided without further
collecting. Napzxozapus i. insignis is a form of
the Canadian Zone, but here appears to be some-
what under the Hudsonian influence, if the slight

‘THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

similarities to Napxozapus 1. atietorum are sig-
nificant.

Tamias striatus lystert is with reference to the
Temagami region a southern form which must
here be near the northern limit of its range.
Peromyscus m. gracilis is southern, but shows the
northern influence in its approach to Peromyscus
m. maniculatus.

If we may strike a tentative balance of the data

presented above, we may say that a southerly -

aspect is given by the following items: the rela-
tive abundance of Amphibians and Reptiles,
Tamias s. lysteri, Myotis k. septentrionalis, Pero-
myscus m. gracilis; a northerly by Rana septen-
trionalis, Microtus p. fontigenus and M. chr.
chrotorrhinus, Sorex p. albibarbis, as well as the
red colouring of snakes and toads 1! 8, and the
sombre colour of Rana clamitans!.

The conclusion seems justified that we are
dealing with a forested area, about one thousand
feet. above sea-level and some two hundred miles
north of the northern limit of the Alleghanian
Zone, in which, however, the Alleghanian strongly
invades the Canadian; the area is in fact an

excellent example of the overlapping that must ~

always occur near the necessarily vaguely de-
fined boundary between two life-zones.

It is perhaps worth recalling Parson’s!0 remark
that “the fur-bearing animals of this territory
are without a doubt but a remnant of the number
which at one time inhabited these districts. .. .
The most numerous of the fur-bearing animals
are: the bear, marten, mink, fox and muskrat.
The beaver, otter, fisher and wolf are very scarce”’.
This condition has, if anything, been emphasized
during the thirty years since he wrote.

In conclusion I wish to express my thanks to
Dr. R. M. Anderson, of the National Museum of
Canada, to whose kindness I owe definitive iden-
tifications of Tamias, Sciurus, Glaucomys and

Peromyscus, and to the Staff of the Royal Ontario —

Museum of Zoology, both for personal help and
for permission to use the Museum’s collections
for comparative work.

LITERATURE CITED

1. Sopmr, J. D. 1922-3. A biological Reconnaissance
of Portions of Temiskaming and Nipissing Districts, Northern

Ontario. Can. Field-Nat. 36:175 and 37:11. }
2. ANTHONY, H. E. 1928. Field Book of North American ~
Mammals.

8. Dymonp, J. R. 1929. Some Little Brown Bats from
Ontario. Can. Field-Nat. 43: 137.

4. Oscoop, W. H. 1909. A Revision of the Mice of the
American Genus Peromyscus. N. Am. Fauna, No. 2

5. Battny, V. 1897. Revision of the Amen Voles
of the Genus Evotomys. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 10: 113.

6. Batty, V. 1900. Revision of the quenced Voles of
the Genus Microtus, N. Am. Fauna, No.

7. SAUNDERS, W. HB. 1922. Occurence of ie the Rock Vole

at Rossport, Ontario. Can. Field-Nat

May, 1931]

- 8. Snyper, L. L. 1927. Microtus chrotorrhinus chrotorr-
_hinus from Lowbush, Lake Abitibi, Ontario. J. Mamm.
8: 311.
9. PREBLE, E. A. 1899. Revision of the Jumping Mice
of the Genus Zapus. N. Am. Fauna, No. 15.
10. Parsons, J. L. R. 1901. Report of the Survey and
Exploration of Northern Ontario, 1900. Legislative Assembly
of Ontario, 1901. Report of Party No. 3, p. 94.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

113

11. Dymonp, J. R. 1928. The Amphibians and Reptiles
of the Lake Abitibi Region. A Faunal pet of the Lake
Abitibi Region. Contribs. of the R.O.M.Z. 2:35.

12. Dickerson, M. 1920. The Frog Book.

13. Locier, E. B. S. 1928. The Amphibians and Rep-
tiles of the Lake Nipigon Region. A Faunal Survey of the
Lake Nipigon Region. Contribs. of tne R.O.M.Z. 1: 279.

NOTES ON BIRDS OF THE LABRADOR PENINSULA IN 1930
By HARRISON F. LEWIS

HE following notes have to do with ob-
servations made on the southern shore of

of the Gulf of St. erence in Saguenay
County, Quebec, between May 29 and August 8,
1930.

Gavia stellata.
ust 3, 1930, I found, in a pond on the upper part
of the northwest portion of St. Charles Island
(long. 63° 17’ W.), one of the Mingan Islands, an
adult Red-throated Loon and a young one that
was nearly as large as its parent. This is much
_ farther west than any other point on this coast at
which I have a record of the nesting of this species.

Uria troille troille. ComMoN Murre.—The
first young of this species that I saw in the water
with its parent in 1930 was observed near Ke-
gashka Bay on July 27. Several others were seen
between Natashquan and Little Watshishu on
August 1. It seems very likely that these young
were hatched in the colonies of this species near
_ the eastern end of Anticosti, where, on account
of the more southern position and warmer climate,
they might be expected to hatch and develop a
few days earlier than young Murres native to the
north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence.

Phalacrocorax carbo. COMMON CORMORANT.—
Under the protection provided by the Province
of Quebec Society for the Protection of Birds, the
colony of this species on the cliffs of Lake Island,
near Cape Whittle, continues to increase. On
June 15, 1900, I counted 63 occupied nests of Com-
mon Cormorants in this colony. This is the
largest size to which the colony has attained in
recent years and indicates an increase of 14 pairs
since 1929, when 49 occupied nests were recorded
here. (Can. Field-Nat., 44:109). Young were
found in not more than about 6 nests on June 15,
1930, and the largest of these young were then no
larger than Robins. Development of young in
this colony has in most years advanced much
farther than this by June 15.

Somateria mollissima dresseri. AMERICAN
EImER.—This species produced a splendid hatch
of young in 1930, but unfortunately, owing chiefly
to failure of the usual supply of small “bait”

RED-THROATED LOON.—On Aug-

fish in many localities, a great many of these little
ducks were destroyed by Great Black-backed Gulls
(Larus marinus).

The first broods of young Eiders that I observed
in 1930 were seen on June 25, in Mecattina Bird
Sanctuary, between Whale Head and Mutton
Bay, but doubtless some young hatched earlier
than that date at points farther west along the
coast.

On July 21, having special occasion to make a
long search for Eiders’ nests with eggs on islands
in Aylmer Sound, where the species nests common-
ly, [found only four such nests, and in one of those
the eggs were hatching at the time. Evidently
incubation by Eiders in that region was very
nearly at an end for the year by that date.

Corvus corax principalis. RAVEN.—Two young
Ravens that were almost ready to fly were cap-
tured by my companion, Mr. R. A. Johnson,
when they were frightened from their home nest
on a cliff at Harrington Harbour on June 24th.
They were kept tethered and unsheltered on the
after deck of our boat. On June 28, when we
were anchored in the outer harbor of St. Augustine,
about 70 miles north-east of Harrington Harbour,
the young Ravens began to repeat their cry of
hunger, a very primitive, penetrating, and an-
noying shout, like Baw! or Waw!, about half past
three in the morning, as their custom was. After
they had kept this up for half an hour or so with-
out our leaving the cabin, two adult Ravens,
attracted by their cries, came near the boat and
answered them frequently. Eventually both of
the old birds alighted on the deck of the boat,
but one of them flew away again almost immediate-
ly and did not venture to return, while the other
made several protracted visits to the two young
Ravens. A dead sculpin was lying on the deck
near the young, but, while they would take small
portions of its flesh readily, they made no attempt
to tear it to pieces themselves. The old Raven,
however, pinned the dead fish to the deck with
one strong foot, while with its beak it tore off
strips of flesh and passed them to the two young
until their hunger was satisfied and their cries
ceased. It also swallowed some of the sculpin’s

114

flesh itself.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Later it brought and fed to the young
small portions of some unidentified food, evidently
obtained from a muddy place, for fresh mud was

[VoL. XLV

smeared on its beak. After we began to stir
about the boat, it feared to return to it, but called
often to the young from a neighboring cliff.

ESKER AT TWEED, HASTINGS COUNTY, ONTARIO*
By M. E. WILSON

N THE western outskirts of the town of
Tweed, Hastings County, Ontario, there
teva is a symmetrical ridge of gravel about
ae 5() feet high that continues with a
sinuous course south and southwesterly for over
twelve miles. It follows the highway from
Tweed to Belleville closely, (Figure 1) lying on the
west side from Tweed to Chapman and on the
east from Chapman to Thomasburg. From
Thomasburg it continues almost to Philipston.

In many places gravel pits have been opened in
this ridge or esker, as such ridges of gravel are
called, and in these its interior may be studied.
It is seen that the gravel and boulders of which

*Published with the permission of the Director of the
Geological Survey of Canada.

Geological Survey, Canada,

it is composed are roughly stratified parallel to
its outer slope and that, in most places, the gravel
is finer in its interior than near its surface, for
there boulders up to two feet in diameter may be
present.

The manner in which eskers are formed is not
definitely known. They are, of course, related
to the melting of the last great continental ice-
sheet that covered nearly the whole of the north-
eastern part of North America in the Ice Age.
It is supposed that they are deposited by streams
flowing in a restricted channel in or beneath the
ice sheet.

This gravel ridge is one of the best examples of

<
W
6
>
v
5)
K

Scale of Miles
/ -) / i A WN ez 5

FIGuRE 1,—Diagram showing the location of the ‘“‘Tweed’’ Esker

May, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

115

FIGURE 2,—‘‘Tweed”’ Esker as seen looking north from Chapman

an esker in old Ontario. It not only lies close
to the country road from Tweed to Belleville

but will be on, or near, the proposed Ottawa-
Sarnia highway.

~ CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF EXTREME NORTH-EASTERN
LABRADOR
By BERNHARD HANTZSCH

“Beitrage zur Kenntnis des nordéstlichsten Labradors,
von Bernhard Hantzsch, Mitteilungen des Vereins fiir Erd-
kunde zu Dresden, Dresden, Volume 8, 1909, pp. 158-229.
Volume 9, 1909, pp. 245-320.

(Translated from the original German text in the Library
of Congress, Washington, D.C., by M. B. A. Anderson, M.A.,
Ottawa, 1928.)

Original pagination given in the text.

(Continued from page 90)

O THE first excursion of any length
ended, and we had felt very well on this
trip. Daily or at least every other day
we travelled a little farther down the

coast. Then we succeeded in finding a sheltered

inlet, where we found also a grassy camping place,
above all drinking water and drift wood.

Usually Paksau’s skilled gaze had soon discovered

a quiet and snug nook. We now unloaded the

boat, drew it upon the land whenever possible or,
with several ropes, [P. 196] made it fast to pro-

jecting rocks. Then the little tent was erected,
and a fireplace of stones, closed on three
sides, was built. Paksau prepared chips, cutting
with his knife along the stick as thin shavings as
possible, being careful not to break the shaving

until he had a curl of wood. These finely split
curls of wood were laid in the fireplace, where
they usually soon started to burn even in wet
weather. When conditions were worst, I had to
pour a little of my preparation alcohol on crumpled
paper and push this under the shavings. Soon
the damp wood was crackling and smoking, in a
short time the water in the tea-kettle was bubbling,
and we were cooking tea, soup, fish or birds. Now
came the pleasant meal in the tent or in calm

-weather outside the tent, and then we turned to

new activities. We travelled across mountain and
valley together, in order to shoot birds, and pre-
pare them afterwards in the tent, or we did other
work. There was always something todo. When
we brought home only little birds, which Paksau
could not handle well, because he had lost several
fingers through an accident, he made himself
useful in other ways. Full of good spirits he
played the part of a true goblin, when I sent him
out with an insect-killing phial to collect beetles,
spiders and the like. That he, who as one of
the bravest hunters in his district had killed polar
bears, walrus, etc., should now be hunting such

116

small creatures, caused him immense merriment.
His round, good-natured face beamed, he bubbled
over with laughter and jokes, when he knelt down
on the ground, in order to raise up the stones,
and to place the insects found underneath care-
fully in the bottle with tweezers. He was a
good fellow, with whom I got along most of the
time in the best manner possible, besides a
pleasant companion, who with the exception of
spitting, which came from smoking too much,
had no bad habits which annoyed me. Aside
from his Eskimo virtues, he showed much innate
tactful reserve, was clean also, did not snore in
his sleep, and in all respects was very sensible.
He had, according to the nature of all children
of nature, [P. 197] moods, and then it was difficult
many times to get along with him. In the evening
when it began to grow dark, we looked once more
at the boat, covered our boxes, chests and other
things in front of the tent with water-proof tar-
paulin, crept into our small sleeping quarters.
Paksau closed the entrance with the boat sail,
and, after removing our outer clothing, we crawled
into our sleeping bags under cover. Paksau now
usually smoked a pipe, we talked a little while,
for the most part in his own tongue, and tried to
go to sleep finally, not always succeeding, espe-
cially when the rain fell on the tent, the storm
moved its walls to and fro, or the mosquitoes
paid us a visit. As a rule though, nothing finer
’ can be imagined than such a tent life; you are at
home everywhere, where you please to go. You
lie on the soft mossy ground on the breast of
Mother Nature, to whom you gladly devote your
services as a naturalist and to whom you belong
indeed as a human being.

Within the succeeding fourteen days, only two
attempts at important excursions were under-
taken, to reach on foot and by boat the highest
mountain of the northern group of islands, Kallar-
uselik, the broad summit of which is visible from
a long distance and from which you are said to
have an excellent view round about the whole
neighbourhood, also a view of the Button islands
which have never been mapped correctly and
probably have never been visited by a white
man. Heavy wind, the other time fog, drove us
back before we reached our goal, and so Kallar-
uselik is still waiting the first white man to ascend
it. It is easiest to reach the foot of the mountain,
if you travel up the Kangerdluajuk, with the
rise of the tide and down with the ebb of the tide.
This is a long and in places a narrow inlet, which
cuts deep into the land from the water side. It is
hardly possible to make progress here against
the tides in a small row boat—we were three in
number. The inlet is said to be the only real

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

fjord of the whole district, and displays great
scenic beauty. Above all when the sun lies low
in the sky and throws shadows across the profound
abyss, 100 meters deep, often wonderfully deli-
cate rose and yellow colours kindle the desolate
heights of the rim of the fjord; then the bright
sunlight plays on the guils flying high above,
while all life is sleeping in the cold depths of the
valley. The fjord makes little turns here and
there, which might make one believe, he was at
the end of it, but it continues to open up and
then splendid views are granted of the gradually
nearing Kallaruselik, and its neighbouring peaks.
In some places the fjord widens into deep basins
from which steep valleys usually lead upward.
In most of the other places, on the other hand,
an ascent of the rocks is exceptionally difficult or
quite impossible. The mountain peaks in the
background during August are generally partly
free of snow, in September though they are
usually covered by new fallen snow. Low bushes
grow on the slopes of Kallaruselik, which serve as
breeding places for ptarmigan. Also some rocky
caves are said to be there, which furnish the polar
bears with favourite summer homes, especially
as the neighbourhood otherwise has few such
caves, and the animals search in vain for such in
places which are situated far from the coast.
North of the long Kangerdluajuk there are two
similar inlets, but shorter ones, which broaden at
the inner end. They are likewide of great scenic
beauty, even if less splendid. I learned to know
them as breeding places of Barrow’s Golden-Eye ©
and the Harlequin Duck.

On the fourth of September with Paksau I was
again out on along excursion. The purpose this
time was to journey through MacLelan strait,
commonly called by the Eskimo name of Ikker-
asak (Passageway), in order to investigate the
islands in front of it, of which I had heard, because
I hoped to find a lucrative field for observation
at the time of the migration of the birds. The
Ikkerasak, as I also shall call it now, is the strait
which, since ancient times, has been used by the
Eskimos as the shortest route between Ungava
Bay and the Atlantic. Kohlmeister and Kmoch
in 1811 were the first white people to navigate it.
This has happened frequently since that time, so
that it is really a matter of surprise to find on no
map an approximately correct drawing of the
strait. [P. 199] Different maps give, even if
with dotted lines, a double communication between
the Atlantic and Ungava Bay. This in no way
corresponds to the real facts of the case. Perhaps
this idea has come about because of the narrow
fjord Kangerdluajuk, mentioned above, which
cuts deep into the interior but comes to an end

May, 1931]

at the foot of Kallaruselik. Also the Tunnu-
suatsuk goes deep into the land from the south
of the west opening of the Ikkerasak from the
farthest corner of which an old foot path leads
across the mountains to the Tunnusuksoak,
which has an abundance of seals. But there is
only one real strait. The Ikkerasak might
offer a considerable shortening in the sea route
for communication with Ungava bay, especially
Port Burwell. Yet it appears always precarious
for large ships to navigate it in unfavourable
weather. The passage through is very well pro-
tected from wind, also possesses sufficient width
everywhere, 200 to 600 meters, only once in the
western part is it contracted to perhaps 150
meters; on the whole the bottom may possess
also considerable depths, but in front of the
mouth ot the western opening there are situated
numerous sunken rocks and islands, in the neigh-
bourhood of which the strongest current hurries
along. Many Eskimos maintain also, that there
is a sunken reef in the broad eastern outlet under
the water, which is dangerous for navigation.
The passage remains hazardous, until careful
soundings have found the location of this dan-
gerous point, or have determined definitely that
such does not exist at all. Also the navigation of
the strait with boats or kayaks is an undertaking,
which in case of wind, fog, driving snow or ice
demands the whole attention and cleverness of
the indigenous Eskimo, who has such knowledge
of the navigable waters, and often enough even
for him it is quite impossible.

In cloudy, rather quiet weather at midday of
the 4th of September, we travelled into the Ikker-
asak. We held our course to the north coast,
_ passed in deep water different islands on winding
arms of the sea, which were covered with an
abundance of different sea-weeds of soft olive
green to a dark brown up as far as the high water
mark. Perhaps they have developed in such
abundance, because the Ikkerasak in these
parts is said never to be quite frozen over even
in the hardest winters. Then we came into
pond-like coves, not very far from the narrowest
place in the strait. Here the current, rushing
along like a great river caught us, turned us in a
great curve round circular surfaces of water,
smooth as a mirror, and irresistibly carried us
back to the same place in spite of our most vigor-
ous rowing. In this circling motion there was
_ apparently not much danger, because calm weather
prevailed and we had only to look out to see that
we were not shoved on the rocks on the shore.
It may be more critical for the long kayaks less
strong than our boat. Paksau knew of the pro-
ceeding very well, of course, and since he acted

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

117

as if he were scolding soundly, though occasionally
laughing good naturedly, I was quite willing to
travel round once more in the merry-go-round.
When some ice-cakes came into the whirlpool
from the outer current, even though they were
small ones, and began to circle faster than we did,
Paksau. stopped laughing, issued his commands
with loud cries, as only a temperamental Eskimo
can give a command: aksut, aksut (that is to say,
forward) and the like, and rowed with his second
oar with such strength and haste, that I likewise
exerted myself to the utmost of my ability. We
then came out of the uncanny current with a strong
shove, as one has to in order to escape the still
more dangerous main vein of the Ikkerasak, and
at once arrived in almost motionless water. When
a week later we journeyed the same way, we
found a much weaker whirlpool, so that it is to
be assumed that these currents, interesting as well
as dangerous, change according to the tides in
strength and swiftness of motion. Some whirl-
pools farther on which we passed were easily
overcome.

In order to rest and take a look about the
country, we took refuge in a wonderfully quiet
rocky inlet, where countless Hider Ducks were
moving about, some of which we killed. In
addition the depths of the water swarmed with
cod, down upon which we could look in the clear
water for many meters as upon fishes in an
aquarium. Paksau let one of the large fish hooks
down to them, in order to fetch up our supper.
[P. 201] Full of curiosity they at once swam
around the gleaming instrument, raised high by
the line, and then loosened again; stared at it,
vied with each other in playing with it, when I
could observe the wonderful flexibility of such a
fish; bit at it, got loose again, were caught and
wounded by the sharp hook elsewhere than in the
mouth, until at last a hook drove into the body of
one so that it was impossible for it to escape and
Paksau pulled it up. When he had caught two
specimens, three-quarters of a meter in length, we
left the others undisturbed. I saw with sadness
though, how countless fish may be grievously
wounded by this method, with which many
millions are caught every year on the coast of
Labrador. And Paksau was a skilled fisherman
and could watch the motions of the hook, because
we saw the fish. But when later I saw old women
or little children stupidly or slackly handling the
line, then I always imagined I perceived the
unheard complaint of the many tortured creatures,
which even in the still depths of the sea are not
safe from human wits and cunning. We were so
pleased with the cove, that in spite of difficulty
in finding shelter for the boat, we decided to pitch

118

our tent here, chiefly because we caught sight of
some larger ice cakes in the main current of the
Ikkerasak, which without exaggeration, were
travelling past as fast as railway cars. I shrank
from the thought of being overtaken and run down
by such a hard fellow. After we had drawn up
our boat in a small rocky channel with great
exertion and had secured it with ropes, Paksau,
with housewifely industry, set about the erection
of our camp, which was situated in picturesque
surroundings perhaps 10 meters higher up than
the gorge. He had taken great pains in gathering
some small driftwood sticks and making a fire
with these to cook our meal. He was so in his
element with all these activities, that it was
quite all right with him, when I left him for an
hour to walk up the mountain a short distance.
The terrain arose like terraces and rather steeply,
as far as I could judge in the damp cloudy air, as
far as 300 meters in height at least. Everywhere
there were rocky gulches, in which it was not very
difficult to climb up to the different plateaus. In
all places sheltered in the least measure the rocks
were covered with thick cushions of different and
abundant lichens to a degree I had never observed
anywhere before. The varied forms of these
delicate plants, which here by far predominated

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

over mosses, grasses and the higher plants, would
have charmed anyone. Below in the valley the
mighty Ikkerasak flowed past; on the other side
lay that flat, gently undulating peninsula, which
represented the old favourite dwelling place of
the Killinek Eskimos. A road-like valley leads
there from Ikkerasak up to the hills which,
covered with fresh green grasses growth, stand in
marked contrast to the gray of the other lichen
covering, some half fallen earth houses on the
slopes seemed to motion to us in a friendly way
and awakened the wish in me to search for the
place, in which centuries of the vanished history
of this vicinity may have played to the end. A
crossing of the Ikkerasak at this place was im-
possible. Then in former times they had to travel
by land from Tunnusuatsuk, which extended
proud and quiet beyond the peninsula. This
evening we did not know how to protect ourselves
from the dampness. All the things in our limited
equipment were wet through by the fine mist
which lasted for hours, which even penetrated
into the tent, so that we ceased fighting against
it. We were especially sorry concerning our
goods and guns, which were in a pitiable condition.

(To be continued)

FIRST CANADIAN RECORD OF LEAST BROWN BAT
By ELI DAVIS

Myotis subulatus leibiti (Audubon and Bachman)
LEIB BROWN BAT, LEAST BROWN Bart,
La Chauve-souris de Leib.

1842. Vespertilio leibit Audubon and
Bachman, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, ser. 1, vol. 8, p. 284.

1913. Myotis winnemana Nelson, Proc.
Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 26, p. 183
(Plummer Island, Md.).—Miller, List
North Amer. Recent Mamm., 1923, Bull.
U.S. Nat. Mus. No. 128, p. 71.

1928. Myotis subulatus leibtt Miller and
Allen, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 144, p.
171-174.

Type Locality— Erie County, Ohio.

“Distribution—From Vermont (Brandon, Proc-
tor), New York (Sing Sing), and Ohio south to
West Virginia and Kentucky; exact limits of
range not ascertained... .

“Diagnosis.—General colour much darker than
in the typical sub-species and closely resembling
that of Myotis lucifugus lucifugus in the olive
phase, but slightly more golden above and lacking
teh dark spot at the shoulder... .

“Remarks.—This smallest of the bats known to
occur in the eastern United States seems to be
much less common than Myotis lucifugus luci-
fugus, and the few specimens that have been
taken have usually been confused with the better
known animal. Its black ears and facial mask,
rather golden tint, keeled calear and shorter fore-
arm (31 to 34 mm. instead of 36 to 40 mm.) will
at once distinguish it, however. Though describ-
ed by Audubon and Bachman eighty years ago, it
was not recognized again until Nelson redescribed
it in 1913 as Myotis winnemana.

“Specimens examined.—Total number 8,from the
following localities: Kentucky (Hickman’s Caye,
1); Maryland (Plummer Island, 2); New York
(Sing Sing, 2); West Virginia, (White Sulphur
Springs, 1); Vermont, (Brandon, 1, Proctor 1).”
—(Miller and Allen, 1928, p. 172.).

On May 19th, 1929, while trapping moles
(Parascalops brewert) at Mt. Brydges, about
fifteen miles west of London, Ontario, the owner
of the farm gave me a little brown bat that he
had knocked down with his hat in an open shed.
This was taken to be Myotis lucifugus lucifugus
and was put away and forgotten.

May, 1931]

During the autumn of 1930 I became suspicious
that this specimen was Myotis keenii septentrion-.
alis and sent it to Dr. R. M. Anderson, National
Museum of Canada, Ottawa, who “discovered”
it to be Myotis subulatus leibii, a new mammal for
Canada. Dr. Glover M. Allen, Curator of
Mammals, Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass., verified
Dr. Anderson’s determination and states that this
is the first time that this species has been reported
outside the United States.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

119

Canadian mammalogists have been on the
lookout for this little animal for some time.
Cross and Dymond, Royal Ontario Museum,
Handbook No. 1 (1929, p. 28), give a list of the
bats found in Ontario and point out that two
other forms, M. subulatus leibit and M. sodalis
occur in the United States along the St. Lawrence
and Lakes Erie and Ontario and may extend into
adjoining parts of Ontario. A man knocked one
of these down with his hat and gave it to me—
perhaps some other collector will have as good
luck with the other one.

EXCURSIONS OF

Che Ottawa Field- Naturalists’ Club, 1931

Kindly do not pick wild flowers except for scientific purposes.

1. GEOLOGY :—

Ottawa River, Hintonburgh, Saturday, May 2nd,*commencing at 3 p.m.

Take

Somerset Street O.E.R. car going West as far as Parkdale Avenue, thence walk North
to termination of said avenue at Ottawa River.

LEADERS—Dr. F. J. Alcock and others.

2. AMPHIBIANS AND OTHER NATURAL HISTORY :—
Rockcliffe vicinity, Saturday, May 9th, commencing at Rockcliffe Ferry at 2.30 p.m.

Take Rockcliffe O.E.R. car.

LEADERS—Dr. R. M. Anderson, Mr. G. A. Miller, Mr. Herbert Groh and [Mr. Robert

Lockwood.

3. BIRDS AND OTHER NATURAL HISTORY :—
Fairy Lake vicinity, Saturday, May 16th. Take Hull Electric Railway car at Cha-

teau Laurier for Wrightville at 2.30 p.m.

LEADERS—Mr. Hoyes Lloyd, Dr. Ralph De Lury, Mr. G. A. Miller, Dr. R. M. Ander-
son, Mr. Herbert Groh, Mr. C. E. Johnson and Mr. A. G. Kingston.

4. BOTANY AND OTHER NATURAL HISTORY :—
Britannia-on-the-Bay, Saturday, May 30th. Meet at the O.E.R. terminus at Britan-

ni at 3 p.m.

LEADERS—Mr. Herbert Groh, Mr. G. A. Miller, Dr. R. M. Anderson, Miss M. E.
Cowan, Mr. Robert Lockwood and Mr. A. G. Kingston.

ALL ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THESE EXCURSIONS

BERTRAM A. FAUVEL, Convenor
WitLiAM H. LANCELEyY, Assistant Convenor

Phones—Residence, C. 4102; Office, Q 63800—342

Phone—Residence, Rideau 1196-J

120 °

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

ANNUAL REPORT, McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB, LONDON, ONT.,

FOR THE

URING the year the Mcllwraith Orni-
thological Club held eight regular meet-
ings with an average attendance of
thirty-eight. The speakers at these
meetings were Mr. Newton Tripp, of Forest, and
Messrs. W. E. Saunders, J. F. Calvert and E. M.
S. Dale from our own Club. At two of the meet-

ings the members themselves furnished the pro-

gramme consisting of “Items of Interest’. On

March 12th a special lecture on “Bird Calls” was

given in the Normal School auditorium by Mr.

Edward Avis, which was much enjoyed by approxi-

mately 400 persons.

During the spring four organized bird walks
were conducted by our field men, the average
attendance being twenty-five, while on May 12th
the Normal School students were taken on an early
morning hike to the “Ponds” where birds and
other phases of nature study were observed.

YEAR 1930

tember 20th were each attended by about thirty
and were enjoyable affairs.

The Christmas census was taken on December
20th, and the list of birds seen, thirty-three, has
already appeared in the columns of The
Field-Naturalist.

A total of 203 species were observed in Middle-
sex County during the year, including many of
unusual interest, among them being: Common
Tern, Gadwall, Whistling Swan, American Egret,
Black-crowned Night Heron, Little Blue Heron,
Northern Phalarope, Stilt Sandgiper, Sanderling,
Goshawk, Duck Hawk, Bald Eagle, Snowy Owl,
Dickcissel, Acadian Flycatcher, Evening Gros-
beak, American Crossbill, Henslow’s Sparrow and
Yellow-breasted Chat. Three of these were new
records for the county, while the total for the
year was the largest yet recorded by the club.

Number of paid-up members, 48.

The picnic on June 7th and corn roast on Sep-

MEMBERS OF THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’

E. M. 8. DALg, Secretary.

CLUB AND SUB-

SCRIBERS TO THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST, MAY, 1931.

A

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCE,
1900 Race Street,
Philadelphia, Pa.

ADAMS, JOHN,

Central Experimental Farm,
Ottawa, Ont.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF,
Province of Alberta, .
Game Commissioner,
Edmonton, Alta.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF,
Division of Botany, Library,
Experimental Farm,
Ottawa, Ont.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF,
Entomological Branch Library,
Ottawa, Ont.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF,
Library, West Block,
Ottawa, Ont.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF,
The Entomologist,

Quebec P.Q.

AGRICULTURE, DEPARTMENT OF,

Library,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

AHERN, G. S.,
20 St. Antoine Street,
Quebec, P.Q.

ALcock, F. J.,
Geological Survey,
Ottawa, Ont.
ALLEN, Dr. A. A.,
McGaw Hall, ” Cornell University,
Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A.

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF SCIENCES,
New Haven, Conn., U.S.A.
AMERICAN MuSEUM OF NATURAL HIs-
TORY
77th ‘Street and Central Park W.,
New York City, U.S.A.

AMES, J. H.,
Milton, Ont.

Ami, Mrs. H. M.,
453 Wilbrod Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
ANDERSON, R. M.,
58 Driveway,
Ottawa, Ont.
ANGuS, W. F.,
307 Craig Street West,
Montreal, P.Q.
ASHBURY COLLEGE LIBRARY,
Rocekeliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.
ATKINSON, W. S.,
Pont Etchemin,
County Levis, P.Q.
ATLANTIC BIOLOGICAL STATION,
St. Andrews, N.B.
AUSTIN, O. L.,
North Eastham,
Cape Cod, Mass., U.S.A.
AUCHMACHIE, A. C.,
839 Euclid Ave.,
Toronto, Ont.
AUK, c-o DR. WITMER STONE,
Academy of Natural Science,
Philadelphia, Pa.,

B

BAILLIE, JAMES L.,
c-o Royal Ontario Museum of
Zoology,
Toronto, Ont.

BAKER, D.,
102 Driveway,
Ottawa, Ont.

BAKER, FRANK C.,
Natural History Building,
Urbana, IIl., U.S.A.

BaALpwin, L. H.,
4 Old Forest Hill Road,
Toronto, Ont.
BALDwi, S. P.,
11025 Bast. Boulevard,
Cleveland, Ohio, U.S. A.

Bau, H.,
5251 First Avenue North,
St. Petersburg, Florida, U. S.A.
BARBEAU, C. M.,
National Museum,
Ottawa, Ont.
BARRINGTON, J.,
Loughnavale, Merrion,
County Dublin,
Trish Free State
Bastin, Mrs. C. E.,
149 Furby Street,
. Winnipeg, Man.
BEAN, T. E.,
School Section, j
Galena, IIl., U.S.A.
BELL, GARNET S.,
e-o Ontario Club,
16 Wellington Street West,
Toronto, Ont.
BELL, H.,
P.O Box 1077
Pembroke, Ont.
BEnT, A. C.,
140 High Street,
Taunton, Mass., U.S.A.
BERGEN’S MUSEUM,
Bergen, Norway.
BERNARD, H.,
Bditor, ‘‘Le Courier”,
St. Hyacinthe, P.Q.
Brio.Locy, LIBRARY OF,
Mont Saint-Louis,
224 Sherbrooke Street East,
Montreal], P.Q.
BIRD, RALPH D.,
University of Oklahoma,
Norman, Okla., U.S.A.
Bisnop, Louis B.,
450 Bradford pea
Pasadena, Cal., U.S.A.
BLACK, HON. GEORGE,
Speaker, House of Commons,
Ottawa, Ont.
BLACKADER, DR. A. D.,
581 Sherbrooke Street West.
Montreal, P.Q.

May, 1931]

BLACKADER, Miss, :

: 11 Summerhill Ave.,
Montreal, P.Q.

BLIZZARD, W. H.,

70 Duggan Avenue,
Toronto, Ont.

Bonar, Miss M. C.,

y 410 Queen Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

Boston Society OF NATURAL HIsTorY,
234 Berkeley Street,
Boston, Mass., U.S.A.

Boy Scouts’ ASSOCIATION,
Canadian General Council,
Wellington Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

Boy Scouts’ ASSOCIATION,
709 Northern Ontario Building,
Toronto 2, Ont.

BRADSHAW, F.,

Director of Provincial Museum,
Normal School,
Regina, Sask.

BRANDT, Mrs. H. W.,

14507 Shaker Boulevard,
Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.

BREAKEY, MASTER TAN,
Breakeyville,

County Levis, P.Q.

BRIGDEN, F. H.,

15 Oswaid Crescent,
Toronto, Ont.

BRIMLEY, J. F.,

Wellington, Ont.

BRITISH COLUMBIA PROVINCE
MUSEUM,

The Library,
Victoria, B.C.

BRITISH MUSEUM,

General Library,
Cromwell Road,

London, S.W.7.

BROLEY, C. L.,

Bank of Montreal,
Corydon Avenue Branch,
Winnipeg, Man.

Brooks, MAJoR ALLAN,
Comox, B.C.

BROoOMAN, R. C.,

P.O. Box 98,
Oakville, Ont.

Brown, H. H.,

42 Pacific Avenue,
Toronto 9, Ont.

Brown, J. ROLAND,

26 Spring Street,
Hamilton, Ont.

Brown, Mrs. R. D.,

\ 388 Main Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

Brown, W. J.,

250 Oliver Avenue,
Westmount, P.Q.

BRUGGERMAN, P. pss
Onion Lake, Sask.

BRYENTON, W. H.,

Herb Lake, Man.

BUCHANAN, A.,

Y.M.C.A.,
275 Broadview Avenue,
Toronto, Ont.

BUCKLE, J. W.,

134 Craig Street West,
Montreal, P.Q.

BUFFALO MUSEUM OF SCIENCE,
Research Library,
Buffalo, New York, U.S.A.

BuLueER, Pror. A. H. R.,
Department of Botany,
University of Manitoba,
Winnipeg, Man.

BurwWaAsu, E. M.,
Department of Mines,
Toronto (5), Ont.

©

CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,
San Francisco, Cal., U.S.A.
CALIFORNIA BUREAU OF EDUCATION
AND RESEARCH LIBRARY,
Division of Fish and Game,
510 Russ Building,
San Francisco, Cal., U.S.A.

‘THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

CALIFORNIA, UNIVERSITY OF,
Library
Berkeley: Cal., U.S.A.
CALVERT, J. F.,
Collegiate Institute,
London, Ont.
CAMERON, J. H.,
355 Dufferin Avenue,
_ London, Ont.
CAMPAGNA, PROF. E.,
Department de Botanique,
Ecole d’Agriculture,
Ste. Anne de la Pocatiere, P.Q.
CARDINAL, V.,
_ 1448 Cote des Neiges Road,
Montreal, P.Q
CARNEGIE LIBRARY,
Ottawa, Ont.
CARTWRIGHT, B. W.,
392 Woodlawn Street,
Deer Lodge,
Winnipeg, Man.
CASSELS, Mrs. W. A.,
Red Deer, Alta.
CATHERON, R. §.,
178 Marlborough Street,
Boston, Mass., U.S.A.
CHICAGO UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Chicago, Ill., U.S.A.
CLARK, THOMAS H.,
Peter Redpath Museum,
Montreal, P.Q:
CLARKE, C. H. D.,
Goderich, Ont.
CLEMENS, W. A.,
Director, Pacific Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B.C.
CoE, Miss M.,
P.O. Box 45,
Red Deer, Alta.
COLLEGIATE INSTITUTE,
East York,
Cosburn and Coxwell Avenues,
Toronto, Ont.

CotumB1a UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
New York, N.Y., U.S.A.
COLUMBIAN COLLEGE LIBRARY,
New Westminster, B.C.

COLWELL, Mrs. E. B.,
15 Redpath Crescent,
Montreal, P.Q.
ConpDorR, THE,
e-o J. Grinnell,
University of California,
Berkeley, Cal., U.S.A.
CONIBEAR, F.,
Fort Smith, N.W.T.
CONNELL, REV. ROBT.,
1828 Oak Bay Avenue,
Victoria, B.C.
CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A.
COVENTRY, A. F.,
Department of Biology,
University of Toronto,
Toronto, 5, Ont.
COVERDALE, W. H.,
Lemoine Farm,
Portsmouth. Ont.
Cowan, Miss M. E.,
97 Stanley Avenue,
Ottawa, Ont.
Cox, Pror. P.,
329 St. John Street,
Fredericton, N.B.

CRANBROOK INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE,
Bloomfield Hills, Mich., U.S.A.
CRAWFORD, H. C.,
Entomological Branch,
Department of Agriculture,
Ottawa, Ont.
CRERAR LIBRARY,
Chicago, Ill., U.S.A.
CRICKMAY, COLIN H..,
University of California,
Los Angeles, Cal., U.S.A.
CRIDDLE, NORMAN,
Treesbank, Man.
CRIDDLE,/ STUART,
Treesbank, Man.
CROSBY, "MAUNSELL S.,
Rhinebeck, N.Y., U. S.A.
CrROWSON, ARTHUR,
154 Goulbourne Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

=

121

CUMMINGS, J. D.,
Beamsville, Ont.
CuRRY, NATHANIEL,
621 Craig Street West,
Montreal, P.Q.

D

DALE, CHAS. F.,
625 Cote St. Antoine Road,
Westmount, P.Q.

DALHOUSIE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Halifax, N.S.

Darcus, 8. ce
Penticton, B.C.

DARRow, R.,
214 Thurston Avenue,
Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A.

DAVIDSON, PROF. "JOHN,
Department of Botany,
University of British Columbia,
Vancouver, B.C.

Davis, E11,
R.R. No. te
London, Ont.

DAWKES, W. des
436 12th Street West,
Owen Sound, Ont.

DEAM, CHAS.,

Bluffton, Ind., U.S.A.
-DEAR, Masor L. S.,

P.O. Box 89,

Port Arthur, Ont.

Des Lury, Dr. RALPH E.,
Dominion Observatory,
Ottawa, Ont.

DENMARK ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM,
Copenhagen, Denmark,

DES RIVIERES, H.,

Grand Allée,
Quebec, P.Q.

DIcKEy, D. R.,

California Institute of of Pech noleey:
Pasadena, Cal., U.S

DINGMAN, RUSSELL G.,

217 Bay Street,
Toronto, Ont.

DOsBBIE, MRs. W. J.,
Glenwyld,

Weston, Ont.

Doster, Dr. W. H.,

2 Hunter Street,
Chester, England.

DOMINION PRESS CLIPPING AGENCY,
74-76 Church Street,
Toronto, Ont.

DOoLiItTTLEF, FE. A.,

. Box 44,
Painsville, Ohio, U.S.A.

Dore, W. T.,

Queen’s University,
Kingston, Ont.

DOXEE, WM.,

Dominion Observatory,
Ottawa, Ont.

DyYMOND, J. R.,

Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology,
Toronto, Ont.

EASTHAM, J. W.,
Court House,
Vancouver, B.C.
EDMONTON PUBLIC LIBRARY.
Edmonton, Alta.
Epson, J. M.,
90 Marietta Drive,
Bellingham, Wash., U.S.A.
EDWARDs, D. KEMP,
Lansdowne Road,
-Rockcliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.
ERRET, C. D.,
6911 Clearview Street,
Mount Airy,
Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A.
EIFRIG, PRorF. C. W. G.,
1029 Monroe Avenue,
River Forest, Il]., U.S.A.

122

EXINKAUFSTELLE DES BORSENVEREINS
DER DEUTSCHEN
BUCHHANDLER,
Gerichtsweg 26,

Leipzig, Germany.

ELLIS, RALPH,

2420 Ridge Road,
Berkeley, Cal., U.S.A.

ELTON, C. S.,

Department of Zoology,
University Museum,

6 Museum Road,
Oxford, England.

Emery, F. H.,

620 Euclid Avenue,
Toronto, Ont.

ENGLISH, H. A.,

303 Athabaska Street West,
Moose Jaw, Sask.

F

FAIRBAIRN, H. W.,

1318 Bank Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

Farco, W. G.,

506 Union Street,
Jackson, Mich., U. S.A.

FARLEY, F. L.,

Camrose, Alta.

FAUQUIER, G. E.,

Rockeliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.

FAUVEL, B. A.,

263 McLeod Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

FERRIS, W. H.,

c-o J. R. Kitchens,
Lafayette, N.Y., Us: A.

FIELD, Miss C.,

1461 Mountain Street,
Montreal, P.Q.

FIELD MUSEUM OF NATURAL History,
Library,

Chicago, Ill., U.S.A.

Fisk, H. H.S.,

86 Maple ‘Avenue,
St. Lambert, P.Q.

FLEMING, J. H.,

267 Rusholme Road,
Toronto, Ont.

FOERSTER, R. E.,

Biological Board of Cutnael
Veddar Crossing, B.C.

Foote, Mrs. H. R.,
Sunnyside Ranch,
Stellaco, B.C.

Forest, Miss A. M.,

Queen Alexandria Sanatorium,
R.R. No. 7,
London, Ont.

FRASER, Pror. C. MCLEAN,
University of British Columbia,
Vancouver, B.C.

FRASEsR, F. J.,

Geological Survey,
Orewa: Ont.

FREEMAN, F.,

Mount Elgin P.O., Ont.

FRITH, ROWLEY,

Butternut Terrace,
Ottawa, Ont.

Furniss, O. C.,

2203 First "Avenue West,
Prince eet Sask.

FyYLes, Miss F.,

Central Experimental Farm,
Ottawa, Ont.

G

GARDINER, A. W.,
13801 Shaker Boulevard,
Apt. 1A,
Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.
GARDNER, G. ont
Manager, Bank of Toronto,
Sparks Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
GAULDIE, DONALD,
120 Indian Road,
Toronto, Ont.
GEOGRAPHICAL SocieTY, CANADIAN,
610 Lagauchetiere Street West,
Montreal, P.Q.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY LIBRARY,
Ottawa, Ont.

GEOLOGICAL SURVEY LIBRARY,
Department of Interior,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

GERFAUT, LE,

c-o Ch. Dupond,
Square Prince Charles 21,
Lachen, Bruxelles, Belgium.

GIBSON, ARTHUR,
Entomological Branch,
Department of Agriculture,
Ottawa, Ont.

GISSING, A.,

Cochrane, Alta.

GLEERUPSKA, A. B.,

University Bokhandeln,
Lund, Sweden.
GODFREY, EARL,
Wolfville, N.S.
Goun, Roy,
P.O. Box 59,
Pine Falls, Man.

GOTEBORGS STADSBIBLIOTHEK,
Goteborg, Sweden.

GouLp, Harry,

High River, Alta.

GOULD, V. E.,
Wolfville, N.S."

GRAHAM, F. A..

Quaker Oats Company,
Halifax, N.S.

GREEN, MoRRIs,

39 South Wyoming Avenues
Ardmore, Pa., U.S.A

GREENWOOD, W. B.,

23 Commercial ‘Street,
North Bay, Ont.

GRINNELL, J.,

University of California,
Berkeley, Cal., U.S.A.

Grist, Miss Mary L.,
251 Laurier Avenue Hast,
Ottawa, Ont.

Grou, H.,
Botanical Division,
Central Experimental Farm,
Ottawa, Ont.

Gross, Dr. A. O.,

Bowdoin College,
Brunswick, Me, USA

GUELPH PUBLIC LIBRARY,

Guelph, Ont.

H

Hacar, Miss C. M.,
376 Mountain Street,
Montreal, P.Q.
HALKETT, ANDREW,
216 Lyon Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
HAMILTON, Dr. A. B.,
Highland Park, Til., U.S.A.
HANHAM, A. W.,
R.M.D. No. 1,
Duncan, B.C.
HARE, C. T.,
5 Summerhill Terrace,
Montreal, P.Q.
HARKNESS, W. J. K.,
Department of Biology,
Toronto University,
Toronto. Ont.
HAROLD, J. B.,
c-o Sanderson, Harold Co.
Paris, Ont.
HARPER, FRANCIS,
206 Dickinson Avenue,
Swarthmore, Pa., U.S.A.
HARRINGTON, PAUL,
813 Bathurst Street,
Toronto, Ont.
Harris, R. D.,
243 Linwood Street,
St. James, Man.
Harris, W. E.,
283 Somerset Street West,
Ouees Ont.
Hart, J
Baie Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B.C
Hart, N. C.,
Western University,
St. George Street,
London, Ont.

[VoL. XLV

Hart, W.S
Province of Quebec Society for
Protection of Birds,

P.O. Box 1185,

Montreal, P.Q.
HAULTAW, F.,

Port Hope, Ont.

HARVARD UNIVERSITY,
Arnold Arboretum,
Jamaica Plains, Mass., U.S.A.

HARVARD UNIVERSITY,
Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.

HARVARD UNIVERSITY,

Gray Herbarium,

Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.
HAysEs, Dr. A. O.,

Rutgers University,

New Brunswick, N.J., U. S. A.

HENDERSON, A. D.,

Belvedere, Alta.

HENDERSON, G.,

York Road.
Dunean, B.C.

Hopason, E. A.,

Dominion Observatory,
Ottawa, Ont.

HOFFMAN, E. C.,

1041 Forest Cliff Drive,
Lakewood, Ohio, U.S.A.

Houpom, Rev. M. W..

The Rectory,
Chilliwack, B.C.

Hops, C.,

501 Arlington Avenue,
Toronto, Ont.

Howarp, Mr. Justice E. E.,
855 Grosvenor Avenue,
Westmount, P.Q.

Howaprp, J. K.,

Shawniut Bank Building,
Boston, Mass., U.S.A.

Howitt, H.,

52 Lyon Avenue,
Guelph, Ont.

HuBER, W. W.,

225 St. Mark’s Square,
Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A.

Hupson, H. F.,
Entomological Laboratory,
Strathroy, Ont.

HUMPHREY, S.,

Flushing, L. ity U.S.A.
HUNTSMAN, A. G.,
University of. Toronto,
Toronto, Ont.
HURLBURT, DR. W. E.,
Vineland, Ont.
HUTCHISON, JAS.,
414 St. James Street West,
Montreal, P.Q.

I

Isis, THE,
Dr. C. B. Ticehurst,
Saxon House,
Appledore, Kent, England.
IDE, F. P.,
Department of Biology,
University of Toronto,
Toronto, Ont.
ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Urbana, IIl., U.S.A.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Bloomington, Ind., U.S.A.
INGERSOLL, E.,
88 Morningside Avenue,
New York, N.Y., U.S.A.

J

JACKSON, A. Y.,
Studio Building,
Severn Street,
Toronto, Ont.
JACKSON, H. A. C.,
35 Campbell Avenue,
Montreal West, P.Q.
JARVIS, GERALD,
Bank of Nova Scotia,
Arnprior, Ont.

May, 1931]

JENNESS, D.,
National Museum,
Ottawa, Ont.
JENNINGS, OTTO E.,
Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S.A.
JOHANSEN, F.,
Zoological Museum,
Copenhagen, Denmark.
JOHNSON, C. E.,
Geological Survey,
Ottawa, Ont.
JOHNSON, Mrs. G. E.,
70 Flora Street,
St. Thomas, Ont.
JONES, A. C. R.,
Killarney, Ont.
JONES, N. G.,
513 Quebee Street,
London, Ont.

K

KANSAS UNIVERSITY,
Watson Library,
Lawrence, Kan., U.S.A.

KEALEY, Miss LuLu,

14 Blackburn Avenue,
Ottawa, Ont.
KELLEY, N. P.,
625 Oriole Parkway,
Toronto, Ont.
KENNARD, F. H.,
Dudley Road,
Newton Centre, Mass., U.S.A.

KENT NATURE CLUB,

G. M. Stirrett, Sec.-Treasurer,
416 Queen Street,
Chatham, Ont.

KENT, W. R.,

Marwayne, Alta.

KINDLE, E.

Geological "Survey,
Ottawa, Ont.

Kine, W. cs
508 Maclaren Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

KINGSTON, A. G.,

120 Gilmour Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

KirTTo, V.,

317 Queen Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

Kuueu, A. B.,

Queen’ s University,
Kingston, Ont.

Kurata, T. B.,

359 Ellis Park Road,
Toronto, Ont.

L

LAING, H. M.,

Comox, B.C.
LAMBERT, Mrs. A. J. F.,

2321 Halifax Street,

Regina, Sask.
LAMBERT, H. F.,

7 Rideau Gate,

Ottawa, Ont.
LANCELEY, W. H.,

23 Elmdale Avenue,

Ottawa, Ont.
LANGELIER, GUS.,

Cap Rouge, P.Q.
LA RocaqugE, A.,

Victoria Memcrial Museum,

Ottawa, Ont.

’. .LATCHFORD, Hon. F. R.,

Osgoode Hall,

Toronto, Ont.
LATHE, G. H.,

180 Cartier Street,

Ottawa, Ont.
LAVAL UNIVERSITE,

Bibliotheque,

Quebec, P.Q.
LAWRENCE, A. G.,

City Health Department,

Winnipeg, Man.
LEECHMAN, D.,

National Museum,

Ottawa, Ont.
LEEs, W. A. D.,

P.O. Box 138,

Wetaskiwin, Alta.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

LEFEBVRE, O.,

Quebec Streams Commission,
New Court House,
Montreal, P.Q.

Ler, A. H.,

Fisheries Experimental Station,
Halifax, N.S.

LEONARD, Mrs. R. W.,
Springbank,

St. Catherines, Ont.

LEOPOLD, ALDO.,

421 Chemistry Building,
Madison, Wis., U.S.A.

Lett, Mrs. R. C. W.,

1562 40th Avenue West,
Vancouver, B.C

LEWIN, H. M. St
231 James Street,
Montreal, P.Q.

LEwIs, GRACE L.,
Dominion Bureau of Statistics,
Ottawa, Ont.

LEWIS, HARRISON F.,

84 Grosvenor Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

Lewis, Mrs. HARRISON F.,
34 Grosvenor Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

LEWIS, P. H.,

Trinity College School,
Port Hope, Ont.

LInpsay, R. V.,

61 Brookfield Street,
Toronto, Ont.

Luoyp, B.,

Davidson, Sask.

LuoyD, Pror. F. E.,

McGill University,
Montreal, P.Q.

LiLoyp, HoYEs,
582.Mariposa Avenue,
Rockeliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.

LuLoypD LIBRARY,

Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.A.

LLoyD, WILMOT,

582 Mariposa Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.

Locisr, SHELLY,

Royal Ontario Museum,
Toronto, Ont.

Lowe, CHAS. W.,

Botanical Department,
University of Manitoba, .
Winnipeg, Man.

Lyon, W. I.,

124 Washington Street,
Waukegan, Ill., U.S A.

M

Macautay, T. B.,

109 Westmount Boulevard,
Westmount, P.Q

MacDOona.LbD, J. 58.,

Bathurst Mines, N.B.

MACFARLANE, D. H.,

Mont St. Hilaire, P. oa

MaAcLouGHLuin, Mrs. A. E
43 Inglewood Drive,
Hami!ton, Ont.

MacLuvticu, D. A.,

144 Mavety Street,
Toronto 9, Ont.

MacNAmarA, CHAS.,

Arnprior, Ont.

Macouwn, W. T.,
Experimental Farm,
Ottawa, Ont.

MactTirr, A. D.,

1040 Sherbrooke Street West,
Montreal, P.Q.
MAGEE, M. J.,
603 South Street,
Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., U.S.A.

MALTs, Dr. M. O.,

National Museum,
Ottawa, Ont.

MANITOBA NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
e-o Winnipeg Public Library,
William Avenue,

Winnipeg, Man.

MANITOBA UNIVERSITY,
Agricultural College Library,
Winnipeg, Man.

123

MANITOBA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Kennedy Street,

Winnipeg, Man.

MARCOTTE, ABBE LEON,

St. Charles Seminary,
Sherbrooke, P.Q.

Martin, N.,

274 St. Clarens Avenue,
Toronto, Ont.

MASSACHUSETTS, COMMONWEALTH OF,
State Library, State House,
Boston, Mass., U.S.A.

MAUDSLEY, J. B.,

University of Saskatchewan,
Saskatoon, Sask.

McAvirty, A. G.,

Canadian Ind. Oil Company,
St. John, N.B.

McCasg, T. T.,

Barkerville P. O., B.C.

McCaucGuHey, Dr. S. OO
Medicai Arts Building,
Ottawa, Ont.

McDona Lp, D.,

Deputy Minister of Game and’
Fisheries,

Parliament Buildings,

Toronto, Ont.

McDona_Lp, Mrs. W. &.,

25 Renfrew Avenue,
Ottawa, Ont.

MCELHINNEY, Dr. M. G.,
252 Lisgar Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

MCFADDEN, R. W. E.,

11 Hart Street,
Brantford, Ont.

McCGAHEY, PEARL,

193 O’Connor Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

MCGILL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
65 McTavish Street,
Montreal, P.Q.

McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,.
E. M.S. Dale,

297 Hyman Street,
London, Ont.

McILWRAITH, T. F.,

50 St. Leonard’s Avenue,
Toronto 12, AO

McKECcHNIE, S. W. C.,

765 Granville Street,
Vancouver, B.C.

McKINNoON, Mrs. J. S.,

24 Jeanne d’Arc Street,
Hull, P.Q.

McLaIne, L. 8.,

Entomological Branch,
Department of Agriculture,
Ottawa, Ont.

McMawunvws, R., JR.,
Memramcook, N.B.

McMASTER UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Westdale,

Hamilton, Ont.

MEREDITH, R.,

46 Dalhousie Street,
- Quebec, P.Q

MERRIAM, DR. C. HART,

1919 16th Street,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.

MERRIMAN, R. O.,

101 Clergy Street West,
Hengstons Ont.

METZGER, C. T
6312 South Ashland Avenue,
Chicago, Ill., U.S.A.

MICHIGAN UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S.A.

MILES, A.,

P.O. Box 9,
Woodroffe, Ont.

MILLEN, Miss C.,
190 Coltrin Road,
Roekcliffe Park,
Gttawa, Ont.

MILLER, G. A.,

Normal School,
Ottawa, Ont.

MILLER, RICHARD F.,
2627 North Second Street,
Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A.
MILWAUKEE PUBLIC MUSEUM,

Library,
Milwaukee, Wis., U.S.A.

124

MINARD, Miss R.,

154 Pretoria Avenue,
Ottawa, Ont.

MINER, JOHN T.,

Kingsville, Ont.

MINNESOTA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
University Farm,.

St. Paul, Minn., U.S.A.
MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDENS,
St. Louis, Mo., U.S.A.

MITCHELL, H. H.,

Provincial Museum,
Normal School,
Regina, Sask.

MITCHELL, Mrs. O. S.,

24 Wychwood Park,
Toronto, Ont.

Monr, Dr. F. W. C.,

297 Laurier Avenue East,
Ottawa, Ont.

MONTGOMERY, H. A.,

Editor, Detroit Times,
Detroit, Mich., U.S.A.

MONTIZAMBERT, Miss TUDOR,
123 Cooper Street,

Ottawa, Ont.

MONTREAL MECHANICS’ INSTITUTE,
Atwater and Tupper Streets,
Westmount, P.Q.

MONTREAL UNIVERSITY,
Botanical Laboratory,

St. Denis Street,
Montreal, P.Q.

Moore, W. H.,

Mouth Keswick,
R.M.D. No. 1,
York County, N.B.

Moran, P. J.,

Department of Mines,
Ottawa, Ont.
Morris, F.,
694 Aylmer Street,
Peterborough, Ont.
Morris, Dr. ROBERT T.,
114 East 54th Street,
New York City, N.Y., U.S.A.

Morrow, Miss EDITH,

P.O. Box 8,
Knowlton, P.Q.

MOousL_LEY, H.,

4073 Tupper Street,
Westmount, Montreal, P.Q.

Munro, J. A.,

Okanagan Landing, B.C.

Mounrip, A.,

University of Michigan,
Ann Arbor, Mich., U.S.A.

Murpny, Miss L.,

9 Summerhill A venue,
Montreal, P.Q.

Murray, A. P.,

1390 Sherbrooke Street West,
Montreal, P.Q.

N

NATIONAL PARKS OF CANADA,
Department of Interior,
Ottawa, Ont.

NATURE,

c-o Macmillan & Co. Limited,
St. Martin Street,
London, W.C. 2, England.

NEEDLER, A. W. F.,

Department of Biology,
University of Toronto,
Toronto 5, Ont.

NEWCOMBE, W. A.,

138 Dallas Road,
Victoria, B.C.

NEw LISKEARD PUBLIC LIBRARY,
New Liskeard, Ont.

NEwTon, H. E.,

P.O. Box 935,
Victoria, B.C.

New York BOTANICAL GARDEN,
Bronx Park,

New York, N.Y., U.S.A.

NEw YorRK STATE COLLEGE OF FORES-
TRY,

Syracuse, N.Y., U.S.A.

New YorK STATE LIBRARY,

Albany, N.Y., U.S.A.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

NEW YORK ZOOLOGICAL Society,
185th Street, Bronx,
New York, N. Y., U.S.A.

NICHOLS, D. A.,

National Museum,
Ottawa, Ont.

NORMAL SCHOOL,
Brandon, Man.

NORMAL SCHOOL,
Camrose, Alta.

NORMAL SCHOOL,

c-o Principal,
Strathcona Avenue,
Hamilton, Ont.

NORMAL SCHOOL,
London, Ont.

NORMAL SCHOOL,

Elgin Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

NORMAL SCHOOL,

Vancouver, B.C.
NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY,
18 University Hall,
Department of Geology and Geo-

graphy,
Evanston, IIl., U.S.A.

Norton, Mrs. Harry A.,

Edgewater Farm,
Ayers Cliff, P.Q.

oO

OBERHOLSER, H. C.,

2805 18 Street N.W.,

Washington, D.C.; U.S.A.
OBERLIN COLLEGE,

Science Library,

Oberlin, Ohio, U.S.A.

O’ConnoR, J. L.,

Dominion Observatory,
Ottawa, Ont.

O’ DONOGHUE, CHAS. H.,
Department of Zoology,
University of Edinburgh,
Edinburgh, Scotland.

OunIo STATE UNIVERSITY,
Library,

Columbus, Ohio, U.S.A.

ONTARIO AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE,
Library,

Guelph, Ont.

ONTARIO LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY,
Library,

Toronto, Ont.

ONTARIO PROVINCIAL MUSEUM,
St. James Square,
Toronto, Ont.

ORDE, Hon. MR. JUSTICE,
Osgoode Hall,

Toronto, Ont.

OREGON UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Eugene, Ore., U.S.A.

OSHAWA COLLEGIATE INSTITUTE,
Library,

Oshawa, Ont.

Oster, H. §.,

e-o John Murray,
Club House,
Port Perry, Ont.

OSLO ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM,
Library,

Oslo, Norway.

Ostrom, F. H.,

Apt. 21, Prince Rupert Apts. bn
588 O’ Connor Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

OTTERSON, J. H.,

e-o du Pont de Nemours,
Wilmington, Del., U.S.A.

OUTHET, RICKSON A.,

1096 Beaver Hall Hill,
Montreal, P.Q.

P

PARLIAMENTARY LIBRARY,
Ottawa, Ont.

Paton, H.,
P.O. Box 2646,
Montreal, P.Q.

PATRICK, JOHN A. M.,
Yorkton, Sask.

[Vou. XLV
PAULSON, C. W. G.,
c-o R. G. Ellis,
10 King’s Bench Walk,
Temple,
London, E.C. 3, England.
PAYNE, F. F.,

Toronto Golf Club,
Tong oe Ont.
Praks, L. A. M.,
P.O. Box 638,
Nanaimo, B. Ct
PEARSE, THEED,
P.O. Box 158,
Courtney, B.C.
PEARSON, Dr. T. GILBERT,
1974 Broadway,
New York, N.Y., U.S.A.
PENNSYLVANIA BIOLOGICAL ABSTRACTS,
University of Pennsylvania,
Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A.
PENNSYLVANIA GAME COMMISSION,
South Office Building,
Harrisburg, Pa., U.S.A.
PENNSYLVANIA UNIVERSITY, LIBRARY,
34th Street & Woodland Avenue,
Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A.
PERKINS, E. H.,
P.O. Box 52,
Waterville, Maine, U.S.A.
PHELPS, FRANK M.,
130 Cedar Street,
Elyria, Ohio, U.S.A.
PHILIP, P. B.,
220 Broadway,
New York, N.Y., U.S.A.
PHILLIPS, JOHN C.,
Wenham, Mass., U.S.A.
PICKWELL, G. B.,
San Jose State Feat College,
San Jose, Cal., U.S.A.
PORSILD, A. E.,
569 Mariposa Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.
PorsiLp, Dr. M. P
Director, Den. Danske Arktiske
Station,
Disko, Greener,
PorRsILD, R. T
Aklavik, N.W.T.
PosTLETHWAITE, G. 8.,
25 Rupert Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
POTTER, JULIAN K.,
437 Park Avenue,
Collingwood, N.J., U.S.A.
PotteR, LAWRENCE B.,
Gower Ranch,
East End, Sask.
PREBLE, EH. A.,
Biological. Survey,
Washington, D.C., U.S.A.
PRICE, JOHN H.,
c-o Price Bros. & Co., Ltd.,
Quebec, P.Q.

PRIESTLY, Mrs. I. M.,

305 Clare Avenue,
Winnipeg, Man
PRINCE, PRor. E. E.,
321 McLeod Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
PRINCETON UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Princeton, N.J., U.S.A.
PRITCHARD, A. L.,
Pacific Biological Station,
Nanaimo, B.C.

Q

QUEBEC SOCIETY PROTECTION OF BIRDS,
P.O. Box 1185,
Montreal, P.Q.
QUEEN’S UNIVERSITY,
Douglas Library,
Kingston, Ont.

R

RABBITTS, GOWER,
P.O. Box 5358,
St. Johns, Newfoundland.
RAcEy, KENNETH,
3262 First Avenue West,
Vancouver, B.C.

May, 1931]

RAND, AuSTIN I..,
e-o Governor General,
Tananarive, Madagascar.
Rasay, REv. C. E. S.,
Little Falls, N. Wes U.S.A.
Rawson, Dr. D. &.,
Department of Biology,

University of Saskatchewan,

Saskatoon, Sask.

REFORD, Dr. LEWISs,

3501 Drummond Street,
Montreal, P.Q.

RICKER, WM. E.,
Department. of Biology,
University of Toronto,
Toronto, Ont.

ROBERTSON, C. N.,

805 Lewis Building,
465 St. John Street,
Montreal, P. a

ROBERTSON, C.T
1626 Hollyrood Road N.E.,
Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A.

Ross, Miss E. G.,

P.O. Box 34,
Pakenham, Ont.

Ross, F. D.,

P.O. Box 370,
Quebec, P.Q.

Rowan, WM.,

Department of Zoology,
University of Alberta,
Edmonton, Alta.

ROWAYNE, JOHN,
Pemberton Meadows, B.C.

ROYAL CANADIAN INSTITUTE,
198 College Street,
Toronto, Ont.

Rutter, R. J.,

Apt. 20, The Maples,
100 Bain Avenue,
Toronto 6, Ont.

Ss

SAINT-SULPICE BIBLIOTHEQUE,
1700 rue Saint Denis,
Montreal, P.Q.

SANDIFORD, P.,

Ontario College of Education,

University of Toronto,
Toronto 5, Ont.
SANSON, N. B.,
Banff, Alta.
SARNIA COLLEGIATE INSTITUTE,
Sarnia, Ont.
SASKATCHEWAN UNIVERSITY,
Library,
Saskatoon, Sask.
SAUNDERS, P. B.,
c-o A. P. Saunders,
Clinton, N.Y., U.S.A.
SAUNDERS, W. E.,
240 Central Avenue,
London, Ont.
SAVAGE, JAS.,
Athletic Club,
Buffalo, N.Y., U.S.A.
SCHANTZ, ORPHEUS M..,
3219 Maple Avenue,
Berwyn, Ill., U.S.A.
Scott, W. L.,
383 Stewart Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
SETON, ERNEST T.,
Lake Avenue,
Greenwich, Conn., U.S.A.
SHANKLIN, W. R.,
Central Collegiate,
Moose Jaw, Sask.
SHAw, W. T.,
1002 Cambridge Avenue,
Fresno, Cal., U.S.A.
SHEPPARD, R. W.,
448 Phillip Street,
Niagara Falls, Ont.
SHERMAN, Miss A. R.,
National,
via McGregor, Iowa, U.S.A.
SHERWOOD, E. 5S.,
140 Wellington Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
SHIRAS 3RD, GEO.,
4530 Klingle Street,
Washington, D.C., U.S A.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

SHorEY, Magsor F. G.,
460 St. Brancois-Xavier Street,
Montreal, P.Q.
SHutTT, Dr. F. T.,
Central Experimental Farm,
Ottawa, Ont.
Sirton, Dr. H. B.,
10 Rathnally Avenue,
Toronto, Ont.
SKEy, W. R.,
360 Huron Street,
Toronto, Ont.
SKINNER, M. P.,
5840 John Avenue,
Long Beach, Cal., U.S.A.
SMALL, Dr. H. B.,
150 Laurier Avenue West,
Ottawa, Ont.
SIiLeEy, A. K., JR.
Mohonk Lake, N.Y., U.S.A.

Smi1tH, A. G.,

Wainwright, Alta.

SMITH, F.,

Manor and Buena Vista,
Rocekeliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.

SMITH, FRANK,

79 Fayette Street,
Hillsdale, Mich., U.S.A.
Situ, NAPIER,
c-o Bank of Montreal,
Montreal West, P.Q.
SMITH, RONALD,
Wolfville, N.S.
SNELL, C. H.,
Red Deer, Alta.

SNYDER, L. L.,

Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology,
Toronto, Ont.

SNYDER, W. E.,

Beaver Dam, Wis., U.S.A.

SocIETE PROVENCHER D’ HISTOIRE Na-
TURELLE DU CANADA,

38 Sherbrooke Street,
Quebec, P.Q.

SopsR, J. D.,

Department of Interior,
N.W.T. & Yukon Branch,
Ottawa, Ont.

SowTeER, T. W. E.,

Aylmer East, P.Q.

SPEECHLY, DR. H. M.,

609 Medical Arts "Building,
Winnipeg, Man.

Sperrs, J. M.,

17 Wolfrey Avenue,
Toronto 6, Ont.

SPENCER, G. J.,

Department of Zoology,
University of British Columbia,
Vancouver, B.C

SpPrRoT, G. D.,

Cobble Hill,
Vancouver Island, B.C.

SquIREs, Mrs. NATHAN C.,
Fredericton, N.B.

Starr, Dr. F. A. E.,
Woodville, Ont.

STEFANSSON, V.,

36 Bedford Street,
New York, Oe U.S.A.

STEPHENS, Dr. T
Morningside College,
Sioux City, Lowe,

STERNBERG, CHAS. M
Geological Survey,
Ottawa, Ont.

STEWART, Dr. A. D.,
Manitoba Sanatorium,
Ninette, Man.

STEWART, JOHN,

28 South Street,
Halifax, N.S. |

SWEDISH ROYAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCE,

Stockholm, Sweden.

T

* TAVERNER, P. A.,

National Museum of Canada,
Ottawa, Ont.
TAYLOR, A. M.,
68 Yale Street,
St. Catherines, Ont.

125

TAYLOR, R.,
Dunedin Street,
Orillia, Ont.

TERRILL, LEwis M.,

24 Prince Arthur Avenue,

St. Lambert, P.Q
THACKER, Ajs Ibe,

Little Mountain,

Hope, B.C.

THOMPSON, STUART,

286 Wychwood Avenue,
Toronto, Ont.

THOMSON, PRor. R. B.,
Botanical Laboratories,
University of Toronto,
Toronto, Ont.

THORNE, H. M.,

c-o B. L. Thorne,
3027 7th Street West,
Calgary, Alta.

THROSBY, H. T.,
Cornwall, Ont.

TIDD, SERGT. c. Bes
Ross River Detachment,
Yukon Territory,
via Whitehorse.

TORONTO FIELD NATURALISTS’ os
Colin S. Farmer,

151 Roehampton Avenue,
Toronto, Ont.

TORONTO UNIVERSITY,
Department of Geology,
Toronto, Ont.

TORONTO UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Toronto, Ont.

TOWNSEND, DR. CHAS. W.,
Ipswich, Mass., U.S.A.

TOWNSON, JOHN,

2104 Queen Street Hast,
Toronto, Ont.

TuFtTs, R. W.,

Wolfville, N.S.

TURNBULL, J. F.,

R.R. No. 3,
Orillia, Ont.

TURNER, Dr. G. H.,

Fort Saskatchewan, Alta.

Twinn, C. R.,

Entomological Branch,
Department of Agriculture,
Ottawa, Ont.

TYRRELL, J. B.,

930 Canadian Bank of Commerce
Building,

25 King Street West,

Toronto 2, Ont.

U

UPPER CANADA COLLEGE,
Library,
Toronto, Ont.

UPPSALA UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
Chief Librarian,
Uppsala, Sweden.

USSHER, R. D.,
223 Blythwood Road,
Toronto 12, Ont.

Vv

VAN CLEAVE, H. J.,
Department of Zoology,
University of Iinois,
Urbana, Ill., Y.S.A.

VANCOUVER NATURAL History So-
CIETY,

W. F. Connor,
3529 Second Street West,
Vancouver, B.C.

VANCOUVER PUBLIC LIBRARY,
Vancouver, B.C

VICTORIA PUBLIC LIBRARY,
Victoria, B.C.

Ww

WAILES, G. H.,
4337 Willow Street,
Vancouver, B.C.
WALcorTT, E. J.,
36 Tenth Avenue,
Lachine, P.Q.

126

WALKER, BRYANT,
1306 Dime Bank Building,
Det¥oit, Mich., U.S.A.
WALKER, DUNCAN,
Principal, Normal School,
Peterborough, Ont.
WALKER, Dr. E. M.,
67 Alcina Avenue,
Toronto, One
WALLER, L. W.T

Assistant Director, Sporting Pow- |

der Division,
E. I. Dupont de Nemours,
Wilmington, Del., U.S.A.
WALLIS, J. B.,
School Board,
Spruce Street,
Winnipeg, Man.
WALTON, G.,
Fort Churchill, Man.
WARREN, E. R.,
1511 Wood. Avenue,
Colorado Springs, Col., U.S.A.
WARWICK, F. W.,
36 Blenheim Street,
Galt, Ont.
WASHINGTON STATE COLLEGE LIBRARY,
Pullman, Wash., U.S.A.
ASHINGTON UNIVERSITY,
Puget Sound Biological Station,
Seattle, Wash., U.S.A.
WEEMS, F. C.,
23 Wall Street,
New York, N. va U.S.A.
WESTLAND, C. R.,
406 O’Connor Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
WESTMOUNT PUBLIC LIBRARY,
Westmount, P.Q.
WHITE, Mrs. E. F. G.,
185 Wurtemburg Street,
Ottawa, Ont.
WHITE, HD. F. G.,
185 Wurtemburg Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

WHITE, JAS.,
Snelgrove, Ont.

WHITE, Miss M.,

185 Wurtemburg Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

WHITEHEAD, A. B.,

302 Grande Allée,
Quebec, P.Q.

WHITEHOUSE, F. C.,
Canadian Bank of Commerce,
Nelson, B.C.

WICKHAM, PRoF. H. F.,

911 East Iowa Avenue,
Iowa City, Iowa, U.S.A.

WICKSTEED, MIss W.,

412 Sparks Street,
Ottawa, Ont.

WILLEY, PRoF. ARTHUR,
McGill University,
Montreal, P.Q.

WILLIAMS, Dr. IVES,
University of British Columbia,
Vancouver, B.C.

WILLIAMSON, E.,
Westbridge, B.C.

WILSON, Miss ALICE E.,
Geological Survey,
Ottawa, Ont.

WILSON, Miss E.,

Acacia Avenue,
Rockcliffe Park,
Ottawa, Ont.

WILSON, H. S.,

c-o Nipissing Mining Company,
Cobalt, Ont.

WILSON, Dr. M. E.,
Department of Mines,
Ottawa, Ont.

WINNIPEG PUBLIC LIBRARY,
Main Branch,

William Avenue,
Winnipeg, Man.

WINSON, J. W.,

Huntingdon, B.C.

[VoL. XLV

WINTEMBURG, W. J.,

16 Grosvenor Avenue,
Ottawa, Ont.

Wooo, A. A.,

Entomological Laboratory,
Strathroy, Ont.

Woop, Cou. WM.,

59 Grande Allée,
Quebec, Be

WRIGHT, Dr. A.

Zoological Laboratory,
- Cornell University,
Ithaca, N.Y., U.S.A.

Wricut, H. H.,

Royal Military College,
Kingston, Ont.

WRIGHT, J. FRANK,
Geological Survey,
Ottawa, Ont.

WRIGHT, Miss S. E.,
Department of Health,
Ottawa, Ont.

WYNNE-EDWARDS, V. C.,
McGill University,
Montreal, P.Q.

Y

YALE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY,
New Haven, Conn., U.S.A.
YounG, A. F.,
254 Keeth Road Hast,
North Vancouver, B.C.
Youn, GC. H.,
Victoria Memorial Museum,
Ottawa, Ont.
YOUNG, WALLACE
36 Ridout Street,
Toronto, Ont.

Z

ZOOLOGICAL Socimty, LONDON,
Regents Park,
London, N.W. 8, England.

May, 1981] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 127

Joo

GEOGRAPHY MADE EASY

A GAZETEER OF EUROPE BY A TURN OF THE WHEEL
PRINTED IN FOUR COLOURS DIAMETER 10 ins.

FOLLOW THE ARROW ROUND EUROPE

Government, Capital, Flag, etc. Principal River, Population, Area, etc.

TURN WHEEL
ROUND TILL
RED ARROW
POINTS TO
COUNTRY
REQUIRED

THE SMALL
OPENINGS
WILL THEN
SHEW DATA
ABOUT EACH
COUNTRY.

Principal river

Length in miles

48000000

Population of country

Government

Patent app. for

34 States arranged Alphabetically Simple, Instructive, Entertaining

PRICE S50 CENTS POSTPAID
(Postal Note or Money Order, No Stamps)

H.C. MILLER, 175 NEPEAN ST.

OTTAWA, CANADA

128 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [VoL. XLV

Canada North of Fifty-six

By Dr. E, M. Kinpie

(This article won the $1000 prize donated by the late Sir Wm. H. Price)

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB offers a limited
remainder of this splendid number, profusely illustrated,
at 50 cents each, postage paid. If ordered for schools,
etc., In quantities of ten or more the price is 40 cents each.
This is a splendid general article on Northern Canada.

Send orders with cheques payable at par, Ottawa, to the Hon-
orary Treasurer, Wilmot Lloyd, 582 Mariposa Ave., Rock-
cliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

Che Autobiography of
John Macoun, M.A.

Canadian Naturalist and Explorer

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB has a few bound

copies of this book for sale at $3.00 each, postage paid.

The book of 305 pages is neatly bound, and this may be

your last chance to secure a copy because this work will
probably not be reprinted.

Send orders with cheques payable at par, Ottawa, to the Hon-
orary Treasurer, Wilmot Lloyd, 582 Mariposa Ave., Rock-
cliffe Park, Ottawa, Canada.

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
MANITOBA
1929-30

re Presiient _Emeritus: J. J. GOLDEN; Honorary President‘
| NoRMAN CRIDDLE; Past President: A. M. DAVIDSON, M.D.;
President: Pror. R. A. WARDLE; Vice Presidents: H. M-
SPEEcHLY, M.D., C. W. Lowe, M.Sc., G. SHIRLEY BROOKS,
A. G. LAWRENCE, J. B. WALLIS, M.A., H. C. PEARCE; Trea-
, surer: NORMAN LOWE, 317 Simcoe Street; ‘Auditor: 'R. M.
‘Tomas: Social Convener: Mus. G. SHIRLEY BROOKS; General
‘ Secretary: Se W. CARTWRIGHT, 392 Woodlawn Street, Deer
Lodge, W: peg; Executive Secretary: Mrs. L. R. SEMPson.
t ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION—Chairman: A. BURTON
7 GRESHAM; Secretary: J. R. MORTON. ENTOMOLOGICAL
SECTION—Chairman: G. SHIRLEY Brooxs; Secretary:
Mrs. L. R. Sorrson. BOTANICAL SECTION—Chairman:
_ Miss B. M. BrapsHaw; Secretary: Mrs. H. T. Ross. GEO-
LOGICAL’ ‘SECTION—Chairman: W. H. RAND; Secretary:
P. H. SToKEs.
. Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
; from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University,
_ Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
noon during May, June and September, and on public reas
: during July and August.

-McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
| LONDON, ONT.

4 Eur Davis, R.R. No. 7, London, Ont.; Vices
President: EDISON MATTHEWS, 25 Wyatt Street, London , Ont.;
ing Secretary: VERNE FRANKS, 195 Duchess ‘Ave :
London, Ont.; Corresponding Secretary "and Treasurer: E. M.
t S. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.; Members qualified
' fo answer questions: W-. E. SAUNDERS, 240 Central Avenue,
London, Ont.; C. G. WATSON, 201 Ridout Street South,
; London, Ont.; J. F. CALVERT, 461 Tecumseh Avenue, London,
“ Ont.; E. M. s. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.
a Meetings held the second Monday of the month, except
during the summer.

‘VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

: Honorary President: L. S. KLINcK, LL.D., President Univer-
sity of B.C.; President: JOHN DAVIDSON, F.LS., F.BS.E.,

__-‘University of B.C.; Vice-President: Pror. M. Y. WILLIAMS,
4 Honorary Secretary: C. F. Connor, M.A., 3529 W. 2nd
4 Avenue, Vancouver, B.C.; First Assistant Secretary: Miss
_ Berry HERD; 2nd Assistant Secretary: MR. VERNON WIE-
; DRICK; Honorary Treasurer: A. H. BAIN, 2142 Collingwood
; Street, Vancouver, B.C.; Librarian: Mrs. McCriMMON;
Members of Executive: Miss E. J. SMITH, Mr. J. D. TURNBULL,
__‘Mr. B. J. Woop, Mr. P. L. Tart, Mr. R. J. CuMMInG; Au-
; ditors: H. G. SELWooD, W. B. Woops.

2 All meetings at 8 p.m., ‘Auditorium, Normal School, 10th
Avenue and Cambie Street, unless otherwise announced.

‘PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
PROTECTION OF BIRDS

” Honorary President: Dr. I. Gamaett; Past Presidenis:
-Mr. L. McI. TERRILL, MR. NAPIER SMITH; Presideni: MR.
‘W. S. Hart; Vice-Presidents: Mr. A. P. MURRAY, MRS. C.
F. DALE; Vice President and Treasurer: Mk. HENRY MOUS-
“LEY; Recording Secretary: Mr. H. A. C. JACKSON; Corres-
ponding Secretary: Miss8 K. D. MALCOURONNE; Curator of
. Slides: Miss Emtty LUKE.

= . Mr. oe W. BuckLE, Mrs. C. L. HENDERSON, HON. JUSTICE
___ E, E. Howarp, Miss EpitH Morrow, Miss M. S. NICOLSON,
- Mr. W. A. OSWALD, MR. R. A. OUTHET, Mrs. JOHN RITCHIE,
_. _Miss H. Stone, Miss MAuD SEATH, Mk. L, McI. SPACKMAN.
%
|

Address all communications to the Society at P.O. Box
1185, Montreal, P.Q., Canada

P SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Bureau de direction pour 1931

_ Patron Honoraire: Son Excellence LE VICONTE WILLINGDON.
G.CS.1., G.C.M.G., G.C.I1E., G.B.E., Gouverneur-Général
la Puissance du Canada; Vice-Patron Honoraire: Honorable
-M.#H.G. CARROL, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de
Québec; Bureau de Direction pour 1929: Président: G. STUART
AHERN; ler Vice-Président: ADRIEN FALARDEAU, C.R.; 2éme
S ice Prtsilent R. MEREDITH, N.P.; es OT: =

ATKINSON; Chet de ee ae OCHETTE,
agg M.P.P.; Chef de la section eta scientifique
et pratique: J-G. CooTE; Directeurs: —E. BERNIER,

Mazor Jos. MATTE, Jos.-S. BLaIs.
des Secrétaire-trésorier: Louts-B. LAVOIE
38, rue Sherbrooke, Québec.

Affiliated Societies

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1929-30.
Honorary President: PRoFEssoR A. P. COLEMAN; President:
Pror. J. R. DYMOND; Vice-Presidents: Mr. J. H. FLEMING,
Dr. N. A. PowELL, Mr. CoLtin S. Farmer; Secretary: MR.
F. P. IpE, (Dept. of Biology, University of Toronto); Publicity
Secretary: Dr. L. B. JACKES; Treasurer: Mr. FRED H.
BRIGDEN; Executive Commitice: Pror. R. B. THOMPSON, PROF-
E. M. WALKER, MEssRS. STUART L. THOMPSON, J. A. PAR-

_TRIDGE, A. M. PATTERSON, E. B. S. Locier, W. H. WRIGHT,

Dr. McKINLEY; Committee on Conservation: Mr. R. G.
Diyeman; Leaders: Birds—Messrs. J. H. FLeEmMiInc, STUART
L. THoMpson, L. L. SNyDER, J. L. BALE; Mammals—
Pror. J. R. DYMOND, Mr. E. C. Cross; Reptiles and Am-
phibians—Messrs. E. B. S. Locier, WM. LERay; Fish—
Pror. J. R. DyMonD, Pror. W. J. K. HARKNESS; Insects, etc.
—Pror. E. M. WALKER, Dr. N. ForD, Mr. E. P. IpE; Botany
—Pror. R. B. THOMSON, PRor.H. B. Sirton, Dr. G. WRIGHT;
Geology—PrRor. A. MCLEAN. 2

We wouid ask the Officers, and more
particularly the Secretaries, of all the
Affiliated Societies to assist us in our
task of building up the circulation of
this magazine. By securing every
member as a subscriber we can truly
make this magazine into one of the
leading Natural History publications
of America.

Crabtree Limited

Artists and
Designers

BLUEPRINTERS
ENGRAVERS
COMMERCIAL
PHOTOGRAPHERS

PHOTO :
LITHOGRAPHERS

228 Albert Street
Ottawa, Ont.

®

Card Filing Systems
for Naturalists

As makers of the Library
Bureau line of Card Filing
Devices in Canada, we are
in a position to supply all
Naturalists with cards and
trays where they can read-
ily index all their observa-
tions and notes

Lowe-Martin Ltd.

OTTAWA, CANADA

Printers of The Canadian Field-Naturalist
Publishers of the Autobtography of John Macoun,M A

me me ee Se ee

+ EE + Coe +

THE HOOD
INSECT BOX

y

gy Special Features of the HOOD BOX:

1. Pest-proof
2. Wooden Frame
3 High shoulder,
protecting specimens
4 Excellent pinning bottom
5. High quality box at low cost

PRICE $1.25 EACH

SPECIAL RATES IN QUANTITY
For full description ask for circular No. 298

WARD’S

NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT
84 College Avenue, ROCHESTER, N.Y.

+ = + wer + da + cue +

BIRD GARDEN
EQUIPMENT

ATTRACT THE INSECT FEED- |

ING BIRDS TO YOUR GARDEN

THE ©
H. MB
CHICKADEE
BELL

PRICE $1.00
Postage Paid

« 5 | ‘i
Fill with melted fat and hang outside

See ae ee - XE Ve
See Det Sao ase, as Mig ea =: &
A SRE Se eee fate eee ar

ad

a Sc

your window, whether town or country, ||

and_the Chickadees will be your abiding

friends. ao

PRICE $4.00 POSTAGE PAID

Cc. T. BATTEN
810 Hastings St. W.,
VANCOUVER, B.C.

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturalist to advertisers

VOL. XLV, No.6 : SEPTEMBER, 1931

)

+)
J
\

aT}
~ £
= \e i
aoe

bt

)

f

\ 5 ; ye \ }
| N A vie A 4 a LY 4° ;
\ < 1 a An ‘gf

ae i aan IAT
NA ia MN i } a iN

NY)

ISSUED SEPTEMBER Ist, 1931._
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as PEUaE Ss Saas matter

‘THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB

Hatrons:
THEIR EXCELLENCIES THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND COUNTESS OF BESSBOROUGH

President: ate F. LEwIs, 34 Grosvenor ee Ottawa. | ni TE ae
1st Vice-President: C. M. STERNBERG 2nd Vice-President: M. . WILSON
Secretary: GorDon S,, plaice ae 25 Rupert St. Treasurer: WILMOT LLoyD, 582 Mariposa Ave. —

Rockeliffe Park. 4

OOS GN 09 CV Ba cans x

Additional Members of Council: F.J,Aucock, R. M. ANDERSON, Miss M. E. CowAN, Mussrs. Hi. G
CRAWFORD, NORMAN CRIDDLE, R. E. DELURY, BERTRAM A, FAUVEL, HERBERT ‘Grou, ANDREW
HaLkett, D. JENNESS, C. E. JoHnson, A. G. Kincston, E. M. Kinpiz, W. H. LANCELEY, }
DOUGLAS "LEECHMAN, HoyeEs LuLoyp, W. 7, Macown, M. O. MALTE, MARK G. McELHINNEY, G. A.
MILuer, A. E. PORSILD, KH. E. PRINCE, J. DEWEY SoPER, P. A. TAVERNER, E. F. G. “Wants,

W. J. WINTEMBERG, and Presidents of Affiliated Societies. : a

Editor:
DoucLAsS LEECHMAN
National Museum, Ottawa, Canada.

Associate Editors:

D. JENNESS. ... 5.5... es coin? Anthropology CLYDE L. PATCH Sie eae O eo ee Beauden :

INGO pe VEATIT RS seo lacuna iene or mates kin) Botany . Ra.M ANDERSON. cc fase Mammalogy
Hebe Rh ATCHRORD: (3 hoc oi or Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN..... .......Marine Biolog:

ARTHUR GIBSON.......... Beis Entomology P. A; TAVERNER: |: . 26s eelee eee Ornithology —

PT PAT OOCK eal ce oe cane ae Geology .., I. M.KINDEE.. «. oc). Se. ¢2.4 Paleontology

CONTENTS

An Annotated List of Vascular Plants Collected on the North Shore of the Gulf of St. Taveenee ‘
1927-1930; By Harrison B Lewis?) sone see aa aes sie ee een eer ae em ole en
Fresh-Water Plesiosanrs. - By Loris’S: ‘Russell. 000 2 a os ee
Nesting of Bonaparte’s Gull (Larus philadelphia) in Central Alberta. By Frank ase Farley.. 8
New Records of Mushrooms and Other Fleshy Fungi of the Ottawa District. By W. S. Odell 139°
Is Gambel’s Sparrow an Ontario Bird? By L, lL. Snyder... 0.0... i. 0) eee 14
Occurrence of the Pomarine Jaeger in the Montreal District. By L. MclI. Terrill............. 1
». Contributions to the Knowledge of Extreme North-Eastern Labrador. By Bernhard Hantasch an
Obituary—Maunsell'Schieffelin Crosby 3% )c.33 2205 ee ie a ee ee 14
Notes and Observations:—
Hoary Bat at Torontoin Summer. By Clifford E. Hope.............. Zak Vee ee ane eh
The Vanishing Musk-Ox. From Nature Magazine................+....-- Shot) aaa aa
Snow Bunting in Nova Scotia. By C. W. G. Paulson................ PMN Seite al cin
American Egret at Guelph, Ontario. By Henry Howitt......... Asie Pareles Ben
‘Grasshopper Control in Hastern;@anadas “By A.Gei 2 ne oe eee a
Hoary Cress, (Lepidium Draba L.) at Ottawa. By H.Groh........ DAA Mena ANA)
Book Review—The Fresh-water Mollusea of Wisconsin. By F.R.L.................. NN
Official Canadian Record of Bird-Banding Returns................0. 00sec cece eee Wis, ie

The official publications of THE OTTAWA FiELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued
since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886,
#: two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes; and these have
i been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is

? issued monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication
=e i of the results of original research in all departments of Natural History. ; ;

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each

_ The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among a
the leading Natural History publications in America. es

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to ”

WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-N aturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Ave.,
Roekcliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA.

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. XLV

OTTAWA, CANADA, SEPTEMBER, 1931

No. 6

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF VASCULAR PLANTS COLLECTED ON THE
NORTH SHORE OF THE GULF OF ST. LAWRENCE, 1927-1930
By HARRISON F. LEWIS

was carried on by the writer in the
summers of 1927 and 1928 in connection
with botanical studies in the Graduate School of
Cornell University. The collections made in
those years, together with a few supplementary
ones made in the summer of 1929 and 1930, are
reported on in this paper.

I am much indebted to Mr. Howard H. Cleaves,
who was my companion in the summer of 1927,
and to Mr. E. C. Abbe, who was my companion
in the summer of 1929, for aid in the field. Cer-
tain collections made by Mr. Abbe alone while a
member of my party are included herewith by
his kind permission and are duly credited to him.
I am also under obligation to Dr. Arthur A.
Allen and to Mr. C. G. Watson for aid in the field
for shorter periods, in 1928.

The identifications of the plants collected were
made in the Botanical Department of Cornell
University and in the National Herbarium of
Canada. I was thus very fortunate in having,
in this work, the advice and assistance of Dr.
K. M. Wiegand, of Cornell, and of Dr. M. O.
Malte, of the National Herbarium, and I take
pleasure in acknowledging my deep obligation to
these gentlemen. To complete my good fortune,
Prof. M. L. Fernald, of the Gray Herbarium,
kindly examined with me all my collections for
1927 and 1928 except those of Botrychium virgin-
ianum, var. europaeum, which were not available
at the time.
aid received from him. I am also glad to express
_ my appreciation of assistance given by Dr. F. K.
Butters, who identified my collection of Botry-
chium virginianum, var. europaeum, and by
Messrs. Stewart Burnham and C. A. Weatherby.

During the periods in which these collections
were made I was engaged in work for the Depart-
ment of the Interior which required me to spend
the summer in travelling along the north shore
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, between Seven Islands
and Blane Sablon, in a small motor-cruiser, and
to make a great many landings on that intricate

I gratefully acknowledge valuable —

OLLECTION of vascular plants on theg:icoast and on the islands fringing it, especially
’ north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence” from Natashquan eastward. This enabled me

to make incidental collections of plants in many
and varied localities. My summers, from 1921
on, have been spent in travel of this kind in this
region, which gave me a fairly detailed knowledge
of its general features before I began to collect
plants there. i

I was further favoured in my work by having
with me a copy of Dr. Harold St. John’s valuable
memoir, ‘‘A Botanical Exploration of the North
Shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, including an
Annotated List of the Species of Vascular Plants”
(St. John, 1922). This excellent and detailed
list furnished a most important foundation for
the collecting that I was doing, and a useful
standard of comparison. Comparisons with its
records of various plants are repeatedly made in
the list presented below. Species, varieties, or
forms not contained in St. John’s list, which is
the most recent general list of plants for the region
in question, are starred thus (*) where they occur
in the list of my collections. This mark (*)
appears 116 times in my list. Special remark
is made concerning any species, variety, or form
in my list that was not listed by St. John but that
has been subsequently attributed to this region
by any other author.

Concerning many of the species, varieties and
forms listed by St. John and also included in the _
following list, remark is made as to an extension
of the known range on this coast as shown by my
records in comparison with St. John’s. For the
sake of brevity, the expression “range extension”
is used to mean “extension of known range on this
coast’, and the capital letters ‘“E’ and ‘W”
are used to represent ‘‘eastward”’ and “‘westward”’
respectively. In using the expressions “eastward”
and “‘westward’”’ the coast is considered as though
it extended practically east and west, which,
indeed, is the case with the greater part of it.
As the relation of the localities named may not
always be quickly comprehended by one not
personally familiar with the region, a statement
of the approximate distance involved in the

130

extension of known range is alsofurnished. Thus,
“range extension, 50 miles E”, means “extension
of known range on this coast, as compared with

the range shown by St. John’s list, is 50 miles in,

a generally eastward direction, or a direction
toward the Strait of Belle Isle’.

The question of the geographical nomenclature

that it is most desirable to use when referring to.

places of collection on this coast, where post
offices are comparatively few and far between,
has been carefully considered. St. John used
consistently the names on the provincial maps by
Gustave Rinfret (1913), including township names
where these were available. The fact that he
did so is a strong reason for my doing so too, but,
on the other hand, many of these names differ
from those authorized by the Geographical
Board of Canada, many are quite different from
the names actually in general use, and all are
in French, whereas I am writing in English
and English forms for many of these names are
authorized and in common use. Therefore it
has been decided to use for each place mentioned
in the body of the list what is considered the
most suitable name available, using as authorities
the published decisions of the Geographical
Board of Canada, the Canada Official Postal
Gvide, the publications of the British Admiralty,
the Rinfret maps, and local usage. In order to
correlate these with the names used by St. John
and others, a list of all place-names used is given
in Appendix A, where each such name is accom-
panied by the corresponding name (if any) used
by St. John, and by other published synonyms,
by the name of the township, seigniory, or archi-
pelago in which it is situated, and by a statement
of its latitude and longitude. The last men-
tioned data will enable each place-name herein
referred to be located with exactness and cer-
tainty at any time. -

St. John states that the north shore of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, as understood by him,
“lies between Pentecote river on the west and
Blanc-Sablon river on the east, and forms part
of the south shore of Saguenay county, province
of Quebec”. The collections made by the writer
all came from the area thus delimited, except
that a number of collections were made east of
the Blane Sablon River, but within a mile of it.
This change is due to the fact that, in 1915, when
St. John made his collections, the Blane Sablon
River was believed to constitute the eastern
boundary of Canada for some distance up (north-—
ward) from its mouth, which is at the head of
Blane Sablon Bay, but that, by a decision of
the judicial committee of the Privy Council in
1927, the boundary of Canada was declared to

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL.XLV

extend northward from the easternmost point of
Blane Sablon Bay, or along a line roughly parallel
to the course of the Blane Sablon River, but
about-two miles farther east. The land between
this line and the river is therefore included within
the County of Saguenay, Province of Quebec,
Canada. The writer made no collections west
of Manowin Island, Seven Islands.

_ The first set of specimens will be deposited in
the herbarium of the Department of Botany of
Cornell University, the second set in the National
Herbarium of Canada.

It is well known that most of this coast has
risen from a submerged position since its last
glaciation, and that consequently most of the
glacial drift deposited on it has been removed by
action of waves and ice at successive sea-levels
as the process of emergence went on. , Erratic
boulders are not found where deposited by the
glacier on the lower areas that have been sub-
merged since the glacier last receded from them,
but are common at higher elevations, which have
experienced no submergence since their last
glaciation. The line at which these poised er-
ratics are first found, as one ascends an elevation
sufficiently great, is in this region usually re-
markably definite. I have visited and observed
it on Little Mecatina Island, on the hills beside
Mutton Bay, and on the hills north of Bradore
Bay, and at all of these positions estimate its
present elevation above sea-level to be roughly
450 feet, indicating a rise of that extent since the
departure of the last glacier. Hind (1864) has
stated the height above sea-level of the lowest
erratics in the Moisie region, near Seven Islands,
as about 1000 feet.

St. John (1922) has already called attention to
the fact that, as a result of removal of glacial
drift from the post-glacially submerged areas
near the coast, the scanty soil now found on these
areas has been recently formed in situ, and,
generally speaking, resembles the country rock
in its chemical constituents. He states, “This
affords clear and neatly delimited conditions for
the study of the correlations between the nature
of the soil and the distribution of the plants”,
and goes on to show that, along this coast, cal-
cicolous plants are generally found chiefly or
exclusively on the limestone areas of the Mingan
Islands and parts of the adjacent mainland and
on the calcareous sandstone areas east of Bradore
Bay, while typical oxylophytes are generally
found elsewhere or where special conditions
reduce the lime content in the soil. In his an-
notated list there appear, however, some excep-
tions, particularly in the case of the calcicoles.
The number of apparent exceptions has been so

September, 1931]

increased by my collections that it has been
thought advisable to list them specially here, as
well as to show them in the annotated list, and
to show the special conditions on which they are
dependent, so that it may clearly appear that
what seem exceptional records of occurrence for
calcicolous plants are actually entirely in harmony
with their known need of available calcium.

Plants that appear to be calcicoles and indiffer-
ent calcicoles, at least in this region, are recorded,
then, by St. John (1922) and in this present paper
from the following stations that are neither in
the limestone area of the Mingan region nor in
the calcareous sandstone area east of Bradore
Bay. The records from St. John’s list are marked
with a dagger ({). Following the list of apparent
ealcicoles from each of these stations, explanation
oi their occurrence there is briefly discussed.

-MANOWIN ISLAND, SEVEN ISLANDS.

Thalictrum confine, Gentiana Amarella, Cam-
panula rotundifolia.

Manowin Island is composed of Archaean
rocks, but these calcicoles were found on it
growing on a raised boulder beach. It is well
known that sea beaches often contain much
available lime, due to the presence, in the material
composing them, of more or less of the broken
and comminuted shells of marine molluscs. When
such beaches are elevated above sea-level by the
rise of the land mass on which they are situated,
as they have been and are being elevated along
the north shore of the Gulf St. Lawrence, they
must still be able to support calcicolous plants
for a longer or shorter period of time, until they
become too poor in available lime through leaching
or other processes. Apparently this raised boulder
beach on Manowin Island was still sufficiently
rich in lime for the three calcicoles named.

SEVEN ISLANDS

Thelypteris fragranst, Spiranthes Romanzoffi-
anaf, Caltha palustris, Fragaria virginiana, var.
terrae-novaet, Pyrola secunda, var. obtusatat,
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, var. coactilis, Arctosta-
phylos Uva-ursi, var. adenotrichat, Campanula
rotundifolia.

The village of Seven Islands is situated on the
western edge of what the ‘St. Lawrence Pilot’
(1916) refers to as “an extensive tract of low
sandy country, thickly wooded, between the hills
and the sea, which seems to have been formed,
in the course of time, by the action of the rivers
{Moisie and Matamek] and thesea’”’. Presumably
this large area of littoral sand deposits, now ele-
vated a few feet above sea level, still contains,
in places, at least, a great deal of lime, originally
mingled with the sand chiefly in the form of

THe CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

131

broken sea shells. It is true that Pinus Banksiana,
a typical oxylophyte, grows on large areas of
this sand plain, but this indicates only that lime
is not everywhere available in the soil of the plain,
but influences the flora only in certain portions
of it, as might be expected from a naturally uneven
concentration of the original deposits of shell,
and differences in drainage subsequent to eleva-
tion above sea level. Where lime occurs, even
though actually a small proportion of the soil
content, it would naturally be more readily avail-
able to plants in a light, sandy soil, with its free
percolation of water, than in a heavier soil. Hil-
gard (1911) remarks: “..... some (sandy)
soils containing only a little over one-tenth of one
per cent of lime show all the characters and ad-
vantages of calcareous soils: while in the case of
heavy clay soils, as has been shown, the lime
percentage must rise to over one-half per cent to
produce native lime growth”. It is believed
that these conditions explain the presence of
numerous plants considered as calcicoles about
Seven Islands.

MoutH oF MATAMEK RIVER
Gentiana Amarella, Campanula rotundifolia.
The explanation of the occurrence of calcicoles
in this case is uncertain. It may easily be due
to elevation of beach material, or to sea-bird
droppings, or perhaps to a fairly high percentage
of calcium in the country rock.

THUNDER RIVER

Luzula parviflora, var. melanocarpat}, Glyceria
striata, var. stricta, Pyrola minor, Gentiana Ama-
rella.

The occurrence of these calcicoles at Thunder
River is probably due to the occurrence of a
sufficient percentage of calcium in the country
rock, made available to the plants as the rock
weathers. This is not yet proven.

BAIE JOHAN BEETZ

Spiranthes Romanzoffiana, Salix candida.

Both of these calcicoles at Baie Johan Beetz
grew close to shore. They probably occurred
there because of the presence in the soil of com-
minuted mollusc-shells.

WATSHISHU

Spiranthes Romanzofiana.

This plant at Watshishu grew on elevated
parts of small islands. Its presence there is be-
lieved to be due to the occurrence of masses of
broken sea-shells, elevated bodily in depressions
in the granite as the islands rose from sea-level.

MASCANIN

Spiranthes Romanzofiana, Thalictrum confine.
Spiranthes occurs at Mascanin in the same way

132

as at Watshishu, and the explanation is doubtless
the same. Thalictrum confine occurs along the
border of a marshy shore, where it is probably
able to obtain lime from shells of comparatively
recent deposition.

NATASHQUAN

Scirpus hudsonianus, Carex diandra, Carex
Oederi, var. pumila, Habenaria dilatataj, Spi-
ranthes Romanzoffianat, Fragaria virginana, var.
terrae-novae}, Pyrola secunda.

These presumed calcicoles grow on the ex-
tensive sandy tracts at and near Natashquan.
Their occurrence there is probably to be explained
in much the same way as is the occurrence of
numerous calcicoles on the similar sandy area at
Seven Islands.

KEGASKA ISLAND

Habenaria dilatata, Thalictrum confine, Actaea
rubra, f. neglecta, Parnassia parviflora, Ribes
lacustre, Gentiana nesophila, Gentiana Amarella.

These plants, which I class as calcicoles, grow
on the outer side of Kegaska Island, near a cove
on the beach of which occur heavy deposits of
mussel-shell. These deposits and the gradual
elevation of the land doubtless explain why they
can grow there.

GREEN ISLAND, KEGASKA

Carex diandra, Habenaria dilatata, Parnassia
parviflora, Ribes hirtellum, var. calcicola, Geum
macrophyllum, Geum rivale, Viola nephrophylla,
Gentiana Amarella

The soil on Green Island, owing to its especially
favourable form and situation, is composed to
a very large extent of broken mussel-shell. The
relation of this to the presence of a number of
marked calciphiles seems fairly obvious.

ROMAINE

Carex capillarist.

I have not visited the point, on an outer island
near Romaine, where St. John collected this
species, and do not know the reason for its oc-
currence there.

Foc ISLAND

Spiranthes Romanzoffiana, Parnassia parviflora.

This island resembles Green Island, at Kegaska,
in many ways, and has similar extensive deposits
of broken mussel-shell, which are doubtless res-

ponsible for the fact that these two calcicoles are
able to flourish there.

WOLF BAY
Glyceria striata, var stricta.
I have no information as to the local conditions
providing calcium for this plant at Wolf Bay.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

LAKE ISLAND
Pinguicula vulgaris.
The precise reasons for the occurrence of this

indifferent calcicole on Lake Island are not
known.

MATCHIATIK ISLAND (WAPITAGUN)

Pinguicula vulgaris}.

This is a collection by St. John, this species
not having been seen by me on Matchiatik Island.
There are several possible explanations of such
isolated occurrences of solitary calcicoles, but the
particular one operative in this case is not known.

ETAMAMU

Potamogeton filiformis, var. borealist.
The cause of occurrence is unknown in this
instance.
POINTE AU MAURIER

Botrychium Lunariat, Pinguicula vulgaris.

St. John (1922) attributes the occurrence of
Botrychium Lunaria at Pointe au Maurier to lime
(probably from comminuted sea-shells) in the
sea-beach, at the top of which the plant grew. ©
The circumstance favouring the occurrence of
Pinguicula vulgaris is not known.

St. Mary ISLANDS

Pinguicula vulgaris.

While the cause of occurrence is not certainly
known in this case, the local situation was such
that it is highly probably that lime was present
in the soil because of the elevation of a basin in
the rock which, when at a lower elevation, was
abundantly supplied with lime by sea-birds, in
a manner which will presently be considered in
more detail.

HARRINGTON HARBOUR (MAINLAND)

Habenaria dilatata.

This plant at this section grew on the face of
a sandy bluff above the beach. Such bluffs are
commonly well supplied with lime in the form of
broken sea-shells that they have carried up with
them from sea-level:or below as the coast has
been elevated.

MutTTON BAY

Streptopus oreopolus, Saxifraga Aizoont.

St. John (1922) states that the perthitic syenite
on which he found Savzifraga Aizoon growing at
Mutton Bay contains 8 per cent of lime. Basalt
from the basaltic dyke in the ravine where Strep-
topus oreopolus was found growing was sub-
mitted to the Division of Chemistry of the Mines
Branch of the Canadian Department of Mines
for analysis and was reported to contain 1.29
per cent of calcium. Calcium from the rock
on which the plants were growing is the only

September, 1931]

important source of the element known for the
plants in these cases.

LA TABATIERE

Barbarea orthoceras, Ribes lacustre, Geum rivale,
Campanula rotundifolia.

Three samples of rock from La Tabatiere were
partially analyzed for me by the Division of
Chemistry of the Mines Branch of the Canadian
Department of Mines. One specimen of disin-
tegrating country rock was found to contain 1.28
per cent of calcium, while another specimen
contained 4.28 per cent of that element. A
specimen broken from material, believed to be
intrusive, that filled a narrow fissure, was found
to contain 9.29 per cent of calcium. Probably
calcium in the disintegrating surface rock is res-
ponsible for the continuing occurrence of these
apparent calciphiles at La Tabatiére.

Mutton Bay and La Tabatiére are only about
six miles apart, and are situated on a definitely
bounded block of igneous rock formation which
extends from Cape Mecatina to Lake Salé, and
which, although not uniform throughout, differs
conspicuously from the country rock beyond
its borders in that it is higher and rougher, is
composed of larger crystals, is more readily dis-
integrated by exposure to weather, and is marked
by numerous dykes, which often, by weathering
even more rapidly than the country rock, have
formed narrow, shallow ravines. This block of
rock is bounded by the sea on the south and
east and, although it reaches a height of eight
hundred feet, is cut off from the mainland north
and west of it by a fresh water system consisting
of a lake said to have an elevation of only twelve
feet above sea level, with an outlet to the sea at
either end. When the elevation of this part of
the coast was only twelve feet less than it is now,
which was well within historic times, the Mutton
Bay—La Tabatiére—Lake Salé block of land was
an island in the gulf. The evidence points to a
higher percentage of calcium in the rocks of this

formation generally than in the country rock —

east, west or north of it.

KECARPOUI ISLAND
Pinguicula vulgarist.
This is one of St. John’s records, and the exact
local conditions can only be surmised.

St. AUGUSTIN

Botrychium Lunaria.

Here, as in many other places, the presence of
this plant may be explained by the fact that it
was growing on the upper part of a sea-beach,
where lime from broken sea-shells was pre-
sumably available for it.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

133

LITTLE CoOxIPt RIVER

Pyrola minor}.
This is another of St. John’s records, the exact
local conditions relating to which are unknown

t :
Ome BONNE ESPERANCE

Botrychium Lunaria}, Microstylis monophyllost.

St. John quotes both of these records from
Stearns (1883). I am without information as
to the source of lime for these plants.

BRADORE BAY (AREAS OF GNEISS AND GRANITE)

Salix candida, Taraxacum lapponicum.

In this case Salix candida was growing among
boulders at the head of a cove, where it could
probably obtain lime from broken sea-shells.
Taraxacum lapponicum was growing on sand,
where lime may be available as in the sandy
tracts at Seven Islands, and elsewhere, previously
discussed, and it may also have received lime
through drainage from calcareous sandstone at
higher levels.

It appears from the above survey that in all
cases in this region where plants that behave as
calcicoles are found in numbers in areas of Ar-
chaean rocks they are well supplied with lime
through the nature of local soils which, in spite
of glaciation and of washing by the sea, occur as
a result of the action of one or more of several
agencies. Probably the scattered occurrences for
which the exact reasons are not at present known
would be susceptible of similar explanations if
the pertinent facts relating to them were avail-
able.

If it be objected that some of the plants that
I have named, such as Habenaria dilatata, Spi-
ranthes Romanzoffiana, Caltha palustris, Barbarea
orthoceras, and Campanula rotundifolia, are not
true calcicoles, I can only say that they clearly
behave as such in this region.

Along many coasts lime salts supplied by the
sea, directly or indirectly, are available only to
plants in immediate proximity to the shore.
Owing to several factors, of which the continuing
and fairly rapid elevation of the land mass is
chief, there are many exceptions to this condition
along the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence,
where lime supplied by the sea in the form of
broken and comminuted sea-shells is often avail-
able in quantity at a considerable distance from
the shore and at a considerable elevation above it,
especially on certain islands.

It is obvious that, if sea-shells are cast ashore
by the waves and the land is subsequently ele-
vated, these shells, rich in calcium, will occur
above sea-level, and may thus be available for
the support of calcicoles there. It might, how-
ever, be supposed that calcium of this origin,

134

occurring in strictly limited quantities, even in
the largest deposits, might soon leach away, at
least from the upper layers of the soil, and so
become unavailable to plant life. Apparently
this has actually occurred quite generally, for
otherwise calcicoles should be much more widely
distributed on this coast than they are. Never-
theless certain islands form exceptions. Green
Island, at Kegaska, shows a strongly calciphilous
flora, and that on Kegaska Island itself is only
slightly less so. Fog Island and the small islands
at Watshishu and Mascanin show tendencies
in the same direction, although all of these islands
are formed of resistant pre-Cambrian granitic
rocks. Examination of these instances points
to the following facts as the explanation.

1.—The soil on these islands, at least where
the calcicoles grow, contains a high proportion
of broken and powdered sea-shells, principally
those of the common mussel (Mytilus edulis),
which are doubtless the source of the lime that
the plants in question require. |

2.—The sea about these islands, especially on
the seaward side, contains extensive rocky reefs
and shallows, on which unusually large beds of
these mussels can grow, but where they are so
near the surface that agitation of the water in
storms can tear great numbers of them from their
places and hurl them or their empty shells on
the shores of the islands.

3.—The shores of these islands are low and gent-
ly shelving, so that great quantities of shells can
be securely lodged on them. Neighbouring
islands that face the sea with abrupt cliffs ob-
viously cannot receive many shells from the
waves.

4.—The surface of such islands is fairly flat,
but is very often characterized by shallow, smooth-
sided, impervious basins in the solid granite,
wherein the shells and also lime that may be re-
moved from them by surface water are retained
for centuries.

Islands of this type form suitable places for
development of such calcicoles as may chance
to reach them.

Another agency that helps to make lime from
sea-shells available to plants on this coast, even
at some elevation above sea-level, is found in
the large population of sea-birds, particularly
Eider Ducks (Somateria mollissima dressert).
These ducks feed to a very large extent upon small
common mussels. These are obtained by diving,
are eaten whole, and are finely ground in the
powerful gizzards of the birds. Consequently
the ordinary excrements of Eiders consist largely
of mussel-shells broken into small pieces. A
great many of these excrements are discharged

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

either directly into the sea or on rocky shores,
where they do not influence land vegetation, and
many others are dropped here and there on land,
where the birds go for nesting and for sunning
themselves on the turf, but are so scattered
as to have no observable influence. However,
during the period when the young Eiders are
small, that is, for about a month in the life of

_each brood, their mothers customarily take them

ashore on some small island at evening and brood
them there during the night. For such brooding
they greatly prefer an area of level and rather
damp turf, and on the islands which they frequent
areas of this kind are commonly to be found where
vegetation-supporting soil and water are caught
in some shallow, impervious basin, a few yards
square, in the uneven surface of the granitic
country rock.

Several Eider mothers may spend night after
night together, with their young, on one such
small. area, elevated several feet or even yards
above the present reach of the waves. Toward
the end of August the vegetation on such an area
will be much trampled by the birds in their con-
tinued visits, and will be heavily littered with
their excrements. Thus, year after year, these
ducks add fresh lime to a limited patch of soil
in an impervious basin, and so they may greatly
aid the establishment and continuance of isolated
colonies of calcicoles on the islands along the
coast. Even when the general coastal elevation
has earried such pockets of lime to a height where
they are no longer acceptable to the female
Hiders for brooding their young, the fact that they
are held in impervious catch-basins of granite
may enable them to support calcicoles for a long
time. I suspect that some of the unexplained
occurrences of Pinguicula vulgaris and of other
ealciphiles on outer islands along this coast are
really due to this elevation and concentration
of lime from sea-shells by Eider Ducks.

Three Hider excrements, composed almost
wholly of finely broken shells of Mytilus edulis,
which I gathered carefully from bare rock in
Cape Whittle Bird Sanctuary on August 6, 1928,
and which were weighed with metric balances
when well dried, showed weights of 28.5 grams,
31.5 grams, and 14 grams, respectively. The
average of these three weights is 24.7 grams.

If we allow 20 grams as a conservative estimate
of the weight of sea-shell present in one normal
Eider excrement, a female Eider brooding her
young nightly for 30 nights on an area of turf
containing three square meters and depositing
there two excrements per night will, at the end
of that time, have deposited on the area 1.2
kilograms of shell, or 400 grams per square meter.

September, 1931]

Estimating that there are at least 10,000 such
female Eiders on this coast each year, we find
that they place in this way 12,000 kilograms of
ground sea-shells annually, most of it concentrated
on small, selected areas of a certain type. This
takes no account of the fertilization of such areas
by the excrements of the growing young. Male
Hiders do not attend their young, and so play no
direct part in this process.

Great black-backed Gulls (Larus marinus) and
Herring Gulls (Larus argentatus), both of which
nest commonly on islands along this coast, have
the habit of opening various molluscs and echino-

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

135

derms, on which they feed, by carrying them to
a height in the air and allowing them to drop on
a bare rock surface so that the shell is broken.
The bird then alights beside its prey, eats the
organism, and leaves the shell. Certain suit-
able rock areas in convenient situations are used
repeatedly by numbers of birds for this purpose,
and in consequence a litter of broken shells be-
comes concentrated at such places. This, too,
may affect appreciably the local lime content of
the thin soil, and so may permit certain calcicoles
to become established.
(To be continued)

FRESH-WATER PLESIOSAURS*
By LORIS S. RUSSELL

AN

HE Mesozoic era or Age of Reptiles was
characterized not only by the presence
of the dinosaurs, which dominated the
land, but also by the development of

several independent lines of aquatic reptiles,

particularly the ichthyosaurs (“‘fish-lizards’’),
mosasaurs (“lizards of the Meuse’) and plesio-
saurs (“near-lizards’). All of these reptiles had
the limbs more or less altered into swimming
paddles, but the body form in each group was
peculiar. Among the plesiosaurs the trunk was
low and broad, and in the typical genera there
was a long neck and a somewhat shorter tail
(fig. 1). This characteristic form was rather aptly
described by Dean Buckland, that early synthe-
sist of theology and geology, as a snake threaded
through the shell of a turtle.

Plesiosaurs are considered to be characteristic-
ally marine reptiles, and this is certainly true
for almost all of them. From time to time,
however, remains of these reptiles have been
found under conditions that strongly suggest
a fresh-water habitat. In most cases the eco-
logical significance of such occurrences has been
disregarded. This paper describes the vertebra
of a plesiosaur from beds that are definitely of
fresh-water deposition, and considers some other
cases of what appear to be fresh-water plesiosaurs.

The fossil to be discussed particularly came from
an outcrop of the Edmonton formation on North
Saskatchewan river, about six miles above the
city of Edmonton. Dinosaur bones are not
uncommon at this locality, and in making a
collection of these, Dr. D. G. Revell, Professor
of Anatomy at the University of Alberta, found

* These notes were prepared prior to the writer’s association
with the Geological Survey of Canada, and were presented at
the Washington meeting of the Paleontological Society,
December, 1929.

a vertebral centrum of peculiar character. This
centrum was first recognized as plesiosaurian
by Mr. C. W. Gilmore, of the United States
National Museum. Dr. Revell kindly presented
the vertebra to the writer, by whom it has been
deposited in the palaeontological collection of
the Department of Geology, University of Al-
berta. The writer is indebted to Professor John
A. Allan for the opportunity to complete his
studies of this specimen.

The centrum (figs. 2-5) is about 47 mm. long
and 65 mm. wide. It is moderately amphicoe-
lous, somewhat ‘constricted at mid-length, and
has, in end view, the depressed-hexagonal out-
line that is common in plesiosaurian centra. The
bases of the neuropophyses are ovoid, and there
appear to be two pairs of poorly defined facets
for the chevrons. On one articular face there
is a rounded protuberance above the centre.
There are no traces of transverse processes.

This vertebra is referred to the caudal series
because of the apparent presence of facets for

—the chevron bones, and the absence of transverse

processes. There appear to be close resemblances
to vertebrae of Leurospondylus ultimus Brown,
which is discussed below. The present specimen
is referred provisionally to Leurospondylus, and
therefore to the Elasmosauridae, but a form
considerably larger than Mr. Brown’s specimen
is indicated.

Let us consider next the geological occurrence
of the specimen. The Edmonton formation,
which is the uppermost division of the Cretaceous
System in central Alberta, represents a period of
deposition following the last retreat of the Pierre
sea. We are able to trace fairly accurately the
maximum extent of this sea in its last advance
in Alberta. This is the Bearpaw stage, and

136

during it the sea did not reach within twenty-five
or thirty miles of the point where the plesiosaur
vertebra was found. If the Pierre sea was this
far away in Bearpaw time, it must have iain much
farther to the east and south after two hundred
feet or more of Edmonton beds had been deposited.
Thus the non-marine nature of this plesiosaur’s
environment can be demonstrated by palaeo-
geography.

Most of the fossils associated with this vertebra
are dinosaur bones. Hadrosaurs and carnivorous
forms of the deinodont type are known to be
represented. Such reptiles are not considered
to have been of marine habitat, but their bones
do occur in marine deposits, presumably carried
seaward in estuaries. The only invertebrate
fossil known from this locality is an incomplete
shell of a large species of Viviparus, possibly V.
raynoldsanus Meek and Hayden. This, of course,
is a fresh-water shell. Twigs, cones and wood,
probably of Sequoia, are rather common here.
The palaeontological evidence is not definite,
but the absence oi marine forms may be taken
to corroborate the interpretation of the beds as
of fresh-water deposition.

We must conceive, therefore, that the plesiosaur
represented by the vertebra described above
lived in a body of fresh water. The channel-
like structure of the beds at the locality suggests
a fluviatile environment.

Plesiosaurian remains have been obtained from
other localities in Alberta, but none of these has
been taken definitely as representing a fresh-water
form. The type of Leurospondylus ultimus
Brown! was found at about the middle of the
dinosaur-bearing Edmonton formation on Red
Deer river. This is about the horizon of a rich
bed of brackish-water molluscs that occurs at
certain places along the Red Deer, although not
where the plesiosaur was found. Apart from
this shell bed, and some transitional strata in
the basal portion, the Edmonton formation
appears to be of fresh-water deposition. Hence
Leurospondylus ultimus inhabited a brackish-
water, or possibly a fresh-water, environment.

The marine shales of the Bearpaw formation
underlie the Edmonton beds. Below these
shales, in turn, we have the Belly River series,
the uppermost strata of which are distinguished
as the Pale beds. These rocks, exposed in “‘bad-

1 Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 32, pp. 605-615, 7 figs.,
913.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

lands” along Red Deer river, have yielded a very
rich dinosaurian fauna. In 1902 the late Mr.
Lawrence M. Lambe? referred a number of
vertebrae from these beds to Cimoliosaurus
magnus Leidy, a plesiosaur from the New Jersey
Upper Cretaceous. While the writer would be
inclined to question the accuracy of such a definite

determination based upon vertebral centra, there

is no doubt that Lambe was dealing with the
remains of a plesiosaur. The Pale beds have
also yielded vertebrae that are referable appa-
rently to IJschyrotherium Leidy. It is almost
certain that this genus is plesiosaurian,

With the exception of some strata at the top,
the Pale beds are definitely of fresh-water depo-
sition. Beside the numerous remains of terres-
trial vertebrates, rich Unio beds occur in the
Red Deer badlands. Well preserved leaves and
twigs are also fairly abundant. It seems fairly
safe to regard any plesiosaurian remains from
this portion of the Belly River series as repre-
senting animals of fresh-water habitat.

One other occurrence may be considered in
this connection. In 1922 the late Dr. C. W.
Andrews? described a new plesiosaur, Leptocleidus
superstes, from the Weald clay of Sussex. This
formation, as is well known, is of fresh-water
deposition, and Lower Cretaceous in age. The
plesiosaur is a rather primitive member of the
Plesiosauridae, and was thought by Andrews to
have owed its survival to its invasion of the
fresh-water environment, where competition was
less keen than in the sea.

It may be concluded, therefore, that some
plesiosaurs lived in bodies of fresh water. From
a paleobiological standpoint this has some
bearing on the adaptation of these reptiles. To
be stratigrapher it means that plesiosaurian
remains are not absolute evidence of marine
deposition. It is most reasonable to consider
these fresh-water plesiosaurs as the inhabitants
of rivers. The gradual transition from marine,
through estuarine, to fluviatile environment
makes possible the secondary adaptation of sea
animals to rivers. Modern examples of this
are the cetaceans in the Ganges and the Amazon,
as well as some rays, which have been observed
in the larger rivers.

2 Geol. Surv. Canada, Contrib. Can. Pal., vol. 3, pt. 2, p.
32, 1902.

3 Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc. London, vol. 78, pp. 285-298, pls.
14, 15, 1922.

September, 1931] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST | 137

Fig. 1. Restoration of the plesiosaur Elasmosaurus, a relative of Leurospondylus.

Figs. 2-5. Vertebral centrum of Leurospondylus?, x 14: fig. 2 dorsal view; fig. 3, ventral view;
fig. 4, view of articular face; fig. 5, lateral view.

138

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

. (Vou; XLV

NESTING OF BONAPARTES’ GULL (Larus philadelphia) IN
CENTRAL ALBERTA
By FRANK L. FARLEY

HE occasional appearance of Bonaparte’s
Gull during the breeding season, on
(WF) various lakes and sloughs in the vicinity
: =’ of Camrose, led the writer, years ago,
to suspect that the species might nest sparingly
in certain localities midway between Camrose
and Edmonton. The discovery of several nests
of this interesting gull in 1915, by Mr. A. D.
Henderson, about 70 miles north-west of Ed-
monton, aroused further interest in the matter,
and seemed to warrant careful investigation of
the region above referred to. Although several
trips were made into the territory in an effort to
locate the birds on their breeding grounds, it was
not until 1928 that success was achieved.

According to pre-arrangement, on May 27th,
1928, I met Mr. Arthur Twomey, an undergra-
-duate of the University of Alberta, at a certain
place in the Beaver Hills. While on his way to
the place of meeting, Mr. Twomey observed,
circling over a small lake, several gulls one of
which was seen to settle in the branches of a live
spruce and disappear from view. He immediately
walked over to the lake and in a short time found
four nests belonging to Bonaparte Gulls, each
containing three eggs. Hight gulls were in the
vicinity, and as search for the nests was being
carried on, the birds watched proceedings from
the tops of the trees, or circled overhead, at the
same time uttering their notes of disapproval,
“‘te-ar’’, somewhat similar to those of the Com-
mon Tern. Later in the day I visited the colony
and found it to be in a well-settled district, two
hundred yards from a graded road, and less than
that distance from an occupied farm house. The
lake, which has an area of about three acres, is
surrounded on all sides by marsh and muskeg.
Until recent years the muskeg had supported a
heavy growth of spruce and tamarack, but most
of the trees have been cut and used for building
on the homestead. It was in the few remaining
trees that the nests were built, at distances of
from ten to fifty feet from the water’s edge. The
nests were loosely constructed of dead twigs of
spruce and tamarack, and lined with dried grasses
and reeds, and mosses gathered from the trunks
and branches of the trees. They were built on
the branches eight to fifteen feet from the ground,
and one to two feet from the trunk of the tree.
So well were they concealed that it was nearly
impossible tq detect them from below. ‘Tueir

outside diameter was about ten inches, and the
inside depth about one inch.

On the Ist of June, 1929, we again visited the
lake and found three pairs of gulls nesting. One
nest contained two eggs and the others, three
eggs each. Incubation at that date had com-
menced. All nests were newly constructed, and
were similar in every way to those found the
previous season. Although a pair of crows
nested close by there was no evidence that they
had molested the gulls in their nesting operations.
At the time of this visit the owner of the farm
was working with a team in the field about one
hundred yards from the nesting trees, and a
number of children were noted passing along
the road on their way to school, which was lo-
cated about a mile distant, yet none of these
people were aware of these nests.

While motoring to Edmonton on the 23rd of
May, 1930, I spent a few minutes looking over
the muskeg and found six gulls resting on the
lake or sitting on the tree-tops. Three nests
were easily located, all freshly built and in the
same trees that held the nests the previous season.
Each nest contained three eggs and at this date
incubation had not commenced. The average
measurement of a number of eggs is as follows:
length 1.9 inches, and width 1.35 inches. There
is considerable variation in the shape and colour-
ation of the eggs. The ground colour is green
of varying shades, spotted and blotched with
brown and umber.

The area embraced in this isolated bit of Can-
adian Life-zone did not exceed fifteen acres, yet,
in addition to being the summer home of Bon-
parte’s Gulls, it was also the summer home of a
number of varieties of birds, characteristic of the
extensive muskeg regions north of the Saskat-
chewan river. To all of them it must have been:
as an oasis in the desert. The following birds
were noted in this restricted area, where they
were probably breeding; Greater Yellowlegs,
Lesser Yellowlegs, Solitary Sandpiper, White-
throated and Lincoln’s Sparrows, Juncos, North-
ern Yellowthroat, Tennessee Warbler, Ruby-
crowned Kinglet and Olive-backed Thrush.
Less than half a mile from the muskeg, a pair
each, of Baltimore Orioles and Catbirds were
nesting, while Kingbirds were noted in noisy
combats with Crows and Blackbirds in the
surrounding woods.

This is probably the first recorded nesting of

September, 1931]

Bonaparte’s Gull south of the North Saskat-
chewan River, and it may constitute a southern

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

139

record for its breeding in Western Canada.

NEW RECORDS OF MUSHROOMS AND OTHER FLESHY FUNGI OF THE
OTTAWA DISTRICT
By W. S. ODELL

YE records presented in the following
are supplementary to those given by the
writer in ‘‘List of Mushrooms and other
Fleshy Fungi of the Ottawa district”
(Victoria Memorial Museum, Bulletin No. 438,
Biological Series No. 11, Ottawa, 1926). The
number after each record, e.g. 534 after that of
- Amanita verna, is a field number which corres-
ponds with a number of negatives filed with the
Photographic Division of the Geological Survey,
Department of Mines, Ottawa, where all the
specimens recorded were photographed. All de-
terminations have been made or checked by Dr.
John Dearness, London, Ont., to whom the
writer also wishes to express his appreciation for
kind assistance in the preparation of the MS.

WHITE SPORED
BASIDIOMYCETES

AGARICALES
Agaricaceae

Amanita verna (Bull.) Fr. Berrigan’s bush,
Ont. Sept. 534.

Amanita porphyria Fr. Henry’s bush, Ont.
Sept. 536.

Armillaria granulosa (Fr.) Kauftm.
granulosa Fr.) Beneath pines;
Ont. Oct. 586.

Armillaria mellea Fr.
bush, Ont. Oct. 629.

Armillaria robusta Fr. Mixed woods; Bernard
lake, Que. Oct. 580.

Clitocybe sp. On lawn; Fairmont Ave., Ottawa,
Ont. 568.

Clitocybe inversa Fr. Beneath pines; Val Tetreau,
Que. Sept. 540.

Clitocybe robusta Pk. Beneath pines; Val Tetreau,
Que. Sept. 548.

- Clitocybe sinopicoides Pk. Beneath spruce;
- Merrifield’s corners, Que. Sept. 611.

Collybia_ strictipes Pk. Beneath pine bush;
near Cantley cemetery, Que. Oct. 626.

Cantharellus lutescens Fr. Wet ground be-
neath hemlocks; Kingsmere, Que. Oct. 589.

Cantharellus infundibuliformis (Scop.) Fr.
Glen Major, Ont. Sept. 561
_ Hygrophorus probably camarophyllus (Alb. &
Schw.) Fr. Moist coniferous woods; Merri-
field’s corners, Que. Sept. 612.

(Lepiota
Henry’s bush,

Pine woods; Berrigan’s

Hygrophorus coccineus (Wulf.) Fr.
hemlocks; Val Tetreau, Que. Oct. 546.

Hygrophorus fuligineus Frost. Beneath coni-
fers; Gilmour’s grove, Que. Oct. 6382.

Hygrophorus (nr.) hypothejus Fr. In leaves,
open hardwood, Kingsmere, Que. Oct. 574.

Hygrophorus pallidus Pk. Mixed conifers,
Merrifield’s corners, Que. Sept. 616.

Hygrophorus purpurascens Schw. Moist mixed
woods, Meach lake road, Que. Oct. 577.

Hygrophorus Russula Fr. Moist mixed woods,
Merrifield’s corners, Que. Sept. 610.

Hygrophorus speciosus Pk. Beneath spruce;
Child’s bush, Ont. Oct. 584; also swampy ground
Merrifield’s corners, Que. 622.

Lactarius chelidonium Pk. Beneath
Green’s creek, Ont. Oct. 556.

Lactarius colorascens Pk. Beneath pines; Hen-
ry’s bush, Ont. Oct. 566.

Lactarius controversus Fr.
Creek, Ont. July, 602

Lactarius helvuus var. aquifluus Pk. Beneath
pines; Huston’s bush, Ont. Sept. 606.

Lactarius heluus var. aquifluus Pk. Beneath
pines; Huston’s bush, Ont. Sept. 614.

Lactarius indigo Schw. Beneath pines; Green’s
Creek, Ont. Oct. 553.

Lactarius lignyotus Fr. Beneath hemlocks;
Huston’s bush, Ont. Sept. 613.

Lactarius subdulcis Fr. Beneath pines; Henry’s
bush, Ont. Oct. 567.

Lactarius theiogalus Fr.
creek, Ont. Oct. 550.

Lactarius trivialis var.
bush, Ont. Sept. 535.

Lepiota acutaesquamosa Fr.
Ont. Sept. 538.

Lepiota clypeolaria Fr.
lake road, Que. Oct. 578.

Lepiota Fischeri Kauff. Maple woods; Val
Tetreau, Que. Oct. 547.

Lepiota Friesit (Lasch.) Fr. In rose garden,
Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Ont. Oct. 585.

Lepiota granulosa (Batsch) Fr.=Armillaris
granulosa (Fr.) Kauff. Beneath pines, Henry’s
bush, Ont. Oct. 586.

Marasmius rotula Fr. On dead beech log,
Gilmour’s grove, Que. July 601.

Beneath

spruce;

Common; Green’s

Beneath pines; Green’s
gracilis Pk. Henry’s

City Park; Ottawa,

Beneath pines; Meach

140

Mycena pura Fr. Among pine needles; Wych-
wood, Ont. Oct. 583.

Pleurotus albolanatus Pk. Mossy pine log;
Merrifield’s corners, Que. Sept. 608.

Pleurotus sapidus Kalchb. Growing on log
in cellar; Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Ont. Oct.
559.

Pleurotus subpalmatus Fr. On living ash;
Arboretum, Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Ont.
June, 599.

Russula crustosa Pk. Beneath pines; Green’s
creek, Ont. Oct. 552.

Russula (near) delica Fr.
Green’s creek, Ont. Oct. 570.
Russula fallax Cke. Beneath pines,
wood, also at Green’s creek, Ont. Oct. 571.
Russula flaviceps Pk. Beneath pines in bush;

near Cantley cemetery, Que. Oct. 625.

Tricholoma lasciveum (?) Fr. On pine cone;
Val Tetreau, Que. Oct. 572.

Tricholoma personatum Fr. Beneath hemlocks;
Berrigan’s bush, Ont. Oct. 555.

Tricholoma subacutum Pk. Beneath hemlocks;
Cascades, Que. Oct. 579.

Tricholoma terriferum Pk. Open field near
cedars; Merrifield’s corners, Que. Oct. 623.

In moist ravine;

Wych-

PINK SPORED

Clitopilus abortivus B. & C. On dead birch
stump; Henry’s bush, Ont. Oct. 581.

Clitopilus caespitosus Pk. Beneath hemlocks;
Val Tetreau, Que. Sept. 542.

Entoloma (near) clypeatum (L.) Fr. Coniferous
swamp; Merrifield’s corners, Que. Oct. 624.

Entoloma griseum Pk. Moist low ground;
Huston’s bush, Ont. Oct. 619.

Pluteus cervinus Fr.
Farm, Ottawa, Ont. Oct. 549.

Pluteus umbrosus Fr. On sawdust; Lady Grey
Hospital, Ottawa, Ont. Oct. 573.

BROWN SPORED

Cortinarius (near) caerulescens Fr. ;
hemlocks; Val Tetreau, Que. Sept. 548.

Cortinarius (near) coloratus Pk. Berrigan’s
bush; Merivale, Ont. Sept. 539; also beneath
spruce; Green’s creek, Ont. Oct. 557.

Cortinarius flavifolius Pk. Margin of moist
wood: Manotick, Ont. Sept. 565.

Cortinarius (near) infractus (Pers.) Bres. Be-
neath hemlocks; Val Tetreau, Que. Sept. 545.

Cortinarius multiformis Fr. Green’s creek,
Ont. Sept. 541.

Cortinarius pholideus Fr.
Road, Ont. Oct. 554.

Cortinarius wuraceus Fr.
Green’s creek, Ont. Oct. 558.

Beneath

Child’s bush; Russell

Beneath. spruce;

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

On lawn; Experimental _

[VoL. XLV

Crepidotus dorsalis Pk. On decayed poplar;
Mansfield’s bush, Ont. June 598.

Crepidotus mollis Fr. Between railway ties,
Gilmour’s grove, Que. Oct. 630.

Flammula spumosa Fr. Base pine stump,
Green’s creek, Ont. Sept. 604.

Pholiota flammans (Batsch) Ir. At base of
elm, Experimental. Farm, arboretum, Ottawa,
Ont. Sept. 594.

PURPLE SPORED

Hypholoma sublaterittum Fr. At base of pine
stump, Huston’s bush, Ont. Oct. 618.

Psalliota abruptibulbus Pk. In pine woods;
Berrigan’s bush, Ont. Oct. 627.

BLACK SPORED

Gomphidius viscidus var. columbiana Kaufi.
Beneath pines; Cascades, Que. Oct. 635.
Boletaceae
Boletinus cavipes (Opat.) Kalechb. Mixed coni-
ferous woods; Merrifield’s corners, Que. Sept. 617.
Boletus subaureus Pk. Beneath pines; Green’s
creek, Ont. Oct. 551.
Clavariaceae
Clavaria coralloides (?) L. Berrigan’s bush;
Merivale, Ont. Sept. 533.
Clavaria fusiformis Sow. Berrigan’s bush;
Merivale, Ont. Sept. 532.
Clavaria cristata (Holmsk) Pers.
Que. Aug. 603.
Clavaria ligula Schaeff. Sent from Toronto
Exhibition, Sept. 544.
Clavaria pistillaris L. Beneath spruce and
pines; Merrifield’s corners, Que. Sept. 609.

Kingsmere,

Hydnaceae

Hydnellum humidum (?) Banker.
pines; Huston’s bush, Ont. Sept. 607.

Beneath

Polyporaceae
Daedalea quercina Pers.
bush, Ont. Oct. 588.
Irpex tulipifera Schw. On fallen beech; Gil- |
mour’s grove, Que. Nov. 597.
Merulius tremellosus Schrad. On dead beech;
Gilmour’s grove, Que. Oct. 596.

On oak stump; Henry’s

TREMELLALES
Tremella reticulata (Berk.) Farl. Between rail-
way ties; Gilmour’s grove, Que. July 600.

DACRYOMYCETALES
Lacryomyces aurantius (Schw.) Farl. On spruce;
Green’s creek, Ont. Sept. 605.
LYCOPERDALES

Bovista plumbea Pers. In grain field; Henry’s
bush, Ont. Oct. 582.

September, 1931]

Calvatia cyathiformis (Bosc) Morg. Open field;
Berrigan’s bush, Ont. Oct. 634.

Calvatia elata (Massee) Morg. Low ground;
Merrifield’s corners, Que. Oct. 633.

Lycoperdon gemmatum Batsch. Common; Hen- -

ry’s bush, Ont. Oct. 587.

SCLERODERMATALES

Scleroderma bovista Fr.
Ont. Sept. 531.

Sent from Toronto,

ASCOMYCETES
HELVELLALES

Gyromitra gigas (Krombh.) Cke. At base of
pine; Henry’s bush; Ont. May, 592.

Helvella Infula Schaeff. On poplar log; moist
ravine; Kingsmere, Que. Sept. 575.

Morchella angusticeps Pk. Among ferns; Hen-
ry’s bush, Ont. May 591.

Morchella angusticeps. Cluster; open space in
woods; Henry’s bush, Ont. May 590.

Morchella crassipes Pers. Among ferns; Henry’s
bush, Ont. May 593.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

141

PEZIZALES

Aleuria aurantia (Pers.) Fckl. In damp ravine;
Gilmour’s grove, Que. Sept. 564.
Chlorosplenium aeruginascens

South March, Ont. Sept. 537.
Geopyxis cupularis (L.) Sace. Beneath spruce;
Experimental Farm, arboretum Ottawa, Ont:

(Nyl.) Karst.

July 562.

Haematomyces faginea Pk. (Ascotremella fagi-
nea (Pk.) Seaver). On decayed beech log; Gil-
mour’s grove, Que. Oct. 569.

Peziza proteana (Boud.) Seaver.
log; Meach lake, Que. Oct. 621.

HYPOCREALES

Cordyceps capitata (Holmsk.) Link. On ground,
moist ravine; Kingsmere, Que. Sept. 576.

Beside beech

SPHAERIALES

Xylaria castorea Berk. Decayed beech log;
Meach lake, Que. Oct. 620.

. Xylaria corniformis Fr. Decayed beech log;
Gilmour’s grove, Que. Oct. 631.

Xylaria digitata (L.) Grev. Decayed beech
log; Gilmour’s grove, Que. Sept. 615.

IS GAMBEL’S SPARROW AN ONTARIO BIRD?
7 By L. L. SNYDER

LTHOUGH it is probably generally
known among ornithologists of Eastern
Canada that Gambel’s Sparrow has re-
cently been discovered as a migrant in
the State of Michigan!, it seems worth while
repeating the circumstances of the discovery so
that field observers in Ontario will not overlook
the possibility of its occurrence in that Province.
Mr. M. J. Magee, the well known bird-bander of
Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, noticed a peculiarly
marked White-crowned Sparrow at his feeding
station on May 21, 1925. Later the same day
he was fortunate enough to capture the bird in
a banding trap and a sketch showing its pecu-
liarities was made before it was banded and
released. Information relative to the discovery
was forwarded to the University of Michigan,
Museum of Zoology, and to the Biological Survey
at Washington, both of these institutions verifying
Mr. Magee’s determination of the bird as Gambel’s
Sparrow. A careful search of the series of White-
crowned Sparrow skins in the Museum of the
University of Michigan was made by Mr. J. Van-
Tyne and he discovered two previously unrecog-
nized specimens of this sparrow. Additional

1‘*Status of Gambel’s Sparrow in Michigan” by Josselyn
Van Tyne, The Wilson Bulletin, 42: 95-97, 1930.

records were brought together from bird-banders
in the state, the total being eleven, all since 1918.

Gambel’s Sparrow, Zonotrichia leucophrys gam-
beli, usually considered a subspecies of the White-
crowned Sparrow species, resembles very closely
our familiar White-crowned Sparrow, Zonotrichia
leucophrys leucophrys. The major difference be-
tween them is that in the gambeli form the light
stripes over the eyes are continuous forward, to the
base of the bill, not being interrupted by black
areas in front of the eyes (the lores). Although it
may appear that this character would be very in-
conspicuous in life, Mr. Magee has told the writer
that he wasimmediately struck by the peculiar ap-
pearance of the supposed White-crowned Sparrow
at his feeding station. From the front the bird had
a bald-faced appearance which gave it quite a
different expression from the ordinary White-
crowned Sparrow. Apparently this character
is one of those which is more conspicuous in life
than in preserved specimens but easily overlooked
if one is not acquainted with what to look for.
It may be added that immatures of the two forms
are extremely difficult to distinguish even with
specimens in hand.

So far as the writer is aware specimens which
show intergrading or intermediate characters
between the two forms have not been found.

142

This sharp separation of characters in conjunc-
tion with a more or less overlapping summer
distribution suggests a specific difference between
them, in fact some ornithologists are strongly
inclined toward this belief.

The breeding range of Gambel’s Sparrow ex-
tends through the boreal parts of the prairie
provinces, southward in the mountainous country
to Idaho, and Montana. The winter range is
largely in the southwestern States. During
migrations, individuals disperse eastward so that
casual records have been made in Texas, Kansas,
Iowa, Minnesota and Michigan. Casual occur-
rence in Michigan and Minnesota and regular
occurrence in Manitoba suggests very strongly
that this sparrow invades the Province of Ontario
as a migrant.

By way of checking up on the possible past
occurrence of this form in Ontario, the writer has
examined the series of White-crowned Sparrows
from Ontario in the R.O.M.Z. collection. Nothing
definite was discovered but at least one specimen

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

was found which lends some weight to the suppo-
sition that Gambel’s Sparrow is an Ontario bird.
The specimen, an adult male gambeli was taken
on May 16, 1890 by Mr. J. A. Varley. The
locality datum “Toronto” appears on the Mu-
seum’s label with remarks on the reverse side
which state that the place of capture was stated
verbally by Mr. Varley when he presented his
small collection of Eastern North American birds
to the Museum in November 1925. No place
of capture is indicated on the original label.
Memory is too uncertain in any case such as this
to place any positive assurance in the record.
The circumstances are such, however, as to justify
including Gambel’s Sparrow in the list of hypo-
thetical records of Ontario birds.

A careful scrutiny of White-crowned Sparrows
in museums and private collections may reveal
specimens of this bird that have been taken in
Ontario or close inspection of White-crowns in
the field may disclose a ‘‘new’’ bird in Ontario’s
avifauna.

OCCURRENCE OF THE POMARINE JAEGER IN THE MONTREAL
DISTRICT
By L. MclI. TERRILL

JHILE looking for late shore birds along
the south shore of the St. Lawrence River
near St. Lambert, on October 26th, 1930,
I found a dead jaeger lying on the beach
just above high water mark. Apparently it had
been shot several weeks previously as little more
than the skeleton remained. The plumage, how-
ever, was in good condition and as definite jaeger
records of any species are unusual in the vicinity
of Montreal, I brought away portions of the bird,
including the head, a wing and a foot, and some
of the tailfeathers. Later, I came to the con-
clusion that it was a juvenile Pomarine Jaeger
(Stercorarius pomarinus), principally on acount of
the size and character of the bill. As this was my
first record for the species I sent the remains to
Mr. Taverner of the National Museum of
Canada, who confirmed the identification and fur-
nished me with the following measurements
in millimeters:—wing 330, middle tail feathers
about 137, tarsus 60, culmen 37. Mr. Taverner
added that the bill and tarsus agree in size with

many fully adult specimens of pomarinus and
that they were much larger than any parasiticus
in the National collection. These features in
conjunction with juvenility he believes are de-
terminative. Although the wing is distinctly
small, I understand that variability in the length
of the primaries is a characteristic of juvenility
in this family.

Mr. Taverner states that he has no records of
pomarinus for localities so far up the St. Lawrence
as, Montreal and that this is the first specimen
in juvenile plumage that has come to his attent-
ion. He mentions that the underwing surface
in this speciemn is spotted instead of having the
solid colouring of the adult and that the tarsus
is pale blue.

When I first saw the bird I was impressed
with the barred, hawk-like appearance of the
under plumage and noted that the middle tail
feathers projected about half an inch beyond
the others.

September, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

143

~ CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF EXTREME NORTH-EASTERN
LABRADOR
By BERNHARD HANTZSCH

“Beitrige zur Kenntnis des nordéstlichsten Labradors,
von Bernhard Hantzsch, Mitteilungen des Vereins fiir HErd-
kunde zu Dresden, Dresden, Volume, 8, 1909, pp. 158-229.
Volume 9, 1909, pp. 245-320.

(Translated from the original German text in the Library
of Congress, Washington, D.C., by M. B. A. Anderson, M.A.,
Ottawa, 1928.)

Original pagination given in the text.

(Continued from page 118)

The next morning we decided to continue
our journey. Not even a slight breeze was
blowing, and the damp fog had changed into a
fine autumn mist, which calmed the waters of
Ikkerasak. Since it seemed to be free of ice, we
started off about nine o’clock with favourable
conditions. We held our course at first farther
over towards the north shore, and found countless
whirlpools and bubbling places, in which the
water flowed as if boiling, but we were never
carried along with dangerous speed. We soon
had these dreaded currents behind us, and were
rowing in a calm, smooth waterway. [P. 203].
The landscape on both sides of Ikkerasak forms a
splendid picture. As a rule the mountain heights
_ tise abruptly from the water and at times display
strong bold outlines, reaching a height occasionally

of 200 to 300 meters. The hinterland rises still
higher, especially towards the south, so that from
Hudson Strait you see these mountain spurs
towering above the Killinek Islands. The slopes
create a desolate cold impression almost every-
where. They are covered here and there with
fallen rubble, which has made a narrow foreshore
in places, and a landing may be made in case of
necessity. We approached the entrance to the
strait after a three hour journey. Since the tide
was beginning to change, we rowed through a
very narrow entrance, quite smooth at low tide,
into a beautiful inlet of some length, in order to
continue our journey the following day. This
locality is situated on the south side of Ikkerasak,
and is called Tessiujaksuk or Tessiujak for short
by the Eskimos. It is a welcome, sheltered
harbour for boats, though the narrow entrance
prevents larger ships from entering. It might
form a safe shelter from the dangers of the Ikke-
rasak in bad weather, because it is surrounded
by high mountains. It is a favourite camping
spot of the Eskimos, possessing fresh water and
an abundance of drift-wood near the entrance
on the west shore. Because of its importance
to the neighbourhood, I gave it a special name:

I called it Snow Bay,! because more old snow
remains in the deep gullies of the slopes than in
other places here, and because on September 6th
we found our tent and the whole neighbourhood
covered with snow at 0° temperature [82° F.]
though it soon melted away.

We left Snow Bay later on the morning of
September 6th travelling along farther in change-
able weather, driving snow, sunshine and thick fog.
The Ikkerasak is very broad at this place. Low-
lying islands are situated in a long chain in front
of the tip of land in the north (Nuvutsit). The
coast farther northward is said to fall abruptly
into the sea, so that in bad weather a landing
place can hardly be found. Paksau had ex-
plained it would be dangerous 'to travel alone with
me in this neighbourhood, so we now turned
southward, passing a narrow arm of the sea be-
tween the northeastern mainland island Opern-
gevik and an island situated close by and we saw
south of the Labrador coast the mighty Kakki-
viak rise up before us in the hazy autumn mist
and vaporous sunshine. Far out there in the
southeast, however, lay different islands, the
largest of which we had set as our goal. We
had scarcely rowed half an hour’s distance from
the shore, when a low, but very thick, fog en-
veloped us. We could still see the bright spot
that was the sun, but nothing more of the land.
Trusting to the direction we rowed forward in
fairly quiet water, and about two o’clock at last
reached the main island. Later, for personal
reasons, and since it is called only “Big Island”
by the Eskimos, I gave to this island the name
“New Plauen” in honour of my present home
(Dresden-Plauen) where I have spent fifteen years
of my life. [P. 205].

The island of New Plauen has, it is estimated, a
length of eight kilometers, and perhaps the same

1 However necessary it may be for travellers to know the
native names of geographical localities, I consider it expedient
to give special names in a civilized language, to such local-
ities as have importance to the white people of the vicinity.
It is quite unnecessary for one who is not a traveller to fix in
mind the difficult Eskimo words, which are often very long;
for example, the mountain Allakattariavialuk not far from
Snow Bay. Many Eskimo place names are contradictory,
not corresponding in the least to the significance of the place.
As an example Tessiujak means a bay like a pond, Kikkertau-
jak means a peninsula, Kikkertasoak means a large island,
Nuvualuk a mighty or dangerous point of land, etc. Other
names |P. 204] have characteristic value; for example Opern-
gevik—spring hunting place, Napartolik—forest of all kinds
of trees, Ukkusiksalik—a land where there is soft stone.
Not many Eskimo names may be called true names; for
example, Komaktorvik—a place (bay) where there are many
lice, Kallaruselik—a place, where a nail-shaped small mountain
peak stands near a larger one. I myself proposed new names
for only two localities in our district; Snow Bay and the island,
New Plauen.

144

breadth. A mountain range extends in the
interior about 60 to 80 meters high, mostly rising
in a gentle slope, which terminates in the north of
the island with a conical summit of 115 meters
height. From this peak a rather steep rubble slope
descends to the sea, upon which, both near and far,
a great number of small islands rise high. You
have a splendid view of the mainland across the
desolate rocky island, lying nearest to you. You
see the entrance of the Ikkesarak and the project-
ing parts of the coast northward as far as the
vicinity of Cape Chidley. This mountain peak is
separated from the remaining part of the high
range by an inlet toward the south. When you
have crossed this, however, you can travel along
very comfortably on the crest until, in the south-
ern part of the island you reach a summit, which
falls abruptly. From here the Labrador coast
lying to the southwest is very imposing. Dark
and mighty the coffin-shaped Kakkiviak and
the more rounded Ullevaluit rise up from the
sea, farther southward also the beautifully shaped
Mt. Bache on the northern tip of the large island
at Aulatsivik. These splendid mountains may
perhaps reach the height of 700-800 meters.
There are a number of islands between these
and New Plauen, which are flat for the most
part. Some of these lodge large breeding colonies
of Eider Ducks—the only ones in the district
described by me. There is a long island quite
near the main island (New Plauen), to which
one may cross with dry feet at low tide. The
lower slopes of New Plauen have an abundance
of grasses, plants, mosses and somewhat larger
willow shrubs than at Killinek. The strips of
coast are covered alternately with the freshest
green or are desolate and gravelly. The island
has on the whole more vegetation than the oppo-
site mainland. This is due to the numerous
small brooks, which everywhere run down to
the sea, and give a very special stamp to the
landscape. There is an almost entire lack, how-
ever, of standing waters, which are so frequent
on the mainland. Except some salt-water la-
goons, there are only swampy pools near the
shore, with an abundance of vegetation, and
surrounded in places by ferruginous red and
yellow mud flats. Near the sea there are large
piles of driftwood, sticks of such size as I had
rarely before seen. Paksau was astonished at
the abundance of wood, and spent more time
and strength than I liked in dragging large heaps
together in different places on the shore, with a
high stick towering up in the centre of each pile.
This serves, he explained, as a sign that someone
has taken possession of the wood, and this right
is usually respected by the Eskimos. It often

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV.

happens that during the summer families carry
such heaps of wood to favourable places on the
coast, in order to fetch them during the winter.
All the people in Killinek would have found here
more than enough wood for the winter’s supply,
but the island is situated so far out of the way,
that transport might cause great difficulty. New
Plauen has also an abundance of animal life. We
observed flocks of Eider Ducks on rocky sandy
places, which probably come out here from their
breeding places. Seals, too, were lying on the
narrow ledges; on the afternoon of September
6th we saw 30 or 40 at the same time in the east
of the island, where they stretched themselves
out comfortably. Paksau was at once seized by
the desire to hunt, but the flat shore offered only
slight cover and he killed only one medium sized
Ringed Seal. He dragged the animal, as he told
me, above the tide mark, in order to fetch it the
next day with the boat. But when he returned,
two white foxes had eaten much of it, and had
also devoured a large piece of the pelt. Because
Paksau approached carelessly they sprang away
at once, and vanished among the rocks. Pro-
bably they come across the ice in winter to the
mainland, even if this remains in constant motion.
We did not find any signs of earlier human ha-
bitation on the beautiful island, neither tent rings,
fire places, house ruins nor even graves. Only
on the highest mountain height a long fallen
round heap of stones gave witness of the pre-
sence of earlier visitors, probably only Eskimos.
I arranged the stones a little and then looked
across the island world lying before me in the
wonderful autumn gold, while Paksau without
success stalked a large Bearded Seal, which was
sunning itself in lonely fashion outside on a rock
in the sea, probably filled with the same feeling
of well-being as I.

After almost two days’ stay we left the island
in a light snow fall and + 2° Centrigrade [85.6°F’.]
temperature. Although the current carried us
along, we had to fight with a contrary wind, so
that the waves tossed us about hither and thither
and we were wet through. After four hours’
rowing we reached the mainland, fortunately,
and pitched our tent on the peninsual Opern-
gevik. Sunday, September 9th was a beautiful
autumn day. The air remained cool—toward
midday at 3°C [87.4°F.] but there was such bright
sunshine, that our spirits rose, when we wandered
out into the morning. Kakkiviak showed its
imposing length in the south, and near us extended
the gentle slopes which surround the broad Tun-
nusuksoak, which cuts so deep into the land.
The neighbourhood is desolate and deserted look-
ing. The grinding of old glaciers has made flat

September, 1931]

plateaus, which show countless white quartz lines
pushed upright in the gneiss. Operngevik is
a favourite place for the Eskimos of: Killinek to
visit, for the vicinity has an abundance of seals.
The high southeastern corner of the mainland
peninsula is preferred as a camping spot, from
which you can look far across the sea. A very sad
impression is created by such a deserted Eskimio
dwelling place. The grass grows greener and
more abundantly than elsewhere, unchoked and
untrampled. Stones arranged in rings are found
in some spots, which have been used for count-
less years to hold down the edge of the tent.
Countless bones lie scattered about near the
fire-places. Paksau could name at once all that
I pointed out to him, even the human bones.
Seal bones predominated naturally, more rarely
smaller cetaceous animals [P. 207] and birds.
But we also found bones and claws of a polar
bear, as well as several small caribou antlers.
There were a few house remains which may have
fallen into ruin long ago. Show houses and tents
are preferred to stone or earth houses as tempo-
rary residences.

I pictured to myself what a different life pre-
vailed in the Spring of the year than at present,
when only croaking ravens bade us welcome in
the eternal loneliness. At that time the place
was not deserted nor sad; Eskimo families were
there to make it appear inhabited, then the beach
resounded with joyous laughter and the chatter
of women and children. Standing in front of
_ the tents they awaited the arrival of the men,
whose shots break the silence of nature now and
then. And what a busy life began when the kayak
travellers approached land, one or more seals in
tow. Talking loudly they alighted on the shore,
while the women at once began removing the
spotted skins. The children stood, attentive, in
a circle; the dogs lurked whining in the back-
ground. Soon the cooking fire was smoking and
at last the whole merry company sat together
chatting and eating. Such picturesque folk-
scenes, as I like to see them, entangling my own
self among the happy people, came into my mind
when I walked upon the tent places here on
Operngevik, until several rather long, artistically
made stone graves over the dead, reminded me
of more serious times in the life of these carelessly
happy people. Almost all the graves were fallen
into ruin, very old and scattered. By kind words
and a couple of dollars I had induced Paksau not
to oppose my taking away some of the bones.
I am convinced that he kept me away from the
graves whenever possible. After taking a photo-
graph of the best preserved grave here at Opern-
gevik, I busied myself in raising the heavy stone

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

145

plates carefully, in order to get at the skeleton.
Paksau did not consider it suitable for him to
assist me with such work, although he saw how
heavy and difficult it was for one person [p. 209]
to throw to one side such large stones, so that no
others would slip down into the interior. I did
not wish to hurt the feeling of piety in him, and
left him undisturbed. During the hour’s work
while taking out the partly mouldy bones, drying
these in the sun, as well as careful packing in
a box brought in a boat, he continued to sit almost
motionless on a stone at some distance, smoked
his pipe, and looked on as a watchman of good
morals with a solemn face, as I likewise in a serious
and quiet manner, emptied the grave upon a
flat rock. As I heard later, Paksau knew who
the old woman had been, whose bones these were.
In the following days I had many difficulties
with his superstitious fears, before the dread box
was at last hidden in Killinek. My good com-
rade clung still more stubbornly to his heathen
beliefs than many a “candidate for baptism”
considered wise, and I understood him and res-
pected his adherence to the old customs and be-
liefs. The converts are often questionable fellows!
There were found also some stone monuments
all erected by Eskimos perhaps, on points si-
tuated higher on the Operngevik peninsula. A
close investigation of the district would perhaps
bring to light old weapons and tools, of which
I found only a kayak paddle, a harpoon point,
and some carved bones which had been worked
upon [artifacts|. I did not have time to search
more carefully, since my chief object concerned
the avifauna, and this gave me enough work to
do the whole day, especially since Paksau, while
on journeys, did not like to help me at all in the
preparation of specimens.

After we had stayed at Operngevik until Sep-
tember 10th on account of the unfavourable
weather, at last on the morning of the 11th we
left our camp there. At first we had an annoying
adverse wind, so that we thought of waiting in
Snow Bay until more favourable weather. Be-
cause we were longing for home and the baro-
meter was falling slowly but steadily, we rowed
on. The following days, there was very bad
weather that certainly would have hindered us
on our homeward journey. Our patience was
soon rewarded; a dead calm set in, and [P. 210]
the Ikkerasak lay, as often, so quietly before us,
that the dark mountains were mirrored in it
with the greatest clearness. We did not stop to
rest. In spite of the fact that we had begun the
journey at 6 o’clock without breakfast, in order
to be betimes in the Ikkerasak with the falling
tide, we now ate some ship’s biscuit, while we kept

146

on rowing with one hand. Paksau was working
with all his strength, for it was near time to con-
quer the powerful currents formed at the western
outlet as the water flowed out. Otherwise we
should have been forced back to land, perhaps
even to Snow Bay. We reached the dangerous
places however at the right time, passed them
with good luck, especially as we had the help of
the sail in a narrow rushing adverse current

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

close to the rock, then after eight hours of rowing
put our oars aside, in order to let ourselves be
driven comfortably to Killinek by a brisk wind
which was blowing outside the strait. About
five o’clock we reached Killinek,- happy to see
people again, after an absence of eight days,
and now prepared for a more settled routine.

(To be continued)

MAUNSELL SCHIEFFELIN CROSBY

BORN FEBRUARY 14, 1887.

DIED FEBRUARY 12, 1931.

MAUNSELL SCHIEFFELIN CROSBY, amember ofthe
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club since 1925, died
suddenly at Rhinebeck, Dutchess Co., New York,
-on February 12, 1931, of pneumonia, following
an operation for appendicitis. He was born
February 14, 1887, in New York City, the son of
the late Judge Ernest H. and Fanny (Schieffelin)
Crosby. His parents acquired the beautiful
estate of Grosmere at Rhinebeck when he was
still a very small boy and it was here that the
greater part of his life was spent. He was fitted
for college at a school in Morristown, New Jersey,
and by private tutors and graduated from Harvard
in 1908.

From birth Crosby was interested in nature,
the country, and outdoors. This was in part,
at least, by inheritance from his father, with whom
he used to go on long walking trips in his boy-
hood. His special interest in birds was, how-
ever, greatly stimulated and directed by his
life-long friend, Clinton G. Abbott, who acted
as his tutor for some time in his youth.

It was not until after the Great War, in which
he made an honourable military record, that
Crosby had a little more leisure for bird study. He
immediately acquired a wide circle of acquaint-
ances and friends, and, profiting by his associa-
tions with skilled ornithologists, made rapid
progress in his knowledge of birds. He made
a number of carefully planned field trips to various
parts of North and Central America, but always
returned with undiminished enthusiasm to the

study of the birds of his “local region”. It was
his good fortune and that of his friends that the
Hudson River was full of ducks in spring and
fall, and the Valley swarmed with great waves
of Warblers and other transients in May and
September. Many notable ornithological gather-
ings enjoyed his hospitality and hunted for un-
usual birds under his expert leadership, infected
with his own enthusiasm. He was himself a
most gifted field-naturalist, with remarkable
keenness of vision and most unusual acuteness
of hearing.

Although Crosby wrote with difficulty and
diffidence, his list of publications is fairly ex-
tensive. He was interested in the work of the
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, and had ac-
quired one of the few complete sets of the Club’s
publications.

Those who were privileged to know him will
remember him, however, not only as an ardent
ornithologist, but as a thorough gentleman in
the best sense of the word. His easy, charming
manners, his unfailing courtesy, his conviviality,
his ready wit and humor, his capacity for making
friends and his unswerving loyalty to them, his
wonderful courage in the face of severe trials,
caused him to be liked by all who came within
reach of his influence and won a great respect
from those who knew him best.—LUDLOW GRIS-
CoM, in The Auk, 48: 320, 1931 (Abridged and
amended, by permission).

September, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

147

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS

. Nycteris cinerea.—Hoary Bat

Hoary Bat AT TORONTO IN SUMMER.—On the
evening of July 29, 1930, while observing bats
in Cedarvale ravine, Toronto, my attention was
drawn to a large bat flying about the trees with
a number of smaller individuals. The specimen
was secured and proved to be a female of this
species. The measurements of this specimen,
as taken from the flesh, are—length, 129 mm.;
wing expanse, 387 mm.; hind foot, 12 mm.; tail
57 mm.; and forearm, 54.5 mm. Another bat
as large as the one collected was noted at the
same time and may also have been of this species.

The date of capture of this specimen suggests
that the Hoary Bat is established as a rare summer
resident of the Toronto region although the only
summer record of which I am aware is that of a
specimen in the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology
taken by Mr. W. J. LeRay in August, 1919. In
June, 1910, Mr. A. Cosins collected some speci-
mens here which are now in the Ontario Provin-
cial Museum.

All other local records of this bat concern the
species as a migrant, and are as follows:—one seen
at Toronto marsh in early September, 1885, by
Ernest Thompson Seton!, a specimen secured by
Mr. A. E. Parlow on October 25, 1909 (now in
the R.O.M.Z.), one secured by R. V. Lindsay
on October 1, 1927 at Erindale?, one secured by
the writer at Cedarvale ravine on October 2,
19272 and the specimen shown in the accom-
panying photograph, taken at Ashbridges Bay
by me on October 23, 19272.

Cross and Dymond? consider this bat as every-
where rare in Ontario and its status at Toronto
is the same according to Fleming!.—CLIFFORD
E. HOPE.

THE VANISHING MuSskK-0x*.—We thought that

1 Life-histories of Northern ayers NCE 2, 1909, page 1197.
2 Can. Field-Naturalist, 41: 155,

3 The Mammals of Ontario, 95 4 at, e 26.
4 The Natural History of the EOronten Reniont 1918, page 210.

the present precarious status of the musk-ox had
been sufficiently impressed on the sport-loving
public to insure some compassion for the species,
and that these relict animals were no longer
shot down wantonly by those who consider them-
selves sportmen. We were, therefore, distressed
and a bit discouraged to read in a recent issue of
one of our most prominent sportsmen’s magazines
the story of a hunt made in the Arctic last summer
by a party of eleven Americans. Seemingly the
musk-ox was one of the special objects of pursuit
for we are told of the killing of several, though
in a way that leaves the impression that the deed
is not considered one to be proud of. The boast
is made, however, that each of the party added
this rare animal to his score. Necessarily, only
the heads were taken.

From the circumstantial accounts of hunts of
other days all readers of Arctic literature know
that the killing of musk-oxen, once the animals
are reached, affords about as much sport as the

~ slaughter of tame cattlein a barnyard. Apparent- -

ly, however, as long as any can be found, each
sportsman able to get to their haunts must have
his trophy.

We are told, also, of the shooting of seals of
several species, animals “easy to hit but hard to
kill”, that “‘packed a lot of lead”. No true game
birds are mentioned, but the Arctic sea birds, on
their nesting grounds, paid toll to a company that
must have fodder for the guns that each had
brought. A polar bear, missed with rifles at
thirty yards, after being peppered in the face with
shotguns, was finally killed. Others were slaugh-
tered from the boat, though we are spared the
details.

Altogether the story of this summer hunt is
intensely disgusting and leaves one with a feeling
of fear for the future, and a sense of wonder that

* Musk-oxen are totally protected throughout the year
in Canada. It is unfortunate that this protection does not
extend throughout their range.—ED.

148

the lessons to be gained from such instances of
wanton slaughter are still unheeded.—NATURE
MaGaZIne, July, 1931.

SNow BUNTING IN Nova ScotTiA.—The follow-
ing notes on the Snow Bunting (Plectrophenax
nivalis) were made at Granville Centre, Annapolis
Co., Nova Scotia, during the winter of 1929-30.

I happened to be talking to a farmer one after-
noon, and while we were in conversation a small
flock of Snow Buntings flew past; whereupon he
remarked that we were in for some snow. The
following notes are the result of his remark and

certainly seem to earn for this beautiful little
bird the title of ‘Weather Prophet’.

DECEMBER 1929

7th. Small flock of Snow Buntings flying west.
WindN.W. Averagetemp.17°F. Dull. Snow in
afternoon..,

14th. Small flock of Snow Buntings flying
south. Wind N.W. Average temp. 35°F. Slight
snow. Thaw.

30th. Flock of twenty Snow Buntings in the
morning flying N.E. another and larger flock
flying in the same direction after lunch. Wind
N.W. Average temp. 27°F. Heavy snow squalls
in evening.
JANUARY 1930

Ist. Large flock of Snow Buntings feeding
near the farm at mid-day. Calm and bright.
Average temp. 27°F.

From the first of the month to the twelfth
there was no snow. Only one flock of Snow
Buntings was noted, and they were feeding by
the Annapolis River about six miles from the farm
where these notes were made.

12th. Snow Buntings feeding round the farm
again. Wind N.E. Average temp. 7°F. Snow.

16th. Small flock of Snow Buntings. Wind
N.E. Average temp. 34°F. Snow, turning to
rain later.

20th. Snow Buntings around late in the

evening. Wind N.W. Average temp. 20°F.
Snow during the night.
21st. A small flock flying north-west. Wind

N.W. Average temp. 20°F. Snow.
22nd. Snow Buntings around the farm. Wind
N.W. Average temp. 21°F. Snow.

23rd. Snow Buntings around the farm, though
probably the same flock as yesterday. Wind
N.W. Average temp. 14°F. Snow.

24th. More Snow Buntings. Wind N.W.
Average temp. 17°F. Snow, but brighter and
more settled.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[Vou. XLV

Wind 8.W. turn-
Average temp. 28°F. Snow.

29th. Snow Buntings again.
ing to N.W. later.
Fine at intervals.
30th. Snow Buntings.
temp. 10°F. Fine.

Wind N.E. Average
Twelve degrees below zero

. by the river.

31st. A single Snow Bunting. Wind N.E.
Average temp. 16°F. Snow flurries.

FEBRUARY 1930

38rd. Snow Buntings about. Wind slight N.E.
Average temp. 16°F. Some snow.

4th. Snow Buntings feeding. Wind N.E.
Average temp. 11°F. Bright and clear.

6th. The same flock still about. Wind N.E.-
N.W. Average temp. 4°F. Cold and clear.

From the sixth to the twelfth the weather was
fine and settled except for a little snow on the
tenth.

On the 12th and 13th two or three :mall flocks
were observed flying N.W. The wind at the
time was in the N.W. and there was an average
temp. of 18 degrees on the 12th. 37 degrees, on
the 13th and 36 degrees on the 14th; the unsettled
conditions terminated in a blizzard.

The average temperature was taken every day
from three shade temperatures at 7 a.m.,mid-day
and 6 p.m.

The notes finish here owing to the fact that
the writer had to leave Nova Scotia.—C. W. G.
PAULSON.

AMERICAN EGRET AT GUELPH, ONTARIO.—It
may be of interest to some readers to know that
on August 24th, 1980, in a marshy pond in Puslinch
Township, about six miles from Guelph, I po-
sitively identified, with the aid of eight power
binoculars, an American Egret. This bird had
not the beautiful plumes characteristic of the
breeding season, and its black legs were clearly
observed. It was almost as large as the Great
Blue Heron, but more slender, and several
others were seen before and since by other ob-
servers at the same place. In order to get pro-
tection for these birds I wrote to Colonel Emmer-
ton, District Game Warden, London, and he
sent up a Game Warden to protect them, but
told me that a few of these birds had been observed
in other parts of the Province this year. My
conjecture is that these birds, usually confined to
Florida and the Southern States, were driven
beyond their range by the exceedingly dry weather
of the 1980 summer.

On December 7th I observed, and positively
identified with the aid of eight power binoculars,
two Song Sparrows. They were hopping about

September, 1931]

a brush pile in a sheltered place near a pond in
the City of Guelph. Their streaked breasts
with characteristic brown spot in centre, and
markings about head and body were clearly
observed. I have never seen them here later than
about November 10th., nor have any other
observers so far as I have been able to ascertain.
Mr. A. B. Klugh, who used to reside in Guelph,
in published records gives their latest date as
about November 10th. On the 7th. inst., it
was quite mild here, about 34 degrees, with a
light Westerly wind, and misty, and nearly all
the snow had melted from the ground.—HENRY
Howitt.

GRASSHOPPER CONTROL IN EASTERN CANADA.—
The Entomological Branch of the Dominion
Department of Agriculture has just issued an
eighteen-page bulletin on “Grasshopper Control
in Canada East of the Rocky Mountains,” pre-
pared by Mr. Norman Criddle, an authority on
this subject of insect control.

The bulletin discusses the life-history of the
destructive species of grasshoppers and gives
valuable information regarding the various me-

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

149

thods of control, particularly those relating to
the destruction of the insects by poisoned baits.
In the bulletin there is also technical information
of value to students of these insects or those
who may have charge of organizations looking
to this control. In the publication are illus-
trations of adult grasshoppers as well as young
hoppers of various species.—A.G.

Hoary Crsss, (Lepidiwm Draba L.) AT OTTAWA—
A specimen of this introduced perennial weed
collected by Mr. B. A. Fauvel, in June, 1930, on
land opposite the junction of Cartier and Argyle
streets, Ottawa, appears to be the first from this
part of Ontario. It has been reported from
around Galt, Ont., as persistent in one locality
for a number of years. (W. Herriot, Ont. Nat.
Sc. Bul., No. 8, 1913.) It has spread widely in
the prairie provinces, even into the Peace River
district, since its first appearance sometime prior
to 1896. The Ottawa infestation covers more
than a hundred square feet now, indicating that
it has been growing here for some time already.
—H. GROH.

BOOK REVIEW

iE FRESH WATER MOLLUSCA OF WISCONSIN.
By Frank Collins Baker of the University of
Illinois: 2 vols., Part 1, Gastropoda, pp. 507,
pl. 28: Part II, Pelecypoda, pp. 495, pl. 105.
Bulletin No. 70 of the Wisconsin Geologival
and Natural History Survey; Madison, 1928.
Published by the University of Wisconsin.

In these beautifully printed and profusely
illustrated volumes Professor Baker has presented
the results of many years of intensive study of
the anatomy, variation and distribution of the
fluviatile moiluscs of Wisconsin and of many
identical or related forms occurring elsewhere
in the United States and in Canada. Not only
are the shells and their builders represented
by excellent half-tone figures, but throughout
the text there are almost innumerable illustrations
of the radulae and the other minor as well as
major anatomical characteristics of the diversified
soft-bodied animals of which the shells are in most
cases merely the external skeletons.

As the state of Wisconsin embraces part of the
great valley of the Mississippi, with its marvel-

lously rich and varied molluscan fauna, many of
the species and varieties described and figured
are not found eastward in Canada, though not a
few occur in the vicinity of Ottawa, and others
are known from the south-westerly counties of
old Ontario, where, however, but comparatively
little collecting has been done. The wonder is
not that so few but that so many species are
common to the great interior continental basin
and the Canadian tributaries of the St. Lawrence
and Hudson Bay. The geological changes in
glacial and interglacial periods are discussed as
probable causes of this distribution, though
other possible factors are not excluded.

Professor Baker’s fine volumes will be found
as invaluable to the Canadian student of this
recondite branch of natural history as his earlier
monograph on the Limnaeidae or Simpson’s °
Naiades. He makes not a few references to what
has been done by members of the O.F-N. Club
and suggests that to one should be dedicated the
remarkable physa from Meach Lake and ad-

jacent waters, long misnamed as Baird’s P. Lordi

from British Columbia:—F.R.L.

150

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

OFFICIAL CANADIAN RECORD OF BIRD-BANDING RETURNS

Published by authority of the National Parks of Canada Branch, Department of the Interior,
Canada

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1922

BLACK DUCK, No. 101,273, banded by H.S.
Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on August 31,
1922, was recovered at Little Britain, Ontario,
during the month of October, 1926.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1923

BLACK DUCK, No. 297,317, banded by H.
S. Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on October 38,
1923, was shot in Camden County, Georgia, on
December 12, 1929.

BLACK DUCK, No. 297,673, banded by H.
S. Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on October
12, 1923, was shot at Newport, Delaware, during
the month of January, 1927.

PINTAIL, No. 102,102, m., banded by Allen
Green, at Oakville, Iowa, on March 10, 1923,
ee eh at Overland, Saskatchewan, on March

PURPLE FINCH, No. 48,638, f., banded by
M. J. Magee, at Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, on
May 8, 1923, was caught by a cat, at Tatama-
gouche, Colchester County, Nova Scotia, on
June 17, 1929.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1924

HERRING GULL, No. 318,770, yg., banded
by Wm. M. Duval, at Bonaventure Island, Que-
bee, on July 25, 1924, was recovered at Yarmouth
Port, Massachusetts, on February 18, 1980.

BLACK DUCK, No. 297,875, banded by H.
S. Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on September
16, 1924, was shot at Sea Isle City, New Jersey,
on February 6, 1930.

BLACK DUCK, No. 297,897. banded by H.
S. Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on September
17, 1924, was shot at Bloodsworth Island, near
Cambridge, Maryland, on December 9, 1929.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1925

MALLARD, No. 322,321, f., banded by C. E.
Chapman, at Oakley, South Carolina, on March
4, 1925, was shot in the neighborhood of the
Shoal Lake Indian Reserve, on the Manitoba
boundary, in the County of Kenora, Ontario,
during the month of September, 1929.

BLACK DUCK, No. 323,851, banded by H.
S. Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on September
25, 1925, was killed at Camden, Tennessee, on
November 11, 1929.

BLACK DUCK, No, 323,839, banded by H.
S. Osler, at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on September
25, 1925, was killed at Evansville, Indiana, on
January 2, 1980.

BLACK DUCK, No. 389,444, banded by H.
S. Osler, at Lake Secugog, Ontario, on October
12, 1925, was shot at. Ripley, Tennessee, on Ja-
nuary 3, 1930.

BLACK DUCK, No. 389,150, banded by H.
S. Osler at Lake Scugog, Ontario, on October
12, 1925, was shot at Monroe, Michigan, on Oc-
tober 4, 1929.

DOUBLE-CRESTED CORMORANT, No.
334,026, jw., banded by Harrison F. Lewis, at Wolf
Bay, Saguenay Country, Quebec, on July 26, 1925,

ay at Vero Beach, Florida, on January, 15,
WHITE-THROATED SPARROW, No. 328,-
160, banded by A. Burton Gresham, at Machray
Park, Winnipeg, Manitoba, on September 19,
1925, was killed by a cat in the same locality in
which it was banded, on September 22, 1929.
RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN_ 1926

RAZOR-BILLED AUK, No. 405,911, ad., band-
ed by Harrison F. Lewis, at St. Mary Islands, Sa-
guenay County, Quebec, on August 2, 1926,
was recovered at Change Island, Newfoundland,
on November. 18, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 334,511, ad., f., banded by
W. D. Steele, at Lake Tebo, nine miles south
west of Sedalia, Missouri, on April 29, 1926,
was shot at Last Mountain Lake, Stalwart, Sas-
katchewan, on November 10, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 388,590, banded by Paul E.
Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on August 30,
1926, was killed at Lake Worth, nine miles north
west of Fort Worth, Texas, on January 31, 19380.

PINTAIL, No. A620,295, banded by E. W.
Ehmann, at Lake Merritt, Oakland, California,
on January 23, 1926, was killed at Forty mile
Coulee Lake, south of Bow Island, Alberta, on
October 8, 1929.

LESSER SCAUP DUCK, No. 376,902, ad.,
banded by A. B. Gresham, at North Kildonan,
Manitoba, on April 29, 1926, was shot at Val-
paraiso, Florida, on December 20, 1929

BRONZED GRACKLE, No. 279,875, fledge-
ling, banded by George Lang, at Indian Head
Saskatchewan, on July 21, 1926, was caught at
Leesviile, Louisiana, on December 22, 1929.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1927

GLAUCOUS-WINGED GULL, No. 232,949,
nestling, banded by Theed Pearse, at Mittle-
natch Island, Strait of Georgia, British Colum-
bia, on August 14, 1927, was caught ona fish
hook baited with herring, at Jarvis Inlet, British
Columbia, during the month of March, 1929.
To extract the hook, the bird had to be killed.

RING-BILLED GULL, No. 497,176, juv.,
banded by Harrison F. Lewis, at Kegashka River,
Saguenay County, Quebec, on August 38, 1927,
was found dead on the beach at Ocean City,
New Jersey, on January 28, 19380.

DOUBLE-CRESTED. CORMORANT, No.
302,355, juv., banded by Harrison F. Lewis, at
Fog Island, Saguenay County, Quebec, on August
3, 1927, was found at Lake Apopka, Orange
County, Florida; on January 1, 1930.

MALLARD, No. 594,036, ad., m., banded
by F. H. Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on October
31, 1927, was shot at Sirdar, British Columbia,
on November 25, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 595,189, ad., f., banded by
F. H. Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on November
9, 1927, was shot at Edmonton, Alberta, on
October 15, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 596,615, f., banded by W.
B. Large, at Rochester, New York, on Novem-

‘September, 1931]

ber 21, 1927, was shot at Yorkton, Saskatchewan,
on January 9, 1930.

BALDPATE, No. 405,717, f., banded by J.
Broeker, at Portage des Sioux, Missouri, on Fe-
bruary 21, 1927, was shot at Clandeboye, Mani-
toba, during the fall of 1929.

PINTAIL, No. 594,342, ad., f., banded by F.
H. Rose, at. Moiese, Montana, on November 4,
1927, was killed at Black Lake, East of Lake
Athabaska, Saskatchewan, during the month of
September, 1928.

CANADA GOOSE, No. 465,980, banded by
R. H. Bruce, at Rockwood Park Sanctuary, St.
John, New Brunswick, on November 28, 1927,
was recovered at Clover Hill, New Brunswick,
during the fall of 1929.

DOWNY WOODPECKER, No. 459,193, ad.,
f., banded by R. H. Carter, Jr., at Muscow, Sas-
katchewan, on January 10, 1927, returned in
1928 and 1929, and was found dead in a shop in
the same locality in which it was banded, on
January 20, 1930.

CROW, No. 456,522, ad., banded by W. E.
Saunders, at Kingsville, Ontario, on January 20,
1927, was killed in the same locality in which it
was banded, on January 6, 1930.

ROBIN, No. 547,387, im., banded by George
Lang, at Indian Head, Saskatchewan, on July
a 1927, was killed at Dallas, Texas, on January

3 0.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1928,

HERRING GULL, No. 701,907, banded by

C. Wilson, at Sister Islands, Wisconsin, on

June vl 1928” was killed at Burgeo, Newfound-
land, on February 14, 1930.

HERRING GULL, No. 566,976, fledgeling,
banded by Wm. I. Lyon, at Gravelly Gull Is-
land, Delta County, Michigan, on July 2, 1928,
was killed at East Main, James Bay, Quebec,
during the month of June, iG 28).

HERRING GULL, No. 566, 861, im., banded
by Wm. I. Lyon, at St. Martin’s Shoal, Mackinaw
County, Michigan, on July 6, 1928, was killed
fn Lake St. Clair, Belle River, Ontario, on April

HERRING GULL, No. 708,101, banded by
Wm. I. Lyon, at Waukegan, Illinois, on July
12, 1928, was found dead at Sarnia, Ontario,
reported . on April 4, 1930.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 699,267, juv.,
banded by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island, north
end of Bittern Lake, 15 miles north west of Cam-
rose, Alberta, on June 23, 1928, was shot at Cal-
gary, Alberta, on October 16, 1929.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 699,478, juv.,
banded by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island, north
end of Bittern Lake, 15 miles north west of Cam-
rose, Alberta, on June 26, 1928, was found dead
at Hay Lakes, Alberta, on July 4, 1930.

ARCTIC TERN, No. 548, 138, yg., banded
by Oliver L. Austin, Je at Red Islands, Turne-
vik Bay, Newfoundland Labrador, on July 23,
1928, was found dead at Margate, Natal, South
Africa, on November 14, 1928.

GANNET, No. 662, 306, banded by Wm. M.
Duval, at Bonaventure Island, Gaspe County,
Quebec, on July 30, 1928, was "caught in a fish
net at Spry Bay, Halifax’ County, Nova Scotia,
on December 2, 1929.

GANNET, No. 662,323, yg., banded by Wm.
M. Duval, at Bonaventure Island, Gaspe County,

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

151

Quebec, on July 30, 1928, was caught in a fish
net, at a place about three miles south of Egg
Island Light, Nova Scotia, on June 22, 1929.

COMMON CORMORANT, No. 302, 392, juv.,
banded by Harrison F. Lewis, at Lake Island,
near Cape Whittle, Saguenay County, Quebec,
on August 2, 1928, was shot at Mitchell Bay,
Halifax, Nova Scotia, on December 9, 1929.

DOUBLE-CRESTED CORMORANT, No.
308,764, banded by Bert Lloyd, at the north end
of Last Mountain Lake, Davidson, Saskatchewan,
on July 21, 1928, was killed at Seyppel, Arkansas,
on November 16, 1929.

DOUBLE-CRESTED CORMORANT, No.
466,970, banded by Bert Lloyd, at the north end
of Last Mountain Lake, Saskatchewan, on July
21, 1928, was shot at Vicksburg, Mississippi,
on December iG, USPS).

MALLARD, No. 557,030, partial albino,band-
ed by Bert Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan,
on July 21, 1928, was recaptured in the same
locality, by Re Lloyd, on October 12, 1929, and
was shot at Winner, South Dakota, on November
20, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 888,639, m., banded by
Paul E. Page, ‘at Lac Ste. Anne, Alberta, on Sep-
tember 2, 1928, was shot at Forgan, Oklahoma,
on December 6, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 598,058, ad., m., banded
by F. H. Rose, ‘at Moiese, ‘Montana, on September
23, 1928, was reported ‘from Camrose, Alberta,
on December 21, 1929. The leg of this bird,
with band attached, was found in the street.

MALLARD, No. 598, 070, ad., f., banded by
F. H. Rose, at Moiese, ‘Montana, on September
23, 1928, was shot at South Wabiskaw Lake,
Alberta, on June 20, 1930.

MALLARD, No. 598, 190, im., m., banded by
F. H. Rose, at Moiese, Montana, on September
24, 1928, was shot at Wynndel, British Columbia,
on October 19, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 557,115, partial albino,
banded by Bert Lloyd, ‘at Davidson, Saskat-
chewan, on October 5, 1928, was shot at De Witt,
Arkansas, on November 8, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 557, 127, banded by Bert
Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on October
15, 1928, was shot at Stinking Bay, on the White
River, Arkansas, on November 4, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 557,154, f., banded by Bert.
Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on October
UY7/, 1928, was found at Hay Springs, Nebraska,
on December iil, UgZ8).

MALLARD, No. A602,501, f., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Reser-
ve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on October
20, 1928, was shot at Vedder River, British Co-
lumbia, on November 11, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602,504, banded by R. M.
Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Reser-
ve, Chilliwrack, British Columbia, on October
20, 1928, was shot at Portland, Oregon, on No-
vember 97, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 557,182, ad., m., banded by
Bert Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on Oc-
tober 22, 1928, was shot at Lakin, Kansas, on
December 15, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 557,189, ad:, f., banded by
Bert Lloyd, ‘at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on
October 28, 1928, was killed at Gueydan, Louisi-
ana, on December 26,1929;

152

MALLARD, No. A602,508, f., banded ee re
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwrack, British Columbia, on Oc-
tober 23, 1928, was re-captured in 1928, and
was shot on the Harrison River, British Colum-
bia, on December 10, 1928.

MALLARD, No. 557, 211, ad., m., banded by
Bert Lloyd, at Davidson, Saskatchewan, on Oc-
tober 28, 1928, was shot at Scobey, Montana, on
December 28, 1929.

MALLARD, No. A600,590, banded by Frank
Hopkins, at Campbells-port, Wisconsin, on Oc-
tober 28, 1928, was caught in a gopher. trap, at
Roblin, Manitoba, on May 38, 1929. This bird
was: kept i in captivity and cared for, but it failed
to recover and died on May 18, 1929.

MALLARD, No. A602,540, fe: banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 5, 1928, was shot on November 15, 1928;
at Sumas Prairie, British Columbia.

MALLARD, No. A602,549, f., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray, Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 6, 1928, was recovered at Mt. Vernon, Wash-
ington, on January 380; 1929.

MALLARD, No. 602,559, m,., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was shot at Hatzic, British Columbia,
on December 9, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602,568, f., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was shot at Chehalis Indian Reser-
vation, Harrison Mills, British Columbia, on
January 15, 1929.

MALLARD, No. A602,571, f., banded by R’
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was shot at Sumas Prairie, British
Columbia, on November 15, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602, 572, f., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was ‘shot at Sumas Prairie, British
Columbia, on November LOR MNO ZS

MALLARD; No. A602, 5177, banded by R. M.
Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Reser-
ve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was shot in the same locality in which
it was banded, on November 29, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602,578, f., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was shot at Sumas Lake Area, Chil-
liwack, British Columbia, on November 18, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602, 587, m., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9? 1928, was shot at Hatzic, British Columbia,
on December 30, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602, 596, m., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was ‘shot at Sumas Prairie, British
Columbia, on November 18, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602, 597, f., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillirvay Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was ‘shot on the Sumas River, near

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[Vou. XLV

the Junction with the Fraser River, British Co-
lumbia, on January 20, 1929.

MALLARD, No. A602, 599, banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was shot at Sumas, Washington,
on December 4, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602,606, f., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was "shot at Hamersley Prairie, A-
gassiz, British Columbia, on February 6, 1929.

MALLARD, No. A602, 620, f., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem=-
ber 9, 1928, was shot at Blanchard, Washing-
ton, on December 25, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602, 622, m., banded by R.
M.. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was shot at Agassiz, British Colum-
bia, on December 8, 1928:

MALLARD, No. A602, 629, f., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray. Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was shot at Nicoamen Island, fifty
miles east of Vancouver, British Columbia, dur-
ing the month of November, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602, 642) f., banded by R,
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was "shot at Sumas Prairie, British
Columbia, on November 9, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602, 655, f., banded by R.-
M. Stewart, at McGillivray "Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was shot on the Harrison River,
British Columbia, on December tf, 1928.

MALLARD, Ne A602,666, f., handed by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was shot at a place four miles south
east of Liberty, Missouri, on December 18, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602, 669, f., banded be R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray’ Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was ‘shot at Pitt Meadows,. British
Columbia, on November 28, 1928.

MALLARD, No. A602,679, f., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was ‘shot in Skagit County, Wash-
ington, on December By Ozee

MALLARD, No. A602,688, f., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was ‘shot at Sumas Prairie, British
Columbia, on November llsye aeyAce

MALLARD, No. A602,689, m., banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
ser, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was shot at Chehalis Indian Reser-
vation, Harrison Mills, British Columbia, on
January 25, 1929.

MALLARD, No. A602,697, banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray’ Creuk Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on Novem-
ber 9, 1928, was found at Ganges, British Colum-
-bia, on April 8, 1929, The bird had a broken

wing when found,

September, 1931]

MALLARD, No. 656,016, ad., m., banded
by T..N. Jones, at Jones Sanctuary, Union, On-
tario, on November 28, 1928, was shot at a place
eighteen miles west of Chatham, Onatrio, on No-
vember 138, 1929.

MALLARD, No. A600,074, banded by George
J. Bills, at Sauvies Island, Linnton, Oregon, on
December 6, 1928, was shot at Le Goff, Alberta,
during the month of September, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 656,031; ad., m., banded
by T. N. Jones, at Jones Sanctuary, Union, On-
tario, on December 8, 1928, was captured at
a West Virginia, on December
3, 1929.

MALLARD, No. 656,032, ad., f., banded
by T. N. Jones, at Jones Sanctuary, Elgin County,
Ontario, on December 8, 1928, was found dead in
the same locality in which it was banded, on
December 3, 1929.

BLACK DUCK, No. 596,831, banded by W.
B. Large, at Rochester, New York, on October
7, 1928, was shot at Attawapiskat, Ontario,
on July 18, 1930.

BLACK DUCK, No. A601,249, banded by
K. Christofferson, at Pickford, Michigan, on
November 11, 1928, was killed at Fort Hope,
near the Albany River, District of Patricia, On-
taro, sometime between November 20 and De-
cember 8, 1928.

BLACK DUCK, No. 656,026, ad., f., banded
by T. N. Jones, at Jones Sanctuary, Elgin County,
Ontario, on November 28, 1928, was found dead
in the same locality, on December 14, 1929.

Baldpatt, No. 601,449, f., banded by E. W.
Ehmann, at Lake Merritt, Oakland, California,
on January 17, 1928, was shot at Providence,
North West Territories, during the fall of 1929.

PINTAIL, No. 601,795, m., banded by E.
W. Ehmann, at Lake Merritt, Oakland, Cali-
fornia, on January 17, 1928, was shot at Edger-
pen Sretian, Alberta, during the month of June,

PINTAIL, No. 530,303, banded by William
P. Sparks, at Tehuacana Club Lake, Waco, Texas,
on February 7, 1928, was killed at Red River
Post, Lower Peace, Alberta, on April 30, 1929.

PINTAIL, No. 455,315, yg., banded by T.
KE. Randall, at Forestburg, Alberta, on July
24, 1928, was killed on November 3, 1928, and
was reported by a resident of Arkadelphia, Ar-
kansas.

PINTAIL, No. A602,525, banded by R.
M. Stewart, at McGillivray Creek Game Re-
serve, Chilliwack, British Columbia, on October
29, 1928, was shot on the Nooksack River, about
fifteen miles north of Bellingham, Washington,
on December 13, 1928.

LESSER SCAUP DUCK, No. 388,658, juv.,
‘banded by Paul E. Page, at Lac Ste. Anne, Al-
berta, on September 29, 1928, was shot at Red-
wood City, California, on January 12, 1930.

CANADA GOOSE, No. 660,530, yg., banded
by R. K. Stewart, on the Yukon River, between
Circle and Fort Yukon, Alaska, on July 28, 1928,
was shot at a place near Kamloops, British Co-
lumbia. on November 16, 1928.

CANADA GOOSE, No. 659,052, ad., f., banded
by T. N. Jones, at Jones Sanctuary, Elgin County,
Ontario, on September 3, 1928, was found dead
in the same locality in which it was banded,
on November 18, 1928.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

‘153

RED-BREASTED SAPSUCKER, No. 643,-
906, im., banded by T. T. & E. B. McCabe,
at Indianpoint Lake, Barkerville, British Co-
lumbia, on July 14, 1928, was shot three or four
ener from the place of banding, on June 30,

CHIMNEY SWIFT, No. B59,016, ad., was
banded by R. O. Merriman, at a place four and
one-half miles east of Nicol Hall, Queen’s Uni-
versity, Kingston, Ontario, on September 2,
1928.’ This bird was trapped at Charleston,
West Virginia, on September 14, 1928, by I. H.
Johnston. who not noticing band No. B59,016,
placed band No. A107,528, on the tarsus of the
bird. On May 10, 1929, this Chimmey Swift
was trapped wearing two bands and_ accident-
ally killed in the west stack of Nicol Hall, Queen’s
University, Kingston, Ontario.

CHIMMEY SWIFT, No. A118,307, banded
by Stoddard, Stringer and Haudley, at Thomas-
ville, Georgia, on October 17, 1928, was recov-
ered at Arthabaska, Quebec, on July 7, 1929.

ROCKY MOUNTAIN JAY, No. 648,921,
banded by T. T. & E. B. McCabe, at Indian-
point Lake, Barkerville, British Columbia, on
September 14, 1928, after repeating several times,
was killed in a rat trap, in the same locality in
which it was banded, on December 22, 1928.

ROCKY MOUNTAIN JAY, No. 643,927,
banded by T. T. & E. B. McCabe, at Indianpoint
Lake, Barkerville, British Columbia, on Sep- .
tember 20, 1928, was shot one mile from the band-
ing station, on March 31, 1929.

ROCKY MOUNTAIN JAY, No. 648,940,
banded by T. T. & E. B. McCabe, at Indian-
point Lake, Barkerville, British Columbia, on
November 11, 1928, was killed in a fur trap,
one and one-half miles from the banding station,
on March 30, 1929.

STARLING, No. 624,136, banded by F. C.
Lincoln, at Washington, District of Columbia,
on January 14, 1928, was caught by a cat, at
Cornwall, Ontario, on March 24. 1930,

BRONZED GRACKLE, No. A400,403, band-
ed by Mrs. F. D. Hubbard, at New Haven, Con-
necticut, on December 28, 1928, was found at
L’Anse au Beaufils, Gaspe County, Quebec, on
October 7, 1929.

PURPLE FINCH, No. 609,196, banded by
Miss Cora M. Teot, at New Haven, Connec-
ticut, on January 18, 1928, was found dead at
Lougheed, Alberta, on May 15, 1929.

GAMBEL’S SPARROW, No. 615,448, im.,
banded by T. T. & E. B. McCabe, at Indian-
point Lake, Barkerville, British Columbia, on
September 19, 1928, after repeating several times,
was killed in a weasel trap, in the same locality
in which it was banded, on October 1, 1928.

GAMBEL’S SPARROW, No. 615,535, im.,
banded by T. T. & E, B. McCabe, at Indian-
point Lake, Barkerville, British Columbia, on
September 19, 1928, after repeating several times,
was killed in a trap by a blackbird, in the same
locas. in which it was banded, on October 1,

GAMBEL’S SPARROW, No. 615,463, im.,
banded by T. T. & E. B. McCabe, at Indian-
point Lake, Barkerville, British Columbia, on
September 20, 1928, was killed by a squirrel in
a trap, in the same locality in which it was
banded, on September 21, 1928.

154

NUTTALL’S SPARROW, No. A123,588,
banded by Ernest D, Clabaugh. at Berkeley
California, on December 14, 1928, was found
dead on the main road near Mill Bay, Vancouver
Island, British Columbia, on July 2, 1929.

SHUFELDT’S JUNCO, No. 615,185, im.,
banded by T. T. & E. B. McCabe, at Indian-

point Lake Barkerville, British Columbia, on’

July 26, 1928, was killed in a trap by a Sharp-
shinned Hawk, in the same locality in which it
was banded, on August 23, 1928.

LINCOLN’S SPARROW, No. 615,239, im.,
banded by T. T. & E. B. McCabe, at Indian-
point Lake, Barkerville, British Columbia, on
July 29, 1928, was killed in a trap by a Chipmunk,
in the same locality in which it was banded,
on August 14, 1928.

ROBIN, No. 670,529, im., banded by George
Lang, at Indian Head, Saskatchewan, on July
23, 1928, was caught at Cruger, Mississippi,
on February 5, 1930.

RETURNS UPON BIRDS BANDED IN 1929

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 700,594, ye.,
banded by F. L. Farley, at Gull Island in Bit-
tern Lake, twelve miles west of Camrose, Alberta,
on June 21, 1929, was found wounded at Braw-
ley, California, on December 15, 1929.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 700,604, yeg.,
banded by F. L. Farley, at Gull Island in Bit-
tern Lake, about twelve miles west of Camrose,
Alberta, on June 21, 1929, was found dead at
Ryley, Alberta, on July 26, 1929.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 700,620, yg.,
banded by F. L. Farley, at Gull Island in Bit-
tern Lake, about twelve miles west of Camrose,
Alberta, on June 21, 1929, was found dead at
Salton Sea, California, on January 23, 19380.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 700,647, yeg.,
banded by F. L. Farley, at Gull Island in Bit-
tern Lake, twelve miles west of Camrose, Alberta,
on June 21, 1929, was shot at a place ten miles
east of Ponoka, Alberta, on September 23, 1929.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 700,793, yeg.,
banded by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island in

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

Bittern Lake, about twelve miles west of Camrose,
Alberta, on June 21, 1929, was found at Toma-
hawk, Alberta, some time between June 21 and
August 16, 1929.
CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 700,864, yg.,
banded by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island in
Bittern Lake, about twelve miles west of Camrose,
Alberta, on June 21, 1929, was found dead at
Armena, Alberta, on August 9, 1929.
CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 700,882, yzg.,
banded by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island in
Bittern Lake, about twelve miles west of Camrose,
Alberta, on June 21, 1929, was found at Cas-
cade, Montana, on September 18, 1929.
CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 700,894, ye.,
banded by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island in
Bittern Lake, about twelve miles west of Camrose,
Alberta, on June 21, 1929, was killed at Lake
Wabamun, fifty-two miles west of Edmonton,
Alberta, on August 12, 1929.
CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 700,979, yg.,
banded by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island in
Bittern Lake, about twelve miles west of Cam-
orse, Alberta, on June 21, 1929, was found dead
at Edmonton, Alberta, on September 2, 1929.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 700,990, yg.,
banded by Frank L. Farley, at Gull Island in
Bittern Lake, about twelve miles west of Cam-
rose, Alberta, on June 21, 1929, was found dead
at Cold Lake, Alberta, on August 31, 1929.

CALIFORNIA GULL, No. 701,181, yg.,
banded by F. L. Farley, at Gull Island in Bit-
tern Lake, about 12 miles west of Camrose, Al-
berta, on June 21, 1929, was recovered at Foisy,
Alberta, on July 12, 1980.

SONG SPARROW, No. A136,880, ad., band-
ed by W. Earl Godfrey, at Wolfville, Nova Sco-
tia,on June 7, 1929, was picked up dead in the
same locality in which is was banded, on July
15, 1930. .

CHICKADEE, No. B88,602, ad., banded
by W. Earl Godfrey, at’ Wolfville, Nova Scotia,
on March 26, 1929,was killed.in the same local-
ity in which it was banded, on May 13, 1929,
when it flew against a window pane.

September; 1931] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 155

5 aad

GEOGRAPHY MADE EASY

A GAZETEER OF EUROPE BY A TURN OF THE WHEEL
PRINTED IN FOUR COLOURS

FOLLOW THE ARROW ROUND EUROPE

Government, Capital, Flag, etc. Principal River, Population, Area, etc.

DIAMETER 10 ins.

THE SMALL
OPENINGS
WILL THEN
SHEW DATA
ABOUT EACH
COUNTRY

TURN WHEEL
ROUND TILL

RED ARROW -
POINTS TO
COUNTRY
REQUIRED

Great Britain
and Northern Ireland

34 States arranged Alphabetically Simple, Instructive, Entertaining

PRICE 50 CENTS POSTPAID
(Postal Note or Money Order, No Stamps)

H.C. MILLER, 175 NEPEAN ST.

OTTAWA, CANADA

156 : THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [VoL. XLV

Canada North of F ifty-six

By Dr. E, M. Kinviez

(This article won the $1000 prize donated by the late Sir Wm. H. Price)

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB offers a limited
remainder of this splendid number, profusely illustrated,
at 50 cents each, postage paid. If ordered for schools,
etc., in quantities of ten or more the price is 40 cents each.
This is a splendid general article on Northern Canada.

Send orders with cheques payable at par, Ottawa, to the Hon-
orary Treasurer, Wilmot Lloyd, 582 Mariposa. Ave., Rock-
clife Park, Ottawa, Canada.

Che Autobiography of
John Macoun, M.A.

Canadian Naturalist and Explorer

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB has a few bound

copies of this book for sale at $3.00 each, postage paid.

The book of 305 pages is neatly bound, and this may be

your last chance to secure a copy because this work will
probably not be reprinted.

Send orders with cheques payable at par, Ottawa, to the Hon-
gt a Treasurer, Wilmot Lloyd, 582 Mariposa Ave., Rock-
clife Park, Ottawa, Canada.

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
~ MANITOBA
1929-30

5 President Emeritus: J. J. GOLDEN; Honorary President: Nor-
MAN CRIDDLE; Past President: H. M. SPEECHLY, M.D. ? NIE
Jackson M. Sc., J. J. GoLDEN, C. W. Lowe M.Sc., J. B.
LuIs, M.A., A. ‘A. McCousrey, A. M. Davipson, M.D.,
Vice-Presidents: G. SHiRLY Brooks, A. G. LAWRENCE, H. C.
FARCE, C. L. BrRotEy, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, W. H. RAND,
President: R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.; General Secretary: MRS.
R. SmMpson; Treasurer: N. Lows; Executive Secretary:
H. BENNETT; Librarian: R. M. THOMAS.

Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays
October to April, in the physics theatre of the University,
nipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
100n during May, June and September, and on public holidays
ey: peeing, July and August.

THE HAMILTON BIRD PROTECTION —
SOCIETY

ig (Incorporated)

Hon. Pree dents W. E. SAUNDERS, ‘London, Ont.; President:
iG _ REV. CALVIN McQuEsTon; Vice-President: R. OWENMERRI-
N, M.A., Kingston, Ont.; First Vice-President: DR. H. G
NOTT; Second Vice-President: Mrs. F. E. MAcLOGHLIN;
Recording Secretary: J. ROLAND BRowN; Secretary-Treasurer:
Miss NINA DuNCAN; Assistant Secretary-Treasurer: Miss E
McEwINn; Junior Committee: Miss M.-E. GRAHAM; Pro-
gramme Committee: Rev. C. A. HEAVEN; PEAS Committee:
HE. C. Nunn.

|" McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
LONDON, ONT.

resident: ELI DAvis, R.R. No. 7, London, Ont.; - Vice=
esident: “EDISON MATTHEWS, 25 Wyatt Street, London, Ont.;
ecording Secretary: VERNE. FRANKS, 195 Duchess "Aves,
London, Ont.; Corresponding Secretary and Treasurer: E. M.
S. DALE, 297. Hyman Serres, London, Ont.; Members qualified
to answer questions: ee SAUNDERS, 240 Central Avenue,
London, Ont.; C. G. WATSON, 201 Ridout Street South,
London, Ont:; "J.F. CALVERT, 461 Tecumseh A venue, London,
~-Ont.; EK. M. = DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.

during the summer.

: aoe Presiden: “JoHN DAVIDSON, rhe Tok,
overt of B.C.; Vice-President: Pror. M. Y. WILLIAMS,
ae Secretary: C. F. Connor, M.A., 3529 W. 2nd
Avenue, Vancouver, B.C.; First Assistant Secretary: Miss
Betty HERD; 2nd Assistant Berane, ‘Mr. VERNON WIE-
-DRICK: Honorary Treasurer: A. H. BAIN, 2142 Collingwood
*olitag Street, Vancouver, B.C.; Librarian: Mrs. McCRIMMON:

Mr. B. J. Woop, Mr. P. L. Tart, Mr. R. J. CUMMING; Au-
ditors: rc: SELWooD, W. B. Woops. ~

a; All meetings at 8 p.m., Auditorium, Normal School, 10th
ba Avenue. and Cambie Street, BEES otherwise announced.

e ~PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
ee PROTECTION OF BIRDS

ae ; OFFICERS:

oe Past. Presidents: Mr. L. MctI. TERRILL, MR. NAPIER SmitH,
Mr. W. S. Hart; President: Mr. A. P. MurRRAy; Vice-Presi-
dents: Mrs. C. F. ‘DALE, Mr. H. A. C. JACKSON; Vice-President
and Treasurer: Mr. HENRY MOoUusLEY; Secretary: Miss M.
| SEATH; Curator: Miss EMiLy LUKS; :

COMMITTEE:

Mr. J. W. Bucks, Dr. I. GAMMELL, Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs.
C.-L: END EHSe Ns Miss K. D. MALCOURONNE, Miss EDITH
-Morrow, Mrs. HIBBERT, Miss M. S. NICOLSON, Miss
Emity LuUKE, ME W. A. OSWALD, Mr. R. A. OUTHET, MRs.
JOHN ee Mr. Napier SmitH, Mr. L. Mct. SPACKMAN,
Mr. L. Mcl. Terrint, Mr. V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS.

ae

—*

1185, Montreal, P.Q., Canada.

3 jp ah cvs Sra

>

Affiliated Societies

Meetings held the second Mondey of the month, except —

_ Members er Executive: Miss E. J. SmituH, Mr. J. D. TURNBULL, -

‘Address all communications to the Society at P.O. Box :

’

‘SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Bureau de direction pour 1931

Pairon Honoraire: Son Excellence LH VICONTH WILLINGDON,
G.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., G.C.I. E., G.B.E., Gouverneur-Général
de la Puissance du Canada; Vice-Patron Honoraire: Honorable
M. H. G. CARROL, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de
Québec; Bureau de Direction pour 1929: Président: G. STUART
AHERN; ier Vice-Président: ADRIEN FALARDEAU, C.R.; 2éme
Vice-Président: R. MEREDITH, N.P.; Secrétaire-trésorier: LOUIS
B. LAvorn; Chef de la section scientifique: Dr. D. A. DrERy;
Chef de la section de Propagande éducationnelle: W. STUART
ATKINSON; Chef de la section de protection: EDGAR ROCHETTE,
C.R., M.P.P.; Chef de la section d’information scientifique
et pratique: J.-G. COoTE; Directeurs: Dr. J.-E. BERNIER,
Masor Jos. Mattes, Jos.-S. BLaIs. i

Secrétaire-trésorier: LOuIs-B. LAVOIE
38, rue Sherbrooke, Québec.

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1931-32.

Honorary President: PROFESSOR A. P. COLEMAN; President:
CouIn 8. FARMER; Hon. Vice-Presidents: Hon. CHas. MCCREA,
Dr. N. A. POWELL, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; Vice-President: A. M.
PATTERSON; Secretary Treasurer: C. G. BRENNAND; Publicity-
Secretary: Dr. L. B. JAcKES; Hxecutive Committee: PROF.
EH. M. WALKER, MR. STUART THOMPSON, PROF. J. R. DYMOND
Dr. NORMA ForD, MAGISTRATE J. HE. JONES, Pror. T: F.

-McILLWRAITH, Mr. FRED IDE, Mr. F. C. Hurst, Mr. RUPERT

Davips, Dr. P. E. CLARKSON; Commitie on Conservation:
J. R. DyMonp; Junior Members’ Representative: TAYLOR
STATTEN; Leaders: Birds—MeEssrs. S. L. THompson, L. L.
SNYDER, J. L. BAILLIE, R. V. LINDSAY, J. M. SPEIRS; Mammals
‘PRor. CovENTRY, Mpssrs. E. C. Cross, D. A. MACLULICH;
Reptiles and Amphibians—MeEssrs. BE. B. S. Locizr, WM.

LERAyY; Fisk—Pror. J. R. DyMonp, Pror. W. J. K. HARK-

NESS; Insects—PROF. E. M. WALKER, Dr. Norma Forp,

Mr. F. P. IpE; Botany—PrRoF. R. B. THOMSON, PRoF. H. B.

Sirton, Dr. G. WRIGHT, Mr. W. R. WATSON, MR. OWENS

‘Dr. T. TAYLOR; Geology—ProFr. A. MCLEAN.

We would ask the Officers, and more
particularly the Secretaries, of all the
Affiliated Societies to assist us in our
task of building up the circulation of
this magazine. By securing every.
member as a subscriber we can truly
make this magazine into one of the
leading Natural History publications

of America.

—————————————————————————————————

THE HOOD |
INSECT BOX —

| Special Features of the HOOD BOX:

Card Filing Systems
for Naturalists

As makers of the Library
Bureau line of Card Filing
Devices in Canada, we are
in a position to supply all
Naturalists with cards and
trays where they can read-
ily index all their observa-
tions and notes

Lowe-Martin Ltd.

OTTAWA, CANADA

Printers ef The Canadian Field-Naturalist
Publishers of the Autobiography of John Macoun, MA

1. Pest-proof —

2. Wooden Frame

3 High shoulder, :
protecting specimens

4 Excellent pinning bottom

5. High quality box at low cost

PRICE $1.25 EACH
SPECIAL RATES IN QUANTITY
For full description ask for circular No. 298 a

| WARD'S. =
NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT

| 84 College Avenue, ROCHESTER, N.Y.
ee ia} Ne fi

Crabtree Limited
, Artists and
Designers |

THIS SPACE | |
| : a BLUEPRINTERS
FOR SALE : ENGRAVER S

COMMERCIAL
PHOTOGRAPHERS

>: PHOTO:
LITHOGRAPHERS

228 Albert Street
Ottawa, Ont.

Pal ehh ; , i 343 yf a ;
oe VOL. XLV, No. 7. : | OCTOBER, 1931 __

Ky a if ycedy { hy, |

Pasi ny \y AVE a

he ’ BS
4 a } wi id Nal IN| ul

Vell

if

ve ISSUED OCTOBER ist, 1931. :
Entered at the Ottawa Post Officé as second-class matter

is

vi al iW

iP

Ss

THE OTTAWA ies: i 7

Patrons: Nae
THEIR EXCELLENCIES THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND COUNTESS OF BESSBORO! H

_ President: HARRISON F. Lars. 34 Grosvenor Ave., Ottawa. Sr
1st Vice-President: C. M. STERNBERG - 9nd Vice-President: M.&. AW ieee
Secretary: GORDON S. a 25 Rupert St. Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, 582 Mariposa Ave.

SE Par

Dhaee L100 VEER oa tr z

ER! Members of Coune H #.J,Atcock, R. M. ANDERSON, Miss M. EH. Cowan, “Messrs. H. G
CRAWFORD, NorMAN C! IDDLE, R. E. DELUuRY, Bertram A. FAUVEL, HERBERT Grou, ANDREW
HALKETT, D. JENNESS, C. E. JOHNSON, A. G. KINGSTON, E. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELEY,
DOUGLAS ‘LEECHMAN, HoyEs LLoyp, W. T. Macoun, M. 0. MALrTE, MARK G. McELHINNEY, G.
MILLER, A. E. PoRSILD, E. E. PRINCE, J. DEWEY SOPER, P. A. TAVERNER, E. F. G. ‘WHIT! é

W. J. WINTEMBERG, and Presidents of Affiliated Societies. noe &

Editor:
DOUGLAS LEECHMAN _
National Museum, Ottawa, Canada.

Associate Editors:

D. JENNESS........... sens . Anthropology CLYDE L. PATCH....... Ce eee
M. O. Nee RRP Va tl ata tol A a Botany R. M. ANDERSON...... eee... Mamm
ER UATCHRORD see te Conchology LEAL GEL DNTSMAIN 2:00 ce nee Mari
ARTHUR GIBSON................ Entomology P. A. TAVERNER....... eer es 0:

Be ALCOCK: acm teen Poe RR eae Geology BecMCRINDLE. S375 e eee ala

CONTENTS
oN cca a Stranded on the South Coast of Prince Edward Island. By Ae Ww. H.
eedier

B98 AMR a. (GE a) ee A018 ne) Lael see) ee se) ei) 9) 0) Tele elias a, ev, tatin pied) a) je) e! inljel \eiuiyn ven aie) e) eke Ve. win) cae (iefe, aie) vile) |wiFay oyebeie \uiiisil siintie ivilaliel ait

Muskrat vs. Weseel By Sana Waller iti.) scien Soh aera Rees aa BS kate Boe ae re,
Young of European Hare Born in Winter. By H. L ade HG OE 1S Oe Nae cea
Black-capped Chickadee. By C. H. Bastien................ gs 8 a ales te oo as
Glaucous-winged Gulls.” By C. Hi Bastien) fie) ew eo ee Weert se: ‘
Mourning Dove in Kenora District, Ontario. By Je as. L. ‘Baillie, “fiver Signo “i eee shat
Hungarian Partidges Liberated in Prince Edward Island. By R. W. Tufts. hia a eee

A New Check List of Birds of the World

abiejlapta vo, lelesehin) ase. eal ola age) seh ie. «asa ei jal/is) 09 refs) s)ie\ne.-s)iui\\e\_ eile, Geli l ellipse hi otie teiial ee

The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ Gas have been issu ed
# since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886,
zz two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes; and these avi
: been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist
issued monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the pune
i## of the results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 254 Been

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reade

who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful piace, ana
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-N aturalists’ Club,
582 Mariposa Ave. ue
Rockcliffe Park, OTTAWA, CANADA.

——

ae

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. XLV

OTTAWA, CANADA, OCTOBER, 1931

No.

4

BLACKFISH (Globiocephalus) STRANDED ON THE SOUTH COAST OF
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND
By A. W. H. NEEDLER

LARGE school of blackfish was seen
' inside the outer bar across the mouths
of Percival and Enore Rivers, P.E.I.
on Friday, August 29, 1930, by the crew
of a small schooner. Apparently some of these
stranded that night at the head of Percival
“river” about five miles from its mouth as they
were first observed ashore on the morning of
August 30. The “river” or inlet in the part
where they stranded is about a quarter of a mile
wide and nowhere more than two or three feet
deep at low tide. Just below the depth increases
to six or eight feet and the inlet widens. Two or
three miles towards the mouth the greatest depth
is still less than twelve feet and the width is a
mile or more. The bottom is of mud, sand or
oyster-bed throughout the inlet with eel grass
lining the shores. Apparently the school ran
ashore when the tide was fairly high as the

majority observed on the following Wednesday
were near the high tide mark with, of course, the
smallest specimens farthest in towards shore.
Some, however, remained in deeper water and a
few, at least, succeeded in getting away again, as
some were observed swimming down the inlet
towards the open on Saturday.

On Wednesday the writer examined a large
number and identified them as blackfish (Globio-
cephalus sp; probably G. melaena Traill).
One hundred and fifty-two (152) were counted
most of them being on one stretch of shore about
two hundred yards long. As some had been
cut up and taken away and some escaped there
must have been close to two hundred or perhaps
more in the school when it entered the bay.

The following (Table Ij, a random sample, were
measured. The condition of the blackfish five

Blackfish stranded at Percival River, P. E. I.

(Photograph by H. P. Sherwood)

158

days after stranding did not always permit deter-
mination of the sex. :

TABLE I
Length Number Sex Un-
in feet Male Female known Total
Ga 1 1 ye 2

pn 0
PNP DNMWOAWNHFE -
bo

qo Re
bo 0
DONME AOA NMWUOSADUAANNE: -

_
J
DONOR ARRONREH-

Of those of which the sex was determined 56%
were female and it is probable that a large pro-
portion of the doubtful cases were also female.
The largest female was eighteen feet long while
forty per cent of the males were larger than this
and the largest twenty-two feet in length. The

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

average length of the males was 17.6 feet, and of —
the females 14.6 feet.

One, at least, of the females was pregnant and
the two six-foot specimens were recent births with
part of the placental attachment remaining.
They were well developed and this is probably
close to the size at normal birth although the
births were possibly premature and due to the
stranding.

In addition to the above school about fifty were
stranded on an exposed shore near Borden, P.E.I.,
on August 15 or 16, 1930. Here, too, the shore
was level and gently sloping. When the writer
examined them they had all been more or less

_ cut up but the remains were sufficient to enable

certain identification as Globiocephalus. The
individuals were of about the same size as those
at Percival river.

On October 4 one or two dozen were observed
swimming about in the harbour of Summerside,
P.E.I. A few were shot,and one of these was
examined. It was found to be of the same species.

In addition a number of reports of blackfish
were obtained from both the north and south
coasts of Prince Edward Island, especially the
latter. There is no doubt that in the summer of
1930 they were unusually abundant in Northum-
berland strait where they had not been seen for
many years.

NOTES ON MAMMALS AND BIRDS FROM GREAT SLAVE LAKE
_ By H. W. FAIRBAIRN

HE field observations included in this
report were made during the summer of
1929 while the writer was attached to a
field party in charge of C. H. Stockwell

from the Geological Survey at Ottawa. The ac-

ecompanying map shows the location of the area
under review and the approximate boundaries
between the life zones in the district. While most
of the observations were made in the Hudsonian,

a few are also included from the Canadian zone.

The timber is predominantly spruce, with poplar,
birch, and tamarack in lesser amount. Banksian
pine occurs regularly although its limit of distribu-
tion is not far to the north-east. Although restrict-
ed as to number of species, the trees attain a size
usually associated with much lower latitudes, and
are dwarfed only in the most exposed localities.

In that part of the area included in the Hudsonian
zone there is practically no true soil and the rock
hills and ridges attain a maximum relief of about
700 feet. Immediately to the west the country is

monotonously flat, its soil representing ancient

delta deposits of the Slave River.

As the south-east shore of Great Slave Lake was
off the main travel routes it was practically un-
known to any save the Indians until Blanchet’s
surveys were made a few years ago. Since then
a trading post has been extablished at Snowdrift
and various exploration parties have traversed the
shore and the large lakes to the south.

The most complete biological report covering
northwestern Canada is that of EH. A. Preble! who
worked in this country more than twenty-five
years ago. The writer made liberal use of this
memoir in comparing notes and wishes to recom-
mend it not only for its biological value but also
for the information of general interest which it
contains concerning the region.

No attempt was made to collect any specimens
and field identification was made with Zeiss bino-
culars or the unaided eye. No doubtful species

1—. A. PreBLE—Biological Investigation of the Atha-
basca-Mackenzie Region. North American Fauna, No. 27,
U.S. Biol. Survey.

\

October, 1931]

Mackenzie RB

Fort Resoltion

Pine Pont

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 159

Scale -/"= rooms.

eabiasts 60° N
eit

Great Slave Lake area

have been included, however, and the writer feels
that the list is accurate, even ifincomplete. Sub-
specific names are used in accordance with the
normal geographic range of the species and do
not represent actual identification as such.

The writer is indebted to the other members of
the party, Messrs. Stockwell, Derby, Gilbert, and
Ogilvie, for their interest and assistance in col-
lecting the data necessary for this work.

MAMMALIA

Alces americana—EASTERN Moose.—The In-
dians at Snowdrift report that moose are fairly
common and they frequently hunt them with
varying success. On August 11 one was seen
swimming along the shore of a bay in Stark Lake.
Later in the year a yearling was seen at close
quarters in the same locality. Moose tracks,
however, were observed in many other places so
that the species is of fairly regular distribution.

Sciurus hudsonicus—HUuDSON BAY RED SQUIR-
REL.—Abundant in all the spruce woods and in
winter is an unwelcome guest in many traps set
for more valuable pelts. In August one was seen
swimming across the entrance to a bay in Stark
Lake. The water was quite rough and the little
animal swam fully 100 yards in the cold water
before landing. It appeared to be somewhat
numbed by the effort but was able to scramble
up the nearest tree to safety. Their industry, if
misguided at times, is attested by the great piles
of spruce cones and fungi which they collect dur-
ing the summer months.

Peromyscus maniculatus borealis—ARCTIC
WHITE-FOOTED MousE.—Observed only around
caches and trappers’ cabins but is probably abun-
dant and of regular distribution.

Microtus drummondii—DRUMMOND VOLE.—On
two occasions these diminutive creatures took
possession of our bedrolls. Although these were

160

the only observations made of the species it is
probably just as common in this area as reported
elsewhere in the district.

Ondatra zibethica spatulata—NORTHWEST
MuskraT.—Noted commonly from the Slave
delta and once from the east end of McDonald
Lake. In suitable localities it comprises a large
part of the winter’s catch of fur but in the rocky
east end of Great Slave Lake it is not common.

Lepus americanus—VARYING HARE.—Observed
only twice but is probably more common than
this would indicate. According to the. trappers
the animal has recently been in one of its periodical
declines but is now increasing in numbers.

Ursus americanus—BLACK BEAR.—Regularly
distributed throughout the area centering about
Snowdrift. They were noted from Portage Inlet,
Snowdrift River, Murky \Lake, and McDonald
Lake, all of them being the black phase. In this
latitude the species has an unusually long period
of hibernation but individual animals which had
not hibernated have been taken in December.

Mustela cicognanii richardsonii—RICHARDSON
WEASEL.—Noted from Dawson Landing, west of
Resolution. The species was not seen at the east
end of the lake and no information was obtained
regarding it.

Of the fur-bearing animals not included in the
above list minks were reported to be the most com-
mon, the value of the annual catch rivalling that
of muskrat. Martins are never plentiful and
fishers have disappeared from most localities.
According to the Indians at Snowdrift beavers
are common in certain sections south of Great
Slave Lake. Foxes are fairly common while
lynxes are very irregularly distributed.

AVES

Podilymbus podiceps—PIED-BILLED GREBE.—
Noted from Murky Lake and Pine Point. The
species is rare in this region according to previous
observers.

Gavia immer—Loon.—Less common on the
open water of Great Slave Lake than in sheltered
bays and smaller lakes to the south.

Gavia arctica pacifica—Paciric LooN. Found
in the vicinity of Basile Bay but less common than
G. wmmer.

Stercorarius parasiticus—PARASITIC JAEGER.—
One was seen at Resolution in June.

Larus argentatus—HERRING GULL.—Abundant,
nesting on the bare rocky islands. The downy
young were common in early July. Later in the
summer mixed flocks of adults and young of dif-
ferent species congregated on the rocky shores
but after September 15 only an occasional juvenile
was seen. They are the chief scavengers of these

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

northern waters and may be depended on to re-
move all fish and game refuse from a camping
ground.

Larus californicus—CALIFORNIA GULL.—Com-
mon, and associates with the other species of
gulls.

Larus brachyrhynchos—SHORT-BILLED GULL.—
Common, and associates with L. argentatus and
L. californicus.

Sterna caspia—CASPIAN TERN.—One bird noted
from Resolution.

Sterna hirundo—CoMMON TERN.—Common;
and associates with the gulls. None were seen
on Great Slave Lake after September 1.

Pelecanus erythrorhynchos—AMERICAN WHITE
PELICAN.—Twelve of these great white birds were
seen on the rapids at Fort Smith in late June.
They were very wary and sunned themselves on
the rocks fully half a mile from shore. This nor-
thern colony seems to be holding its own at
present, although its numbers have often been
depleted in the past.

Mergus serrator—RED-BREASTED MERGANSER.
—Breeds commonly on Great Slave Lake. Ju-
veniles were still unable to fly in early September.

Anas platyrhynchos—MALLARD.—Small flocks
of males were noted from the Slave delta and
Basile Bay in early summer. Abundant on the
lower Slave river in late September.

Clangula hyemalis—OLD-SQUAW.—Common in
migration along the south shore of Great Slave
Lakeir September. They were easy to approach
and practically fearless of a gun.

Oidemia deglandi—WHITE-WINGED Seon —
Common in the vicinity of Basile Bay in July
where small flocks, presumably of males, were
found. The species became more abundant late
in the season and large flocks were seen on the
lower Slave River in September.

Branta canadensis—CANADA GOOSE.—Noted oc-
casionally in flight but apparently does not breed
close to Great Slave Lake.

Cygnus columbarius—WHISTLING SwAN.—Two
swans were seen near Stony Island in September
flying southward.

Grus (mexicana or canadensis?)—SANDHILL or
LITTLE BROWN CRANE.—Two cranes were seen
on the mud flats at the mouth of the Slave River
on June 14, but the distance at which they were
observed made it impossible to determine the
species.

Totanus flavipes—LESSER YELLOWLEGS.—One
bird was seen in a small slough in Basile Bay.

Crocethia leucophxa—SANDERLING.—Small flock
noted near Stony Island in September.

Actitis macularia—SPOTTED SANPDIPER.—Com-
mon along all the shores traversed.

October, 1931]

Squatarola _ squatarola cynosure—AMERICAN
BLACK-BELLIED PLOVER.—Juveniles were common
at Resolution in September.

Canachites canadensis (probably subspecies
canadensis) —SPRUCE GROUSE.—Common through-
out the area.

Bonasa umbellus—RUFFED GROUSE.—Common
in the vicinity of Dawson’s Landing in Septem-
ber. Noted also from Slave delta.

Circus hudsonicus—MARSH HAWk.—Noted once
near Murky Lake. The rocky country about
Great Slave Lake is unsuitable to this species.

Halizetus leucocephalus alascanus—NORTHERN
BALD EAGLE.—Common and of regular distribu-
tion both east and west of Snowdrift. Ten pairs
of these birds were noted from*‘an area of about
1000 square miles. This gives an average area
per pair of 100 square miles, only about half of
which is land surface. The majority of the nests
were on steep cliffs overhanging the water; others
were in the tops of spruce trees on small, low
islands. In either case they were not easily
accessible. The scarcity of the larger species of
hawks in this locality is a notable feature in con-
nection with the distribution of the eagles.

Falco columbarius columbarius—EASTERN PI-
GEON HAwWK.—Fairly common about Snowdrift
and on Murky Lake in August.

Cerchneis sparverius—AMERICAN SPARROW
HAwk.—One bird noted from the mouth of the
Taltson River in June.

Asio flammeus—SHORT-EARED OwL.—Observed
several times along Murky Channel in August.

Ceryle aleyon—BELTED KINGFISHER.—Absent
over most of the area traversed due to lack of
nesting sites. Noted once in Murky Lake and is
common in the older parts of the Slave delta.

Picoides arcticus—ARCTIC THREE-TOED Woop-
PECKER.—Observed in muskeg near Snowdritft.

Picoides americanus—AMERICAN THREE-TOED
WOODPECKER.—Noted once in a muskeg at the
east end of McDonald Lake. '

Colaptes auratus borealis—BOREAL FLICKER.—
Common throughout the area but not seen after
September 1.

Sayornis phoebe—PHOEBE.—Regularly distri-
buted from Resolution at least as far as Snowdrift.

‘Not noted after August 15.

Nannus borealis—OLIVE-SIDED FLYCATCHER.—
Breeding on small island at Snowdrift and appar-
ently irregular in distribution.

Empidonaz traiili alnorwm—ALDER FLYCATCHEP.
—Observed at the mouth of the Taltson River in
June but not seen eastward.

Empidonax minimus—LEAST FLYCATCHER.—
Common at the mouth of the Taltson River in
June but not seen eastward.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

161

Otocoris alpestris (probably subspecies hoyti)—
HORNED LARK.—Abundant at Resolution in Sep-
tember.

Perisoreus canadensis—CANADA JAY.—Abun-
dant throughout the area, but not an inveterate
thief as in more populous localities.

Corvus corax principalis—NORTHERN RAVEN.—
Common and of regular distribution throughout
the area.

Algelaius pheniceus—RED-WINGED BLACKBIRD.
—Common in June in the Slave delta.

Euphagus carolinus—RuSsTY BLACKBIRD.—
Noted once in Murky Lake in late August but
does not breed in any numbers in this type of
country.

Quiscalus quiscula eneus—BRONZED GRACKLE.
—One bird, probably a straggler, was seen near
Snowdrift in July.

Pinicola enucleator (probably subspecies leucura)
—PINE GROSBEAK.—Fairly common on Star
Lake in August.

Passerculus sandwichensis—SAVANNA SPARROW.
Common from Resolution to Taltson River but
not noted eastward.

Passer domesticus—HOUSE SPARROW.—Com-
mon at Fort Smith. None were seen at Resolu-
tion so that this is probably their northern limit
of distribution in the Mackenzie district.

Zonotrichia leucophrys gambeli—GAMBEL’S SPAR-
ROw.—Abundant in early summer and breeding
both on the mainland and the small rocky islands.

Spizella monticola—TREE SPARROW.—Common
in September but not breeding in any numbers
about Snowdrift. _

Spizella passerina—CHIPPING SPARROW.—Noted
from Fort Smith and Resolution, but not eastward.

Junco hyemalis—JUNCO.—Abundant and breed-
ing everywhere. Their numbers are greatly
augmented during migration.

Petrochelidon lunifrons—CLirF SWALLOW.—Two
small colonies were seen on Stark Lake. The
species is not as abundant here as in some other
parts of the northwest.

Hirundo erythrogastra—BARN SWALLOW.—Ir-
regular in distribution, breeding at the trading
posts and also in unused trappers’ cabins.

Riparia riparia—BANK SWALLOW.—Common
along the lower Slave River. The species was not
noted to the east as nesting sites are scarce.

Vireosylva olivacea—RED-EYED VIREO.—Ob-
served along the Slave River to the lake, but not
eastward.

Vireosylva gilvua—WARBLING VIREO.—Noted at
Fort Smith but not further north.

Vermivora peregrina—TENNESSEE WARBLER.—
Observed at the mouth of the Taltson River in
June.

162

Dendroica xstiva—YELLOW WARBLER.—Com-
mon in June at the mouth of the Taltson River.
Breeding in Basile Bay.

Dendroica coronata—MYRTLE WARBLER.—Com-
mon and regularly distributed throughout the area.

Dendroica atricapilla—BLACK-POLL WARBLER.
—Noted at the mouth of the Taltson River in
June.

Penthestes hudsonicus—HUDSONIAN CHICKADEE.
—Common and regularly distributed throughout
the area.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

Hylocichla guttata pallasi—EASTERN HERMIT
THRUSH.—Regularly distributed but not abundant
east of Resolution.

Planesticus migratorius—RoBIN.—Common and
usually nesting in small spruce trees. Absent
from the area around Snowdrift after August 1.
The migratory route is apparently south along the
main rivers as the birds were very aundant there
during September.

BRITISH AND AMERICAN GROUSE CYCLES
By ALDO LEOPOLD AND JOHN N. BALL

HINKERS about game conservation have
usually been skeptical about the feasibili-
ty of applying management to American
grouse, especially American prairie chick-

ens. It has been assumed that the violent fluc-
tuations experienced by all species of grouse made
the potential crop uncertain, and efforts to pro-
duce a crop correspondingly unattractive. The
average sportsman has probably not reasoned the
matter out in exactly these terms, but when he
speaks of prairie chickens, as “hopeless’’ or the
ruffed grouse supply as beyond human control, he
probably means much the same thing.

The authors recently read for the first time the
monumental work of the British Committee of
Inquiry on ‘The Grouse in Health and Disease.”!
If more American sportsmen and ornithologists
would read these volumes carefully, they would
soon be convinced, as we were, that the manage-
ment of cyclic grouse is anything but hopeless.
That property in grouse which causes them to fall
ready victims to disease epidemics is apparently
offset by a corresponding facility in recovering
their normal numbers, provided only the environ-
ment be favourable and the shooting on each
parcel of range under strict and intelligent control.
The British success in increasing and stabilizing
grouse is an obvious fact, backed by a century of
experience, and is not altered by any like or dis-
like for their methods of harvesting the crop,
once it has been produced. The latter question
is not here under discussion.

A digest of the Grouse Report, comparing
British and American grouse from the viewpoint
of management, has been published by the
authors in a separate paper.2 It is here desired to
present a companion study comparing their re-
spective fluctuations. The data available to us
are summarized on the accompanying chart,
consisting of three sets of American curves and
two sets of British curves.

SOURCES OF DATA

A. NorRTH AMERICAN GROUSE AND RABBITS.—
This curve is the summation of some 540 reports
gathered during the Game Survey’ on the status
of grouse and rabbits, by species, in various
states and provinces, during particular years.
The data become scattered behind 1909, and
very thin behind 1898, hence the curve stops
there. Some of the 540 reports are from the
game and ornithological literature, but most
were made to Leopold verbally or in correspon-
dence by sportsmen, game wardens, and natur-
alists, totalling nearly 200 persons. It is regretted
that this number is so large as to preclude indivi-
dual acknowledgments.

The geographic distribution of the reports and
the species to which they pertain, are as follows:

Snow- Cotton-
Region Ruffed Other shoe tail Total
Grouse Grouse Hares Rabbits
Far North...... 5 20 20 She 45
Southern Canada 60 44 48 ae 152
Northern U.S.
and Rocky Mts. 143 61 26 9 239
Central U.S..... qT 15 ve 40 62
Southern U.S... 24 18 we oie 42
239 158 94 49 640

The vertical ordinate has no numerical validity,
Curve A simply connecting the most frequent of
five grades of abundance reported for each parti-
cular year. The spread or dispersion of the re-
mainder of the reports is indicated by the hatched
zone, which covers 90 per cent of the total reports
for each year.

The number of reports of course decreases as -
the dates recede. The time-distribution is:

1926-1930... .135 reports

1921-1925....131 ~
1916-1920.... 94 “

1911-1915. . .56 reports
1906-1910...47 ‘*
1901-1905...35 “*

These data are separate and distinct from those
entering the Wisconsin curves (C-1 and C-2),

October, 1931]

although obtained and compiled in the same
manner. They are also separate from both the
B curves. The source and exact locality of each
report is available in Leopold’s records.

Curve A is heretofore unpublished, although
the graphed data for the separate states have
been circulated privately in the form of a blue-
print entitled ‘‘Cumulative History of Game
Cycles in North America.”

B. CANADIAN GROUSE AND RABBITS.—B-1
(sharptail) and B-2 (ruffed grouse) were published
by Norman Criddle* in The Canadian Field-
Naturalist for April, 1930. They represent the
numbers of grouse on his place at Aweme, Mani-
toba, as estimated by his father and himself.
His original graph contains a curve for grass-
hoppers, and a rainfall record, which are here
omitted. Asin my own curves, Criddle’s vertical
ordinate has no numerical validity, but is based
on a judgment-comparison between years, but
since these comparisons have been all made by
one man from his own field observations, they
are doubtless superior to mine in accuracy.

B-3 is the Hudson Bay Company’s purchases
of rabbit skins, as published by Ernest Thompson-
Seton in “The Arctic Prairies,’”’5 page 102. Seton’s
curve goes back to 1821, but the section behind
1850 is here omitted. The number of skins in
the section here reproduced runs up to 150,000 in
the high year 1865, but the numerical scale is
omitted for simplicity.

C. WISCONSIN GROUSE AND RABBITS.—C-1
(pinnated and sharptail) and C-2 (all grouse and
rabbits) were published by Leopold in the Game
Survey, Chart 8, page 142. They are summa-
tions calculated in exactly the same manner as A,
from similar data. The spread of the data for
C-2 is here added for comparison with the spread
in A, the hatched zone including 90 per cent of
the total reports for each year.

A much more accurate and thorough study of
grouse fluctuations covering a longer period is
now being made by Ralph T. King, of the Univer-
sity of Minnesota, under a fellowship of the
Sporting Arms and Ammunition Manufacturers’
Institute.

_D. ScotcH Grouse KiLL.—D is the kill of red

grouse from four moors as-follows:
Period
Moor Covered Author
1. Douglas Castle (uan- 1858-1909 Malcolm & Maxwell
arkshire). “‘Grouse and Grouse
Moors,”6 p. 278.
2. A moor in Inverness- 1897-1909 British Committee,

shire. “*Grouse in Health and
Disease,” p. 474.
3. A Scotch moor....... 1866-1886 Same; p. 456.
1894-1904
4. Carron Moor (Moray- 1897-1909 Same, p. 388.
shire),

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

163

The kill on each moor for’each year was first
computed as a per cent of its own average. The
average of all the percentages available for each
year was then calculated and plotted. Hence the
curve represents the departure from average (100
per cent) for all four moors collectively, during
each year. The rising trend of the curve repre-
sents the increasing success of management.

E. SCOTCH GROUSE DISEASE (INVERTED).—E-1
is the frequency of reports of red grouse disease,
as mapped by years in Vol. II of the ‘‘Grouse in
Health and Disease.” The dots on these yearly
maps representing the number of localities re-
porting disease (these maps occur in the limited
edition only) were counted, and plotted as per
cent departures from the average number, but the
vertical scale was inverted, so that any parallelism
with the kill curve (D) could be the more readily
visualized. Since E-1 is inverted, its peaks rep-
resent disease-free years, and its troughs years of
numerous disease reports.

E-2, which occurs in numerous fragments, is a
compilation by Leopold of the textual references
to high and low red grouse crops, high and low
kills, record bags, and disease years occurring in
the Grouse Report, in Malcolm and Maxwell’s
book, and in MaclIntyre’s paper on “Cycles of
Game Birds,”? appearing in “Game and Gun,”
June, 1930, page 286. The vertical ordinate is
an arbitrary judgment (in three abundance
classes) on the consensus of textual references
available for each year. Usually where more
than one reference was available, they all agreed.

H-3 (Black Game) consists of a few fragments
of textual references by Malcolm and Maxwell,
and by MacIntyre, graphed in the same manner
as E-2. Both of these writers consider this
species as synchronizing with red grouse in its
fluctuations, hence its admission here.

INTERPRETATION OF DATA

AMERICAN FLUCTUATIONS.—There is an ines-
capable parallelism between A, B, and C.

The low of 1927 shows on all three, except that
in the North American curve (A) it falls in 1926
or 1928. Interpreted in the light of the hatched
zone, 1928 appears to be the preferable date for
the all-American low, as compared winth 1927 for
Wisconsin and Ontario.

The high of 1923 is apparent in all three curves
as a broad flat-topped ‘‘mesa” of four years’ dura-
tion, beginning in 1920 or 1921, and falling off in
1924 or 1925.

The low of 1918 is apparent in all three, except
that in Wisconsin it came a year late (1919)
except in prairie chickens, which followed the all-
American date, 1918.

164

The preceding high shows the first blur. The
years 1910 to 1915 are all relatively high in all
three curves. The all-American curve shows a
major peak in 1910 and a lower one in 1912-13.
Criddle peaks in 1912, 1913, or 1914, with ruffed
grouse peaking later and falling later than sharp-
tail. Wisconsin shows peaks in 1909, 1912, and
1915 both for pinnated and all species, the ruffed
grouse (being the heaviest component of all
species) again lagging behind in the final drop.
Taking everything together, the years 1912 or
1913 would seem to be the mean high.

The preceding low Criddle and Seton fix at
1907, with the projection of the all-American
curve in agreement, although now so meagre as
not to be given great weight. The Wisconsin
curve, interpreted with due weight for the hatched
zone, would indicate 1905 or 1906. The year
1906 may be taken as a rather blurred median
date for this low.

We now climb back to a pronounced high in
about 1902, unanimous except for Seton’s Hudson
Bay rabbits. Again we have the flat-topped
“mesa” 2-4 years in duration, with a doubt as to
its true centre. Criddle would have it 1903 or
1904 in both grouse; Wisconsin 1901 in both
prairie chickens and all species. This time
ruffed grouse show no lag in any of the curves,
but click with the other species.

Preceding this is a pronounced low, but with
Criddle and Wisconsin at variance as to its date.
Criddle says 1897 or 1898, Wisconsin 1899.

Wisconsin, backed by Seton, climbs back to a
high in 1896 or 1897, while Criddle is still low.
The number of observations in the Wisconsin
curve has by now become meagre, whereas Criddle
and Seton are presumably as well-supported as
ever. Since they conflict, the date of this low
must be left unresolved.

To sum up, the available data on North Ameri-
can grouse (but possibly not rabbits, especially
Hudson Bay rabbits) substantially synchronize
in their fluctuations back to the high of 1902, at
which point the data become too meagre for fur-
ther comparisons. The periods and intervals are

as follows:
NORTH AMERICAN GROUSE CYCLE
Interval 10 or 11 10 or 11
—
High pe GOD sya euatus LOIZIOMS see MO Za Meecha
Low POOGS Poet nae LOTS ei tee eee 1927
_——— ——-—s oo”
Interval 14 9

Evidently 21% periods have elapsed between
1927 and 1902, which gives an average of a
fraction over 10 years, as compared with the
9-year figure arrived at by Leopold in the Game
Survey for Wisconsin.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

-and EH.

[VoL. XLV

Seton likewise deduced a 10-year period from

B-3, plus his corresponding curves for other fur-
bearers. He says (p. 109) “The high points for
each species are with fair regularity 10 years
apart.” This independent conclusion for an
earlier period carries the extremely important
inference that the period of the American cycle .
is not growing shorter, as MacIntyre claims it is
in the British Isles.

It is not here intended to imply that the Amer-
ican cycle has a uniform period, or that it has not.
An average is in any event nzeded for prediction
in game management and administration. —

BRITISH FLUCTUATIONS.—There is parallelism
between the various British curves comprising D
It is apparently greater than would
occur by chance alone.

A certain lag between D (kill) and E-1 (disease
frequency) is to be expected. The literature
makes it clear that heavy kills are often made
during the first year of an outbreak of disease,
the heavy population being assumed to induce the
outbreak. Accordingly E ought to precede D
in both trough and peak. This will be called
the “‘anticipated lag.”

The British curves for 1909-1929 are too
meagre to support conclusions. It is hoped that
some British author will compile and publish the
kill since 1910 on the four moors covered by the
Grouse Report and Maxwell up to that date.

There are possible highs about 1923 and 1915,
and lows about 1929 and 1914.

There is a partially substantiated high about
1909 and a low about 1908.

Beginning now with the full data, there is a
clear high in the kill for 1907, E-1 showing the
anticipated lag to the left, to the extent of two
years.

There is an unanimous low in 1903.

There is a clear high in the kill for 1901, E-1
showing the anticipated 1-year lag to the left.

There is a low about 1897, E-1 lagging one year
to the left as anticipated.

There is a clear high in 1894, H-1 lagging one
year to the left as anticipated.

There is a blurred low in 1889 or 1891.

There is a clear high in 1886, H-1 lagging 1-2
years to the left as anticipated.

There is a low in 1888 or 1884, a unanimous high
in 1882, and a low in 1878, but contradicted by
H-2, which shows a high.

There is a high in 1876, and a unanimous low
in 18738.

By all the literature and tradition, 1872 was a
record-breaking year.

165

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

October, 1931]

3
410} 31895

%I

3

A. TAG ATABLL

2 8 s s e e g & &

Swor)]\u RwWNw—-SvMmI GY RON —SO©MUMMAEWN— _SvVMIMAUGVAaAGWN—_ SOBu GA UHVAW NHN -GvmIu Ts HAWN BDoOBIAFDH RUN-SwoMmIH8dsH hun —O
001
% pS “£08/ ‘608! '1191'S181'8EBI ‘F891 98) U/ asDasiq 10 sMo7 asno.9| 1a//JO7
¥ eS 118) G08) ‘6¥9) Ul SYBIY asnosD JaljIDz
OL f+ = = 7 -_-f o- —0 r-tn M07
————< “h sees

\ oo : f L wnioa

m i | x ene eee es
a ee v_auled 99219 €-3 \ mols nh ef aan
a aSNOIN pay UO PIeQ “ISIWW 2-4 ; ie
(ih a=] (aaji.muoy asnoig) aseasiq asnoug pay | 12 OsIW GNV aSWASIG JSNOYS HSIN 3

[Seer aie : eS | | 40}'2]295
0 0

Z\

oe me 02
09 L/ is
0! UY 00!
a zl
On | on
a T1Iy ASNOUD HILOI ai

V7 Siuodal JO % OG sapnjoul auoz payI/D}]

ZA ag
UY II a
mea 7 ai

| LAA AGA

= va ies Seas Sal ee wale eee
| | = uojas) sunj Jiqqey “og Aeg uospny hee i

(21pp!u9) ahno19 pajjny OeIUQ 2-9 : suisavy GNVY 3SNOYD NVIGVNYD g

Li

LA
roost) $9698

| d SLIGaVY ONV ASNOYD NISNOISIM D
03) |leidieyspue’ pajeuuiq

1ST ST. CO PREM os

(a[PPHD) [yeldseys ouelu 1-€
j UMN $< NAL N

|
Be . :
Yi
€ WE : U 1661 ‘sl "WW ¢
Y; 4 | TIVaN NHOF ANY a10d037 oa1y
tv Ay E SITNA) ASNOUD NVIIWIWY GNV HSILIUg b
__ =H
S Gy Borst feces ae ts (rere Si sa E
© S oO oS ; o>) a o o o
2 wmdn an PS SAS Re, OR aN ge Pay oe, See RO wwmiI4 ds 8M hw — Se eA ie a eel cate BS 4H AMOR wWYr — Ss wnmni8 s&s ROD wo ds w Bown oS
SUVA

€4323

ee SO NVONNEV <>

166

There was a low in 1867, a high in 1865 or 1866,
a low in 1862 or 1863, and a moderate high about
1858 or 1859. Management and kill records
began during this period, so our data end, and
hence our inquiry.

To sum up, the data on British grouse available
to us show periods and intervals as follows:

BRITISH GROUSE CYCLE

Interval 7 Tors 4 6
<a eee eos ee
High 1858 or 9....18650r6...... 1872....1876....1882
TeOW i re pesatien IEPA OP SI5 Soc YAO Gh okteBonecnses 1878?
——SIO Ser
Interval 4or5 6 5
Interval aS 7 6
Ft tie ei
High be LS865 5 chy. ey boone 1901...... 1907
Low 1883 or 4 1889 or 91....1897?..... 1903.....1908

Interval Gor 8 6 or 8 6 5

Evidently seven periods elapsed between 1908
and 1863 (45 years), an average period of 61%
years, as compared with the 10-year period ar-
rived at for American grouse.

With markedly differing periods, the one not
constituting a multiple of the other, the occasional
synchronism on the chart between British and
American curves must be ascribed to chance.

The statement of the Grouse Committee that
the British cycle consists of “the good year, the
very good year, the record year, the bad disease
year, the recovery, the average, and the good average”’
(7-year cycle), is approximately correct in the
light of this analysis of their own records.

The bag on the four moors covered by Curve D
fell lower than 50 per cent of the normal or average
during only 14 years out of the 51-year period
covered. Crop failures, in other words, occur
only one year out of four.

OLDER BRITISH REcorpDs.—A thorough search
would doubtless reveal old shooting journals
which would make possible the extension of the
British curves behind 1850. One such journal
by James Edward, the second Earl of Malmes-
bury,? has come to our notice, but the kills recorded
include mainly partridges and waterfowl, with a
few black game. Evidently his estate (Heron
Court in Hampshire) was marginal for black game,
the kill never exceeding 10 head, and aggregating
81 head. The intervals at which any were killed,
however, are suggestive, as shown in the table
in the next column.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

BLACK GAME AT HERON COURT
Some Killed Max. Kill Interval None Killed Interval

180226 eae 1802 )
} 7 years 1807 )
TRESS o4a08 1809 ' { pier
\ 5 years 1811-12 )
TED RES W/e We Ree 1814 |
6 years
| |
8 years 1818 '
TS19-24 co... 1822 | } 7 years
(except 1821) J 1825-26 J

It is only the extreme regularity with which
Malmesbury shot over this region which war-
rants the inclusion of so meagre an aggregate kill.

_ To the extent that the data can be credited with

any significance, they corroborate the 6-year
cycle.

The footnote on Chart E cites five lows and
highs in red grouse gathered from various authors,
which synchronize with Malmesbury’s black game
in about half of the instances, and contradict in
half.

CONCLUSIONS; BRITISH-AMERICAN COMPARISON.
—Both British and American grouse fluctuate
rhythmically. ;

The internal synchronism in each country is
sufficient to show clearly when mass data are
plotted as either means or spreads, the lags
between localities not quite obscuring the general
trend.

There is no significant synchronism between
Britain and America, the periods being different.
This would seem to refute the theory that cycles
are basically due to fluctuations in solar radiation
or sun-spots, unless such fluctuations operate
through entirely different biological channels in
America and Britain respectively.

The recent periods in each country are nearly
of constant length, the British period varying
from four to eight years and averaging 614; the
American period varying (less conclusively) from
nine to 14 and averaging 10 years.

There is no evidence that the periods in either
country are growing shorter, as one author thinks
is the case in Britain.

Recovery is faster in British than in American
grouse, but the peaks are longer (i.e. have flatter
tops) in America. Both of these characters
probably reflect the difference in period. There
is some indication that management, which began
about 1870, has lengthened the British peaks (or
shortened the depressions).

The degree of fluctuation in British kills often
exceeds 90 per cent of the average kill. Probably
the fluctuation in actual population density is as

October, 1931]

great or greater. There are no comparable
American figures on degree of mortality, but this
agrees with the conjectures advanced in the Game
Survey.

In spite of these fluctuations, game management
as applied to British grouse is a great success
with no undue proportion of lean years. Why
then should not equal success attend the hoped-for
management of American grouse?

It hardly seems necessary to add that the
development of an American biological technique
for grouse management, patterned after the Euro-
pean experience, does not imply the adoption of
European laws and customs concerning the utili-
zation of game or the distribution of shooting
privileges. On the contrary, as pointed out in
the Game Policy,’ grouse usually occur on cheap
land suitable for public acquisition and manage-
ment on a large scale. So far, however, there is

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

167

no grouse management in America, on either
public or private land. It presents a virgin field
for pioneer work by biologists, administrators, and
sportsmen.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1‘‘The Grouse in Health and Disease.’”? Final Report of
the Committee of Inquiry on Grouse Disease. 2 vols. Lon-
don, 1911.

2 LEOPOLD, ALDO, and BALL, J. N., ‘‘British and American
Grouse Management.’ American Game, July-August and
Sept.-Oct., 1931.

3 LEOPOLD, ALDO.
Central Region.”’

4 CRIDDLE, NORMAN. ‘‘Some Natural Factors Governing
the Fluctuations of Grouse in Manitoba.’’ Canadian Field-
Naturalist, 44: 79, April, 1930.

5 SETON, E. T. ‘‘The Arctic Prairies.”” New York. 1923.

6 MALCOLM, GEORGE, and MAXWELL, AYMER. ‘‘Grouse
and Grouse Moors.’’ London. 1910.

7 MaAcINTYRE, DUGALD. ‘‘Cycles of Increase of Rodents
and Game Birds.’’ Game and Gun and the Country Estate
June, 1930, p. 286. i

8‘*An American Game Policy.’’ Adopted by the Ameri-
can Game Conference, December, 1930.

°9 MALMESBURY, JAMES EDWARD, Second Ear! of.
Century of Sport in Hampshire.’’ New York, 1905.

“‘Report on a Game Survey of the North
1

“Half a

DUCK-BANDING
By C. W. PALMER, Jr.

O ONE who loves the outdoors, and par-
ticularly to the student of bird life
bird banding offers considerable attrac-
tion. It is an all-absorbing outdoor

VAY
Nas

pastime, always productive of unusual and in-

teresting incidents. At the same time, it is of
great value to conservation. It is realized now
as never before, that the conservation of our wild
life as well as of our other natural resources is
vitally important to our national welfare. Just
recently, a survey of the National Council of the
National Economic League placed conservation
twenty-first in a list of fifty-four national prob-
lems. To administer the conservation of wild
life efficiently, more facts are needed regarding
their habits and, to this end, there are being
established various fellowships and _ research
programmes delving into the life histories, habits
and environments of the various species. Each
banding station is a cog in the wheel of this
research, and, to most of us, it is a great satisfac-
tion to feel that, in our spare time, we can do
something of economic value while enjoying the
out-of-doors.

“Bird banding in America, dates from around
the time of Audubon, who, about 1803, used silver
wire to mark a brood of Phoebes. He was re-
warded the following season by two of his marked-
birds returning to nest in the same vicinity. In
the early part of the present century several
banding or marking schemes were projected, one
of which resulted in the organization in December,

1909, of the American Bird Banding Association.
The work accomplished by that association, to-
gether with the development of the method of
systematic trapping, demonstrated the possi-
bilities of extensive banding operations. With
a realization that the information obtained would
be of great value in connection with the adminis-
tration of the migratory-bird treaty act of July
3, 1918, the Biological Survey in 1920 took over
the work of the American Bird Banding Associa-
tion.” 5

To indicate more clearly how interesting it
can be, just suppose for a moment you had at
various times banded some of the following birds.
Would you not experience a keen thrill in learning
that a “Swainson’s Hawk,” (banded by you),
wearing a celluloid ring, which is described as
being red on the inside and black on the outside,
and marked ‘50 Canada”, was killed in the
western part of Buenos Aires Province, Argentine,
South America?”’. Such a case was reported in
The Canadian Field-Naturalist for April, 1931.

One of the longest flights on record is that of
an Arctic Tern, No. 548,656, which was banded
when less than five days old by Oliver L. Austin,
Jr., at Red Island, Turnevick, Newfoundland
Labrador, on July 22, 1927. Records of The
Canadian Field-Naturalist show that this bird
was found dead October 1, 1927, just seventy days
after the date on which it was banded, on the
Greve de Marsilly, near La Rochelle, France.

168

The straight distance from Labrador to the coast
of France is about 4,200 miles.

What seems to be an absolutely unique banding
return was made near Charleston, South Carolina,
during August, 1929. On June 13 of that year a
rookery was visited on Youghal Plantation and
many young herons were banded. On August 9,
five of the bands put on in this rookery were
taken from the stomach of an alligator which
was shot a mile and a half away. That the
saurian was killed in that section indicates that
herons were taken as they flew out to the marsh
to feed. Alligators frequented the waters of the
rookery itself and no doubt ate many young
which fell from nests, but it is interesting to note

that herons form a part of the food supply of these

reptiles to such an extent.

The longevity record for banded birds was
recently broken when an osprey, banded as a
fledgling at Gardiners Island, New York, June
15, 1914, was shot at West Durham, North
Carolina, April 4, 1930, nearly sixteen years later,

During the past two winters at the du Pont
Experimental Game Farm, near Carney’s Point,
New Jersey, when regular work has been slow
and consisted merely of caring for breeding stock
. for the following season, we have conducted a
banding station in the marshes on the smokeless
powder plant property.

In the spring of 1930, a small trap was located
in the marsh adjacent to the farm which Black
Ducks were “using” and over 150 of them were
trapped and banded. It was set in water about
knee deep and a long strip of wire mesh was run
out into the canal to guide the ducks to the
entrance to the trap. This was then baited
heavily with corn and other grains. We met
with fair success with this trap, but it was soon
realized that it was much too small. So, in
January of this year [1931], a larger one was built
on the same site, about 10’x 20’ and 6 feet high
above water level. The advantage of this larger
trap was immediately seen.

Due to the freezing up of the marshes, we were
unable to do anything until the 30th of January,
but the very first day it was put into operation it
netted us twenty-four ducks—twenty Black
Ducks and four Mallards. Of this number, five
were birds we had banded the previous year.
The second day was even better and thirty-eight
Black Ducks were trapped, two of these also
being “repeats.” From then up until the present
time we have been banding ducks daily, except
when, on one or two occasions, an unusually high
tide brought the water level up above the funnel
entrances to the trap.

Nearly thirty of the ducks banded last year

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

have been recaptured this year and we have had
reports from the Biological Survey of approxi-
mately a dozen more shot by hunters during the
past hunting season from Pamlico Sound, North
Carolina, to Quebec. Ten of the birds we have
retrapped this year have been trapped again and
again and one of the remarkable things about
them is that they seem to have no fear of, or obje-
tion to, the repeated trapping and handling.

Of 267 ducks banded this year, 118 have return-
ed to the trap repeatedly, several having been
retaken nine and ten times. In checking our
dates on the retrapping of these birds, we find that
no great interval of time elapses between the
liberation and retaking. For example: Duck No.
A-688069 was trapped on February first; it was
trapped again on the 11th and 12th, skipped the
13th, was then retrapped on the 14th, 15th and
16th, skipped two days, only to be retrapped on
the 19th and then jumped to the 21st and 25th,
being trapped in all a total of nine times in a
period of fifteen days.

This repetition is not confined to this year’s
birds, as those banded last year have been trapped
again and again. For example: Duck No. A-
656691 was banded on the 11th of February,
1930, retrapped on the 2nd of February this year,
again on the 21st and 25th and on March 4th,
8th and 15th.

On two occasions the copper bands placed on.
ducks last year were worn so thin that they had
to be replaced with new ones this year. This is —
unusual, though, as none of the others seemed to
be so very much worn.

To one interested in the out-of-doors and in the
conservation of bird life, this banding work is a
delight. But one must have a keen interest in
the work and be unafraid of cold and discomfort.

This is particularly true in banding ducks and
other water birds. Most of the work is done
during the winter when we have the ducks down
out of Canada on their winter ranges, and a duck
marsh can be surprisingly cold! Usually-there is
little to break any wind that might be sweeping
—and it invariably is—across the very marsh in
which one’s trap is located. Hip boots and wool-
len socks seem little protection from freezing water.
Each duck requires individual attention and, in
catching him, there’s much mud wallowing and
splashing of water. The duck is “plenty moist”
when picked up and gloves are superfluous.
Handling small bits of copper, pointed pliers and
wild ducks with this protection is next to im-
possible. How one’s hands do tingle after the
tenth or eleventh duck is sent winging on his
way! But if you enjoy the out-of-doors, it’s
really worth while.

October, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

169

~ CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF EXTREME NORTH-EASTERN
LABRADOR
By BERNHARD HANTZSCH

“Beitrige zur Kenntnis des nordéstlichsten Labradors,
von Bernhard Hantzsch, Mitteilungen des Vereins fir Erd-
kunde zu Dresden, Dresden, Volume, 8, 1909, pp. 158-229.
Volume 9, 1909, pp. 245-320.

(Translated from the original German text in the Library
of Congress, Washington, D.C., by M. B.A. Anderson, M.A.,
Ottawa, 1928.)

Original pagination given in the text.

(Continued from page 146)

S ALREADY remarked, the one large
room in a small wooden house on the
hill with a ground-room had been turned
over to me, where the results of my
collecting activity continued to pile up. Since
the little house had the disadvantage of not
being rain proof, a polar bear skin and several
dog skins were spread out over my bed, which
had been hammered together from a large box;
there was often not a single dry spot on the ceil-
ing, until finally they covered the roof partly
with tin, and had the north and west sides of the
house covered with protecting walls of pieces of
sod. From then on it was comfortable in my
room, especially when the fire was still crackling
in the little iron stove and the lamp was burning
in the evening. The doors had to be opened now
and then in order to renew the air—the one small
window was not arranged for that; then the
drying bird skins, skulls, human bones from
graves, plants, moss for packing, etc., caused a
“mixture of many different odours. Besides I had
visits very frequently from Eskimos, who were
not entirely odourless, often as many as eight
to ten people at the same time in the evening,
who warmed themselves in my place and dried
themselves, got tobacco and raisins, looked at
me and Paksau at our work, calmed the children
in windy weather, brought me some kind of
natural history object, or were invited in the
evenings to tell me stories. Those were pleasant
hours with smoking pipes, when an intelligent
half-Eskimo woman, Mrs. Clara Lane, or the
mission trade assistant, Mr. Voicy, an inhabitant
of my house, and a half-blood also, served as in-
terpreters, since they knew English. At other
times I visited the people in their tents, giving
them great pleasure, as they considered it an
honour. For hours at a time I would sit with
them, and felt quite satisfied in the circle of these
unpretentious people. There was always some-
thing to do. I arose with the break of day and
often went to bed at midnight. When the others
had left me, and the family of my neighbour had

long been sleeping the sleep of the righteous, I
was still sitting there, writing or doing other work
in which I did not wish to be disturbed. As a
rule I had my meals with the kind-hearted mission
people, who were very busy with the building of
the house, at other times only on Sunday did I
have the opportunity to be with them longer.
They helped me in my work, as much as their
time and their views permitted them to do. They
took much trouble on my account, so I did not
like to bother them. All this I acknowledge in
the most grateful manner.

In addition to my domestic duties, whenever
possible, I spent the forenoon or afternoon of
every day in hunting excursions or trips of obser-
vation. Only in an occasional case did I remain
entire days or even two days at home continu-
ously, then joining the Eskimos. One time I tra-
velled with two men and a woman, who were to
gather driftwood for the missionaries, quite a
distance down Ungava bay. On the way home
on the second day we had to take refuge in an
inlet on account of the weather, where our party
grew to perhaps twenty-five persons. Five fam-
ilies came with children and dogs from George
River, apparently from the caribou hunt. - |P. 122]

Paksau, too, who with three large boys had been
away a couple of days in my boat to gather winter
wood also, came madly along with full sail, so
that we were anxious and afraid for him. The
coast has so many reefs, and the old boat would
not have stood a hard knock. He was, however,
just as strong as clever; we waved to him joyously
and celebrated a wet, buthappyreunion. Alsothe
“Kablunak” (my nick-name), was welcomed with
friendly handshaking on all sides, and this I per-
mitted with great pleasure. The old custom of
rubbing noses is no longer in vogue. I pitied the
poor children and women, who did not have a dry
thread on them. Since the men had fastened
their four kayaks to the wooden boat the last
part of the trip, and had climbed into the boat,
partly to be more protected, and partly to lend a
hand with the oars, and sail, the heavily-laden
little boat sank so deep into the water, that the
waves threw spray over everybody and of course
they had to bail out of the boat continually. The
dogs, also dripping, were a pitiful sight. They
slunk about in a depressed mood, whined, yawned,
and shook themselves.

It was an especially interesting excursion
which took me after the one mentioned to Ikke-
asak country, to the north-west peninsula, enclosed

170

by Ikkerasak and Tunnusuatsuk, which for ages
has been a chief dwelling place of the northern
Eskimos. I joined three families, who had been
residents there a few years before. They now
intended to pitch their tents for some weeks in the
innermost corner of the Tunnusuatsuk, and from
this place the men intended to carry their kayaks
across the mountain range to the Tunnusuksoak
and there hunt, particularly for seals. The people,
who meanwhile had learned to know me better,
and were never unapproachable to sensible explan-
ations, offered voluntarily to take me to their
former dwelling place and to be helpful to me, to
hunt for some graves here also, with the purpose
of emptying them. Naturally their good intent
which of course was [P. 218] not entirely free
from material motives, judging from previous ex-
periences, was correspondingly rewarded. A
strong young man as well as a clever girl rowed
my boat, while another followed heavily loaded
with wife and children, the three men accompan-
ied us in their kayaks. At last I set foot upon
the land of Tunnusuatsuk, seen previously, filled
with curious feelings and recollections concerning
the past of this peculiar people, that lived here
for many generations, until now it is approaching
its ruin and destruction. It is a shame, that my
companions could not tell me what traditions
they associate with the venerable place where,
perhaps, they were born. For near and far there
were no other such fresh green valleys, covered
with high grass, in which ancient paths lead.
Besides some well-preserved earth houses, one
saw whole rows of fallen ruins, in which the drift-
wood spars and whale bones had sunk together,
which once may have covered many families pro-
tectingly. There were tent rings, fire places and
naturally heaps of bones in great numbers. We
visited perhaps a dozen graves; some of them
were relatively speaking well preserved. I should
have liked to stay a couple of days in this inter-
esting locality, in which we were everywhere sur-
rounded by silent and yet such eloquent witnesses
of human past, in order to undertake a thorough
inquiry, and make as complete collections as
possible, in order to rescue all that was of ethno-
graphical interest, but I had to be careful not to
lose the confidence of the people by too great
demands. Had more time been at my disposal,
everything would have been accomplished grad-
ually. So I contented myself with the collection
of some old skulls and pelvis bones from fallen
graves, as well as a mouldy and a well preserved
skeleton, the latter of which belonged to the aunt
of my kind guides (now baptized Christians).
Also a quantity of tools were found, the number
of which could have been increased considerably

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(VoL. XLV

by a diligent search, in which my little companion
proved to be very wise and clever. Approaching
evening [P. 214] forced me finally to leave the
place, and in a splendid phosphorence of the sea,
which threw up sparks in our pathway wherever
our oars struck the water, sparkling like a thou-
sand pearls, I journeyed homeward with the
young Eskimo man through the night, and the
slowly descending fog.

Gradually the weather became rougher and
more unfavourable, the days shorter, the stay in
the open less productive of results. But the
autumn of 1906 was said to be especially mild and
favourable. But the regular snowfall and cold
would have pleased me more than the continuing
rain and storms with a few degrees of warmth.
The second half of October, after I had left Killinek,
beautiful late autumn days are said to have come
which compensated in a measure for the unfavour-
able summer; the Killinek bay was not entirely
free of ice until September 22nd, aside from some
icebergs, which running aground have stood their
watch there for years. The bay did not freeze
over until November 29th, a thing that seldom
happens so late (Missionsblatt der Briidergemeine,
1907, p. 271). A rather heavy snowfall set in at
Killinek in the middle of September, but the white
covering vanished again before the end of the
month, at least in deeper locations and on the
southern slopes. In the autumn of 1905 half a
meter of snow had fallen by September 15th
that did not go away at all. In the beginning of
October, 1906, the snow was more abundant, and
the ponds began to freeze over slowly. But a
sled journey could not be thought of up to the
time of my departure on October 11th, because
the snow was too clear and loose.

From July 27th until October 11th I noted
temperature observations as regularly as possible,
but refrain from publication of these, first,
because a little meteorological station was estab-
lished from 1906 on through the efforts of the
missionary, Mr. Waldman, the results from which |
are being published in London; secondly, the
readings without a fixed point of observation are
very changeable and therefore uncertain. I
almost always carried one or two thermometers
with me, in order to take the temperature more
frequently than the regular notations of 8 o’clock
in the morning, 2 o’clock and 9 o’cleok [P. 215].
Then it is soon shown what conditional value even
the most scrupulous observations may have. At
my little house, which was situated scarcely 20 to
25 meters higher than the mission building, it was
not seldom 1° to 2° C. (1.8° to 8.6° F.) colder
than there, but if I ascended to the edge of the
highland, perhaps 80 to 120 meters above the sea,

October, 1931]

the temperature sank occasionally 1° to 2° more.
If this had remained a regular thing, the observa-
tions would have retained their value. The con-
trary often was the case. Whenever the tide or
the wind filled the bay with ice, and it began to
blow across this to the land, Mr. Waldmann in his
little observation station close by the beach often
had a few degrees less warmth than I up on the
mountain heights, where the sunbeams of the
long summer days did their work uninfluenced.
Elsewhere there were sunless lake valleys, in which
icy cave temperature prevailed, not far from
grassy gorges with southern exposures, where the
thermometer rose at once. Also windy and wind-
protected places afforded, when measured without
sunshine or in shady places, many kinds of dif-
ferent results. So I lost faith in the temperature
notes possible for me to take, which even in
neighbouring localities now and then showed
quite different results, not like one another at all.
In August the temperature varied, aside from the
ice-covered sea and without regard for passing
exceptional cases, (also measured only in the day
not at night after 9 o’clock,) in general between
+4° and +8° C. [39.2° and 46.4° F.].. Only on
the 16th did it rise at noon in a sky slightly over-
cast up to 11° C. [51.8° F.], on 17th in quite clear
sunny weather even up to 14°C. [57.2° F.] warmth;
on this day even at 9 o’clock in the evening. At
9 o’clock +10° C. [50° F.] but sank on the next
morning to +4° C. [89.2° F.]. 1st half of Sep-
tember: 0° C. [32° F.] to 4° C. [39.2° F.], 2nd half
of September: —2° [28.4° F.] to 5° C. [41° F-.].
October 1st to llth: —5° C. [23° F.] to +3°C.
(37.4° F.]. In the winter months December to
March the temperature is said according to the
reports of Rev. Perrett and the missionary, Mr.
Waldmann, as a rule to waver between —10° C.
[14° F.] and —25° C. [—13° F.], only occasionally
to sink —25° —35° C. [—18° to —31° F.] and, as
an exception, to still lower degrees. (Compare
also Mr. Waldmann’s table of temperatures from
Decamber 1st, 1904, to August 17th, 1905, in
Report of an official visit, etc., 1906, p. 76 [P. 216].

In April the influence of the sun begins to make
itself felt, which becomes so strong in May and
June, that even the Eskimos have to shade their
eyes with snow glasses. July and August are the
warmest months, which melt the snow and ice on
most levels sooner or later. Indeed the weather
in those parts is just as undependable and different
as in our districts. The traveller always has to
reckon with this fact.

Winds blow almost continually, occasionally for
days from the same direction; during my stay in
the country often from the west; frequently inside
of a few hours they will take an entirely different

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

171

direction. Now and then they are so violent, that
it is difficult, even dangerous to travel overland,
hence a boat voyage on the sea is quite impossible.
It happens often that people removed a few hours
from Killinek, but on the other side of Ikkerasak,
have to wait days, even weeks, before they are
able to reach the station. Now and then shortage
of food results as the cause of this. In stormy

‘weather, it seems as if the land animals were all

blown away. I have taken half-day excursions
with Paksau, without seeing even a bird. And as
a kayak traveller the Labrador Eskimo of the
present time ventures little. Calms very seldom
last any length of time, but often occur about noon
or evening or at other times between the change of
the directions of the wind.

Rain belongs to the everyday occurrences even
if as a rule it brings to earth only a small quantity
of water. Quite rainless days with a clear sky
were rare, at least during my stay in north-eastern
Labrador, several such following after one another
being observed only twice or three times. Usually
the weather changed every few hours; early in the
morning, fog; noon, rain; evening, sunshine, in
case it did not prefer to sweep its gloomy gray
mood over the whole day. At best the August
weeks were in a measure invariable. But you
could never praise the day before the evening.
At night an abundance of dew formed in clear
weather, which forced us to cover carefully all the
tools, also the fire-wood [P. 217] or to take them
into the tent; later in the year heavy hoar-frost.

_ The characteristic forms of precipitation consisted

mostly of moist fog or fine drizzling rain, which
soaked everything. Thick, chilly fog appeared
suddenly on the sea also in sunny weather, to
vanish as a rule after a certain length of time.
Now and then you saw sharply bordered cloud
masses rolling away on the sea. Heavy rain in
very large drops was somewhat rarer than the
fine, drizzling rain, but several times continued
for days, and brought an abundance of water to
earth, which everywhere ran to the valleys in
rivulets and small streams. From the beginning
of September snowfalls began, became more fre-
quent in the middle of the month, often alternated
with rain. At the beginning of October consider
able amounts of snow fell several times. But
they vanished quickly under the influence of
sunshine and wind. At this time of the year the
change in the weather was peculiar. I remember
many a hunting trip for ptarmigan when at one
time the maddest snow storm was whirling about
us, and the clear snow flakes were flying before
us, sweeping over the plateaus, and covering the
slopes so deeply, that you sank far into it, if you
did not pay close attention where you were going;

172

a quarter of an hour later, though, the wide land-
scape lay before our enchanted eyes in a complete
calm, the laughing sunshine fell across the blind-
ing white levels, while dark blue shadows spread
mysteriously across the gorges and rocky preci-
pices. After a short time the splendour was gone
again, the heavens became gloomy, and the wild
dance began anew. The often repeated “bad”
weather lessened a great deal the results of work,
theoretically possible. Many times hours and
days came, which brought full recompense for all
the lack of good days; hours so delightful and
bright, that you cannot imagine more beautiful
ones; hours, for one of which I gladly took the
days full of rain and storm. Then I sat up in the
grass and looked down, looked on the sparkling,
trembling sea, where the little, light waves chased
each other in merry play, looked out across to the
distant white mountain tops, which towered up
so far away and yet so [P. 218] tangibly clear in
the clear, bluish air, allowed myself to be fanned
caressingly by the greeting sunshine, which prob-
ably came from home, from gaily moving streets
to me, dreaming in my loneliness.

There is the following to report concerning
special phenomena in the sky. Thunder and
lightning with the exception of those slight
discharges on July 26th were not perceived with

certainty. Mirages were rarer also than in the

ice. Several times toward noon in somewhat
hazy air indistinct mock suns |parhelia] became
visible. In the wide ring, which surrounded the
true sun, the two mock suns standing horizontally
from it, became visible. 'The phenomenon seemed
peculiar, but in no way beautiful. The moon
though appeared in more beautiful splendour. It
was surrounded very often by rings and halos,
which appeared much clearer and with more
colour than in our country. More rarely I ob-
served in the centre of the ring mock moons
[paraselene]. The beaming light of the constel-
lations appeared to me to be stronger than here
at home; repeatedly I could write with little lead-
pencil letters in my note book and read this clearly
besides seeing far into the distance, as far as Kal-
laruselik and the southern peninsula Nuvualuk.
The brilliancy of the stars, sparkling so splendidly
paled then in the presence of the queen of the
night. Almost every evening, before I went to
sleep, I stood outside a little while and looked up
at the sky, filled always in clear weather by the
same admiration of the shining northern firmament
until disturbed by the howling of the dogs that
followed conscientiously with their disagreeable
voices not only the rising of the moon, at least of
the full moon, to speak accurately, but also its
further course. Their: excitable nervous system

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

seems to be influenced strongly by the moonlight.
Not until the latter part of the Autumn do the
northern lights appear frequently, and mostly also
only in those white veil-like streamers, like moon-
light, which cross the sky in undulating bands,
strips and clouds, often shining brightly and then
turning into flickering lights, so that the whole
firmament flames up, then subsides or appears
only here and there more clearly. I did not
observe completely formed crowns of lights [P.
219]; also the greenish and reddish colour of the
streamers and bands showed slight intensity. In
spite of this the observation of the changing sky
charmed me so, that I often forgot weariness.
Were they then truly the souls of the departed,
who, as the Eskimos say, whisk about up there?
In August I have observed wonderful sunsets
several times in which flaming rays continued
until far into the darkness. They reminded me
of the northern lights. In general the changing
play of colour of the sky by day and by night be-
longs to the most beautiful phenomena of these —
lands. The reason for this is perhaps the purity
and clearness of the air.

The development of the flora is dependent
entirely upon the climatic conditions. It has
been explained that this is unfavourable in these
districts, compared with neighbouring localities.
The reason for this may partly lie in the exposed
insular situation in the middle of a sea, free of ice
only a few months of the year, partly in the almost
completely rocky nature of the district. As a
rule the development of plants does not begin
before June, even if some specially sheltered sunny
places may show exceptions. The vegetation
unfolds noticeably in July with great speed, so
that it has reached a high point by the end of the
month. Some species, as Pyrola rotundifolia, do
not bloom as arule before August; asarule though
this month represents the time of formation of the
seed. As shorter days and cooler temperatures
come, certain tender flowers perish very quickly,
for example, the yellow Arctic poppy (Papaver
nudicaule); others, for example, the Alpine five-
fingered grass (Potentilla alpestris) until late in
the autumn display a surprisingly abundant
development of six, ten, and still more foliated
blossoms, which are not easily killed by days of
snow and frosty weather. If September is warm
in the vicinity of Killinek, large quantities of
berries ripen. I found such especially in Arc-
tostaphylos alpina. It only pays to gather them
in exceptional years, however much this is done
by the Eskimos in districts of Labrador situated
farther south. [P. 220] As a consequence of my
late arrival in the country and travelling until the
middle of September my plant collection was a

October, 1931]

very incomplete one, though quite a number grew
mouldy in my wet dwelling and on journeys, lost
leaves and blossoms, were thrown away but later
were not replaced by other specimens. I join,
therefore, in order to give an approximate pre-
sentation of the flora of our district, the list of
the plants collected by me with that of L. E.
Borden, who collected on July 28th and 29th,
1904, likewise in the vicnity.1
The Eskimos of Killinek, to a number of the
most intelligent of whom I showed my little
herbarium, knew names for only a few species,
which I add. The missionary, Mr. Hettassch in
Hoffenthal, who has been busy with the flora of
Labrador for years, maintained the same also for
the other mission stations. Use of the plants
takes place in slight degree; I add this also with
what was told me about it.
List of a number of species of plants collected in
the most north-eastern part of Labrador
XXX Alectoria ochrolenca var. cincinata (Fr.)—
Tingaujatt.
XXX Cladonia sylvatica (Hoffm) REINDEER
LICHEN, [Renntierflechte] Nerkagasek ?
XXX Cladonia bellidiflora Ach.
XXX Dactylina arctica (Hook) Nyl.—Nerkat.
XXX Siphula ceratitis (Wbg.) Fr.—Nijaurasat. -
XXX Cetraria nivalis (L.) Ach.—I[Tartschen
flechte], TARGET LICHEN, Nerkagasek.
Is eaten in exceptional cases.
XXX Nephroma arcticum (L.) Koajaut.
XXX Racomitrium lanuginosum (Ehrh.) Brid.—
[Astmoos], BRANCH Moss, Mannik—
Used as lampwick.
XXX Cystopteris fragilis Bernh—(Blasenfarn].
XXX Hquisetum arvense L. var campestre Milden
[Schachtelhalm]. box culm.
XXX Lycopodium Selago L.—[Barlapp]—BEAR
Moss, Kakkilanatut.
XXX Trisetum subspicatum P. B.—Nappako-
taujok.
- X Hierochloa alpina R. & S—(|Darr Grass]
HO.y GRASS.
XXX PoaalpinaL. |Rispelgras] MEADOW GRASS.
XX Poa arctica R.Br:
XXX Festuna ovina L. var. alpina (Gaud.) Koch.
and F. borealis Lge—™[Schwingelgras]
FESCUE GRASS, Iviksukak.

| List of Plants collected in 1904 during the cruise of the
Neptune. By L. E. Borden, M.D., and named by Mr. J. M.
Macoun—Appendix III, p, 320, to A. P. Low, Cruise of the
Neptune, Ottawa, 1906.

XXX Collected by me alone.

XX Collected by Borden and myself.

X Collected by Borden alone.

The identification of the Phanerogams and the vascular
Cryptogams collected by me was done most kindly by Dr.
Th. Wolf and Dr. B. Schoeler in Dresden, that of the willows
by Mr. O. V. Seemen in Berlin, that of the lichens by Dr. A.
Zahlbruckner in Vienna.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

173

XXX Elymus arenarius L. var. villosus E. Mey.
—|Haargras] HAIR GRASS, Singailit—
Placed in boots.

XXX Hriophorum angustifolium Roth—[Woll-
gras] COTTON GRASS, Killingnatut.

XXX Eriophorum Scheuchzeri Hopp—Pualun-
goak—Placed in mittens.

X Eriophorum vaginatum L.

XXX Carex rigida Good.—[Riedgras] SEDGE.
XX Carex hyperborea Wahlbg.

X Tofieldia borealis Wahlbg. [Kelke] ?

X Salix anglorum Cham. [Weide] WILLow—
The willow cotton is used occasionally
for starting fires.

X Salix herbacea L.

X Salix Labradorica Rydb.

XX Salix reticulata L. Kigutanginagutit.
X Salix Uva-ursi Pursh.
XXX Salix Cuileri Tuckerm. Orpit.
XX Oxyria digyna Hill—[Ampfer] SorrReE..
Kungulik—Leaves eaten raw as relish.
XX Polygonum viviparum L.—[Knoterich], KNot
GRASS, Tuglat—Leaves eaten asa relish
mixed with seal oil as a salad.
XXX Silene acaulis L.—[Leimkraut] SILENE.

X Lychnis apetala L.—T[Lichtnelke] Crow
FLOWER.

XXX Stellaria humifosa Rottb.—[Miére] CHicK-
WEED.
XXX Stellaria cerastioides L.

X Stellaria longipes Goldie.’

XX Cerastium alpinum L.—[Hornkraut] Moust-
EAR CHICKWEED. Pilluk—Entire plant

eaten.

XXX Alsine verna L. var. propingua Rich.—
|Meirich.]

XXX Ranunculus nivalis L. [Hahnenfuss] CRow-
FOOT.

XX Ranunculus pygmaeus Wahlbg.
XXX Papaver nudicaule L. [Mohn] Poppy.
XXX Cochlearia grenlandica L.—[Léffelkraut]
SPOON-worRT. Kungaléujat—Eaten.
XXX Cardamine pratensis L. (Schaumkraut] ?
X Draba Bellii M.H.M. |Hungerbliimchen]
HUNGERFLOWER.
XX Arabis alpina L. [Gansekraut] WALL CRESS.
XX Rhodiola roase L.—[Sedum], Tuglerunak—
Put on wounds and also eaten.

XXX Saxifraga cxspitosa Kch. var. grenlandica

(L.) [Steinbrech].

X Saxifraga cernua L.
XXX Potentilla nivea L. var. macrophylla Lehm.
—[Fingerkraut], FIVE-FINGERED GRASS.

XX Potentilla emarginata Pursh.

XX Potentilla alpestris Hall. P. (=maculata
auct. var.)
XX Dryas octopetala L. var. integrifolia (Vahl).

174

X Astralagus alpinus L. [Tragant] TRAGA-
CANTH.

X Empetrum nigrum L.—|Krahenbeere].

X Epilobium latifolium L. [Weidenréschen]
WILLOW HERB.

X Epilobium spicatum Lam.

XX Pyrola rotundifolia L. var. grandiflora (Rad.)
D.C. (=pumila Hook ?)—[Birnkraut]
PEAR-WEED.

XX Arctostaphylos alpina Spr.—[Barentraube]
BEAR BERRY, Kallakotit—Berries of this
and other species eaten with relish;
prophylactic for rash (Kallak).

X Vaccinium uliginosum L. [Trunkelbeere]
Kigutangerek.

X Bryanthis Taxifolius Gray.

X Diapensia Lapponica L.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

XX-Armeria vulgaris Willd. var. Labradorica
Wahlbg. [Grasnelke].

XX Veronica alpina L. [Ehrenpreis]

XX Pedicularis flammea L. [Rodel.]

XX Campanula uniflora L. |{Glockenblume]
BELL-FLOWER.

XX Erigeron uniflorus L. [Berufkraut] Ussat.

X Erigeron debilis Gray.

XX Antennaria alpina R. Br. [Katzenpfotchen].
EVERLASTING.

XX Taraxacum officinale Webb. var. cerato-
phorum (Ledeb.) D.C.—[Léwenzahn]
DANDELION. Missaktak—Leaves and
stems eaten.

(To be continued)

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF VASCULAR PLANTS COLLECTED ON THE
NORTH SHORE OF THE GULF OF ST. LAWRENCE, 1927-1930
By HARRISON F. LEWIS

(Continued from page 135)

HAT the elevation of this coast that has
gone on since the last glaciation is still
Bi2y in progress, and that at a fairly rapid

rate, at least on the part of the coast
between Natashquan and Bradore Bay, is readily
observed. It impresses itself very strongly on
the local fishermen, who, while lacking any gener-
alized ideas on the subject of such movements, are
forced by their experience, much to their own
perplexity, to recognize the local reality of this
one. Shoals that gradually rise above sea-level,
passages and harbours that become too shallow for
use, and structures built at the shore that grad-
ually become removed from it are among the
indisputable signs of such a change that they see.

The most definite evidence of the present rate
of rise of this coast that has come to my attention
is furnished by certain iron ring-bolts set in the
solid rock at La Tabatiére to furnish attachments
for heavy nets used in the important seal-netting
practised at that place. This netting is carried on
in November and December, and in order to
avoid as far as possible any disturbance of the
nets by the new ice that frequently forms at that
time of year, every endeavour is made to keep the
nets and their fastenings below the level of the
ice. Among other precautions, the ring-bolts
that form the shore fastenings of the nets are set
in the rock just as low down as it is possible to
get a suitable uncovered rock surface to work on
at extreme low water of the lowest spring tides.
The continual rise of the coast, however, brings
these ring-bolts higher and higher, until they

reach positions where they are uncovered for a
considerable period at every low tide, spring or
neap, when so much trouble with ice in the
season of the seal-fishery results that a new set
of holes must be drilled lower down in the rock
and new bolts must be set in them. This process
is repeated again and again at intervals of 20 to
30 years. Seal-fishing by this method has been
carried on at La Tabatiére for more than 100
years, and I have seen there old bolt-ends, much
eaten away by rust, that were presumably set
at the lowest accessible point at low water of
spring tides, and that, while still fast in their
places in solid rock, are now above the highest
point reached by the sea at high tide.

In 1928 Mr. Hiram Robertson, who conducts a
seal-fishery at La Tabatiére, showed me a ring-
bolt in place that he personally had set in the rock
22 years before and that he was about to replace
by a new ring-bolt set at a lower level, as far
down as he could place it at the lowest tide. The
vertical distance between the center of the old
ring-bolt and the point where the center of the
new one was to be was 29 inches. If we consider
this as indicating roughly the amount of rise that
this part of the coast has undergone in 22 years
we find that the rate of rise is more than an inch
a year, or is nearly eleven feet in a century!
Possibly local factors, such as the configuration
of the rock surface at the point in question, in-
fluenced somewhat the precise points chosen by
Mr. Robertson for the setting of these two bolts
and so the rate of rise may be somewhat less than
that stated, but all the data on the subject that

October, 1931]

I have been able to discover indicate a rate of
rise in the region near La Tabatiére of at least
six feet, and probably somewhat more, in a
century. Precise observations on this subject
are much to be desired, as the question is important
in its relation to biology, geology, history, and
navigation. The comparatively rapid rise that
is evidently going on undoubtedly affects the local
distribution of plants, and is particularly effective
in carrying strand plants, especially those that
seek the strand for the sake of the lime that it
contains, to higher elevations. Deposits of sea-
shells formed by sea-birds at moderate elevations
above the shore may also, if contained in im-
pervious rock basins, be elevated, with their
calcicolous plants, to heights so great that the
birds no longer frequent them, without losing
their characteristic calcicoles for a long time.

On page 14 of his “‘Botanical Exploration’, St.
John (1922) says, “Little is known of the flora of
Manowin Island, which has calcareous, fossil-
bearing rocks .. .”’.. My curiosity was strongly
stimulated by this sentence, for, as viewed from
the deck of the mail-steamer, which passes close
to it, Manowin Island certainly appears to be
formed of igneous, rather than sedimentary
rocks, while the “Pilot Guide” (1916) states of
all the ‘Seven Islands’, of which Manowin is
one, “Seven islands are high and steep, of primary
BOCKS) iss.

On September 12, 1928, I visited Manowin
Island and spent several hours on it and in its
vicinity. This island, wherever I observed, it is
of igneous rock, and in general has a typical flora
of oxylophytes and indifferent plants. Thalic-
trum confine, Gentiana Amarella and Campanula
rotundifolia were found growing on it, but their
presence is explained by the fact that they were
growing on a raised beach, which probably still
contained some lime derived from sea-shells.

Close north-east of Manowin Island, and con-
nected with it at low tide, is, however, a small
island called Caye a Chaux. It is composed of
Silurian limestone, the strata dipping to the north-
east. At low tide it is about a quarter of a mile
long and 800 feet wide, but on account of its
_ gently sloping shores its dimensions are reduced
at high tide to a length of about 500 feet and a
width of about 400 feet. Its highest point is
only some 10 or 15 feet above high tide level, and
it is entirely exposed to south-east storms, with
the result that vegetation on it is very scanty.
I recognized on it only the following vascular
plants: Elymus arenarius, var. villosus, Juncus
balticus, var. littoralis, Smilacina stellata, Ribes
hirtellum, Lathyrus maritimus, var. aleuticus,
Epilobium angustifolium, Conioselinum chinense,

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

175

Primula laurentiana, Lomatogonium rotatum, .
americanum, Plantago sp. and Campanula rotun-
difolia. Evidently this small, exposed island had
not yet succeeded in developing a marked calci-
philous flora. A description of it was published
by James Richardson in 1869.

Another point which I long desired to visit is
the summit, 1264 feet high, of Mount Cartier,
which is the highest of the three ‘‘Bradore Hills”,
conspicuous elevations a few miles inland north-
east of Bradore Bay. I finally succeeded in
climbing to this summit in company with Mr. E.
C. Abbe on July 22, 1929. The result was dis-
appointing. No relict plants were observed and
the summit was found to be of granitic rock which
was clearly shown by the presence of erratics to
have been subject to glaciation. On the northern
side of this and of other similar summits in the
neighbourhood were areas of red sandstone.

Since it is seldom that one finds on this coast
more than three or four species of ferns associated
together at one place, it is worthy of special
mention that in and about a basaltic dyke ravine
on the hill just east of Mutton Bay no less than
nine species were found growing in an area with
a diameter of one hundred yards. These species
were: Woodsia ilvensis, Cystopteris fragilis, Thely-
pleris spinulosa, Thelypteris Phegopteris, Thely-
pteris Dryopteris, Athyrium angustum, var. rubel-
lum, Polypodium virginianum, Osmunda Clay-
toniana, and Osmunda cinnamomea. A sample of
basalt from this ravine was submitted to the
division of Chemistry of the Mines Branch of the
Canadian Department of Mines for analysis and
was reported to contain 1.29 per cent of calcium.
This calectum content and the excellent shelter
provided within the ravine were probably effec-
tive factors in the production of the rich and varied
fern growth found there.

ANNOTATED LIST

The names in large and small capitals are those
of introduced plants.
In connection with each plant listed, localities
of collection are named in order from west to east.
The total number of plant names in the list is
567.
POLYPODIACEAE

Woodsia ilvensis (L.) R. Br.

Matamek River, Sept. 5, 1928, crevices in
small cliff beside river near mouth. Mutton
Bay, July 23, 1928, crevices in small cliff, side
of basaltic dyke ravine. Recorded by St. John
from “Brest: riviere a la Truite” only. Range
extension, 410 miles W.

Cystopteris fragilis (L.) Bernh.
Betchewun, June 3, 1928, crevice in limestone

176

ledge. Mascanin, Aug. 20, 1928, crevice in
granite cliff in dense, shady, coniferous woods.
Blane Sablon, July 11, 1928, rocky bank of
stream, east slope of main valley.

Onoclea sensibilis L.

Bradore Bay, July 13, 1928, brookside on
caleareous sandstone.

Thelypteris spinulosa (O. F. Miill.) Nieuwl.

Lake Island, July 18, 1927, steep sloping side
of rocky draw. Aylmer Sound, Aug. 18, 1927,
turfy slope of island. Abundant everywhere
in the region.

Thelypteris Phegopteris (L.) Slosson.

Harrington Harbour, July 25, 1928, thicket
on sand bluff on mainland. Bradore Bay,
June 30, 1927, shaded brookside on granitic
rock at head of bay.

Thelypteris Dryopteris (L.) Slosson.

Kegaska, Aug. 15, 1928, thicket back of
mussel-shell beach on Kegaska Island. Lake
Island, July 18, 1927, turfy draw between rocky
eminences. Bradore Bay, P.Q., June 28, 1927,
wet gravelly hillside on calcareous sandstone.

Thelypteris Robertiana (Hoffm.) Slosson.
Betchewun, Aug. 26, 1928, crevices in lime-
stone ledge.
Athyrium angustum (Willd.) Presl., var. rubellum
(Gilbert) Butters.
Mutton Bay, July 23, 1928, basaltic dyke

ravine. Recorded by St. John from “Charnay:
Etamamiou river’. Range extension, 54 miles
E

*Athyrium angustum (Willd.) Presl., var. lawren-
tianum Butters.

Seven Islands, Sept. 12, 1928, raised boulder
beach, on Manowin Island. Lourdes de Blane
Sablon, Aug. 26, 1927, and July 12, 1928,
shallow depression on mossy, open slope of hill
of calcareous sandstone. While collections
from both of these places appear to come within
the description of variety laurentianum, yet they
differ notably, those from Manowin Island
representing a large, complex extreme and those
from Lourdes de Blanc Sablon representing a
small, simple extreme.

Asplenium viride L.

Betchewun, June 3, 1928, crevices in lime-
stone cliff.

Cryptogramma Stelleri (Gmel.) Prantl.

Ste. Genevieve Island, Aug. 23, 1928, low,
shaded limestone cliff.

Pteridium latiusculum (Desv.) Maxon.

Mascanin, Aug. 20, 1928, dry, open hillside.
Observed also at Magpie and on Manowin
Island, at Seven Islands.

Polypodium virginianum L.
Matamek River, Sept. 5, 1928, clefts in

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

small cliff beside river near mouth. Mutton
Bay, July 9, 1927, crack in side of granite
boulder. Great Mecatina Island, July 17, 1930,
crevices in granite boulders. Observed also in
two other small stations at Mutton Bay and at
Cross Harbour, Little Mecatina Island. Re-
corded by St. John, as P. vulgare L., from
“Letellier: Seven Islands” and possibly from
“Mingan seigniory: Mingan river, falls cf”
(report of D. N. Saint Cyr.). Range exten-
sion (from Mingan River), 234 miles EH.

OSMUNDACEAE

Osmunda Claytoniana L.

Mutton Bay, July 9, 1927, basaltic dyke
ravine. Bradore Bay, July 22, 1929, steep
rocky slope between Mount Cartier and the
head of the bay. Most easterly station cited
by St. John is “Brouague: Shekatika River’.
Range extension, 47 miles E.

Osmunda cinnamomea L.

Lake Island, July 18, 1927, turfy slope.
Mutton Bay, July 23, 1928, in hollow on hill-
side. Bradore Bay, July 22, 1929, rocky brook-
side between Mount Cartier and head of bay.

OPHIOGLOSSACEAE

Botrychium Lunaria L.

St. Augustin, July 20, 1928, upper part of
sandy beach on Gull Island in St. Augustin
Bird Sanctuary, about 3 miles west of St.
Augustin Island. Blanc Sablon, July 11, 1928,
damp, mossy bank, about 100 feet elevation,
east side of river.

Botrychium silaifolium Presl.

Natashquan, Aug. 5, 1927, and Aug. 18, 1928,
sand dunes. Kegaska, Sept. 4, 1927, opening
in sandy woods. Recorded by St. John as B.
ternatum (Thunb.) Sw., var. rute#folium (A. Br.)
D. C. Eaton.

Botrychium virginianum (L.) Sw., var. europeum
ngstrém.

Betchewun, Aug. 25, 1928, and Sept. 3, 1929,
grassy clearing. Determined by Dr. F. K.
Butters. Recorded by St. John as B. virgin-
ianum (L.) Sw., var. .

EQUISETACEAE

Equisetum arvense L.

Betchewun, June 5, 1927, grassy area on
limestone near shore. Harrington Harbour,
July 25, 1928, face of sand and clay bluff beside
shore of mainland.

*Hquisetum arvense L., f.
Klinge.

Harrington Harbour, July 25, 1928, face of

sand and clay bluff beside shore of mainland.

ramulosum (Rupr.)

October, 1931]

Recorded from Sheldrake by Frére Marie-
Victorin (1927).

Equisetum arvense L., £. decumbens (G.F.W. Meyer) -

Klinge.

Harrington Harbour, July 25, 1928, face of
sand and clay bluff beside shore of mainland.
Greenly Island, June 29, 1927, gravelly hillside
on calcareous sandstone. Recorded by St.
John as E. arvense, var. decumbens Meyer.

*Hquisetum arvense L., var. boreale (Bongard)
Rupr.

Natashquan, Aug. 7, 1927, border of fresh
marsh by Little Natashquan River. Harring-
ton Harbour, July 25, 1928, face of sand and
clay bluff beside shore of mainland. Head of

_ Bradore Bay, June 30, 1927, sandy river bank
on granitic rock. Greenly Island, June 29,
1927, gravelly hillside. Recorded from a num-
ber of localities by Frére Marie-Victorin (1927),

Eiquisetum sylvaticum L.,
Milde.

Mistanoque Harbour, June 24, 1927, grassy
bank on Shekatika Island. Rocky Bay, June
24, 1927. Blanc Sablon, June 28, 1927, turfy
hillside on calcareous sandstone, west side of
river.

Equisteum sylvaticum L., var.
Milde, f. multiramosum Fernald.

Baie Johan Beetz, Aug. 22, 1928, wet black
spruce swamp. Kegaska River, June 25, 1928,
face of turfy, sandy bank facing the sea near
mouth of river. Harrington Harbour, July 25,
1928, face of sand and clay bluff beside shore of
mainland.

_ *Hquisetum palustre L., var. americanum Vict., f.
luxurians Vict.

Thunder River, Sept. 2, 1928, tidal mud
bank (fresh) near mouth of river. Recorded
from “Natashquan River” by Frére Ma.ie-
Victorin (1927).

Equisetum limosum L.

Natashquan, Aug. 7; 1927, fresh marsh by
Little Natashquan River. Bradore Bay, June
30, 1927, bushy brookside on tundra at head of
bay. Blanc Sablon, July 11, 1928, turfy, sandy
bank, east side of river.

*Hquisetum-limosum L., f. verticillatum Dall.

Kegaska, Sept. 4, 1927, slow-flowing brook,
18 inches water.

Equisetum scirpoides Michx.

Betchewun, Aug. 25, 1928, mossy hillside.

LYCOPODIACEAE

Lycopodium Selago L., var. appressum Desvy.
Wolf Bay, Aug. 18, 1927, bare, rocky summit.
Mistanoque Harbour, June 24, 1927, on She-
katika Island.

var. pauciramosum

pauciramosum

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

177

Lycopodium Selago L., var. patens (Beauv.) Desy.

Betchewun, June 15, 1929, open border of
clearing in mixed woods.

*Lycopodium inundatum L.

Mingan, Aug. 31, 1928, muddy, dried-up

pond margin.
Lycopodium annotinum L.

Natashquan, Aug. 5, 1927, sandy woods.
Wolf Bay, Aug. 13, 1927, wet, mossy woods.
Bradore Bay, June 30, 1927, mossy woods at
head of bay.

Lycopodium annotinum L., var. pungens (La Py-
laie) Desv.

Bradore Bay, June 28, 1927, damp, boggy
hilltop on calcareous sandstone. Blanc Sablon,
Aug. 26, 1927, mossy hillside on calcarecus
sandstone.

Lycopodium clavatum L.

Coacoacho, June 19, 1928, in sphagnum
beside woodland path.

Lycopodium clavatum L., var. megastachyon Fer-
nald and Bissell.

Magpie, Sept. 1, 1928, sandy roadside.

*Lycopodium clavatum L., var. lawrentianum Vict.

Betchewun, Aug. 26, 1928, border of woods.

Lycopodium obscurum L.

Matamek River, Sept. 5, 1928, deep, shaded

coniferous woods near mouth of river.
Lycopodium obscurum L., var. dendroideum
(Michx.) D. C. Eaton.

Thunder River, Sept. 2, 1928, sandy ridge.
Magpie, Sept. 1, 1928, hummock in swamp.
Mascanin, Aug. 20, 1928, dry open hillside,
in reindeer moss.

Lycopodium sabinzfolium Willd., var. sitchense
(Rupr.) Fernald.

Seven Islands, Sept. 11, 1928, sandy hillside
in jack-pine woods. Romaine, Aug. 10, 1928,
dry, sandy raised beach. Blanc Sablon, Aug.
26, 1927, mossy hillside on gneiss in valley of
Blane Sablon River. Recorded by St. John as
L. sitchense Rupr.

Lycopodium complanatum L.

‘Seven Islands, Sept. 11, 1928, sandy hillside
in jack-pine woods.

*Lycopodium complanatum L., var. canadense
Vict. .

Seven Islands, Sept. 11, 1928, in sandy jack-
pine woods. Mingan, Aug. 31, 1928, in -coni-
ferous woods. Natashquan, Aug. 5, 1927,
among sand dunes. Recorded from various
localities in this region by Marié-Victorin
(1925).

ISOETACEAE

Isoétes echinospora Dur., var. Braunii (Dur.)
Engelm.

Kegaska, Sept. 4, 1927, slow-flowing brook,

178

in 2 feet of water. Lake Island, July 18, 1927,
gravel bottom of pond in 4 inches of water.

TAXACEAE

Taxus canadensis Marsh.
Quarry Island, June 2, 1928, shady conifer-
ous woods. Recorded by St. John as Taxus
canadensis Willd.

PINACEAE

Pinus Banksiana Lamb.

Matamek River, Sept. 5, 1928, high sandy
plain near mouth of river. This collection was
made, and the tree was found to be common,
about three miles east of the nearest part of the
Moisie River.

Larix laricina (Du Roi) Koch.

Salmon Bay, July 1, 1927, sphagnum bog
behind beach. Bradore Bay, June 28, 1927,
turfy hillside.

Picea canadenis (Mill.) B.S.P.

Natashquan, Aug. 18, 1928, sandy woods
near shore. Especially common on the sand
accumulated near river mouths.

*Picea canadensis (Mill.) B.S.P., f. parva Vict.

Bradore Bay, June 29, 1927, damp brookside
on calcareous sandstone. Recorded and des-
cribed by Marie-Victorin (1927a).

Picea mariana (Mill.) B.S.P.

Baie Johan Beetz, Aug. 22, 1928, in sphagnum
bog. The most abundant tree of the region.
*Picea mariana (Mill.) B.S.P., f£. semiprostrata

(Peck) Blake.

Bradore Bay, June 29, 1927, damp brookside

on calcareous sandstone.
Abies balsamea (L.) Mill.

Lake Island, July 29, 1927, shelterd area at
foot of bank. Often prostrate in exposed
situations.

Juniperus communis L., var. montana Ait.

La Tabatiére, July 7, 1927, gravelly hillside.

Common throughout.
Juniperus horizontalis Moench.

Betchewun, June 5, 1927, shallow soil on
limestone near shore, and June 6, 1927, top of
limestone shingle beach of Wood Island. Wat-
shishu, Aug. 21, 1928, on an outer island. St.
John speaks of it as ‘““common as far east as
Mingan islands, local from there to the strait of
Belle Isle”, but it is common on the numerous
small granitic islands at and near Watshishu
telegraph office, 20 miles east of the Mingan
Islands. Observed shedding pollen at Wat-
shishu, May 26, 1928.

*Juniperus horizontalis Moench, f. alpina (Loud.)
Rehder.
St. Genevieve Island, Aug. 23, 1928, top of

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

limestone boulder just above beach. Recorded
from “Ile Herbée, archipel du Vieux-Fort
(Saguenay County)” by Marie-Victorin (1927a),
on the basis of a collection by St. John.

SPARGANIACEAE

*Sparganium chlorocarpum Rydb., var. acaule
(Beeby) Fernald and Eames.
Natashquan, Aug. 18, 1928, erect in wet
marsh beside Little Natashquan River, in 3
inches of water.

Sparganium angustifolium Michx.

Kegaska, Aug. 14, 1928, small pond on Green
Island, in 18 inches water. The Bluff Harbour,
Aug. 1, 1927, small, fresh pond on a large island,
in 2 feet of water. Pointe au Maurier, July 13,
1927, small, shallow pond in tundra, in about
6 inches water. Blanc Sablon, Aug. 26, 1927
in a deep brook, an affluent of the Blane Sablon
River from the west.

*Sparganium glomeratum Laestad.

Natashquan, Aug. 5, 1927, shallow pond, in
6 inches of water, and Aug. 13, 1929, and July
31, 1930, shallow pond border. Determined by
Prof. M. L. Fernald, who informs me that these
are the first collections of this species in North
America.

*Sparganium minimum Fries.

Natashquan, Aug. 7, 1927, shallow pool in
fresh marsh by Little Natashquan River, in 6
inches water.

Sparganium hyperboreum Laestad.

Natashquan, Aug. 5, 1927, drying, muddy
pond margin. Natashquan, Aug. 7, 1927, pond
in fresh-water marsh beside Little Natashquan
River, in 6 inches of water. Blane Sablon,
Aug. 26, 1927, in a deep brook, an affluent of
the Blane Sablon River from the west.

POTAMOGETONACEAE

Potamogeton natans L.
Havre St. Pierre, Aug. 28, 1928, small pond
in bog, in 1 foot of water.

Potamogeton epihydrus Raf.

Bradore Bay, Aug. 27, 1927, slow-flowing
brook, in 1 foot of water, on calcareous sand-
stone.

Potamogeton microstachys Wolfg.

Natashquan, Sept. 8, 1927, small pond in
village, in 1 foot of water. Kegaska, Sept. 4,
1927, in 1 foot of water in slow-flowing brook,
and Aug. 14, 1928, in 18 inches of water in small
pond on Green Island. Bradore Bay, Aug. 27,
1927, in 1 foot of water in slow-flowing brook,
on calcareous sandstone. Recorded by St.
John as P. alpinus Balbis.

October, 1931]

Potamogeton gramineus L.

Natashquan, Aug. 5, 1927, in 6 inches of
water in shallow pond, and Aug. 18, 1928,
dried-up pond bed. Recorded by St. John as
P. heterophyllus Schreb.\

*Potamogeton gramineus L., f. terrestris Schlecht.

Natashquan, Aug. 18, 1928, dried-up pond
bed.

Potamogeton perfoliatus L., var. gracilis Fries.

Blane Sablon, Aug. 26, 1927, Blane Sablon
River.

Potamogeton filiformis Pers., var. borealis (Raf.)
St. John

Ste. Genevieve Island, Aug. 23, 1928, shallow

pool with mar! bottom, in 2 inches of water.
*Potamogeton filiformis Pers., var. Macounii
Morong.

Fog Island, Aug. 9, 1928, in 6 inches of water
in shallow pond. Lake Island, July 18, 1927,
shallow pond near shore.

Potamogeton vaginatus Turcz.

Blane Sablon, Aug. 26, 1927, Blane Sablon
River. Recorded by St. John as P. monili-
formis St. John.

Zannichellia palustris L.
_ Natashquan, Aug. 7, 1927, pool in brackish
marsh near mouth of Little Natashquan River.
Ruppia maritima L., var. rostrata Agardh.

Mascanin, Aug. 20, 1928, shallow pool in

salt marsh, in 4 inches of water.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

179

*Ruppia maritima L., var. exigua Fernald and
Wiegand.
Wolf Bay, Aug. 138, 1927, saline shore at head
of bay, between tide marks.
Zostera marina L.
Harrington Harbour, Sept. 1, 1927, shallow
cove.
Zostera marina L., var. angustifolia Hornem.
St. Charles Island, Aug. 27, 1928, sheltered
cove.
JUNCAGINACEAE

Triglochin palustre L.

Matamek River, Sept. 5, 1928, in 2 inches of
water in shallow pool on rock near shore near
mouth of river.

Triglochin maritimum L.

Natashquan, Aug. 7, 1927, edge of brackish
marsh near mouth of Little Natashquan River.
Whale Head, July 10, 1927, turfy saline border
of cove head at Jas. Mauger’s harbour.

Scheuchzeria palustris L., var. americana Fernald.

Natashquan, Aug. 17, 1928, wet sphagnum
bog. Observed also at Thunder River. Re-
corded by St. John as Scheuchzeria palustris L.

ALISMACEAE

*Sagittaria cuneata Sheld.

Mingan, Aug. 30, 1928, mud-hole beside
Little Manitou River. Kegaska, Sept. 4, 1927,
slow-flowing brook, in 2 feet of water.

(To be continued)

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS

MUSKRAT VS. WEASEL.—Chief John James
Sinclair of the Lake St. Martin (Saulteux) Indian
Band, has told me that about thirty years ago,
Edwin Sanderson, who now lives at Fairford, once
came across a trail as he was coming along Basket
Creek from Basket Lake on his way to Davis
Point, Lake Manitoba. This trail was in the
snow and showed signs of a struggle between two
small animals. He followed it for about two
hundred yards, and it became more blood-marked
all the time. At last the trails parted and he
noticed that one was the trail of amuskrat. This
he followed for about one hundred and fifty yards
- and he came across a dead muskrat. He went
back and followed the other trail, which was of an
ermine, and he found the ermine dead in its
tracks about one hundred yards along the trail.
The fight had taken place that morning —Sam
WALLER.

YOUNG OF EUROPEAN HARE BORN IN WINTER.
—During the first week of January, 1929, while
following the track of a European hare, I found

three young under conditions which to my mind
indicated that they had been born only recently.
The snow around them was bloodstained. The
young were frozen when discovered.

Later the same day, and in the same vicinity, I
shot a female hare which, from the appearance of
her reproductive organs, I judged to have been
the mother of the three young.

During the following winter (December, 1929,
and January and February, 1930) I examined
several female European hares and three of them
contained young, two each in the case of two of
them, and one in the case of the third. From the
condition of the reproductive organs of a fourth
it was evident that she had recently given birth
to young. It would be interesting to know
whether this is the usual habit of these hares and,
if so, whether it will persist here. These obser-
vations were made in the neighbourhood of Wa-
kerton, Ontario.—H. L. YAck.

BLACK-CAPPED CHICKADEE.—On July 18, 1930,
at 11 am., a bright sunny day, I watched a

180

Black-capped Chickadee feeding on tent-cater-
pillars. The bird was in a cascara tree, on the
north side of a cabin at Pitt Meadows, B.C. I
observed it from a window of the cabin, the
window being open, and at a distance of about 12
feet, on a level with my eyes, the light being
diffused, and using 6-power glasses. The tree
was heavily infested with tent-caterpiallrs. The
bird was seen to grasp a caterpillar at one end with
its beak, and apparently sucked out the contents,
much as a school boy sucks an egg. The empty
tube was then dropped. The operation was
repeated 12 times while I.was watching. Later
on searching below the tree, I found the remains
of many caterpillars. I have since heard Mr. S.
F. Rathbun, of Seattle, Wash., say that he has
observed this, but I do not know that it has been
previously reported.—C. H. BASTIEN.

GLAUCOUS-WINGED GULLS.—On August 5, 1930,
just after sundown, my attention was attracted
by a flock of 50 or 60 Glaucous-winged Gulls,
flying in short circles at a height of about 20 feet
above the roadway. This was in the western
part of Vancouver, in a district that is largely
occupied by small houses. I stopped my car and
got out to see better what was occurring. A large
hatch of the moths of the tent-caterpillar was
emerging from a vacant lot, overgrown with brush.
As the moths flew upward the gulls were busily
catching them on the wing. Some of the gulls
could be seen to be visibly distended. I watched

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL.. XLV

this for 15 or 20 minutes when, as no more moths
were rising, the gulls slowly flew towards the sea-
shore.—C. H. BASTIEN.

MouRNING DOVE IN KENORA DISTRICT, ON-
TARIO.—The Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology
is in possession of a bird of this species (Zenaidura
macroura carolinensis) which was found dead
(frozen to death) on October 15, 1930, at North-
pines (near Sioux Lookout), Kenora district, by
Mr. Bert Gotham.

The bird was forwarded in the flesh, for identi-
fication, to the Department of Game and Fisheries
at Toronto, where it remained in cold storage
until it was turned over to the Museum on No-
vember 14. The specimen is in immature plu-
mage and, so far as the writer is aware, is the
first specimen to be taken in the north-western

’ part of Ontario.—JAS. L. BAILLIE, JR.

HUNGARIAN PARTRIDGES LIBERATED IN PRINCE
EDWARD ISLAND.—On April 17th, 1930, twelve
pairs of Hungarian partridges were liberated in
Prince Edward Island. These were secured by
Mr. J. D. Jenkins and others of Charlottetown
from Colonel R. B. Willis of Halifax and from the
information at hand, ten pairs were liberated on
the Mount Stewart Road near Charlottetown
and the other two pairs in the vicinity of Tyron.
It appears that there was a considerable increase
during the spring and summer of 1930 and from
all reports the introduction to date has been a
success.—R. W. TUFTS.

A NEW CHECK LIST OF BIRDS OF THE WORLD

The Museum of Comparative Zoology an-
nounces that the first volume of a Check List of
the Birds of the World by James Lee Peters is
now in press and will be issued shortly.

The classification followed for the higher groups
is that proposed by Dr. Wetmore, with the

sequence of genera and species according to the

author’s own ideas where no authoritative treat-
ment has been published. The first volume will
contain about three hundred genera and one
thousand seven hundred species and subspecies
covering the following orders:

Struthioniformes
Rheiformes
Casuariiformes
Apterygiformes
Tinamiformes
Spenisciformes
Gaviiformes
Colymbiformes
Procellariiformes

Pelecaniformes
Ciconiiformes
Anseriformes
Falconiformes

The only recent attempt to list most of the
species in these groups was that made in the first
volume of Sharpe’s Hand-list published in 1899
and consequently now thirty-two years old and
out of date.

It is expected that at least ten volumes will be
required to complete the work. The second
volume is in active preparation and preliminary
work on others is under way.

The new Check List is not a Museum publica-
tion and will not be distributed to the Museum’s
exchange list, but will be sold by the Harvard
University Press, who are the publishers.

Subscriptions are now invited and may be
addressed to the Harvard University Press,
Randall Hall, Divinity Avenue, Cambridge,
Massachusetts. Price will be five dollars per
volume.

"NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
MANITOBA
1929-30

oe estehit Emeritus: J. J. ‘GoLpEN; Honorary President: Nor-
" CRIDDLE; Past President: H. M. SPEECHLY, M.D., V.
. JACKSON M.Sc., J. J. GOLDEN, C. W. LowE M.Sc., J. B.

A. A. ‘A. McCousrey, A. M. Davipson, M.D.,

aie BROLEY, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, W. H. RAND,
dent: R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.; General Secretary: Mrs.

.. SIMPSON; Treasurer: N. Lowe; Executive Secretary:
is BENT: Librarian: R. M. THOMAS.

eas ee m ene to April, in the physics ees of the So ae

innipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
on during May, June and September, and on public holidays
ouins only and August.

“THE HAMILTON BIRD PROTECTION
SOCIETY

_. (Incorporated)

N. President: W. E. SaunpDERS, London, Ont President:
Vv. CALVIN McQUESTON; Vice-President: R. OWENMERRI-
N, M.A., Kingston, Ont.; First Vice-President: Dr. H. G
NOTT; Second Vice-President: Mrs. E. MAcLOoGHLIN;
- Recording Secretary: J. ROLAND nee Secretary-Treasurer:
Miss Nina DuNCAN; Assistant Secretary-Treasurer: Miss E

CEWIN; Junior Committee: Miss M. EB. GRAHAM; Pro-
poe Committee: Rev. C. A. HEAVEN; Extension Committee:

UNN. a

Mic cILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
LONDON, ONT.

rien Ev Davis, R.R. No. 7, London, Ont.; Vice>
sident: EDISON MATTHEWS, 25 Wyatt Street, London, Ont.>
irding Secretary: VERNE FRANKS, 195 Duchess Ave..
don, Ont.; Corresponding Secretary and Treasurer: KE.

ms Date, 297 Hyman petect London, Ont.; Members qualified
to answer questions: ae SAUNDERS, 240 Central Avenue,
mdon, Ont.; C. G Wiles 201 Ridout Street South,
ndon, Ont.; J. F. CALVERT, 461 Tecumseh Avenue, London,
; E. M. s. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.

penne held the second Monday of the month, except

porary « Bresdent: L. S. Kuinck, LL.D., President : Univer-
f President: JOHN DAvIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E.,
Vice-President: Pror. M. Y. WILLIAMS,
t M.A., -3529 W. 2nd
od venue, Vancouver, B.C.; First Assistant. Secretary: Muss
z HERD; 2nd Assistant Secretary: MR. VERNON WIE-
- Honorary Treasurer: A. H. Bain, 2142 Collingwood
Vancouver, B.C.; Librarian: Mrs. McCrIMMoNn;
ers aU Executive: Miss E. J. SmitH, Mr. J. D. TURNBULL,
Se. J. Woop, Mr. P. L. Tart, Mr. R. J. CumMING; Au-
ditors: 1: ee SSELWooD, W. B. Woops.
meetings at 8 p.m., Auditorium, Nocera School, 10th
venue and Cambie Street, unless otherwise announced.

PI OVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
a PROTECTION OF BIRDS

OFFICERS:

reas Pane President: Mr. A. P. Murray; Vice-Presi-
rs. C. F. ‘DALE, Mr. H. A. C. JACKSON; Vice-President
easurer: Mr. HENRY MOUSLEY; Secretary: Miss M.

COMMITTEE:.

-W. BUCKLE, Dr. I. GAMMELL, Mr. W. S. Hart, MRs.
“HENDERSON, Miss K. D. MALCOURONNE, Miss EDITH
RROW, Mrs. H. HisseRT, Miss M. a _ Nigouson, Miss
Y LUKE, Mr. W. A. OSWALD, Mr. A. OUTHET, Mrs.
HIE, Mr. NAPIER SMITH, MR. a MclI. SPACKMAN,
cl. "TERRILL, Mr. V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS.

Tress all communications to the Society at P.O. Box

‘AHERN; Ler Vice-Président:

J. R. DYMOND;

Affiliated Societies

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA -

Bureau de direction pour 1931

Patron Honoraire: Son Excellence LE VICONTE WILLINGDON
G.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., G.C.I.E., G.B.E., Gouverneur-Général
de la Puissance du Canada; Vice-Patron Honoraire: Honorable
M. H. G. CARROL, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de
Québec; Bureau de Direction pour 1929: Président: G. STUART
ADRIEN FALARDEAU, C.R.; 2éme
Vice-Président: R. MEREDITH, N.P.; Secréiaire-trésorier: LOUIS
B. Lavorm; Chef de la section scientifique: Dr. D. A. DERY;
Chef de la section de Propagande éducationnelle: W. STUART
ATKINSON; Chef de la section de protection: EDGAR ROCHETTE,
C.R., M.P.P.; Chef de la section d'information scientifique
et pratique: J.-G. Coote; Directeurs: Dr. J.-E.. BERNIER,
Masor Jos. Mattes, Jos.-S. BLAIs. ;

Secrétaire-trésorier: Louis-B. LAVOIE
38, rue Sherbrooke, Qyiébec.

‘THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1931-32.

Honorary President: PRoFessor A. P. COLEMAN; President:
Coin S. FARMER; Hon. Vice-Presidents: Hon. CHAS. McCrEA,
Dr. N. A. POWELL, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; Vice-President: A. M.
PATTERSON; Secretary Treasurer: C. G. BRENNAND; Publicity-
Secretary: Dr. L. B. JACKES; Executive Committee: PROF.
E. M. WALKER, Mr. STUART THOMPSON, PROF. J. R. DYMOND
Dr. NorMA ForD, MacistRATE J. E. Jones, Pror. T. FP.
McILiwrRaItH, Mr. FRED IDE, Mr. F. C. Hurst, MR. RUPERT
Davips, Dr. P. E. CLARKSON; Committe on Conservation:
Junior Members’ Representative: TAYLOR
STATTEN; Leaders: Birds—MeEssrs. S. L. THOMPSON, L. L.
SNYDER, J. L. BAILLIn, R. V. Linpsay, J. M. Speirs; M ammals
Pror. CovENtRY, Mrssrs. E. C. Cross, D. A. MacLuLicH;
Reptiles and Amphibians—MeEssrs. E. B. 8S. LoGIER, WM.
LeRay; Fisk—Pror. J. R. Dymond, Pror. W. J. K. Hark-
NEss: Insecis—PRoF. E. M. WALKER, Dr. NORMA ForpD,
Mr. F. P. Ine; Botany—Pror. R. B. THOMSON, PROF. H. B.
Sirton, Dr. G. WRIGHT, MR. W. R. WATSON, Mr. OWENS
Dr. T. Tayior; Geology—Pror. A. MCLEAN.

-

ee

We would ask the Officers, and more
particularly the Secretaries, of all the
: Affiliated Societies to assist us in our

task of building up the circulation of

this magazine. By securing every
member as a subscriber we can truly
make this magazine into one of the
leading Natural History publications

of America.

Card Filing Systems
for Naturalists

As makers of the Library
Bureau line of Card Filing
Devices in Canada, we are

in a position to supply all

Naturalists with cards and

trays where they can read-

ily index all their observa-
tions and notes

Lowe-Martin Ltd.
OTTAWA, CANADA

Printers of The Canadian Field-Naturalist
Publishers of the Autobsography of John Macoun,M A

THIS SPACE

FOR SALE

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Noturalist to advertisers.

A New PEST-PROOF INSECT BOK :
THE HO OD
INSECT BOX —

Special Features of the HOOD BOX:

pS

1. Pest-proof
2. Wooden Frame

3. High shoulder,
_ protecting specimens _

4. Excellent pinning bottom }
5. High quality box at low cost _

PRICE $1.25 EACH >
SPECIAL RATES IN QUANTITY
For full description ask for circular No. 298

WARD’S”) §.
NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT |]
84 College Avenue, ROCHESTER, N.Y.

Crabtree Limited

Artists and —
Designers

' BLUEPRINTERS
ENGRAVERS

COMMERCIAL
PHOTOGRAPHERS

: PHOTO: |
LITHOGRAPHERS _

t

228 Albert Street
Ottawa, eule

OAS RS RN CE caine tes Ean gh le Cai
VOL. XLV, No.-8 NOVEMBER, 1931 ,.

i

VY
f

au

4 |

1p
ral

ite A
ea ,_\ ai

ISSUED NOVEMBER 2nd, 1931.
Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ — = :

Patrons:
THEIR EXCELLENCIES THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND COUNTESS OF BESSBOROUGH —

President: HARRISON F. Lewis, 34 Grosvenor Ave., Ottawa. Be
1st Vice-President: C. M. STERNBERG 2nd Wire Bresilen M.E. WILSON
Secretary: GoRDON S. PosTLETHWAITE, 25 Rupert St. Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, 582 Mariposa Ave.

Rockcliffe Park.

a OR ee
4 te {a { a
Additional Members of Dee F. J. ALcocK, R. M. ANDERSON, Miss M. E. Cowan, MESsRE. Bs bi G. f
CRAWFORD, NoRwAN CRIDDLE, R. E. DELURY, BERTRAM A. FAUVEL, HERBERT GROH, ANDREW _ 2
HALKETT, D. JENNESS, C. BE yi OHNSON, A. G. KINGSTON, E. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELEY,
DOUGLAS ‘LEECHMAN, Hoyss Lioyp, W. T. MaAcoun, M.O. MALTE, MARK G. McELHINNEY, G. AS

MILLER, A. E. PORSILD, EK. E. PRINCE, J. DEWEY SOPER, P. A. TAVERNER, E. F. G. Waa "
W. J. WINTEMBERG, and Presidents of Affiliated Societies. id iy

‘vee

.» Editor: 3
DouGcLAS LEECHMAN ine
National Museum, Ottawa, Canada. Were ha th"s- 2

Associate Editors:

IDFIENNESS) See Saeco Anthropology CLYDE L. PATCH rpetology
INCOSE AED ES Se Unitianieee aan ai Sara De Botany R. M. ANDERSON.......... canine Mammalogy —
PAR UATCHVORD Aa iyi e cs NS Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN..... pao be . Marine Biology —
ARTHUR GIBSON........... Sieh Entomology PAS TAVERNER © 250 )e2 02 see Ornithology —

Oly AB OOCK 3) ces Corea ae eh ets Geology FMT ES cas Shee eee Polson a i

‘CONTENTS
Notes and Observations on Some Manitoban Birds. By Bertram W. Cartwright.......... 181
Notes on the Brachyuran Crabs of Northern British Columbia. By Donald C. G. ee 4 Ok
Insect Parasites of Vertebrates and Host Phylogeny. By A. W. Baker...................:: 189
Some Notes on the European Hare. By Stuart L. Thompson..................+---+eeee see 192

Some Notes on Mammals, Birds and Ferns of Kazubazua District, Quebec. By Eli Dunes 193
*-Contributions to the Knowledge of Extreme North-eastern Labrador. By Bernhard Hantzsch 194 i
An Annotated List of Vascular Plants Collected on the North Shore of the Gulf of St. eu
1927-1930. «By Harrison F, Lewis...) 62.0 #25 5 Ae ee
Notes and Observations:— .
Chimney Swifts. HBy, Susan IC SQUIES .)) Lk a ee a eee Pie er rat Hr
The Mockingbird in'‘Ontario. By J: Murray Speirs’. . 0
Carolina Wren Breeding at Toronto. By Robert V. Lindsay. ieee concer WE cabo BY ald bic
Little Blue Heron in Ontario in March. By Jas. L. Baillie, Jr............. RE rR Aen
A’Gray Red‘Squirreli\ By Jas. lL. Baillie, Jn. 22350. ee
Book Reviews;—
Report on a Game SuRKey of the North Central States. By H. F, L. Jet Ne a al eee

The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB ie been issued
: since 1879.- The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, —
# two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes; and these have
#: been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist i
i## issued monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the publication
of the results of original research in all departments of Natural History.

Price of this volume (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each

The Merteramip Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club i is aaiine a special effort to
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-Naturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine | to its rightful place among
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to

WILMOT LLOYD,
Ottawa Field-N Ay aalioit Club, .
582 Mariposa Ave.,
- Rockeliffe Park, OTTawa, CANADA.

- VOL. XLV

seems to grow with each season.

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

OTTAWA, CANADA, NOVEMBER, 1931

No. 8

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS ON SOME MANITOBAN BIRDS
. By BERTRAM W. CARTWRIGHT

HE FOLLOWING notes and observa-
tions cover the most outstanding records
from my note books of the past three
years. In presenting them, I take
pleasure in acknowledging assistance in the field
from two brilliant young bird students: Terence
M. Shortt (now on the staff of the Royal Ontario
Museum of Zoology) and Robert Harris of Deer
Lodge, Winnipeg. My thanks are due also to
A. G. Lawrence of Winnipeg for many courtesies
and to the Dominion Ornithologist, Mr. P. A.
Taverner, whose encouragement and advice is
always available.

Phalacrocorax auritus. DOUBLE-CRESTED COR-
MORANT.—With Ferris Neave, Roger Neave and
Michael A. Timonin, I visited a breeding colony
of this species on a little rocky island 5 miles
north-east of Grindstone Point in Lake Winnipeg
on June 23, 1928. This colony of 164 nests is
recorded by Dr. Harrison F. Lewis (1929)!.
Alexander Bajkov, in charge of the Fresh-water
Biological Station under the Biological Board of
Canada, at Gimli, Manitoba, now reports an
extensive colony on the reefs between George and
Little George Islands in Lake Winnipeg. Dis-
covered and photographed early in August, 1930,
Bajkov describes the colony as very large—several
thousand birds.

Chen cerulescens. BLUE GOOSE.—Hundreds of
thousands of Blue Geese concentrate over thou-
sands of acres of low lying ground in the spring
in Manitoba. The territory lies twenty-five miles
west by north of Winnipeg with the village of
Meadows the centre of abundance. C. L. Broley,
A. G. Lawrence and the writer have ranged the
territory at every opportunity during the past
three spring seasons and the number of geese
It was not
until 1927 that local naturalists woke up to the
fact that a unique and magnificent spectacle was
presented for their study at their very doors and
that in spite of the fact that Dr. Fred Cadham
reported 10,000 Blue Geese in 1922. Following
Dr. Cadham’s report, Dr. A. M. Davidson, A. G.
Lawrence and the writer motored out: but were
stalled on the mud roads and although 4,000

11929. ‘‘The Natural History of the Double-crested
Cormorant”, Ottawa, Canada. Dec. 9, 1929, pp. 1-94, pl. 6.

geese were counted in two hours, flying north in
flocks of seven to four hundred, their identity
was not definitely established owing to distance
at which they were observed. It is really only
during the past three years that roads in the goose
territory have been improved sufficiently to make
access possible at the season immediately follow-
ing the melting of the snow. On April 21, 1929,
the great migration came in from due south.
On this day, A. G. Lawrence, L. T. S. Norris-
Elye and the writer were about four miles due
south of their feeding grounds and witnessed the
arrival of thousands of geese. They were passing
overhead all day, mixed flocks of Lesser Snow and
Blues, with the proportion of Blues to Snows of
about 10 to 1. Many flocks, which varied in
numbers from four or five to several hundreds
would be composed entirely of Blue Geese, others
would have a sprinkling of Snows but in no case
did we see a flock with Snow Geese in the major-
ity. On their feeding grounds, the geese congre-

-gate in huge flocks scattered over miles of terri-

tory and their numbers are completely bewilder-
ing. C. L. Broley, who ranged their territory
diligently, estimated their numbers at half a million
with the two species in about equal numbers.
Lawrence and the writer agree with the estimate
but personally I consider the proportion of Blues
to Snows is easily 75 to 25. The white geese are
very conspicuous amongst the dark-bodied Blues
and in consequence intrude themselves upon
the notice somewhat out of proportion to their
actual numbers. The first arrivals in 1929 were
on April 19 and they departed in the night of
May 9 and on May 10 we were able to find only
about 500 geese in the territory and these mostly
Lesser Snows. In April, 1930, the vanguard
appeared on April 13 when Lawrence and I saw
about 700 come in from the south in a series of
flocks. The blues were about 10 to every one
Lesser Snow. On April 18 Terence Shortt, R.
Harris and I went to Meadows and saw the
geese in hundreds of thousands. They appeared
to be in greater numbers than ever before and the
proportion of 10 to one Blues to Lesser Snows
held good. On April 29 the first of the migrants
passed over my house which is 25 miles due east
of the Meadows district and on May Ist they

182

were reported flying high above the Red River
early in the morning. On the same date they
were reported from Selkirk, near the mouth of
the Red River, at dawn, passing north low down
in ‘millions’. From that point, they go north-
east to Hudson Bay. They are not reported in
any numbers from any point on’ Lake Winnipeg.

Enquiry amongst residents of the territory
they haunt in spring elicits the information that
up until about 1925 the Lesser Snow Geese were
in the majority but from that year on, the Blue
Geese have increased in numbers each season
until they now completely dwarf the Lesser-
Snows. Victor Hagborg, a resident of the dis-
trict for 30 years, told me that in his experience,
the geese never appeared in greater numbers than
they do now.

When C. G. Harrold recorded his “Notes on
the Lesser Snow and Blue Geese at Whitewater
Lake, Manitoba” (1928)2, he was of the opinion
that the main flight of Blue Geese was through
Ontario. J. Dewey Soper in his recent publica-
tion “The Blue Goose” (1930)3 speaks of the
mystery of where the Blue Geese spend the time
intervening between their departure in mid-March
from Louisiana and their arrival on their breeding
grounds in Baffin Island on June 5th to 15th.
These notes will dispel some of the mystery but if
the birds leave Louisiana in mid-March and do
not reach Manitoba until April 13th to 21st, then
there must be some other stop-over place not yet
recorded.

Anser albifrons. WHITE-FRONTED GOOSE.—
_ On May 10, 1929, C. L. Broley, J. B. Wallis and
the writer escorted Harold H. Bailey and his son
Merritt of Miami, Florida, to the Blue Goose
territory but unfortunately the geese had mi-
grated during the night and only a few stragglers
remained. Amongst these, Broley and Bailey
noted three White-fronted Geese and shortly
afterwards, the same three birds flew past J. B.
Wallis and me and were independently identified
by us. Wallis and I were about one mile north
of the rest of the party at the time. The species
is rare in this locality but more common in western
Manitoba.

Aix sponsa. Woopd Duckx.—Always regarded
as rare in Manitoba, there has been a notable
increase in records over the past three years.
Eight specimens came to light in hunters’ game
bags during 1928 and five were added during the
1929 season. All were males and it is noteworthy
that all came from the Scanterbury district, south-
east of Lake Winnipeg. The first recorded female

2 1928. Notes on the Lesser Snow and Blue Geese observed
at Whitewater Lake, Manitoba. The Auk, 45: 290, July,
1928.

3 1930. The Blue Goose, J. Dewey Soper. Dept. of the
Int., Ottawa, Canada. 1930.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

_ Manitoba.

[VoL. XLV

specimen was taken by Erling P. Gibson and his
son on September 15, 1930, 5 miles north of Libau,
This also is close to Scanterbury
but on September 19, 1930, J. J. Douglas shot a
male at Dead Lake, 8 miles north of Plumas,
Manitoba, which is about 20 miles west of the
south end of Lake Manitoba.

Falco rusticolus gyrfalco. GYRFALCON.—A
wounded falcon found by Miss 8. Aaron on
September 28, 1929, near Stony Mountain,
Manitoba, is F. r. gyrfalco. The mounted speci-
men is now in the Faraday School collection.
The following data were taken shortly after the
bird was chloroformed, by myself:—Length, 23.1;
folded wing, 15.9. Feet, bill and cere—blue grey.
Iris—dark brown. Shot damage prevented sex
being determined.

Another specimen of this sub-species was
received by Prof. V. W. Jackson from Edwin
Donald of Birtle, Manitoba, where it was shot
on October 14, 1929. It is now in the Agricultural
College Museum. Both birds are immatures and
represent the only records of any form of Gyr-
falcon taken in southern Manitoba in the last
ten years.

Anas platyrhynchos X Anas rubripes. HYBRID
MALLARD X BuLAcK Duck.—This interesting
specimen was shot at Netley Cut in the delta of
the Red River by J. J. Close on October 21, 1930,
and presented by him to the Manitoba Provincial
Museum. The bird looks more like the Black
Duck than Mallard but this is due to the head
being almost typically Black Duck. The neck
and breast are dark but with the rich chestnut
colour of the male Mallard quite conspicuous.
The rest of the underparts are similar to the
Black Duck but the markings are much finer and
lighter. The back is dark like that of the Black
Duck but the upper tail coverts have the green
sheen of the Mallard. The tail itself is like that
of the Black Duck. The white edging of the
secondaries and greater coverts of the Mallard
is reproduced in the hybrid but not so completely.

Falco mexicanus. PRAIRIE FALCoN.—An im-
mature female of this species collected at Deer
Lodge, Winnipeg, Manitoba, on September 6,
1929, by T. M. Shortt is the first recorded speci-
men for the province. The following day, a
second specimen secured in the same locality by
the same keen young ornithologist, was also an
immature female. Three more were observed,
sometimes hunting together during the weeks
following, and were all eventually shot by a
chicken rancher at Sturgeon Creek, about three
miles west of where first observed. On Septem-
ber 29, 1929, I was called by R. Fryer to identify
a hawk shot by this rancher and wounded. I

November, 1931]

found it was another Prairie Falcon. The bird
was chloroformed and is now in my collection.
It was another immature female. The other two
carcasses were located by R. Fryer and O. Gibson
but were too far gone to save. The specific status
was determined beyond question.

A faleon seen on August 22 and 25, 1915, and
sketched by A. G. Lawrence, shows the charac-
teristic underwing pattern of F. mexicanus and is
undoubtedly a valid sight record.

Norman Criddle saw two falcons at Aweme,
Manitoba, in the fall of 1929 which he suspected
were of this species and J. B. Wallis saw a “‘very
pale Duck Hawk” at Rosebank, Manitoba, on
September 8, 1929.

A single specimen was noted at Brooklands,
about two miles from where the first specimen was
taken, by H. and T. M. Shortt on September 28,
1930. »

Grus americana. WHOOPING CRANE.—One no-
ted at Manhattan Beach, Pelican Lake, Manitoba,
by D. P. Dunean, on August 16, 1929. Probably
the same bird was observed again by Mr. Duncan
at the same place in August, 1930. Iam indebted
for both reports to J. B. Wallis, who tells me
that Mr. Duncan is well acquainted with both
species of cranes.

Rallus virginianus. VIRGINIA RAtL—Rare in
Manitoba. An adult was picked up dead by C.
L. Broley at Portage la Prairie, Manitoba, on
September 1, 1929. Now in the collection of T.
M. Shortt.

Gallinula chloropus cachinnans (Bangs). FLOR-
IDA GALLINULE.—This unexpected addition to the
provincial check list was made on July 12, 1931,
at Sandy Bay Indian Reserve, Twp. 18, Range 9,
W. 1 Mer., by O. Chagnon, O.M.I. The speci-
men, which I examined in the flesh at the taxi-
dermist’s, was taken in a steel trap in the marsh.
The Rev. Father Chagnon, in communicating the
above data, states that he does not think the
species is of regular occurrence and has no reason
to believe that there were any others in the
locality. He states that old Indians in the
reserve had never seen a Florida Gallinule before.
The specimen has been added to the Sandy Bay
Residential School collcetion.

Tryngites subruficollis. BUFF-BREASTED SAND-
PIPER.—On August 3, 1930, at the West Kildonan
brick ponds, in a pasture within a hundred yards
of the nearest water, T. M. Shortt and I observed
a flock of 21 Buff-breasted Sandpipers. The
following morning three specimens were collected
at one shot and the flock returned after flying off
in close formation and alighted about the fallen
birds. Rowan (1927)4 remarks on this habit of
returning again and again to dead or wounded

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

183

birds. I know, had we been so minded, a large

part of the flock could have been destroyed. A
habit like this makes one pessimistic of the
future of the species, aggravated as it is by their
habit of keeping very close together. When
feeding, they walk leisurely about snapping up
insects which they disturb in the grass. A
noticeable feature, which quickly identified them,
is their pigeon-like bobbing of the head when
they walk and when they run, which they do very
rapidly the head bobs back and forth so quickly
as to give a flickering effect. Rowan (loc. cit.)
says they crane their necks when they run. We
did not observe this. When alarmed, they
‘freeze’ in whatever posture they happen to be
in and will remain so for an astonishing time. The
spell is broken by one bird moving its head to
preen or pick something up and the whole flock
then relaxes and resumes feeding. On the short
green grass where we observed them, they were
not inconspicuous, even when immobile. All 3
specimens collected were females and very fat.

Recurvirostra americana, AMERICAN AVOCET.
—An adult taken in the fall of 1924 by a hunter
at Scanterbury, Manitoba, was seen by me at a
local taxidermist’s. The species is rare in south-
western Manitoba and this record extends its
occurrence eastwards by some 200 miles.

Stercorarius parasiticus. PARASITIC JAEGER.—
A typical phase adult specimen was shot at
Secanterbury, Manitoba, on September 25, 1929,
by Cuthbert Raven and is now in the Agricultural
College Museum. Apparently the first record for
southern Manitoha.

Strix varia. BARRED OwL.—dQuite rare in

Manitoba. Only recent records are October 17,
1926, North Kildonan, Winnipeg, Manitoba,
specimen taken on banks of the Red River by
J. R. Morton is now in A. G. Lawrence’s collec-
tion. -
On October 13, 1929, Donald Smith picked up
a dead owl of this species, two miles north of
Lockport, Manitoba, also on the Red River and
not more than 10 miles from where the 1926
specimen was taken. Smith’s record is an im-
mature female and is now in the Kelvin Technical
School collection.

Otus asio subsp. ? ScrREECH OwL.—This in-
teresting little owl, not recorded by Seton (1909)
in Manitoba‘, is now quite common in the timber
along the Red and Assiniboine Rivers. Author-
ities differ as to which race our bird should be
referred to and Mr. P. A. Taverner tells me that

4 1927. Notes on Alberta Waders Included in the British
List, William Rowan, M.Sc, F.Z.S., M.B.O.U. British
Birds, 20: 186, January 1, 1927.

5 British Association Handbook, Winnipeg, 1909. “‘Fauna
of Manitoba’’ (Birdsand Mammals). Ernest Thompson Seton.

184

Manitoba specimens are consistently paler than
the eastern bird.

Speotyto cunicularia hypugza. BURROWING
Ow.u.—Seton (loc. cit.) says this species was quite
unknown in Manitoba in the early ’80’s but it is
now not uncommon in some parts of the province.
On April 23, 1927, I found a pair near Murray
Park, Manitoba, about 7 miles north-west of
Winnipeg. On May 14, 1927, I found another
pair in the same locality and collected a set of
six eggs from about 5 feet in along a ground squir-
rel’s burrow. The runway of the unoccupied
burrow was ‘“‘paved”’ with shredded horse dung
and I noticed when digging, that beneath this,
the ground was still frozen. The vertical depth
was about two feet. As horsemen frequented
this field, I carefully filled in the excavation and
stamped it down, tough sods and heavy clay
together. Upon leaving, I noticed only one owl
returned to the mound and for the first time, the
disturbing thought came that I had buried the
female alive. I decided however that she would
have another way out as there were several other
burrows immediately around. I visited the place
again on May 20 and found that a new burrow
had been made through the packed mass I had
put back. As there was no mound at the surface
I was forced to conclude that I had indeed im-
prisoned the female and that she had burrowed
her way out. Some writers have doubted whether
the species ever constructs its own burrows but
this experience indicates that they certainly are
capable of doing so.

In my collection is a set of 10 eggs of the
Burrowing Owl collected at Whitewater Lake,
Manitoba, by the late C. G. Harrold in May,
1926. They came into my possession in 1929
from H. Hatton. No other data are vaailable.

Surnia ulula caparoch. AMERICAN HAWK OWL.
—On June 23, 1929, A. G. Lawrence and I col-
lected a family of five in juvenal plumage, three
females, two males, at Riverton, Manitoba. A
farmer informed me they had been raised in a
nest about 20 feet up in a dead spruce nearby.
At Kalevala, Manitoba, in the same latitude as
Riverton, E. S. Norman reports the species as
present in the breeding season in 19156. As far
as I know, this is the southern limit for breeding
birds in Manitoba. Norman has since found
nests and eggs at Kalevala.

Asyndesmus lewisi. LEWIS’ WOODPECKER.—
The first record for this species in Manitoba was
reported by R. M. Blakely? (1930). On November
24, 1929, T. M. Shortt and I went out to see it at

6 Additions to the Birds of Shoal Lake, Manitoba. E.S.
Norman, The Can. Field-Nat., 34:154, Nov., 1920 (issued
March 11th, 1921).

Man.” R. M

7 ‘*Lewis’ Woodpecker in Winnipeg,
Blakely. The Can. Field-Naturalist, 46:96, April, 1930.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

the Agricultural College where it had taken up
quarters in a telephone pole near the Dominion
Rust Research Laboratory. Mr. Blakely informs
me that it had been feeding on the frozen fruits
in the nearby college orchard. We had been
watching the woodpecker for some time as it
journeyed from one pole to another—much -
impressed by its curious crow-like flight and pecu-
liar outline which suggested to my mind a minia-
ture seal with wings,—when it broke into an
excited chattering, high-pitched and rapid and we
saw a Northern Shrike swoop down to attack.
The woodpecker, lodged safely on top of a pole
chattered furiously in tones more of defiance than .
fear but watching every move of the shrike, which
perched on the tip of a tree afew yards away. In
a few minutes the Woodpecker flew to another
pole with the shrike immediately in pursuit. This
time, the shrike alighted on the wire about six
feet from the woodpecker and then flew up and
hovered directly above it some twelve feet and then
stooped like lightning, zooming up from a foot
above the woodpecker’s head to repeat several
times. At each stoop, the shrike snapped its
mandibles so viciously that we all heard the
sound very distinctly at about fifty yards distance.
The woodpecker again flew to another pole and
after another vain chase, the shrike gave up the
attack and disappeared over one of the college
buildings. I have read somewhere that this
species does not store acorns like the White-
headed Woodpecker does so it is interesting to
record that this individual certainly did so accord-
ing to R. M. Blakely who informed me that it
rounded off the sharp edges of a wide weather-
crack in one of the poles into which it stored
many acorns one on top of the other. Blakely
photographed this cache.

Corvus corax principalis. NORTHERN RAVEN.
—tThis species is very rare in the settled part of
the province and is but rarely recorded even from
the less settled regions. A specimen taken by
Wm. Gladu in the marshes north of Selkirk, Man-
itoba, on October 8, 1930, is now in the Faraday
School collection.

Between December ist and 8th, one Raven was
noted by H. D. Whellams, Jr., at War Eagle
Lake, 6 miles west of Rennie, Manitoba.

F. M. Burbridge reported seeing a pair of Ravens
on July 7, 1930, at Minaki, Ontario, Lake of the
Woods. This date suggests a nesting pair.

Sialia currucoides. MOUNTAIN BLUEBIRD.—A.
Burton Gresham’s record on May 5, 1928, of one
at Richer, Manitoba, south-east of Winnipeg,
marks a further considerable extension eastwards
in the range of this western species. The bird
was under observation for some time.

November, 1931]

Lanius ludovicianus migrans. MIGRANT SHRIKE.
—On May 29, 1930, Robert Harris discovered the
nest of a pair of shrikes in a thorn bush. The
nest was about 4 feet up and just completed.
The first egg was laid on May 31 and one each
day following until June 5 when the clutch of six
was complete. As the shrikes were interfering
with our studies of the nesting habits of Traill’s
Flycatcher in a small poplar bluff close by, I
collected both parents and the nest and eggs.
On one of our daily visits to the nest, we surprised
the male feeding in a poplar. He dropped the
remains of his victim which he had completely
devoured except for the wings, which were those
of Traill’s Flycatcher. The specimens were col-
lected on the evening of June 6, 1930, and I was
surprised to see they were L. 1. migrans. They
constitute the first records for the race in Mani-
toba. Dr. Alden H. Miller kindly confirmed the
identification of these specimens and three others
which I sent to him at the same time were con-
firmed as L. 1. excubitorides although Dr. Miller
pointed out that they were not typical of this
race as found in Saskatchewan.. One of the
White-rumped Shrikes referred to above was
taken by T. M. Shortt at Dugald, Manitoba, about
15 miles east of where the Migrant Shrikes were
taken. It is interesting to note that both the
male and female taken at the nest were typical
L. 1. migrans. We have been much puzzled in the
past in field identifications of our shrikes to note
the great variety of shades in the rump colour but
all the specimens I had seen prior to June 5 were
undoubtedly correctly referred to excubitorides.

It will be clear from the above that the ranges
of both races overlap in eastern Manitoba but it
is not clear that they interbreed.

When I sexed the female Migrant Shrike the
eggs in the ovaries were so small that if I had not
known that she had just completed laying a
clutch of six eggs, I would have taken her for a
non-breeding bird.

Lanivireo flavifrons. YELLOW-THROATED VIREO.
—This species, hypothetical in Seton’s list of
1909 (loc. cit.) is now well established at Deer
Lodge, Winnipeg, and is extending its territory
yearly. In 1927 I found the second nest to be
known in the district, through the male singing
from it while carrying on incubation duties. In
1928 six breeding pairs were noted, while in 1929,
with the assistance of T. M. and A. Shortt, 12
nesting pairs and five nests were located. all in
the same district. On May 24, 1929, R. M.
Thomas noted the species at St. Charles, Manitoba,
4 miles west of Deer Lodge and on July 14, 1929,
R. Harris observed it at Emerson, Manitoba on
the U.S. border.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

185

Vermivora ruficapilla. NASHVILLE WARBLER.—
On May 14, 1930, a heavy migration of this
species was noted by T. M. Shortt and myself at
Deer Lodge, Winnipeg. In twelve years’ records
made in this locality, this is the first time I have
observed them. One pair lingered after the
migration had passed and on June 17, T. M. Shortt
and I found the nest after many hours’ searching
on several days. The nest was located at the
base of a rotted oak stump in second growth
poplar scrub, skillfully concealed and sunk
amongst, and overhung by, grass. It contained
two eggs plus three Cowbird’s eggs. One of the
Nashville’s eggs was so thin-shelled that it was
transparent and collapsed when I attempted to
pick it up. It was unfertile. The other was on
the point of hatching. The three Cowbird’s eggs
were interesting in that one contained a fully-
formed embryo, one was about half incubated
and the third was fresh. On May 24 and 25,
1930, 1 was at West Hawk Lake, Manitoba, near
the Ontario boundary where I noted the species in
large numbers, one of the commonest warblers.
A male was collected on May 24, on a little island
in West Hawk Lake. Winnipeg is in the Tran-
sition life zone and West Hawk Lake is in the
Canadian life zone.

Comsothlypis americana pusilla. NORTHERN PA-
RULA WARBLER.—On May 25, 1929, at the Caddy
Lake (known locally as Cross Lake) end of the
West Hawk-Caddy Lake portage, 15 miles north
of Waugh, Manitoba, and very close to the Mani-
toba-Ontario boundary, I found a small colony of
this sub-species. On July 2, 1928, the late C. G.
Harrold collected a specimen at Waugh, Manitoba.

Oporornis agilis. CONNECTICUT WARBLER.—
On July 11, 1928, Norman Criddle and J. B.
Wallis reported this species near Sandlilands,
Manitoba, with young in the vicinity. L. T. S.
Norris-Elye and C. L. Broley noted several in the
same locality on June 30, 1929. An adult male
collected at this time is now in Norris-Elye’s
collection. The territory is similar to that
described by Huff (1929)8 as the habitat of this
species in Minnesota. As Broley and Norris-
Elye saw some of the birds carrying food, no doubt
a breeding colony is located here.

Icterus spurius. ORCHARD ORIOLE.—On May
31, 1929, the first recorded specimen for the
province was picked up dead by A. Mount in the
North Kildonan bird sanctuary, Winnipeg. The
specimen is now in A. Burton Gresham’s collection.
On June 4, 1929, F. Rogers saw one in south Winni-
peg and on June 13, E. Keighley noted one in west
Winnipeg. Mrs. E. J. McMillan reports that on~

8 1929. The Nest and Habits of the Connecticut Warbler
in Minnesota. N.L. Huff. The Auk, 46: 455, Oct., 1929.

186

July 1, 1929, she found about five nesting pairs at
Cypress River, Manitoba, and remarks that no
difficulty should be experienced in separating the
species from the more familiar Baltimore Orioles
as the song, behaviour and appearance are all
very different. She first encountered the species
about three years ago in the Edwin district, south
of Portage la Prairie, Manitoba.

Ammodramus savannarum bimaculatus. WHEST-
ERN GRASSHOPPER SPARROW.—The discovery of
this species in Manitoba is recorded by Taverner
(1927)9. He and Hoyes Lloyd found them in the
south-western corner of the province in June,
1921, and the late C. G. Harrold collected speci-
mens in the same locality—Whitewater Lake—in
1924 and 1925.

On June 13, 1930, T. M. Shortt detected a
stranger on the pasture land of the Silver Heights
Farm at Deer Lodge, Winnipeg, and took me at
once to hear it. The song was new to me also
and the birds were so wary they would not allow
a closer approach than 50 yards. The following
day I collected a male and the stranger resolved
itself into the Grasshopper Sparrow. There were
three singing males and after lingering in the
locality for 4 days, during which time R. Harris,
T. Shortt and I gave them a lot of attention, they
moved north about a mile. We had decided that
they had failed to attract any mates but when we
rediscovered them in their new location it was
evident they were breeding. On July 12 this
was confirmed when A. G. Lawrence came out
with T. Shortt and me to make their acquaintance.
A female flushed between Lawrence’s feet and dis-
closed the nest with 4 eggs and two newly-hatched
Cowbirds, the first breeding record for the province.

On July 1, 1930, T. M. Shortt found another
small colony near Rosser, Manitoba. Five sing-
ing males were noted.

The male collected by me on June 14, 1980, is
referred to this sub-species following Taverner’s
precedent (loc. cit.).

Passerherbulus lecontet. LECONTE’S SPARROW.
—This elusive little grass sparrow is common in
suitable locations. It has been noted in numbers
at Riverton, Gimli and near Winnipeg. R.
Harris, T. M. Shortt and the writer after a deter-
mined search, over a tufty grass patch barely an
acre in extent at Deer Lodge, Winnipeg, found a
nest with 5 fresh eggs on July 8, 1929. This was
evidently a second laying as this patch was
haunted by only one pair and during the period
of our abortive search which extended over six
weeks, they brought off a brood of young. Within
a week of when the young were seen on the wing,

9 1927. Some Recent Canadian Records, P. A. Taverner
The Auk, 44: 217, April, 1927.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

the new nest with fresh eggs was found. This
suggests that the young of the first nest are cared
for by the male while the female is busy with the
second laying. The nest was built in the heart
of a “cow-lick” tuft of grass in a marshy spot
from which the water had disappeared though
still spongy underfoot. The base of the nest was
about three inches clear of the ground and is
compactly built of sere fine grasses and almost
cylindrical in shape. It measures three and one-
half inches from crown to base in front and four
inches at the back. It is deeply cupped, the inside
measurement being two inches. The outside dia-
meter is barely two and one-half inches, inside
one and one-half inches. From front to back,
however, the diameter is three inches outside and
two inches inside. It will be seen therefore that
the nest conforms to the shape of the characteris-
tic grass tufts of marshy spots.

The eggs closely resemble those of the Western
Savanna Sparrow in ground colour and markings
but are much smaller, roughly about two-thirds
the size, and the markings are much finer with more
of a tendency to wreathing about the larger end.

How closely the female sits, even on fresh eggs,
may be judged from the fact that the three of
us had been standing together in one place for
fully three minutes when the bird flushed from
within a few inches of the foot of one of us and
thus revealed by accident what many hours’
search and watching had failed to reveal. The
female was coilected and is now in my possession
together with the nest and eggs.

Chondestes grammacus. LARK SPARROW.—This
species is but rarely reported in Manitoba on
migration. Two small nesting colonies are known
to me. One in North Kildonan Bird Sanctuary,
Winnipeg, and the other at Birds Hill, Manitoba.
Both these colonies have been known for several
years, but have not been observed in detail.

In May, 1921, I made my first acquaintance
with the species when I observed a flock of 40
feeding on the Portage highway at Sturgeon
Creek, near Winnipeg, in close proximity to a
number of male Harris Sparrows. I was much
astonished to see a Lark Sparrow detach itself
from its fellows and commence a courting display
before a feeding male Harris Sparrow. The Lark
Sparrow strutted and pouted around and spread
its magnificent tail fanwise above its back,
parading backwards and forwards like a proud
turkey-cock. The object of this display seemed
somewhat bored and after a time flew from the
roadway into an adjoining field but the Lark
Sparrow followed. The display commenced again
and when the strutting individual came too close,
the Harris Sparrow would peck at it and drive it

November, 1931]

back. The next move was into the branches of a
thorn bush, the Harris Sparrow above; the Lark
Sparrow, after.a short time on the ground be-
neath, hopped onto the lowest branch and gradu-
ally worked upwards towards the object of its
attention, quivering the wings, fanning the tail,
and uttering low chipperings in endearing tones.
The head was held well back and breast puffed

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

187

out. This extraordinary display of a male of one
species before a male of another species has not
been paralleled in my experience. The perform-
ance, which I watched through from start to
finish, lasted about half an hour. The Harris
Sparrow flew back to its flock and after feeding
under the bush for a few minutes, the Lark
Sparrow rejoined its companions.

NOTES ON THE BRACHYURAN CRABS OF NORTHERN BRITISH COLUMBIA

By DONALD C. G. MacKAY
Pacific Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C.

JHE PRESENT observations concerning
the Brachyura or “the true crabs”, of
(ERAS) the northwestern coast of Canada, were
=———=—— for the most part, incidental to a study
of the commercial crab, Cancer magister Dana,
carried on by the writer for the Biological Board
of Canada. The Brachyuran crabs listed below
were collected during the summer of 1930 on the
western coast of British Columbia from the mouth
of the Skeena River to that of the Nass River.
In most cases five measurements are given for a
characteristic specimen of the species being
described. These measurements, for the sake of
brevity, are numbered as follows:

(1) Length in millimeters as measured along the
median line of the carapace from the anterior to
the posterior margin exclusive of curvature.

(2) Length of the rostrum as measured from the
tip to the posterior line of the upper margins of
the orbits.

(3) Greatest: width, exclusive of curvature.

(4) Length of the right cheliped or claw.

(5) Length of the first pair of ambulatory legs
from the articulation of the coxa with the sternum
to the tip of the dactylus.

SUBTRIBE BRACHYGNATHA
SUPERFAMILY OXYRHYNCHA—THE ‘‘SPIDER CRABS’’

Family—Majidae.

Oregonia gracilis Dana—‘‘the graceful decorator
crab’’.

Many specimens of this species were found
from low-tide mark to deep water. As its name
suggests, the graceful decorator is usually found
well covered with, and often completely hidden
by, masses of attached seaweed, sponges, algz,
hydroids and bryozoa. As a consequence it is
rendered inconspicuous and, when stationary,
blends closely with its surroundings. Specimens
were secured in the vicinity of the mouth of the
Nass River and near Prince Rupert.

Size (medium-sized female): (1) 47mm. (2) 12
mm. (3) 26mm. (4) 69mm. (5) 44 mm.

Hyas lyratus Dana—the “toad crab” or ‘‘lyre
crab’.

Several small specimens of this peculiar crab
with the lyre-shaped carapace bearing blunt tuber-
cles were found near Metlakatla and two large
egg-bearing females in the vicinity of the mouth
of the Nass River. The smaller specimens were
decorated about the rostrum and legs with seaweed.
and alge whereas the two more northern speci- .
mens had carapaces thickly covered with barnacles
reaching 12 mm. in height. The latter specimens
were almost entirely obscured by such and other
marine growths, the tips of the chelipeds present-
ing a contrast by their clean shiny pinkish-white
appearance. One specimen had a heavy growth
of sponges on the merus of the right cheliped.

Size (a large egg-bearing female): (1) 71 mm.
(2)14mm. (3)55mm. (4)72mm. (5) 94mm.

Pugettia gracilis Dana—the “graceful kelp crab’’.

This is a very common kelp crab in the vicinity
of Prince Rupert, being found on kelp off-shore, in
tide pools and on the shore at low tide among the
seaweed. The colour varies from greenish-brown
to reddish depending upon the colour of the local
seaweeds. Reddish-brown was the predominant
colour about Kaien and Digby Islands. In
nearly all the specimens obtained this species was
found with the rostrum decorated with alge or
seaweeds and in a few cases the carapace, chelipeds
and ambulatory legs as well.

On July 14, a very peculiar specimen of P.
gracilis was collected between Prince Rupert and
Metlakatla. It would appear that it is partially
albino since all the carapace with the exception
of the rostrum and the tips of the spines is of a
shiny white colour. The remainder of the body
presents a mottled appearance, white being inter-
spersed with the normal reddish-brown.

Size (medium sized male): (1) 51.5 mm. (2)
13 mm. (3) 37mm. (4) 67mm. (5) 70 mm.

Chionoectes bairdi Rathbun.
This is an uncommon species in northern
British Columbia though it has a remarkably wide

188

distribution having been reported from Greenland
to Nova Scotia on the Atlantic and from Alaska
to northern British Columbia on the Pacifie as
well as in Siberia and Japan. Only one specimen
was secured and this near Nass Harbour in the
course of trawling for shrimps.

Size (small male): (1) 31.5 mm. (2) 5.5. mm.
(8) 32.5 m.. (4) 34mm. (5) 71 mm.

SUPERFAMILY BRACHYRHYNCHA

Family—Cancride.

Cancer productus (Randall)—the “red crab” or
“rock crab”.

The rock crab is an abundant species on the
rocky shores about Prince Rupert and is fre-
quently caught during the course of commercial
crab-fishing though it is seldom used for food in
British Columbia. It is very rarely found on
muddy or sandy shores and not a single specimen
was found by the writer in the course of a week’s
crab-fishing at Nass Harbour when over eighty
dozen commercial crabs were caught. It is also
worthy of note that of well over one hundred
specimens examined throughout the season not a
single female of the species was discovered. In
general, the rock crab is free from marine growths,
though a few were found with barnacles on the
carapace or chelipeds.

Size: Large specimens from the neighbourhood
of Prince Rupert measure 140 to 150 mm. across
the carapace.

Cancer magister Dana— the “big crab” or “edible
crab”’.

This is the common edible crab of the Pacific
coast and the one usually found in the markets
either in the fresh or in the canned state. The
colour appears to depend somewhat upon the
nature of the bottom inhabited, those from the
Nass having carapaces impregnated with a grey-
ish-black substance which, while not destroying
their edibility, renders them less saleable. The
proportion of sexes in that northern region as
based on 981 crabs was found to be 1.9 males to
1 female. In striking contrast to this is the
condition near Prince Rupert where much more
intensive fishing is carried on. There the pro-
portions were found to be2.9 females to 1 male and
as high as 8 females to 1 male in individual catches.
Inasmuch as egg-bearing females and. crabs of
less than 165 mm. in width are protected by law,
the females remain relatively constant whereas the
proportion of males is thought to indicate the in-
tensiveness of the fishing. What are believed to
be flat worms (Planaria), possibly parasitic,
were found adhering to 83.7% of the females and
barnacles were found attached to 45% of both
males and females.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

Size: Judging by 793 edible crabs measured
through, rather than round, the carapace at the
point of greatest width, the males near Prince Ru-
pert were found to average 173 mm. and the females
150.1 mm. The legal minimum size being 165
mm., 73.4% of the males were of legal size and
but 10.9% of the females. In general, however,
the crabs of the extreme northern part of British
Columbia are larger than those near Prince
Rupert and not infrequently reach 200 mm. in
width. ;

Cancer oregonensis (Dana).

This is a small crab reported to range from the
Aleutian Islands to Lower California. Unlike
other Cancride the anterolateral and posterolateral
margins of the carapace do not form an angle
thus giving the carapace a more circular shape.
Altogether there are 12 or 13 distinct teeth on
each side of the carapace which reaches its greatest
width near the 7th or 8th tooth. C. oregonensis
may be further distinguished by its hairy walking
legs and black-tipped chelipeds.

This crab was found in considerable numbers
on a rocky island between Prince Rupert and
Metlakatla. It was also found in considerable —
numbers on a pontoon of the Prince Rupert dry-
dock. This pontoon had been submerged for many
years and the specimens collected therefrom were,
in many cases, covered withironrust. Two addi-
tional specimens were collected in Morse Lake, a
salt water lagoon near Prince Rupert, during the
ordinary course of crab-fishing. In all cases
specimens came from a depth of at least 12 or 15
feet below high tide mark, none being found during
frequent shore examinations. During July, the
writer examined and measured a total of 169
crabs of this species. Sizes ranged from 4 to 41
mm. as measured through the greatest breadth
of the carapace. The average width was 23.9
mm., while that for the males was 22.4 mm. and
that for the females 24.6 mm. It may be noted
here that the width of the type specimen of the
species as recorded by Dana is 23.0 mm. and that
Rathbun records a large female with a width of
47.1 mm. Eleven specimens or 6.5% of the 169
referred to above had soft shells in July and but
one was carrying eggs at that time. The propor-
tion of the sexes was 64 males to 104 females.

Size: the average width of females was 24.6
mm. and that of males 22.4 mm.

Telmessus cheiragonus (Tilesius)—the
crab’’.

This is a peculiar yellowish-brown crab having
the carapace and walking legs covered with stiff
hairs arranged in irregular rows. The horse crab
is not abundant near Prince Rupert and is rarely
seen by the crab-fisherman. A few specimens

“horse

November, 1931]

were caught by the writer in hoop-nets near Digby
Island at the entrance to Prince Rupert harbour
and a few carapaces were found on the shore near
the Digby Island dock.

Size (male): (1) 88 mm. (2) 16 mm. (8) 64
mm. (4) 84mm. (5) 130 mm.
Family—Grapside.

Hemigrapsus nudus (Dana)—the “purple shore
crab”’.

This species is found abundantly on rocky
shores, a dozen or more frequently being found
under a single rock. The carapace is almost
square in shape and purplish in colour. The legs
are without hair in contrast to H. oregonensis, a
crab very similar in appearance and to be found
in the same habitat. Great variations occur in

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

189

markings and colour. Several egg-bearing females
were observed in June, 1930.

Size (large male): (1) 36 mm.
(4) 62mm. (5) 42 mm.

(3) 41 mm.

Hemigrapsus oregonensis (Dana)—the “yellow
shore crab”, ‘mud crab”, or “hairy shore crab’’.

This species closely resembles H. nudus in shape
and size but differs in lacking red spots in its chelz,
in having hairs on its ambulatory legs and in
being yellowish-grey in colour. As in the case
of H. nudus, the distribution is very general. A
few egg-bearing females were noted during June
and July, 1939.

Size (small male): (1) 12 mm.
(4) 14mm. (5) 15 mm.

(3) 14 mm.

INSECT PARASITES OF VERTEBRATES AND HOST PHYLOGENY

By A. W. BAKER
Professor of Entomology, Ontario Agricultural College, Guelph, Ont.

IN RECENT years many students of
various groups of parasites have come to
realize that there is, apparently, a sig-
nificant relationship between the speci-
ficity of obligate parasites and host phylogeny.
So numerous are the examples which may be cited
from various animal groups in illustration of this
relationship that: one is led to believe that there
is involved a general, but nevertheless definite,
biological principle. This might be briefly stated
in this manner—that parasites provide a key to
the genetic relationships of their hosts.

Various workers have pointed out that certain
species of parasites, in the groups in which they
were working, are possessed in common by groups
of related host species. These workers have
developed the idea, more or less independently.
that conditions on, or in, the body of the host
have remained practically unchanged over long
periods of time while the host individuals them-
selves have been subjected to various and chang-
ing environmental conditions and geographical
isolation. While body temperature, presumably
blood composition, character of pelage and density
of population on, or in, the host have remained
relatively constant the host has been subjected
to the changing environmental influences to which
I have referred. Variations which might become
implanted in the host and established through
geographical isolation would presumably have
no part to play in controlling the evolution of the
parasite. The result has been that the evolution-
ary progress of the parasite has been slow while
the host has given rise to new species and even
to groups of generic and family significance. In

other words the parasite which is common to sev-
eral related host species is the form which was
parasitic upon the common ancestor of these host
species.

An interesting feature of a study of this prob-
lem is that a number of men arrived at the same
general idea quite independently. The first
person really to make reference to the question
of host relationships and parasites was Vernon
Kellogg working on the Mallophaga or biting lice
of birds and mammals. In 1896 he lists a large
number of species of Mallophaga common to
both North American and European birds and
says:—‘‘The occurrence of a parasitic species
common to European and American birds...
must have another explanation than any yet
suggested. This explanation, I believe, is, for
many instances, that the parasitic species has
persisted unchanged from the common ancestor
of the two or more now distinct but closely
allied bird-species.”” Kellogg developed this idea
in later papers both with respect to birds and
mammals. Von Ihring had in 1892 made a
passing reference to the occurrence of a parasite
on its host in different geographic regions and in
1902 he made much use of host parasite data in
a study of geographical distribution. Zsochokke
in 1898-99 made definite use of cestode parasites
in attempting to establish the common origin of
South American and Australian Marsupials.
Harrison working on Mallophaga claimed to have
arrived at the idea independently of Kellogg and
in later papers he did much to apply the theory to
various groups. Williams writing in 1909 on an
epidemic among the New England Indians in

190

1616-20 showed that he realized the significance
of parasitic diseases of man in relation to the
origin and distribution of human races. Hadwen,
working with the Oestridx, the bots and warbles,
had been impressed with the question of parasites
and host relationships as early as 1916, though
his published papers do not refer to it. Darling
in 1921 made independent use of the theory with
respect to hook worm infestation of man. Met-
calf, at about the same time, working on ciliate
infusorian parasites of frogs discussed host rela-
tionships and distribution. Metcalf has elaborat-
ed this work in later papers and with Harrison has
undoubtedly made the most complete survey of
the field. We see then that at least eight men
developed this theory quite independently of one
another,—each, at first, from evidence secured in
the group in which he was working.

The theory, or method, if sound, and the
writer believes it to be so, has wide application
not only with respect to host phylogeny, but also
with respect to questions of geographical distribu-
tion and paleogeography.

It is interesting to note that despite the fact
that this principle is accepted by many parasi-
tologists, and that quite an extensive literature
is available on it, practically no reference is
made to it in general text books of zoology or
parasitology. An outstanding exception is Wen-
yon’s Protozoology.

My interest in the problem of parasites and
host relationships has come from my work on the
Mallophaga or biting lice of birds and mammals.
As I collected and studied material in this group
I became more and more impressed with the idea,
even though at the beginning I had of course only
Kellogg’s first reference to the question. Later
papers of other workers and additional records of
my own confirmed mein my belief. As I repeated-
ly found species from American hosts which were
apparently identical with European material from
related hosts I became convinced that the explan-
ation could only be that the parasite species has
come down unchanged from the common host
ancestor.

I could cite here numerous examples of Mallo-
phagan species common to American and Euro-
pean host species. I could not better illustrate
the point in question, however, than by referring
to a small collection of Mallophaga sent to me
for examination by Professor Spencer of the
University of British Columbia and reported upon
by him before this Society. It must be borne
in mind that this is a small collection taken at
random and not selected particularly for my
purpose. The material, taken in British Colum-
bia, includes two species from the Raven, two

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

from the Banded Pigeon, one from the Blue Heron
and one from the Steller Jay. All of these but
one were new host records and four were new
American records. Let us note the host relation-
ships in Europe of these Mallophaga taken on
birds in Canada which are all American species.
Both species from Raven have been recorded by
European writers from various species of Corvus.
One species from Banded Pigeon is recorded from
various species of Columba in Europe and the
other is the common Esthipterum columbe of
domestic pigeons the world over. The species
from Blue Heron is recorded from various species
of Ardea in Europe. The species from Steller
Jay, though I have not had an opportunity to
examine the type, is apparently a form described
from a Blue Magpie of Southern Europe and a
member of the same family as the Steller Jay.
Of the six species in the collection four are record-
ed from hosts of the same genera in Europe.
One is found the world over on a domesticated
species of the same genus as its British Columbia
host and the sixth is recorded from a member
of the same host family in Europe.

If we had no more evidence than that offered
by this little group of Mallophagan species, co!-
lected at random, we should be forced to admit
that it is at least strikingly suggestive. And we
could produce numerous records of Canadian
Mallophaga equally striking. ui

Many other workers in the group have made
much use of Mallophaga with respect to avian and
mammalian phylogeny. The relationship be-
tween Australian and South American Marsupials
has been borne out by the relationship of the
Mallophagan parasites. Harrison has deter- ,
mined that the biting lice of Apteryx form a
definite group of a genus found otherwise only
on Rails. He has suggested a primitive close
relationship which had been previously suggested
by Gadow on purely morphological grounds.
We have numerous records where Mallophagan
parasites.occur on definitely related hosts. Ac-
cepting the suggested thesis then evidence such
as that with respect to Apteryx and the rails
may be of much value in determining doubtful
phylogenetic relationships of hosts.

The suggestion may be advanced that the es-
tablishment of a species on two hosts not other-
wise apparently closely related may be due to
straggling to and resultant establishment on the
second host. It is a fact, however, that even
where such straggling must continually occur,
establishment of the straggling parasite on its un-
natural host is extremely rare. Owls and other

-birds of prey provide excellent opportunity for

the establishment of parasites of their prey upon

' ‘November, 1931]

themselves; yet I know of no record in the liter-
ature of the occurrence of a mammal louse upon
such bird hosts and no record of the establish-
ment of a species from a passerine bird. Cuckoos
should provide an admirable illustration of
straggling, if stragglers become _ established,
because of the certain infection of the young in
the nest. There is, however, no record of lice
of foster parents on cuckoos—only records of true
cuckoo-infesting species. And by the way,
these latter are not constant in occurrence since
the only possible transference of the species must
take place at mating. With bird species in
which parents incubate the eggs, transference, of
course, takes place to the young in the nest.

There must be a reason why Mallophagan species
seldom become established on unrelated hosts.
To the writer it must be that the chemical con-
stitution of blood, skin and plumage of the
unnatural host is such that its body not only does
not provide an attractive source of food and
shelter, but may possibly provide actual lethal
conditions for the straggling parasite.

Argument might be advanced that many cases
might represent instances of parallel development.
Relationships of the parasite species are too
exact, however, and examples are far too numer-
ous for such an explanation. All members of
the genus Tetrophthalmus are parasitic within the
gular pouches of various species of pelicans. All
exhibit this specialized form of parasitism and
all have their body structure, especially the
tracheal system, modified in relation to this mode
of life.

The Anoplura or sucking lice provide numerous
examples. Let us cite one. The members of the
genus Pediculus of man have their nearest relative
in species of the genus on anthropoid apes. The
genus also occurs on the South American monkey
Ateles, but the work of Friedenthal shows that
on the basis of composition of the blood and hair
this new world monkey shows certain differences
from other tailed monkeys and certain relation-
ships to the anthropoids. So that even if Ateles
secured its Pediculus from man its establishment
on the host might be presumed to be because of
these very related peculiarities of its blood com-
position. On the other hand Ewing, after a
comparison of Afeles lice with those of prehistoric
North and South American mummies, concludes
that if Ateles lice came from man they did so in

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

191

very ancient times. The lice of other monkeys
belong to a related but distinct genus Pedecinus.
On the basis then of the louse fauna the blood
relationship of man and the anthropoids is closer
than that of the anthropoids and other monkeys
save Ateles.

With regard to the Oestridz, the horse bots, ox
warbles, etc., the specificity of the group in respect
to host relationship is evident. At the Ameri-
can Association meeting in 1916 Hadwen made the
statement that he was convinced from his work,
that the bots were very ancient parasites. That
evening Cockerell showed photographs of bot
larve from the Tertiary period in the Lower
Hocene of which Eohippus had its origin!

In other groups of animal parasites work is
being done to aid in determining host relation-
ships and geographical distribution. The Proto-
zoa, Cestodes and Trematodes provide numerous
examples. It is interesting to note that in many
cases the relationships of these forms from other
groups support the evidence offered by insect
parasites of the same hosts. For example, the
lice of the ostrich and the American rhea are
apparently closely related, being distinguished
from all other Mallophaga by a peculiar asym-
metry of the sclerotized border of the clypeus.
A species of tapeworm occurs in both hosts. The
Nematode genus Echinonema includes twospecies,
one in an Australian Marsupial and one in a
marsupial of South America. I have already
referred to the relationship of the louse parasites
of these forms. We spoke of the apparent
blood relationship, or resemblance of the New
World Ateles to man and anthropoids. In Sand-
ground’s infection experiments with Strongyloides
fulliborni, a common parasite of Old World
monkeys including anthropoids, he secured in-
fection to the eighth day in man and to the sixth .
day in Ateles and not in any other forms.

I have dealt only with insect parasites of ver-
tebrates. How far this suggested principle may
be supported by evidence from insect groups
parasitic upon insects and other inveterbrates I
do not know. I would suppose, however, that
the evidence would be much more meagre than
with respect to the former groups since many
insect parasites of other insects are facultative
rather than obligative in the specificity of their
parasitism.

192

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

SOME NOTES ON THE EUROPEAN HARE
By STUART L. THOMPSON

HE European Hare is becoming almost a
daily (and from the following, a nightly)
occurrence in the vicinity of Toronto.
The history of the introduction of this
species into the province has been dealt with
elsewhere in The Canadian Field-Naturalist and
need not be further mentioned here. Anyone
who knows the animal and who has seen its speed
and activity can understand its ever-increasing
range from the point of introduction.

:
ots

As different observers in various localities are
adding to our knowledge of this newcomer among
our fauna, the following brief notes may be of
interest.

On February 2nd, 1931, a clear night with a
full moon tempted me out for a snow-shoe tramp.
While crossing an open space I came upon the
track of a European Hare running at full speed
over the snow. I followed it backward and found
it led from a large hole in the snow which evi-
vidently harboured the animal not long since.
It was clear that the hare had been spending the
night here, but why he had left suddenly did not
appear.

On March the 8th we were visited by a high
east wind with snow which, in a few hours,
covered the country several inches deep. About
midnight I was out alone snow-shoeing, a light
snow was falling. As I was crossing a large
field, not far from the place of the above February
observation, I saw amid the encircling gloom of
the night, at about 150 yards distance, a faint
dark object moving on the dim level back-
ground of white. It is well-known that farmer’s
cats are given to nocturnal sallies but this object
ran in long uncatlike bounds. It could only be a
European Hare. While I stood watching it I
could see it halt, evidently watching me. The
animal’s sight must be keen for I merely took
one or two steps in its direction and it was off
again. Had I crossed its line of vision at right
angles my movement would have been most
apparent but, approaching it straight on, visible
movement, thus reduced to a minimum, must
have been difficult to detect especially in the
gloom.

Circling round I brought myself to its trail
and followed it back to discover the facts. At
about 100 yards from my original track I found
a large open hole in the snow, with many lumps
of snow scattered about. These lumps were not
only all fresh, but all on the north side of the
hole, i.e., the side at which the hare had burst

forth at my approach. The snow was about eight
or ten inches deep, so that the animal must have
been well below the surface as it crouched. The
floor of the hole was trodden flat and the sides
were somewhat soft and ‘‘packy”, what might be
described as warmed snow, as though the hole
had been occupied for some time. Three feet
from the hole was his first track, three feet more
his second and then beyond came the customary
six and eight foot bounds.

Naturally I looked about for the track that
led into the hole. There was none. It had long
since been snowed over. But I did find three
or four lumps of snow to the south side of the hole
at a couple of feet distance. These were half
covered in the newly-fallen snow and corres-
ponded in consistency to the stiffer crust beneath.

To recall the weather of the preceding 24 hours:
First came a strong driving wind with flying
snow which piled up some eight inches or so deep.
At mid-day the snow ceased, but the wind con-
tinued with a lower temperature thus leaving a
smooth wind-swept surface stiffened into a
crust. At about 4 or 5 p.m. the snow began to
fall again, so that about midnight a new stratum
of loose snow was laid down. According to the
signs left and taking the weather and its changes
into account, it would seem that about 4 or 5 p.m.
a European Hare had been wandering about,
perhaps nibbling at the weed tops that showed
above the snow, leaving little or no tracks on the
wind-swept crust. As dusk closes round him,
with a fresh storm coming on, he decides to spend
the night here. The snow is quite deep, there is
no shelter on an open field, so he digs himself in.
In digging, the lumps of crust are thrown out
to the south, and in he crawls facing north. At
first his brown back must have been a conspicu-
ous patch on the white ground, but the falling
snow kindly rectifies this, not only covering his
back over out of sight of any Horned Owls but
obliterating his back track, leaving only rounded
forms over the lumps he dug out. So he rests
several hours, as the inside walls subsequently
showed. At midnight he hears approaching foot-
steps and springs forth to escape. Personally I
have never been buried in a snow-drift to ascertain
how distinctly sounds may be heard, but it
would seem that the hare’s hearing is very acute,
to hear the soft crunch of snowshoes at 100 yards,
or so distance. Scent is out of the question for
the wind was blowing from the east and I came
from the south, and sight can hardly be con-

November, 1931]

sidered, for he was evidently well covered and the
night was dark. However the warning came, it
was in ample time.

I followed his trail a mile or so through the
night over several fields. It revealed nothing but
long dashes with occasional pauses for observa-
tion. I hardly expected anything else. He did
not dig in under stress though he did so at his
leisure, originally at 4 or 5 p.m. It would be
interesting to know if this habit of spending the

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

193

night in a snowdrift has been learned under
new conditions or has the European Hare brought
it here with him? Be that as it may, it is strange
what observations bring to light at midnight
amid the gloom of a snow storm.

See also:
DyMonD, J. B., European Hare in Ontario.
Field-Naturalist, 36: 142, November, 1922.
ANDERSON, R. M., Further Notes on the European Hare
oe on ee The Canadian Field-Naiuralist, 37:75, April,

The Canadian

SOME NOTES ON MAMMALS, BIRDS AND FERNS QF KAZABAZUA
DISTRICT, QUEBEC
By ELI DAVIS

HE WRITER, in company with Mrs. Davis
f and Mr. W. E. Saunders, spent a most
enjoyable holiday from September 9th
to 18th, 1930, at Whitefish Lake, about
fifty miles north of Ottawa and ten miles east of
Lac Ste. Marie, Quebec. The primary object of
our expedition was to trap small mammals, but
we were prepared to take a lively interest in
anything that was offered in the line of nature
study.

The country in the immediate vicinity of our
camp was very rocky and hilly and for the most
part heavily wooded. Maples predominated on
the more level areas while the sides of the hills
and edges of the lakes were covered with conifers.

While walking down the road looking for a
suitable place to camp we discovered several
plants of Aspidium Goldianum (Goldie’s Shield
Fern) growing beside the road. This was taken
as a, good omen for the success of the trip. We
had seen this fern growing wild before but this
was the first time that we had discovered a plan-
tation of it for ourselves. Camp was made on
the edge of a clearing overlooking a corner of
Whitefish Lake.

Half a mile to the north, on much higher
ground, is a small lake about a mile in diameter,
which empties into Whitefish through a little
stream which through part of its course runs
underground. This stream enters a ravine in the
woods and after travelling among tumbled, moss-
' covered rocks for a hundred feet disappears from
sight, to burst out into the sunshine below the
clearing. In this ravine we found dozens of
plants of Polystichum Braunii (Braun’s Holly
Fern). It is a thrilling experience to find a new
station for two rare ferns in the course of a few
hours.

Most of our trapping operations were carried
on around the above mentioned little lake and
stream. The bait used in our Victor mouse traps

a

was cheese and oatmeal. Six hundred and
eighty-three trap nights yielded the following list:

Parascalops brewert. BREWER’S MOLE.—One
taken in arun across a road leading from main
road down to the little lake. This was the only
run observed.

Sorex. cinereus cinereus. CINEREOUS SHREW—
Five taken in as many different situations.

Sorex fumeus fumeus. SMOKY SHREW.—Three
taken among conifers within a few feet of the
lake.

Sorex palustris albibarbis. WHITE-CHINNED
WATER SHREW.—One caught one foot from and
one foot above the lake. It had rained hard all
night and we were prepared for a very slim catch
in our traps. I had covered most of my trap line
without finding anything and then found this
shrew and a Smoky Shrew close together.

Microsorex hovi intervectus. NORTHERN PIGMY
SHREW.—One taken beside stream in a small open
grassy place, surrounded by thick woods and one .-
beside the lake.

Blarina brevicauda brevicauda. LARGE SHORT-
TAILED SHREW.—Ten, taken in all situations.

Canis. WouF.—One heard at night but we
could not determine the species.

Tamias striatus lysteri. NORTHEASTERN CHIP-
MUNK.—Only one collected, although these
animals were quite common in the hardwood area
around our camp.

Sciurus hudsonicus gymnicus. EASTERN RED
SQUIRREL.—Very common, we estimated a pair
to every acre in the hardwood area in the vicinity
of our camp.

Peromyscus maniculatus gracilis. .WHITE-FOOT-
ED Movuse.—Twenty-two taken in all situations.

Synaptomys cooperi cooperi. COOPER LEMMING
MovusEe.—One caught in same open place as Mi-
crosorex. Female sub-adult with four embryos.
(Probably M. h. intervectus.)

194

Clethrionomys gapperi gappert. GAPPER RED-
BACKED Mouse.—Nineteen found among both
hardwoods and conifers at edge of lake.

Microtus pennsylvanicus pennsylvanicus. MEA-
pow VOLE.—One caught in hardwood area two
hundred yards from edge of clearing.

Napzxozapus insignis “insignis. WOODLAND
JumPING Mouse.—Six taken along stream in
hardwoods and among conifers at edge of lake.

Several Pileated Woodpeckers were seen. Mr.
Saunders saw one sitting crosswise on a limb
eating wild cherries.

Barred Owls called every night during our
stay. Two could often be heard at the same time.

We moved camp September 18th to Danforth
Lake, about ten miles west of Kazubazua
where we stayed four nights. Camp was pitched
in a meadow beside a stream which ran from a
beaver pond, through some cultivated land, into
a thick stand of balsam and spruce. Six hundred
and thirty-four trap nights netted us thirty-nine
mammals compared with seventy-five at the last
stand.

Condylura cristata. STAR-NOSED MOLE.—Two
- caught in the same trap on successive nights. The
third night this trap caught a Blarina and the
other night it was empty. Another trap evi-
dently caught a mole as it was dragged along the
run for about a foot until it became entangled in
roots and weeds, where it was solidly held and
the occupant escaped.

Sorex cinereus cinereus. CINEREOUS SHREW.—
Two taken on high land under logs.

Sorex palustris albibarbis. WHITE-CHINNED WaA-
TER SHREW.—One caught the first night with
only thirty-two traps out. Taken beside a small
stump, two feet from the stream, in open meadow
about one hundred yards from nearest woods.
This seems to be an unusual place to find these
shrews as they are usually taken in woods. Six
hundred traps along the same stream failed to
get any more.

Blarina brevicauda brevicauda.
TAILED SHREW.—Four.

LARGE SHORT-

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

Tamias striatus lysteri. NORTHEASTERN CHIP-
MUNK.—Several seen but not collected.

Sciurus hudsonicus gymnicus. HASTERN
SQUIRREL.—Several seen but not collected.

Castor canadensis canadensis. BEAVER.—The
owner of the land on which we camped told us
that the beavers had several houses above the
dam. We saw fresh work and their tracks on the
dam.

Peromyscus maniculatus gracilis.
ED Mouse.—Two.

Microtus pennsylvanicus pennsylvanicus.
Dow Mouss.—Six.

Zapus hudsonius hudsonius. MEADOW JUMPING
MousE.—Twelve, mostly taken along the stream

RED

WHITE-FOOT-

MeEA-

- In the meadow.

Napzxozapus insignis insignis. WOODLAND
JUMPING MousE.—Ten. Seven taken one night
in coniferous woods beside the stream. This
looked like a good place for Red-backed Mice but
none were seen.

Although we did very little hunting for birds
the following species were observed: Loon, 4;
American Golden-eye, 6; American Bittern, 1;
Great Blue Heron, 4; Ruffed Grouse, 3; Goshawk,
1; Marsh Hawk, 1; Sparrow Hawk, 1; Kingfisher,
2; Hairy Woodpecker, 2; Downy Woodpecker, 1;
Flicker, 15; Whip-poor-will, 1; Blue Jay, 25;
Crow, 20; Goldfinch, 14; Vesper Sparrow, 3;
Savannah Sparrow, 1; White-throated Sparrow,
25; Tree Sparrow, 1; Chipping Sparrow, 15;
Slate-coloured Junco, 15; Song Sparrow, 32;
Cedar Waxwing, 23; Cape May Warbler, 2;
Myrtle Warbler, 2; Chestnut-sided Warbler, 1;
Bay-breasted Warbler, 1; Black-throated Green
Warbler, 2; Maryland Yellow-throat, 5; Red-
start, 1; Catbird, 2; House Wren, 4; Red-breasted
Nuthatch, 4; Chickadee, 21; Gray-cheeked
Thrush, 50; Olive-backed Thrush, 1; Robin, 23;
Bluebird, 8. We were pleased to note the absence
of English Sparrows from this area.

Our best thanks are due to Dr. R. M. Anderson,
of the National Museum of Canada, for his verifi-
cation of doubtful species.

~ CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF EXTREME NORTH-EASTERN
LABRADOR
By BERNHARD HANTZSCH

“Beitriage zur Kenntnis des nordéstlichsten Labradors,
von Bernhard Hantzsch, Mitteilungen des Vereins fiir Hrd-
kunde zu Dresden, Dresden, Volume, 8, 1909, pp. 158-229.
Volume 9, 1909, pp. 245-320.

(Translated from the original German text in the Library
of Congress, Washington, D.C., by M. B. A. Anderson, M.A
Ottawa, 1928.).

Origina! pagination given in the text.

(Continued from page 171)

SYNOPTICAL LIST of such of the
higher animals as are of importance to
= the population may now follow. At
present I am not in a position to make
any sort of complete list of the lower forms of the

November, 1931]

animal kingdom; careful investigations of the
fishes of the district are submitted in just as
meagre detail.

There are only a few fish of especial importance
to the inhabitants. At the head of the list is the
[Kabeljau] cod; Gadus eallarias Merr., Eskimo
Ogak, which extends its range as far as this dis-
trict, but as a rule does not extend much farther
north and west, and during the ice-free summer
and autumn months occurs more or less abun-
dantly. It is easily caught with the well-known
double hook, mostly unbaited as was described
before. Not only hundreds of schooners farther
south in Labrador pursue the cod, but also the
Eskimos have great success [P. 223] in catching
and drying the fish. This district is visited only
once in a while by a Newfoundland fishing vessel
for this purpose, since the fishing grounds farther
south are easier to reach and have a greater
abundance of fish. Also the Killinek Eskimos
as a rule fish for the Ogak only for their own use.
They usually cook them when just freshly caught,
but cook the heads at times when half rotten;
they partly dry the creatures, a thing that is
difficult in this cool, moist climate. Therefore
the export of dried stock-fish is insignificant,
while it was the most important export of the
six other Moravian mission stations. In 1905
the amount there was 4035 quintals with a value
of $21,149; in 1904, $23,157; Governor Mac-
Gregor, Report, 1906, pp. 40-41. Also fishes
similar to the cod, Microgadus tomcod (Walb.) and
Molva molva Merr. may be caught. Now and then
a small fish like the salmon, the [Capelin] Mallotus
villosus (Miill.), Eskimo, Kolleligak, occurs in
great hauls, especially eastward from Cape
Chidley. The creatures are caught in nets.
Farther south in Labrador, however, much more
frequently than in this district they are dried and
used for dogfood in winter. In certain inlets
of Ungava Bay south of Killinek there seem to be
good fishing places for Salmonide, probably the.
species Coregonus quadrilateralis (Rich.) Salve-
linus fontinalis (Mitch.) and Salvelinus alpinus
stagnalis (Fabr.) or arcturus (Ghtr.) Eskimo
Ekalluk. However, the usual catch which
is successful only in July, and salting in casks, as
occurs at the other mission stations (in 1904,
$4,788 exported) was not earried into effect in
nearby Killinek to any extent. The freshwater
lakes and the flowing waters harbour trout be-
longing perhaps to the same species, Eskimo
Anaklek and Idluk, which are said to remain
always [Kiimmerer] ? poor specimens in our most
northern district. It was always impossible to
find specimens larger than a finger length of
Salvelinus fontinalis. To be sure these little fish

THE CANADIAN’ FIELD-NATURALIST

195

were caught with endless patience in nooses, as
is peculiar only to Eskimos, which [P. 224] are
drawn round the bodies of this little creature.
They do not know any other method of fishing
for them, though they try to pull them out with
their hands from under the stones. I once sent
an industrious woman to catch trout, and as the
result of the whole day’s work received four
specimens, a finger in length. In spite of these
apparently meagre results I have often seen
women and children standing in broad, shallow
streams bent down and watching attentively. On
travels inland one can at times get nothing eise.
A family with several children who wished to come

. on foot in September, 1906, from the middle part

of the coast of Eastern Ungava Bay to Killinek
that is the mainland lying opposite, and on ac-
count of the deep inlets travelled far in the
hinterland, supported themselves in this way.
For many days they had nothing to eat but the
results of this trout fishing. When the people
[Eskimos] had at last arrived over and as arranged
beforehand, had kindled a fire, they were brought
across in a boat. It was a beautiful Sunday
afternoon. They did not look to be well fed and
felt rather weak, but seemed in good humour. As
a rule [Lachse] salmon, Salmo salar L., Eskimo
Kavisilik, are not caught at Killinek. The near-
est good places of their occurrence are in the
south of Ungava bay, at the mouths of the George
River, Whale River and the Koksoak, where the
Eskimos carry on the business of catching them
under the direction of an official of the Hudson
Bay Company. Other fish than those mentioned ;
for example, a flat fish, perhaps Liopsetia putnami
(Gill.), Eskimo Nettarnak, are caught only occa-
sionally. The sharks [Haifische], Eskimo Ekal-
luvak, still to be mentioned, which belong parti-
cularly to the 8-10 meter-length variety Cetorhinus
maximus (Gunn.), as well as the weaker Somniosus
microcephalus (Bloch.). These creatures, which
are not dangerous as a rule, do much damage,
because they are frequently caught in the large
seal nets and they not only eat the drowned
seals hanging there, but also tear the valuable
nets with their teeth. They are, therefore, hated
by the Eskimos; but in general neither the flesh
is eaten, nor the liver, for the sake of which in
other places, for example, north of Iceland, the
creatures are hunted in special ships.

[P. 225]. Batrachians (Amphibia) and reptiles
(Reptilia) are entirely lacking apparently in this
district. How far one of the frog species observed
by me hurriedly but with certainty extends north-
ward on the Ungava coast, must be determined
by means of later observations.

196

The avifauna is better known, and was the
object of my own special investigations in this
locality. On this point I refer to my detailed
reports in the Ornithological Journal [Journal fir
Ornithologie], Leipzig, 1908, pp. 177-202, and
307-392, and confine myself here to a few words.
The significance of the avifauna for the Eskimos
is very great, even if it is appreciably below that
of the mammalian fauna kingdom. The value of
a bird is measured according to its size and the
palatability of the portions which it yields the
cooking pot, as well as the ease with which it is
secured, and they pursue the birds accordingly.
The small, shy and rare birds are seldom noticed.
Above all they place the larger’birds occurring
at the time of migration in flocks, often most
abundantly, such as ptarmigan, ducks, gulls,
guillemots and other water birds. Of special
importance are the eider ducks, which stay in
flocks on the flatter parts of the shore, as long as
the sea is not entirely covered with ice. The
Eskimos try to collect the down and eggs of these
birds, as they do only occasionally with other
species, chiefly because the whole district is poor
in breeding colonies and does not contain a single
so-called bird mountain of any size.

Here follows a list of the bird species observed
for the north-eastern part of Labrador:

Colymbus griseigena holboellit (Rhdt.) [Rothals-
Taucher]. HOLBOELL’S GREBE.—Apparently oc-
casional migrant.

Podilymbus podiceps (L.) [Gefleckt-schnabliger
Taucher]. PIED-BILLED GREBE.—EHxceptional vi-
sitor.

Urinator imber (Gunn.) [Eistaucher]. Loon.—
Eskimo, Tiillik. Widely distributed but not
frequent breeding bird.

Urinator arcticus arcticus (L.) [Polar-Seetaucher].
BLACK-THROATED LOON.—Apparently occasional
migrant. [P. 226].

Urinator lumme (Gunn.) [Nord-Seetaucher
RED-THROATED LOON.—Kaksau. Widely dis-
tributed and not rare bird.

Fratercula arctica arctica (L. or Fratercula arc-
tica glacialis Steph. [Papagei-Taucher]. PUFFIN.
—Siggoluktok. Rare migrant.

Cepphus grylle mandtii (Licht.) [Mandt’s Gryll-
Lumme]. MANDT’S GUILLEMOT. Pitsiulak.—Breed-
ing bird here and there and frequent migrant.

Uria lomvia lomvia (L.) [Dick-schnablige
Lumme!. THICK-BILLED GUILLEMOT; Akpa, Ak-
pavik.—Perhaps breeding bird, common migrant.

Uria troile troile (L.) [Diinn-schnablige Lumme].
COMMON GUILLMEOT. Akpavik.—Occasional
guest.

Alca torda L. [Tord-Alk].
Akpa.—Infrequent migrant

RAZOR-BILLED AUK.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

Alle alle (L.) (Krabbentaucher). DOVEKIE.
Akpaliarsuk.—Common migrant.

Megalestris skua (Brinn) [Grosse Raubméne].
SKUA.—Rare visitant.

Stercorarius pomarinus (Temm.) [Mittlere Raub-
m6ne]. POMARINE JAEGER, Issungak.—Not rare
visitor, and perhaps breeding bird also.

Stercorarius parasiticus (L.) [Schmarotzer Raub
mone]. PARASITIC JAEGER. Issungak.—Frequent
visitor and breeding bird here and there.

Stercorarius longicaudus Vieill. [Kleine Raub-
mone]. LONG-TAILED JAEGER. Issungak.—Rath-
er rare visitor and probably breeding bird here
and there.

Gavia alba (Gunn.) [Ellenbein Méne]. Ivory
GULL. Naujaluk.—Rather frequent migrant.

Rissa tridactyla tridactyla (L.) [Dreizehn-MGne]
KITTIWAKE. Navtsak.—Common migrant.

Larus glaucous Brinn. [Eis-Méne]. GLAUCOUS
GuLL. Navja.—Frequent visitor, but rather rare
breeding bird.

Larus kumlient Brewst. [Kumlien’s Méne].
KUMLIEN’S GULL.—Apparently migrant.

Larus leucopterus Faber, [Polar Méne]. IcE-
LAND GULL. Navjarsuk.—Not a rare visitant and
migrant. ,

Larus marinus L. [Mantel Mone]. GREAT
BLACK-BACKED GULL.—Rather rare visitor.

Larus argentatus smithsonianus Coues. [Ameri-
kanische Silber-Méne]. AMERICAN HERRING
GULL. Navja.—Frequent visitor and not rare
breeding bird.

Xema sabinii (Sab.) [Schwalben-MGne].
GULL.—Rare autumn migrant.

Sterna hirundo L. [Fluss See-Schwalbe]. Com-
MON TERN. Immerkotailak.—Occasional visitor
or migrant.

Sterna macrura macrura Naum. [Kuiisten-See-
schwalbe]. Arctic TERN. Immerkotailak.—Ir-
regularly occurring migrant.

Fulmarus glacialis glacialis L. [Eis-Sturmvogel]
Futmar. Kakkordluk.—Very frequent visitor
and migrant.

Puffinus gravis (O’Reilly). [Grosse Sturmtau-
cher]. GREATER SHEARWATER.—Occasional sum-
mer visitor.

Puffinus griseus stricklandit Ridgw.

SABINE

{Dunhler

Sturmtaucher]. Sooty SHEARWATER.—Rare vi-
sitor.
Procellaria pelagica L. [Kleine Shurmschwalbe].

StorM Petre. Kukkiliksoak.—Rare visitor.

Oceanodroma leuchorrha (Vieill.( [Gabelschwan-
zige Sturmschwalbe]. LEACH’s PETREL. Kukki-
liksoak.—Occasional viistor.

[P. 227].
Oceanites oceanicus (Kuhl). [Buntfiissige Sturm-
schwalbe]. WILSON’S PETREL. Kukkiliksoak.—

November, 1931]

Perhaps rare visitor.

Sula bassana (L.) ([Bass-Télpel].
Kogsuk.—Exceptional visitor.

Phalacrocora carbo (L.) [Kormoran Scharbe].
CORMORANT. Okaitok.—Not rare migrant and
probably breeding bird here and there.

Mergus serrator (L.) [Mittlerer Sager]. RED-
BREASTED MERGANSER. Pai.—Not a frequent
breeding bird and migrant.

Mergus cucullatus L. [Hauben-Sager]. Hoop-
ED MERGANSER. Java.—Not a frequent migrant
and possibly breeding bird.

Anas boschas conboschas Brehm. [Stock-Ente]
MALLARD. Mitterluk.—Exceptional visitant.

Anas obscura rubripes Brewst. ([Diistere Ente].
Buiack Duck. Mitterluk.—Rather rare breeding
bird.

Neition crecca carolinensis (Gm.)
ische Krick-Ente].
ceptional visitant.

Dafila acuta (L.)
Ivugak.—Rare visitant.

Aethya affinis affinis (Eyt.) or Aethya marila
nearctica [Berg-Ente]. LESSER ScAuP Duck.—
Rather rare breeding bird.

Clangula clangula americana (Bp.) [Amerikan-
ische Schell-Ente]. AMERICAN GOLDEN-EYE. Kat-
jitok.—Probably migrant or visitant,

Clangula islandica (Gm.) [Spatel-Ente]. BArR-
ROWS GOLDEN-EYE. Katjitok—Not a rare
breeding bird.

Harelda hyemalis (L.) [Eis-Ente]. OLD SQUAW.
Aggek.—Well-known, but infrequent breeding
bird.

Histrionicus histrionicus (L.) [Kragen-Ente].
HARLEQUIN Duck. Ingiuliksiut.—Not rare breed-
ing bird.

Somateria mollisima borealis Brehm [Brehm’s
nérdliche Eider-Ente]. GREENLAND EIDER. Mit-
tek.—Frequent inhabitant of the sea coasts and
in some places breeding in colonies.

Somateria spectabilis (L.) [Pracht-Eider-Ente].
Kinc Emer. Kingalik.—Frequent visitor, bird
breeding in isolation.

Oidemia nigra americana (Sw.) [Amerikanische
Trauer-Ente]. AMERICAN ScOTER. Uvingiajok.
—Not a rare emigrant and isolated breeding bird.

Oidemia fusca deglandi Bp. [Degland’s Samt-
Ente]. WHITE-WINGED ScotTer. Pitsiulakpak.
—Apparently migrant.

Oidemia perspicillata (L.) [Brillen-Ente]. SURF
ScoTER. Sorluktok.—Rare migrant and visitant.

Chen hyperborea (Pall.) [nivalis (Forst) 2]
[Schnee-Gans].
rare migrant.

Anser albifrons gamboli (Hart). [Amerikanische

GANNET.

[Amerikan-
GREEN-WINGED TEAL.—Ex-

|Spiess-Ente]. PINTAIL.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

SNow Goose. Kangu.—Not a

197

Blass-Gans]. WHITE-FRONTED GOOSE. Nerdler-
nak.—Probably migrant.

Branta canadensis (L.) [hutchinsit (Rich) ?|

[Hutchins’ Canadische Gans]. HUTCHINS’

GoosE. Nerdlek.—Not a rare early spring and
autumn migrant.

Brania bernicla glaucogaster (Brehm) [Ringel-

Gans]. BRANT. Nerdlernak.—Not a rare mi-
grant.

Crymophilus fulicarius (L.) [Breitschnabliger
Wassertreter]. RED PHALAROPE. Savgak, Ka-
jok.— Rather infrequent migrant.

[P. 228].

Phalaropus lobatus (L.) [Schmalschnabliger
Wassertreter]. NORTHERN PHARLAOPE. Savgak

—Not a very frequent migrant.

Tringa canutus L. [Islandischer Strandlaufer].
Knot. Tiillik—Rare migrant.

Arquatella maritima maritima (Briinn) [Meeres-
Strandlaufer]. PURPLE SANDPIPER. Tiillik.—
Rather frequent visitor and migrant.

Actodromas maculata (Vieill.) [Gefleckter Strand-

laufer]. PECTORAL SANDPIPER. Siksariarpak.
—Not a rare migrant.
Actodromas fuscicollis (Vieill.) [Bonaparte’s

Strandlaufer]. WHITE-RUMPED SANDPIPER. Sik-
sariak—Most abundant sandpiper species in the
migration.

Limonites minutilla (Vieill.) [Kleiner amerikan-
ischer Zwerg Strandlaufer]. LEAST SANDPIPER.
Sullaijok.—Not a rare migrant and isolated breed-

ing bird.

Ereunetes pusillus pusillus (L.) EASTERN
AMERICAN DWARF SANDPIPER. ([Ost-licher am-
erikanischer zwerg-Strandlaufer]. SEMIPALMATED

SANDPIPER.—Not rare migrant and a breeding
bird now and then.
Calidris arenaria (L.) [Sanderling].
LING.—Rather rare migrant.
Totanus melanoleucus (Gm.)

SANDER-

[Grosser Gelb-

schenkel]. GREATER YELLOW-LEGS. Nioluk,
Kanaige.—Not a frquent migrant.
Tryngites subruficollis (Vieill.) [Kurzschnab-

liger Uferlaufer]. BUrFF-BREASTED SANDPIPER.
—Occasional visitor.

Tringoides macularius (L.) [Drossel-Uferlaufer].
SPOTTED SANDPIPER. Sullaijok.—Occasional vi-
sitor. ;

Numenenius hudsonicus Lath. [Hudsonischer
Brachvogel]. HUDSONIAN CURLEW. Akpingek:
—Not a frequent migrant.

Numenius borealis (Forst.) [Eskimo-Brachvogel]
Eskimo CURLEW. Akpingek.—Migrant.

Charadrius dominicus domincus Miill. [Amerikan-
ischer Gold-Regenpfeifer]. AMERICAN GOLDEN
PLOVER. Ungilite—Not a frequent migrant.

198

Aegialitis hiaticula semipalmata (Bp.) [Ameri-
kanischer Sand-Regenpfeifer]. SEMIPALMATED
PLoveR. Kullekulliak—Rather frequent breed-
ing bird and migrant.

Arenaria interpres (L.) [Steinwdlzer]. TURN-
STONE. ‘Telligvak?—Rather rare migrant.

Canachites canadensis labrodorius Bangs [Lab-
rador Wald-Huhn].—LABRADOR SPRUCE PAR-
TRIDGE. Akkigerlek.— Occasional visitor.

Lagopus lagopus lagopus (L.) [Moor-Schnee-
huhn]. WILLOW PTARMIGAN. Akkigervek.—Oc-
casional visitor.

Lagopus rupestris rupestris (Gm.) [Felsen-
Schneehuhn]. ROcK PTARMIGAN. Niksartok.—
Rare breeding bird, but common migrant.

Accipiter atricapillus (Wils) [Schwarzképfiger
Habicht]. AMERICAN GOSHAWK. Kigarik.—
Rare visitor.

Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis (Gm.) [Am-
erikanischer Rauhfuss Bussard]. ROUGH-LEGGED
Hawk. Kennuajok—Not a rare visitor and
isolated breeding bird.

Hierofalco gyrfalco obsoletus (Gm.) [Labrador
Jagdfalke]. BLACK GyYRFALCON. Kigavik.—
Very rare breeding bird.

Hierofalco gyrfalco candicans (Gm.) [Weisser
Jagdfalke]. WHITE GyRFALCON. Kigavik.—Vi-
sitant and migrant.

Falco peregrinus anatum (Bp.) [Amerikanischer
Wanderfalke]. Duck HAwk. Kigavik.—Not a
very rare visitor and occasional breeding bird.
fe 229).

Falco columbarius L. [Tauben-Falke]. PI-
GEON HAwk. Kigaviarsuk.—Not a rare visitor
and breeding bird.

Asio accipitrinus accipitrinus (Pall.) [Sumpf-
Ohr-Eule]. SHORT-EARED OwL. Imaingertak.—
Occasional breeding bird, more frequent at the
migration time.

Asio magellanicus heterocnemis Oberh. {Labrador

Uhu]. LABRADOR HORNED OwL. Ikkétojok.—
Rare visitor.

Nyctea nyctea (L.) [Schnee-Eule]. SNowy
OwL. Opik.—Regular visitant and _ occasion
breeding bird.

Tyrannus tyrannus (L.) [Alpen-Lerche]. KiING-
BIRD. Koppernoakpak.—A_ single occurrrence.

Otocoris alpestris alpestris (L.) [Alpen Lerche].

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV
HORNED LARK. Koppernoakpak.—Not rare
breeding bird.
Perisoreus canadensis nigricapillus Ridgw.
[Labrador-Haher]. LABRADOR JAY. Kopperno-

aksoak.—Occasional visitor.

Corvus corax principalis Ridgw. [Nordischer
Rabe]. NORTHERN RAVEN. Tullugak—Not a
rare breeding bird.

Carpodacus purpureus purpureus (Gm.) [Pur-
pur-Gimpel]. PURPLE FINCH.—Reported occur-

rence.
Acanthis linaria rostrata (Coues) [Grosser
dunkler Leinfink]. GREATER REDPOLL. Sak-

sariak.—Common migrant.

Acanthis linaria fuscescens (Coues) [Labrador
Leinfink]. LABRADOR REDPOLL. Saksariak.—
A breeding bird on the border of the district.

Acanthis hornemanni hornemanni (Holb.) [Gros-
ser heller Leinfink]. GREENLAND REDPOLL. Sak-
sariak.—Migrant?

Passerina nivalis nivalis (L.) [Schnee-Ammer].
Snow Buntinc. Amauligak—Most widespread
and also in places most abundant breeding bird.

Calcarius lapponicus lapponicus (L.) [Lerch-
ensporn-Ammer]. LAPLAND LONGSPUR. Nessau-
ligak.—Not a frequent breeding bird but common
migrant.

Passerculus sandwichensis savanna (Wils.) [Step-
pen-Fink]. SAVANNAH SPARROW. Kutsertagy-
sek.—Occasional visitant.

Zonotricha leucophrys leucophrys
[Weisskroniger Ammer-Fink].
SPARROW.—Occasional visitor.

Setophaga ruticulla (L.) [Amerikanischer Rot-
schuwanz]. AMERICAN REDSTART.—One occur-
rence. ;

Anthus spinoletius pensilvanicus (Lath) [Pen-
silvanischer Pieper]. Pipit. Aviortok.—Frequent
breeding bird and migrant.

Penthestes hudsonicus hudsonicus (Forst.) [Hud-
sonische Meise]. HUDSONIAN CHICKADEE. At-
saektatsajok.—Not a rare visitor.

Saxicola oenanthe leucorrhoa (Gm.) [Nordischer.
Steinschmatzer]. GREENLAND WHEATEAR. Eirk-
ogolek.—Rather rare breeding bird and migrant.

(Forst.)
WHITE-CROWNED

(Conclusion of this article follows in Volume 9)*

1 [of original.-ED.]

(To be continued)

November, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

199

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF VASCULAR PLANTS COLLECTED ON THE
NORTH SHORE OF THE GULF OF ST. LAWRENCE, 1927-1930
By HARRISON F. LEWIS

Extreme prostrate form of Picea mariana, f. semiprostrata, on St. Mary Islands. Characteristic
Labrador “moss”, made up of Empetrum nigrum, Betula sp., and fruticose lichens, in the foreground.

(Continued from Page 179)

GRAMINEAE

Hierochloé alpina (Sw.) R. & S.

Mutton Bay, July 9, 1927, weathered rocky
erest, about 150 feet elevation. Rocky Bay,
June 24, 1927. Blanc Sablon, July 10, 1928,
gravelly hillside, west side of river.

Hierochloé odorata (L.) Wahlenb., var. fragrans.
_ (Willd.) Richter.

Watshishu, June 6, 1928, cleft in rock on
granitic island. Kegaska River, June 23, 1928,
sandy open land above beach near mouth of
river. Anse des Dunes, June 28, 1927, sandy
side of a dune.

Muhlenbergia racemosa (Michx.) B.S.P.

St. Charles Island, August 27, 1928, fresh

marsh beside mar! bog.
PHLEUM PRATENSE L.

Natashquan, September 10, 1927, turf near
house. Natashquan, September 11, 1927, gra-
velly roadside and turf near house.

*Agrostis stolonifera L.

Thunder River, September 2, 1928, grassy,

shaded brookside.

Agrostis stolonifera L., var. compacta Hartm.

Natashquan, August 17, 1928, upper part of
sand beach. Recorded by St. John as Agrostis
alba L., var. maritima (Lam.) G. F. W. Meyer.

Agrostis hyemalis (Walt.) B.S.P., var. geminata
(Trin.) Hitche.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, damp hollow in
dunes. Kegaska, September 4, 1927, wet
marsh (fresh), beside brook. The Bluff Har-
bour, August 10, 1928, brackish marsh.

Agrostis borealis Hartm.
Salmon Bay, August 23, 1927, rocky summit
of Caribou Island.

Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) Nutt., var.
robusta Vasey.

Mingan, August 31, 1928, damp, sandy road.
Salmon Bay, August 23, 1927, sandy areas on
Caribou Island. Recorded by St. John as
Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) Beauv.

Calamagrostis canadensis (Michx.) Nutt., var.
Langsdorfi (Link) Inman.

Kegaska, August 14, 1928, foot of sandy bank

at top of beach. The Bluff Harbour, August

1, 1927, fresh marsh on big island. Recorded

200

by St. John as C. Langsdorfit (Link) Trin.
Calamagrostis neglecta (Ehrh.) Gartn.

Ste. Genevieve Island, August 23, 1928,
crevices in flat limestone near shore. Watshi-
shu, August 21, 1928, turf on outer island.
Natashquan, August 6, 1927, bare, rocky hill-
side. The Bluff Harbour, August 1, 1927, fresh
marsh on big island. Watagheistic Island, July
30, 1928, top of gravel beach. Little Mecatina
Island, August 18, 1927, near houses at Cross
Harbour. :

Ammophila breviligulata Fernald.
Natashquan, August 5, 1927, sand dunes.
Cinna latifolia (Trev.) Griseb.

Betchewun, August 25, 1928, higher part of

Gun Island (treeless).
Trisetum spicatum (L.) Richter, var. Maidenii
(Gandoger) Fernald.
Betchewun, August 26, 1928, foot-path.
Trisetum spicatum (L.) Richter, var. pilosiglume
Fernald.

Anse des Dunes, August 26, 1927, sandy

hollow in dunes.
Deschampsia flexuosa (L.) Trin.

Mingan, August 31, 1928, sandy plain covered
with reindeer lichen. St. Mary Islands, July
24, 1927, turfy slope of western island. Salmon
Bay, August 23, 1927, mossy area in shade of
larches on Caribou Island.

Danthonia spicata (L.) Beauv.

Mingan, August 31, 1928, damp, sandy road.
Natashquan, August 5, 1927, sod beside foot-
path. Recorded by St. John from Mingan only.
Range extension, 99 miles E.

*Spartina Michauxiana Hitche.

Mingan, August 30, 1928, non-saline sand flat
beside Mingan River. This species was record-
ed by D. N. Saint-Cyr from riviere Pentecote
basin: August 28, 1884. St. John found the
cover containing the plant marked riviere
Pentecote, but a ticket under the plant saying
‘Jac St. Jean, A.13/88”, and relegated the
record to hypothetical status, apparently con-
sidering riviere Pentecote or Pentecost River
too far east to fit in with the known range of
this plant. The present collection extends the
known range of the plant 145 miles east of
Pentecost River and thereby greatly increases
the probability of the correctness of Saint-Cyr’s
record.

Spartina alterniflora Loisel.
Betchewun, August 25, 1928, salt marsh.
Catabrosa aquatica (L.) Beauy.

St. Mary Islands, July 24, 1927, damp, mossy
foot-path, on western island. St. Augustin
Island, July 19, 1928, wet hollow in rock near
dwelling. Recorded by St. John ‘from iles

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

Netagamiou eastward to the strait of Belle
Isle’. Range extension, 10 miles W.

Melica striata (Michx.) Hitche., f. albicans Fer-
nald.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, wood road.

Poa eminens J. S. Presl.

Boat Islands, July 27, 1927, wet turf beside
pool. Salmon Bay, August 23, 1927, upper
part of sandy beach of Caribou Island.

Poa nemoralis L.

Blanc Sablon, July 11, 1928, turf on gneiss

plain, east side of river. :
Poa palustris L.

Wolf Bay, August 13, 1927, door-yard at

head of bay.
Poa pratensis L.

Mingan, August 31, 1928, sandy roadway,
and September 4, 1929, sandy wood road.
Havre St. Pierre, September 11, 1929, turf in
yard. Natashquan, August 5, 1927, crest of
bank of sand. St. Mary Islands, July 24, 1927,
gravelly foot-path on western island, and July
25, 1927, turf near lighthouse dwelling. Blanc
Sablon, July 11, 1928, sand near shore, east side
of river.

Gilyceria canadensis (Michx.) Trin.

Thunder River, September 2, 1928, rich
river bank. Mingan, August 31, 1928, pond
border. Kegaska, September 4, 1927, bank of
brook.

Glyceria striata Hitche., var. stricta (Scribn.)
Fernald.

Thunder River, September 2, 1928, grassy,
shaded brookside. Wolf Bay, August 13, 1927,
wet, mossy wood-road. Recorded by St. John —
as G. nervata Trin., var. stricta Scribn.

*Glyceria borealis (Nash) Batchelder.

Natashquan, August 18, 1928, dried-up pond
bed in sandy woods. Romaine, August 11,
1928, sandy shore at mouth of brook.

Puccinellia paupercula (Holm) Fernald and Wea-
therby.

The Bluff Harbour, August 1, 1927, brackish
marsh on big island.

Festuca rubra L.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, sod beside sandy
path. Yankee Harbour, July 28, 1927, shallow
crevice in rock near shore.

Festuca vivipara (L.) Huds.

Lourdes de Blane Sablon, August 26, 1927,
gravelly slope. Recorded by St. John as F.
ovina L., var. vivipara L.

Bromus ciliatus L.

Seven Islands, September 12, 1928, border
of woods at top of raised boulder beach on
Manowin Island. Thunder River, September
2, 1928, open mixed woods on sandy soil.

November, 1931]

Kegaska, August 12, 1927, sand dunes near
settlement.
*BROMUS INERMIS Leyss.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, near dwelling
near shore.

AGROPYRON REPENS (L.) Beauv.,

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, open clearing.
Natashquan, August 5, 1927, sandy church-
yard, and sandy riverbank. Kegaska, August
14, 1928, foot of sandy bank at top of beach.

*Agropyron trachycaulum (Link) Malte, var.
glaucescens Malte in sched.

St. Genevieve Island, August 23, 1928,
limestone shingle at top of beach.

*Agropyron trachycaulum (Link) Malte,
Richardsoni (Schrad.) Malte in sched.

Mascanin, August 20, 1928, sheltered bank

of small stream at tide water.

HORDEUM JUBATUM L.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, crest of bank
of sand.

Elymus arenarius L., var. villosus E. Mey.

St. Mary icine July 25, 1927, sandy beach
beside harbour, on western ied

CYPERACEAE
*Dulichium arundinaceum (L.) Britton.

Thunder River, September 2, 1928, tidal

mud bank (fresh) near mouth of river.
Eleocharis palustris (L.) R. & S., var. major
Sonder.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, damp bed of
dried-up pond. Recorded by St. John as
Eleocharis palustris (L.) R.Br.

Eleocharis glaucescens (Link) Schultes.

Wolf Bay, August 18, 1927, saline shore be-
tween tide marks at head of bay. Recorded
by St. John, as E. palustris (L.) R.Br., var.
glaucescens (Willd.) Gray, from “Etamamiou
to strait of Belle Isle’. Range extension, 8
miles W.

*Hleocharis uniglumis (Link) Schultes.

Natashquan, August 7, 1927, brackish marsh
near mouth of Little Natashquan River.
Bradore Bay, June 30, 1927, saline shore at
head of bay.

Eleocharis acicularis (L.) R. & S.

Natashquan, August 18, 1928, border of
dried-up pond bed.

Eleocharis tenuis (Willd.) Schultes.

Havre St. Pierre, August 28, 1928, fresh bog
beside limestone shore.

*Scirpus pauciflorus Lightf.
Mingan, August 31, 1928, brackish mud flat.
Scirpus cespitosus L., var. callosus Bigel.

Harrington Harbour, June 20, 1927, damp
-foot-path. Mistanoque Island, June 24, 1927.
Bradore Bay, June 28, 1927, damp foot-path.

var.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

J

201

Recorded by St. John as Scirpus caespitosus L.
Scirpus hudsonianus (Michx.) Fernald.

Natashquan, August 12, 1929. Recorded by
St. John only from calcareous regions of Min-
gan Islands and Labrador side of Strait of
Belle Isle.

Scirpus rufus (Huds.) Schrader.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, rocky limestone
shore. Kegaska, August 10, 1929, upper bor-
der of mussel-shell beach on Kegaska Island.
Reported by St. John from Ile 4 la Chasse,
Mingan Islands only. Range extension, 82
miles E.

*Scirpus campesiris Britton, var. paludosus (A.
Nelson) Fernald.

St. Charles Island, August 27, 1928, brackish
marsh.

Scirpus rubrotinctus Fernald.

Kegaska River (mouth), August 33) 1927,
damp, grassy area near shore. Hunthnedon
Harbour, July 25, 1928, face of sand and clay
bluff beside shore of mainland. La Tabatiére,
July 21, 1928, wet hollow in door-yard. Bra-
dore Bay, August 27, 1927, grassy brookside
on calcareous sandstone.

Scirpus atrocinctus Fernald.

Natashquan, August 18, 1928, damp, open
hollow in sandy woods.

Scirpus atrocinctus Fernald, var.
Fernald.

Harrington Harbour, July 25, 1928, wet
hollow on sand and clay bluff beside shore of
mainland.

Eriophorum Chamissonis C. A. Meyer.

Natashquan, August 7, 1927, and June 28,
1928, wet fresh marsh beside Little Natashquan
River. The Bluff Harbour, June 13, 1927, acid
bog on granite island. Lake Island, July 29,
1927, marsh near shore. Yankee Harbour,
June 18, 1927, wet bog on granite island.
Mutton Bay, July 9, 1927, borders of shallow
pond near shore. St. Augustin Island, July 19,
1928, wet moss beside pool. Bradore Bay,
June 30, 1927, tundra pool at head of bay.

Eriophorum spissum Fernald.

Natashquan, May 24, 1928, tundra. The
Bluff Harbour, June 14, 1927, shallow turf.
Harrington Harbour, June 20, 1927, open, wet
bog. Blanc Sablon, June 28, 1927, flat, boggy
turf at low level. Recorded by St. John as
Eriophorum callitrix Cham. One of the first
plants to bloom in spring, being seen in bloom
at Natashquan on May 15, 1928.

*Hriophorum spissum Fernald, var.
Fernald.

Kegaska River (mouth), June 23, 1928, open

tundra, rather common, with typical L. spissum.

brachypodus

erubescens

202

Harrington Harbour, July 5, 1928, border of
small tundra pool on high part of Hospital
Island. Rocky Bay, July 17, 1928, granitic
crest, uncommon.

Eriophorum gracile Roth.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, dried-up pond
bed. Blane Sablon, July 11, 1928, pool with
3 inches of water on lowland near Blane Sablon
River, east of river. Reported by St. John
from Blanc Sablon only. Range extension, 231
miles W.

Eriophorum tenellum Nutt.

Thunder River, September 2, 1928, quaking
bog. Havre St. Pierre, August 28, 1928, wet
bog. Reported by St. John from Blane Sablon
only. Range extension, 363 miles W.

Eriophorum angustifolium Roth.

Natashquan, June 28, 1928, border of pond
in marsh beside Little Natashquan River.
Kegaska River (mouth), June 23, 1928, damp
border of small pond. Rocky Bay, July 17,
1928, bog on hillside.

Eriophorum angustifolium Roth., var.
Schultz.

The Bluff Harbour, August 1, 1927, border
of fresh marsh on big island. Aylmer Sound,
August 18, 1927, sphagnum bog on Little
Mecatina Island. Bradore Bay, June 30, 1927,
wet tundra near head of bay.

majus

*Hriophorum viridi-carinatum (Engelm.) Fernald.
Havre St. Pierre, August 28, 1928, wet bog.
Lake Island, July 29, 1927, wet marsh of fresh
water near shore. Aylmer Sound, August 18,
1927, bog on rocky crest on Little Mecatina
Island.

Rynchospora alba (L.) Vahl.

St. Charles Island, August 27, 1928, sphag-
num on border of marl bog. St. John speaks
of it as “Rare, bogs in the Laurentian area as
far east as Natashkwan’’, but this collection is
from a limestone island.

*Carex incurva Lightf.

St. Augustin, June 22, 1927, and July 19,
1928; both collections from one small island
in the group called “St. Augustin Square’’.
Abundant on this island, and seen on two other
islands in this group, but not seen elsewhere.

Carex projecta Mackenzie.

Mascanin, August 20, 1928, damp spot near
shore of granitic island. Harrington Harbour,
July 25, 1928, wet hollow on sandy shore of
mainland.

*Carex Crawfordii Fernald.
Mingan, August 31, 1928, sandy road.
Natashquan, August 5, 1927, sod by roadside.
St. Mary Islands, July 27, 1928, foot-path.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

Harrington Harbour, July 31, 1928, damp
ground beside path.
Carex aenea Fernald. :

Mingan, August 31, 1928, sandy road.

Carex gynocrates Wormskj.

Havre St. Pierre, August 28, 1928, fresh bog
beside limestone shore. St. Charles Island,
August 27, 1928, boggy woods.

Carex echinata Murr., var. angustata (Carey)
Bailey.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, damp pond
margin, and August 17, 1928, border of brackish
marsh beside Little Natashquan River.

Carex interior Bailey.

St. Charles Island, August 27, 1928, boggy
woods. Recorded by St. John as C. scirpoides
Schk.

*Carex canescens L.

Lake Island, July 18, 1927, turfy border of
tundra pool. La Tabatiére, July 21, 1928,
path through woods. Recorded from St. Paul
by W. A. Stearns, but given only hypothetical
status by St. John.

Carex canascens L., var. disjuncta Fernald.

Natashquan, August 18, 1928, damp hollow, |

in sandy woods. Fog Island, August 9, 1928,
shallow, sodded depression.

Carex brunnescens (Pers.) Poir.

Bradore Bay, June 30, 1927,
through woods near head of bay.

*Carex brunnescens (Pers.) Poir., var.
stachya (Tuckerm.) Kiikenth.

Mingan, August 31, 1928, sandy woodland
road. Bradore Bay, June 28, 1927, damp foot-
path on ecaleareous sandstone.

Carex tenuifiora Wahlenb.

Lake Island, July 29, 1927, wet marsh of
fresh water near shore. Reported by St. John
from Blane Sablon only. Range extension,
154 miles W.

Carex trisperma Dewey.

Wapitagun Island, August 6, 1928, damp,

mossy hillocks. La Tabatiére, July 21, 1928,
_moss beside woodland path.
Carex glareosa Wahlenb., var. amphigena Fernald.

Natashquan, May 24, 1928, in anthesis in
roadside turf. Kegaska River (mouth), June
23, 1928, shallow turf on rocks near shore.
The Bluff Harbour, June 14, 1927, damp edge
of bog on granite island. St. Augustin, June
22, 1927, cxspitose clumps in shallow turf on
granitic island in group called ‘St. Augustin
Square’’.

Carex norvegica Willd.

The Bluff Harbour, August 1, 1927, fresh
marsh on big island. St. Augustin Island, July
19, 1928, wet, turfy pond-border..

foot-path

sphaero-

November, 1931]

Carex disperma Dewey.

Mingan, August 30, 1928, damp bog on Ile
du Havre. Blane Sablon, July 11, 1928, in
moss near bank of Blane Sablon River, west
side, near falls. Recorded by St. John as Carex
tenella Schk.

Carex diandra Schrank.

Betchewun, August 25, 1928, tussock in
dried-up bed of small pond on Wood Island.
Natashquan, August 5, 1927, damp pond margin.
Kegaska, August 14, 1928, wet. marsh on
Green Island. Blanc Sablon, July 11, 1928, in
3 inches of water in pool on lowland near
Blane Sablon River, east side of river. Re-
ported by St. John from Blane Sablon only.
Range extension, 293 miles W.

Carex stipata Muhl.

Natashquan, August 17, 1928, upper border
of brackish marsh beside Little Natashquan
River. Harrington Harbour, July 25, 1928,
wet hollow on sandy shore of mainland. La
Tabatiére, July 21, 1928, damp turf near cove.
Recorded by St. John from Pointe-aux-Esqui-
maux (Havre St. Pierre) only. Range exten-
sion, 221 miles E.

Carex maritima O. F. Miiller.

Kegaska, August 14, 1928, wet meadow. La
Tabatiére, July 7, 1927, turfy bank beside pool
at shore. Lourdes de Blanc Sablon, June 29,
1927, brackish pool on gneiss near shore.

Carex salina Wahlenb., var. lanceata (Dewey)
Kiikenth.

The Bluff Harbour, August 1, 1927, salt
marsh on big island. Coacoacho, June 19,
1928, sodded shore of head of bay. Whale
Head, July 10, 1927, sod on border of pool in
saline marsh at Jas. Mauger’s harbour. Main-
land west of Net Island, Old Fort Archipelago,
July 5, 1927, edge of brackish pool at shore.

Carex salina Wahlenb., var. kattegatensis (Fries)
Almqu.

Natashquan, August 18, 1928, wet marsh
beside Little Natashquan River. Wapitagun
Island, August 6, 1928, damp swale near
shore.
damp, mossy pond-border. Dukes Island,
July 7, 1928, upper part of sandy beach. Bra-
dore Bay, June 30, 1927, saline shore at head
of bay. Blanc Sablon, July 10, 1928, sandy
hillside, west side river.

Carex subspathacea Wormskj.

Whale Head, July 10, 1927, sod in saline

marsh at head of cove at Jas. Mauger’s harbour.
Carex aquatilis Wahlenb.

Mingan, August 30, 1928, damp bog on Ile
du Havre. Natashquan, August 18, 1928,
damp, pastured roadside. Romaine, August

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

St. Augustin Island, July 19, 1928,

203

11, 1928, top of sandy shore. Pointe au
Maurier, July 18, 1927, vegetation-choked
brook. St. Mary Islands, July 24, 1927, damp
swale on western island. Salmon Bay, August
23, 1927, in 6 inches of water at pond-border
on Caribou Island. Bradore Bay, July 13,
1928, border of pond on tundra. Blanc Sablon,
July 11, 1928, damp hollow on gneiss plain,
east side of river.

Carex rigida Good.

Thunder River, September 2, 1928, granitic
crest. Mutton Bay, July 9, 1927, rocky crest
at about 500 feet elevation. Net Island, July
4, 1927, rocky summit of island, at about 300
feet elevation. Bradore Bay, June 28, 1927,
damp turf on calcareous sandstone, and July
13, 1928, summit in pre-Cambrian formation,
at about 500 feet elevation. Anse des Dunes,
June 28, 1927, damp foot-path on calcareous

sandstone. Recorded by St. John from Arch-
ipel du Petit-Mécatina: Harrington, and
Archipel du Vieux-Fort: ile Herbée. Range

extension 242 miles W. and 32 miles E.

Carex lenticularis Michx.

Natashquan, August 18, 1928, damp hollow
in sandy woods. Anse des Dunes, July 11,
1928, in tufts on bare sand.

*Carex Goodenowit J. Gay.

Thunder River, September 2, 1928, rich river
bank. Mingan, August 30, 1928, sandy bank
of Mingan River. Natashquan, June 28, 1928,
upper border of marsh beside Little Natash-
quan River. Given by St. John as hypothetical.

Carex aurea Nutt.

St. Genevieve Island, August 23, 1928, cre-
vices in flat limestone, south shore of island.
Observed on Ile du Havre, Mingan, and found
to be common along rocky, limestone shore of
mainland at Betchewun.

Carex pauciflora Lightf.

Romaine, August 11, 1928, open muskeg.
Pointe au Maurier, July 18, 1927, vegetation-
choked brook. Dukes Island, July 7, 1928,
damp, mossy valley on tundra.

Carex leptalea Wahlenb.

Mingan, August 30, 1928, damp sphagnum
on Ile du Havre.

Carex atratiformis Britton.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, grassy clearing.
Blanc Sablon, July 10, 1928, among bushes on
mossy hillside, west side of river. Recorded by
St. John as C. atrata L., var. ovata (Rudge)
Boott.

*Carex polygama Schkuhr.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, open, dried-up
bog. Bradore Bay, July 11, 1928, damp, sandy
slope.

204

Carex livida (Wahl.) Willd., var. Grayana (Dewey)
Fernald.

Blane Sablon, July 11, 1928, in 8 inches of
water in pool on lowland beside Blane Sablon
River, east side of river. Recorded by St.
John as C. livida (Wahl.) Willd.

Carex vaginata Tausch.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, in moss in
damp coniferous woods. Blane Sablon, July
11, 1928, mossy bank on west side of Blanc
Sablon River, near falls.

Carex paupercula Michx.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, roadside sod.

Romaine, August 11, 1928, edge of muskeg area.
Carex limosa L.

St. Charles Island, August 27, 1928, sphag-
num beside marl bog. Natashquan, June 28,
1928, border of pond in marsh beside Little
Natashquan River. Romaine, August 11,
1928, open muskeg. Pointe au Maurier, July
13, 1927, vegetation-choked brook. Blanc
Sablon, July 11, 1928, in 3 inches of water in
pool on lowland near Blane Sablon River, east
side of river.

Carex rariflora Sm.

Mascanin, August 20, 1928, small salt marsh
on island. Natashquan, May 24, 1928, in
anthesis in roadside turf. Kegaska River
(mouth), June 10, 1927, turfy slope of granitic
island. Yankee Harbour, July 28, 1927, turfy
slope. Harrington Harbour, June 20, 1927,
damp foot-path. St. Augustin, June 22, 1927,
shallow turf on granitic island in group called
St’ Augustin Square”. Mistanoque Island,
June 24, 1927. Bradore Bay, June 28, 1927,
damp foot-path. Blanc Sablon, July 11, 1928,
tundra, west side of river.

Carex eburnea Boott.

Betchewun, June 5, 1927, grassy area near

shore, and August 26, 1928, wood PO
Carex concinna R. Br.

St. Charles Island, August 27, 1928, top of
limestone shingle beach. Betchewun, June 5,
1927, grassy area on limestone nearshore. Ste.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV |

Genevieve Island, June 7, 1927, top of lime-
stone shingle beach.
Carex flava L.

Betchewun, August 25, 1928, tuft in dried-up
pond.

Carex lepidocarpa Tausch.

St. Charles Island, August 27, 1928, fresh
marsh beside marl bog. Recorded by St.
John as C. flava L., var. elatior Schlecht.

*Carex lasiocarpa Ehrh.

Wolf Bay, August 18, 1927, marshy pond
border.

Carex Oederi Retz., var. pumila (Coss. & Germ.)
Fernald.

Betchewun, August 25, 1928, bare limestone
near shore. Natashquan, August 5, 1927,
damp sand flat. Recorded by St. John from
“‘Mingan seigniory: Betchouane” only. Range
extension, 62 miles BE.

Carex capillaris L.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, damp area in
clearing. Ste. Genevieve Island, August 23,
1928, steep mossy bank just above beach.
Blane Sablon, July 10, 1928, among bushes on
mossy hillside, west side of river.

Carex oligosperma Michx.
Natashquan, August 17, 1928, wet slough.
Carex miliaris Michx.

Blanc Sablon, July 10, 1928, damp pond mar-
gin, west side of river. Recorded by St. John
as C. saxatilis L., var. rhomalea Fernald.

Carex vesicaria L.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, damp pond
margin, and August 18, 1928, damp hollow in
sandy woods.

*Carex vesicaria L., var. jejuna Fernald.

Wolf Bay, August 18, 1927, marshy pond
border near head of bay.

*Carex vesicaria L., var. dichroa Anderss.

Natashquan, August 18, 1928, border of
dried-up pond bed in sandy woods.

*Carex rostrata Stokes.

Harrington Harbour, August 1, 1928, damp

hollow on granitic rock.

(To be continued)

NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS

CHIMNEY SwIiFTs.—A few years ago we built a
new ell to the house. The chimney was built of
bricks from a huge old fire-place which had been
torn down. They were smoked on one side but
were not encrusted with creosote. As the chimney
was not used the first summer, a pair of swifts
built a nest in it. I heard the fluttering of the
adult birds up and down the chimney and the

shrill twittering of the young ones for a time.
Then the fluttering and twittering ceased and I
wondered what was wrong. As the chimney
ended three feet below the upper ceiling and a
stovepipe entered it near the bottom, it was easy
to ascertain what was the matter. The nest was
in the bottom of the chimney with four tiny dead
birds in it. I questioned whether the young ones

November, 1931]

had been killed by the fall or died of hunger after-
wards, but I think if they had been alive after
they dropped the parents could easily have fol-
lowed and fed them. I was confirmed in this
opinion by a later experience.

A second nest was built and again four eggs
were laid. Before the eggs hatched a heavy rain-
storm came and the second nest dropped. The
glue which had fastened it to the chimney adhered
to the nest and peeled off from the bricks in
flakes. I wondered why both nests fell; it was
not necessarily the rain, because nests must often
get wet. Was it because the surface of the bricks

- was not rough enough to hold the glue? or was it
because the birds were a young pair and not ex-
perienced builders? The fact that the chimney
had not been built in before made me think that
they might have been young.

I have often found nests in the bottoms of two
other chimneys but never with young birds in or
near them. They usually come down in winter
or after the birds have finished using them. Some-
times I find an unhatched egg and occasionally a
dead bird, but it is dead because it cannot get out
of the chimney. The opening usually has to be
filled with something during the summer to keep

the mortar, bits of brick, soot, and dirt that the —

birds shake down from tumbling out of the fire-
place on to the rugs.

One summer, since a chimney was left open
with nothing but a wire screen in front of the
fire-place, we had a regular succession of swifts
young and old, fluttering out into the sitting room.
Morning after morning I had to catch an adult
bird and put it out of doors. One morning there
were two hanging on the curtains. A young one
also kept tumbling down and I concluded that it
must be the same young bird each time. The
first time it fell it was taken up on the roof and
placed between two loose bricks on the top of the
chimney. In a day or two it was again flopping
around the sitting-room floor and making enough
noise for two or three birds. That time it was
taken upstairs and deposited in a stove-pipe hole
and the cover replaced. It set up a twittering
for the parent birds immediately. Twice after-
wards this had to be repeated, but as I did not
find any dead bird in the chimney it must have
reached maturity.

In thinking the matter over it seemed to me that
the young bird might have had weaker feet than
the others. If it kept slipping down the chimney
and the parents had to follow to feed it they might
get so far down that they could not see the light
from the bottom and so get out into the room.
In other years when a chimney has been left open

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

205

an adult bird would get out into a room perhaps
once in a2 summer.—SUSAN K. SQUIRES.

THE MOCKINGBIRD IN TORONTO.—A Mocking-
bird was observed in the neighbourhood of my
home from November 20, 1927, till December 1,
1927. The only birds with which the Mocking-
bird might be confused are the shrikes (in
colouration), and the Catbird (in actions). The

-Mockingbird lacks the black ear patches of the

shrikes, and has considerable white both on the
wings and tail which the Catbird, of course, has
not. Consequently there is little chance of mis-
take. The following observations were made at
the time.

It was first seen on November 20th. It flew
into a small apple tree about seventy feet away,
perched for a moment, and flew away again. I
thought it was a shrike at the time but wondered
why some sparrows in the tree showed so little
concern. I did not have glasses at the time and
only. had a fleeting glimpse of it as it flew in and
out again. On the 21st and 24th I heard it. On
the 25th I had my first satisfactory view of it
with <5 field glasses. It was sitting in a lilac
bush about 150 feet to the south, preening its
feathers.. The sun was shining on it from the
west (4 p.m.). The white wing and tail patches
and lack of black ear patches were noticed.
Many English sparrows were interested spectators,
some in the same bush. The only note noticed
was a sharp click, (referred to in Forbush, Birds
of Massachusetts, as a loud ‘‘smack’”’). This note
was heard several times a day on eight of the
nine days that it was noticed. It was accom-
panied by much flirting of the tail. The bird
was very restless; its actions were very similar
to those of a Catbird. ‘

In December of the same year a bird which was
taken to be a Mockingbird was noticed on several
occasions at their feeding board in North Toronto
by Mr. Jared McCutcheon and his mother. I
did not see this bird.—J. MURRAY SPEIRS.

CAROLINA WREN BREEDING AT 'TORONTO.—
The Carolina Wren (Thryothorus 1. ludovicianus)
may quite appropriately be designed as a com-
paratively rare bird in Ontario, the few localities
at which the species has been found being chiefly
in the south-western counties. The only known
record of the bird nesting in the province was
made at Point Pelee in 1905.when Professor A. B.
Klugh and Mr. P. A. Taverner found a brood of
four fledglings on September 5 and secured speci-
mens. The young birds were apparently just out
of the nest (Auk, 1906).

At Toronto, previous to 1930, there were only

206

two records of this wren, one taken on May 20,
1917, by Mr. J. H. Fleming and one taken on
October 17, 1923, by Mr. J. L. Baillie, Jr. Both
were males.

On February 23, 1930, Mr. F. H. Emery, of the
Brodie Club, and the writer discovered a pair of
Carolina Wrens in a sheltered ravine at the ex-
treme north end of High Park, to make the third
known record for the Toronto region. The birds,

after being disturbed, skilfully concealed them- -

selves in the rank growth of a gray alder thicket,
incidentally an ideal spot in winter for tardy
summer birds to find food and shelter. i

The male very obligingly entertained us with
an exhibition of his musical repertoire, surprising
us with the remarkable versatility of his stock-in-
trade, the astonishing feature of this diminutive
wren’s vocal ability being the powerful, rich,
thrush-like voice it possessed, entirely out of
proportion, we thought, to the size of the bird.
Probably the commonest phrase delivered might
be rendered thus—‘tea-kettle, tea-kettle, tea-
kettle, tea-kettle, and less frequently—‘‘cherry,
cherry, cherry, cherry’, the latter sung with a
downward inflection. Mr. Emery was especially
interested in studying the song variations and has
kindly permitted me to quote the following from
his diary. “The ‘tzwee, tzwee, tewee, tzwee’
phrase of the Carolina Wren’s song was more
frequently heard in the early spring. This is
probably the ‘sweetheart’ song referred to by the
late Professor E. H. Forbush in his ‘Birds of
Massachusetts,’ Vol. 3. Another rather com-
mon phrase suggested ‘chitile, chittle, chittle,
chittle,’ ascending in intensity. A number of
other variations were heard, such as—‘tzweer or
tzwur, keer, kweer, krist, kristee, kuaydle, cheverty
and _ teckaware.’’

After the first day of their discovery the wrens
tolerated not a few visitors, chiefly local natural-
ists and others interested in making the acquaint-
ance of the distinguished bird-guests. Usually
the birds were to be found in close proximity to
the alder thicket or amid the maze of twigs and
branches of a convenient brush-heap. During
the weeks that followed no evidence was found
of the pair nesting there although their
movements received close attention.

On the morning of May 18, 1930, however, the
male had shifted his position to the adjoining
ravine approximately two hundred yards from its
usual and customary haunts, and was singing
loudly apparently at home. Cautiously ap-
proaching the inimitable songster for a more
satisfactory view, I discerned the female as she
stealthily flew to an old up-turned stump nearby.
A careful scrutiny of the stump’s rugged exterior

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

revealed the wren on the nest inconspicuously con-
cealed at the bottom of a ten-inch depression
among the roots and earth and twenty inches
above the ground level. The female, quite una-
bashed, regarded me with cold disfavour from
the seclusion of her retreat. I gently placed my
hand over the entrance to her domicile. This
was obviously an unprecedented gesture of in-
timacy not to be countenanced, for at this point
the inevitable occurred. The indignant bird
darted upward into my waiting hand. A cursory
inspection of the now thoroughly frightened
wren satisfied the human predator, where-
upon the bird was given her liberty. Shortly
afterward she was seen to return to her charge.
An examination of the nest proved it to be com- .
posed mainly of fine twigs and grasses and to
contain two heavily-incubated eggs and one
newly-hatched young. The eggs were white
and slightly larger than those of the House Wren,
being strongly marked with brownish spots at
the larger end.

The stump, oddly enough, was situated only a
few feet from the foot of a steep bank facing Bloor
Street, a very convenient place for nearby resi-
dents to dispose of all manner of rubbish, tin cans,
ete. The clatter and noise made by the descend-
ing debris one would suppose would prove an in-
tolerable condition to a wren family.

On the morning of May 24 we again visited the
wrens to see how things were and found to our
dismay that the nest was in a deserted condition.
The three unfledged young occupied the nest but
were cold and lifeless and the female was nowhere
to be seen, although the male in a nearby tree
sang rather half-heartedly. The nature of the
calamity which had overtaken the wren family
could only be conjectured. Cats, we know,
abound in the enighbourhood. Perhaps the female
met her fate on the nest. The male bird evi-
dently disappeared soon afterward as it was not
noted after the end of May.

The nest and young were collected and subse-
quently presented to the Royal Ontario Museum
of Zoology. We believe the nest to be the first
ever found in Canada.—ROBERT V. LINDSAY.

LITTLE BLUE HERON IN ONTARIO IN MARCH.—
In the Toronto Globe of May 20, 1929, there ap-
peared an article stating that a “Lesser White
Egret” had been captured in a muskrat trap at
Atherley Narrows, at the north end of Lake
Simcoe (sixty miles north of Toronto) in the
month of March previous and turned over to Mr.
Peter Stevenson, District Superintendent of the
Department of Game and Fisheries at Orillia.
Mr. Stevenson had the bird mounted and sent to

November, 1931]

the Department at Toronto where the writer
examined it on May 3, 1930, and identified it as
an immature (white phase) Little Blue Heron
(Florida czxrulea).

Mr. Stevenson informs me by letter that the
bird was trapped by Mr. George Moase on
March 28, 1929. The specimen is now in the
collection of the Royal Ontario Museum of
Zoology.

The bird is practially all white but there is a
certain amount of slate-grey in its plumage—the
primary tips, edges of primaries, certain feathers
of the back, most of the crown and parts of the
occipital and long back plumes being of this
colour. This first nuptial, mostly white, plu-
mage is evidently worn by immatures of this
species until they are almost a year old or less,
when slate-coloured feathers begin to appear in
their plumage, such as in the specimen under
consideration. Mr. A. C. Bent! remarks that he
has seen this white plumage as late as May Ist.
The following measurements were taken from the
dried skin on the date of examination—wing, 934
inches, bill 234 inches, and tarsus 314 inches.

This is apparently the third locality at which
this bird has been taken in Ontario and in addi-
tion to being the most northerly record, the
present specimen is the first to be detected in
the spring. The other two localities are in the
Lake Erie region, viz., at Aylmer, Elgin county?
(four birds of the white phase, two of which were

1 A. C. BENT, Life Histories of North American Marsh
Bards, 1926, p. 180.
2J.H. AMES, Auk, 19: 94, 1902.
gin 3B. H. SWALES and P. A. TAVERNER, Auk, 24: 139-40,
07.
4P. A. TAVERNER, Auk, 26: 83, 1909.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

207

taken on August 15, 1901) and at Point Pelee,
Hssex county*® (one in white phase taken in Sep-
tember, 1904).

It is of interest to recall that Mr. P. A. Taver-
ner has recorded! the capture of one in the full
plumage of the adult at Detroit, Michigan, on
May 2, 1882.—Jas. L. BAILLIE, JR.

A GRAY RED SQUIRREL.—On May 8, 1931, I
observed a gray individual of the Red Squirrel]
(Sciurus hudsonicus) in a much-frequented sec-
tion of conifers in High Park, Toronto. The
whole of the upper parts including the head and
tail were of a beautiful slate-gray colour, the
individual hairs being banded with blackish and
white giving a pepper-and-salt effect as in the
normal pelage. There was a slight suggestion
of light brownish-gray on the lower back and
upper side of the tail but the general tone of the
pelage was decidedly gray.

The only other individual I have ever seen ex-
hibiting this colour phase is a male taken by A. A.
Wood at Caradoc, Ontario, on January 8, 1925,
and now in the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology.

The animal was at once noticeable on account
of its colour. It seemed to me unlikely that any-
one could have passed it without being struck by
its different coat, and yet Toronto naturalists have
scoured that region regularly for years and no one
had reported anything new in the Red Squirrel
world. It seems likely that the animal was a
comparatively new arrival, possibly a young one
of 1930. Is this a distinct colour phase, is it a
condition of immaturity or what? Perhaps some
mammalogist can enlighten us.—JAS. L. BAILLIE,
Jr.

BOOK REVIEWS

REPORT ON A GAME SURVEY OF THE NORTH
CENTRAL STATES. Made by Aldo Leopold
for the Sporting Arms and Ammunition
Manufacturers’ Institute under direction of
its Committee on Restoration and Protection
of Game. Madison, Wisconsin, 1931.*

This publication of some 300 pages is a con-
densed and unified summary of reports made by
the author to the Sporting Arms and Ammunition
Manufacturers’ Institute, in which he presents
the results of a “Game Survey’ made by him,
during 1928-1930, in the states of Minnesota,

_lowa, Missouri, Wisconsin, Illinois, Michigan,
Indiana and Ohio. The forms of game chiefly
dealt with are Bob-white, Rabbits, Pheasants,

* Copies obtainable from American Game Association,
Investment Bldg., 15th and K Streets, NW., WEES 2k,
D.C., at $1.00 each postpaid.

Hungarian Partridge, Ruffed Grouse, Sharp-
tailed Grouse, Prairie Chicken, Wild Turkeys,
White-tailed Deer, and Water-fowl. Although
the area covered by the Survey is non-Canadian
and presents in large part a condition of intense
agricultural activity that is paralleled in only a
comparatively small part of Canada, yet it is
thought that this work abundantly merits a
review in The Canadian Field-Naturalist because
it is in such large measure a new and profitably
stimulating type of publication on game
matters.

The author not only studied game conditions
at first hand in the states mentioned, but with
commendable industry, through correspondence
and interviews, amassed, assorted, and made
available the views of great numbers of scat-
tered residents of the region, who, as sportsmen,

208

conservationists, farmers, game wardens, scien-
tists, or others having to do in some capacity with
local game problems, had obtained useful infor-
mation concerning them. He also made use of
the literature on the subject and of various
official records, although perhaps somewhat
hurriedly.

As a result of his efforts he is able to present an
immense amount of valuable information relat-
ing to the principal game species of the region
with which he is dealing. This information is
set forth in a clear and orderly fashion that
greatly increases its value, and is frequently pre-
sented not only in the teat, but by means of maps,
charts, and diagrams. The present problems in-
volved in maintaining a huntable supply of game
creatures in an area of this kind are clearly de-
lineated and intelligently considered.

The relations of hunting to other principal
land uses in these states, such as agriculture and
lumbering, are discussed in detail and given the
prominence that they merit. The importance
of these relationships, as compared with those
details of hunting regulations that commonly
are given much more of sportsmen’s attention is
repeatedly emphasized and in this lies one of the
principal contributions to game conservation
made by this volume. The idea of Game Man-
agement, including adequate provision of suitable
environment, as the essential background of
continued hunting is thoroughly established by
theauthor. The practice of such Game Manage-
ment involves scientific research, competent,
continuous administration, and the co-opera-
tion of the land-owner and the sportsman.

The entire book is a mine of useful facts and
stimulating ideas and should be read by every
conservationist and sportsman, whether con-
cerned directly with similar environmental con-
ditions or not.

It is, of course, unfortunate that the state
“surveys” on which the book is based had to
be made so hurriedly. Those responsible for the
carrying out of this work, while deserving much
credit for initiating this new line of endeavour,
ought to realize that to allow any man only a
month or two in which to dash about over a large

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

state and “survey” its game supply and game
problems is not conducive to desirable thorough-
ness. As a result of this condition, much of the
work, admirable as it is in many respects, rests
on an uncertain and untested foundation, because
it is necessarily built so largely on the opinions
and memories of untrained observers. The marvel
is that the author has succeeded in producing a
report so well worth while in spite of this han-
dicap.

The incomplete and temporary character of the
important records of many state game commis-
sions, as revealed by this report, and the well-
known brevity and uncertainty of the tenure of
office of many of the commissioners are among the
preventable conditions that now hamper con-
servation.

It is the reviewer’s opinion that, of the many
charts, maps, and diagrams which illustrate this
volume, some are over-burdened with data and
made so complicated as to reduce their efficacy
to a serious extent. Unless pictorial aids such as
these convey a clearer message than the accom-
panying text and convey it more readily, there
is no good reason for presenting them. Some of
the graphic presentations of data in this work
could be vastly improved by dividing among
several diagrams the information now recorded
on one.

Important though the relations between game
conservation and agriculture admittedly are,
particularly in a region where agriculture is in-
tensive, they are scarcely deserving of the term
“fundamental”, which we find applied to them
from time to time in this report. The fundamen-
tal questions in conservation lie deeper than that;
they are questions of the inter-relations of all
species of life on this earth, and especially of
the relations between our own species, now the
dominant one, and each of the others. While
these relations are conditioned in very important
ways by all our large-scale activities, including
agriculture, they are, after all, fundamentally de-
pendent on the numbers of the human population
and its consequent requirements in space, food,
and raw materials generally as related to the
similar requirements of other species. —H.F.L.

_ NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
MANITOBA
1929-30

ee exiderit Emeritus: J. J. GOLDEN; Honerary President: Nor”
MAN CRIDDLE; Past President: Eo. SPEECHLY, M.D., V-
W. Jackson M.Sc., J. J. GOLDEN, or W. Lowe M.Sc., J. B-
WALLIs, M.A., A. A. McCousrey, A. M. DAvIpson, "M.D.
d Vice-Presidents: G. SHIRLY Brooks, A. G. LAWRENCE, H. C.

_ PErARCE, C. L. Brotey, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, W. H. RAND,

President: R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.; General Secretary: Mrs.

LL. R. Srmpson; Treasurer: N. Lowe; Executive Secretary:
‘ Ss. EE: BENNETT: _ Librarian: R. M. THOMAS.

Ae Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on holidays

_ from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University,
_ Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
_. noon during May, June and September, ud on public holidays
; during code and August.

THE HAMILTON BIRD PROTECTION
SOCIETY

(Incorporated)

W. BE. SAunD=ERS, London, Se

Hon. President: President:
Rev. CALvin McQusEsTon; Vice-President: OWENMERRI-
_ MAN, M.A., Kingston, Ont.; First Vice Prestiont. Dr. H. G

ARNOTT; Second Vice-President: Mrs. F. E. MacLoGHuin;
Recording Secretary: J. ROLAND BRowNn; Secretary-Treasurer:
_ Miss Nina Duncan; Assistant Secretary-Treasurer: Miss E
McEwIn; Junior Committee: Miss M. BE. GRAHAM; Pro-
gramme Committee: Rev. C. A. HEAVEN; Extension Commitiee:
H. C. NUNN.

_McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
LONDON, ONT.

President: Et Davis, R.R. No. 7, London, Ont.; Vice-
President: EDISON MATTHEWS, 25 Wyatt Street, London, Ont.;
Recording Secretary: VERNE FRANKS, 195 Duchess "Age,
_ London, Ont.; Corresponding Secretary ‘and Treasurer: E. M.
_S. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.; Members qualified
to answer questions: W. B. SAUNDERS, 240 Central Avenue,
London, Ont.; C. G. WaTSON, 201 Ridout Street South,
_ London, Ont.; J. F. CALVERT, 461 Tecumseh Avenue, London,
Ont.; E. M. iG? DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.

; Meetings” held the second Monday of the month, “except
during the summer.
uy

VAN COUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY

| Honorary President: L. S. KiLINcK, LL.D., President Univer-
sity of B.C.; President: JOHN DAVIDSON, E.L.S., F.B.S.E.,
‘University of B. C.; Vice-President: Pror. M. Y. "WILLIAMS,
Honorary Secretary: C. F. Connor, M.A., 3529 W. 2nd
2 < “Avenue, Vancouver, B.C.; First Assistant Secretary: MIss
_ Betty Herp; 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mr. VERNON WIE-
--—s-DRICK: ~Honorary Treasurer: A. H. BAIn, 2142 Collingwood
Street, Vancouver, B.C.; Librarian: Mrs. McCRIMMON;
Members of Executive: Miss E. J. SmitH, Mr. J. D. TURNBULL,
a Mr. B. J. Woop, Mr. P. L. Tart, Mr. R. J. CummMine; Au-
_ ditors: H. G. SELwoop, W. B. Woops.
All meetings at 8 p.m., Auditorium, Normal School, 10th
_ Avenue and Cambie Street, unless otherwise announced.

Tes
ee
a
a

"PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE
PROTECTION OF BIRDS

OFFICERS:

Past oe ee Mr. L. Mcl. Terri, Mr. NAPiar SMITH,
Mr. W. S. HArT; President: Mr. A. P. MURRAY; Vice-Presi-
dents: Mrs. C. F. ‘DaLE, Mr. H. A. C. JACKSON; Vice-President
and Treasurer: Mr. HENRY MousLey; Secretary: Miss M.
_ SEATH; Curator: Miss Eminy Luks;

COMMITTEE:

Mr. J. W. Buckie, Dr. I. GAMMELL, Mr. W. S. Hart, Mrs.
‘C. L. HENDERSON, Miss K. D. MALCOURONNE, MISS ‘EDITH
Morrow, Mrs. H. Hissert, Miss M. S. NICOLSON, Miss
Eminty Luke, Mr. W. A. OSWALD, MR. R. A. OUTHET, Mrs.
JOHN eae Mr. Napier Smith, Mr. L. Mcl. SPACKMAN,
Mr. L. Mcl. "TERRILL, Mr. V. C. WYNNE-EDWARDS.
Address all communications to the Society at P.O. Box
1185, toabnals uPiQs, Canada.

Affiliated Societies

UCR A Ui kc

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Bureau de direction pour 1931

Patron Honoraire: Son Excellence LE VICONTE WILLINGDON
G.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., G.C.LE., G.B.E., Gouverneur-Général
de la. Puissance du Canada; Vice-Patron Honoraire: Honorable
M. H. G. CARROL, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de
Québec; Bureau de Direction pour 1929: Président: G. STUART
AHERN; ler Vice-Président: ADRIEN FALARDEAU, C.R.; 2éme
Vice-Président: R. MEREDITH, N.P.; Secrétaire-trésorier:. LouIs
B. LAvors; Chef de la section scientifique: Dr.-D. A. Derry;
Chef de la section de Propagande éducationnelle: W. STUART
ATKINSON; Chef de la section de protection: EDGAR ROCHETTE,
Chef de la section d'information scientifique
et pratique: J-G. Coote; Directeurs: Dr. J.-E. BERNIER,
Mayor Jos. Mattes, Jos.-S. BLAIS. -

Secréiaire-trésorier: Louis-B. LAVoIn
38, rue Sherbrooke, Québec,

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1931-32.

Honorary President: PROFESSOR A. P. COLEMAN; President:
Coin S. FARMER; Hon. Vice-Presidenis: Hon. CHAS. MCCREA,
Dr. N. A. POWELL, Mr. J. H. FLEMING; Vice-President: A. M.
PATTERSON; Secretary Treasurer: C. G. BRENNAND; Publicity-
Secretary: Dr. L. B. JAcKES; Executive Committee: PROF.
E. M. WALKER, Mr. STUART THOMPSON, PROF. J. R. DYMOND

Dr. NORMA ForD, MAGISTRATE J. E. JONES, Pror. T. F.

McILLWRAITH, Mr. FRED Ipz, Mr. F. C. Hurst, Mr. RUPERT
Davips, Dr. P. BE. CLARKSON; Committe on Conservation:
J. R. Dymonp; Junior Members’ Representative: TAYLOR

STATTEN; Leaders: Birds—Messrs. S. L. THompson, L. L.

SNYDER, J. L; BAILLIE, R. V. Linpsay, J. M. Speirs; Mammals -
Pror. CovENTRY, Mrssrs. E. C. Cross, D. A. MACLULICH;

Reptiles and Amphibians—MeEssrs. EB. B. S. Locizr, WM.

LERay; Fisk—Pror. J. R. DyMoNnD, PRor. W. J. K. HARK-

NESS; Insecis—PROoF. E. M. WALKER, Dr. NORMA FORD,

Mr. F. P. Ipz; Botany—PrRoF. R. B. THOMSON, PRoF. H. B.

SIrton, Dr. G. WRIGHT, Mr. W. R. WATSON, Mr. OWENS

Dr. T. TAYLOR; Geology—PrRoF. A. MCLEAN.

We would ask the Officers, and more
particularly the Secretaries, of all the
Affiliated Societies to assist us in our
task of building up the circulation of
this magazine. By securing every

member as a subscriber we can truly
- make this magazine into one of the

leading Natural History publications

of America. =

A New PEST-PROOF INSECT BOX f) _

THE HOOD
INSECT BOX

Special Features of the HOOD BOX:

1. Pest-proof
2. Wooden Frame
3 High shoulder,
protecting specimens
4. Excellent pinning bottom —
5. High quality box at low cost |

PRICE $1.25 EACH

SPECIAL RATES IN QUANTITY
For full description ask Lae circular No. 298

WARD’S_

NATURAL SCIENCE crime 4
84 College Avenue, ROCHESTER, N.Y. 4

Card Filing Systems
for Naturalists

As makers of the Library
Bureau line of Card Filing
Devices in Canada, we are

in a position to supply all

Naturalists with cards and

trays where they can read-

ily index all their observa-
tions and notes

Lowe-Martin Ltd.

OTTAWA, CANADA

_ Printers ef The Canadian Field-Naturaiist
Publishers of the Autobiography of John Macoun,M A

? <a + cone + coe See

Crabtree Limited |
Artists and
Designers

THIS SPACE
BLUEPRINTERS

FOR SALE; woRwens

COMMERCIAL |
PHOTOGRAPHERS

: PHOTO =:
LITHOGRAPHERS |

228 Albert Street |
- Ottawa, Ont. ta

Kindly mention The Canadtan Field-N aturalest 40 advertisers

: cao
Be VOL; XLV, No. 9° >. : DECEMBER, 1931

i
?
AP

)

iq
ei. i |
(

m i, rh
Nok
oe \ f i
u Ay {

TRENT a D BY. ste 9 :

a eC Lg DSN A Gr GURALISTS CLUB
ISSUED DECEMBER Ist, 1931.

Entered at the Ottawa Post Office as second-class matter

=i

H,

we

THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB

- * Patrons:
THEIR EXCELLENCIES THE GOVERNOR GENERAL AND COUNTESS OF BESSBOROUGH

>

President: HARRISON F. LEWIS, 34 Grosvenor Ave., Ottawa. a
1st Vice-President) ©. M. STERNBERG and Vice-President: M. E. Witson,

Secretary: GORDON . POSTLETHWAITE, 25 Rupert St. Treasurer: WILMOT LLOYD, 582 Mariposa Ave.
FOOD ID AS OM PO eT Rockeliffe Park. — a

Additional Members of Council: F. J. ALcock, R. M. ANDERSON, Miss M. E. CowAN, Messrs. H. G.
CRAWFORD, NORMAN CRIDDLE, R. E. DELURY, BERTRAM oN FAUVEL, HERBERT. GROH, eee a
HALKETT, D. JENNESS, C. E. JOHNSON, A. eh KINGSTON, HE. M. KINDLE, W. H. LANCELEY, bi
DOUGLAS "LEECHMAN, Hoyes LuLoyp, W. T. MAcouwun, M.O. MALE, Mark G. McELHINNEY, G.A, @
MILLER, A. E. PoRSILD, EK. E. PRINCE, J. DEWEY Soper, P. A. TAVERNER, E. F. G. Waive, 4

W. J. WINTEMBERG, and Presidents of Affiliated Societies. a
‘ Editor: Bs
DouGLAS LEECHMAN i)
National Museum, Ottawa, Canada. a
Associate Editors: : : “3
DS TENNESS oo 25 ee ae ee Anthropology CLYDE L. PATCH: 03.) Sones Herpetology — a
PEO NEAT TR Gis Sass cone ti cue oh Oke Botany - ; R. M. ANDERSON..... Manes rie Mammalogy —
Bite ATCHFORD A cite sac eeu, Conchology A. G. HUNTSMAN............ Marine Biology
ARTHUR GIBSON) 386 0h oo Entomology PAS TAVERNER oe 13 Gece .....Ornithology —
Bi. MeKINDLE . 2a 3 eee aoe. { 4

Be Dep BOOCK 2 fracture aah odpa ae Geology

CONTENTS Week ae a

er - PAGE A

Field Notes on the Pallid Meadow Mouse, Lagurus pallidus (Merriam). By J. eee Soper 209 ag
List of Original Descriptions Published by the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club. By A. LaRocque 214 ig 4

» Contributions to the Knowledge of Extreme North-eastern Labrador. By Bernhard Hantzsch 222 it ;
An Annotated List of Vascular Plants Collected on the North Shore of the Gulf of St. es Bh
1927-1928. By Harrison;!. lewis o. 2 .fc se ee ee ee Wage hakivae cee ate 225 8
TINDER TO "VOLUME RIV ye a an Boys PAE) SUMO RC ee ea ae aia 229 a

The official publications of THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS’ CLUB have been issued #
since 1879. The first were The Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club, 1879-1886, #
# two volumes; the next, The Ottawa Naturalist, 1886-1919, thirty-two volumes; and these. have =
#: been continued by The Canadian Field-Naturalist to date. The Canadian Field-Naturalist is =
# issued monthly, except for the months of June, July and August. Its scope is the a if
i OL the results of original research in all departments of Natural History. #

Price of this joke (9 numbers) $2.00; Single copies 25¢ each

The Membership Committee of The Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club is making a special effort to. q
increase the subscription list of The Canadian Field-N aturalist. We are, therefore, asking every reader
who is truly interested in the wild life of our country to help this magazine to its rightful place among iam
the leading Natural History publications in America.

Subscriptions ($2.00 a year) should be forwarded to wae j

WILMOT LLOYD, —
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’ Club
, 582 Mariposa Ave. “y “a
Rockcliffe Park, OTTawa, CANADA,

The Canadian Field-Naturalist

VOL. XLV

OTTAWA, CANADA, DECEMBER, 1931

No. 9

FIELD NOTES ON THE PALLID MEADOW MOUSE, Lagurus pallidus (Merriam)
By J. DEWEY SOPER

URING the summer of 1927 the writer
made a survey of the mammals of the
International Boundary region in Canada
from the Rocky Mountains to the Turtle
Mountain of Manitoba; this work was carried on
for the National Museum of Canada, and continu-
ed from early in June until the first week of
November, with 16 camps*. In the course of the
investigations one of the most Jnteresting dis-
coveries was the presence of the Pallid Meadow
Mouse, in fair numbers, at five widely-separated
localities in the provinces of Alberta and Saskat-
chewan.

This species is one of the rarest, as well as the
palest of the meadow mice in America; it affords
a striking example of “‘protective colouration” in
its grayish pelage, which so nearly harmonizes
with the sage-brush and parched, short grass of
the semi-arid plains on which it lives. Its upper
parts are pale, buffy gray, tinged conspicuously
with yellow on the ears and nose; the feet are
pale ashy gray, the tail dusky above and whitish
below, and the under parts, in general, creamy-
white. In build it is stocky, like many familiar
members of the genus Microtus, to which it is
closely related. A notable characteristic is its
very short tail, which is little longer than its hind
foot. Average measurements of adult specimens
are: Length—128 millimetres; tail—20; hind
foot—18.

The type locality of the Pallid Meadow Mouse
is Fort Buford, Williams County, North Dakota,
where Vernon Bailey first took it in September,
1887. Miller* gives its range as ‘Transition
prairies of Western North Dakota, Montana, and
as far north as Calgary, Alberta’. It is now also
known from southern Saskatchewan, where,
according to available records, it has its centre
of abundance. Accordingly, it is observed to
have a restricted range in two provinces and two
states, probably because of rather specialized
habits, or food preferences. Its distribution is,

*Anderson, R. M., Division of Biology, Annual Report of
Neaonal Museum of Canada, Department of Mines, pp. 21-22,
1927.

*Miller, Jr., Gerrit S., List of North American Recent
Mammals, U.S. National Museum, Bulletin 128, p. 428, 1924.

moreover, strangely local within the territory

which it is known to occupy, as intensive trapping

and close observation in many likely localities .
failed to give any evidence of its presence. The

species is largely confined to the high plains of

the semi-arid division of the Transition Zone, at

elevations of between 2,000 and 3,400 feet above

sea-level.

Dr. R. M. Anderson, National Museum of
Canada, has kindly furnished me with the follow-
ing interesting notes on Lagurus pallidus, in a
letter dated January 16, 1930:—

“There are 42 specimens in our collection, 39
of which were collected by J. D. Soper in southern
Alberta and Saskatchewan in 1927. I took two
specimens, No.’s 8152 (orig. No. 1382) and 8360
(orig. No. 1590) to Washington and compared
them with specimens in the U.S. National Museum.
Mr. Vernon Bailey pronounced them typical
specimens of L. pallidus. The three (3) specimens
which we had before Mr. Soper’s specimens came
in were procured more or less accidentally, as
follows:

No. 3182. @ Camp 11, Little Sandhill Creek
Red Deer River, Alberta, Sept. 20, 1917,
collected by C.H. Young. ‘‘From talons
of Pigeon Hawk’.

No. 4469. @ Eastend, Sask., June 20, 1921,

collected by H. M. Laing. ‘‘Taken
from nest of Long-eared Owl.”
9560. Part of specimen, taken 15 miles
southwest of Eastend, Sask., by Law-
rence B. Potter. ‘‘Found at entrance
to burrow of Burrowing Owl.”

On April 16, 1928, I examined 14 specimens in
the U.S. National Museum, Washington: ALBERTA,
Calgary, 3 specimens, Oct. 6, 1894, collected by
J. A. Loring. (Vernon Bailey told me that Mr.
Loring picked one up on a road near Calgary).
MontTANA, Bowdoin, 2; Donovan 2; Lake Basin,
1; Medicine Rocks, 2; Philbrook, 1. NORTH
Dakota, Glen Ullin, 3. V. Bailey also took 4
specimens at Fort Buford, in 1887.”

Although a careful search was made for the
Pallid Mouse in the sage-brush plains bordering
the Milk River of southern Alberta, it was not

No.

210 THE CANADIAN

FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

Habitat of the Pallid Meadow Mouse (Lagurus pallidus), Lodge Creek, Alberta

found until Lodge Creek was reached near the
interprovincial line between Alberta and Saskat-
chewan, 26 miles north of the International
Boundary. The approximate altitude of the
locality above sea-level is 3,400 feet. Here the
species was found inhabiting the sage-brush flats,
or benches, well above the valley bottom, but
considerably below the general level of the open
plains above.

The presence of pallidus was first detected by
observing well-trodden trails under and between
clumps of sage-brush over the dry sun-baked soil
of the bench lands. Up to this time I knew
nothing of its habits, and this together with the
fact that I had never previously worked in the
semi-arid regions of the West, rendered the search
during the preceding weeks a rather baffling one.
I could not, for example, be sure whether the little
animal ranged at random over the plain, leaving
no outstanding sign, or if, on the other hand, it
utilized well-marked trails after the characteristic
fashion of many species of Microtus, Lemmus, etc.
Consequently, a great deal of “blind” trapping
was done, without result, until the first colony
was found between Lodge and North Fork Creeks
in the locality referred to above. After this, the
species was readily located at many points to the
east. The signs left by this mouse are so distinct
and characteristic that any careful observer, with
a little experience, is certain to detect its presence
wherever it occurs.

Traps set before burrows at the base of the

sage-bushes and across the trails (baited with rolled
oats) took one adult female and two juveniles in
the first habitat located. Subsequently, two
more situations were found in the locality where
two, and only one mouse, respectively, were
captured. Evidently, very few mice are to be
found at any one isolated “location”, though the
number of burrows about the roots of the sage
and the condition of the trails leads one to suppose
the place frequented by a considerable number.
All three occupied areas, as well as old abandoned
ones observed, were situated under sage-brush on
the slopes of shallow gullies, or ‘‘washes’’, which
cut through the benches from the badlands and
buttes farther back.

No pale mice could be found in the immediate
vicinity of my next camp to the east at Battle
Creek, Saskatchewan, (Alt. 3400’), but one was
given to me by Mr. Philip Linder, which he killed
on a sage-brush flat 4 miles to the southwest,
This brings its range into Canada somewhat: far-
ther north than the records for Lodge Creek—
that is, to a point 30 miles north of the Inter-
national Boundary. Though the region seems
eminently suited to this species, it could not be
‘found in the Eastend country, 46 miles to the
east, and only 6 miles in latitude to the north, of
the Battle Creek camp.

Only one little group of pallidus was located in
the valley of the Frenchman River (Camp 10) a
few miles west of Val Marie, Saskatchewan, (Alt.
2600’). These animals were occupying an almost

December, 1931|

precisely similar situation to those taken at Lodge
Creek. The runways here, however, were more
intricate and extended over a greater area through
sparse grass to include several clumps of sage-
brush, the extremes of which were fully 15 yards
apart. The runways invariably terminated at
holes under the roots of the sage. A female was
taken here during the last week of August which
contained five small embryos; she and three well-
grown immatures were the sole occupants of the
one habitatfound. This wasin longitude 107° 47’
West, 21 miles north of the 49th parallel.

At Rock Creek, Saskatchewan, (Camp 11, Alt.
3000’), south of Wood Mountain, and two miles
north of the International Boundary, the species
was found at its maximum abundance. Many
colonies were found and only time was required to
ensure the collection of a large series of specimens.

The first colony found was on a short-grass
bench, sparsely scattered over with sage-brush,
100 feet above Rock Creek. The main runway
communicated with burrows at nine clumps of
sage over a total distance of 80 to 90 feet. Nu-
merous branch trails led out in all directions for
purposes of feeding in the surrounding areas of
short, shrivelled grass. The total linear length of
the trails in this family network amounted to
-about 250 feet. The number of burrows under
and beside the roots of the sage was 25. Again was
determined the amazingly small number of
animals present in relation to the length of worn
trails and the large collection of burrows. Four
individuals only were taken here after persistent

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

211

trapping—one adult female, two immatures and
one juvenile.

A mile to the south of this haunt was another,
but this time all the holes—24 in number—were
scattered over the face of a grassy slope facing the
west. The grass here was exceedingly sparse, and
the runways wound about, for the most part
quite in the open, sometimes over bare soil, with
here and there a brief length under grass just
sufficiently heavy to obscure them. The nearest
clump of sage-brush was on top of the ridge, six
feet distant from the mouth of the nearest burrow.
None of the trails entered the sage-brush to secure
cover, and this, and the fact that all the burrows
were strictly in the open, placed this colony apart
in nature from any of the others previously found.

As usual, not nearly so many animals were
trapped here as the deeply-worn trails and the
abundance of burrows would lead one to expect.
This would seem to indicate a great individual
activity. The total number of animals taken at
this location was one adult female (with five em-
bryos the size of peas), four immatures, and three
juveniles. There were thus three generations of
mice living in this family group, but, as in the
groups previously trapped, an adult male was
absent. Three other rather widely-separated
habitats were located in this locality in which
only one individual in each instance was obtained
after persistent trapping; one situation was on
an upland bench and the other two on short-grass
slopes facing the east; all were associated with
clumps of sage-brush.

Adult specimens of Lagurus pallidus taken at Big;Muddy Lake, Saskatchewan

212

The species was last taken at Big Muddy Lake,
Saskatchewan, (Alt. 2500’, 105°W., 18 miles
north of the boundary), between September 18
and 27. One colony was found on the high open
prairie near the rim of the Waniska Coulee, which
is here about 250 feet above the floor of the
valley. Therunways led through the scanty grass
to ramify in various directions, and to connect
with burrows that were sunk here and there on
the open turf without sign of cover. The nature
of the habitat was very similar to that of Microtus
‘minor. On September 24, a plant was collected

with yellow flowers going to seed, which was.

found to be the chief food of the pale mouse at
this time; this was identified by Dr. M. O. Malte
as Chrysothammus graveolus (Nutt.) Greene.
Bailey* says of the food habits of this species:
‘“‘A large part of the food of these mice seemed at
that time to consist of the flowers of the little
silver sage (Artemisia frigida) and the blazing
star (Liatris graminifolia), and the stems and
pieces left from these plants were scattered along
the runways and about the entrances of the
burrows; heads and seeds of winter fat (Hurotia
lanata) also were eaten. Many grasses and other
plants had been cut, apparently for food. A
partly eaten bulb of the blazing star was found
near a runway, where it had been dug up.”

Two other family: colonies were found on the
western slope of the Waniska Coulee about mid-
way between valley bottom and rim, which here
has a height varying from 200 to 300 feet. Both
of these were situated among clumps of sage in
the conventional manner, with well-worn trails
leading from clump to clump where holes were
sunken about the roots of the bushes. Still
another group was discovered on the slope of a
sage-brush-grown clay butte, with southern ex-
posure. Some of the burrows were about the roots
of the sage, as usual, while others were in more
or less barren soil fully exposed, as well as in thin
clumps of grass.

Following is a list of the specimens taken on the
expedition, with measurements in millimetres:

Lodge Creek, Alberta. August 1-August 8.

No. Sex Length Tail Hind Foot
1382 o) 130 17 17
1387 € 98 15 15
1388 — 123 20 18
1389 of 103 ily 17
1396 ref ile, 20 18
1397 of 110 18 ie
Battle Creek, Saskatchewan. August 9-Aug-
ust 12:
1428 g 110 AY 18

*Bailey, Vernon: A Biologica Survey of North Dakota,
U.S. Department of Agriculture, N.A. Fauna No. 49, pp.
101-102, 1926. ;

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

(VoL. XLV

Frenchman River, Val Marie, Saskatchewan,
August 28-September 3:

No. Sex Length Tail Hind Foot
1486 g 125 18 17
1487 a 90 10 16
1494 ron 118 18 Gay
1495 of 90 16 16

Rock Creek (Lonesome Butte), Saskatchewan,
September 9-September 16:

1519 o) 130 21 18
1520 ou 112 17, 16
1528 of 112 19 18
1529 of 116 19 16
1541 g 131 21 18
1542 of Lhe. 20 18
1543 i 110 20 18
1551 rofl 85 14 15
1552 CH 85 14 14
1567 g 115 13 17.5
1568 ofl 112 19 18.5
1569 ou 87 16 15
1575 of 130 21 18
1577 2 116 1 17
1578 of 121 18 if
Big Muddy Lake, Saskatchewan, September
20- September 26:
1590 g 135 CA ‘18
1591 -Q 130 23 19
1592 Q 112 20 18.5
1593 ot 115 18 18
1595 g 126 23 18.5
1596 g 115 22 18.5
1597 g 94 17 16
1598 of 95 hy 17
1605 g 127 21 19
1606 Q 110 19 18
1607 fot 111 20 18.5
1608 g 115 19 18.5
1611 o) 111 20 17.5

Judging from my experience in the Canadian
range of these animals, they are never as numerous ©
at any one community of burrows as signs would
lead the observer to believe. A few animals
appear to employ a large number of burrows and
are evidently active over trunk and branch trails,
which radiate from the numerous burrows into
adjacent areas of sparse grass land. A large
quantity of excrement often litters the vicinity of
the holes and is invariably scattered along through-
out the length of the trails. The species is par-
tially diurnal, as is disclosed by tending traps at
various times of the day.

Based on evidence collected in the course of
the Boundary work, it is clear that this rather
rare, or obscure, animal is strictly confined to the
great, dry plains-country within the semi-arid

ee December, 1931] THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST 213
= Zz ——

~ =

oe Zs

&

b vr yvows.

U/ Se ores
(%p cale in feet.
Wee ees ee ey?
i ey
: 2
4
AE
ZZ
4 £Z
“lly Z
Z
Ze :
—a EE SS ’
Fi, ges 7
SF +
; =
=
AZ, ; VA =.
Lge +
ZB

uy W
{
A

Seale. (re 7 fee

&s ¢o rw 2a

Ea}

Wi - Sagebrush

@ Burrows.

mee 2 on-axis.
Diagram of runways and burrows of two colonies of Pallid Meadow Mice at Rock Creek Saskatchewan

and vegetation, with a rapid falling off in altitude.
West of this point is the high, semi-arid plain

division of the Transition Zone. The species has
a relatively restricted range in southern Alberta

and Saskatchewan, where latitudes obtain be-
tween 2,000 and 3,400 feet above sea-level. It
seems evident, also, that the centre of abundance
of the species in Canada lies between the Missouri
Coteau region (104°W. )on the east, and Val Marie
on the west. East of the 104th meridian the
country undergoes a notable change in topography

with its bad-lands, cactus and sage-brush—a land
of ranching; east of it is lower, undulating prairie
given over to farming. The Pallid Mouse was
not detected east of Big Muddy Lake, which lies

~near the natural boundary between the western

semi-arid, and the eastern humid divisions, of the
Transition Zone.

214

From the foregoing account it will be seen that
the ascertained range of Lagurus pallidus in
Canada lies approximately between 104 and 114
degrees west longitude, and north of the Inter-
national Boundary for a maximum distance of
140 miles. Apparently it ranges farther north
in western Alberta than in the eastern part, or in
Saskatchewan. It is probably fortuitous that it
was not obtained by me at any point in excess of
30 miles from the International Boundary and
was then scarce. The species was found most
abundant at Rock Creek and Big Muddy Lake,
two and eighteen miles respectively, from the
Boundary. As pallidus is evidently very local in
distribution, as previously mentioned, considerable
intensified investigation is still required, in Sas-

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

katchewan especially, to delimit accurately its
northernmost occurrence.

The region which it occupies is treeless except
for local small growth in various stream valleys,
and on such prominences as Wood Mountain and
the Cypress Hills. Wherever it occurs, it will
doubtless be found confined, in local habitat, to
treeless areas of the semi-arid, short grass plains.
scattered over with small cacti and various sage-
brush. The average length of the growing season
of the region—that is, from the average date of
seeding to the average date of the first frosts—is
from 120 to 160 days; the average annual rainfall
is between 15 and 17 inches, so the country resorted
to by the Pallid Meadow Mouse falls, therefore,
well within that zonal condition referred to as
arid, or semi-arid.

LIST OF ORIGINAL DESCRIPTIONS PUBLISHED BY THE OTTA we FIELD-
NATURALISTS’ CLUB

By A. LaROCQUE

HIS LIST was prepared with two objects
sO in mind: first, to facilitate the finding of
Gey descriptions of new species in the pub-

= ications of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists’
Club; and second, to put before the members of
the Club and the public concrete evidence of its
service to Science in publishing original work of
the highest value.

The writer hopes that this list will save students
some labour by enabling them to find descriptions
of new species or genera without having to search
through the forty-odd indexes to separate volumes.

The present list covers descriptions of orders,
families, genera and species, changes of name and
redefinitions. The publications covered are the
following: -

Transactions of the Ottawa Field-Natural-
ists’ Club: 7 numbers, 2 volumes, 1879-1886.

The Ottawa Naturalist: 32 volumes,
1886-1919.
The Canadian Field-Naturalist: 12 vol-
umes, 1919-1931.
‘The following abbreviations are used:

Tr: Transactions of the
Ottawa Feld-Natural-
ists’ Club

Ott. Nat.: Ottawa Naturalist

CFN: Canadian Field-Natur-
alist

fig.: figured

nom. nov.: new name

nom. prov.: provisional name

dese. emend.: emended description

subsp. restit.: subspecies restituta

ord. nov.: new order

fam. nov.: new family

gen. nov.: new genus

Sp. nov.: new species

var. nov.: new variety —
subsp. nov.: new subspecies
comb. nov.: new combination
form. nov.: new form

*Indicates fossil

It was at first intended to give a reference to
the type specimen of each new species described,
the genotypes of each new genus and where they
were to be found. However, some of these new
species had been relegated to synonymy, type
specimens had been Jost or mislaid, sometimes no
holotype, and in some eases no genotype, had been
designated. It was finally decided to omit this
information as it could not be given for even 60%
of the species. os

The arrangement of this list is biological,
though not strictly in accordance with the latest
classifications. The convenience of students has
been kept in mind more than strict biological order.

INVERTEBRATA
RHIZOPODA

Raphidiophrys magna O’ Donoghue, nom.” prov.,
, CFN 35: 101, 1921

ANTHOZOA

*A phyllostylus Whiteaves, gen. nov., Ott. Nat. 18:
118, 1904-05, genotype: A. gracilis

December, 1931]

*Aphyllostylus gracilis Whiteaves, sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 18: 114, 1904-05 —

*Cyathophyllum dawsoni Lambe, sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 12: 239, 1898-99

*Cyathophyllum spenceri Lambe, sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 12: 238, 1898-99

*Lithostrotion macounii Lambe, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
12: 220, 1898-99

HYDROZOA

*Actinostroma inflectum Parks, sp. nov., Ott. Nat,
22: 27, 1908-09

*Stromatopora wilsoni Parks, sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 22:
28, 1908-09

SPONGIAE

Esperella bellabellensis Lambe, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 19: 14, 1905-06

Leucandra taylori Lambe, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
13: 261, 1899-1900

Spongilla johanseni Frank Smith, sp. nov., CFN
44: 184, 1930

GRAPTOLITOIDEA

*Ceramograptus ruedemanni Hudson, sp. nov., fig.,

Ott. Nat. 28: 129, 1914-15
ECHINODERMATA

*Amygdalocystites florealis var. levis W. R. Billings,
var. nov., fig., Tr. 4: 52, 1882-83

*Archzocrinus desideratus W. R. Bill., sp. nov.,
fig., Tr. 6: 249, 1884-85

*Calceocrinus furcillatus W. R. Bill., sp. nov., Ott.

' Nat. 1: 51, 1887-88

*Calceocrinus rugosus W. R. Bill., sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 1: 58, 1887-88

Cucumaria lissoplaca Clark, sp. nov., CFN 38: 55,

1924

Cucumaria trachyplaca Clark, sp. nov., CFN
38: 56, 1924

*Hostelleroidze Hudson, ord. nov., Ott. Nat. 26: 24,
1912-13

*Huspirocrinus obconicus W. R. Bill., sp. nov.

fig., p. 284, Tr. 6: 248, 1884-85

*Glaucocrinus Parks & Alcock, gen. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 26: 43, 1912-13 Genotype: G. falconeri

*Glaucocrinus falconert Parks & Alcock, sp. nov.,
fig., Ott. Nat. 26: 48, 1912-13

*Glyptocrinus circumcarinatus Parks & Alcock, sp.
nov., fig., Ott. Nat. 26: 45, 1912-13

*Heterocrinus bellevillensis W. R. Billings, sp. nov.,
fig., Tr. 4: 49, 1882-83

*Hybocystis eldonensis Parks, sp. nov.,fig., Ott. Nat.
21: 234, 1907-08

*Lebetodiscus chapmanit Raymond,sp.nov.,fig., Ott.
Nat. 29: 58, 1915-16

*Lebetodiscus inconditus Raymond, sp. nov., fig,
Ott. Nat. 29: 61, 1915-16

*Lebetodiscus loriformis Raymond, sp. nov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 29:56, 1915-16

THE CANADIAN FEILD-NATURALIST

215

*Lebetodiscus multibrachiatus Raymond, sp. nov.,
fig. Ott. Nat. 29: 60, 1915-16

*Lebetodiscus platys Raymond, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 29: 59, 1915-16

*Lebetodiscus youngi Raymond, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 29: 58, 1915-16

*Mariacrinus insuetus Raymond, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 26: 79, 1912-13

*Ottawacrinus W. R. Billings, gen. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 1: 49, 1887-88, Genotype: O. typus Bill.

*Ottawacrinus typus W. R. Billings, sp. nov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 1: 49, 1887-88

*Palzaster? wilsont Raymond, sp. nov.,fig.,Ott. Nat
26: 77, 1912-13

*Periglyptocrinus priscus Billings emend. Parks,
fig., Ott. Nat. 23: 153, 1909-10

*Porocrinus smithi Grant, sp. nov., fig., Tr. 2: 42,
1880-81

*Protopalzasteride Hudson, fam. nov., Ott. Nat.
26: 25, 1912-13

*Protopaleaster Hudson, gen. noyv., fig., Ott. Nat.
26:25, 1912-13, Genotype: P. narrawayi

*Protopalzaster narrawayt Hudson, sp. nov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 26: 25, 45, 1912-13

*Schenaster? montanus Raymond, sp.nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 26: 80, 1912-13

VERMES—HIRvUDINEA

Erpobdella punctata subsp. annulata Moore, subsp.
noy., CFN 36: 38, 1922

BRYOZOA
*Hallopora obliqua Mather, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
31: 86, 1917-18
*Hallopora varia Mather, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
31: 36, 1917-18

BRACHIOPODA

*Dalmanella jugosa subplicata Foerste, var. nov.,
fig., Ott. Nat. 381: 99, 1917-18

*Hoorthis ochus var. concentrina C. H. Kindle, var.
nov., fig., CFN 43: 145, 1929.

*Huenella jasperensis C. H. Kindle, sp. nov., fig.,
CFN 43: 146, 1929

*Plectambonites punctostriatus Mather, sp. nov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 81: 38, 1917-18

*Rafinesquina alternata varicosa Foerste, var. nov.
Ott. Nat. 31: 102, 1917-18

*Rafinesquina breviusculus Foerste, sp. nov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 31: 101, 1917-18

*Rafinesquina pergibbosa Foerste, sp. nov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 31: 101, 1917-18

*Strophomena parvula Foerste sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 31: 102, 1917-18

*Syntrophia convexra C. H. Kindle, sp. nov., fig.,
CFN 43: 146, 1929

*Trimerella borealis Whiteaves, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 16: 142, 1902-03

216

*Trimerella equanensis Whtvs, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 16: 141, 1902-03

*Zygospira recurvirostris turgida Foerste, var. nov.,
fig., Ott. Nat. 31: 103, 1917-18

PELECYPODA

*Arca punctifer Dawson, Ott. Nat. 10:44, 1896-7
changed to Arca puncticostata Dawson

*Calyptogena gibbera Crickmay, sp: nov., fig., CFN
43: 93, 1929

*Cardinia subangulata Dawson, Ott. Nat. 10: 44,
1896-97, changed to C. angulifera

*Clidophorus noquettensis Foerste, sp. nov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 31: 103, 1917-18

*Clionychia angusta Foerste, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 31: 121, 1917-18

*Clionychia gibbosa Whtvs, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
22: 109, 1908-09 i

*Clionychia ottawaensis Whtvs, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 22: 108, 1908-09

*Cyrena albertensis Whtvs, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
16: 231, 1902-03

*Gervillia stantont McLearn, sp. nov., fig., CFN
34: 55, 1920

*Matheria brevis Whtvs, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
17: 33, 1903-04

*Orthodesma antiquum Whtvs, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 22: 111, 1908-09

*Panenka canadensis Whtvs, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 15: 265, 1901-02

Pecten (Pseudamusium) vancouverensis Whiteaves,
sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat. 7: 138, 1893-94

*Rhytimya granulosa Wilson, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
29: 85, 1915-16

*Sowteria Whiteaves, gen. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
22:112, 1908-09, genotype: S. canadensis
(Raymond)

*Tellina dunveganensis McLearn, sp. nov., fig.,
CFN 34: 55, 1920

*Tellina (Moera) peaceriverensis McLearn, sp. nov.,
fig., CFN 34: 55, 1920

Unio borealis Gray, sp. nov., fig., Tr. 3: 538, 1881-82

*Unio nanaimoensis Whiteaves, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 14: 177, 1900-01

*Vanuxemia parvula Whiteaves, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 22: 111, 1908-09

GASTROPODA
*Archinacella kagawongensis Foerste, sp. nov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 31: 122, 1917-18
Lymnea iaurentiana Latchford, sp. nov., fig., CFN
40: 47, 1926
*Lophospira billingsensis Amil, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
13: 221, 1899-1900
*Lophospira occidentalis Wilson,
CFN 38: 151, 1924
1Probably nomen nudum. Amisays: ‘‘I venture to suggest
the name L. billingsensis for this species awaiting an oppor-

tunity of illustrating it and describing the same in a more
complete form.”

Sp.) Over hig,

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

*Palliseria Wilson, gen. nov., fig., CFN 38: 150,
1924, genotype: P. robusta

*Palliseria robusta Wilson, sp. nov., fig., CEFN
38: 150, 1924

Physa billingsii Heron, sp. nov., fig., Tr. 2: 62,
1880-31

CEPHALOPODA

*Actinoceras imperator Clark, sp. nov., fig., CFN
42: 188, 1924

*Barrandeoceras subcostulatum Whtvs., nom. prov.,
Ott. Nat. 12: 121, 1898-99

*Cardioceras canadense Whiteaves, nom. prov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 17: 66, 1903-04

*Cyrtoceras cuneatum Whiteaves desc. emend., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 20: 134, 1906-07

*Cyrtoceras quebecense Whtvs., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
12: 120, 1898-99

*Lytoceras (Gaudryceras) denmanense Whtvs.,
nom. prov., Ott. Nat. 15: 32, 1901-02

*Orthoceras beawportense Whiteaves, sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 12: 118, 1898-99

*Orthoceras hagersvillense Whtvs., sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 12: 126, 1898-99

*Orthoceras walpolense Whtvs., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
12: 125, 1898-99

*Orthoceras westoni Whtvs., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
12: 117, 1898-99

*Peltoceras occidentale Whtvs., sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 21: 81, 1907-08

*Stepheoceras nicolense Whtvs., SB. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 23: 23, 1909-10

*Tripleuroceras aaibeare Whtvs., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
12: 123, 1898-99

*Trochoceras insigne Whtvs., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
12: 124, 1898-99

TRILOBITA

*Acaste Goldf.-+Acaste Goldf. non Leach (as used
by Salter) =Dalmanitina Ott. Nat. 32:35,
1918-19

*Agnostus gladiator Clark, sp. nov., fig., CEFN
37: 124, 1923

*Agnostus innocens Clark, sp. nov., fig., CFN
87: 122, 1923

*Agnostus janet Clark, sp. nov., fig., CFN 387: 124,
1923

*Bathyurellus flabellus Bradley, sp. nov., fig., CFN
39: 5, 1925

*Bathyurus superbus Raymond, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat., 24: 129, 1910-11

*Cybele? pervetusta Bradley, sp. nov., fig., CFN
39: 8, 1925

*Dalmanitina Reed, redefined by McLearn, Ott.
Nat. 32: 31, 1918-19

*Dalmanitina logani var. conservatrix Mc Learn,
var. nov., Ott. Nat. 32: 33, 1918-19

Glockeria Wedekind—“‘found to be untenable”
Me Learn, Ott. Nat. 32:31, 1918-19

December, 1931]

*Goniodiscus Raymond, gen. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
27:102, 1913-14, genotype: Microdiscus
lobatus Hall

*Tsoteloides convexus Bradley, sp. nov., fig., CFN
39:7, 1925

*Isotelus arenicola Raymond, sp. nov., fig., Ott.

- Nat. 24: 130, 1910-11 :

*Letostegide Bradley, fam. nov., fig., CFN 39:6,
1925

*Lloydia amplimarginata Bradley, sp. nov., fig.,
CFN 39: 7, 1925

*Lloydia obscura Bradley, sp. nov., fig., CFN
39: 8, 1925

*Lloydia pinguis Bradley, sp. nov., fig., CFN 39: 8,
1925

*Pzxdeumias robsonensis Burling, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 30: 53, 1916-17

*Peronopsis barrandei Clark, sp. nov., fig., CFN

ai: 121, 1923

“Peronopsis marcoui Clark, sp. nov., fig., CFN
312121; 1923

*Petigurus subrectus Bradley, sp. nov., fig., CFN
39: 5, 1925

*Phacopidella Reed, redefined by McLearn, Ott.
Nat. 32: 31, 1918-19

*Phacopina Clark, placed in Dalmanitine by Mc-
Learn, Ott. Nat. 32: 38, 1918-19

*Phacops Emmrich, redefined by McLearn, Ott.
Nat. 32:31, 1918-19

*Phacops (Portlockia) marklandensis
sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 32:35, 1918-19

*Plethagnostus Clark, gen. nov., fig., CFN 37: 124,
1923, genotype: P. gyps,

*Plethagnostus gyps Clark, sp. nov., fig., CFN
37: 124, 1923

*Portlockia McCoy, emend, Mec Learn, Ott. Nat.
32: 34, 1918-19

*Strotactinus Bradley, gen. nov., fig., CFN 39: 8,
1925

*Symphysurina walcotti, C. H. Kindle, sp. nov.,
fig., CFN 48: 146, 1929

*Weymouthia Raymond, gen. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
27: 102, 1913-14, genotype: Agnostus? nobilis
Ford

McLearn,

COPEPODA

Argulus piperatus C. B. Wilson, sp. nov., fig.,
CFN 34: 149, 1920

OSTRACODA
*Bollia permarginata Foerste, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 31: 124, 1917-18
DECAPODA

Spirontocaris macrodonta Hart, sp. nov., fig., CFN
44: 102, 1930

ARACHNIDA

Analges longispinosus Tyrrell, sp. nov., fig., Tr.
3: 45, 1881-82

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

217

Analges tyranni Tyrrell, sp. nov., fig., Tr. 3: 45,
1881-82

Dimorphus albidus Tyrrell, sp. nov., fig., Tr. 3: 46,
1881-82

Pteronyssus fuscus Tyrrell, sp. nov., fig., Tr. 3: 48,
1881-82

Pteronyssus speciosus Tyrrell, sp. nov., fig., Tr.
3:47, 1881-82

INSECTA

Eupithecia fletcherata Taylor, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
20: 200, 1906-07

Eupithecia youngata Taylor, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
19:226, 1905-06

Rhabdophaga swainei Felt, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
28: 77, 1914-15

VERTEBRATA
PISCES

Gasterosteus bispinosus subsp. johanseni
subsp. nov., CFN 37: 147, 1923

*Kindleia Jordan, gen. nov., fig., CFN 41: 145,
1927, genotype: K. fragosa

*Kindleia fragosa Jordan, sp. nov., fig., CFN
41: 145, 1927

Leuciscus rubrilateralis Cox, sp. nov., fig., CFN
35: 66, 1921

*Palzospinax ejuncidus Lambe, nom. prov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 32: 28, 1918-19

REPTILIA

*Baéna pulchra Lambe, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
19: 189, 1905-06

*Boremys Lambe, gen. nov., Ott. Nat. 19: 232,
1905-06, genotype: Baéna pulchra Lambe

*Chasmosaurus Lambe, gen. noy., Ott. Nat.
27: 155, 1913-14, genotype: C. belli Lambe

*Cheneosaurus Lambe, gen. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
30:117, 1916-17, genotype: C. tolmanensis
Lambe

*Cheneosaurus tolmanensis Lambe., sp. nov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 30: 118, 1916-17

*Compsemys variolosus Cope put in Adocus by
Lambe, Ott. Nat. 15: 63, 1901-02

*Corythosaurus excavatus Gilmore, sp. nov., fig.
CFN 37: 46, 1923

*Edmontosaurus Lambe, gen. nov., fig., Ott. Nat..
31: 66, 1917-18, genotype: LE. regalis

*Edmontosaurus regalis Lambe, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 31: 66, 1917-18

*Huoplocephalus Lambe proposed instead of
Stereocephalus Lambe (preoccupied), Ott
Nat. 24: 151, 1910-11, genotype: EH. tutus

*Gorgosaurus Lambe, gen. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.,
28: 13, 1914-15, genotype: G. libratus

*Gorgosaurus libratus Lambe, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 28:18, 1914-15

*Gryposaurus Lambe, gen. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
27: 145, 1913-14, genotype: G. notabilis

Cox,

218

*Gryposaurus notabilis Lambe, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 27: 145, 1913-14

*Stephanosaurus Lambe, gen. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
28:17, 1914-15, genotype: S. marginatus

*Styracosaurus Lambe, gen. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
27: 110, 1913-14, genotype: S. albertensis

*Styracosaurus albertensis Lambe, sp. nov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 27: 110, 1913-14

*Testudo exornata Lambe, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
19: 187, 1905-06

*Testudo preextans Lambe, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
27: 61, 1913-14

*Trachodon marginatus Lambe, put in Stephano-
saurus, Ott. Nat. 28:17, 1914-15

AVES
Melanerpes erythrocephalus erythrophthalmus Ober-
holser, subsp. restit., CFN 33: 48, 1919
Peirochelidon albifrons hypopolia Oberholser, subsp.
nov., CFN 33: 95, 1919

MAMMALIA

*Arctotherium yukonense Lambe, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 25: 21, 1911-12

*Desmostylus sookensis Cornwall, sp. nov., fig.,
CFN 36: 122, 1922

Rangifer dawsonit Seton Thompson, sp. nov., fig.,
Ott. Nat. 18: 257, 1899-1900

Rangifer montanus Seton-Thompson,
Ott. Nat. 13: 129, 1899-1900

Sciuropterus sabrinus makkovikensis Sornborger,
subsp. nov., Ott. Nat. 14: 48, 1900-01

FOSSIL PLANTS

*Picea albertensis Penhallow, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 22: 82, 1908-09

“Sequoia albertensis Penhallow, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 22: 83, 1908-09

*Whittleseya brevifolia White, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 15: 104, 1901-02

*Whitileseya dawsoniana White, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 15: 105, 1901-02

*Whitileseya desiderata White, sp. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 15: 103, 1901-02

MODERN PLANTS |
LICHENES
Arthonia (Arthothelium) macounti Merrill, sp. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 28:36, 1914-15
Biatora (Biatorina) columbiana Merrill, sp. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 27: 119, 1913-14
Biatora (Biatorina) griffitht var. pacifica (Tuck)
Merrill, comb. nov., Ott. Nat. 27:119,
1913-14
Biatora (Biatorina) lenticularis (Ach.) forma ni-
gricans Arn., comb. nov., Ott. Nat. 28: 34,
1914-15
Biatora (Bilimbia) syncomista (Flk) Merrill, comb.
nov., Ott. Nat. 27: 120, 1913-14

sp. nov.,

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

Lecanora (Callopisma) atrosanguinea Merrill, sp.
nov., Ott. Nat. 27: 117, 1913-14

Lecanora exigua forma lecideoides (Crom.) Merrill,
comb. nov., Ott. Nat. 27: 118, 1913-14

Lecanora exigua forma pruinosa Merrill,
nov., Ott. Nat. 27: 118, 1913-14

Phlyctis speirea, Merrill, sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 27:
118, 1913-14

Xylographa micrographa Merrill, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
27: 121, 1913-14

MUSCI

Amblystegium spirophyllum Kindberg, sp. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 4: 64, 1890-91

Amblystegium tenuifolium Kindberg, sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 4: 65, 1890-91

Andresxa spaesinne Zett. var. sublevis Kindb.,
var. nov., Ott. Nat. 7:17, 1893-94

Anectangium canadense Kindberg, sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 14: 86, 1900-01

Anomodon platyphyllus Kinbd., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
7:19, 1893-94

Barbula subcuneifolia Kindberg, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
5: 196, 1891-92

Brachythecium cyrtophyllum Kindb., sp. nov.,
Nat. 4: 68, 1890-91

Brachythecium (Rutabula) laxirete Kindb., sp. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 23: 189, 1909-10

Brachythecium papillipes Kindb.,
Nat. 23: 189, 1909-10

Brachythecium rivulare Bruch Ms. X nove-bruns-
vicie Kindb., subsp. nov., Ott. Nat. 4: 63,
1890-91

Brachythecium velutinum curvirameum Kindb.,
subsp. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 189, 1909-10.

Bryum aurimontanum Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
23: 186, 1909-10 :

Bryum brachyneuron Kindb.,
5: 179, 1891-92

Bryum froudei Kindb., sp. noy., Ott. Nat. 5: 180
1891-92

Bryum glaciale Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat., 23: 187,
1909-10

Bryum intermedium (Ludw.) Brid. subsp. ovati-
foliwm Kindb., subsp. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 188,
1909-10

Bryum julaceum Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
23: 187, 1909-10

Bryum lowit Kindb.,
1909-10

Bryum macounii Kindb., nom. nov., Ott. Nat.
23: 185, 1909-10

Bryum microstegioides Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
14: 88, 1900-01

Bryum nano-cespiticium Kindb., sp. novy., Ott.
Nat. 23: 188, 1909-10

Bryum (Webera vel Pohlia) obtusatum Kindb., sp.
nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 185, 1909-10

form.

Ott.

sp. nov., Ott.

sp. nov., Ott. Nat...

sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 187,

December, 1931]

Bryum (Rhodobryum) ontariense Kindb., sp. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 2: 155, 1888-89

Bryum pallescens var. grande Kindb., var. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 23: 187, 1909-10

Bryum pendulum Schimp. X cylindricum Kindb.,
subsp. nov., Ott. Nat., 4: 62, 1890-91

Bryum pendulum *longipes Kindberg, Ott. Nat.
23: 185, 1909-10

Bryum pendulum Schimp. *nanum Kindb., Ott.
Nat. 23: 184, 1909-10

Bryum (Webera) pseudo-carneum Kindb., sp. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 14: 88, 1900-01

Bryum submicans Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
23: 186, 1909-10

Bryum subneodamense Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
23: 187, 1909-10

Bryum subpercurrentinerve Kindb., sp. nov., Ott.
Nat, 23: 185, 1909-10

Calliergon subgiganteum Kindb., sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 14: 80, 1900-01

Calliergon trifarium (Web. et Mohr) subsp. api-
culatum Kindb., subsp. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 190,
1909-10

Camptothecium nitens var. leucobasis Kindb., var.
nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 138, 1909-10.

Campthothecium nitens var. microtheca Kindb.,
var. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 1388, 1909-10

Ceratodon heterophyllus Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
5: 179, 1891-92

Desmatodon cernuus B. & 8. var. canthopus Kindb.,
var. nov., Ott. Nat., 4:61, 1890-91

Dicranella cerviculatula Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
5: 195, 1891-92, 7:18, 1893-94

Dicranella polaris Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
5: 195, 1891-92, 7: 17, 1893-94

Dicranoweisia obliqua Kindb., sp. noy., Ott. Nat.
5: 195, 1891-92, 7: 17, 1893-94

Dicranum drummondii Bland var. trachyneuron
Kindb., Ott. Nat. 4:61, 1890-91

Dicranum rugosum Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
4: 61, 1890-91

Dicranum rugosum rugulosum Kindb., var. nov..
Ott. Nat. 4: 61, 1890-91

Dicranum scopariforme Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
2: 154, 1888-89

Dicranum stenodictyon Kindb., sp.

Nat. 2: 155, 1888-89

Didymodon badenpowelli Kindb., sp. noy.,Ott.Nat.
5: 179, 1891-92

Encalypta rhabdocapra Schwaeg. var. leiomitra
Kindb., var. nov., Ott. Nat. 4: 61, 1890-91

Eurhynchium glaciale Kindb., var. angustifolium
Kindb., var. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 188, 1909-10

Eurhynchium pseudo-serrulatum Kindb., sp. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 7: 22, 1893-94

Eurhynchium revelstokense Kindb., sp. nov., Ott
Nat. 7: 22, 1893-94

noy., Ott.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

219

Eurhynchium rusciforme (Weis.) Milde var. ob-
tusum Kindb., var. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 190,
1909-10

Eurhynchium serrulatum *ericense Kindb., Ott.
Nat. 7: 22, 1893-94

Eurhynchium serrulatum hispidifolium Kindb., Ott.
Nat. 7: 22, 1893-94

Eurhynchium subintegrifolium Kindb., sp. nov.,
Ott. Nat., 7:21, 1893-94

Eurhynchium subscabridum Kindb., sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 7: 21, 1893-94

Grimmia subflaccida Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
14: 85, 1900-01

Homalothecium corticolum Kindb., sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 2: 156, 1888-89

Hypnum (Drepanium) alaskez Kindb., sp. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 7: 23, 1893-94

Hypnum exannulatum Guembel X H. pseudolyco-
podioides Kindb., Ott. Nat. 14: 82, 1900-01

Hypnum imponentiforme Kindb., sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 14: 83, 1900-01

Hypnum (Drepanocladus) jamesit-macountt Kindb.
sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 189, 1909-10

Hypnum (Harpidium) moseri Kindb., sp. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 4: 65, 1890-91

Hypnum pseudo-circinnale Kindb., sp, nov., Ott,
Nat. 14: 88, 1900-01

Isothecium (?) dawsoni Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
4: 64, 1890-91

Tsothecium myosuroides *brevinerve Kindb., Ott.
Nat. 7: 20, 1893-94

Isothecium myosuroides *hylocomioides Kindb.,
Ott. Nat. 7: 20, 1893-94

Leptotrichum (Ditrichum) tomentosum Kindb., sp.
nov., Ott. Nat. 7:18, 1893-94

Leskea moseri Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 7:19,
1893-94

Leskea nervosa Myrin var. flagellifera Kindb., sp.
nov., Ott. Nat., 4: 63, 1890-91

Leskea nigrescens Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
2: 155, 1888-89

Mesoptychia (Lindb.) Evans, gen. nov., fig., Ott.
Nat. 17: 15, 1903-04

Mnium blyttii var. microphyllum Kindb., var. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 23: 184, 1909-10

Mnium glabrescens Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
7:18, 1893-94

Orthotrichum affine Schrad. subsp. subrivale Kindb.,
subsp. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 190, 1909-10

Philonotis fontana (L.) Brid. var. microthamnia
Kindb., var. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 183, 1909-10

Physcomitrium strangulatum Kindb., sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 4: 62, 1890-91

Platygyrium repens Bruch & Schimp. var. ortho-
clados Kindb., var. nov., Ott. Nat. 2: 156,
1888-89

220

Polytrichum (Pogonatum) alpinum Roehl., var.
microdontium Kindb., var. nov., Ott. Nat.
5: 180, 1891-92

Pseudoleskea atricha Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
7:20, 1893-94

Pylaisia oubani Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 2: 156,
1888-89

Racomitrium fasciculare Brid. var. haplocladon
Kindberg, var. nov., Ott. Nat. 7: 18, 1893-94

Rhaphidostegium pseudo-recurvans Kindb., sp. nov.
Ott. Nat. 7: 23, 1893-94

Rhynchostegium aneuron Kindb., sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 4: 64, 1890-91

Seligeria subcampylopoda Kindb.,
23: 142, 1909-10

Tetraplodon urceolatus (Brid.) B. & S. *T. submnio-
ides Kindb., Ott. Nat. 23: 141, 1909-10

Thelia compacta Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 4: 62,
1890-91

Thuidium abietinum *pachycladon Kindb., Ott.
Nat. 7: 20, 1893-94

Thuidium lignicola Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
4: 63, 1890-91

Thuidium (Elodium) pseudo-abietinum Kindb.
sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 7:20, 1893-94

Webera canaliculata C. M. & Kindb. var. micro-
carpa Kindb., var. nov., Ott. Nat. 5: 179,
1891-92

Webera fontana Kindb., sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 4: 62,
1890-91

Ott. Nat.

MONOCOTYLEDONEZ

Allium cernuum Roth. f. alba Henry, form. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 31: 56, 1917-18

Allium watsoni Howell, nom. nov., Ott. Nat.
31: 57, 1917-18

Arctophila brizoides Holm., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 88, 1902-03

Arctophila chrysantha Holm., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.

16: 84, 1902-03

Arctophila gracilis Holm., sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 83, 1902-03

Camassia quamash Green form. albiflora Henry,
form. nov., Ott. Nat. 31:57, 1917-18

Sisyrhynchium idahoense Bicknell, var. birameum
(Piper), comb. nov., Ott. Nat. 31: 58, 1917-18

DICOTYLEDONEA

Actza asplenifolia Green, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 35, 1902-03

Actxa californica Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 36, 1902-03

Actza caudata Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 16: 35,
1902-03

Amesia latifolia (All.) N. & McB. f. variegata
(Webster) Mousley, comb. nov., fig., CFN
Ab aile aSyArl

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

Amesia rubiginosa (Crantz) Mousley, comb. noyv.,
fig., CFN 41:2, 1927 -

Anemone cairnesiana Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
25: 146, 1911-12

Anotites picta Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 19: 156,
1905-06

Antennaria acuminata Greene, sp. nov., Ott Nat.
17: 202, 1903-04

Antennaria athabascensis Greene, sp. noy., Ott.
Nat. 19: 197, 1905-06

Antennaria callilepis Greene, sp. noy., Ott. Nat.
17: 201, 1903-04

Antennaria chlorantha Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
18: 38, 1904-05, 20: 72, 1906-07

Antennaria erigeroides Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
20: 72, 1906-07

Antennaria eximia Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
20: 71, 1906-07

Antennaria glabrata (J. Vahl) Porsild, sp. nov.,
Ott. Nat. 28: 89, 1914-15

Antennaria grenlandica Porsild, nom. nov., Ott.
Nat. 28: 89, 1914-15

Antennaria Soooinaahe (Rosenvinge) Porsild, sp.
nov., Ott. Nat. 28: 89, 1914-15

Antennaria isolepis Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
25: 41, 1911-12

Antennaria lanulosa Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
18: 38, 1904-05

Antennaria maculata Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
18: 39, 1904-05

Antennaria modesta Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
20: 72, 1906-07

Antennaria neodioica Greene, var. gaspensis Fer-
nald, var. nov., Ott. Nat. 19: 156, 1905-06

Antennaria nitens Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
25: 42, 1911-12

Antennaria sansonii Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
18: 87, 1904-05

Antennaria sedoides Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
18: 37, 1904-05

Antennaria stenolepis Greene, sp. noy., Ott. Nat.
17: 201, 1903-04

Arnica aprica Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 15: 280,
1901-02

Arnica aspera Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 15: 281,
1901-02

Arnica cana Greene, Ca for A. incana
Greene, preoccupied, Ott. Nat. 15: 282,
1901-02

Arnica confinis Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat., 15: 281

Arnica crocina Greene, proposed for A. crocea,
untenable, Ott. Nat. 15: 282, 1901-02

Arnica evermannii Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
23: 215, 1909-10

Arnica falconaria Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
23: 215, 1909-10

December, 1931]

Arnica lactucina Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
23: 214, 1909-10

Arnica levigata Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 15: 279,
1901-02

Arnica louiseana Farr., sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 20: 109,
1906-07

Arnica rubricaulis Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
23: 2138, 1909-10

Arnica sororia Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 213,
1909-10

Arnica stricta Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 214,
1909-10

Aster carteriana Henry, sp. nov., Ott. Nat., 31: 57,
1917-18

Aster linartifolius L. var. victorinitt Fernald, var.
nov., fig., Ott. Nat. 28: 156, 1914-15

Aster microlonchus Greene, sp. nov., Ott, Nat.
15: 278, 1901-02

Aster puniceus var. oligocephalus Fernald, var.
nov., Ott. Nat. 13: 105, 1899-1900

Berberis brevipes Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
15: 42, 1901-02

Carduus macounit Greene, sp. noy., Ott. Nat.
16: 38, 1902-03

Cerastium alsophilum Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 37, 1902-03

Cerastium nitidum Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 37, 1902-03

Cerastium subulatum Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 36, 1902-03 ©
Cnicus muticus (Mithx) Pursh. var. monticola

Fernald, var. nov., Ott. Nat. 19: 166, 1905-06

Delphinium Paneer Greene, sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 16: 36, 1902-03

Dryas tomentosa Farr., sp. nov., Ott. Nat. 20: 110,
1906-07

Erigeron acutatus Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 38, 1902-03

Erigeron obtusatus Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 38, 1902-03

Erigeron philadelphicus L. var. glabra Henry,
var. nov., Ott. Nat. 31:57, 1917-18

Fragaria latiuscula Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
18: 216, 1904-05

Fragaria retrorsa Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
18: 216, 1904-05

Gentiana macounii Holm, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
15: 110, 179, 1901-02

Gentiana nesophila Holm, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
15: 111, 180, 1901-02

Gentiana procera Holm, sp. nov., fig., Ott. Nat.
15: 111, 179, 1901-02

Gnaphalium macounit Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
15: 278, 1901-02

Gnaphalium proximum Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
15: 279, 1901-02

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

221

Hieracium albertinum Farr, sp. nov., Ott. Nat-
20: 109, 1906-07

Lappula anoplocarpa Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 39, 1902-03

Malus macounit Greene,
18: 215, 1904-05

Melanidion Greene, gen. nov., Ott. Nat. 25: 146
1911-12

Melanidion boreale Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
25: 146, 1911-12

Oenothera agari Gates, sp. nov., fig., CFN 41: 24,
1927

Oenothera eriensis Gates, sp. nov., fig., CFN 41: 26,
1927

Pachystima krautteri Farr, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
20: 108, 1906-07

Pachystima macrophyllum Farr, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
20: 107, 1906-07

Pachystima myrsinites Farr, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
20: 107, 1906-07

Pachystima scheffert Farr, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
20: 108, 1906-07

Pentastemon gormani Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 39, 1902-03

Ranunculus apetalus Farr, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
20: 110, 1906-07

Ranunculus cardiopetalus Greene, sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 16: 32, 1902-03

Ranunculus hirtipes Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 32, 1902-03

Ranunculus intertextus Greene, sp. nov.,
16: 33, 1902-03

Ranunculus octopetalus Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 338, 1902-03

Ranunculus rudis Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
16: 338, 1902-03.

Ribes divaricatum X R. lobbit Henry, CFN 33: 94,
1919

Rosa gymnocarpa Nutt X R. nutkana Presl., Ott.
Nat. 29: 78, 1915-16

Salix interior pedicellata (Anderson) Ball, comb.
noy., CRN 40: 175, 1926

Senecio balsamitez var. thomsoniensis Greenman,
var. noy., Ott. Nat. 25: 116, 1911-12

Senecio burkei Greenman, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
25: 114, 1911-12

Senecio canus Hook, var. acreus Greenman, var.
nov., Ott. Nat. 25: 118, 1911-12

Senecio crepidineus Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
15: 250, 1901-02

Senecio dileptiifolius Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
15: 251, 1901-02

Senecio manitobensis Greenman, sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 25: 117, 1911-12

Senecio multnomensis Greenman, sp. nov., Ott.
Nat. 25: 115, 1911-12

sp. nov., Ott. Nat.

?

Ott. Nat.

222

Senecio prionophyllus Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
15: 250, 1901-02

Senecio willingit Greenman, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
25: 117, 1911-12

Solidago chrysolepis Fernald, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
19: 168, 1905-06

Stellaria subvestita Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
15: 42, 1901-02

Thalictrum alpinum var. gaspense Greene, var.
nov., Ott. Nat. 23:18, 1909-10

Thalictrum alpinum var. microspermum Greene,
var. nov., Ott. Nat. 23: 18, 1909-10

Thalictrum alpinum var. nesioticum Greene, var.
noy., Ott. Nat. 23:19, 1909-10

Thalictrum alpinum var. pudicum Greene, var.
nov., Ott. Nat. 23:19, 1909-10

Thalictrum dioicum var. adiantinum Greene, var.
nov., Ott. Nat. 23:39, 1909-10

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL.. XLV

Thalictrum dioicum var. huronense Greene, var,
noy., Ott. Nat. 23:39, 1909-10 }

Thalictrum dioicum var. langfordit Greene, var.
nov., Ott. Nat. 23:40, 1909-10

Thalictrum glaucodeum Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
24: 54, 1910-11

Thalictrum labradoricum Greene, sp. noy., Ott.
Nat. 24: 58, 1910-11

Thalictrum leucocrinum Greene, sp. noy., Ott.
Nat. 24: 29, 1910-11

Thalictrum terre-nove Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
24: 52, 1910-11

Thalictrum tortuosum Greene, sp. noy., Ott. Nat.
24: 54, 1910-11

Thalictrum zibellinum Greene, sp. nov., Ott. Nat.
24: 30, 1910-11

Veronica americana L. forma rosea Henry, f. nov.
Ott. Nat. 31: 56, 1917-18

Viola leucopetala Greene, sp. noy., Ott. Nat.
15: 191, 1901-02

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE KNOWLEDGE OF EXTREME NORTH-EASTERN
LABRADOR
By BERNHARD HANTZSCH

‘*Beitrage zur Kenntnis des nordéstlichten Labradors,
von Bernhard Hantzsch, Mitteilungen des Vereins fiir Erd-
kunde zu Dresden, Dresden, Volume 8, 1909, pp. 158-229.
Volume 9, 1909, pp. 245-320.

(Translated from the original German text in the Library
of Congress, Washington, D.C., by M. B. A. Anderson, M.A:,
Ottawa, 1928.)

Original pagination given in the text.

(Continued from Page 198)

HE ROCK material under discussion was
collected by Mr. B. Hantzsch, Dresden-
Plauen, on his expedition to extreme
north-eastern Labrador in 19062, and
given to the writer for examination. Since the

only previous geological investigation of the

northern coastal region of Canada had been in
the form of reconnaissance excursions from ships,
it seemed that a somewhat more detailed petro-
graphic description of the rocks collected might
be of value even if the specimens came from only

a restricted area. To Mr. Hantzsch must be

credited all the data concerning the manner of
occurrence of the different varieties of rock and

I also wish to express my sincere thanks to him
for his continued co-operation in the assembling
of this material.

On the geological map of the north-eastern part

1 Untersuchung einiger Gesteine aus dem nord6stlichsten
Labrador.

2 Compare the preceding work: B. Hantzsch, Beitriége zur
Kenntnis des nordéstlichsten Labradors, No. 8, p. 186.

building movements.

of Canada’, the extreme north-eastern tip of
Labrador situated beyong the 60th degree of
latitude has been described as consisting entirely
of crystalline schists; the different rocks of this
geological complex are certainly, however, very
unlike both as regards their age and origin. This
view was expressed by A. P. Low! in his descrip-
tion of the geology of the coastal region situated
farther west in the southern part of Hudson
Strait and in the west and south of Ungava Bay
where the rocks belong to the same geological
complex as those of the region under discussion.
(Pez

According to Low (p. 30) there are among the
rocks of this region some very ancient ones which
are apparently parts of the old Archean complex.
Intrusive into these is a somewhat younger granite
which is, however, far older than the sedimentary
rocks from Labrador to be described later and
which are placed provisionally in the Cambrian.
These in their turn were metamorphosed by still
later granites into gneiss-like masses at the
contacts with the intrusive, and finally these
granites were altered by pressure and mountain-
Since all the gneisses of

3 Compare geological map of the northeastern part of the
Dominion of Canada to illustrate the cruise of the D.G.C.
Neptune to Hudson Bay and the Arctic Islands by A. P. Low,
1: 3168000, 1905.

4A. P. Low, Report on an Exploration of Part of the south
shore of Hudson Strait and of Ungava, Geological Survey of
Canada, Ottawa, 1899.

December, 1931]

different types and origin, and the gneiss-like
rocks are very similar to one another in both
appearance and composition, no separation of
Archzan and Cambrian formations was attempted
by A. P. Low, since this would have been possible
in only a few places where contacts are exposed.*
Analogous relations appear to prevail in this region.
The differences in the chemical composition of the
rocks from. here due to differences in origin are
apparent from the fact that in addition to gneisses
which are more or less similar to the granites in
mineral composition and structure and which
were clearly formed by pressure there are peg-
matites with decided banding and also amphi-
bolites, graywacke, dolomite and dolomitic lime-
stone. For the sake of completeness it may be
observed that quartz veins were observed at many
places in the gneisses by Mr. Hantzsch which may
eventually be of importance on account of the
possible occurrence in them of rare or useful
minerals.

In the following account the different types of
rock will be discussed according to the places
where they are found. These may be located by
referring to the works of Hantzsch.

I. NEW PLAUEN ISLAND.

Number 1 rock consists of quartz, orthoclase,
plagioclase (oligoclase), biotite, muscovite in less
amounts than the biotite, garnet in some rather
large grains, magnetite, pyrite, some apatite and
zircon.

Under the microscope the rock appears to have
suffered pressure. A somewhat vague parallel
structure is produced by the alternation of reddish
and gray stripes. An original parallel structure is
also faintly indicated in the specimen by a similar
arrangement of small biotite flakes.

Number 2 shows veins in the gneiss and cone
sists of alternating bands of pale reddish feldspar,
quartz and small amounts of biotite. The parallel
structure of this coarsely grained rock corresponds
in this specimen with that of the borderingmedium-
grained biotite gneiss.

While the two last mentioned rocks occur in
place the third, a schist, is an erratic block which
was probably transported by ice to the plateau
which lies about 100 metres above sea-level. The
plateau appears to be bevelled off where the
rock was found. Under the microscope fine-
grained feldspathic bands of reddish colours are
seen to alternate with grayish coloured bands which
have an abundance of mica.

*The rocks described as of probable Cambrian age are now
believed to be late Precambrian. ‘They are younger than the
granites of the region. They are cut by basic intrusives and
are gently folded and faulted but it has not yet been definitely
proved that they are cut by any granites or that they are
metamorphosed anywhere into gneisses.—F.J.A.

1

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

223

The rock contains the same minerals as does
No. 1 and in addition clinozoisite. A division
into red or muscovite gneiss and gray or biotite
gneiss as is the case in the Saxon mountain region
cannot be perceived in this region.

No. 4and No. 5. Amphibolite (in place) shows
under the microscope an irregular banding in one
specimen (4) and in the second (5) a platy cleav-
age. Both varieties are fine-grained but under
the microscope a spotted gabbroid structure is to
be observed. Hornblende of irregular outline
and with a strong pleochroism (X =light yellow,
Y=brown, Z= brown-green to blue-green) com-
prises the chief mass of the rocks, as much as
three-quarters in a section. The basic plagioclase
(labradorite) forms compact individual crystals,
no fine-grained mosaic. In the platy variety, it is
partly altered into prismatic clinozoisite and
seriated and carbonitized aggregates. Garnet is
present only in the platy variety, biotite only in
the irregularly grained variety. In addition
pyrite, magnetite, apatie and quartz are present
in subordinate amounts. The effect of pressure
is apparent in the faintly undulatory extinction
and the irregularly spotted leaf-like character of
the feldspar. [P. 233].

No. 6 is a granulated graywacke which is quite
different from the gneisses and amphibolites.
Whether this is found in place on the island is
not known but it is said to occur in large quan-
tities and at the place where it was collected it is
present in such large amounts that it appears to
occur there in situ. The small angular grains of
quartz, plagioclase, orthoclase, and also some
carbonate, magnetite and perhaps even carbon,
are cemented together by a small amount of matrix
which consists of biotite, muscovite, and chlorite.

II.—_-OPERNGEVIK

No. 7. Amphibolite with good banded struc-
ture formed by the alternation of white bands of
about a centimetre thickness with others in which
plagioclase and black hornblende predominate.
The plagioclase is between oligoclase and ande-
sine; together with the somewhat sparse amounts
of hornblende (pleochroism: X=light yellow,
Y =brown green, Z=blue green) it composes the
chief constituent of the rock. In addition there
are present, titanite, clinozoisite with inclined
extinction, and some epidote; also accessory
biotite, garnet, quartz, pyrite, magnetite and
apatite. In the specimen excellent augen struc-
ture is shown by the plagioclase and hornblende
and also by clinozoisite in combination with a
mosaic of these two minerals. In addition the
plagioclase shows strong undulatory extinction
and other pressure phenomena.

224

No. 8 is a massive, coarse-grained amphibolite
which does not occur in place but lies on the
preceding rock in loose blocks together with
quartzite. The hornblende which comprises most
of the rock is unusually fresh and pure and besides
the prismatic cleavage shows another parallel to
(101) which appears as fine lines of fracture in the
specimen. There are present in small amounts,
brown biotite, apatite in rounded anhedrons, some
quartz and pyrite. [P. 234].

III.—_SNOW BAY

No. 9. Biotite-gneiss (found in place). White
quartz-feldspar bands and black biotite ones
alternate. The former are irregular, the latter
show a pronounced parallel arrangement of the
biotite crystals. In addition to the quartz, the
small amounts of orthoclase, the different plagio-
clases (oligoclase, andesine, and labradorite), and
brown biotite, there are also present, garnet where
the biotite is abundant, magnetite and apatite
With the large feldspar individuals are associated
some fine-grained feldspar intergrowths arranged
in an irregular fashion without producing any
parallel structure.

No. 10. Hornblend-gneiss. Thin bands not
much over one millimetre in thickness of flesh-
coloured feldspar alternate with dark green horn-
blendic streaks. In places the rock is traversed
by zones marked by viridite. This gneiss was
found near the sea but in rather large quantities
so that it could have hardly been transported from
another place. The chief minerals in the speci-
men are orthoclase, plagioclase, and hornblende
the last including a compact green variety without
crystal outlines (X =yellow, Y =green, Z=bluish-
green), which is in places altered into fibre-like
aggregates of a pale green hornblende and also a
sporadic compact blue variety (Z=colourless to
yellowish, Y =greenish-blue, Z=blue). The rock
has evidently been metamorphosed; the feldspars
occur in two forms, first as large individuals which
look gray and altered and second as clear colour-
less material which surrounds, replaces, and even
interlaces along old fissures, the altered feldspar,
and which is optically orientated with it. There
is also an abundance of secondary material;
chlorite of different varieties formed from horn-
blende, pale green epidote, carbonate in part in
the rock matrix, in part in veinlets, white mica, a
doubtful mineral in tabular isotropic sections

somewhat like muscovite, and finally rather -

abundant pyrite, some magnetite and titanite.

IV.—PORT BURWELL

No. 11. Hypersthene-hornblende-gneiss (in
place). Feldspathic bands of brownish yellow to

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

greenish-gray colour alternate with darker bands
whose minerals show a somewhat parallel arrange-
ment. The plagioclase is namely andesine, partly
acid, partly basic; orthoclase was not found.
Quartz appears in relatively large crystals.
Hypersthene forms small round grains with pleo-
chroism X=bright red, Y =yellowish, Z=bright
green; the hornblende which occurs in somewhat
smaller amounts shows X=bright yellow, Y=
deep brown-green to green-brown, Z=brownish
green. Subordinate amounts of brown biotite in
flakes, a black mineral apparently titaniferous
magnetite, yellow iron pyrite, apatite, zircon,
probably titanite, and secondary carbonate,
chlorite, tale and serpentine also occur.

No. 12 is a yellowish-grey dolomite, hardness
No. 4 (it is used by the natives as a whetstone).
Chemically it is calcium-magnesium carbonate,
almost free of iron and with only a small residue
insoluble in hydrochloric acid. Under the mi-
croscope the rock is seen to consist only of small
grains of dolomite less than .1 mm. in diameter
aside from some brown-black material which
colours it. Distinct rhomboid outlines are in
places visible particularly in the cavities which
have been weathered out. This dolomite was
not found in place but occurs in loose blocks above
an outcrop of gneiss.

No. 13. Dolomitic limestone, compact, of light
gray colour and not as hard as No. 12. It was
found as fragments in a fiord near Killinek. In
the specimen some rather large carbonate grains
occur in a fine-grained darker carbonate ground
mass.

V.—TAKPANGAJAK

No. 14. Coarse-grained pegmatite in veins
cutting gneiss in place. The irregularly banded
rock is composed of flesh-coloured to brick-red
orthoclase, quartz and biotite. The plagioclase
consists of oligoclase and andesine. Its distinc-
tive colour is probably due to the presence of a
volatile substance. After being heated in a test
tube to a red glow, the brown colour disappeared
leaving a spotted mixture of smoky black and un-
coloured portions, while the orthoclase kept its
colour afterwards. Plagioclase and orthoclase
are distributed unevenly throughout the rock, the
former being lacking in some places, the latter in
others. In a specimen free of orthoclase, quartz
and plagioclase formed excellent graphic inter-
growths, a feature I have not found described in
the literature.

(To be continued)

December, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

225

AN ANNOTATED LIST OF VASCULAR PLANTS COLLECTED ON THE
NORTH SHORE OF THE GULF OF ST. LAWRENCE, 1927-1928
By HARRISON F. LEWIS

(Continued from Page 204)

ARACEA
Calla palustris L.

The Bluff Harbour, August 1, 1927, border
of pond on big island. Observed also at Wat-
shishu, Natashquan, and Kegaska. Recorded
by St. John from “‘Natashkwan” only. Range
extension, 56 miles E.

LEMNACEAt
Lemna minor L.

Kegaska, August 14, 1928, surface of small
pond on Green Island. Found also on one
other of several small ponds on the same island,
but not observed elsewhere. Recorded by St.
John from ponds on two small islands near
Romaine, which is 25 miles east of Kegaska.

ERIOCAULACEA
Eriocaulon septangulare With.

Mingan, August 31, 1928, muddy bed of
shallow, dried-up pond.

JUNCACEA
Juncus bufonius L.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, damp pond
margin. St. John treats this as an introduced
species, but near Natashquan it is abundant
about ponds and damp hollows among sand
dunes two or three miles from settlement and
has every appearance of being indigenous.

Juncus trifidus L.

St. Augustin, August 20, 1927, rocky crest on
Little Rigolet Island. Blane Sablon, June 28,
1927, low, wet sand.

Juncus Vaseyt Engelm.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, damp pond

margin and damp track in sand dunes.
Juncus filiformis L.

Wolf Bay, August 13, 1927, dooryard at head
of bay. La Tabatiére July 21, 1928, border of
shaded path in coniferous woods.

Juncus balticus Willd., var. littoralis Engelm.

Natashquan, August 7, 1927, sandy roadway
and fresh marsh by Little Natashquan River.
The Bluff Harbour, August 1, 1927, fresh marsh
on big island. Lake Island, July 29, 1927,
marsh near shore. Pointe au Maurier, July
13, 1927, mussel-shell beach near tide mark.

Juncus balticus Willd., var. melanogenus Fernald
& Wiegand.
Anse des Dunes, June 28, 1927, sandy hollow.

Juncus brevicaudatus (Engelm.) Fernald.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, damp foot-
path. Romaine, August 11, 1928, wet river-
bank.

Juncus pelocarpus Meyer.

Natashquan, August 18, 1928, dried-up pond
bed.

Juncus albescens (Lange) Fernald.

Lourdes de Blane Sablon, August 26, 1927,
muddy depression. Recorded by St. John as
Juncus triglumis L.

Luzula parviflora Desv., var. melanocarpa (Michx.)
Buchenau.

Betchewun, August 26, 1298, damp clearing.
Anse des Dunes, June 28, 1927, sandy bank of
brook.

Luzula confusa Lindeb.

Mt. Cartier, July 22, 1929, slope near summit

of mountain, at elevation of about 1250 feet.
Luzula spicata (L.) DC.

Blane Sablon, July 17, 1929, near foot-path,
west side of river.

Luzula campestris (L.) DC., var. multiflora (Ehrh.)
Celak.

Wolf Bay, July 31, 1927, damp, rich soil on
the island called ‘‘The Black Land’’.

Luzula campestris (L.) DC., var. frigida Buchenau.

Mingan, August 30, 1928, sand flat beside
Mingan River. St. Augustin Island, July 19,
1928, open, mossy bank. Bradore Bay, June
25, 1927, loamy turf on calcareous sandstone,
and June 28, 1927, wet lakeside on calcareous
sandstone. Anse des Dunes, June 28, 1927,
sandy bank of brook.

LILIACEA
Tofieldia minima (Hill) Druce.

St. Charles Island, August 27, 1928, top of

limestone shingle beach.
Tofieldia glutinosa (Michx.) Pers.

St. Charles Island, August 27, 1928, fresh

marsh beside marl bog.
Zigadenus elegans Pursh.

Ste. Genevieve Island, August 23, 1928,
shallow turf near shore. Recorded by St. John
as Zigadenus chloranthus Richardson.

*Allium Schoenoprasum L., var. sibiricum (L.)
Hartm.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, grassy clearing.

Possibly introduced.
Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Raf.
Betchewun, August 26, 1928, dense coniferous

226

woods. Kegaska River (mouth), June 25, 1928,
face of turfy, sandy bank facing the sea. Main-
land west of Net Island, Old Fort Archipelago,
July 5, 1927, clearing among woods in brook
valley. In 1928 first seen in bloom near mouth
of Kegaska River on June 23.

Smilacina stellata (L.) Desv.

Kegaska River (mouth), June 23, 1928, sandy,
open land above beach. Pointe au Maurier
July 18, 1927, mussel-shell beach, near tide
mark. Bradore Bay, June 29, 1927, grassy
crest of sand beach. In 1928 first seen in bloom
near mouth of Kegaska River on June 23.

Smilacina trifolia (L.) Desv.

Kegaska River (mouth), August 3, 1927, in 3
inches of water in shallow pool in rock. Wa-
shikuti, June 9, 1928, damp hollow. La Taba-
tiére, July 7, 1927, wooded bank near shore.
Bradore Bay, June 30, 1927, bushy sphagnum
bog.

Maianthemum canadense Desf.

La Tabatiére, July 21, 1928, in moss in coni-
ferous woods.

Streptopus amplexifolius (L.) DC.

St. Mary Islands, July 22, 1927, mossy
ravine on eastern island.

*Streptopus oreopolus Fernald (S. amplexifolius
(L.) DC. x roseus Michx.)

Mutton Bay, July 9, 1927, basaltic dyke
ravine, near brook. Recorded from “‘ile Nue,
archipel de Mingan” by Frére Marie-Victorin
(1929a).

Sireptopus roseus Michx.

Kegaska River (mouth), June 23, 1928, sandy
open land above beach. Mutton Bay, July 9,
1927, basaltic dyke ravine. Blane Sablon,
June 28, 1927, river bank, east side of Blanc
Sablon River.

IRIDACEA
Tris versicolor L.

St. Mary Islands, July 22, 1927, border of
rivulet on eastern island. La Tabatiére, July
21, 1928, meadow at head of cove. Observed
in bloom at Natashquan on June 27, 1928.

Tris setosa Pall., var. canadensis Foster.

Wapitagun, July 15, 1927, turfy hilltop on
island. St. Mary Islands, July 22, 1927, turfy
slope on middle island. Observed in bloom at
Natashquan on June 28, 1928.

Sisyrinchium angustifolium Mill.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, damp pond
margin. Kegaska, August 14, 1928, turf near
shore on Green Island. Observed also at
Thunder River. Recorded by St. John as
“Occasional as far east as Natashquan’’.
Range extension 25 miles H.

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

ORCHIDACE

Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb.
Betchewun, August 25, 1928, dry hillside.
Cypripedium acaule Ait.

Baie Johan Beetz, August 22, 1928, dry, open
hillside.

Orchis rotundifolia Pursh.

St. Charles Island, August 2, 1930, talus
below limestone cliff.

Habenaria hyperborea (L.) R.Br.

Blane Sablon, July 11, 1928, wet slope of
steep bank, east side of river. The only certain
records given by St. John are for “Mingan
Islands: Ile du Havre’, and ‘‘Pointe-aux-
Esquimaux’”’. Range extension, 310 miles E.

Habenaria dilatata (Pursh.) Gray.

Kegaska, August 14, 1928, turf near beach on
Green Island. Harrington Harbour, July 25,
1928, wet gully on sand and clay bluff on main-
land. Blane Sablon, August 26, 1927, sphag-
num bog on gneiss plain, west side of river, and
July 11, 1928, sandy bank, east side of river.
Seen also near outer beach on Kegaska Island,
August 15, 1928.

Habenaria obtusata (Pursh) Richards.

Natashquan, August 9, 1927, shady, open,
fir woods. Wolf Bay, August 13, 1927, dense
coniferous woods. La Tabatiére, July 21, 1928,
coniferous woods.

*Habenaria obtusata (Pursh)
collectanea Fernald.

St. Mary Islands, July 22, 1927, turfy hill-
side on middle island. Lobster Bay, July 17,
1928, boggy hillside.

Spiranithes Romanzofiana Cham.

Mascanin, August 20, 1928, shallow turf near
shore of outer granitic island containing mussel-
shell deposits. Natashquan, August 5, 1927,
damp pond margin, and August 9, 1927, damp
border of slough in sand dunes. Fog Island,
August 9, 1928, turfy slopes. Observed also on
small, outer, granitic islands at Watshishu, near
shore of mainland on west side of harbour at
Baie Johan Beetz, and at Seven Islands.

Epipactis repens (L.) Crantz, var. ophioides (Fer-
nald) A. A. Eaton.

Ste. Genevieve Island, August 23, 1928, damp,
mossy floor of dense virgin coniferous forest.
Wolf Bay, August 13, 1927, dense coniferous
woods. Observed also at Seven Islands.

Listera cordata (L.) R.Br.

Mingan, August 30, 1928, deep coniferous
woods on Ile du Havre. Ste. Genevieve Island,
August 23, 1928, damp, mossy floor of dense
virgin coniferous forest. Cove near Rapide
Lessard, Little Rigolet, July 20, 1928, mossy
forest floor in coniferous woods.

Richards., var.

December, 1931]

Corallorhiza trifida Chatelain.

Mingan, August 30, 1928, just within border

of coniferous woods on Ile du Havre.
Microstylis monophyllos (L.) Lindl.

Havre St. Pierre, September 6, 1929, rocky
limestone shore of bay between Havre St.
Pierre and Pointe aux Morts. Not reported
by St. John west of Bonne Esperance. Range
extension, 291 miles W.

Calypso bulbosa (L.) Oakes.

Betchewun, June 5, 1927, spruce woods on
limestone near shore. St. Genevieve Island,
June 7, 1927, top of limestone shingle beach.

SALICACEA

Salix lucida Muhl.

Romaine, August 10, 1928, foot of sandy
bank, top of beach. Observed on Eskimo
Island, Mingan Islands, and at Thunder River.

Salix lucida Muhl., var. intonsa Fernald.

Mingan, August 30, 1928, sandy border of
Mingan River. Bradore Bay, July 138, 1928,
mouth of small river at head of bay. Observed
also at Thunder River. Recorded by St. John
from Natashquan River and Lagorgendiére:
Romaine. Range extension, 179 miles E.

*Salix discolor Muhl., var. Overi Ball.
Betchewun, August 26, 1928, large bush in

clearing.

*Salix Bebbiana Sarg., var. capreifolia Fernald.

Kegaska River (mouth), June 23, 1928, sandy
hillside near shore.

*Salix Bebbiana Sarg., var. perrostrata (Rydb.)
Schneid. ‘

Ste. Genevieve Island, August 23, 1928, open
limestone shingle above beach. Mascanin,
August 20, 1928, small tree, 12 feet high, beside
small stream at tide water. Mainland west of
Net Island, Old Fort Archipelago, July 5, 1927,
sheltered hollow on hillside.

*Salix simulans Fernald.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, open, dried-up
bog, and September 3, 1929, open, swampy
area. (Fernald, 1930).

Salix humilis Marsh.
Ste. Genevieve Island, August 23, 1928,
limestone shingle above beach. Mascanin,
- August 20, 1928, bush near shore. Harrington
Harbour, July 25, 1928, face of sand and clay
bluff beside shore of mainland.
*Salix humilis Marsh., var. keweenawensis Farwell.

Seven Islands, September 11, 1928, sandy

ridges.
*Salix paraleuca Fernald.

Lake Island, July 29, 1927, turfy bank. Also
collected from same plant, August 8, 1929.
Determined by Prof. M. L. Fernald and com-
pared with type. Heretofore known only from

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

227

Gaspé and Bonaventure Counties, in the Gaspé
peninsula, Province of Quebec.
Salix planifolia Pursh.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, open, dried-.p
bog. Natashquan, June 27, 1928, ponds and
pond-borders in sandy woods, and August 18,
1928, dried-up pond bed in sandy woods. Bra-
dore Bay, June 28, 1927, wet lakeside on calear-
eous sandstone. Blanc Sablon, June 28, 1927,
sandy bank on calcareous sandstone, west side
of river, and July 10, 1928, damp pond margin,
west side of river. Recorded by St. John as
S. phylicifolia L.

*Salix glaucophylloides Fernald.

Mingan, August 30, 1928, sand flat beside

Mingan River.

Salix pyrifolia Anderss.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, damp hollow
in sandy woods, and June 27, 1928, border of
pona in sandy woods. La Tabatiére, July 21,
1928, thicket near shore. Recorded by St.
John from Natashquan only. Range extension,
142 miles E.

Salix candida Fliigge.

Baie Johan Beetz, August 22, 1928, smooth,
low, granitic rock near shore. Bradore Bay,
June 29, 1927, damp brookside on calcareous
sandstone; June 30, 1927, bushy river-bank on
gneiss at head of bay; and August 28, 1927,
among granitic boulders at head of cove on
Basin Island. Shows a distinct tendency to
overflow from calcareous regions to nearby
regions of granitic rocks.

*Salix candida Fliigge, var. denudata Anderss.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, open, dried-up
bog. :

Salix pellita Anderss.

Natashquan, August 5, 1927, damp hollow
in sandy woods, and August 18, 1928, crown of
low sand hill. “Romaine, August 11, 1928, foot
of sandy bank at top of beach.

Salix cordifolia Pursh., var. callicarpea (Trautv).

Fernald.

Ste. Genevieve Island, August 23, 1928, top
of limestone beach. Wapitagun,. August 6,
1928, semi-erect at top of sea-cliff and also
prostrate in moss on hillside. St. Mary Islands,
July 22, 1927, turfy hillside, and August 6, 1929,
turfy slope near shore, and August 7, 1929,
turfy slope near shore. St. Augustin, June 22,
1927, shallow turf on outer granitic island in
the group of islands called “St. Augustin Square’’.
Bradore Bay, June 28, 1927, wet lakeside on
calcareous sandstone. Greenly Island, July
12, 1928, sheltered slope. Blane Sablon, June
28, 1927, prostrate in turf on calcareous sand-

228

stone, west side of river. Recorded by St.
John as S. cordifolia Pursh.

*Salix cordifolia Pursh, var. intonsa Fernald.

Wolf Bay, July 31, 1927, turfy slope on the
island called “‘The Black Land”. Wapitagun,
August 4, 1928, shallow turf on granitic slope.

*Salix cordifolia Pursh, var. Macounii (Rydb.)

Schneid.

Wolf Bay, June 16, 1928, turfy hillside, and
June 17, 1928, low, rich soil at foot of turfy
bank. Lake Island, June 17, 1927, scanty turf
bordering bare granite just back of cliffs, and
August 6, 1928, prostrate in moss on hill.

*Salix arctophila Cockerell.

Yankee Harbour, July 28, 1927, damp swale.
Mistanoque Island, June 24, 1927. Blanc
Sablon, June 28, 1927, prostrate in turf on cal-
careous sandstone, west side of river.

Salix urva-ursi Pursh.

Net Island, July 4, 1927, prostrate on rocky,
granitic summit of island, at about 300 feet
elevation. Bradore Bay, July 18, 1928, gran-
itic summit, at about 500 feet elevation.

Salix vestita Pursh.

Blane Sablon, July 10, 1928, bushy hillside,
west side of river.

Populus tremuloides Michx.

Thunder River, September 2, 1928, open,
scattered, mixed woods on sandy soil. Magpie,

September 1, 1928, open woods on sandy plain.

Ste. Genevieve Island, August 23, 1928, open
limestone shingle area above beach. Mascanin,
August 20, 1928, beside small stream at tide
water. St.John states, “R. Bell indicates this

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

[VoL. XLV

on his map (B4) as growing over the greater
part of Labrador peninsula, It does not, how-
ever, grow in the coastal region east of Mingan.”
That this unfortunate statement is incorrect is
shown by the above collections from Ste.
Genevieve Island and Mascanin, both of which
stations are east of Mingan and at both of which
P. tremuloides grows within a few feet of tide
water. At Mascanin, the easternmost station
recorded, were a number of trees of this species
about 40 feet high, and from 5 to 11 inches in
diameter, as well as smaller individuals. This
record extends the known range of this plant
70 miles eastward from Mingan along this
coast. I have also observed the species at
Betchewun and at Little Watshishu, both east
of Mingan, so that its range in this region is,
apparently, fairly continuous. It may be noted
here that the St. Lawrence Pilot, vol. 1, Eighth
Edition, 1916, page 168, published by the
British Admiralty, records “‘poplar’’ as growing
on Little Mecatina Island, probably on the
authority of Dr. Wm. Kelly, who accompanied
Capt. Bayfield when he made a hydrographic
survey of this coast. The species intended is
not known.

*Populus tremuloides Michx., var. rhomboidea Vict.

Magpie, September 1, 1928, tree about 40
feet high and 10 inches in diameter.

Populus tacamahacca Mill.

Betchewun, August 26, 1928, boggy places in
clearings and woods. Recorded by St. John as
P. balsamifera L. :

(To be continued)

Unusually old individual of Betula pumila,

prostrate at top of sea-cliff on Lake island.

December, 1931]

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

229

INDEX TO VOLUME XLV

A.,R.M. Review by...... 72
Abies balsamea........... 99
Acanthis hornemanni horne-
MANE Ns ON NaS
enaria ee Nae: 12, 17
linaria fuscescens.... 198
linaria rostrata...... 198
Acciptiter atricapillus...... 198
Achillea lanulosa......... 106
multiflora. .........- 106
Acteaenubra. 8 ae: 102
Actitis macularia...... 77, 160
Actodromas fuscicollis.... 197
OCCU CHING Os A eA ee eC 197
Adoxa Moschatellina..... 106
Aegialitis hiaticula sempal-
WVOLURI OM were e Sareea
semipalmata......... 12
Aethya affinis affinis..... 197
marila nearctica...... 197
Agabus tristis............ 34
Agrotiphila quieta........ 34
VAGGISPONSO 2 ese 182
Alca torda........... 76, 196
Alces americana..... Tae 05s)
Mider Green 3.25...) 62 101
Byer eae tly 2 101
Alectoria ochrolenca cincin-
QiOhpes: Re ery SA 173
Algelaius phoeniceus...... 161
VAT CR CULERURS. SAME oy ah 196
Alligator mississippiensis.. 40
Allium sibiricum......... 100
Alnus crispa............ 101
tenuifolia........... 101
Alsine verna propinqua.... 173
Amara alpina........... 87
Ambystoma jeffersonianum 109
maculatum...... 109, 112

Amelanchier alnifolia..... 103
American Egret at Guelph,

ME Wien nnn iene ite Solace 4
Ami, Henry Mare, Obituary 25
Ammodramus savannarum

bimaculatus......... 186
Amphibia, Reptilia and

Mammalia of the Te-

magami district, Ont. 109
Amphibians...... 68, 89, 109
Amphibians and Reptiles

of the Athabaska and

Great Slave Lakes re-

PLONE ea yeeies ten ae eU ee 68

Win phiodon alosoides..... 33
Amphipoda........... 81, 83
Anarta richardsoni....... 86
Anas boschas rubripes.... 197
obscura rubripes..... 197
platyrhyncos..... 160, 182
RUDTUDES A 2605 Sdn ste fant Wh 182

ie a R. M., Review ‘
tPA eT PON AL 9
Jno pein Polifolia. .85, 105
Androsace septenirionalis . . 105
RHC OME isc.) 00% SMU ihe 3

Anemone patens Wolfgangi-
ANOLE BN
Richardsonii.........

Animal Life of Yellowstone
favors Park, Review

102
35

Sie eRe ety A MIN e) ea ane te 92
Mraetated list of vascular
plants collected on the
north shore of the Gulf
of St. Lawrence, 1927-
1930..129, 174, 199, 225
Annual Meeting, Report of 19
Annual Report. Mell-
wraith Ornithological
Cluba evi ae Ss 20
ae albifrons...11, 14, 182
albifrons gamboll. RE 197
Antennaria alpina....35, 174
Anthus rubescens....... 12, 18
spinoletius Dense aunes
CUS RN RS te 98
VADLELG: SDe reese a mes 83
Apocynum androsemifolium 105
AGabisnalpingas ents ee 173
brachycarpa......... 102
Aralia nudicaulis........ 104

Archibuteo lagopus. .... 12, 16
lagopus. sancti- ohannis 198
86

Arctica queuselt..........
Arctostaphylos alpina.....

SOR Bran 385, 105, 174

Og a-Wi Sey wheats oe 105
Arenaria interpres........ 198

verna propinqua..... 102
Armeria vulgaris Labrador?-

CONE SOS REE ee ey R Me 174
INGTIYGO, HY NRO Soe ee be 35
Arquatella maritima mari-

ELIT AOD NRE ENE 197
Artemia bunget.......... 81
“Artemia .gracilis”....... 81
Artemiopsis Stefanssonit... 80
Artemisia canadensis..... 106

I TLGUALL A oN ae 106, 212

vulgaris Tilesii....... 106
Arum Water yet Vee eos: 100
Asio accipitrinus accipi-

ERUNUS ROL eye’ ont 198

flammeus............ 161

magellanicus _ hetero-

CNOCMISHA ante 198
Aspidium Goldianum..... 193
Aster Lindleyanus........ 106

Richardsonit......... 106

salicifolius.......... 106
Astragaulus adsurgens.. 104

GAUSS OMe oct 5)! 35, 174

LENCLUUS MERI ENn. ace! aes 104
Asyndesmus lewisi..... 71, 184
Athahbaska, Botany....... $7
Auk, Razor-hilled..74, 76, 196
Avocet, American........ 183
Azalea, Trailing.......... 35
Baillie, J.. L., Gray Red

SON DU ied Het SR CARRS cl 207

Little Blue Heron.... 206

Mourning Dove....:. 180

Baker, A. W., Insect Para-
sites
Ball, J. oe Grouse Cycles he

Baneberry, REG is) kt. 2
Barbarea stricta.......... 102
Bastin, C. H., Black-capp-
ed Chickadee........ 179
Glaucous-winged Gulls 180
Bat eHOany snr. Whos oe 147
Least Brown........ 118
Little Brown........ 110
Batrachians, Labrador.... 195
Bay, Lapland Rose....... 35
Bear, Black......... 110, 160
Bearberry........... 105, 174
Alpines. Uo eee 385, 105
Beaver........ 111, 160, 194

Bedstraw, Northern...... 106
Sweet-scented....... 106
Beetles, Camboid........ 87
Beetles, Labrador........ 87
Betula glandulosa........ 101
PADUTUICTO. Ae Lora ys 101
Bilberry, Borwcn. J. 35, 105
BUA SHa spec Notos ed ere Al
Birch), Canoe it. ae 101
Dwakia sho sd yaar 101
Birdiband ime 1s) ee 167
Biird-banding return, Un-

usUale pie emnies 40
Bird-banding returns. .44, 150
Bird-banding, Value of... 70
Bird Census, Christmas... 35
Bird Picture Cards, Re-

VIC Wie ss oy Se cane ee 22
Bird sanctuaries......... 73
Birds, Great Slave Lake.. 158

Labrador........... 113

Manitobay saan nee 181

New Checklist of..... 180

Sub-arctic areas...... 11
BIstorteeasa ee tee 35
Bittern, American........ _ 194

Least Ayah ANNES So ee UE 3) 71

Rus

Blackfish, (Globiocephalus)
stranded on the south
coast of Prince Ed-

ward Island......... 157
Blarina brevicauda..110, 193,
194
Blueberry SEU Aceh eae encet on 105
Bluecbirdiee tae 194
Mountain.......... 184
Bob-white Quail liberated
mmAlberta ys a
Bonasa wmbellus......... 161
Botany, Athabaska....... oi
Great Slave Lake.... 97
iabradora ne 1738

St. Lawrence Gulf.
129 174, 199, 225
Sub-arctic MUN ogame |S 2,5 35
Botrychium angustisegmen-

230
Bramble, Arctic......... 35
Branchinecta paludosa...80, 83
TNO rae Weert aegis eae A 97
Branta bernicla glaucogaster 197
canadensis...12, 14, 160
canadensis hutchinsit.. 197
Bremus arcticus.......... 34

Brenthis aphirape triclaris. 34
freija tarquinius...... 34

HUTOIRG OARS eve Corti Cee 34

ONO USES ELAS & Me hee 86

polaris americana.... . 34
British and American

grouse cycles........

Brown, Florence A., Eco-
nomics of Wild Life.. 63
Bryanthis Taxifolius......
Buffalo-berry............
Bufo americanus... .. 109, ae
0

COONGUUS) masse eee
hemiophrys.......... 68
lentiginosus woodhousei 68
Bufo cognatus cognatus
from Alberta........ 90
iBulliroges 2).ak ay cee 109
Bullheade ..cctpawoe vee 34

Bunch-berry, 355050. ae 104
Bunting, Snow...17, 148, 198
Buteo swainsoni.......... 91

phur. Si aati aarti MUBNA ale Al
Butterflies, Sub-arctic. 34
Butterfly, Od ar rae 86
Butterwort)..- 5-200 -0- 35

Calcarius lapponicus 12, 18, 198

Calidris arenaria......... 197
Callapalustrisa sci. 100
Callitriche palustris. . 104
Caltha palustris......... 102
Calypso bulbosa.......... 100
Campanula rotundifolia... 106

UU LOTO ea 174
Campion, Moss.......... 35
Canachites canadensis . 161

canadensis labradorius 198

Canada, New map of..... 71
SUD-arcticns ...ehe jbl, Sil
Canada’s heritage of wild
life—Some economic
ASDECUS ara ean se 63
Cancer magister.......... 188
oregonensis.......... 188
(HR MOMIS LS), BRASS Aot-c 188
CONS ih ee eee 193
TY COO TURN AMA Pont Meas 110
Capelinwe eck cy maine ee 195

Carcasses of the Mammoth
and Rhinoceros found
in the frozen ground of

Siberia, Review...... 93
Cardamine pratensis ree 173
Carex concolore eek. 35

yperbonedyn ee 173

PIGUAO) Bye tae Mee Oren Ron: As}
Caribou ais B74, Wile)
Carolina Wren breeding at

MOTONEO oy. Peele 205

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Carpodacus purpureus pur-

DUTCUS.\. Uniein syopeee eee 198
Cartwright, B. W., Mani-
toban Birds......... 181
Castilleja pallida...... 35, 106
Castor canadensis....111, 194
Cathird: vis eee 188, 194
Catopsilia agarithe....... 42
Catostomus catostomus..... 33
commersonit......... 8
Cat-tail), ove Geran cee 99
Census, Christmas Bird... 35
Cephhus grylle grylle..... 76
grylle mandtt..... 11, 196
Cerastium alpinum....35, 178
Cerchneis sparverius...... 161
Cervus canadensis........ 40
Cenylevalcyons 2) eee 161
Cetorhinus maximus...... 195
Cetraria nivalis.......... 173
Charadrius dominicus dom-
THACUS AL) NA Mey say OUI 197
Melodie. mis sca. 21
semipalmata....... 15, 77
Chelydra serpentina...... 110
Chen cerulescens......... 181
hyperboreus....... 14, 197
Chenopodium album...... 102
CODIULGLU TR eee ee 102
Cherry, Wild Red........ 103
Chickadee)... 3554. 18, 194

Black-capped..... 30, 179
Hudsonian. .30, 162, 198

Chickweed........... 35, 173

Mouse-ear....... 35, 173
Chilostigma preterita..... 34
Chimney Swifts.......... 204
Chionoectes bairdi........ 187
Chipmunk, Eastern....... 110

Northeastern....193, 194

Western............ 110
Chondestes grammacus.21, 186
Christmas Bird Census,

TOS.O: 5s Cae ek cal 35
Chrysemys marginata.110, 112
Chrysothammus graveolus.. 212
Chydorus sphexricus...... 80

Cicuta maculata.......... 104
Cimoliosaurus magnus.... 136
Cinquefoil............... 35
Slhrubbye eee 1038
Three-toothed....... 103
Circus hudsonicus........ 161
Ciscor(ish) eae 8
Cladocera. Meneses 80, 83
Cladoniasp ae eee 97
Delliduflonahen eae ae 173
SULUCLUCO eae aena a 173
Clam, Fresh-water....... 87
Clangula clangula ameri-
COMO 2 neem, 197
WU ENLOLIST A sits aint ts 160
TSLOMATCOME ee 197
Clay-coloured Sparrow at
Be Mstone, Simcoe
PCOmvONG o. st wee 91
Clethrionomys gapperi 111, 194
Clorinda lowi............ 81
Cloud=bernysio..\. see 35, 103
Cochlearia grenlandica.... 173
OO er ee a0 aaa 195

Colaptes auratus borealis.. 161

[VoL. XLV
Colias nastes............ 86
Collomia linearis......... 105
Colymbus auritus........ 12

griseigena holboellit... 196
Comsothlypis americana pu-

SUG bain ene 185
Conchidium ducussatum... 86
Conchostraca............ 80
Condylura cristata....110, 194
Conservation of game.... 31
Conservation of wild life.. 9
Contributions to the know-

ledge of extreme

north-eastern Labra-

dor. .49, 85, 115, Ave 169,
Coot... 20.7
Copepoda. 2.5 ase 80, 83
Coral, Fossil. .......22.. 86
Coregonidae............. 83
Coregonus. \. piers 34

clupeaformis......... 8

quadrilateralis....... 195

Cormorant, Common.113, 196
Double-crested 74, 7%, 181

Cornus canadensis........ 104
stolonifera riparia.

Corvus corax principals. .
12,17) 112 aiows 184, 198

Corydalis qured...... rae nl OZ
sempervirens......... 102
Cottus cognatus:-o.4 ee 34
Coventry, A. F., Fauna
of Temagami, Ont.... 109
Cowbane, Spotted hens Hees 104
Cowbird |... nee LBb".
Crabs, Brachyuran....... 187
British Columbia.... 187
_ Cranberry, Mountain..... 105
Rock... 23 see 35
Small .a hese 35

Crane, Little Brown...14, 160

Sandhill............ 160
Whooping........... 183
Cress, Hoary. ee es ee

Criddle, ae Obituary by 90

Cristivomer namaycush. . 34

Critchell-Bullock, J. ion
Expedition to Sub-
arctic Canada..... niles Sab

Crocethia leucophea...... "160
Crosby, Maunsell Schief-
felin, Obituary. . . 146

Crossbill, White-winged... Minty ALTE
138

TOW sii.4 eee eee , 194
Crowberry.............. 104
Crow-flower............. 173
Crowioot....4.2 60a 173
Crustacea, Fresh-water... 80
Crymophilus fulicarius.... 197
Cryobius arcticola........ 87
Cryptoglaux funerea...... 16
Chapiogtane acrostichoi-
Guthicn Black-billed..... 78

ellow-billed........ 79
Culex nigripes........... 87
Curlew, Eskimo.......... LOF,

Hudsonian.......... 197
Currant, Northern Black.. 103
Skunk.) uae 103

December, 1931]

Currant, Swamp Red.... 103

Cycles, Periodic......... 162
OUTS ee Dao Cli a 14
columbarius......... 160
Cypripedium le 100
Cyprinotus incongruens.. 80
Cystopteris fragilis....... 173
Dactylina arctica......... 173
ISAAC 14, 197
Dale, E. M.S., Lark Spar-
OU AGS Soe ene eae
Dandelion...... 385, 106, 174
Daphnia pulex......... 80, 83
Davis, E., Least Brown
1302, Va eae 118
Kazabazua district... 193
Deer, White-tailed....... 111
Delphinium Brownii...... 102
Dendroica xstiva......... 162
atricapilla........... 162
CONONGUL Mies ekecte et 162
Deschampsia caespitosa 35
Diadophis punciatus...... 1
Diapensia Lapponica..... 174
Diaptomus sp?......... , 83
bacwlipene tes ake.
[EASTON ae aaa Onee 80
Dicrostonyx hudsonius . 86.
Disporum trachycarpum.. 100
Dogbane, Spreading...... 105
Dogwood, Red-osier...... 104
Dove, Mourning......... 180
Moyen 196
IDL. oes A eae 35
LEG AS SE an RE 173
DWryadGerers sans... 35
Dryas integrifolia........ 35

octopetala integrifolia.. 173
Drymocallis corymbosa.... 103
Duck, Black. .74, 77, 182, 197

Bader sy... 117, 144
Hartequinu: =...) 197
Lesser Scaup........ 197
Old-squaw..14, 160, 197
zB TVi se WU aes Soe aia 14, 197
SCAUDR ME ea cae eee 14
WiOOGr ie ies ci see 182
Duck-banding........... 167
Dymond, J. R., Saury.... 41
Eagle, Golden........... 35
Northern Bald....... 161
EL OT ASS Ee ee Pee 57-62
Egret, American......... 148
Hider, American..74, 77, 1138
Greenland........... 197
dS EAS Sais AN re cima Sra 197
Elzagnus argentea........ 104
Elaphe obsoleta obsoleta... 83
ee primigenius...... 94

COUNTY A herr mele.
Elymus arenarius villosus..
173
Emerton, James H., Obit-
LES in gee RE Mic ree mead & 90
Empetrum nigrum....104, 174

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Empidonax minimus..... 161
trailli alnorum....... 161
Entomostraca......... 80, 83

Epilobium angustifolium.. 104
glandulosum adenocau-

lone eevee Sea
latifolium........ 385, 174
spicatum............ 174
Equisetum arvense........ 98
arvense campesire..... 1738
Pumiaiilewr nn A ae 98
Pratense.........24- 98
sylvaticum........... 98
Erebia rosst............. 34
Ereunetes pusillus.12, 15, 197
Erigeron purpureus...... 106
uniflorus......... 35, 174
Eriophorum angustifolium. 173
Seheuchzert. .......-. 173
vaginatum........... 173
Erithizon dorsatum....... 111

Erysimum cheiranthoides.. 102
Esker at Tweed, Hastings
County, Ontario. .... 114
Eskimo fishing method... 117
soc uluciusannn ae eee 8
Eubranchipus gelidus.....

, 82, 83
Euphagus carolinus...... 161
Eurotia lanata........... 212
Eurycercus glacialis...... 81
lamellatus......... 80, 83
Eurymus boothi..........
eurytheme........... 42
hecla glacialis........ 34
paleno chippewa..... 34

Eutamias minimus borealis 110
Everlasting, Alpine.......
Excursions, O.F.-N.C
Expedition to sub-arctic
Canada, 1924-25...11, 31

Fairbairn, H. W., Great
Slave Lake fauna. 158

Fairy-shrimp.......... 80, 82
Falco columbarius colum-
OTUUS te are we , 198
islanduse 22h oe eae ee 16
MEXICANUS........... 182
peregrinus......... 12, 16
peregrinus anatum.... 198
rusticolus gyrfalco.16, 182
Halcon: Prairies saree 182
Farley, F. L., Bonaparte’s
UAT nas SS SAY 138
Lewis’s Woodpecker.. 71
Piping Plover........ 21
Fern, Braun’s Holly...... 193
Goldie’s Shield....... 193
Lance-leaved Grape.. 78
Scented Shield....... 35
Fescue, Creeping......... 35
Festuca borealis.......... 173
ovina alpind......... 173
rubra arenaria....... 35
Field notes on the Pallid
Meadow Mouse...... 209
Financial Statement...... 19
Bintch> Purple seers... 198
Bie Balsamy fee... eh. 99
Kireweed: 2 eiae 6 a. b hoe. 104

231

First Canadian record of
Least Brown Bat.... 118

Fish, Movements of...... 8
Sub-arctic........... 33
WISHERA Grats ches oe 110, 160

Fishing, Eskimo method.. 117

Five years’ progress in the
bird sanctuaries of the
north shore of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence 73

Fleabane, One-flowered... 35
Flicker ots each 194
Boreal.) 5. we 161
Florida cerulea....... 40, 207
Biveateney, Acadian...... 41
asa e, oct) See 161

Teast Rice aR ay LE 161
Olive-sided.......... 161
Forestry vs. Game cover 28
OX Aad ereliel bal dere bau 0
FROG? cee ois sat peretene 110
Fragaria cuneifolia....... 103
Fratercula arctica arctica 76, 196
arctica glacialis...... 196

Fresh-water Mollusca of
Wisconsin, Review... 149

Fresh-water Mussel and
Coot kill each other.. 90
Fresh-water Plesiosaurs... 135
89

Greene ict ne re 109
Leopards see 5-5 69, 109
Mirtle Sih cieye tcp 109
Northern Swamp
Cricketia: 4.4048 68
Northern Wood...69, 109
Frogs, in Labrador....... 195
Pulmar oi ht Sasi t yee 196
Fulmarus glacialis glacialis 196
UT DR ee of tars ra ns 139
G.,A. Grasshopper contse! 149
Gadus callarias...... 98195
Gale, Sweet............. 101
Galium boreale........... 106
triflorum;, ek ee 106
alae chloropus cachin-

Sid SCE REE CIRT ee 183
Gailaiies Hloridaces sneha 183
Game conservation....... 31
Gameycovenr?\.!o:2)08 <1. oS: 28
Gammarus limnzus....81, 83
Garnet iin ws ora tops 196
Gasterosteus aculeatus. ..82, 83
Gavia adamsi............ 11

Aiba eee ewe e Mae A ale 196
GRCRCO Nn eae eee: 12
LINING TE Nees eens eae ae 12
immer pacifica....... 160
stellata....... 12, 76, 113
Geocqulon lividum........ 101
Geology, Glacial. ........ 114
Geranium Bicknellii...... 104
Glacial action. ...5.... 2... 114
Glaucomys sabrinus...111, 112
sabrinus macrotis.... 112
Glaux maritima.......... 105
Globiocephalus melaena... 157
Goldeneye, American, 194, 197
IBaAEGOW:Shame ease 197
Goldeye (fish)..........: 33

232
Goldfinch! 44-3 eek 194
Goose, American White-
fronted’ Ac. eae es
Blues ea Sean 181
Canadaze: 252... 14, 160
uatehins eee seo. 197
Lesser Snow......... 14
Snow esas, chen 197
White-fronted...182, 197
Gooseberry, Northern.... 102
Goshawkitine ee 194
American ........... 198
Gould, V. E., Woodcock.. 91
Grackle, Bronzed ao ahs 161
Grass, Cotton. 26 00cek 173
MESCUCY ons neers ae 173
Tal) KZA Hin em Cease 4 1738
TEVA Ol eas ee aoe 35
Meadow............ 173
Tufted Hair....... .. 385
Grasshopper control in
eastern Canada...... 149
Gray Red Squirrel....... 207
Grayling 14s pce ee
IAT CECE eee eae es 34
Great Slave Lake........ 68
ene AR EAs ere area 97
SPA ean aes Lc LB 158
Grebe: Holboeil’s Piatti 196
FRorned:)..iu 1) sees 12
Pied-billed...... 160, 196

Griscom, L., Obituary by 146
Groh, H. , Hoary Cress... 149

Grosbeak, Rines eee: 161
Rose_breasted ERIN aro 65
Grouse, Ruffed...... 161, 194
Spruce SD hae ope te eae gh 161
Grouse cycles............ 162
Grus americana.......... 183
canadensis........14, 160
mexicana. 160

Guide to the study of fresh-
water biology, Review 72

Guillemot, Black....... AMG
ommon............ 196
Mand tiseees 6a: 196
Thick-billed......... 196
Gull, Bonaparte......... 138
California........... 160

Glaucous-winged, 180, 196

Great Black-backed..
74°96, 113, 196

Herring, 13, 74, 76, mete

Teeland). 0.0.0...
VOT. fap Revencea es 196
Kittiwake 74, 76, 196
Kumlien’s........... 6
Ring-billed........ Wg We
Sabine nese oan. 196
Short-billed...... 18, 160
Gynaephora rossi......... 34
Gritalconeesee we 16, 182
IBA CK sottessy ates. .t te 198
Wihite. seer oe 16, 198
Gyrophora sp............ 97
H., A. Obituary by...... 25
Habenaria hyperborea..... 100
OUULSCLC ne eee 35
Halizetus leucocephalus

alascanus ee 161

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Hantzsch, B., Labrador..
49, 85, 115, 143, 169, 194,

= PAR

Hare, European...... 179, 192
Wary oor 111, 160
arebell.ne 0 wee et 106

Harelda hyemalis..11, 14, 197

Harper, Francis, Amphi-
bians and Reptiles. . 68
Athabaska plants. . 97

Hert, eae I Movements of

AED. Bicuakt Sees 8
Hawk, American Sparrow 161
Duck es 16, 198
Eastern Pigeon...... 161
Marsh 2) sisi 161, 194
Pigeon. 3 41: kee ee 198
Rough-legged..... 16, 198
Sparrow ....... .i: 0.2. 194.
Swainson’s.......... 91
Hawk found in South
America was appar-
ently banded in Cana-
al! 2. ORR ies 91
Hedysarum boreale....385, 104
Moackenziie eee 35
Mackenzii albiflora... 35
Hemigrapsus nudus...... 189
oregonensis.......... 189
Henry Mare Ami, Obituary 25
Heron, Great Blue....... 194 ©
Little Blue...40, 71, 206
Louisiana see eee 40
Heuchera Richardsonii.... 102
Hieracium umbellatum.... 106
Hierochloa alpina........ 173
Hierofalco gyrfalco candi-
CONS TE ha ny ees 198
gyrfalco obsoletus..... 198
Higgs, A., Mussel and coot 90
Hirundo erythrogasira.... 161

Histrionicus histrionicus.. 197
Hoary Bat at Toronto in

Hoary Cress at Ottawa.. 149
Hope, C. E., Hoary Bat.. 147
Howitt, H., American
ere G Hein eis eon 148
Hungarian Partridges lib-
erated in Prince Ed-

ward Island ........ 180
Hurlburt, W. E., Sulphur
butterflies. .......... 42
Hyalella knickerbockeri.... 83
Hyas lyratus............ 187
Hydranassa tricolor rufi-
COLTS SAARC ee Suet 40
Hydroporus lapponum.... 87
Isiah CPUGHG ook 6 aaa c6 0 2 109
Hylocichlay 2... 2. ase: 18
guttata pallast....... 162
Icterus spurius.......... 185
Tllustrations:
Adult Pallid Meadow
Miouse). 2. 22522: 211
Betula pumila........ 228
Diagram of Mouse
burrows........ 213
Peay restor-
DE eA Ge ot 137

Genie iNraapled opp. p. 1
Great Slave Lake.... 101

[VoL. XLV

Illustrations:
Habitat of Pallid Mea-
dow Mouse...... 210
Hands quarry....... 26
Hoary Baths nee 147
Marl bed at McKay
ake 2500 he 56
a near McKay,
Pe a nes 105
Ripple auee in rock 27.
Roadside marker..... 57

Stranded Blackfish... 157
Sun cracks in rock.. 27
Tazin and Taltson

TIVers 4. Goes 99
Tweed Esker........ 115
Typical North Shore

vegetation...... 199

Vertebral centrum of
Leurospondyfus ? 1387
Insect Parasites of Verte-
brates and Host Phy-
logeny <2). 2 eee 189
Insects, Sub-arctic Mess eis 34, 86

Ontario bird?........ Al
Tsopoda|.. ik eee 83
Ivory, Fossil: i ase hese 93
Ixobrychus exilis......... 71
Jaeger, Long-tailed....... 196

Parasitic, 12, 160, 183, 196
Pomarine. ‘12, 142, 196
Japanese Starling at Alert

ay; B.C. 22
Jay; Blue...) Sea 194
Canada”... 4auhee 17, 161
Labrador eee 198
Johansen, F., Fresh-water
Crustacea Bee tLaNtIs: Sih 80
JUNCOS 26 cee 138, 161
Slate-coloured....... 194
Junco hyemalis.......... 161
Juncus balticus.......... 100
Juniper, Creeping........ 99
LOW s/o 45 Cee 99
Juniperus communis de-
DVESSA 0 ae 99
horizontalis.......... 99
Kalmia polifolia......... 35
Kindle, E. M., Reviews by 93
Roadside markers... 55
Kingbird...... ‘sh aR 138, 198
Kingfisher............... 194
Kingfisher, Belted........ 161
Kinglet, Ruby-crowned... 138
Knot (bird) Pan MMe ai ays iy 197
Knot-tass7. ee eee 173
L., F. R., Review by..... 149

Ibe. Lely F. Reviews by. .42, 207

Labrador... .49, 85, 115, 143
169, 194, 222

Birds of). {Saha Bealls
Botanyak.cacnsaeee 173

Rock specimens from. 222

December, 1931]

Labrador Tea........... 104
Narrow-leaved....... 104
La Brie, W., Acadian Sharp-
tailed Sparrow....... 40
Labyrinthites chidlensis.... 86
Lagopus lagopus. .12, 15, 198
rupestris..... 11, 15, 198
Lagurus pallidus.......<. 209
Lake Athabasca......... 68
Landon, M., Elk remains 40
Lanius ludo icianus excub-

OO FLAS A Oa en 185
ludovicianus migrans.. 185
Lanivireo fla ifrons....... 185
Lapland Longspurs singing
PrOMMUELEES! 2c ics:
GCG LOTLCING2 Howe. ols 98
LaRocque, A., List of new
SPECIES Uy aisc parse ice 214

MATKS DUT Wain cial. 102

Larus argentatus...12, 13,
76, 160

argentatus smithsoni-
CUS ee aye 196
brachyrhynchus...13, 160
californicus.......... 160
delawarensis......... 17
GUTIECU SHE Oo iis, Oe 196
OIC an a a 196
leucopterus.......... 196
marinus..... 76, 118, 196
philadelphia......... 138
Lathyrus ochroleucus...... 104

Laurel, American........

Least Bittern on the Is-
land of Orleans, Que. 71
Ledum grenlandicum..... 104
IQUUSINE Ste ed te 104

Leechman, D., Reviews by
"2, 92, 93
DYES rata a oo aa 86
Leopold, A., Grouse cycles 162
hepidium: Draba. 425.5. 149
Lepidoptera, Sub-arctic 34, 86
Lepidurus arcticus....... 80
Leptocleidus superstes..... 186
Lepus americanus.
Lepyrus sp. near palustris 34
PCUEVCHIWYS cies cae 8, 34
Leurospondylus ultimus. . . "135
Lewis, H. F., Bird banding 70

Bird sanctuaries sree oe 73
Birds of Labrador 113
Hel-grass........... 57-62

Plants of the North
Shore 129, 174, 199, 225
Unsuspeeting Chicka-

ed haach Rew NN rel 30
Lewis’s Rod ece: in
Alpena)... Veen schas 71
Liatris graminifolia...... 212
Lichen, Reindeer......... 173
ALSO Dy erase ont) shee 173
I LON UGA ONS) ea er ae ene 83
Limnetis gouldii....80, 82, 88
Limonites minutilla...... 197
Lindsay, R. V., Carolina
DWirernre ts eh Scrat 205
_ Pilot Black-snake.... 83
LL ape Ol Seeeiiper Sates ee eae 83

Linnea borealis americana 106

ATE 160)

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Liopeltis vernalis......... 110

Liopsetia putnamt........ 195

List of original descriptions
published by the Ot-
tawa Field-Naturalists’

Clube nas 4 ee. 3 214
Little Blue Heron in On-

tario in March....... 206
Lloyd, H., Wolf at the

(3 (0X0) pein IER ES tener c
Ihobelia, Brook...24 25225 35
Lobelia Kalmit........... 35
Thoche wy fs oye ne enone 34
Logier, E. B. S., Bufo cog-

MON US ae yaw rst cans
Loiseleuria procumbens... 35
Loments, Northern....... 35

Purples) ce enasie

Deen (albino) ...... 35
Longspur, Lapland 18, 21, 198
Lonicera glaucescens NA dae 106
OOM PATCLIG = Riser tone ae 12

Black-throated....... 196

Common 12, 160, 194, 196

PaciiiC#s pea 160

Red-throated 12, 74,
165, 113 196

Yellow-billed........ 12
WOtGd. MACULOSO.) 31. ee 34
Loxia leucoptera......... 17
Lumbriculus variegatus.... 81
Lumbricus sp............ 83
DUpIN e155, Ses ea as
Lupinus nootkatensis Kjell-

MON BOS in omer esas
Lutra canadensis......... 110
Lychnis apetala.......... 173
Lycopodium annotinum... 98

complanatum........ 98

SUM OSS s Green at toe 173
LAINNLGISD : eee s 82, 83
TGV TX sor GaN Paes eee tak 160
Lynx candensis........... 110

Mellwraith Ornithological
Club, Annual Report 120
MacKay, D.C. G., Brachy-

rane @rabsee emir 187
McKay Lake............ 55
Macnamara, C., Beaver. 1
M aianthemum: canadense 100
Mallard ive: 160, 182, 197
Mallotus villosus......... 195
Mammals, Gt. Slave Lake 158

Temagami.......... 109
Mammoth, Fossil........ 93
Mancasellus tenax........ 83

Maps: Gt. Slave Lake area 159
Location of Tweed

Hskery sa:s ey crag 114
Marigold, Marsh......... 102
Marila marila........... 14
Markers, Roadside....... 55

Marl bed at McKay Lake 56
Marmota monax canadensis 110

Marten. jog: 110, 160

Martes americana........ 110
pennanti............ 110

Mating and oviposition in
Pandalus danz....... 107

233
Maunsell Schieffelin Cros-
by, Obituary 22). 2. 146
Megalestris skua......... 196
Members, O. F.-N.C..... 120
Mentha glabrior.......... 106
Mephitis mephitis........ 110
Meredith, R., Least Bit-
GOrnayesh eas, ante ane alt
Merganser, Hooded...... 197
Red-breasted. 713, 74,
1s 160, 197
Mergus cucullatus...... elo
serrator.18, 77, 160; 197
Mertensia paniculata Ei titehcet 106
Microgadus tomcod....... 195

Microscope and pond life 20
Microsorex hovi invectus.. 193
Microtus chrotorrhinus tial 112

drummondti......... 159
TANOT Hie iS ee ea ge) 212
pennsylvanicus fonti-
genus....... 111, 112
pennsylvanicus pennsy-
vanicus......... 194
IY Gall eye ee om ee ye na 110, 160
Mockingbird in Toronto.. 205
Mole, Brewer........ 118, 193
Star-nosed...... 110, 194
Molva molva............ 95
Moonwortesseee ee sees 35
Moose:s-dacitaccicer ean: 111
Hasternv 4s ee 159
Mosquitoes............. 87
Moss; Bear... 5 0: bee 173
Branchiseeen ieee 173
Mourning Dove in Kenora
district, Ont......... 180
Mouse, Arctic White-footed 159
Cooper Lemming.... 193
Deer eee HW, 86
Forest Meadow...... 111

Gapper Red-backed.. 194
LeConte White-footed 111
Meadow Jumping 111, 194

Pallid Meadow...... 209
White-footed....198, 194
Woodland Jumping
111, 194
Mousiey, H., Black-billed
Cuckoo sess see
Virginia Rail........ 65
Munro, J. A., Bob-white
Quran Seo ta ee 91

Wild life conservation 9
Murre, Common..74, 76, 1138

Musk-oxs aes 382, 147
Miuskirate tin pie oe ee 111
Northwest.......... 160
Muskrat vs. Weasel...... 179
Mussel, Fresh-water ie tee te 90
Mustela cicognant........ 110
cicognanit richardsonit 160
DUSON hon coins steel 110

Myotis keenii septentrionalis
TIO. TZ el'9

SO GIS ta siee esata 119
subulatus leibit..115, 119
Myriophyllum exalbescens. 104
Myrica Gale............ 101
Mysis relicta............ 83

234

INES LERUTS Oa wee
Nannus borealis.........
Napzxozapus msignis 111,
I)

insignis abietorum....
Nature Narratives, Review
Needler, A. B., Mating of
Pandalusne ea. nuee
Needler, A. W. H., Strand-
ed Blackfish.........
Nephroma arcticum.......
Nesting of Bonaparte’s
See in Central Al-

IRIOVer ice a
Nettion crecca carolinensis.
carolinense..........
New Check-list of Birds. .
New map of Canada.....
New records of mushrooms
and other fleshy fungi
of the Ottawa district
IN wit aie PERG A A
Notes and obseryations on
some Manitoban birds
Notes on Birds of the Lab-
rador Peninsula in

Notes on Mammals and
Birds from Great Slave

Notes on the Brachyuran
Crabs of Northern
British Columbia... .

Notes on the home life of
the Virginia Rail....

Numensis borealis........

Red-breasted..... 37,
Nyctea nyctea......... 16,
Nycteris cineréa..........
Nymphozanthus advena. .

Obituaries:
Amine El Vy ik Vn
Crosby, IMIS SS nes

Observations ‘on Canadian
fresh-water Crustacea
made in 1927-29.....

Occurrence of the Pomar-
ine Jaeger in the Mon-
treal district Bey Nae fads

Oceanodroma leuchorrha. . .
Odell, W.S., Ottawa mush-
TOOMSP ne eee ee

ealis
QO’ Dongenue: C. H., Seiches

181

187

80

139
111

67

Oenis semidea........... 86

semidea arctica 34

LOG CLE SE engage a aH le EM. 34
Official Canadian record of
bird-banding returns..

44, 150

Oidemia deglandi...... 14, 160

fusca deglandi....... 197

nigra americana..... 197

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Oidemia perspreillata Stith _ 197
Oligochaeta........... 81, 83
On the daily movements of
the coregonine fishes.. 8
Ondatra zibethica......... 111
zibethica spatulata.... 160
Oporornis agilis.......... 185
Orchis, Small Northern
Bog iO REE OO ea ener
Oregonia gracilis......... 187
Oriole, Baltimore........ 138
Ostracoda. 00 4 80, 838
Otocoris alpestris 12, 16, 161, 198
Ottawa, Fungi........... 139
Ottawa Field-Naturalists’
Club, Excursions..... 119
List of Members... .. 120
Ofteros i et he ae ieee 110
Oius .asion iii Me nae 183
Our great outdoors: Mam-
mals, Review........ 72
Ovibos moschatus......... 32
Ovisposition in Shrimps.. 107
Owl, American Hawk..... 184
"Arctic Saw-whet. .... 16
Barred nie hie 183, 194
Burrowing. see 184
Labrador Horned.... 198
Screech... 0.0.8 183
Short-eared..... 161, 198
SHOW Yate ee ae 16, 198
Oxyria digyna........... 173
Oxytropis Lamberti....... 104
Pachydicta spas ee 86
Paintbrush, Indian....... 35
Palmer, Cr W., Duck-
banding eae 167
Pandalus dane. Mating of 107
Papaver nudicaule........ 173
Parascolops breweri...118, 193
Parasites: 5.) Asoo: ne 189

Parnassia palustris....85, 102
Parnassus, Marsh Grass of 35

Parsnip, Waters esos” 104
Partridge, Hungarian... 180
Labrador Spruce..... 198
Passer domesticus......... 161
Passerculus sandwichensis
12, 18, 161
sandwichensis savanna 198
Passerherbulus lecontet.... 186
nelsoni subvirgatus... 40

Passerina nivalis nivalis.. 198

Paulson, C. W. G., Snow
uanGing ese enen 148

Pedicularis flammea....... 174
LAP DONIC ea ee 385
SUGCLICOME. ) \ eee 35

Peeper Spring). eens. 109

Pelecanus erythrorhynchos. 160

Pelican, American White.. 160

Penthestess say 0", seen 18
atricapillus atricapillus 30
hudsonicus hudsonicus

30, 162, 198

Perca flavescens.......... 8

Perch) Mellow: 2 8
Perisoreus canadensis 12,

I) AUG

canadensis nigricapillus 198

[VoL. XLV

Peromyscus maniculatus... 86
maniculatus borealis.. 159\
maniculatus gracilis. .

111, 112, 193, 194
maniculatus manicula-

US. Oe 112
Petrasites eer NAIA: 106
SAGUAtUS:.| 0 nate eee 106
Petrel, Leach’s) )ss32n085 196
Storm 3S. A ely 196
Wilson’s).))) 322 ee 196
Petrochelidon lunifrons.... 161
Phacelia Franklinii...... 106
Phalacrocorax auritus au-
es Se etc Cit heyas Ce a
ArD0. 2 ae: 118, 196
Phatarane: Northern..... 19%
Redo ae 197
Phalaropus lobatus....... 197
Ph’ bes) 55.0. een 161
Phragmites communis..... 100
Phylogeny «3:22 see 189
Physa'sp..6 0 oe 82, 83
Lordi: os. See 149
Picea canadensis......... 98
MOLtONG eae 99
Piekerel |). 2,2 ee 83
Picoides americanus...... 161
Grelicus. ee ee 161
Pike: 2.0) 2 ae 8, 83
Pilot Black-snake in On-’
tario: 2.3.2 83
Pine; Jack: 4 30a ae 98
Pinguicula vulgaris BE Seeaeah A 35
Pinicola enucleator........ 161
Pink, Sea..... “A Sa 35
Pinus Banksiana........ 98
Pipit.s:.. Ve ee 18, 198
Pisidium sp............. 81
Pisobia bairdi........... 15
MOCULALG..\. eee 12, 15

Places of special geological
interest in Ontario
and Quebec.........

Planesticus migratorius 18, 162

Plantago eriopoda........ 106

Plants, North Shore of the

St. Lawrence........ 129
Sub-arctic........... 380
Plecopteras..). sone ee 34

Plectrophenax nivalis 12, 17, 148
Plesiosaurs, Fresh-water.. 135
Plethodon cinereus....... 109

Plover, American Black-
bellied 20)... ie 161
American Golden.... 197
Black-bellied........ 15
Piping... 2. ees 21
Semi-palmated 15, 74, 77,

198

POG Glhping nee eee 173

arctica...) eae 173

Podilymbus podiceps 160, 196
Polygonum amphibium.... 102

auiculare: tee 102
M uhlenbergit SE 102
viviparUum........ 35, 173
Polypodium virgintianum.. 98
Polystichum Brauniti..... 193
Pond life and the micros-
COPEL eric ae 0
Pontoporeia............. 83

December, 1931]

Poplar, Aspen........... 100
AlSATN SVE 100

12-2 oh es Be 173
Populus balsamifera...... 100
tremuloides.......... 100
IRORCUPING d2 sess Salas sets 111
Potamogeton Richardsonit. 100
IEC DAT) eine OE ae 35
QUDESHHISH. cle ko se ees 173
WiESFULD GE Soe 103
emarginata.......... 173

SU UCOSO eins es 46 ots ahs 103
LUMOT CLL ttre eei sy an: 103
monspeliensis........ 103
nivea macrophylla.... 173
PLUSERES OL oe ce 5 wes 103
quinquefolia......... 103
COCTEOUO a ee ne 1038
Primula mistassinica..... 105
Procellaria pelagica....... 196
Prosopium quadrilaterale.. 8
Prunus pennsylvanicus... 103
Pseudacris septentrionalis. 68
PIS OGLIS Ae Gieeaioin GIe 112
Ptarmigan, Rock...... 15s 198
BLOW ies ose ise bof)

1 AVVO eae a (Aneto! L9G
Puffinus gravis........... 196

griseus stricklandt.... 196
Pugettia gracilis......... 187
Pygosteus pungitius. .
Pyrola grandiflora..... 35, 104

rotundifolia grandiflora 174

SUL TALO ees of Aiea oe rere 104
Chr epee ae yes oe ees 91
Quebec, Mammals, Birds,

ETN Seatac: ental s

Quiscalus quiscula eneus.. 161

Rabbiteyeles:: 2.02... 5. 162
Racomitrium lanuginosum 173

Hails Virginia... .... 65, 183
Rallus virginianus........ 1838
Rana cantabrigensis...69, 109
COLESULONG ee oe 109
clamitans........ 109, 112
pipiens..... 69, 109% 112
septentrionalis...109, 112
Rangifer arcticus......... 32
CORTOOW ara rake encase 112
Ranunculus lapponicus 102
SU LS ne, Sen ied 3 73
SEAUPSHULUR ae We ceoeatta cones 102
pygmaeus........... 173
HADIGHOD 5 melee CoC 102
SCCICROLUS as nee 102
Raspberry, Dwarf........ 103
CEG LE Seah et Anan 103

VAVOMA DOs St ta ee te, 113
Northern 17, 161, 184, 198
Recurvirostra americana... 183
Redpoll, Greater......17, 198
Greenland: 22. totus: 198
Mabrad ores. 5... 198
iredstantes syiAt iow ik Aare 194

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Redstart, American...... 198
TY st 20 [eg ¥ ae Be oN ata 100
Reindeer Moss.......... 97

Relation of Canada Geese
and Brant to commer-
cial gathering of eel-
grass in the St. Law-

rence estuary...... 57-62
Reminiscenses of the home

life of the Black-

billed Cuckoo........ 18

Report on a game survey
of the north central

States, Review....... 207
Reptiles, Amphibians and

Fishes, Review of.... 92
Reptiles, Great Slave Lake 68

Labradonaas-ei ok 195

Lake Athabasca..... 68

Memagamilys vier ts .15+. 109
Reviews:

American Wateriowl.. 42
Animal Life of Yel-

lowstone National
AT KANON nena 92
Bird picture cards.... 22

Carcasses of the Mam-
moth and Rhino-
ceros found in the
frozen ground of
Siberlage =o. 93

Freshwater Mollusca
of Wisconsin.... 149

Guide to the study of
Freshwater Bio-

OD Vils 4) PS e: 72,
NenR Narratives. 93
Our great outdoors:

Mammals’)25.-. 72

Report on a game sur-
vey of the north cen-

tralStates ae 207
Reptiles, Amphibians
and Fishes...... 92

Reserve Fund Statement 19
Rhinanthus oblongifolius.. 106

Rhinoceros, Fossil....... 93
Rhododendron lapponicum 35
Ribes hudsonianum....... 103
prostratum.......... 103
Ur iston Ase cera ite 103
Riparia riparia....... 13% 161
Rippleimarks was see. 25
Rissa tridactyla tridactyla. . :
, 196
Roadside markers........ 55
13/0] Os nde Ae ie te 18, 162, 194
Rorippa palustris........ 35
Rosa acicularis.......... 103
Ose Wildes theo eh 103
Rosemary, Wild......... 35
TUUDUS GCGULS ss... 35, 1038
Chamemorus.....35, 103
melanolasius......... 103
pubescens........... 103
Russell, L. S., Fresh-water
BIGsiosaurss si... ote 135
Rutter, R. J., Lapland

bongspursy<.3 sack

235
S., W. E., Review by..... 22
SAE Eel Malek, aout eee 212
Sagina nodosa........... 102
Sagitiaria cuneata........ 100

St. Lawrence, North Shore
plants 129, 174, 198, 225
Salamander, Jefferson’s... 109

Red-backed......... 109
Spotted sn aac 109
SGU Arcn nt AE See 35
ANGLOVUNU spa ee 173
Gubleris seat ins Soh 173
PAMOUCH hs od oa cco5 st 173
ANLCTIOL A eee ee 100
Labradorica......... 173
ANKCDIOHGhs sop acc de ac 173
Unaaunsta ne eee 173
Salmoysalan ce see Ae 195
Salmons 2): (eeyseresera aad 195
Salvelinus alpinus..... 82, 83
alpinus arcturus..... 195
alpinus stagnalis..... 195
fOntinalis hs fe 86, 195
Sanctuaries, Bird........ 73
Sanderling o2).-))- 2 80) 197
Sandpiper, Baird.. 15

Bu fi-breasted.. "183, 197
Eastern American

Dwart oid \ apace 197
eastes Sycteikl Gee. eye UBT
Rectoraleeeaeee 15, 197
Purple: staircases 197
Semipalmated....... 15
Solitanyearepeeneoenee 138
Buetied (Ap hte GO er Lo(
White-rumped Pas 197

Sarsaparilla, Wild........ 104
Saucer (fish) ess ache 8

Saunders, W. E.:
Acadian Flycatcher... Al

Japanese Starling. . 22
Prothonotary Warbler 41
Saurnyryieenautr riurrs rica Al
Saussurea angustifolia. . 35
Sa w=WOntieriers sister 35

Sazxicola enanthe leucorrhoa 198
Saxifraga austromontana. . 102
cespitosa grenlandica 173

CERNUG ah ee ee 173
Er CuLUSE eee ee 35
triscupidata....... 35, 102
Saxifrage, Three-toothed.. 35
Yellow Marsh....... 35
Sayornis phebe.......... 161

Schierbeck, O., Forestry vs.
Game cover Sees eee ete 28
Sciurus hudsonicus...159, 207
hudsonicus gymnicus. .
11, 193, 194
Scombresox saurus.......- 41

Scoter, American......... 197
SER: penal nek eters 197
White-winged 14, 160, 197

SEG 8 MARR uae ee Paris 144
iBeardedneysiytes sok 144

Sed@etaas 42 eae 35, 173

Seichesic. sso eta

BeavcePerry, Northwest-

Selonhaed ruticulla....... 198

harley. hu nateecisrae eae 195

Shearwater, Greater...... 196

236
Shearwater, Sooty....... 196
Shepherdia canadensis.... 104

Shrew, Cinereous 110, 193, 194
Large Short-tailed 110, 193

Northern Pigmy..... 193
Smoky hivetoc neta 193
IWiatte rr ace ay iN 110
White-chinned Water
, 194
Shirke, Migrant......... 185
Shrimp, Clam.7).032 92" 80, 82
QUIT aie ce ee 80, 82
Madpolewwen cls 80
Shrimp, Mating of....... 107
Sialia currucoides........ 184
Sieberella galeata Chidley-
CNSIS Mr Wicd eh ee
Silene acaulis......... 35, 173
Silpha lapponica.........
Silverberkyeu se eee 104
Siphula ceratitis......... 173

Sisymbrium brachycarpon. 102
Sisyrinchium mucronatum. 100

SD SUGEW2, 6650655050800 104
SUE TEMP MSI Neda sae ael EA aT 196
Skule ie rs ree seh eel! 110
Smilacina trifolia........ 100
Snake, Garter........... 110
Greeny UN ne 110
Red-bellied.......... 110
Ring-necked......... 109
RilotBlack eee eens
Western Garter...... 69
Snipe wWilsons2 512) yen 65
Snow bunting in Nova
SCOba ne a 148
Snowberry 0s. 002.0. 106

Snyder, L. L.:
Clay-coloured Saprrow 91
Gambel’s Sparrow.... 141
Solomon’s Seal, Two-leaved 100
Somateria mollisima borealis 197
mollisima dresseri.77, 118
spectabilis........... 197
Some notes on mammals,
birds and ferns of Ka-
zactazua district, Que-

Lovey Sven MADE iia aie, ea 193
Some notes on the Huro-
pean Hares.) jn 35 192

Some plants of the Atha-
baska and Great Slave
Lake region......... 97

Somniosus microcephalus.. 195

Soper, J. D., Pallid Mea-
dow Mouse.......... 209

Sorex cinereus...110, 198, 194
fumeus fumeus....... 193
palustris albibarbis...

TOF A oS OA

Sorrel yea: wae dhe sot 173

Sparrow, Acadian Sharp-
Pate Wy ier hs iN. 40
Chipping....... 161, 194
Clay-coloured....... 91
Gambel’s....... 141, 161
Harris anteater laine! 186
House seer ait Ue . 161
arly eon eae.) sie 21, 186
LeConte swan seen 186
Am Coln/ ieee tewiade 188
Savanna...161, 194, 198

THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST

Sparrow, Song.......... 194
Dreeseeu eee 18, 161, 194
Vesper...........005 194
Western Grasshopper. 186
Western Savannah... 18
White-crowned...... 198
White-throated......

91, 188, 194

Species, New............ 214

Speedwell, Marsh........ 106
Speirs, J. M., Mockingbird 205
White-throated Spar-

LOW) See nNene 91

Speotyto cunicularia hypu-
GEG Me ears 184
SPREE SP eo eee sae 82
Sphagivium Sp) ay... ask ee 98

Sphagnum Moss......... 98
Spizella monticola 12, 18, 161

DOSSCHLNG! ee eee 161
Sponge, Fresh-water....82, 83
Spongilla sp............. 83

Spoon-wort............. 1738
Spruce, Black........... 99
WihiteeNae ean to!
Squatarola squatarola..... 15

squatarola cynosure.. 161
Squires, S. K., Chimney

Switts!) tee eee) 204
Squirrel, Eastern Red 193, 194

Hudson Bay Red.... 159

Northern Flying..... italal
Redcsua nina pass 1A 207
Stachys palustris......... 106
Starwblazineoss eres 212
Starling pee ie pS a oa ee 65
Japanese wy eee ce 22
Statement of financial
Stan dino eae ieee
Statice labradorica........ 35
Stellaria cerastioides...... 173
humifosa............ 73
longifoliatieer namics 102
longipes......... 102, 178

longipes Edwardsti... 35
Stercorarius longicaudus 12, 196
parasiticus 12, 160, 183, 196

pomarinus...12, 142, 196
SLITUALES ita We eae ee 34
StERNG COSPIG. . in One 160
caspia imperator..... 17
hirundo..... 77, 160, 196
macrura macrura..... 196

paradisea..... Zeal opal
Stickleback, Ten-spined. . 82

Three-spined i cea 82
Stizostedion canadense.... 8
Storeria accipito-maculata.. 110
Strawberry, Wild........ 103
SURG DUS Ho Moe ab Sebo o 183
Sucker yee hen awe 83

Commons). oneal 8

NionGnenn ier cieraer 33
Sula bassana.........5:.- 197
Sulphur, Lerge Orange.... 42

RAMS Ly iradedusclnioneks 42

Red-barred.......... 42
Surnia ulula caparoch.... 184
Swallow, Bank....... 18, 161

rf OW A a a 161

CU Re ee in ae 161

Swan cee ei lee ee 14

[VoL. XLV

Swan, Whistling......... 160

Symphoricarpos albus pau-
ciflorus (2. See 106
occidentalis.......... 106

Sympistes yetterstedti..... 86

Synaptomys cooperi cooperi 193

Tadpole?!) oie) (eee 89
Tamarack...) 4.) eee 98
Tamias striatus lystert. .
110, 112, 193, 194
AMOR ORTIRQUWIDs 6 oo bo ne 35
ceratophorum........ 106
officinale ceratophorum 174
Taxus canadensis........
Teal, Green-winged 74, 77, 197
Telmessus cheiragonus.... 188
Tern, Arctic..13, 74, 77, 196
Caspian...... 74, 77, 160
Common 74, 77, 160, 196
Terrill, L. McI., Pomarine
Jaeger BRE O nl re Asc 142
hainnenhis sirtalis..110, 112
sirtalis parietalis..... 69
Thelypteris fragrans......

SPINULOSOae eee 98
Thompson, S. L., European
Hare 2. an eee 192
Thrasher, Brown......... 38
Thrush... 3.2...) eee
Eastern Hermit...... 162
Gray-cheeked........ 194
Olive-backed....188, 194
Thryothorus tudovicianus.. 205
Thymallus signifer....... 34
Tinker 0.0 ee ee 76
Tipula arctica........... 34
Toad). (303.2 pee ae 89
Common)... ee eer 109
Dakota’’.'4. Sacco 68 |
Tofieldia borealis...:..... 173
Totanus flavipes......... 160
melanoleucus........ 197
Towhee. «0.5.0.2 BY
Mracacanthi eee 174
Trematospirad sp.......... 86
Triglochin maritima...... 100
Tringa canutus.......... 197
Tringoides macularius.... 197
Trisetum subspicatum..... 173
Triturus viridescens...109, 112
Tripe de Roche.......... 97
Trout.) (3:2 eee 82, 86
Lakes. os eo eee es 34

Tryngites SubrinicS 183, 197

Tufts, R. W., Hungarian
Partridges By RR EES icsh's 180
Tullibee ..2. 23s ae eee 34
Turbellaria............ 82, 83
Murnscones ok sen eee 198
urtle, Paimted See 110
Snappingy en ene 110
Twinflower.............. 106
Typha latifolia.......... 99
Tyrannus tyrannus....... 198

Unnatural history of the
Beaver sy) da ean
Unsuspecting Chickadees. 30

December, 1931] THe CANADIAN FreLp-NATURALIST 237

Unusual behaviour of Vole, Yellow-cheeked .... 111 Winter records of Towhee
Woodcock in autumn. 91 VL DESMS MLO. 1 SA ey Os 110 AM POLONLO aii. oN Se
Uria lomvia.......... 52 AG Winterereens. 524.2. see 35

troille troille.76, 113, 196 ~ Wrolitate ae ei 193
Urinator arcticus arcticus. 196 AIM DOP piss. eat ee 110
Aide A a ae 196 Waller, S., Muskrat vs. ‘Wolf at the door’...... 70
LINE RS ee 196 Wieasel ty 23 ee 179 Wolfbenry: eset. he 106
Ursus americanus....110, 160 Warbler, Bay-breasted.... 194 Woodcehuck a2 2352. 2 110
DGB Re ee 97 Blaek-polliy is oe 162 Woodenek wn Ba iy SN am 91
Ussher, R. D., Towhees... 71 Black-throated Green 194 Woodpecker, American
Utricularia intermedia.... 106 Cape May.......... 194 Three-toed.......... 161
Chestnut-sided...... 194 Arctic Three-toed.... 161
Connecticut......... 185 Downy. eee 194
Vaccinium canadense..... 105 Golden-winged....... ial: Hairy. 2 ee ene, 194
GEVE0CCOS.. 2.8. fick os 35 Miyrtles 30s: 162, 194 LewisiszesiT ae se 71, 184
uliginosum. .85, 105, 174 Nashville........... 185 Piled fede ara. 5 i aa 194
uliginosum microphyl- Northern Parula..... 185 Woodsia ilvensis......... 98
DENI tee, ie 35 Prothonotary........ 41 Wren, Carolina.......... 205
Vitis-Idea minus..385, 105 Tennessee....... 138, 161 ELOUSER A. ee ue aie 194
vee of gered bird- ‘ oy cow ae races 65, 162
anding records...... 16 axwing, Cedar......... 194 * ee
Dees Berean eae) 161 Wee NDE Ae, Lela ie RNR ue Xema sabinii............ 196
TURCOPUIG. ). 4.2. 80.. 185 onaparte.......... 11
Veronica salpina See ata 174 <a Asura te sie tee 160 Neen - L., European 179
SCULCN GLO ey a ee 106 auasmmeant pyeche Gene eal eae ee ae
Vertebrates, Parasites of.. 189 ‘Wild Life Conserva- welowlee Greater. Bre a4
Vetch, Alpine Milk....... 35 Bone en se Se Oey valowthrost Mealandes. 194
Viburnum pauciflorum.... 106 Wheatear, Greenland..... 198 N th ? ee 138
Vicia americana......... 104 Whip-poor-will........... 194 Youn a Se eau Hare
americana truncata... 104 White-throated Sparrow in ee i na 0 179
Wealavadunca. 23. ys 104 Witter tee eco dn oe 91 SCS Tec nes
Vireo, Red-eyed......... 161 Whitefish). yhoo 34, 83
Warblin gsi. i G5. 161 @ommoney yee 8 Zapus hudsonius..... 111, 194
Yellow-throated..... 185 ROUNGy other Caen 8 Zenaidura macroura carol-
Vireosylva gilva.......... 161 Wild-life, Economics of... 63 INSENSTS. AG eas oe 180
OUUAGCER ie Nie ee 161 WaPo weil caine Gon he 35, 173 Zonatrichia leucophrys gam-
Viviporus raynoldsanus... 136 Sandbar secs sas ae 100 DON Stine oe 141, 161
Vole, Drummond........ 159 Willowherb, Broadleaved. 35 leucophrys leucophrys .
MGA DOW. oe os set icra oie 194 Wilson, M. E., Esker..... 114 141, 198

Red-backed......... il Ripple marks........ 25 Zostera marina......... 57-62

238 THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST [VoL. XLV

A SPLENDID CHRISTMAS GIFT

A GAZETTEER OF EUROPE BY A TURN OF THE WHEEL
PRINTED IN FOUR COLOURS

FOLLOW THE ARROW ROUND EUROPE

Government, Capital, Flag, etc. Principal River, Population, Area, etc.

DIAMETER 10 ins.

THE SMALL
OPENINGS
WILL THEN
SHEW DATA
ABOUT EACH
COUNTRY,

TURN WHEEL
ROUND TILL
RED ARROW
POINTS TO
COUNTRY
REQUIRED

120600

mmed i
Length in miles

ee

luxembourg] Monaco

48000060

Capital

Patent app. for

Great Britain

34 States arranged Alphabetically Simple, Instructive, Entertaining

PRICE 50 CENTS POSTPAID
(Postal Note or Money Order, No Stamps)

H. C. MILLER, 175 NEPEAN ST.

OTTAWA, CANADA

4

rs

;
4

Lay a. - eee ae:

‘ President:

Ont.;

i

Affiliated Societies

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF
‘MANITOBA _
1929-30 ,

President Emeritus: J. J. GOLDEN; Honorary President: NoR-

MAN CRIDDLE; a President: H. M. SPEECHLY, M.D., V.
W. Jackson M. Se., J. J. GOLDEN, C. W. Low M.Sc., J. B.
WALLIs, M.A., A. ive “McCousrey, A. M. DAvipson, uM. D.,
Vice-Presidenis: G. SHIrRLY Brooks, A. G. LAWRENCE, H C.
PeEarce, C. L. BRoLEy, B. W. CARTWRIGHT, W. H. RAND,
President: R. A. WARDLE, M.Sc.; General Secretary: MRS.
L. R. Smmpson; Treasurer: N. Lowe; Executive Secretary:
S. H. BENNETT; Librarian: R. M. THOMAS.

Meetings are held each Monday evening, except on Holidays
from October to April, in the physics theatre of the University,
Winnipeg. Field excursions are held each Saturday after-
noon during May, June and September, and on public holidays
during July and August.

THE HAMILTON BIRD PROTECTION
SOCIETY

(Incorporated)

Hon. President: W. E. SAUNDERS, London, Ont.; Presidents:
Rav. CALVIN McQuEsToN; Vice-Presideni: R. OWENMERRI-
MAN, M.A., Kingston, Ont.; First Vices eh ca ah Dr. H. G
ARNOTT; Second Vice- resident: MRs. E.- MacLoGHLin;
Recording Secretary: J. ROLAND BROWN; cee Wreath
Miss NINA DuNCAN; Assistant Secretary-Treasurer: Miss E
McEwIin; Junior Committee: Miss M. E. GRAHAM; - Pro-
gramme Committee: Rev. C. A. HEAVEN; Extension Committee:

_B. C. Nunn.

McILWRAITH ORNITHOLOGICAL CLUB,
‘LONDON, ONT.

Evi Davis, R.R. No. 7, London, Ont.; Vice=
President: EDISON MATTHEWS, 25 Wyatt Street, London, Ont.;
Recording Secretary: VERNE. FRANKS, 195 Duchess "A? ay
London, Ont.; Corresponding Secretary and Treasurer: E. M.
S. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont.; Members qualified
to answer questions: W. E. SAUNDERS, 240 Central Avenue,
London, Ont.; C. G. WATSON, 201 Ridout Street South,
Soe Ont.;' J. F. CALVERT, 461 Tecumseh Avenue, London,

. M. 3. DALE, 297 Hyman Street, London, Ont. ~

; Ae ie held the second Monday of the month, except
during the summer. able

_ VANCOUVER NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY
‘ Honorary President: L. S. Kuincx, LL.D., President Univer-

sity of B.C.; President: JOHN DAVIDSON, F.L.S., F.B.S.E.,
University of B.C.; Vice-President: Pror. M. Y. "WILLIAMS,
Honorary Secretary: C. F. Connor, M.A., 3529 W. 2nd
Avenue, Vancouver, B.C.; First Assistant Secretary: Miss
Betty HERD; 2nd Assistant Secretary: Mr. VERNON WIE-
DRICK: Honorary Treasurer: A. H. BAIN, 2142 Collingwood
Street, Vancouver, B.C.; Librarian: Mrs. _McCRIMMON;
Members A2h Executive: Miss Bh. J. Smitu, Mr. J. D. TURNBULL,
Mr. B. J. Woop, Mr. Fa L.. Tait, Mr. R. J. CUMMING; Au-
idee iG: SELWoopD, W. B. Woops.

All meetings at 8 p.m., “Auditorium, Normal School, 10th

_ Avenue and Cambie Street, unless otherwise announced.

, oR

-PROVINCE OF QUEBEC SOCIETY FOR THE

PROTECTION OF BIRDS INC.

r OFFICERS & COMMITTEE:

Past Presidents: Mr. L. MclI. TeRRILL, MR. NAPIER SMITH;
President: Mr. W. S. Hart; Vice-Presidents: Mrs. C. F. DALE,
Mr. H. A. C. JACKSON; Vice-President and Treasurer: MR.
Henry Moustey; Secretary: Miss M. SEatTH; Curator: Miss
EMILY races Committee: Mr. J. W. BUCKLE, DR. I. GEMMELL,
Mrs. C. HESPERAON, Mrs. H. HIBpErT, Miss EDITH
ake Mires K. eT hegr el hae Nala Miss M. S. NICOLSON,
Mr. W. Oa Mr. R. A. OUTHET, Mr. NAPIER Suita,
MR. Yy Mcl. SPACKMAN, Mr. L. Mcl. TERRILL, Mr. V. C.
WYNNE-EDWARDS.

Address all correspondence to BEC Pak at P.O. Box 1185,

4

Montreal, P.Q., Canada.

SOCIETE PROVANCHER D’HISTOIRE
NATURELLE DU CANADA

Bureau de direction pour 1931

Patron Honoraire: Son Excellence LE VICONTE WILLINGDON
G.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., G.C.I.E., G.B.E., Gouverneur-Général
de la Puissance du Canada; Vice-Patron Honoraire: Honorable
M. H. G. CARROL, Lieutenant-Gouverneur de la Province de
Québec; Bureau de Direction pour 1929: Président: G. STUART
AHERN; Jer Vice-Président: ADRIEN FALARDEAU, C.R.; 2éme
Vice-Président: R. MEREDITH, N.P.; Secrétaire-trésorier: LOUIS
B. Lavorn; Chef de la section scientifique: Dr. D. A. DERY;
Chef de la section de Propagande éducationnelle: W. STUART
ATKINSON; Chef de la section de protection: EDGAR ROCHETTE,
C.R., M.P.P.; Chef de la section d’information scientifique
et pratique: J.-G. Coots; Directeurs: Dr. J.-E. BERNIER
Major Jos. Matte, Jos.-S. Buais.

Secrétaire-trésorier: Lou1s-B. LAVOIER
38, rue Sherbrooke, Québec.

THE TORONTO FIELD-NATURALISTS’
CLUB

OFFICERS FOR 1931-32.

Honorary President: PROFESSOR A. P. COLEMAN; President:
Couin S. FARMER; Hon. Vice-Presidents: HON. CHAS. MCCREA,
Dr. N. A. POWELL, MR. J. H. FLEMING; Vice-President: A. M.
PATTERSON; Secretary Treasurer: C. G. BRENNAND; Publicity-
Secretary: Dr. L. B: JACKES; Executive Committee: PROF.
BE. M. WALKER, Mr. STUART THOMPSON, Pror. J. R. DYMOND
Dr. NorMA ForpD, MAGISTRATE J. E. Jones, PRor. T. F.
McILLWRAITH, MR. FRED IDE, MR. F. C. Hurst, MR. RUPERT
Davips, Dr. P. E. CLARKSON; Committe on Conservation:
J. R. Dymonp; Junior Members’ Representative: TAYLOR
STATTEN; Leaders: Birds—Merssrs. S. L. THOMPSON, L. L.
SNYDER, J. L. BAILLIE, R. V. Linpsay, J. M. Speirs; Mammals
Pror. COVENTRY, MEssrs. E. C. Cross, D. A. MACLULICH;
Reptiles and Amphibians—Messrs. E. B. S. LoGinr, WM.
LERAy; Fish—ProF. J. R. DyMOND, Pror. W. J. K. HARK-
NEss; Insects—PROF. EH. M. WALKER, Dr. NORMA FORD,
Mr. F. P. IDE; Botany—ProrF. R. B. THomson, ProFr. H. B.
SIFToN, Dr. G. WRIGHT, MR. W. R. WATSON, Mr. OWENS

_ Dr. T. TAyLor; Geology—PrRorF. A. McLEAN.

We would ask the Officers, and more
particularly the Secretaries, of all the
Affiliated Societies to assist us in our
task of building up the circulation of
this magazine. By securing every
member as a subscriber we can truly
make this magazine into one of the
leading Natural History publications

of America.

| A New PEST-PROOF INSECT Be f
THE HOOD
INSECT BOX

y Special Features of the HOOD BOX:

1. Pest-proof
2. Wooden Frame
3 High shoulder,
protecting apeciniens
4. Excellent pinning bottom
5. High quaiity box at low cost

Card Filing Systems
for Naturalists

As makers of the Library
Bureau line of Card Filing
Devices in Canada, we are

in a position to supply all
Naturalists with cards and

trays where they can read- PRICE $1.25 EACH
ily index all their observa- SPECIAL RATES IN QUANTITY i a ,
tions and notes For full description ask for circular No. 298 !
Lowe-Martin Ltd. WARD'S ‘
OTTAWA, CANADA ; A

ae ey ON a ven NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT a
rinters @ e Canadian -Naturaiist Y¥
Publishers of the Autobiography of John Macoun,M A 84 College Avenue, ROCHESTER, N.Y.

SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSsSsH
C bt Li it d

Artists and
Designers

5 “ ease Se Bis
ew eee a ee Se ee Se ED T=

THIS SPACE |
FOR SALE Spee

COMMERCIAL
PHOTOGRAPHERS
: PHOTO :
LITHOGRAPHERS

SSSBSPOPBS ASSIA HEPIEG SEES AES EEEEESAESS

228 Albert Street
Ottawa, Ont.

SSS =SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSESSSSSSSSSSSssssssssg
.

LSSSSSSSSSssssssSs

SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSA

Kindly mention The Canadian Field-Naturaliat to advertisers

—
= - “ : i!
os x tN Tease 3 ;
= i NES. Fa mL, x Oo he ce
ae . ST eee Ve ee Se
al a ee See eS Sal ee ee) ee eT ee eee

if

pei)

avy

ua

qh
vi

»
A

HEAP

if + a)

is
At
iy

UNA

ERNST MAYR LIBRARY

“going

14 197 932

rer
peat eat Sars

Sie

oR OE eto Soeur

£ ee eae een
Fn ETT eae sbatteth apeeter Trey at
3 5 SEP NPAT SI